COLUMBIA LIBRARIES OFFSITE HEALTH SCIENCES STANDARD r,^«.- .HX641 39646 RC941 .N791920 Diseases of the ches RECAP 'I I'M i 'fi DISEASES OF THE CHEST AND THE PRINCIPLES OF P^^mfiM^acPJ^M^J^osis COLUMBIA UNiVERSITY I 437 W. 59th Street, 11;^. NEW YORJ^^ITY. GEORGE WILLIAM NORRIS, A. B., M. D Assistant Professor of Medicine in the University of Pennsylvania; Visiting Physician to the Pennsylvania Hospital; Assistant Visiting Physician to the University Hospital; lately Colonel, M. C, U. S. Army AND HENRY R. M. LANDIS, A. B., M. D. Assistant Professor of Medicine in the University of Pennsylvania; Director of the Clinical and Sociological Departments of the Henry Phipps Institute of the University of Pennsylvania; Visiting Physician to the White Haven Sanatorium WITH A CHAPTER ON THE ELECTROCARDIOGRAPH IN HEART DISEASE BY EDWARD B. KRUMBHAAR, Ph.D., M. D. Assistant Professor of Research Medicine in the University of Pennsylvania SECOND EDITION, REVISED PHILADELPHIA AND LONDON W. B. SAUNDERS COMPANY 1920 Copyright, 1917, by W. B. Saunders Company. Reprinted August, 1918. Revised, reprinted, and reeopyrighted, Januaiy, 1920. Copyright, 1920, by W. B. Saunders Company Printed in America. DEDICATED TO OUR FRIEND GEORGE FETTEROLF, A. B., M. D., Sc. D. ASSISTANT PBOFESSOB OF ANATOMY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA TO WHOM "WE ARE INDEBTED FOR MOST OF OTJR ANATOMIC SECTIONS WITHOUT WHOSE CO-OPERATION, CORDIAL AND SELF-EFFACING, OUR BOOK WOULD LACK WHAT IS PROBABLY ITS MOST CHARACTERISTIC FEATURE. Digitized by tine Internet Arciiive in 2010 with funding from Open Knowledge Commons http://www.archive.org/details/diseasesofchestp1920norr PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION The exhaustion of the first edition of this book, in less than two years, may be taken as evidence that it supplied a need. The present edition contains descriptions of several conditions previously omitted. Among these may be mentioned — Spirochetal Bronchitis, Influenza, Streptococcus Empyema, Chronic Inflammatory Conditions of the Lungs of Uncertain Etiology, Calcification of the Lungs, Pneumo- pericardium, etc. In addition some of the original material has been recast, in part or completely so. In every instance the effort has been made to incorporate in the original text such additions to our knowledge as indicate a distinct advance. The authors w^elcome this opportunity to express to old and new made friends their gratification over the cordial reception that was accorded the first edition; and also to venture the hope that the second edition will merit the same kindly greeting. The Authors. Philadelphia, Penna. January, 1920 PREFACE To write a practical book on the physical diagnosis of the heart and lungs in health and disease, has been the aim of the authors. We have at- tempted to omit everything not of practical diagnostic use, and to con- dense methods of secondary importance. More than is the custom has been written on the subject of diagnostic acoustics, because we believe that only through the comprehension of the laws of sound production and transmission can the results of percussion and auscultation be intelligently interpreted. We have endeavored to teach as much as possible by means of illus- trations. Of these, many are photographs of frozen sections from the cadaver, previously hardened in formalin, so that the anatomic relations of the tissues remain as during life.^ We have found these specimens invaluable in our own teaching; and the book has been written in the hope that the photographic reproductions of our sections may be useful to others. We take pleasure in acknowledging our great indebtedness to Dr. George Fetterolf for the frozen sections; to Dr. J. Claxton Gittings for assistance in the preparation of the Section on Pediatrics; to Dr. Edward B. Krumbhaar for the Chapter dealing with the electrocardiogram; to Professor Richard Geigel,^ and to Dr. Charles M. Montgomery,^ from whose articles upon acoustics in diagnosis, much information has been gleaned. We are also indebted to Miss Eleanor A. Cantner for the production of some of our drawings. We are further under obligations to Professor William M. L. Coplin for permission to photograph numer- ous specimens in the Museum of Pathology of the Jefferson Medical College, as well as to Dr. David R. Bowen and to Dr. Henry K. Pancoast for our radiograms. The Authors, Philadelphia, Penna. ^The photographs, both chnical and anatomical, were with negligible exceptions, made by Dr. George W. Norris. Many of the pictures illustrating; diseases of the heart and aorta have been reproduced from "Studies in Cardiac Pathology" by George W. Norris. ^ Geigel, Richard: "Leitfaeden der Diagnostischen Akustik." Stuttgart, 1908. ^Montgomery and Eckhardt: "Pulmonary Acoustic Phenomena." Tenth Annual Report of the Henry Phipps Institute, Phila., 1915. i 9 CONTENTS PART I THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS By George W. X orris, A. B., 'M. D. CHAPTER I Page Physical Diagnosis 17 Inspection, 17; General inspection, 19: Inspection of the chest. 20; The ^ital capacity of the lungs, 27; Abnormal thoracic conformation, 33; 'Abnormal respiration, 40; Visible changes in respiratory rhj-thm, 42. CHAPTER II Palpatiox 43 Object of palpation, 43; Cutaneous hyperesthesia, 44; Pleural pain or hj-per- esthesia, 45; Tactile or vocal fremitus, 46. CHAPTER III AcorsTics IX Physical Diagxosis 54 Rhythmic vibrations, 54; L'nrh3i;hmic vibrations, 55; Vibrations in tense membranes, 55; Sympathetic vibrations, 55; Interference waves, 56; Loaded strings, 56; Resonators, 57; Quahties of sound, 58; Origin_of sounds heaid over chest, 60. CHAPTER IV The History axd Theory of Percussiox 64 Percussion sounds, 64; Tjonpany, 64; Resonance, 66; Hj-per-resonance, 67; Dulness, 67; Impaired resonance, 69; Flatness, 69; Modified tympany, 69; Metallic ring, 70; BeU tjrmpany, 70; Cracked-pot sound, 70; Special percus- sion signs, 73. CHAPTER V Anatomic Coxsideratioxs 74 CHAPTER VI Methods and Results of Percussion SO Immediate or direct percussion, SO; Mediate or indirect percussion, SO; Results of percussion, 82; Purpose of percussion, 87; Technic of percussion, 89; Special varieties of percussion, 90; Conditions modifjTug percussion sounds, 93. 11 12 CONTENTS CHAPTER VII Page Normal Variations of Pulmoxart Percussion Souxds 95 Individual variations, 95; Regional variations, 95; Other variations, 102; Diaphragm, 102; Some physiologic considerations, 103. CHAPTER VIII ArSCULTATIOX 106 Methods of auscultation, 103; Influence of posture on physical signs, 108; Stethoscopes, 109; Breath sounds, 111. CIL\PTER IX Normal axd .\bxormal Breath Souxds 115 Normal vesicular sound, 115; Abnormal breath sounds, 115; Changes in respiratory rh\i:hm, 12.3. CHAPTER X Advextitious Breath Souxd.s 124 Riles, 124; Friction sounds. 127; Succussion splash, 1-30; Metallic tinkle, 131. CHAPTER XI Voice Sounds 132 Vocal resonance, 132; Bronchophony, 134; Pectoriloquy, 134; Egophony, 137. CHAPTER XII Physical Findings ix Ixfaxts ant) Youxg Children* 138 Chest inspection, 138; Palpation, 138; Percussion, 139; Auscultation, 141; Pathologic conditions, 143; Practical considerations, 146; The X-raj*, 149. PART II THE EXAMINATION OF THE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM By George W. Norris, A. B., M. D. CHAPTER XIII The Circulatory System 151 Inspection, 151; The heart — Anatomic considerations, 153; Palpation of the pulse, 157; Pulse rh^-thm, 158; Pulse volume, 1.58; Pulse tension, 158; Equal- ity of the pulse, 159; Normal and abnormal types of arterial pulse, 159. CHAPTER XIV IXSTRUMEXTAL METHODS 163 Blood-pressure estimation. 163; Venous blood pressure, 166; Venous pulse, 166; Sphygmographs, 167; Interpretation of sph\-gmogram, 169. CONTENTS 13 CHAPTER XV Page Cardiac Arrhythmia 170 Normal rhythm, 170; Sinus arrhythmia, 172; Heart block, 173; Extrasystole, 174; Paroxysmal tachycardia, 176; Auricular flutter, 176; Auricular fibrilla- tion, 177; Pulsus alternans, 178; The effort syndrome, 180; Estimation of vasomotor efficiency, 182. CHAPTER XVI The Electrocardiograph (By Dr. Edward B. Krtjmbhaar) 184 The principle, 184; Normal electrocardiogram, 185; Preponderating ventricu- lar hypertrophy, 187; Cardiac arrhythmias, 190. CHAPTER XVII Palpation 199 Cardiac impulse, 199; Thrills, 204. CHAPTER XVIII Percussion of the Heart 206 Methods and technic, 206; Significance of cardiac dulness, 210; Records of cardiac dimensions, 213; Orthodiagraph, 214. CHAPTER XIX Auscultation 216 Object and method of auscultation, 216; Origin and character of heart sounds, 216; Acoustics of heart sounds, 218; Individual variation of the heart sounds, 220; Disproportionate intensity of heart sounds, 221; Changes in pitch of heart sounds, 223; Reduplication of heart sounds, 223; Changes in rhythm of heart sounds, 224. CHAPTER XX Heart Murmurs 226 Acoustics, 226; Technic of cardiac auscultation, 228; Variations in intensity of heart sounds, 228; Endocardial murmurs, 229; Individual valvular mur- murs, 232; Functional murmurs, 246; Effect of respii-ation on endocardial murmurs, 248; Special murmurs, 249; Exocardial murmurs, 252; Arterial sounds and murmurs, 253; Venous murmurs, 253; Cardio-respiratory mur- murs, 254; Pericardial friction sounds, 255. >i PART III DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM By H. R. M. Landis, A. B., M. D. CHAPTER XXI Diseases op the Bronchi 265 Acute bronchitis, 265; Chronic bronchitis, 267; Fibrinous bronchitis, 269; Spirochetal bronchitis, 273; Bronchiolitis fibrosa obliterans, 274; Whooping cough, 276; Bronchial asthma, 279; Bronchiectasis, 287; Fetid or putrid bron- chitis, 296; Bronchiolectasis, 296; Foreign bodies in the air passages, 297. 14 CONTEXTS CHAPTER XXII Page Diseases op the Lixgs 303 Tuberculosis of the lungs, 303: Chronic tuberculosis of the lungs, 303; Acute tuberculosis of the lungs, 372; Fibroid phthisis. 378; Acute miliary tuber- culosis, 379; Mycotic infections of lungs, 38S; Streptothricosis, 389; Actino- mycosis, 392; Blastomycosis, 39o; Coccidioidal granuloma. 398; Aspergil- losis, 400; Sporotrichosis, 401; Acute lobar pneumonia, 402; Friedliinder's bacillus pneumonia, 425; Psittacosis, 427; Broncho-pneumonia, 428; Influ- enza, 439; Influenza broncho-pneumonia, 454; Pulmonary fibrosis, 462; Chronic inflammatory conditions of lungs of uncertain etiology, 469; Calcification of the lungs, 471 ; Pneumoconiosis, 472; Atelectasis, 485; Emphy- sema, 489; Chronic hypertrophic emphj-sema, 480; Senile emphysema, 495; Acute vesicular emphysema, 495; Interstitial emphysema, 496; Compensa- tory emphysema, 496; Pulmonary abscess, 498; Pulmonary gangrene, 507; Pulmonary infarction, 511; Pulmonary congestion, 516; Pulmonary edema, 518; Effects of poisonous gases on the respiratory tract, 521; Hydatid disease of the lungs and pleura, 528; Pulmonary distomatosis, 531; Syphilis of the respiratory tract, 534; Intrathoracic tumors, 542; Intrathoracic goitre, 557; Enlargement of the thymus, 557; Hernia of the lung, 562; Alternations in the extremities due to chronic pulmonary disease, 564; Changes in the finger nails, 564; Clubbing of the fingers and toes, 564; Hypertrophic pulmonary osteo-arthropathy, 567. CHAPTER XXIII Diseases of the Pleura 572 Pleurisy, 572; Dry pleurisy, 578; Fibrinous pleurisy, 579; Diaphragmatic pleurisy, 580; Serofibrinous pleurisj' (Pleural effusion), 580; Chronic pleurisy, 589; Empyema. 589; Encysted empyema, 600; Hemorrhagic pleural effusions, 605; Hemothorax. 607; Chylothorax. 612; Hydrothorax, 614; Pneumothorax, 617. CHAPTER XXIV Diseases of the Diaphragm 629 Anatoni}-; Normal and pathological physiology of the diaphragm, 629; Functional disturbances of the diaphragm, 632; Diaphragmatic hernia, 635; Evisceration (Traumatic or spurious hernia). 635; Eventration of the dia- phragm, 638; Diaphragmatis, 641; Subdiaphragmatic abscess, 646. PART IV DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA By H. R. M. Laxdis, A. B., M. D. CHAPTER XXV Diseases of the Pericardium 653 Acute fibrinous pericarditis, 653; Tuberculous pericarditis, 656; Pericardial effusion, 657; Pneumopericardium, 662; Chronic adhesive pericarditis, 664. CONTENTS 15 CHAPTER XXVI Page Diseases of the Myocardium 670 Hypertrophy, 670; Dilatation, 677; Myocarditis, 679; Aneurism of heart, 686; Myocardial changes due to syphilis, 689; Goitre heart, 692; The heart and uterine myomata, 695. CHAPTER XXVII Endocarditis 696 Acute endocarditis, 696; Acute infectious endocarditis, 700; Subacute infec- tious endocarditis, 707; Chronic valvular disease, 710; Mitral insufficiency, 717; Mitral stenosis, 725; Aortic insufficiency, 734; Aortic stenosis, 739; Tri- cuspid insufficiency, 743; Tricuspid stenosis, 747; Pulmonary insufficiency, 752; Pulmonary stenosis, 754. CHAPTER XXVIII Congenital Heart Disease 756 CHAPTER XXIX Angina Pectoris 766 Angina pectoris major, 766; Incipient angina pectoris, 770; Angina pectoris vasomotoria (pseudo-angina), 771. CHAPTER XXX Diseases op the Aorta 774 Acute aortitis, 774; Syphilitic aortitis, 776; Chronic aortitis, 779; Essential hypertension, 788. CHAPTER XXXI Anex]rism of the Thoracic Aorta 791 Dilatation of the aorta, 813; Arterio-venous aneurism, 817; Aneurism of innominate artery, 817; Rupture of the aorta, 818. Index ' : 821 PART I THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS By George W. Norris, A. B., M. D. CHAPTER I PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS Physical diagnosis consists in employing our senses — sight, touch, and hearing — to determine the condition of the tissues. These are altered in character by many pathologic states. They may become more solid or less, may contain more or less of fluid or of air than normal, their elas- ticity may be increased or diminished. Again, it may be that organs be- come larger or smaller than normal, or are shifted more or less out of place. Such alterations we can often demonstrate by means of physical signs. The data thus obtained, used in conjunction with a knowledge of the patient's history, and symptoms, together with a familiarity with the pathology, often permit us to estimate very accurately the nature, charac- ter, location and extent of the disease from which the patient is suffering. "The significance of morbid signs relates immediately not to diseases, but to the physical conditions incident thereto. Signs are not directly diag- nostic of particular diseases " (Flint) . The methods employed in physical diagnosis are: inspection, palpation, percussion, and auscultation. These methods are frequently combined with mechanical, chemical, electrical, microscopic and bacteriologic examination, as well as with the data obtained by means of the X-rays. INSPECTION Although seemingh^ the most obvious, the simplest and the easiest of the four methods mentioned, accurate, useful and skilled inspection is in reality often the most difficult to acquire and the last in which the practitioner becomes proficient. It is in this method especially that the seasoned physician far excels his younger confrere. This is in part due to carelessness on the part of the younger man, but is perhaps even more due to the fact that the senior has become accustomed to make note of many items at a glance, and also that he has learned not only what to look for, but where to look for it, and how to read the facts which are presented before his ej^es. He has acquired the faculty of seeing with the mind as well as with the eye. "We can only see what we have learned to see." Corrigan's remark is still as apt as the day it was uttered: "The trouble with most doctors isn't so much that they don't know enough, as it is that they don't see enough!" We feel 2 17 18 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS Fig. 1. — Clubbing of the fingers due to congenital heart disease. Fig. 2. — Radiogram of the fingers depicted in lit;. 1, shuwini.: not only hypertrophic changes in the soft tissues, but also new bone formation in the distal phalanges (pulmonary osteo-arthropathy). "Simple clubbing of the fingers and secondary hypertrophic^osteo- arthropathy should be considered as identical, the former representing an early stage^of the latter." INSPECTION 19 that we cannot over-emphasize the importance of careful, intelhgent inspection. The Examination of the Lungs. — For the purposes of examination, the body, especially the chest and abdomen, must be stripped. The light should be good. Its source, as to whether it falls directly, obliquely or vertically, upon the patient, must often be varied. Many physiologic and pathologic conditions can be seen only with oblique illumination. It is therefore desirable to have the patient first face the window, later turn his side toward it. In the latter position most of the shadows become intensified . The following points are especially to be noted : GENERAL INSPECTION General appearance, posture, gait, facial expression, nutrition, color. Absolute symmetry is unknown. As a general rule the right side of the body is better developed than the left. The right chest is about Fig. 3. — Pulmonaryrosteo-arthropathy of the hands and forearms in a case of sarcoma of the lung. 1}>4 inches larger in circumference than the left. The spine curves to- ward the right, the right arm is longer and the corresponding shoulder is often narrower and lower. There are, of course, well-marked dif- ferences which depend upon: (a) Sex: These involve the bones, the pelvis, the genitalia, the panniculus adiposus, etc. (b) Age: In the child, the ribs are;^ more, horizontal, the heart and liver larger, the lungs 20 THE EXAMINATION CF TI'E LUNGS smaller, the thymus is present, the bones aie more cartilaginous (see p. 138). The Skin.- — (a) The color (pallor, cyanosis, jaundice, pigmentation, mottling, etc.); (b) the character (texture, moisture, edema, eruptions, gloss, subcutaneous fat, wasting, distended blood-vessels). The Muscles. — Development, wasting, tremors, symmetry. The Face. — ^Intelligence, expression, symmetry, spasm, paralysis, edema, myxedema. The Hair.- — Dryness, sparsity, distribution, dyes, parasites, local discoloration, the presence of vermin. The Eyes. — Prominence of the eyeballs, the pupils (size, color sym- metry, equality, reaction to light, etc.), conjunctiva (color, ecchymosis, discharges), cornea (transparency, arcus senilis, leucoma). The Mouth. — Teeth, gums, tongue, pharynx, tonsils, lips (pyorrhea, cyanosis, herpes, ulcerations, moisture, deposits, drooping, rhagades). The Ears. — Shape, discharges, tophi, scars. The Nose.- — -Discharges, obstruction, motionof the nostrils (dyspnea), dilated venules. The Neck. — Pulsations — arterial and venous, swelling — adenitis, thyroidal enlargement, scars. The Hands. — Cyanosis, curved or ridged nails, clubbed fingers, joints, deposits (tophi, Heberden's nodes), shape, symmetry, nutrition, capillary pulse (Figs. 1, 2, 3, 329, 330, 331). The Abdomen.- — Shape, clistention, varicosities, asymmetry, pulsation, edema, eruptions. The Legs and Feet. — Edema, clubbing of the toes, deformities, vari- cosities, cyanosis, scars, pigmentation. INSPECTION OF THE CHEST This method of physical examination is too frequently omitted, or made so hastily and cursorily that little or no information is obtained. Inspection, properly done, yields more valuable information than any other procedure at our disposal, with the exception of auscultation; and furthermore, it has this to commend it, namely, that no special training is required, and the beginner, providing he is taught to use his eyes in- telligently, is as capable of seeing defects as the experienced observer. This is in marked contrast to the training necessary to educate the ear to differentiate sounds, particularly those produced by percussion, the latter method often requiring years of practice. Inspection, on the other hand, requires no special technique; the only requirement is that one should keep in mind constantly that evei-y abnormality, hoivever slight it may appear, is worthy of consideration. One who has been taught to make a proper inspection can, in many instances, come to a fairly definite conclusion from this procedure alone. Since inspection requires no special training, it is particularly valuable to the student, and to those who see chest cases incidentally, and not constantly. In order that inspection should yield the best results, it is absolutely essential that the patient be stripped to the waist. "The unpleasant- ness and inconvenience to a patient of undressing for this purpose, the time occupied in so doing, the trouble it gives, and a sense of delicacy in INSPECTION 21 females" are no longer to be considered the serious obstacles Laennec believed them to be. An examination of a chest which has not been entirely exposed is in the vast majority of instances worse than no ex- amination at all. In regard to women it can be safely asserted that no difficulty will be encountered if the importance of the procedure is ex- plained and they are not unnecessarily exposed. For some yeais we have used the following method. A piece of linen or fine muslin a yard square is slit from one corner to the center and the free edges hemmed (see Figs. 4 and 5). This is thrown over the shoulders. In examining the anterior aspect of the chest the cape is loosened over the shoulders. When the area below the breasts is examined the cape still affords pro- tection. In examining the back, the cape may be pushed up exposing Figs. 4 and 5. — The examining cape in use. the entire back as no objection is ever offered to this. As the capes are inexpensive a number can be kept on hand and a fresh one used for each patient. It must be borne in mind that a patient stripped to the waist should not be subjected to the discomfort of a cold examining room. The next requisite is that the patient shall be so placed that the light falls directly on the parts under inspection. In comparing the two sides of the chest, the illumination must not come from one side as errors may occur if one-half of the chest is less well lighted than the other. The chest should be inspected not only from the anterior and posterior aspects but also in profile; the latter method is of value in estimating the depth of the chest and also in determining the presence or absence of pulsation. In addition the chest should be inspected from above downward. This is done by the examiner standing behind the patient and looking down over the shoulders. The Posture of the Patient. — As to the posture of the patient, the sitting position is the one of choice. The patient should be instructed to 22 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS assume a natural posture and not, on the one hand, to sit too rigidly, or, on the other, to assume a slouching position. The standing position may be selected if the examiner prefers it, but it is not as convenient and if the examination takes much time is tiring both for the patient and the examiner. Inspection of the chest in patients who are confined to bed and acutely ill is never as satisfactory' as in those who can sit or stand up. Further- more, only the anterior aspect of the chest, as a rule, is available for the method. Another difficulty is that in private houses the light frequently comes from one side onh', so that half of the chest is in a shadow which seriously interferes with a good view. In very ill patients this method of physical examination, in common with the other procedures, suffers from a lack of thoroughness which is often unavoidable. If the exami- nation of the patient in the recumbent attitude is unavoidable, care Fig. 6. — The topography of the chest anteriorly. For purposes of description the chest is divided into certain regions which are shown in this and in the following figure. should be taken to see that the body rests on an even plane; otherwise the results maj' be affected very materialh' (see p. 202). To fix a standard of what constitutes a normal chest which shall serve as a criterion by which to estimate either the existence of or the degree, of abnormal variations, is not possible. Individuals entirely free from thoracic disease present the greatest variations in the conforma- tion of their chests. The Conformation of the Normal Chest. — -Providing that the chest does not present some one of the recognized deformities, it is assumed to be normal if it is sj'mmetrical, not onh' generally but in its different parts. The shoulders should be on the same level and the line from the neck to the point of the shoulder slightly convex. In men the clavicles are usually more or less prominent and the supraclavicular spaces a little depressed. In women the clavicles are not uncommonly hidden by adipose tissue and there are no depressions above the clavicles. Beneath the clavicles the chest wall is slightly convex. The intercostal spaces are INSPECTION 23 slightly below the surface unless the individual is well covered with fat. Owing to the progressively increasing obliquity of the ribs from behind forward the intercostal interspaces are broader in front than behind. In the majority of individuals a projection of the sternum is visible at the level of the second costal caertilags. This projection or angle is of variable degree and is formed by the articulation of the upper and middle portions of the sternum. It is known as the Angulus Sterni or Angle of Louis. In certain thoracic conditions, particularly emphysema, the bulging forward of the upper ribs tends to accentuate this angle. The lower part of the sternum just above the ensiform cartilage is normally slightly depressed. Viewed from behind the angles of the scapula should be on the same level (corresponding to the spine of the eighth dorsal vertebra) and closely approximated to the chest wall. Fig. 7. — The topography of the chest posteriorly. The spine should be straight and slightly concave from above down- ward, slight deviations of the spine are not uncommon, however, and may or may not be an indication of thoracic disease. They are frequently due to faulty posture. The points especially to be noted in inspecting the thorax are: the size and development, the contour and symmetry, the mobility or degree of expansion, the type of breathing, the rate of respiration, the degree of the subcostal angle, local bulging or pulsation, and the prominence of the clavicles. The Size of the Chest. — -The development of the chest depends to a considerable degree upon the general health and activity of the individual. Hence, large, deep, well-muscled thoraces are found in robust, physically active men. Small flat chests are seen as the result of early disease neces- sitating long periods spent in bed; rachitis, and nasal obstruction (ade- 24 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS noids) are also common causes. Lack of thoracic development or chest deformity in early life is chiefly due to these causes. In adult life abnor- malities generally result from tuberculosis, pleuritis or emphj^sema. The Contour and Symmetry of the Chest. — It is especially important that the two sides of the chest be compared with each other. There is of course no absolute normal standard, but merely a variable range of the normal. Disease of the chest is so frequently unilateral that by choosing the "better" side we are enabled to estimate a given individual's normal. Asymmetry of the thorax is often due to abnormal curvature of the spine — scoliosis, kyphosis, lordosis — which, when present to a marked degree, often renders examination by auscultation and percussion very difficult (Figs. 17, 26 and 36). Inequality in the size or expansion of the two sides of the chest may be measured by sewing two tape measures Fig. 8. — Position of the bony thorax during inspiration and expiration. The emphysematous chest is practically that of a chronic, immobile, forced inspiration. {After Barth.) together, placing the zero point over the spine and bringing the free ends together, horizontally at the sternum. At hirth the chest is cylindrical (Fig. 19) ; this form gradually develops, beginning at the second year, into the elliptic shape of adult life (Fig. 20), to revert again during old age to more or less the circular contour of childhood (Figs. 25 and 33). The exact contour can be accurately deter- mined by means of the cyrtometer — a band of lead, hinged in the middle, which is firmly applied and moulded to the chest, the contour of which it afterward maintains. The Mobility of the Chest. — Chest expansion, the difference in cir- cumference between forced inspiration and expiration is in normal men, about 2 inches. Much greater degrees of mobility are found in indi- viduals accustomed to severe physical exercise. Chest expansion can be greatlj^ developed during adolescence by practice; it is medically of minor importance (Fig. 8). INSPECTIOX 25 Inequality _ of expansion has great significance. The main point to be determined is whether both sides of the chest expand equally. The most important cause of unilateral diminished or delayed expansion is tuber- culosis of the lungs or pleura, but such a condition also results from one- sided pneumonia, pleuritis (pain), or pleural effusion, pneumothorax, etc. The last two conditions may also alter the shape of the intercostal spaces. ird^rvo^ ^^^^ Fig. 9. — Cross section of the right lung sho-nang the direction of expansion. (Keith.) Apex Fig. 10. — Right lung from the side showing the direction of expansion. {Keith.) In chronic cases^ inequality is generally due to local adhesions and con- tractions of the subjacent tissues. Unequal expansion maj' rarely be due to rachitis, hemiplegia, and muscular atrophy. Diminution or delay of apical expansion can be best detected by standing behind the seated patient and looking downward over his shoulders. A great deal regarding pulmonary function can be learned by in- 26 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS spection. In order to determine local inequalities of movement over the upper lobes Hoover recommends the following procedure. t The examiner standing on the right of the recumbent patient places the tip of the ring finger of the left hand upon the second rib in the mid- clavicular Hne; the tip of the middle finger on the third rib midway between the anterior axillar}^ and the midclavicular lines; and the index finger on the fourth rib in the anterior axillary line. If the patient breathes deeply and somewhat rapidly, normally the relative degree of motion should increase progressively from the first to the third rib. In other words normal expansion is undulatory. If there is diminished ventilation the three ribs will move in unison. Inspiratory narrowing of the subcostal angle and retraction of the whole of both costal borders is noted as an evidence of sub-ventilation in emphysema, which may appear in association with an aggravation of symptoms such as dyspnea and cyanosis, and increased carbon dioxid Fig. 11. — Vertical section of the right lung showing the direction of expansion. (Keith.) concentration in the alveolar air, although percussion may fail to show any change in the position of the pulmonary margins. Such observations may enable us to differentiate an access of dyspnea due to emphysema from that due to cardiac weakness, for in the latter instance although we may find subcostal inspiratory narrowing, we will not find inspiratory retraction of the whole costal margin (Hoover). Unilateral variations may also aid us diagnostically. Thus with left ventricular hypertrophy the median portion of the left costal margin will be retracted or move less in an outward direction during inspiration than the corresponding area of the right chest. In cases of mitral stenosis, myocardial disease, and enlargement of the pericardial sac there will be sj^mmetrical narrowing or constraint of the subcostal angle during inspiration, if the anterolateral portion of the diaphragm is depressed beyond the critical point by the enlarged heart or peri- cardium. INSPECTION 27 THE VITAL CAPACITY OF THE LUNGS The Vital Capacity of the Lungs. — The amount of air which can be ex- pired after a forced inspiration varies in normal individuals with sex and height as well as with muscular development. It depends largely upon the latter factor and upon proper breathing. It can therefore be increased, especially in youth, by training. Low values mean simply poor develop- ment and improper breathing, and are of practically no value in the diagnosis of pulmonary lesions such as tuberculosis. In heart disease, however, the pulmonary ''vital capacity" corresponds more or less to cardiac efficiency. The degree to which it is reduced below the normal standard corresponds closely to the tendency to dyspnea. Thus patients with marked decomposition show values of only 40 per cent, or less of the normal, while patients with well compensated lesions, who have no greater dyspnea on exertion than normal persons yield values of about 90 per cent, of the normal.^ The Type of Breathing. — In men respiration is mainly diaphragmatic, in women, costal. "By study of the living thorax in health and disease we learn — That the dia- phragm is the great means of inspiration : That, in quiet breathing, the chief use .of the intercostal muscles is to maintain the position of the ribs (or the expansion of the chest) during the descent of the diaphragm : That, when the descent of the diaphragm is hindered, or when inspiration becomes more laboured than natural, the intercostals contract more strongly, so as to dilate the chest by raising the ribs: That, when in- spiration becomes as forcible as possible, other muscles, which act by raising the collar bones and first ribs, come into play, namely, the sternomastoids, scaleni, omohyoids, and upper part of the trapezii: That quiet expiration is due to the cessation of all muscular contraction : That forced expiration is performed by means of the abdom- inal muscles (especially the recti), the latissimi dorsi, and lower part of the trapezii. Add these corollaries : That the diaphragm and intercostals are antagonist, although they concur to produce one and the same result: That forced inspiration tells upon the upper chest and true ribs : That forced expiration tells upon the lower chest and false ribs" (Gee). "Whether respiration be mainly costal or mainly abdominal depends on the relative part taken in the act by the ribs and the diaphragm." The better developed the abdominal muscles are, the more easily can the diaphragm elevate the ribs, and the more "thoracive" the type of respi- ration. It also depends on "the order in which different parts of the body wall come into action. If the w.ave begins in the abdomen and passes upward, the type is abdominal; if it begins above and passes down, the type is costal" (Hutchison). The types of breathing are often modified by disease; thus the pain of an acute pleuritis diminishes expansion especially on the affected side. Peritoneal pain diminishes downward movement of the diaphragm and prodjices relatively more costal breathing. ^ The vital capacity of the lungs is measured by means of the spirometer. Normal values are: Men; Height 159.5-173.5 cm., 4000 c.c; from 173.5-182.5 cm., 4800 c.c; 182.5 and above, 5.100 c.c. Women: Height from 154.5-162 cm., 2825 cc; from 162-167 cm., 3050 c.c. ; 167 and above, 3275 c.c. (McClure, C. W. & Peabody, F. W. : Relation of Vital Capacity of Lungs to Clinical Condition of Patients with Heart isease. J. A. M. A., Dec. 8, 1917, Ixix, 1954.) 28 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNOS The Rate of Respiration. — ^The rate of respiration in adult man is from 16 to 20 per minute. In healthy adults breathing is rhythmic as long as they are unconscious of it. In infants, in whom the function is imperfectly established, it is often irregular. To insure accuracy the patient should never know that we are observing the manner and the rate of his breathing. The respiration and the pulse normally bear the relation of about 1 to 4. Fig. 12. — Radiogram showing tlie position of the diaphragm during expiration and in- spiration. Note the effect upon the position and shape of the heart. A constantly increased rate of resipiration generally indicates disease of the heart or lungs, but disease of the peritoneum and hysteria may also cause rapidity. A decreased respiratory rate occurs in sleep (25 per cent, slower), in obstruction to the air passages and in opium poisoning. Normal Ratio between Age, Pulse, Inspiration and Temperature Birth to 2 2 to 5 5 to 9 9 to 12 years ] 1 years years years Pulse rate.. 122 30 114 26 103 25 89 24 76 Respiratory rate. T. 98° 17 T. 102 / Respiratory 43 35 30 29 27 1 Pulse 141 135 128 117 106 T. 10.5 / Respiratory 50 , 44 37 31 34 \ Pulse 149 1 161 136 136 136 The Subcostal Angle. — By this is meant the angle at which the ribs meet at the ensiform cartilage. It is important in classifying the type of chest with which we have to deal. It is narrow or acute in the long, flat chest; and broad or obtuse in the cylindrical or barrel-shaped thorax (Fig. 13, also p. 2G). Local Bulging or Pulsation. — Local prominence of the chest is often due to rachitis in childhood and to spinal curvature. The precordium INSPECTION 29 (that part of the chest which overhes the heart) is often normally promi- nent, although much greater degrees of bulging are seen when the heart is hypertrophied (Fig. 15, 217), especially in children. The most im- portant pathologic prominence is that seen at the base of the heart in aneurism of the aorta (Fig. 16). Occasionally disease of the ribs and empyema cause local swelling. In emaciated subjects pulsation of the subclavian arteries may be visible. Rhythmicity practically indicates that a pulsation is directly connected with the circulatory apparatus. Pulsating empyemata are very rare. Fig. 13. — Illustrating the angle of the ribs in the barrel-shaped and in the long, flat chest. {Fowler and Godlee.) Prominence of the Clavicles, — This depends largely upon the shape of the chest. It is marked in thoraces conforming to the "long, flat" type and hence is common in enteroptotic individuals. It is often seen in tuberculosis of the pulmonary apices, and when unilateral, may be regarded as an index of the degree to which the subjacent tissues have sunken in or have been retracted (Fig. 30). The Diaphragmatic Shadow. — {Phrenic wave, Litten's phenomenon) (Fig. 18). — If a moderately thin person, lying on a bed with the chest ex- posed and with the feet pointing directly toward the window, takes slow, deep, "abdominal" inspirations, a shadow will be seen to move down the lateral aspect of the chest wall, between the sixth and the ninth ribs. This shadow is caused by the fact that during inspiration the diaphragm "peels off" from the inner chest wall and by means of the negative pres- sure thus produced, causes the soft tissues to fall inward. These altera- tions of pressure correspond with in- and expiration and create the im- pression of a shadow moving down the chest wall. By the mobility of the shadow and by the extent of its excursion, we are enabled to deter- mine the degree of diaphragmatic motion and its equality on the two sides of the body (Fig. 18). Local adhesions, a pneumonia, or a pleural effusion would diminish or inhibit the shadow. A subdiaphragmatic abscess would, on the 30 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS J'^.^ -JiM Fig. 14. — Bulging of the left lower chest, which pulsated synchronously with the heart even after aspiration of the pleura, due to an aneurism of the left ventricle. The dotted area represents approximately the degree of pulsating excursion. (Patient of Dr. J. N^ Henry.) Fig. 15. — Bulging of the precordium due to an hypertrophied heart (mitral obstruction) in a boy of 14 years. Note the poor nutrition and underdevelopment often caused by cardiac lesions in childhood IXSPECTIOX 31 Fig. 16. — Deformity of the chest due to thoracic aneurism. Fig. 17. — Deformity of the chest resulting from kypho-scoiiosis. Abnormal)physical; .signs must'ibe construed with great caution in these cases. (See^Figs. 26,^83, 84.) '- ° * ■ 32 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS Fig. 18. — Diaphragm phenomenon (Litten's sign), from a patient with fibroid phthisis of left lung (New York City Hospital). The linear shadow has been emphasized in the reproduction of the photographs. 1. Full Expiration. — Note the height of the shadow and the slight concavity of the abdomen corresponding to the respiratory phase. 2. Medium Inspiration. — Note the descent of the linear shadow and the slight change of contour of abdomen corresponding to the respiratory phase. 3. Deep Inspiration. — Note the further descent of the linear shadow and the rigid abdomen corresponding to the respiratory phase. Although the artist has intensified the shadow in the reproduction, the excursion of the right lung and right side of the diaphragm were so pronounced in this patient that the dis- tance between the shadows in the extreme positions of respiration was greater than has been represented. The patient's left lung was practically useless; hence the abnormal extent of the right lung's excursion. (Sahli and Potter.) INSPECTION 33 other hand, have per se no effect on the excursion. The shadow is seen with difficulty in (1) obese subjects, (2) if there is more than one source of hght, (3) if costal breathing is practised. The extent of the normal excursion ranges between 2}4 and 33^^ inches, depending upon the depth of respiration. The observer may stand between window and patient, or may have the patient between himself and the window. The patient should be told to ''breathe with his belly." Diaphragmatic mobility can, of course, be much more accurately determined by means of the fluoroscope but in the absence of such an apparatus the shadow test may be of considerable diagnostic utility. Unilateral immobility or diminished diaphragmatic excursion generally results from pleurisy. Among 83 cases studied by Pryor 53 showed com- plete immobihty, and 17[^some restriction of motion, in patients who had previously had pleural effusions. ABNORMAL THORACIC CONFORMATION As a result of disease, the shape of the chest often becomes altered from the average normal type. There are, of course, also congenital tendencies which have their influence, but practically the shape of the chest is due to postnatal influences. Freund and others maintain that Fig. 19. — Transverse section of an infant's chest. Its shape is cylindrical. Fig. 20. -An adult's chest, elliptical in shape. thoracic development is absolutely determined as regards its ultimate form by the rapidity of growth and time of calcification of the first rib. The length of the normal first rib : Male Female According to Freund is 3.8 cm. 3 . 1 cm. According to Hart is 3.6 cm. 3 . 02 cm. In flat-chested (phthisical) individuals it measures from 3 down to 2.2 cm. This makes the upper chest much narrower and since the rib is also more sloping, makes the whole antero-posterior thoracic diameter small. The first costo-sternal articulation is frequently ossified. In thoraces having this conformation the pulmonary apices are more slender and respiratively less mobile. It is to these factors that the pre- disposition to tuberculosis is supposed to be in part due. Pathologic deformities of the chest may be classified among the fol- lowing types : I. The Rachitic Chest. — The rickety (rachitic) chest (due to unduly soft bones during its development) is typically characterized by (1) beading 34 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS Fig. 21.— The rachitic chest. Fig. 22. — The funnel-breasted chest. (Compare Fig. 30.) Fig. 23.— The flat chest. Fig. 24. — Unilateral retraction of the chest due to pulmonary fibrosis. Fig. 25. — The'^emphysematous chest. (Compare Fig. 33.) Fig. 26. — The chest in scoliosis. (Compare Fig. 17.) IXSPECTIOX 35 of the costo-chondral junctions (rachitic rosary), (2) a transverse fur- row corresponding to the attachment of the diaphragm (Harrison's groove), (3) prominence of the sternum (pigeon breast), (4) a longitudinal groove parallel to the sternum extending to the costal margin. During infancy respiration is mainly abdominal, because the thorax is^already cylindrical and admits of but httle further outward expansion. The negative intrathoracic pressure occasioned by the descent of the diaphragm exerts its effects mainly on the lower rilDS. The atmospheric pressure causes the most j-ielding portion of the thorax to cave in (costo- chondral articulations) and thus a depressed groove, parallel to the Fig. 27. ->sorinal chest with excellent conformation and muscular development. pigmented area above the left nipple is the result of a recent blister. The sternum is formed. Such deformities maj^ result from normal breathing, but are much enhanced in case of inspirator}' dj^spnea. Forced inspira- tion, which overexpands the upper chest, causes a forward protrusion of the sternum which results in ''pigeon breast" (Fig. 29). This may be unequal in degree on the two sides as the result of scoliosis. The chest is usually shortened, and the costal angle acute. OccasionaUy there may be a depression of the sternum extending from the middle of the gladiolus to the ensiform cartilage (funnel breast, trichter briist, pectus excavatum), (Figs. 28 and 30). Although this deformity is usually con- genital, it maj' be occupational (schuster brust, cobbler's breast) due 36 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS Fig. 28. — A rachitic deformity of the chest which produced a very pronounced dextrocardia. Fig. 29. — Pigeon breast in a cretinoid dwarf, aged 23 years. Fig. 30. — Funnel breast due to rachitis, Fig. 31. — Long, flat chest with marked in a patient who ultimately developed pul- retraction and emaciation, in a case of monary tuberculosis. {Patient of Dr. Ward chronic pulmonary tuberculosis. (Cour- Brinton.) (Compare Fig. 32.) tesy of Dr. Frescoln.) IXSPECTION 37 to external pressure from tools of trade. A transverse section of a pigeon breast is triangular in form (Fig. 21). n. The Long Flat Chest. — The flat (phthisinoid, paralytic) chest is commonly met with in pulmonary tuberculosis, and while apparent!}^ predisposing to, is often the result of, this disease. It is a chest of dimin- ished capacity and functionation. The thorax is elongated; the normal elhptical shape is flattened (antero-posterior diameter relatively de- creased), the subcostal angle is acute, and the obliquity of the ribs increased. In association we often see faulty posture (stoop shoulders, pot bellies), poor expansion, a long neck with a prominent larjmx and the head carried forward. Increased obliquity of the ribs makes the Fig. 32. — Plaster cast of a long flat, and a normal chest. (Houseman.') scapulae prominent (winged) and in such cases we speak of the "ptery- goid" or '"alar" chest, especially if the lateral diameter be small. The clavicles are prominent, the supra- and infraclavicular fossae exaggerated and the interspaces wide. Xot infrequently rachitic deformities, and especiaUj' unilateral deformities due to pulmonary fibrosis are superadded (Figs. 30, 31, and32j. III. The Barrel-shaped Chest. — -In the emphysematous (barrel- shaped) chest the normal elliptical form tends to become cyhndrical (the cylinder has a greater cubic capacity). The ribs are elevated and everted (position of forced inspiration) ; as a result of this the costal angle en- larges, the lower ribs flare upward, and the sternum is arched; while Louis' angle becomes prominent. These changes are bilateral and result from enlarged thoracic con- tents — enlarged lungs, emphysema. If the spine is also involved it becomes bent backward, the shoulders are thrown forward and the back is rounded (Figs. 8, 33, 34 and 35). 38 TITE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS Fio. -V'i. — Barrel-shaped chest, a case of long-standing pulmonary emphysema. (Compare Fig. 25.) Fia. 34. — Emph3'sematous chest with marked kyphosis. (Patient of Dr. Ward Brinton.) IXSPECTION" 39 This type of chest is the result of prolonged dyspnea — asthma, emphysema— owing to which the accessory muscles of respiration (sterno- mastoids, serrati postici superiores, serrati antici ma j ores, trapezii, rhomboids, levatores scapulae, and the pectoral muscles) hj-pertrophy. The neck becomes thick and short, the thorax being drawn upward. Inasmuch as the expiratory muscles are also called upon for increased effort the abdominal muscles, the ciuadrati lumbori. and serratus anticus major also become enlarged. Fig. 35. — Contrasted Types. The young man on the left — a case of advanced pulmo- nary tuberculosis — has a long, fiat chest. The ribs are obliquely placed, the antero-posterior diameter is decreased, expansion is almost nil. The neck is long, the larynx, clavicles and scapulae prominent. The old man on the right — a case of pulmonary emphysema — has a barrel shaped chest. The ribs are horizontal, the spine is arched, the antero-posterior diameter is increased, the neck is short, the accessorj- muscles of respiration are hjiDertrophied, the jugular veins are distended. In some cases only the upper part of the chest is involved. The emphysematous chest is in varying degree a normal senile change, it is also seen in individuals whose occupations require habitual stooping, especially if associated with great respiratory demands — -laborers, sawyers. The most typical examples occur in sufferers from emphj'sema especially if associated with asthma. The supraclavicular fossae are full and may actually bulge during expiration (see Figs. 13, 25, 32, 33). 40 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS Mixed Deformities. — ■Various combinations of the foregoing types may sometimes exist. There may also be unilateral enlargement, depression or Inilging. Such changes are usually due to spinal abnormalities, or to pleural and pulmonaiy fibrosis. Fig. 36. — Chest deformity resulting frnm k\iili<)-scoliosis. (See p. 9-3.) (Compare Figs. 17, 2U, o4.) ABNORMAL RESPIRATION Dyspnea.- — This term is applied to various types of "shortness of breath." It generally means rapid, labored respiration but is also applied to the slow difficult breathing which occurs when the larynx or the trachea is obstructed. Dyspnea may occur in isolation, during either phase of respiration, inspiration or expiration, but usually both acts are affected. It is due to either (1) lack of oxygen, or (2) excess of carbon dioxid in the blood. As a general rule the rate and the depth of respiration bear an inverse ratio toward each other. Recent investigations^ have shown that increased Hydrogen ion con- centration of the blood (excess of CO-) increases the depth of respiration, without essentially altering its rate, whereas anoxemia (Oxygen defi- ciency) produces first, a peculiar periodicity of the respiratory rhythm; and secondly, if anoxemia becomes still more marked, very rapid and shallow breathing. Inspiratory dyspnea without obstruction simply causes increased thoracic movement; with obstruction it causes an over expansion of the upper, and a recession of the lower chest. This in rachitic children produces marked deformities. iHaldane, Meakins and Priestley: J. Physiol., 1919, lii, 420. INSPECTION 41 Expiratory dyspnea occurs in asthma, emphj^sema and edema of the glottis. Expiration is prolonged and laborious, the accessory expiratory muscles are called into activity. Orthopnea is exaggerated dyspnea, in which the patient is no longer able to breathe in recumbency, but is forced to sit up and frequently add the additional support of his hands, in order to fix the muscles of the shoulder girdle and thus assist the accessory muscles of respiration. It is characteristically seen when the lungs are congested as the result of tricuspid insufficiency, and indicates that the last line of reserve force has been called into action. Asthma is an intermittent form of dyspnea in which expiration is chiefly affected. The latter is often audible at a distance from the patient as a musical wheezing sound. When marked, it is accompanied by cj^anosis, a sense of thoracic constriction and of suffocation. It is due UlllUlllUllllllUlilUilllU iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiHiiiiHiiiiin illlllllllllljllillj^^ Fig. 37. — An example of the adult type of Cheyne-Stokes hreathing, showing the large number of respirations in each period, the relativelj' short apneic pause and the high levels reached by the expiratory up-strokes in the abdominal trace. In this and the following tracings the upper line represents the thoracic tracing, the middle line, the abdominal tracing, and the bottom line, the time in seconds. The down strokes record the inspiratory movements. {Conner and Stillman.) to obstruction of the bronchi, either spasmodic or edematous in nature, and is accompanied by the expectoration of tenacious glairy mucus. Asthma is frequently an anaphylactic manifestation. Non-expansive Dyspnea. — In this type of breathing the chest is ele- vated but does not expand. It occurs if the lung is impermeable to air (pneumothorax), or if the thorax is already distended to the limit of its capacity (large pleural effusions, extreme emphysema) or if expansion is prevented by dense pleural adhesions (pulmonary fibrosis). Restricted or "catchy" respiration may occur in acute pleuritis or intercostal neuritis as a result of pain. Siridulous hreathing is characterized by a noisy, high-pitched, crowing or whistling expiration. It is due to a spasmodic condition of the vocal cords which occurs in children. 42 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS Stertorous breathing may be heard at a distance from the patient. It occurs in comatose and moribund patients, and consists of rattUng, snoring or bubbling sounds. Its genesis is akin to that of snoring, since it is often due to vibrations set up by the soft palate, glottis, tongue or vocal cords. Not infrequently, however, it is due to exudate in the trachea or large bronchi, which is thrown into vibration by the act of breathing, as for instance in case of pulmonary edema. The death rattle is a combination of stertorous breathing combined with the rattling caused by the vibration of exudate (serum, pus, blood) in the large bronchi and the trachea. VISIBLE CHANGES IN RESPIRATORY RHYTHM Cheyne-Stokes Respiration. — This is characterized by visible irregu- larity of breathing. The respirations, shallow at first, gradually increase in depth and rapidity, to be followed after gradually diminishing excur- sions by complete apnea, lasting sometimes nearly 30 seconds (Fig. 37). It occurs in the coma of uremia, apoplexy, meningitis, opium poisoning, etc. Blood-pressure is higher during the hyperpneic periods, in cases associated with increased intracranial tension. Chejme-Stokes respira- tion is due to an obtunded sensibilit}^ of the meduall to CO2 Deep inm/1 iY — !, A'l ./""^^^^ "^fyn'^W '^/"'^'l^''; 'i I ! ! f l,^,ll,lH^»^^l»)l^■l("f^"n^M.')ll»»ln■^l^l7'>||Ml)|»)<)l^>>)(w'/lW'l■y'''')'/^ll)>rnlV " /'/ //j> l;l > l l< |^|)l |/ /!lfJ)/) l/ Fig. 38. — Tracing from a child of 8 years, showing typical Biot's breathing. Note the pauses which occur at irregular intervals and vary in length, the frequent deep sighs, and the constant irregularity of the respirations in force and rhythm. (Conner and Stillman.) breathing carries off the excess of this substance and the respiratoiy center remains inactive until another over-accumulation of this gas has taken place. Cheyne-Stokes respiration is of grave, but not necessarily fatal, import. In children, if associated with other suggestive symptoms, it points gravely toward a meningitis. Biot's Breathing. — This type of breathing differs from that just described, in that a series of rapid but equally deep respiratory movements is followed by a sudden apnea. There is no gradual increase and decrease in the depth of respirations (Fig. 38). It may be regarded as almost pathognomonic of meningitis {Conner and Stillman^). ^ Conner and Stillman: "A Pneumographic Study of Respiratory Irregularities in Meningitis." Arch. Int. Med., ix, 1912, 203. CHAPTER II PALPATION By palpation we refer to the use of the sense of touch for the determina- tion of the physical character of the tissues. It is employed: 1. To ehcit tenderness, or rigichty. 2. To ascertain the position and character of the cardiac impulse, pulsations or thiills, and to feel the pulse (see Chap. XIII). 3. To determine the character of the skin (temperature, moisture, texture, edema). 4. To discover local swelling, induration, softening, etc., of the tissues, especially as regards the lymph nodes. Fig. 39. Fig. 40. Figs. 39. — Palpation to determine expansion and vocal fremitus. ^ Fig. 40. — Palpation to determine bilateral equalitj" of chest expansion. (Bethea.) 5. To estimate the degree and equahty of chest expansion. 6. To ehcit vocal fremitus. 7. To determine the presence of hepatic or splenic enlargement, pulsation of the liver, etc. Chest Expansion. — The bilateral equahty of chest expansion can often be satisfactorily determined by laying the hands lightly upon the patient's chest during the act of respiration. Some examiners prefer this method to simple inspection. 43 44 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LITNGS ZONES OF CUTANEOUS HYPERESTHESIA (HEAD'S AREAS), AND REFLEX PAIN " The nerves supplying the skin and skeletal muscles have become so educated that any injury to them is accurately located. Such is not the case with nerves of the internal organs. A painful irritation of the viscera finds expression, not necessarily over the site of the organ, but in a painful area of the skin often remote from it. Head has shown that the painful stimulus in the organ travels in a centripetal direction to the posterior part of the cord and there sets up excitation of the nerves which in the same and in the adjoining segments supply the peripheral surfaces with sensation. The pain is referred to the skin because therein the pain sense reaches its highest development."' Fig. 41. — Referred pleural pain. The horizontal lines indicate the location of inter- costal nerve pain; the dots represent phrenic nerve pain, on the anterior surface of the body. " Referred pain from the viscera has these characteristics to differen- tiate it from pain of peripheral origin: (1) It is often remote from the site of irritation. (2) It follows the hnes on the skin of the spinal seg- mentation rather than the course of the peripheral nerves. (3) It is usually associated with cutaneous hyperesthesia and tenderness to pres- sure. (4) Often the pain fails to involve the whole segmental area of the skin, but finds expression in one or more points of maximal tenderness and spontaneous pain." Examples. — The pain of biliary colic is felt at the angle of the scapula, that of renal colic in the testicles, while heart pain is referred to the arm or the neck. Hyperesthesia of the skin is determined by light pressure with a dull object such as the head of a pin, or by slight pinching. Muscular rigidity 1 Capps: Arch. Int. Med., December, 1911. PALPATION 45 or spasm which may have a similar genesis is elicited by estimating the degree of muscular tonus b}^ means of our sense of touch. Cutaneous hyperalgesia was found in only 3 per cent, of all pulmonary cases or in 13 per cent, of those who complained of pain. In diseases of ihe heart and aorta the hyperalgias was noted in 7 per cent, of the cases and in 18 per cent, of those who complained of pain.^ PLEURAL PAIN The parietal pleura and outer part of diaphragm receive their nerve supply from the lower six intercostal nerves. Lesions in this region Fig. 42. Fig. 43. Figs. 42 and 43. — Referred cardiac pain. Showing the area of pain and cutaneous hyperesthesia requently met with in angina pectoris. The segmental distribution (third cervical, to the third dorsal) is indicated by the Roman numerals. Other segments may, however, be involved, the sixth dorsal causing epigastric pain, and the upper cervical roots, pain in the neck and back of the head. The characteristic sense of thoracic constriction has been explained as resulting from reflex stimulation of the intercostal muscles, and the sense of impending dissolution has been likened to the violent stimulation of the nervous system produced by excitation or injury of other viscera, as by a blow on the testicles or over the solar plexus. {Mackenzie.) In pulmonary disease cutaneous hyperalgesia occurred in 3 per cent, of the 460 cases studied by Langstroth and in 13 per cent, of those who complained of pain. In disease of the heart and aorta the hyperalgesia was noted in 7 per cent.; and in 18 per cent, of the cases having pain. As a diagnostic aid the occurrence of Head's hyperalgesic zones is generally disappointing, owing to the large number of areas over which disease of a given viscus may cause sensory changes. produce pain in the overlying skin, which may be regarded as the result of a peripheral neuritis. Cutaneous hyperesthesia is absent. Irritation of the diaphragm posteriorh^ produces pain in lower chest, abdomen or lumbar region. This is a referred pain — bj^ way of the seventh to the ^Laxgstroth: Arch. Int. Med., 1915, xvi, No. 2. 46 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS twelfth dorsal segments. The visceral pleura is devoid of the pain sense. The central diaphragmatic pleura is supi)lied by the phrenic nerve. Irrita- tion of this region produces pain and tenderness in the neck, especially along the ridge of the trapezius muscle, often with a surrounding zone of hyperesthesia (Fig. 41). This is a true referred pain — by way of the third and fourth spinal segments. The pericardial pleura when irritated may produce similar pain, because its nerve supply is mainly if not en- tirely phrenic in origin (Capps). Pleural pain may be referred to the abdominal wall and lack of a careful examination of the lungs has led to unwarranted celiotomies in patients who a day or two later have developed well-marked signs of the pneumonia which was the cause of the original abdominal pain and rigidity. Vice versa, although less frequently, abdominal lesions may occasionally produce thoracic pain. TACTILE OR VOCAL FREMITUS Fremitus is the tactile perception of vibrations, wliich may be pro- duced by (1) phonation (vocal fremitus), (2) coughing (tussive fremitus), Fig. 44. — Ulnar palpation. The lower pulmonary border can be accurately determined by laying the ulnar surface of the hand and little finger against the chest wall while the patient counts one — one — one — . (See Fig. 50.) (3) breathing (rhoncal fremitus) produced by exudation into or stenosis of, the air passages. These actions set up vibrations within the bronchi and lungs, which under favorable conditions are accompanied by objectively sensible vibrations of the chest wall, which can be felt when the hand is laid upon it, as a faint vibration or trembhng of its surface. The sensation PALPATIOX 47 thus obtained has been hkened to that derived from a purring cat, but in the case of human fremitus the vibrations are much finer and more rapid. Vocal fremitus, which only is of practical utility, is eHcited by laying the ulnar surface of the hand or fingers upon the chest or in the inter- costal spaces, while the patient slowly repeats the numerals, " one — one — one," or, "ninetj'-nine" in'a clear, low tone. SA'^mmetric areas of the Fig. 45. — Diagram illustrating the similarity in mechanism between voice production in the human body, and sound production in an organ. From above downward the- angulated lines indicate respectively: A, the resonator; B, the reed; C, the wind pipe; D, the bellows. (After Barth.) chest are then compared in regard to the intensity of the vibrations- which are felt. In order to appreciate the mechanism and significance of fremitus we must revert for a moment to that of voice production. The Mechanism of Voice Production. — The larjmx is a reed instru- ment, the pitch of which is determined by the length and tension of the vocal cords. When these are approximated and air is forced upward from the lungs by means of the diaphragm and other respiratory muscles, the cords are thrown into A*ibration and a sound is generated. The sounds- 48 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS thus produced by the vocal cords and glottis pass upward through a variable resonator — mouth and nares — and are there modified as regards their overtones by the hps, tongue, etc., and thus the vowel sounds originate. A further modification of the overtones by means of the lips, teeth, tongue, etc., results in the consonants of articulate speech. The laryngeal sounds are further reinforced by means of a large resonator — the thorax — which under favorable conditions vibrates in unison with the larynx and, therefore, amplifies the sonorous waves and intensifies the sound, as does a sound box those of the tuning fork. Vocal fremitus Fig. 46. — Illustration: from Gerhardt, showing a sensitive flame as affected by vibra- tions of different variety and intensity. 1. Gas flame. The flame is most sensitive just below the flaring point. 2. The same on a rotating mirror. 3. 4, and 5. The flame while the vowel U is loudly pronounced at 3, the mouth; 4, the traclioa; 5, on the anterior chest wall. (With right-sided pleural effusion would get 2 on the right, and o on the left side.) 6. Vibrations over a femoral aneurism. 7. The tympanitic tracheal tone, with a half-closed glottis. 8. The tympanitic tracheal tone, with open glottis (rhythmic vibrations). 9. The resonant non-tympanitic note of the chest wall (unrhythmic vibrations). is, therefore, not an accidental vibration of the thorax but is a rhythmic vibration due to, and in unison with, the vocal cords. In order to produce vocal fremitus we must, therefore, have: 1. Functionally efficient vocal cords. 2. A sufficiently resonant voice: the resonator (thorax) must bear definite suitable proportions to those of the vocal cords. The existence of such a favorable relationship in men, and its usual absence in women, explains the greater intensity of fremitus in the former. The great indi- PALPATION 49 vidual variations met with in apparently similar types of individuals have a like explanation. 3. Open, patulous bronchi. 4. Comparatively free transmission of vibrations from the lung to the chest wall; e.g., the interposition of liquid, as in the case of a pleural effusion, diminishes or obliterates fremitus, unless the underlying lung is solidified, in which case fremitus remains present. Fremitus is NormaUy Intense. — (a) On the right side, especially over the upper lobe, because the trachea lies in immediate contact with the apex of the lung, whereas on the left side it is separated by a distance of 3 cm. owing to the interposition of the aorta, internal carotid artery, esophagus, lymphatic and areolar tissue (Figs. 49, 52, 75, 95). Fig. 47 Fig. 48. Figs. 47 and 48. — Diagrams drawn from radiograms of the bronchi filled with a fusible alloy showing the relation of the bronchi to the chest wall. The right bronchus is larger, and a more direct continuation of the trachea — which slopes toward the right. Contrary to what is usually taught it is not more, but less horizontal than the left. The right bronchus gives off a branch before it enters the lung. The trachea bifurcates at Louis' angle slightly to the right of the mid-sternal line. At this point vocal fremitus and resonance are intense and the breath sounds harsh. (6) Posteriorly between the scapulce, because of proximity to large bronchi (Figs. 48, 91). (c) In the second right intercostal space, owing to the nearness of the bronchial bifurcation (Figs. 47, 95, 104). {d) It is more intense in the interspaces (finger tips or ulnar surface of little finger used) than over the ribs. Fremitus is Pathologically Increased. — (a) Over 'pulmonary consolida- tion, because of better conduction of the vibrations from the bronchi (see Chap. III). (6) In cases of atelectasis, because the bronchi are nearer to the chest wall. (c) Over pulmonary cavities (as a rule) because of surrounding con- solidation. Increased fremitus is generally associated with bronchial breathing and bronchophony. Of course, in a given case there may be factors working at variance with one another as regards the production of bronchial 50 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS breathing, bronchophony and increased fremitus. While these three signs are of the same diagnostic importance we must determine each separately. Fremitus is theoretically always diminished or absent over cavities. There is little or no fremitus over the trachea, because air does not transmit vibratory waves appreciable to the hand, and because there is no reinforcement by a resonator as in case of the thorax. But practi- cally we find fremitus in the majority of cases increased over cavities on account of (1) an overlying area of consolidated lung, (2) transmission by well-organized fibroid walls, (3) general sense of increased fremitus COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY . 437 W. 59tH Street. UtW YORK CITY. PALPATION 51 Fig. 5U. Fig. 51. Figs. 50 and 51. — The dots indicate the areas of the chest over which vocal fremitus and vocal resonance are normally most intense. The solid lines indicate the lower margins of the areas over which these phenomena are obtainable (lower pulmonary border). The dotted lines indicate the lower margin during forced inspiration, the lungs having expanded downward, filling the complemental space. Downward movement of the percussion reso- nance from the solid to the dotted lines during inspiration also indicates pulmonary expansibility. Fig. 52. — Advanced bilateral pulmonary tuberculosis. Both upper lobes contain cavities of variable, but for the most part small, size, surrounded by completely infiltrated lung tissue. The lower lobes of the lung are relatively uninvolved. Fremitus was much increased over the upper lobes and was associated with bronchophony and percussion dul- ness, having, especially in the left axilla (large cavity) a tympanitic quality. Clear-cut metallic rales were heard, as well as whispered pectoriloquy. The lower lobes''yielded an impaired note with diffuse crackling rales. Expansion over the upper chest was almost absent. 52 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS from suiTouiuliiig consolidated lung, in other words, failure to localize the fremitus directly over the cavity. Fremitus is Normally Feeble. — (a) As the result of overlying fat or mammary glands (vibratory reflection). (6) In women and children because the chest, the resonator, is not in as favorable a relation with vocal cords as in men and because the voice being higher in pitch the vibrations are more rapid and hence less readily felt. Fremitus is Pathologically Decreased. — (a) In obstruction of a bronchus — asthma, compression, occlusion. (In these cases it may return after coughing.) Fig. 53. — Palpation furnishes the most satisfactory method of examining the liver. The patient lies on his back with the knees slightly flexed, and is told to breathe slowly and deeply with the mouth open. If the liver is enlarged, or displaced downward, its margin can be felt to push against the right hand during the descent of the diaphragm. The examination is rendered more satisfactory if the examiner's left hand presses upward on the posterior costal margin. Splenic enlargement may be determined in a similar manner. (6) From increased reflection or diffusion (pleural thickening, effusion, or pneumothorax). (c) Over cavities, not surrounded by consolidation. (d) In cases of dysphonia — weakness or paralysis of the vocal cords. Exceptionally fremitus may he 'present over pleural effusions; this is due to the factors which are discussed on pages 61, 62. The most intense fremitus is encountered in robust, deep-chested men. The lower the pitch of the voice, the slower the sound vibrations and the greater their amplitude, and hence, provided the thickness of the PALPATION 53 chest wall remains constant, the more marked the fremitus. This is especially the case on the right side, for the reasons already mentioned. Tactile vibrations may also be produced by: (a) Flowing liquids — ^thrill. (6) Movements of fluid — fluctuation, succussion. (c) Mechanical friction — friction fremitus, pleural or pericardial fremitus. The costal and visceral pleurae during respiration glide with smooth, mirror-like surfaces over each other. The greatest degree of excursion is vertical (3 cm.). They also move horizontally, their motion being downward and forward during inspiration (see Figs. 9, 10, 11). In health no palpable thrill or audible sound is produced. But the pleural surfaces roughened by disease may produce palpable vibrations as well as sounds (friction fremitus and friction sounds), both being most marked in the mid- and lower-axillary regions. CHAPTER III ACOUSTICS IN PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS For the ready comprehension of physical diagnosis a superficial knowledge of acoustics is necessary. The phenomena of percussion, auscultation and to a considerable extent palpation, cannot otherwise be grasped or properly interpreted. We have therefore, been led to briefl}' review some of the more important laws of sound. Phj'sical diag- nosis is for the most part based upon a foundation of acoustics. Our interpretation of the signs elicited from both healthy and diseased tissues is but a manifestation of the fact that physical alterations of the tissues cause corresponding changes in the vibrations which the}' are capable of assuming or transmitting. The fact that all the phenomena met with cannot as yet be satisfactorily explained is due to the limitations of our knowledge and is not to be attributed to any mj'sterious manifestations. Acoustics has not developed into such a loft}', rich, well-rounded form as has her sister science. Optics. Rhythmic Vibrations.- — When the equilibrium of an elastic body is momentarily displaced, it vibrates back and forth until its equilibrium is regained. Thus a bass viol string when on a stretch, if plucked, can be seen to vibrate. The motion imparted to a localized area is gradually transmitted throughout its whole length. The rate of the vibration is increased as the string is rendered more taut, until separate vibrations can no longer be seen. At the rate of 16 per second the lowest audi- ble tone is produced.^ For the human ear the highest perceptible note corresponds to 36,000 vibrations per second. The vibrations are perceptible to touch (vocal fremitus) as well as hearing, but touch perceives the slow, and hearing the rapid, vibrations more readily. The musical range of vibrations lies between 40 and 4000 per second. The greater the tension, the more rapid the vibrations, and the higher the pitch. When an elastic tissue (e.g. violin string), vibrates rh}i:hmically and with sufficient rapidity a tone is produced. But a string vibrates both as a whole, and simultaneously in its ali- quot parts, at its nodal points, each of which represents an octave of the fundamental note (the note of string vibrating as a whole). These par- tial vibrations produce additional tones which are known as overtones. Overtones bear a simple relation to the fundamental note: 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, etc. The first six overtones are harmonious, above this they are generally not so. The combination of the fundamental note plus the overtones produces what is known as klang (timbre). Klang, then (the musical quality) results from rhythmic vibrations such as occur when the fundamen- tal note vibrates together with harmonious overtones. ^ Not only the rate and amplitude of the vibrations, however, determines their audibility, their duration is perhaps of even greater importance. Recent investiga- tions (Gianfranceschi) have shown that vibrations must last one-fortieth of a second to be audible, and that duration is a much more constant factor in perceptibility than rate 54 ACOUSTICS IN PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS 55 On different, though accurately attuned instruments — ^flute, violin, clarionet — the same fundamental note may be sounded, yet the indi- viduality of each instrument remains distinct; we can distinguish one from the other. Now this individual difference — timbre, klang, quality — is dependent upon the character of the overtones. The individual quality of different voices is dependent upon similar factors. Unrhythmic Vibrations. — Theoretically if a string could be struck at a minute point, by a hard hammer, in time, the vibrations would tend to remain localized, and those points of the string which had not been directly struck would begin to vibrate slowly and unrhythmically. As a result the overtones and especially the higher overtones — ^the unhar- monious ones — would disproportionately increase in strength and an unpleasant metallic note result (Helmholtz). In the case of the piano this is obviated by having the strings struck by soft broad hammers, Fig. 54. — Diagrammatic illustrations of a vibrating string. First, as a whole; second, with one nodal point; third, with two nodal points; fourth, with three nodal points. which remain in contact long enough to ensure a continuous vibration of the whole string, and are so placed as to dampen the unharmonious over- tones by eliminating their nodal points. If in any sound-producing body the elastic equilibrium be briefly and locally disturbed, unrhythmic vibrations result. Very unrhythmic vibrations allow the distant overtones to preponderate, and a metallic quality is produced. This occurs regard- less as to whether we are practicing auscultation or percussion, and regard- less as to whether these higher overtones are heard together with the fundamental (amphoric breathing) or separately. All the metallic sound phenomena, of auscultation and percussion are thus produced (metallic ring, bell tympany, amphoric breathing, cracked-pot sound) (see Fig. 55). Vibrations in Tense Membranes. — Tense membranes such as a kettle drum or the distended stomach, tend to vibrate with very diverse and variable nodal points, and hence the relationship between the funda- mental note and the overtones is a very variable one. This may be illustrated by throwing stones into a pool of water. Each stone will produce its own circle (vibrations) and these circles will mingle and interweave without losing the original identity. Sympathetic Vibrations.- — Vibrations may be set up in neighboring tissues not only by the direct conduction of the sound-producing impact, but also by what is known as sympathetic vibration. It has been stated that overtones accompany the fundamental note, but it is also 56 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS true that if an overtone be produced the fundamental note which corre- sponds to it will begin to vibrate. Thus if a certain note on a piano be struck and suddenly damped, certain other strings can be heard to vibrate. If iodide of nitrogen be painted upon the "G" string of a bass viol and allowed to dry, a violent detonation will occur if a similarly pitched string of another instrument in the neighborhood is set in vibration; while vibrations of the "E" string are without effect. It is also a well- known fact that the vocal or instrumental production of certain musical notes may, to the chagrin of the musician, crack glass vases on the nearby mantelpiece. How important a role sympathetic vibrations play in physical diagnosis cannot be stated, but that they have some bearing cannot be questioned. [JT717T7T]TTTTI7T71 ./\/\/\/\/\A/WV Anww, Rhythmic vibrations Unrhythmic vibrations Very unrhj-thmic vibrations f)f\(] n (\ i) (](] n n n r uuuuu uuuuuu Loud sound (large wave amplitude) Feeble sound (small wave amplitude) n fiiiiiiii Low pitch (slow vibrations) High pitch (rapid vibrations) Fig. 55. — Diagram illustrating the difference in the sounds produced by vibrations of different kinds. Interference Waves. — When two waves travel through a vibrating string in opposite directions, they tend to nullify each other if their nodal points be similar. This phenomenon has been used to explain some phvsical signs. Loaded Strings. — If a piece of wa.x be attached to one of two tuning forks, or to musical strings of a similar pitch, the vibrations of the struc- ture thus treated become slower than those of its fellow and the note which it gives forth, correspondingly lower in pitch. A bottle filled with soapsuds gives forth a much lower note when percussed, than a similar body when empty. Here the suds act as a "load" and retard the vibra- ACOUSTICS IN PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS 57 tions. In lungs under normal tension the pulmonary septa act as a load, and tend to localize and delay the vibrations. The relaxed lung in which the septa are no longer under tension yields a tympanitic note of much higher pitch than the normal organ, and vibrates as a whole; not merely where it is percussed, as does the normal lung. 7'-" Ot^ERTONE VOCAL CORDS ,rUNOAMENTA.L RESOANANCe CAPACITY OF THE NASAL OAV 1 IS OBTAINED WITH THE RESULT THAT ALL .mg^^^m^emm^ ■3Kj> overtone Fundamental , VOCAL CORPS WHEN THE SOFT PALATE CLOSES THE NASAL CAVITY THE MOUTH ALONE ACTS AS A RESONATOR *ITH THE RESULT THAT THE VOLUME IS MARKEDLY REOUCEO. THE FUNDA- MENTAL TONE IS *EAK AND SOME OF THE OVERTONES MAY BE SUPPRESSED. Fig. 56. — The production of overtones. Opposite the drawings are reproduced (from actual photographs obtained by means of the improved Koenig manometric flame appa- ratus) the vibrations of the fundamental note and the overtones. {From the Scientific American.) Resonators. — Sound waves are transmitted readily from solid to solid bodies, as from a tuning fork to the skull, but not so readily from vibrating bodies to the air — a violin string vibrating between the fingers produces little sound. To increase the volume of sound, therefore, we resort to the use of sound boxes or resonators, as when a tuning fork rests on a table. The resonators used for musical instruments readily assume all varieties of simple and compound vibrations which are im- 58 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS parted to them, that is they vibrate in unison with the source of the sound (sympathetic vibration) and thus amphfy the waves. Indeed, it is in part due to certain vibratory habits which they have acquired that old viohns owe their mellow richness of tone.' Resonators are also used to analyze sou7ids — to resolve a complex sound into its component elements to a degree which is not otherwise possible. Such resonators are hollow bodies, with a smooth lining, stiff walls and two openings. The most powerful tj^pes are spherical in shape, but many forms are used, as in case of the viohn. For the purpose of analyzing the sounds met with in physical diagnosis, simple telescopic tubes 2 meters in length have proved sufficient. Resonators are characterized by the fact that when a sound is produced thej^ cause the fundamental note to predominate, while the overtones remain weak and unharmonic. The large end of the resonator is brought into proximit}' with the sound to be anah'zed, the small end is connected with the ear by means of rubber tubing. By varjang the length of the tube to the point which produces the loudest sound for a given note, the wave length of that note can be computed and its position in the musical scale established. In the human body the thorax, a distended stomach, a pneumo- thorax, etc., ma}^ act as resonators. The more elastic the material of which the resonator is composed, the longer its vibration. Thus a bell sounds longer than a glass, and a glass longer than a wooden bowl. A resonator 15 to 30 cm. in length is sufficient to amplify the sound of pure bronchial breathing (httle "D" to "E" on the musical scale), but for normal vesicular breathing a length of from 1 to 2 meters ("A" to "F") is required. The latter is, therefore, from two to three octaves lower in pitch than the former. ^ While inferior to the resonator in point of accuracj^, very com- plex sounds can be resolved by the human ear into their component elements. The expert leader can volitionally single out the notes of any individual instrument of bois orchestra, and it is the unconscious analysis of sound — the separation of the fundamental note from the overtones — which enables us to distinguish individual voices, and to recognize tympan}^, resonance, metalhc sounds, etc., in percussion and auscultation. With percussion of equal force, the high notes are more acutely perceived b}' the human ear, than the low ones, which are apt to be overshadowed by their overtones. It is evident, therefore, that the individual who is the possessor of a good musical ear will much more readily acquire efficiency in auscultation and percussion, and will derive much more information from the employment of these methods, than he who is more or less tone-deaf. THE QUALITIES OF SOUND The qualities of sound are as difficult to describe as are colors to the blind, hence we are forced to use similes and comparisons. Sounds are classified according to their component quahties; which are intensity, duration, quality and pitch. 1 Wooden resonators, especially those made of spruce (which is made up of very- long, straight, regular fibers, and stretched taut like a string) are chosen for most musical instruments, since their vibrations result in much richer, mellower tones than do those of other wood or metal. 2 Mueller, F. : Zeitschr. f. Aertzliche Fortbildung, ix, 1912, No. 14. ACOUSTICS IN PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS 59 Intensity. — This depends upon the amphtude of the sound waves; not only on the force of the blow, but also on the number of air columns set in vibration. Hence the importance of percussion of equal force (Fig. 55). Duration. — The more air in a vibrating column the longer the dura- tion of the sound. The "fullness" and the "leerness" of Skoda, terms which are still occasionalh^ employed in German hterature, although compound perceptions, depend mainly upon the duration of the vibra- tions. Resonant and tympajiitic notes are long; dull and. flat notes are short. Quality. — Bj- this term we mean that a sound either is or is not musical. If it has a musical quality, we say that the sound possesses timbre or klang, attributes which depend upon the number and quality of the overtones. It must, of course, be remembered that in physical diagnosis we shall find no pure musical notes, but only varpng degrees of tone dulling. The difference between resonance and tj^mpany, be- tween a wooden bowl and a glass, is due to the fact that the last named in each instance possesses many and harmonious overtones (Fig. 56j. Pitch. — Pitch, as was first notabh' emphasized by Austin Fhnt, is from a medical standpoint probably the most im'portant element in the analysis of sound. It depends on the rate of the vibrations — the more rapid the rate, the higher the pitch. The longer the air column set in motion, the slower the \'ibration and the lower the pitch. Long organ pipes or long instrumental strings of equal caliber give forth the lowest sounds. The adult chest yields a lower note than that of the infant. Increase in pitch, loss of resonance, and shortness of duration go hand in hand, (pulmonary'' consolidation). Auenbrugger wrote: " Ubi sonus est altior, ibi est morbus." Our recognition of the degree of pulmonary consolidation depends largely upon the high-pitched note which such tissue yields when percussed. All sounds possess the qualities of intensity (loudness) and duration, some in addition the qualities of pitch and tone (klang). In medical parlance we speak of '"tones" and apply the term to more or less distinct resonances, but it must be remembered that none of them are tones as defined by phj'sics, nor in the musical sense. In the latter a tone is a sound of definite pitch which cannot be further resolved into simpler sounds. "No pure tone can have timbre (klang)." Percussion sounds are always more or less muffled, impure and dull. In a strict sense there is no sharp distinction between a noise and a tone. Each can be resolved by the ear into simpler tones (Fig. 55). Extremes are easily recognized, but there are many gradations which cannot be definitely analyzed. Even the typical tympany of an air-distended abdomen is far from having the rhythmic relations between the fundamental note and the over- tones which is met with in pure musical tones. Again tympanitic, and non-tym- panitic notes often merge so gradualh' into each other that an absolute differentiation is impossible. In the case of a tympanitic sound, the fundamental note is readily appreciable — we can sing it, but with a non-tympanitic note this is not the case. Practically the boundary between the two Ues at the point at which the ear fails to distinguish any one pitch, on account of the interference of the "overtones, " and this in turn is largely a question of the individual ear. For example, if we strike a key on the piano a tone results, but if we strike a ' number of adjacent keys, musical notes blend to form a noise. Certain of the modern "harmonics" are mere noises to the uneducated ear.^ ^ Geigel: Deut. Arch. /. 1:1. Med., vol. Ixxxviii, p. 598. 60 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS THE ORIGIN OF SOUNDS HEARD OVER THE CHEST The act of speaking or breathing produces sounds in the upper respira- tory tract — larynx, vocal cords, glottis, mouth, nares — which are con- ducted downward into the chest mainly bj- the air columns in the lumen of the bronchi. The moving column of air sets the pulmonary tissues into vibration, and vibrations of certain kinds produce audible sounds. These sounds are conducted through the overlying tissues to the ear of the examiner, and the character of the sound we hear depends upon the character of the tissues in their effect upon the following acoustic factors: (1) diffusion, (2) absorption, (3) reflection, (4) resonance, and perhaps (5) interference. The Diffusion of Sound.^ — By this is meant a loss of intensity due to conduction over a wide area — a dilution of energy. In spreading from a sphere of a given size to one double its size, the intensity on the surface of the second sphere, the vibratory energy per unit area, will be halved. The function of the stethoscope or of a megaphone is to diminish diffu- sion (lateral radiation). Diffusioji appears to he the most important factor in reducing the intensity of sound heard over the chest (Montgomery). The Absorption of Sound. — By this term we refer to the annihilation of sound as such, and its conversion into forms of energy such as heat, of which the ear takes no cognizance. It plays but a small role if sounds travel such short distances as is the case in the chest. Its effects are sepa- rate and distinct from those of diffusion. The Reflection of Sound. — Sound waves may be reflected backward toward the direction from which they come. This is especially apt to occur ivhen vibrations pass through tissues of different densities, as for instance when air-borne vibrations pass from the lumen of a bronchus to its walls or from the alveoli to fluid or to the chest wall. The degree of loss of sound depends "upon the differences in density and elasticity of the two media, irrespective of whether the sound is passing from the heavier to the lighter, or from the lighter to the heavier medium, pro- vided the sound passes from one medium to another at the normal inci- dence, and provided that plane surfaces come into contact or separate two media, and provided that the two media are homogeneous and infinite in extent" (MontgomerjO- Resonance. — By resonance we mean tone reinforcement, due to the fact that amplifying vibrations are set up in a second medium so that the two media vibrate in unison and a louder sound results. Although playing a less important role in modifjdng the acoustic phenomena in the chest than do diffusion and reflection, yet resonance at times is an important factor. It is to be noted that whereas diffusion, absorption and reflection modify all sounds in like degree providing that intensity is constant, resonance is selective, and amplifies sounds of differ- ent pitch (vibratory rate) in very different degree. "Conditions favor- FiG. 57. — Diagrammatic representation of how reflection and diffusion, the most impor- tant factors that diminish sounds on their way tlirough the chest, may operate in some pulmonary and pleural conditions. {After Montgomery and Eckhardt, " Pulmonary Acoustic Phenomena," 10th Report, Henry Phipps Institute, Phila., 1915.) The continuous lines indicate surfaces of special reflection; the broken lines indicate the surfaces of no special reflection except those common to all the conditions, namely, the outer chest surface and the internal bronchial surface. Fluid-tissue junctions, and the junctions between relaxed lungs and air, are not specially indicated, because the changes in density at these junctions are not specially great. ACOUSTICS IN PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS 61 Fig. --i. — Xorynal lung. Reflection occurs at lung-chest junction, at junction of tense membranous tissues of lung with air, and at surface of contact between bronchi and sur- rounding air in the vesicles (a somewhat ques- tionable factor). Diffusion much as in Fig. B. Vocal fremitus and resonance normal. Breath sounds "vesicular." Fig. D. — Pleural effusion. Lung air-bearing, but membranous tissue relaxed. Special reflection at lung- fluid junction, and, to some extent, at surface of contact between bronchi and surrounding intravesicular air. Special diffusion between lung and chest wall. Vocal fremitus and reso- nance diminished. Breath sounds feeble or absent. Diaphragm.' ^i Trachea I. 1 Bronchus Fig. B. — Solid lung. No special reflection after the sounds enter the bronchial walls. Diffusion an important factor, but no special diffusion present that is absent in other condi- tions. Vocal fremitus and resonance increased. More sound retained within the bronchi than normalh". Bronchial breathing. Fig. E. — P neumothorax . Lung solid. Special reflection at air-chest- wall junction and lung-air junction. Special diffusion between lung and chest wall. Vocal fremitus, resonance and breath sounds diminished or absent. Pulmonary surface / /FLUID \ /.'"—-. . L-"! ^ \i Fig. C. — Pleural effusion. Lung solid. No special reflection. Special diffusion between lung and chest wall. Vocal fremitus and re- sonance may be increased. Fig. F. — P neumothorax. Lung air-bearing. Special reflection at air- chest-wall junction, and, to some extent, at outer bronchial surface. Special diffusion between lung and chest wall. Vocal fremitus, resona^ice and breath sounds diminished. 62 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS able to the lesonance of sounds of one pitch may actually diminish sounds of another pitch. In addition sounds from different sources maj^ come together, and thus sounds will be superimposed upon one another, and a condition known as interference may result," causing blurring of sound. As an example of this we have the fact that vocal resonance may be diminished, and yet the whispered voice sounds present, over a pleural effusion. The importance of resonance or vibratory amplification in regard to vocal fremitus has been considered in the preceding chapter. "Normal Lung. — The diminution of sounds on their way through the normal chest is due chiefly to the factors of diffusion and reflection. The latter acts particularly: (1) As the sound within the air in the bronchi comes into contact with the bronchial walls, especially of the larger bronchi; (2) as the sound passes from bronchial wall to the air in the surrounding vesicles; (3) as the sound comes into contact with the tense pulmonary membranes; and (4), as the sound passes from the air in the lung to the chest wall (Fig. 57, A). "Consolidation.- — ^Apart from the marked loss in intensity of the sounds as they pass from within the bronchi to the bronchial walls, the chief loss of sound in consolidation as it passes to the periphery of the chest is due to diffusion. It is not due to absorption. One can readily see whv the solid lung ordinarily gives louder sounds than the normal lung (Fig. 57, B). "Pleural Effusion. — In cases with diminished or absent vocal reso- nance the chief source of sound loss after the vibrations have entered the fluid is due to diffusion, and not to absorption or reflection. Diminution of sound is impeded, and there 7nay be an actual increase in vocal reso- nance when the lung, instead of being collapsed and air-bearing, is actually solid, because there is comparatively little sound lost at the lung-fluid junction when the lung is solid, just the reverse of what occurs when the lung contains air (Figs. 57, C and D). "Pneumothorax. — The conditions here are roughly parallel to those encountered in pleural effusion, provided the lung is air-bearing and is equidistant from the chest wall in each case, except that with pneumo- thorax a marked loss in sound intensity, instead of occurring at the lung- fluid junction, is met with at the air-chest-wall junction. If- the lung in the case of pneumothorax is solid, a very serious loss in sound intensity will take place at the lung-air junction. If an open fistula between a bronchus and the pleural cavity exists, the vocal resonance will be increased" (Montgomery) (Figs. 57, E and F). The inspiratory vesicular sound arises within the lungs at the 'point at which the air passes from the smallest bronchioles into the alveoli. It is ordinarily independent of the sounds arising in the upper respiratory tract. The expiratory vesicular sound arises partl}^ if not entirely in the upper respiratory tract (nares, mouth, glottis, larynx) (Fig. 56, 96). The sounds which we hear in bronchial breathing arise mainlj'" in the upper tract. The solidified lung, though causing no new sounds may modify those already produced above. The same facts apph-- to caver- nous and amphoric breathing; the cavities which yield them modify an already existent sound by acting as resonators. New sound production due to the air entering or leaving an excavation is generally if not always a negligible factor. ACOUSTICS IX PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS 63 The preceding facts explain why the physical signs over what appear clinically to be identical conditions at times vary diametrically. Thus some cases of 'pleural effusion yield diminished, or absent, fremitus, vocal resonance, breath sounds and whispered sounds, while in other clinically identical cases these signs may not only be present but at times actually increased. These discrepancies are mainly due to the fact that in the former instance the lung is air-bearing — merely relaxed, while in'' the latter the lung is sohdified, either as a result of compression or consolida- tion. Analogous variations occurring in cases of pneumothorax are to be explained upon the same basis. The effects of these differences in the density of the tissues upon sound reflection and diffusion are accountable for the difference in the findings. CHAPTER IV THE HISTORY AND THE THEORY OF PERCUSSION ^ The theoiy of percussion is based upon the fact that when elastic matter which is capable of adequate vibration is struck, a sound will be produced. Thus by striking a blow on the chest wall a sound is generated which varies with the character of the tissues within the thorax. Per- cussion although practised from early Grecian times for the differentia- tion of ascites from tympanites, was not used for thoracic diagnosis until 1755. Leopold Auenbrugger (b. Gratz, 1722) was, when about thirty years of age, put in charge of a Spanish Military Hospital in Vienna, and while doing his duties there, invented the art of percussion." The principles of Auenbrugger's discovery are mainly two: first, that percussion sounds are simply vianife stations of acoustic phenomena which should he expressed in corresponding terms; second, that the varia- tions of sounds are due to a physical variation of the tissues. In 1826 Piorry, in Paris, erroneously tried to establish the identity of sounds as specific of certain tissues, e.g., a pulmonal, cardial, osteal, or intestinal note. The subject was put upon a permanently fixed basis by Skoda of Vienna, who in 1839 wrote: " We must first determine every possible variety of percussion sound and ascertain the conditions on which each variety depends; and then endeavor to reconcile our observations with the well-ascertained laws of sound." PERCUSSION SOUNDS If we percuss the chest a sound will be produced, the character of which will depend upon the amount of air, fluid and elasticity in the lung. The sounds which are thus elicited are arbitrarily classified according to their acoustic properties as: (1) tympany, (2) hyper- resonance, (3) resonance, (4) dulness, (5) flatness. No sharp line of distinction can be drawn between these sounds. They merge gradually into each other. What for instance one examiner might consider tympany, another of equal experience might declare to be hyperresonance. As a general rule, however, distinctions suffi- ciently accurate for clinical purposes, which will be concurred in by other reasonably skilled examiners, can readily be established. Tympany. — Tympany is a musical note in which, although rich in overtones, the fundamental note can be more or less clearly recognized. We can sing a note to correspond with its pitch. Its name is derived from the tympanum — kettle drum. It occurs: 1 Students and practitioners of medicine who are interested in physical diagnosis should read the translation of Auenbrugger's and Laennec's articles, which are readily available in Camac's "Epoch-making Contributions to Medicine, Surgery and the Allied Sciences," Philadelphia, 1909; as well as Flint's " Auscultation and Per- cussion," a recent edition of which has been revised by H. C. Thatcher, M. D. 64 THE HISTOKY AND THE THEORY OF PERCUSSION 65 (.4) When air in closed chambers vibrates in unison with an elastic membrane (in an air-filled stomach or intestine). (B) When air columns vibrate in smooth-walled chambers which communicate with the atmosphere (open pneumothorax). (C) In relaxed lung tissue (when the lungs are removed from the body, or when their tension is relaxed by a pleural effusion, or by upward displacement of the diaphragm). The lung under these conditions vibrates as a whole, not merely locally, the percussion stroke produces rhythmic vibrations. A non-tympanitic (normal) lung becomes tympanitic when the internal air tension is relaxed. Percussion of a stale loaf of bread yields tympany; of a fresh loaf, resonance. An air-inflated bladder under moderate tension yields a long tympanitic sound; a tensely inflated bladder gives forth a shorter, higher pitched, more metalUc, less tympanitic note. "The tympanitic character of the note in the first instance {A) is due to the fact that the comparatively relaxed and yielding wall permits a sufficiently long duration of the contact between the wall and the percussing instrument, for the movement to be transmitted to the whole bladder, so that it vibrates primarily as a whole, as does a string struck with a cushioned hammer. If, on the contrary, the bladder be markedly distended, contact is so short as to give rise to a circumscribed undulation of the surface, before the movement has reached the more distant parts of the bladder. In this case so many diif erent portions of the bladder vibrate independently that a vast number of overtones are produced and the sound is a mere noise" (Sahli) (Fig. 58). Lungs removed from the body yield a tympanitic note, because they have lost their tonicity and diminished their bxilk. Pulmonary tone is mainly due to stretched elastic tissue, also in part to activity of the bronchial muscular fibers.^ Relaxation or loss of tone allows the lung to vibrate as a whole. It is not the air that vibrates as a whole, because ligation of the trachea under these conditions does not alter the pitch, nor yet the elastic tissue as a whole, for this is relaxed and does not vibrate at all. _ If we reinflate the lung removed from the body it becomes non-tympanitic (relaxa- tion has given place to tension) unless the lung be emphysematous and have lost its elasticity. This is because with tension present, unrhythmic vibrations are more readily produced, which permit the overtones to predominate and render the funda- mental note less perceptible, and hence the pitch is less recognizable. A lung section held free in ^he air gives a lower note than when laid in a plate, because the weight of the lung of itself causes an increase in tension. If a lung be cut in longitudinal sections the pitch of each will be higher, the smaller the section. If these sections are again laid in apposition a lower pitch will result than the note of any one. The rate of vibrations in each section is roughly approximate, inversely, to the square of the thickness (Zamminer and Seitz). It is impossible either by strong or light percussion to alter the pitch of a tym- panitic lung. The only difference is that of loudness, because the lung under these conditions always vibrates as a whole. We must not imagine, therefore, that by light percussion over a relaxed lung, as in pleural effusion we are eliciting only the note of the superficial lung tissue. A tympanitic note is one in which unrhythmic vibrations are impossible. It is evident, therefore, that accurate topographic percussion (the outlining of dull areas) is possible only in the absence of tympany. This explains why small broncho-pneu- monic areas or tuberculous consolidations are so difficult to demonstrate by percussion in emphysematous subjects in whom more or less tympany is always present. For a similar reason dull areas under the abdominal wall, etc., cannot be outlined by percussion. Tympany is normally heard on percussing the abdomen, larynx or trachea, and over the lower anterior and lateral margin of the left lung owing to the proximity of stomach and intestines. Pathologically tympany is heard : [1 West: Trans. Med. Chir. Soc, 1898, p. 273. 66 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS 1. In consolidation overh/ing air chambers (bronchi, cavities) — a dull, high-pitched tj-mpan}- (Fig. 61). 2. Over cavities (air-containing and at least the size of a walnut) as in tuberculosis or bronchiectasis: also often over a pneumothorax (Fig. 236). 3. Over relaxed lung tissue: in the neighborhood of pulmonarj' infil- trations, and above pleural or near pericardial exudates (Skodaic tympany) (see Fig. 107, 339). Occasionally also in incomplete pulmonaiy consoli- dation — air and fluid, e.g., edema of lungs. 4. Over areas of subcutaneous emyhysema. In such cases if this con- dition overlies the lungs, no satisfactory percussion or auscultation data regarding the state of the lungs can be obtained. Fig. 58. — Diagram to illustrate the difference in effect of large and small pleximeters, as well as of tense and of flaccid membranes. In A the membrane Ls stiff and tense, the pleximeter small, the percussion stroke staccato The vibrations tend to remain localized and are very unrhythmic. hence metallic sounds are produced. In B the membrane is 6accil, the pleximeter broad and the percussion blow of average duration. The vibrations w.hich result are widespread, as well as rhythmic, and hence the sound is musical (tym- panitic). The pitch of t\'mpany varies, but as a genei'al rule, it is higher than that of resonance. Percussion of the stomgch, for instance, produces very rhythmic, regularly recurrent vibrations at a rate of 320 to 450 per second. The note is, therefore, much higher than that of the lung — 108 to 54 per second (F. Mueller). In either case the pitch depends largely upon the size and tension of the organs in question. Resonance is a long, clear, low-pitched non-tympa7iitic sound. It is due to amplification of the sound waves, reinforcement of tone (see Resonators). The percussed lung yields the fundamental note and the thorax acts as the resonator. When the two vibrate in unison resonance is produced, mere reflection of the waves is insufficient. The tissues must possess more or less rh3'thmic vibrations with the reflected waves in order to produce resonance. Pulmonary resonance is best elicited in normal lungs in the left infraclavicular region and at the angles of the scapulae. It has been likened to the sound of a drum covered by a blanket (Auenbrugger), and to the upper crust of a loaf of fresh bread (Flint). Resonance j'ields both a longer and a louder note than dulness: R. 0.42, D. 0.28 second. (Resonance is not due to vibrations in the bronchi; these structures may be filled with gelatin and yet resonance persists. Not so the alveoli.) The note over a normally distended healthy lungnn the regions in which it is neither unduly encroached upon by organs, or overlaid by tissues, is resonance. This can be more or less fixed in the mind by frequent e.xaminations of normal chests, with the reservation, however, THE HISTORY AND THE THEORY OF PERCUSSION 67 that there is no absolute normal standard, but merely relatively normal variations. In disease the sound side if such there be, must always be compared with the side which is diseased. Selling has proved by means of resonators that the pulmonary note is a very com- plex one, made up of many overtones of which the lower ones predominate. The range of pitch of normal resonance is from low F to high C. In healthy adults it goes down to about low A; in children to middle F, in emphysema to low F. A dull note on the contrary is higher in pitch since the deeper tones are subdued through the decreasing vibratability of the lung. The upper range of the pulmonary percussion note represents the pleximeter, the lower range is the lungs' own note. The latter varies with the amount of air and elasticity. The fact that the note between the large right and smaller left lung is not more noticeable, is probably due to the fact that when the note is low, a considerable difference in volume must occur before an appreciable change of the whole note is produced. When infiltration of lung tissue becomes complete we -practically hear only the note of the pleximeter ( finger) . In the lungs the pulmonary septa modify the sound by limiting- localizing — the sound waves; not, however, by acting at nodal points — ^they are too closely spaced — but by acting as a "load" on a vibrating string (see p. 56). If the lung is under normal tension, the vibrations remain localized in the area percussed. If it is relaxed, both lung and its contained air vibrate as a whole and tympany results. Resonance occurs only over the lungs (elastic air-containing organs). The larger the quantity of air, the more resonant the note, especially if its deep diameter lies in the vertical plane of the percussion stroke. Hyperresonance. — By this term we understand a sound which acoustically lies between resonance and tympany, having some of the qualities of each but failing to be identical with either. It may be produced by percussing the normal chest during forced, deep, held inspiration (increased tension, and increased air), but is most character- istically heard in cases of pulmonary emphysema (increased air and diminished tension). The same concept may be expressed by "resonance with a tympanitic quality." Dulness. — A dull note is a short, high-pitched, non-musical sound. Percussion resonance disappears over the lung, and dulness takes its place as the result of the following physical conditions: (1) Absence of tone-producing material (consolidation of pneumonia, tuberculosis, infarction, atelectasis). (2) Poor tone conduction. (3) Poor conduc- tion of the percussion stroke (exudation between the lung and the plexi- meter- — ^pleural thickening, effusions, edema of the skin). Dulness is "the sound of both fluids and solids, that of the airless viscera — ^liver, heart, spleen" (Da Costa). Pulmonary dulness (lack of resonance) indicates an abnormally large proportion of solids or liquids in proportion to the amount of air in the pulmonary vesicles. With the appearance of dulness there is always an increase in the elevation of the pitch, and an increased sense of resistance. Acoustically, dulness is a condition in which the fundamental note preponderates, and but few overtones are heard. A hand placed on a vibrating glass deadens the overtones. Its musical quahty disappears, we hear only the fundamental note. Air-containing organs such as the intestines are more elastic, vibrate more readily and more complexly, furnish more overtones which produce a clearer, louder, longer, higher pitched, more intense and more musical sound (tympany). Solid organs on the other hand — hver, spleen, thigh — yield but few overtones, hence the sound is shorter, weaker and more mufHed. Percussion of normal lung produces a larger wave amplitude — louder sound — than that of airless structures. 68 THE EXAMIXATIOX OF THE LUNGS The dull note obtained by percussing pulmonary consolidation is characterized by the predominance of high-pitched sounds, those of lower pitch being weak or inaudible, and since high-pitched sounds fade out more rapidly than do low-pitched ones, the sound is not only high-pitched but also short, and does not carry far. The metallic, crackling rales heard in the neighborhood of pulmonary consolidation are even higher in pitch than the bronchial breathing which accompanies them (F. ^lueller). The normal lung, under normal tension (inflation), Fig. 5!'. — S-howmg difierent degrees ot pi rcu--'--^ion rlulncss in a case of pnhtionary tuber- culosis. The left upper lobe contains several ca\-ities filled with blood clot and surrounded by consolidated lung, j-ields a verj- dull note. The right upper lobe is diffusely infiltrated, jnelds moderate dulness. The left lower lobe is slightly infiltrated and yields an "impaired " note. The right lower lobe is relatively free fronz disease and yields a resonant note. yields on percussion, a long, low-pitched, resonant, non-musical note. The pleximeter finger recognizes distinct elasticity (normal resistance). The breath sounds, except near the large bronchi or the trachea, are " vesicular" — soft, breezy and low in pitch. Expiration is much shorter than inspiration. Over the lower lobes the percussion note is longer and lower-pitched than over the upper lobes because of (1) the greater mass of lung tissue thrown into vibration; and (2) thinner overlying tissues. The liver on the right and the stomach on the left tend to add respec- tively a dull, and a tympanitic, quality to the lower pulmonary margin. THE HISTORY AND THE THEORY OF PERCUSSION 69 Impaired resonance or impairment is a term sometimes used to indi- cate slight dulness. It is somewhat shorter, high-pitched and less intense than resonance and is produced by the same causes, in lesser degree, which produce dulness — slight pulmonary infiltration, etc. Flatness is a term which is applied to extreme or absolute dulness. The note of the thigh or of a fluid — pleural effusion — is flat. Some physicians prefer to use the expressions slight, marked and absolute dulness, to those just discussed. Efforts have been made to numerically classify or standardize different degrees of dulness as dulness number 1, 2, 3, 4. Thus some examiners classify lack of resonance as 1- 2- 3- 4-line dulness, using these terms to indicate respectively impaired resonance, dulness, marked dulness and flatness. This method of recording has not been satisfactory, owing to lack of standardization. The 3-line dulness of one examiner might be called 2- or 4-line dul- ness by another. It has been suggested^ that since these different degrees of dulness represent varying degrees of pitch, they might be standardized according to a musical scale, i.e.: 1. Normal resonance = F or F sharp below middle C. 2. 1-Une dulness = A below middle C to the latter. 3. 2-line dulness = E flat to F above a middle C. 4. 3-Une dulness = B flat to intermediate C. 5. 4-hne dulness = E-F above intermediate C. While such standardization would be most desirable, we cannot but question tis feasibility especially among "non-musical" examiners. , MODIFIED TYMPANY The tympanitic or musical sound already described sometimes under- goes certain modifications which give it distinct and separate quahties, producing what are known as (1) metallic ring; (2) hell tympany; (3) cracked pot sound. We have already learned that if vibrations are im- parted to an air-containing cavity by a steady stroke applied to a large surface, rhythmic vibrations will be set up throughout the structure. If, on the other hand, a quick, sudden, locahzed blow be struck, the vibrations will tend to remain localized, will be unrhythmic and will produce a harsh, metallic, unpleasant sound. This may be illustrated b}^ striking a piano string with a knife blade. The conditions necessary for the production of markedly unrhythmic vibrations, and hence metallic sounds (a sudden localized blow, and a quick rebound) are most nearly fulfilled in the case of a large, tense, superficial cavity. Long before an explanation of the genesis of these sounds was forthcoming, Wintrich pointed out that metallic sounds could be more easily demonstrated by quick, forcible percussion, and when a hard, artificial pleximeter was employed. To produce metalhc sounds we must have a stiff walled resonator which reflects better than it trans- mits. If the cavity is deeply situated, too much lateral radiation of the vibrations will occur before the cavity is reached, and vibrations instead of locally, will be set up generally, throughout it, producing a tympanitic note. If the cavity is small, the fundamental vibrations will be very rapid, and the overtones still more so. It is possible that a smallcavity may actually yield a metallic sound which we merely appreciate as 1 Wood, N. K.: "Percussion of the Lung." Jour. Amer. Med. Assn., Ixiii, 1914, 1378. 70 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS tympan}' because the unharmonious overtones are above our auditory range (36,000 per second). Metallic ring is a term which is applied to a percussion note having a metallic quality. It may be heard: 1. Over cavities not less than 4 cm. in diameter, with smooth, tense walls, especiall}' if superficially located (Fig. 61). 2. Over a tense pneumothorax (Fig. 106). 3. Occasionally over intense apical infiltration. In this case, espe- ciallv if right-sided, the trachea acts as the "large cavitv with tense walls." 4. At times over a greatly distended stomach. Metallic ring is best heard with staccato percussion and if stetho- scopic auscultation be simultaneously practised. Metallic ring occurs onh' over fairh' large cavities because: 1. Small cavities vibrate too readil}^ as a whole, and because their overtones are too rapid — high-pitched — to be perceptible. 2. ^Metallic ring is often associated with a short, high-pitched note which is closely allied to flatness. Examples: Percussion of a thin tumbler yields tympany. Percus- sion of a thick bottle yields metallic ring. The fundamental note grows deeper as the size of the bottle is increased and its opening diminished. The metallic quality is especially noted if the ear be held near to the open mouth of the bottle (or of the patient, in case of a patulous cavity). Percussion of a moderately inflated pig's bladder, the cheeks, or the stomach yields tympanv; with extreme inflation the note becomes metallic. Bell Tympany. — Bell tympany is a clear, vibrant, metallic sound which may be heard by ausculting over tense pneumothoraces while percussion is practised on the opposite side of the lung, using silver coins as plexor and pleximeter. A clear-cut. slighth' echoing sound is thus produced which has been likened to the sound of a gold coin dropped upon a marble slab, or the sound of a distant trolley bell. Acoustically the sound owes its character to the fact that sustained high-pitched overtones vibrate together with a deep fundamental note, and fade out slowlj'. Coins are used for percussion since being small, hard and metallic thej- tend to impart unrhythmic vibrations to the tissues beneath. Cracked-pot Sound. — This is a metallic note, followed by a stenotic murmur, caused by the rapid expulsion of air, through a slit-like opening, as the result of the percussion blow. " Though obviously related to metallic resonance, the nature and causation of cracked-pot sound are essentially different. The expulsion of air through a narrow opening plays a part in causing it. Apparently the edges of the opening are set in vibration, and an opportunity is thus given for the production of high overtones by interference" (Sahli). Cracked-pot sound (bruit de pot fele) then is heard: (1) when air is forced through a stenotic opening as in the case of a superficial cavity communicating with a bronchus (vibrations of the tissues at the mouth of the cavity); (2) over the chest of a crying child (glottic vibrations); (3) occasionally over relaxed and infiltrated lung tissue. It is most marked if the examiner's ear be close to the patient's open mouth and during expiration. It is best heard over a superficial cavity near the pulmonary apex, with tense but resilient walls and a stenotic outlet. The sound THE HISTORY AND THE THEORY OF PERCUSSION 71 may be imitated by striking the loosely clasped hollowed palms of the hands together against the knee, or by suddenly percussing a perforated rubber ball. All metallic sounds are best elicited if forcible staccato per- cussion is employed. Thus we find that: Rhythmic vibrations produce tympanitic sounds, Unrhythmic vibrations produce non-tympanitie sounds. Markedly unrhythmic vibrations produce metallic sounds. Fig. 60. — The coin test. Summary. — 1. Resonance is a long, low-pitched, non-musical note, heard on percussing normal lung, due to unrhythmic, more or less local- ized^vibrations. It may be imitated by percussing a loaf of fresh bread. It ,^is associated with a sense of resiliency. 2. Tympany is a long musical note of variable pitch, produced by per- cussing elastic, air-containing viscera. It is due to widespread rhythmic vibrations and may be heard over the stomach, intestines, over relaxed lung tissue, and over many cases of pulmonary cavitation and pneumo- thorax. It may be imitated by percussing a loaf of stale bread or towel folded many times upon itself, or the inflated cheeks. 3. Dulness is a short, non-musical, invariably high-pitched sound, heard when percussing structures containing little or no air. It is due 72 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS Fig. 61. — Section through the posterior parts of lungs showing advanced pulmonary tuberculosis. The right upper lobe shows several empty cavities, one of which is superficial, large, and surrounded by stiff fibrous walls. High up in the axillary region one should expect to find metallic tympany; amphoric breathing; clear-cut, metallic rales; whispered pectorilo- quy, and if the bronchus leading into the cavity is stenotic, cracked-pot sound. The left upper lobe shows diffuse infiltration which would yield the following physical signs: diminished expansion, dulness, increased vocal fremitus and resonance, broncho- vesicular breath sounds, crepitant and crackling rales. The position of the liver and spleen in relation to the chest wall, lung and stomach is well illustrated. THE HISTOEY AXD THE THEORY OF PERCUSSION 73 to lack of vibratability and may be imitated by percussing the inner surface of the tibia. It is the note heard over consoHdated lung tissue. It has less volume (wave amphtude) than resonance and does not carvj far. 4. Flatness is absolute dulness. It is a very short, high-pitched non- musical note, with very little carrying power (intensity). It is heard in percussion of viscera such as the heart and the liver in regions not covered by lung tissue and may be exemplified by percussing the thigh. It is the note of liquids and is heard over pleural or pericardial effusions. It is invariably associated with a marked sense of resistance. SPECIAL PERCUSSION SIGNS Wintrich's Change of Note. — This consists of a change of pitch during percussion, which varies according to whether the mouth be opened or closed, the note being higher in the former, and lower in the latter instance. In a pipe open at one end, anj' constriction of the opening lowers the pitch of the sound (IBernoulli). It may be demonstrated by percussing the trachea with the mouth open, and closed. This phenomenon may occur pathologicalh' if a pulmonary cavity or a pneumothorax communicates with an open bronchus. It occurs rarely in pneumonia and is to be explained by conduction of the percussion stroke, through the consolidation to a large bronchus. If noted in recumbency only, this may be due to temporary occlusion of the bronchus by fluid. This sign is of but httle practical value. Gerhardt's Change of Note. — This consists of a change of the percussion sound, with a change of the patient's posture, and is dependent upon an alteration in the direction of the long axis of a cavity, which contains both air and fluid. This was formerly explained as resulting from a change in the length of the air columns. This is incorrect since the greatest possible differences in lung cavities are too small to account for such changes in sound. The real explanation must be sought in the change in tension which as a result of the contained fluid, the cavity undergoes (Geigel). Friedreich's Change of Note. — This phenomenon consists of a lowering of the pitch of percussion note over a cavity during forced inspiration, due to an increased volume of air. It is, therefore, supposed to indicate a patulous, flexible cavity. Biermer's Change of Note. — This phenomenon is practically the same as Ger- hardt's, except that the former described the metallic resonance sometimes heard over a pneumothorax. The pitch is lower on sitting up, due to an increased volume of the pleural cavitj', caused by a sagging of the diaphragm owing to the weight of the effusion. None of the foregoing changes of note are of much practical importance. They are rarely demonstrable, and even when so are often of doubtful significance. The Lting Reflex. — Local irritation of the skin, b\' cold, mustard, or continued percussion, maj- temporarily produce a reflex dilatation of the subjacent lung tissue — a relative emphysema — which may be sufficient to obscure slight degrees of per- cussion dulness. Thus too-prolonged percussion of a pulmonary apex may tem- porarily cause the disappearance of a slight impairment of resonance which was readily demonstrable at the beginning of the examination. It should not be forgotten, however, that aural fatigue on the part of the examiner may account for a similar result. When such an occurrence is suspected, the examiner may proceed to some other step in the examination and revert to the examination of the doubtful region after some time has elapsed. \ CHAPTER V ANATOMIC CONSIDERATIONS The right ribs are longer, the right hmg larger (but shorter), the right shoulder often lower and narrower, the right breast is higher and further from the mid-sternum, than the left. The Lungs. — ^The apices extend from 1 to 13>-^ inches (2.5 to 4 cm.) above the clavicles. The right apex is slightly smaller than the left, its conical shape is due to encroachment of the right innominate vein. This vessel, unlike the left, pursues an almost vertical course, and with the superior vena cava, occupies the space which on the left is filled by the anterior, inner margin of the pulmonary apex. In addition to this the subclavian artery pursues a course more anterior and less mesial, to the right apex than the left. The left apex is more dome-like and slightly larger. There is practically no difference in the height of the apices on the two sides. The percussion note from the right upper apex to the second interspace is slightly higher-pitched, less resonant, and at times has a slightly tympanitic quality because: (1) The right apex is smaller. (2) The superior vena cava lies in front of the inner part of it. (3) The right subclavian artery occupies a more anterior, the left, a more mesial position. These con- ditions account for the diminished resonance and higher pitch. (4) The right apex lies in immediate contact with the trachea (Figs. 49, 52, 76, 77, 97) . This accounts for the tympanitic element and in part for the elevation of pitch. (5) A slight influence — with light percussion — is sometimes exercised by increased thickness of the right pectoral muscles. SURFACE LANDMARKS, ETC. The Right Lung The Left Lung Turns out at the 6th costo-sternal articu- Turns out at the 4th costo-sternal articu- lation (sternal line). lation. Turns out at the 5th costal space. Crosses the 6th and 7th intercostal space Crosses at the 5th costal space, (mid-clavicular line). Turns out at the 6th costal space. Crosses the 6th and 7th costal space. Reaches 8th rib in axillary line. Reaches the 8th in the axillary line. Reaches 10th rib in scapular line. Reaches the lower border of 10th dorsal Reaches upper border of the 10th dorsal vertebrae in scapular line, vertebra. Louis' angle ^ (the junction of the manubrium with the gladiolus) marks the sternal attachment of the second rib. It is opposite to the 1 Louis' angle, not Ludwig's angle. It was not described by Ludwig, the German, but was named after Louis, the great French clinician, Ludwig being the German for Louis. The angle was originally described by Louis as a unilateral prominence of the ribs noted in certain cases of emphysema on the most affected side. (E. H. Goodman: "Historical Note on the So-called Ludwig's Angle or Angle of Louis." Medical Record, July 23, 1910.) 74 ANATOMIC CONSIDERATIONS Fig. 62. — Mediastinal surface of lungs hardened before removal. This photograph shows (a) the groove produced in the right apex by the trachea; (6) the relatively anterior position of the vessels on the right side; and (c) the smaller size of the right apex. AG, azygos groove, VG, grooves for superior vena cava, innominate vein, and subclavian vessels; TG, tracheal groove; SG, subclaAnan groove; AAG, aortic groove; CI, cardiac impression. Fig. 63. — Lateral view of lungs hardened before removal. This photograph shows the deeper vascular groove and the smaller size of the right apex as compared with the left. 76 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS SG- Fig. 64. — Anterior view of lungs hardened before removal. This photograph shows the anterior position of the groove for the subclavian vessels on the right side, compared with the more superior position on the left. SG. subclavian groove. ''" Fig. 65. — The lungs normally meet and frequently overlap at Louis' angle. This previously hardened dissection shows: an infant's chest, displaying a shrunken thj-mus gland between the apices of the lungs. (Fetterolf and Gxttings.) ANATOMIC CONSIDERATIONS 77 Fig. Qg Showing prominent angle of Louis, also small areas of absolute cardiac and hepatic dulness in a case of emphysema. Fig. 67. Fig- 68. Figs. 67 and 68. — The solid lines indicate the position of the pulmonary margins and of the interlobar fissures. The dotted lines mark the anterior and lower confines of the pleural cavities — the spaces into which the lung expands during forced inspiration. This space at its lower margin, which is bounded by the diaphragiA on the inside and the thoracic wall on the outside, is known as the complemental space of Gerhardt. It is in this space that smail pleural effusions first accumulate, thus causing the disappearance of the diaphragmatic shadow (see Fig. 12), slight dulness on percussion and diminished vocal fremitus, reso- nance and breath sounds. 78 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS level of the fifth thoracic vertebra, indicates the level at which the trachea bifurcates, and anteriorly the upper point at which the lungs meet, to diverge again at the fourth costal cartilage. It marks the upper boundary of the cardiac auricles, and the point at which the veins of the hand col- lapse while the arm is being raised upward from its lowest to its highest position (Gaertner's test of venous blood pressure). It forms a con- venient landmark from which to count ribs. Fig. 69. — An approximate knowledge of the location of the pulmonary fissures is espe- cially important in the diagnosis of interlobar empyema. Right lung. The fissure between the upper and the lower lobe corresponds to a line drawn from the fourth dorsal vertebra to the fifth or sixth costo-sternal articulation. The upper border of the middle lobe is marked by a line drawn from the middle of that just described, to the third costo-sternal articula- tion. {After Doyen, Bouchon and Doyen.) Fig. 70.— Left lung. The interlobar fissure may be located by drawing a line from the fourth dorsal vertebra to the sixth costo-sternal articulation. These relations are not ab- solutely fixed, but are subject to individual variations. {After Doyen, Bouchon and Doyen.) The vertebral spines correspond to the level of the rib below. The first rib begins and is in direct articulation with, the seventh cervical vertebra. The second rib articulates with the second and third verte- brae, the third rib with the third and fourth vertebrae, etc., but the eleventh and twelfth ribs articulate directly with their respective verte- brae. The scapulce overlie the second to the seventh or the third to the eighth ribs. The hilus of the lung lies opposite to the spines of the fourth, fifth and sixth, and the bodies of the fifth, sixth and seventh, vertebrae. ANATOMIC CONSIDERATIONS 79 Fig. 71. — Vertical section of the body, showing the shape of the lower lobes, the upper lobes having been removed. Note the higher position of the right phrenic dome, which causes the lower border of pulmonary resonance to be slightly higher on the right side. On the left the stomach imparts a tympanitic quality to the lower portion of the lung. If filled with food it diminishes pulmonary resonance and may simulate consolidation or a small pleural effusion. CHAPTER VI METHODS AND RESULTS OF PERCUSSION The Immediate or Direct Method.^ — The hand or the finger tips are struck directly against the object in which we desire to set up vibrations. This was the method of Auenbrugger, who, however, covered the fingers with a soft glove to diminish the finger element of the sound, especially the overtones. The direct method is still occasionally employed to determine the resonance of the upper lobes of the lung (by using the clavicle as the pleximeter), or that of the lower lobes as a whole, by striking the patient's back with the edge of the hand. The Mediate or Indirect Method. — This was suggested by Piorry, who interposed a hard object — the plexirneter— between the plexor (the object striking the blow) and the part to be percussed. Artificial plexors and pleximeters are sometimes used, especially for class demonstration. They generally consist respectively of a small light rubber-tipped hammer, and of a narrow piece of bone or vulcanite of variable shape (Fig. 72). The fingers are nearly always used as plexor and pleximeter. The middle finger of the left hand is pressed firmly against the chest wall, in a direction parallel to the ribs, while the middle finger of the right hand strikes upon it, just behind the nail, a short, light, quick, vertical blow, delivered from the wrist (Figs. 73 and 74). The Pleximeter. — Despite the fact that a hard pleximeter, a quick rebound and a short time of impact are advantageous, we cannot use an unpadded plexor of hard material because in such a case a high-pitched sound would be produced, due to the overtones of the pleximeter which would overshadow the low-pitched fundamental note of the lung. We therefore use a soft plexor or the finger, just as we use felt pads in a piano in order to let the basic note preponderate and to drown out the unhar- monious overtones. The vibrating area equals in size the percussed area plus a radiation during the course of transit. Hence the smaller the pleximeter and the more superficial the tissue percussed, the more accurate our topographic results (see Fig. 75). Half the diameter of the pleximeter must always be allowed as the unavoidable margin of error in estimating the boundaries between an air-containing and an airless structure as the heart and lung, even when the pleximeter is applied in a direction parallel to the anticipated bound- ary line. Based upon these facts some very narrow, wedge-shaped plex- imeters (Ziemmsen) have been devised for limiting the lung apices, cardiac boundaries, etc. The results derived from their employment, however, have been disappointing (Fig. 72). The percussion blow may be delivered either lightly or forcibly, and accordingly we speak of light or heavy — superficial or deep- — percussion. The latter terms are used because with heavy percussion a deeper pene- tration of the vibrations is ensured — ^the sphere of the blow is larger — • greater masses of tissue are set in vibration and a louder sound is produced. 83 METHODS AND RESULTS OF PERCUSSION 81 Fig, 72.— 1, Plexor or percussion hammer; 2, ivory pleximeter; 3 and 4, Hirschfelder's pleximeter; 5, Sansom's pleximeter. Fig. 75. Fig. 74. _ Figs. 73 and 74. — The method of percussion. The percussion blow is struck from the wrist only, the forearm being practically stationary. The impact, which is delivered just behind the nail of the middle finger, should be quick and brief in duration, the force of the blow should fall as vertically as possible. Fig. 73 shows the beginning, Fig. 74 the end of the percussion stroke. In order to deliver a vertical blow with the terminal phalanx, the nail of the second finger, which is generally used as plexor, must be short. 6 82 THE EX^VMIXATIOX OF THE LUNGS The fingers are preferable to artificial plexors and pleximeters because of the important information cierived from the sense of resist- ance. It is a relatively easy task, for one practised in percussion, to outline accurately dull areas by this means alone. It is a useful method when we are forced to make our examination in the presence of extraneous noise. THE RESULTS OF PERCUSSION As the result of a percussion stroke on the chest wall, the equilibrium of the underhung tissues is locally disturbed, they are thrown into "^"ibra- tion, and a sound results. This sound is produced by \-ibrations arising from three sources: 1. Frotn the Pleximeter. — This element of the composite sound is high-pitched, of short duration and dull. 2. From the Thoracic Wall. — This element also ^-ields a short, dull, high-pitched (osteal) note. When the costal cartilages are ossified much of the percussion blow is absorbed by the arch-like structure of the ribs, penetration is diminished, and a more or less tympanitic note is produced. 3. From the Underlying Tissues (Lungs, etc.). — That portion of the sound which is contributed by the \'ibrations of a healthy lung under normal tension is long, low-pitched and resonant, because of the thin- ness and elasticity of the pulmonary tissue, and the large amount of air it contains. The greater the depth of the lung, the lower the note. Sound travels radially from point struck and gradually- fades. It is conducted through tubes (bronchii. stethoscope) to much greater distances because lateral rachation is minimized. Sound waves in traveling through the body meet with media of varying density and are in part (oi reflected; (6) transmitted (by setting up ^■ibrations in the second medium). In jmssing through media of different densities much sound is lost by refledian. In percussing the chest the overhing tissues in different s^Tiimetrical regions are much the same (skin, fat, bone, etc.) and, therefore, com- parisons of the underhnng tissues can readily be made. But when fat or edema are excessive, percussion data are obtained with difficulty. Sound is conducted better if its waves impinge vertically upon the di^Tding point of two media than if they reach it obliquely. Hence the percussion sH'oke must fall vertically in order to penetrate deeply. Although percussion sets up vibrations in the entire lung, yet it does so in the deeper portions insufficiently to set up audible sounds. Prac- tically, therefore, in case of a normally distended lung with light or moderate percussio^n. the inbrations tend to remain localized both as regards lateral radiation and vertical penetration. It has been shown orthodiagraphically that the heart may be accurately outUned both by forcible and by very Ught percussion. It was questioned whether threshold percussion had sufficient penetration to traverse the lung overh-ing the heart or whether the alterations of sound were not simply the result of altered pulmonary- tension due to the nearby solid organ. Weil's statement made years before and generallj- accepted was to the eflfect that percussion -v-ibrations penetrated only 5 to 7 cm., thus only -t to 5 cm. into the lung itseK. This beUef was founded on the fact that liver dulness could not be demonstrated when more than 4 to 5 cm. of lung tissue overlay it. The following experiments show that even light percussion has a deep penetration. I. Moritz and Rihl beat up into a spongy froth, a solution of stiflfening gelatin to which formalin and carbohc acid had been added, this closeh* resembling lung tissue in METHODS AND RESULTS OF PERCUSSION 83 structure. This was poured into a glass cylinder 4 cm. in width and 70 cm. m length. Before the gelatin had "set" a small rubber balloon was placed m its midst, not m contact with the glass, and connected by means of a tube with a sensitive flame. The lightest possible percussion produced vibrations in the flame. II. A cylinder 20 by 20 cm. gave the same tone whether light or heavy percussion was used, showing that in either case the same mass of air vibrated. 1. a'Pb'. 2. 3. 4. the penetration of audible percussion. Very heavy — 3 finger or fist percussion — at P produces audible vibrations throughout the triangle This tends to bring out the note of the lung as a whole. Heavy percussion at P sets up audible vibrations throughout the triangle aPb. Average percussion at P' sets up audible vibrations throughout the area C'P'D'. Very light percussion at P' causes audible vibrations only throughout the area CP'D. III. Wintrich showed that percussion of the clavicles in the corpse was readily palpable by the hand held beneath the diaphragm. Here, of course, bony conduction IV. If 1 ung tissue be immersed in water whose surface is percussed, the pulmonary resonance can be elicited if percussion be performed directly over the lung, but not if the stroke is delivered beyond its margin. But, of course, percussion vibrations are 84 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS more directly conducted by water than by air or lung tissue, especially when in case of the latter the bony thoracic arch is interposed. V. Moritz and Rihl further showed by modifications of the gelatin experiment and by attention to physical laws such as that regarding the parallelogram of force, that the laterally radiating percussion waves in media denser than air lose much of their penetration power. . . ' . An ovoid cylinder yields a lower note when percussed in the direction of its long axis. It is evident, therefore, that the physical character of lung tissue is such that a vibration of the entire mass always occurs even with the lightest percussion. Never- theless it reacts to percussion in such a manner that a louder note is produced when a larger mass of pulmonary tissue is directly exposed to the impact than when only a thin layer of lung tissue underlies the area of the percussion blow.^ The following points, therefore, deserve to be emphasized. Light 'percussion is esserilial for topographic diagnosis; with heavy percussion too much lateral radiation occurs. Heavier percussion must he used where the superficial tissues are thick, in order to set up audible pulmmiary vibra- tions, but at the same time the accurate delimitation becomes more difficult. Very heavy percussion may give us a general idea as to the amount of air- bearing tissue in the lung as a whole. It is absolutely useless for the purpose of outlining of organs or for the detection of small areas of pulmonary in- filtration. For practical purposes then, in so far as audible sound production is concerned, the penetration of the percussio7i wave is about 6 cm. (2^^ inches). Of this, 2 to 3 cm. is consumed in penetrating overlying tissues so that only 3 or 4 cm. il}/'2 inches) are left to enter the underlying organ. Hence percussion is practised from all directions. The heart could not be outlined from behind, nor deeply placed pulmonary lesions from in front. The fact, however, that consolidations the size of a cherry, and deeper than 2^ inches cannot be located by light percussion does not prove that sound waves may not penetrate deeper. Deep percussion tends to bring out note of lung in its entirety, and drowns out slight degrees of dulness. For light percussion the pleximeter must be lightly but snugly applied to the chest wall, the stroke must be gentle and its duration short, so as to include only a small sphere of blow (Fig. 75). We should percuss so as to evoke practically no note over the dull areas. Light per- cussion is more accurate because with it there is less lateral radiation. For deep percu,ssion the plexor is applied more firmly, the blow is some- what longer and more intense. Too strong a blow is transmitted too far laterally and renders exact localization impossible. Deep percussion is not necessarily loud percussion. Percussion should be of such strength and duration, as to make the difference between resonance and dulness as great as possible. " The deep dulness of organs depends only on the volume of the air- containing parts in the region of the sphere of the blow" (Weil) and not as was formerly taught upon the dulhng influence of the neighboring solid organs upon those filled with air. Such a dulling influence does not exist (Sahli). The strength of percussion must vary with the size and character of the organs and neighboring tissues: e.g., in children (thin chest walls, superficial organs) light percussion is necessary; in corpulent adults (thick chest walls, deeply placed organs) heavier percussion is required. 1 Moritz and Rihl: Deul. Arch. f. kl. Med., 1909. METHODS AND RESULTS OF PERCUSSION 85 As has been stated, the percussion note obtained over the lung is a compound sound, consisting of the note of the pleximeter, the chest wall, and lung. In heavy percussion it is the lower, and in Hght percussion the higher, range of this complex to which our chief acoustic attention is directed. Both have the higher range — the pleximeter note — in com- mon, but there is relatively more of the pleximeter note in the sound produced by light percussion. Lessening of the amount of pulmonary air is manifested by a lack of the deeper tones. Fio. 76. — 8ection through the upper part of the thorax, viewed trum below. The line of section is not exactly horizontal, a slightly lower plane being reached on the right side than on the left. In order to show the apical parietal pleura, the pulmonary apices have been removed. There can be noted in this specimen the beginning contact of the right pleura with the trachea, and the anterior position of the innominate artery, whose bifurca- tion is well shown. On the left side, the wide separation of the pleura from the trachea by means of the large arteries, esophagus, and areolar tissue can readily be seen. The deep position of origin and the obliquely anterior course of the left subclavian artery is plainly visible. T, trachea; E, esophagus; R.A.P., right apical pleura; L.A.P., left apical pleura; I. A., innominate artery, dividing into R.S.A., right subclavian artery and R.C.A., right common carotid artery; L.S.A., left subclavian artery; L.C.A., left common carotid artery; R.S.V., right subclavian vein; L.I.V., left innominate vein. If one lung becomes infiltrated, its percussion note becomes higher in pitch, not by virtue of any nevi^ sound element added, but on account of the loss of the deeper tones. The note of consolidation is, therefore, to speak accurately, not actually higher but relatively less low. It is the prominence of the low-pitched notes which causes what we know as resonance. The difference between a resonant and a dull note lies, however, not only in the rate of the vibrations (pitch) but also to some extent in their amplitude (intensity). In other words, the resonant note is louder and carries 86 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS further. For this reason slight degrees of duhiess can sometimes be more readily perceived at a slight distance from the patient than by the percussor himself. This is due to the fact that sound waves lose much of their amplitude in transit, and the difference between 1 and seems greater than that between 1 and 2. Low-pitched Fig. 77. — Horizontal section of the thorax just above the sternoclavicular articulation viewed from beneath. The pleura has been dissected away. This photograph shows (a) the anterior position of the innominate artery, (b) the posterior position of the left sub- clavian artery, and (c) the anterior position of the right innominate vein. R, first rib; R.I. v., right innominate vein; E, esophagus; T, trachea; /.A., innominate artery; L.S.V., left subclavian vein; L.C.A., left common carotid artery; L.S.A., left subclavian arterj'. It also shows the thickness of the dorsal muscles through which the percussion vibrations must penetrate in order to set up vibrations in the lung, even above the level of the scap- uliE. Percussion must, therefore, be more forcible than on the front of the chest. This section, although from a different bodj'', shows the same anatomic disposition of the large vessels in relation to the upper lobes as does Fig. 76. It is in part due to the more anterior position of the vessels in case of the right upper lobe that the percussion note on this side is normally less resonant than that of its fellow. sounds having a great vibrator}' excursion carrj' further. In listening to a distant orchestra we hear the drums and bassoons, not the stringed instruments or the fifes; we hear the distant pounding of the surf, not the swish of the waves. ^ ^ Selling: Deui. Arch. f. kl. Med., vol. xc. METHODS AND EESULTS OF PERCTSSIOX 87 The skilled examiner can be accurate in topographic percussion within a range of from 0.5 to 1.0 cm. Whichever method we employ, the finger which strikes the blow (plexor; must fall verticallj^, not obliqueh", upon the tissues to be percussed for thus greater penetration is ensured. Fur- thermore, it must be quickly withdrawn, for thus lateral deviation and radiation of ^dbration is minimized, and deeper penetration ensured. In other words, unrh^.'thmic vibrations are produced, in contradistinction to rhythmic ones, in which the lung tends to vibrate as a whole, and in which topographic delimitation is impossible. THE PURPOSE OF PERCUSSION Percussion is practised: ('1; to elicit ■sound; (2) to d.etermine resistance. Percussion is based upon the fact that when the equilibrium of an elastic body is briefly disturbed, it is thrown into Adbrations, which in ttu-n produce sounds which vary in intensity, quality, duration and pitch, such A'ariations depending on the character of the vibrating tissue — the amount of air and the degree of elasticity — and on the nature of the blow. The bodily organs are of unhomogeneous structure and for the most part not good tone producers, but sounds can be produced in air-contain- ing chambers and in liquid-containing organs. The former vibrate more easily and for a longer time. The vihratory capacity of tissues depends upon: 1. The size and character of the air-contoAning spaces — lungs, intestines, etc. 2. The amount of elastic tissue. The skin and the lung have a good deal, the hver little. In the lungs it is under tension, hence a better tone than that of the skin. 3. The degree of tension. The greater the tension, the higher the pitch — tympanitic beU3\ Human tissues^the lung, intestines, etc. — vary greatly in the degree of tension they possess. They may be so relaxed as to A-ield no note: or thej' maj^ be so tense as to jdeld metaUic soimds. 4. The thickness of the tissue. The thinner the tissue, the better the ^dbration, the higher the note. Various tissues vibrate differently, and the same tissues when altered hj disease in their physical consistencies yield an altered note. Percus- sion teaches us only physical differences. Before we can make a diag- nosis we must add the data obtained by inspection, palpation, ausculta- tion, etc., as wen as the knowledge we possess regarding the history and symptoms of the patient and the pathology of the disease. For example, a dull note obtained over lung tissue teaches us that the tissues are less ^dbratile — contain less aii' — than is normally the case. The sound of the pleximeter being constant, we are justified in attribut- ing variations in the sound to physical alterations in the underhing tissues. Such a dull note generally indicates consolidation, but even if we are correct in this assumption we have no means of determining by percussion with which of the diverse types of pulmonary consolidation we are deahng. Percussion is also used to outline the boundMries of organs when neighboring ^dscera possess different phj^sical quahties, as for instance the heart and the lung. The most brilliant triumphs of topographic percussion are manifested when unrhythmic "^-ibrations Twhich remain 88 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS more or less localized) are set up, and when the tissues directly under- lying the point of percussion yield different vibrations than the neighbor- ing structures, i.e., in the normally distended healthy lung. We can accurately outline the heart or the liver from the lung since they have very different vibratory qualities, but not the liver from the heart, since their acoustic properties are much the same. Neither can we be accurate in differentiating between the stomach and the colon, owing to their Resonant Slight dulness Flat (absolute dulness) Tympany High-pitched tympany Fig. 78. — lllustratiug the different percussion sounds normally obtained on the right anterior and the lateral aspects of the chest, as well as the anatomic reasons therefor. (Compare Fig. 88.) vibratory similarity, nor can we accomplish much in outlining a tumor of the intestine because rhj^thmic vibrations (tympanitic sounds) are set up, which cannot be localized. The Sense of Resistance. — Hard and soft are terms which we apply to objects according as their parts are displaceable with difficulty or with ease. We derive our judgments from the pressure sense of the skin and the muscle sense. Thus we speak of a board-like resistance, which we are accustomed to meet with in massive consolidations. The attributes which give us the impression of hardness or softness METHODS AND RESULTS OF PERCUSSION 89 depend essentially, first, upon the elasticity of the percussed object. The more elasticity, the greater the displacement possible. Second, upon the length of time during which the percussed object is out of contact. The longer the plexor and pleximeter remain in contact the softer the object seems and vice versa. Now we noted under the discussion of tympany that heavy and prolonged percussion strokes were unfavorable to bringing out unrhythmic vibrations — -non-tympanitic notes. And we find that an increased tactile impression is most common in association with dulness. A sense of increased resistance is not compatible with pure tympany; the note which goes hand in hand with such increased resistance is non-tym- panitic, of slight intensit}^, of brief duration, and high in pitch (flatness). Thus pulmonary consolidation and more especially liquid exudates, as a pleural effusion, produce a marked increase in resistance which is readily felt by the underlying (pleximeter) finger, and which is associated with a short, high-pitched, flat percussion note. Not infrequently we are able to state positively whether a given note is either resonant or flat, even with our ears closed, simply by our sense of touch. Anything which diminishes elasticity will increase resistance. THE TECHNIC OF PERCUSSION The patient may be sitting, standing or lying, the preference being in the order named. The chest must be exposed or covered only by an examining cape (see p. 21). Muscular relaxation must be secured. A revolving low-backed chair or stool is useful, since it renders change of position from front to back easy and expeditious. The examiner proceeds to percuss alternately corresponding areas of the right and left sides of the body and to note differences in the sound and resistance encountered. Many of these differences are due to normal anatomic causes and these must of course, be borne in mind. Although it is generally the custom to begin at the top and percuss to the bottom of the chest, this method is, as has been pointed out by N. K. Wood, especially for beginners, much more difficult, and for the following reasons more fraught with the possibility of error. It is much easier for the ear to single out a high note from among low ones, than is the reverse. In tuberculosis especially, it is the upper part of the lung which is first and most extensively diseased. By begin- ning at the base, therefore, we are more likely to have a normal resonance and resistance to begin with. In other words, it is better to progress from a normal finding to pathologic change, than work from the abnormal to the normal. This applies to both the percussion sound and to the sense of resistance. The upper border of the liver may be very accurately determined by marking on the chest wall a line at the point at which, while percussing downward, the first slight impairment of resonance occurs. Percussion is then begun from the costal margin upward and the point marked at which with threshold percussion an audible sound is produced. X-ray studies have shown that the upper hepatic border corresponds to a point midway between the two lines (Laporte). The lower border may better be determined by palpation since tympany due to the hollow viscera renders localization of vibrations impossible. Percussion and auscultation of the apex of the axilla will often reveal physical signs which may be sought in vain elsewhere. This is especially ^0 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS the case in the early stages of pneumonia, in pulmonary tuberculosis and in interlobar empyema. The accompanying illustration (Fig. 79) depicts the position in which the patient's arm should be held for such an examination. The muscles being retracted examination is facilitated. SPECIAL VARIETIES OF PERCUSSION Spinal Percussion. — Percussion of the spine wiiile not generally practised, is be- lieved by some physicians to have a value in the diagnosis of deep-seated aneurisms and tumors, mediastinal lymphadenitis, etc. There is normally dulness from the first to the fourth dorsal vertebrse; and an "osteal" note extends thence to the last dorsal spine; the lumbar region yields an impaired note, and the sacral vertebrae, tympany. We have never been able to convince ourselves of the value of this method of examination ."■ " w+iS>2icfi;^' iJ ^ £ 7 S c3 a >- H 3 |Sa2T3 I t4 a a — • a-33-3-2 g 0* M > t^ n B..2 £■ S* r 3 s C-S £ -o - o-^c-Ct^-^ "see ^§<"a.x°S-2 3 - - - ^ inch beyond the mid- clavicular line. Dulness due to the right auricle, however, rarely extends beyond the sternal line. The great vessels are relatively large. This, together with the possibility of a persistent thymus gland renders a determination of the upper border difficult. This difficulty is further Fig. 113. — Lcxgs of a child. In infancy and childhood the lungs often completely envelop the heart, there being in such cases no absolute (superficial) heart dulness. enhanced by the normal dull area at the inner third of the left clavicle already alluded to. During the first year the apex beat is usualh' found in the fourth intercostal space. This may be so until the thirteenth year, after which in normal children, it is always in the fifth interspace. As in adults, the existence of cardiac hypertrophy can usually be satisfactorily determined by inspection and palpation alone. If the left ventricle is chiefly in- volved, a hea^'ing systolic thrust is felt outside of the mid-clavicular line. In case the right ventricle is chiefly affected, the thrust is diastolic in time and most marked in the epigastrium because the right ventricle retracts from the chest wall to rebound in diastole (Talley). Since compensatory and reparative changes in j'outh are good, marked degrees of cardiac h^'pertrophyare often seen in children with valvular lesions (Figs. 15, 122). Cardiac Arrhythmia. — Sinus arrhythmia, or juvenile arrhythmia as it is often called, is as the latter name implies, ver}' common in infants and PHYSICAL FINDINGS IN INFANTS AND YOUNG CHILDREN 141 children, especiallj^ in high strung youngsters and following infections (seep. 172). Extrasystoles are also common, more so indeed in children with ap- parently normal hearts than in those with definite valvular lesions. Tachycardia is frequent after five years of age and bradycardia may occur during convalescence from fevers and in association with jaundice. Auricular fibrillation is rarely met with and when encountered is usually only noted in fatal cases of diphtheria or rheumatic pancarditis. -RL Fig. 114. — Horizontal section of a new-horn infant' s thorax at the upper level of the ensiform cartilage: showang its cylindrical shape. L.L., left lung; P. A., pulmonary aorta; L.T., left lobe, and R.T., right lobe of thymus body; A. A., ascending part of aortic arch; S.V.C., superior vena cava; R.L., right lung; B.T., bifurcation of trachea; E , esophagus; A., descending part of aortic arch. {After Fetterolf and Gittings.) Auricular flutter is even more unusual, although Ritchie has reported two cases in children under ten years. Heart block 'also has been observed in association with diphtheria. The prognostic significance of arrhythmia in children is essentially the same as in adults.^ Auscultation. — Respiration in infants and young children is irregular in rhythm and very irregular in depth. (Respiration being entirely a postnatal function, development of this function is relatively retarded. It does not become fully developed until the child has become active upon its feet. This early irregularity of breathing accounts in great part for the difficulty in interpreting the auscultatory phenomena.) 1 For more detailed information see Talley, J. E.: "The Physical Examination of the Heart in Children." Arch. Pediatrics, September, 1915, to which article I am indebted for some of the foregoing facts. 142 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS In early life, the breath sounds are relatively harsh, and loud. Expira- tion is clearly heard, and in comparison with an adult relatively pro- longed. Exaggerated or vesiculo-bronchial breathing is, therefore, a normal finding (puerile breathing) . The areas overlying the bifurcation of the bronchi anteriorly extend- ing 1 to 3 cm. to the right of the sternal margin, and 1 to 2 cm. to the left (at level of the first interspace and the second rib) yield broncho-vesicular Fig. 115. — The infant's chest is circular in outline. The abdominal viscera are large. The proximity of the stomach and colon to the lower portion of the lungs imparts a tympan- itic quality to the lower lobes, especially the left, and renders very light percussion ssential. The heart lies almost horizontally, hence cardiac dulness extends relatively furter to the left than is the case in adults. It also lies about one interspace higher in infants.he breathing. Posteriorly this is also found, especially on the right side. Vocal resonance in young children is hard to elicit as child cannot be con- trolled. Whispered pectoriloquy can often be heard, normally, over the areas of broncho-vesicular breathing. Owing to tardy development of the accessor}^ muscles of respiration and of the laryngeal and pharyngeal muscles, a slight hypersecretion of mucus in the pharynx, naso-pharynx or larynx, often produces coarse PHYSICAL FINDINGS IN INFANTS AND YOUNG CHILDREN 143 moist 7'dles which may be heard all over chest. The heart sounds tend to be embryocardial in character, the first sound having a valvular quality, and the diastolic pause being brief. The pulmonic second sound is loud and more intense than the aortic (retracted lungs, more superficial position). Heart sounds and murmurs are loud. Fig. 116. — Horizontal section of an infant thorax showing its cylindrical contour as well as the relatively large size and horizontal position of the heart. L. = left ventricle. R. = right ventricle. PATHOLOGIC CONDITIONS Small serous effusions in the pleural cavities usually, but not in- variably, produce a dull note on percussion. Large serous effusions may produce a dull or even a flat sound, as in adults, but quite often, a slightly tympanitic note results, due to relaxation of pulmonary tension and to abdominal tympany. The note over empyemas is more apt to be dull or flat, but, for the same reasons, this is not invariable. In serous or purulent effusions as a general rule, therefore, we do not find as flat a note as in adults, under the same conditions. In ausculting over a pleural effusion (serum or pus) the breath sounds often persist and in some cases the diagnosis can be definitely established only by the exploring needle. In the case of large effusions, especially if purulent and causing marked compression of lungs, we may find bronchial or cavernous breathing, with whispered pectoriloquy, from the clavicle down as far as the third or even the fourth rib. An erroneous diagnosis of cavity is sometimes made. Cavities in children are rare. The second pulmonic sound is actually and relatively louder than the second aortic — this difference persisting throughout childhood. Organic 144 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS Fig. 117. — Sagittal section of the hwdx i.i :i //. ^f|&M g^aaifatiA^JiAMi ^5v>*4.j3k 'yr*i I^RBB : Fig. 118. — Sagittal section of the body of a neivly born infant, tje iced from the left. The plane of section being 0.75 em. to the left of the mid-sternal line, i-,, liver; R.A., right auricle; R.A.A., left auricular appendage; A.L., aortic leaflets; R.P.A., right pulmonary artery; L.I.V., left innominate vein; I. A., innominate artery; T, trachea; .-1.-4.., aortic^arch; L.B., left bronchus; R.S.V., right superior pulmonary vein; L.A., left auricle; R.I.V.. left inferior pulmonary vein; T.A., thoracic aorta. 10 146 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS systolic murmurs, produced at the mitral orifice, usually can be heard clearly all over the area of the heart and posteriorly, on the left side. This is true to a lessened extent of aortic systolic murmurs in double aortic disease. Aortic diastolic mu,rmurs, even more frequently than in adults, are heard best near the apex or at the fourth left costal cartilage. Functional murmurs are very common in childhood and often simulate organic murmurs in quality, but are heard loudest over the base and in the reclining position. They become much less marked when the child sits up — an important distinction, since venous hums are intensified by this procedure. Compression of the left lung by an enlarged heart or a pericardial effusion gives the signs of consolidation posteriorly — dulness and bronchial breathing — and must be differentiated from pneumonia. In addition to the detailed anatomic relations the preceding figures illustrate the following facts: 1. The large amount of space in the antero-posterior direction occu- pied by the heart, enlargement of which (dilatation, pericardial effusion) would compress the upper part of the lower, and the lower part of the upper pulmonary lobes, causing bronchial breathing over the correspond- ing areas of the chest. 2. The superior vena cava enters the auricle at a plane posterior to that of the inferior cava, so that the blood stream from the latter is directed upward by the Eustachian valve and not to the left as is commonly stated. 3. The tricuspid orifice is practically vertical, not horizontal, and opens toward the left and slightly forward. The lower part of the right ventricle is so near the level of the right auricle that gravity can play but an inconspicuous part in the filling of the ventricle. 4. The mitrU and tricuspid orifices lie in planes almost at right angles to each other. ^. 5. The two posterior aortic leaflets are attached to the base of the mitral leaflet (see Flint's murmur). 6. The mitral, tricuspid and aortic valves are practically contiguous structures. This fact together with the actually small size of the heart, and the thinness of the chest wall, explains why sounds produced at these areas are often differentiated with difficulty. A systolic aortic murmur can only be identified with certainty if heard in the neck.^ .^ PRACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS In examining the lungs, the chest must be exposed and the patient must not be in a recumbent position if the greatest possible accuracy is a desideratum. The importance of inspection, especially in chronic pul- monary disease, cannot be over-emphasized. Symmetric areas of the chest must be examined and compared step by step. In determining fremitus it is well to bear in mind that the ulnar nerve distribution is more sensitive than the radial and hence the hand should be slightly rotated toward the outer side. In practising percussion the beginner usually employs far too much force. This is always disagreeable and often painful to the patient; it is 1 Fetterolf and Gittings: Am. Jour. Dis. Children, I, 1911, 6. PHYSICAL FINDINGS IN INFANTS AND YOUNG CHILDREN u; also hard on the examiner's fingers. As a general rule, the more experi- enced the examiner the Kghter the percussion stroke he employ's. Force and accm-ate limitation are not compatible. The blow must be dehvered from the wrist (not the arm), it must fall vertical!}^ and the striking finger must be ciuickly withdrawn. Good percussion is, and should be, a "gentle art. '" Before ausculting, see to it that the patient breathes properly. Res- pirations should be a trifle deeper than is normally the case, and the mouth slightly open. ''Throaty" sounds must be eliminated and expiration must be purely passive. The areas over which the breath sounds may Tympar.y: Hyper- re 30 nance; o Noraal Breathing: Vfeai breatiiing: Exaggerated 'breathing: Bronoiio-vssicular breathing: /^ Bronchial breathing: CavernouB breathing: Cog-wheel breathing: Friction: Crepitant rales: Crackling rales: .Bubbling rales: Sibilant or sonorous rales: Fig. 119.- — For the sake of conser\-iiig time in the recording of physical signs various ss'stems of graphic registration have been suggested. That which follows is modified after Barach's plan. Unfortunately no uniform system has thus far been adopted by clinicians. If roles occur during inspiration they are charted before, if during expiration, after the symbol which stands for the type of breathing. normally be somewhat harsh, must be borne in mind, and examination of the supracla%'icular and suprascapular portions of the lung as well as the apex of the axilla must not be omitted. A diagnosis of incipient tuberculosis based upon a single examination is always a questionable procedure. Repeated examinations and fur- ther observation are usually advisable. In really early pulmonary tuber- culosis, abnormality^ in the physical signs is veiy slight and may be absent. A careful consideration of the patient's history and an observation of his temperature and pulse are often more reHable than slight abnormality of his physical signs. The physical signs of pleural effusion and pulmonary consohdation are variable, and the classical text-book method differentiation often fallacious. Consolidation may yield absent breath sounds; an effusion, bronchial breathing, bronchophony and fremitus. The reasons for this 148 THE EXAMINATION OF THE LUNGS Resonance Heart and Abdominai, Vw-Cvvvovvvc. 'i. i- -Wtt tvsults. Red shading indicates tympany. PHYSICAL FINDINGS IN INFANTS AND YOUNG CHILDREN 149 variation of phj^sical signs have already been discussed (p. 60, Fig. 107). The exploring needle should be unhesitatingly emploj^ed in doubtful cases. Properly performed, this procedure is unattended by risk, or any considerable degree of pain. The explanation of abnormal phj^sical signs as "thickened pleura" should be made only as a last resort. In this condition physical signs are slight or entirely absent, unless the lung is also involved. With obscure pulmonary symptoms, especially in men past thirty-five years, the possibilitj- of aortic aneurism must ever be borne in mind, especially if associated with cough, chest pain, or d^^spnea for which symptoms no evident cause can be demonstrated. Fig. 121. — The graphic signs here depicted would be construed as follows: Right upper lobe: high-pitched tympany, surrounded by dulness, cavernous breathing, inspiratorj^ bub- bling rales. Right axilla: friction and below this area weak breath sounds. Left upper lohe: slight dulness, broncho-vesicular breathing, subcrepitant inspiratory and crackling, expiratory rales. Left axilla: cog-wheel breathing, below this area, exaggerated breath sounds. THE X-RAY The X-ray, especially as a fluoroscope, has become a useful adjunct in intrathoracic diagnosis. It enables us to "control" our percussion and often definitelj^ establishes the presence or absence of deep-seated mediastinal lesions — aneurism, lymphadenitis, central pneumonia, tu- mors, foreign bodies, mediastinal displacement, pulmonary abscess, etc. - — in cases in which ordinary physical diagnosis onlj^ permits us to "sus- pect" the lesion. The same statement applies to some cases of localized pneumothorax and of pulmonary fibrosis involving the diaphragmatic pleura, as well as to small pleural effusions. On the other hand, the ordinary methods of diagnosis are far superior to the X-ray in cases of incipient or early pulmonary tuberculosis and in congestion of the lungs. In these instances the mistakes are usualty on the side of the radiographer. The X-raj- is rarely of much use as an early diagnostic method in cardiac or pulmonary disease. PART II THE EXAMINATION OF THE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM By George W. Norris, A. B., M. D CHAPTER XIII THE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM INSPECTION The most important signs to be looked for are: dj'spnea, orthopnea, paUor, flushing or cyanosis; distention or pulsation of the superficial arteries or veins, especially in the neck; edema, especiallj^ of the dependent portions of the bodj^ and of the face; clubbing of the fingers, inequality of the pupils; normal or abnormal pulsations, especially of cardiac apex and the epigastrium; distention of the abdomen, fulness, in the hepatic region, and in the flanks. OrtJwpnea, the state in which the patient has to sit up in order to get his breath — indicates that the heart is drawing on its last reserves. Circulatory pallor is seen in connection with low blood-pressure and periph- eral anemia. Flushing "Of the face may be seen in fevers, excitement also in aortic insufficiency and at times in arterial hypertension. Cyano- sis indicates insufficient oxygenation of the blood, and is seen chiefiy in mitral; pulmonary and tricuspid lesions associated with pulmonary congestion. It is most marked in the face, hands, and feet. Distention of the superficial veins indicates high venous pressure, generally a weak right heart; or local obstruction to the venous circulation and an effort to establish collateral circulation. Circulatory edema occurs character- istically at the end of the day, and in the dependent portions of the body; renal edema occurs in the morning and upon the face. Cluhhing of the fingers indicates long-standing stasis of the pulmonary circulation — chronic cardiac or pulmonarj^ disease. Anisocoria — -pupillary inequality — may result from pressure of a thoracic aneurism upon the cervical sym- pathetic. Pulsation of the cervical vessels may be arterial or venous. In the former instance it may be due to marked alternations of blood-pres- sure and an hypertrophied heart, or to a local aneurism. Venous pulsa- tions may be seen in the jugular veins of recumbent subjects. Normally three small, faint waves can be made out. These are stasis waves; thej' are not due to regurgitation from the right heart. A single large sj^stolic pulsation may result from (a) a transmitted impulse from a contiguous artery, (6) tricuspid insufficiency, (c) aneurismal varix. A capillary pulse (Quincke's pulse) consists in an alternate flushing and blanching of a flnger tip when slight pressure is made upon the lower portion of the 151 152 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM finger nail. It may occur in cases of aortic insufficiency. It is not'^an early sign and is elicited with difficulty. The patient who suffers from mitral and tricuspid disease is apt - to complain of orthopnea, cough, cyanosis, and hemoptysis (pulmonary Fig. 122. — Stunted growth and bulging of the precordium resulting from mitral obstruction and insufficiency in a boy of fifteen years. Pulmon Anrtic valve Fig. iL'.'i. — showing partial overlapping of the aortic and pulmonic valvular orifices. The ' pulmonic is the most superficial of all the cardiac valves. stasis), digestive disturbances (portal congestion) and edema. Aortic lesions are characteristically associated with dyspnea on exertion, vertigo, flushing, palpitation, precordial oppression. THE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM 153 THE HEART— ANATOMICAL CONSIDERATIONS The heart lies obliquely placed behind the lower two-thirds of the sternum. It rests upon the upper surface of the diaphragm, two-thirds of its bulk being placed to the left of the mid-sternal Hne. The base ex- tends from the lower border of the second left costal cartilage to the upper '--r-jf^^ Fig. 124. — Normal position of the heart. A. = aorta; P. A. = pulmonary artery; R.A. = right auricle; »S.C = superior vena cava; T. = trachea; E. = esophagus; -S. A. .sub- clavian artery; S.V. = subclavian vein; ^. = spinal cord; C. = clavicle. border of the third right costal cartilage. The apex lies in the fifth left intercostal space, about 8 cm. to the left of the mid-sternal line. The aorta arises at the level of the third costal cartilage behind the sternum. It reaches halfway up the manubrium, and is nearest the surface at the second right costal cartilage. 154 THE EXAMINATION' OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM The Valves. — The aortic valve lies behind the third left costo-sternal junction. It is one-fourth overlapped by the pulmonary valve. The pulmonary valve lies a little higher and more to the left. The mitral valve lies behind the third intercostal space about 1 inch to the left of the ster- num. The tricuspid valve lies below and slightly to the left of a line Fig. 125. — Radiogram showing the relatict position of the cardiac vahes in relation to each other and to the anterior bony thorax. The pulmonarj-, in part overlies the aortic, valve. It is the most superficially placed of all the heart valves. The mitral valve is the farthest from the anterior chest wall. The large size of the tricuspid orifice is well shown. This valve is structurally a much less perfect mechanism than is the mitral. The valves were covered with lead paint before making the radiogram. (After Norris and Fetterolf.^) drawn from the inner end of the third left, to the sixth right costal carti- lages. The aortic, mitral and tricuspid valves are anatomically practi- cally contiguous structures. The mitral is the furthest from, the pul- monic the nearest to, the anterior chest wall (Figs. 123, 128). Posteriorly. — The base of the heart lies at the level of the fifth dorsal 1 XoRRis and Fetterolf: "The Topography of the Cardiac Valves as Revealed bv the X-ravs. " Am. Jour. Med. Sc, cxlv, 191.3, 225. THE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM 155 Left innom- inate vein Right auricle Papillary -^ muscle Right ventricle Right pulmo- nary artery Descending aorta Left bronchus Aortic leaflets Left lunc Fig. 12G. 156 .THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM Right pul. artery Left super, pul. vein .. L.auricular appendix s ^ L. infer, pul. vein Left auricle Mitral valve ante- " rior leaflet v>. Aorta Aortic leaflets Left ventricle Right ventricle Fig. 127. Figs. 126 and 127. — These sections show the deeply placed position of the left auricle which may be topographically described as the "posterior auricle." They also depict the relatively large amount of mediastinal space which is occupied in an antero-posterior di- rection by the heart. The rear view of the heart is shown in Figs. 91 and 92. the anterior aspect in Figs. 86 and 163. THE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM 157 vertebra. The apex of the heart Hes at the level of the eighth dorsal ver- tebra. The aorta reaches the spine at the level of the fourth dorsal vertebra. The pulmonary artery bifurcates at the level of the fourth dorsal vertebra. Practically the whole anterior surface of the heart is right heart (see Fig. 163). The left auricle lies posteriorly. Of the left ventricle only the tip is seen from in front. — -A- Fig. 128. — Diagram illustrating the relative position of the heart valves as seen from above; 1, pulmonary; 2, aortic; 3, mitral; 4, tricuspid. The pulmonary is the most super- ficial, and the mitral the most deeply placed of the cardiac valves (comp. Fig. 123). PALPATION OF THE PULSE The pulse is generally examined by palpation of the radial artery. When the patient's hands are not accessible, as during sleep, the temporal artery is often selected. Under certain circumstances it may be neces- sary to feel the pulse elsewhere as, for instance, in the tibial arteries or in the dorsalis pedis. The pulse should be palpated with the tips of the fingers, not with the palmar surface. The thumb must not be used because a subjective pulse can often be felt. When examining the pulse two conditions are to be determined: (1) the character of the arterial wall (arterio-sclerosis, etc.) ; and (2) the character of the pulse. 1 . Arterial thickening is determined (a) by rolling the emptied artery, in which the blood flow has been temporarily occluded by pressure above and below the point of palpation, under the ball of the finger; (6) by allow- ing the end of the finger nail to slip across the arterial wall. Normal arteries are barely palpable. An important source of error, however, lies in the state of vascular tonus. When blood-pressure is high the artery may readily be rolled under the finger, and the tactile sensation received may be similar to that produced by actual arterial sclerosis. Increased tonus may sometimes be temporarily abated by local massage of the artery. On the other hand, a definitely thickened artery may escape detection when tonus is diminished. If arterio-sclerosis is suspected, examination must not be limited to the radial arteries but should include the brachials, femorals, temporal and retinal arteries as well. 2. The character of the pulse is judged by noting the rate, rhythm, volume, tension and equality. Both radial arteries should be habitually palpated synchronously in order to determine bilateral equality. 158 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM The Pulse Rate. — The normal rate in adults is for men 72, for women 80. With advancing years the rate often becomes slower. Certain individuals in perfect health may have by nature a rapid (90) or a slow (60-70) pulse. The latter rate is not infrequent in advanced years. In the new-born the rate averages about 140, and at fourteen years about 90. The pulse rate is increased by excitement, anger, fear, exercise, digestion, deep inspiration, low blood-pressure, fever, etc. The pulse increases about ten beats for every degree Fahrenheit above the normal body temperature. It is more rapid in short, high-strung individuals than in people with a large frame and a phlegmatic disposition. The peripheral pulse rate does not always indicate the cardiac rate. Notable discrep- ancies may occur in auricular fibrillation, extrasystolic arrhythmia and pulsus alternans. The complete bodily circuit of blood flow requires normally about 23 seconds and is accomplished by about 27 systoles. The pulse wave travels 9 to 10 m. per second, it therefore reaches the dorsalis pedis artery ^ second later than the aorta — about the middle of ventricular systole. The time required to reach the radial artery is approximately 6.17, and the interval between the carotid and the radial pulses, is 0.08 second. Tachycardia. — This term is generally applied to a pulse rate above 130 per minute. It may occur in exophthalmic goitre, in cardiac disease, in vasomotor collapse, etc., but is most characteristically seen in " paroxys- mal tachycardia," a condition due either to extrasj^stoles or to a fibrillat- ing auricle. Bradycardia. — This term is generally applied to a pulse rate of, or of less than, 60 per minute. It may occur in convalescence, after vomiting, in basilar meningitis or increased intracranial pressure (vagus irritability or stimulation) and also in jaundice (toxic effect). It occurs character- istically in heart block, in which condition it may fall to twelve beats per minute. The Pulse Rhythm. — The pulse may be irregular either in regard to (1) time or (2) force. Not infrequently both factors are combined, as in auricular fibrillation (see Cardiac Arrhythmia). The Pulse Volume. — The volume of the pulse is gauged by estimating the degree of pulsatile oscillation — the amount of systolic filling and the completeness of diastohc collapse. It depends upon, and is in part a measure of the systolic output. The pulse pressure — the difference be- tween the systolic and the diastohc pressures — may be taken as a rough index of pulse volume. As a general rule the more rapid the rate, the smaller the volume of the pulse. The Pulse Tension. — This is estimated by gauging the amount of pressure which must be exerted upon the artery before the flow of blood is stopped. In other words it depends upon the blood-pressure which is due chiefly to vascular tonus, cardiac force and valvular sufficiency. The pulse is sometimes described as hard or soft, depending upon whether arterial tension is high or low. These terms are obsolete, the degree of tension should be measured with a sphygmomanometer and the height of the sj'stolic and the diastolic pressures recorded in millimeters of mercury (see Blood-pressure Instruments, p. 163). The celerity of the pulse wave depends upon the suddenness of its collapse. A "quick" pulse is not a rapid pulse, but one which disappears quickly. It occurs characteristically in aortic insufficiency and is known as the water-ham- THE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM 159 meror Corrigan pulse, but it also occurs in a minor degree in severe anemia and in vasomotor paresis. The opposite condition — pulsus tardus — ^appears and disappears slowly. The systolic ascent of the sphygmogram is gradual, the plateau long and the descent prolonged. This type of pulse is observed es- pecially in aortic, and in a minor degree mitral, obstruction. It is a valuable diagnostic sign of the former. The Equality of the Pulse. — By this we mean equality in (1) volume, (2) time and (3) force, in symmetrical arteries of the body. Inequality of the radial arteries maj^ result from: (1) surgical injuries of the upper extremities, (2) axillary growths, (3) aneurism of the aorta, innominate, subclavian, brachial or radial arteries, (4) emboh or thrombi or syphilitic disease in these arteries, (5) massive pleural, effusions, (6) local inflam- matory conditions, (7) extreme auricular dilatation. Slight degrees of inequality occur very commonly. This sign is of little importance unless it is well marked.^ NORMAL AND ABNORMAL TYPES OF THE ARTERIAL PULSE The normal arterial pulse which is felt as a single "beat" consists when analj^zed of the following waves: Fig. 129.— The cardiogram_( tracing from Fig. 130. — The normal radial curves: the precordium) : a, auricular wave; c.d.- a-5, the tidal wave; 6-e, the aortic notch; gr, e.f., ventricular systole) ; d, marks the open- the dicrotic wave; h, the post-dicrotic wave, ing and /, the closure of the semilunar valves, (beginning of diastole) ; k, sudden ventricular filling. The arterial pulse, by which term we designate the expansion and contraction of an artery which occurs during the systole and diastole of the heart, has long been used as a diagnostic criterion. When the sphyg- mograph was first introduced in medicine it was hoped that a detailed study of the length, height and time relations of the various phases of the pulse tracing would lead us far toward perfection in diagnosis. As a result of such studies many different types of the arterial pulse were classified, named and studied, though with but little practical result. Such studies do, of course, enable us to visualize our palpatory sensations, but the value of the sphygmogram to-day lies almost wholly in the time relationship between the arterial and the venous pulse waves. There are, however, certain types of the arterial pulse which are more or less characteristic of certain conditions which find a place in clinical nomen- ^ In a study of 500 cases (well and ill) the two radial pulses were alike in only 56 per cent. There was marked difference in 2.5 per cent. The left pulse was stronger in 14 per-cent. of 455 right-handed people, and in 43 per cent, of the 21 ambidextrous. In advanced life inequalitj^ is generally due to arteriosclerosis (Koennicke: Therap. d. Gegenw., September, 1911). 160 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM clature and are recognizable by the sense of touch. Among these the following may be mentioned : The Dicrotic Pulse. — A dicrotic pulse is one of low tension in which the normal secondary wave becomes exaggerated, so that it may be both felt and instrumentallj^ demonstrated to consist of a more or less separate wave. It appears therefore as a repetition or echo of the primary wave. If the pulse rate is rapid, the line of descent of the dicrotic wave is interrupted by the next primary wave, which condition is known as anac- rotism. In the majority of the febrile cases at least, it is brought about by relaxation of the arteries and constriction of the arterioles, which condition causes an actual backward flow of blood in the primary pulse wave, a phenomenon which is repeated in the case of the dicrotic wave. Other causes such as a brief sj'stolic output from the heart, or dilatation of certain vascular areas, especially the splanchnics, have been suggested (Hewlett). The Pulsus Bisferiens. — This term should be applied only to those cases in which the apices of the two waves are separated by a time interval of not less than ^-{o second, thus eliminating cases of mere dicrotism. It is usually associated with reduplication of the first sound, and an analogous cardiogram, being therefore central in origin. It is uncertain whether the second wave arises in the ventricle or in the aorta. It is generally met with in cases of left ventricular hypertrophy in association with disease of the aortic valves of the large arteries.^ The Pulsus Bigeminus. — By this term we understand a tj^pe of regular irregularity in which the pulse waves instead of being equally spaced occur in groups of two, to be followed by a more or less prolonged pause (see Extrasystoles). "Ventricular bigeminy which occurs in clinical instances of auricular fibrillation either spontaneously or in the wake of digitalis administra- tion, is due to a disturbance of the irregular series of responses to the auricle by ectopic beats arising in the ventricular musculature" (Lewis). It includes practically all instances of accurate coupling. The two beats should bear a constant time relationship to each other (Wenckebach). If the pulse waves occur in groups of three or four, we describe it as a pulsus tri- or quadrigeminus, respectively. The Water-hammer Pulse. — The Corrigan or water-hammer pulse occurs chiefl}'' and most characteristically in aortic insufficiency. It is quick, collapsing and large in volume. The diastolic pressure is always low (60 to 40 mm. Hg.), and the systolic pressure generally high (180 to 140 mm. Hg.). Diastole is shortened and the height of the secondary wave is in direct proportion to the amount of arterio-sclerosis present, and not to that of the blood-pressure (Lewis). The Pulsus Paradoxus. — This term is applied to the disappearance or enfeeblement of the pulse during inspiration. It may occur normally: (1) During deep inspiration with glottis closed — negative intrathoracic pressure (Mueller's experiment). (2) During forced expiration with closed glottis — high intrathoracic pressure (Valsalva's experiment). (3) If the breath is held after a forced inspiration — pressure on the subclavian artery — glottis open. (The muscles of shoulder girdle compress the subclavian arterv between the clavicle and the first rib.) 1 Lewis, T.: Brit. Med. Jour., April 20, 1907. THE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM 161 The bigeminal pulse (digitalis effect in auricular fibrillation ion). The water-hammer pulse (aortic insufficiency) Slow hiah tension pulse (arteriosclerosis') Pulsus irregularis perpetuus (auricular fibrillation). Irregular both as to time and volume. Fig. 131. 11 162 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM It may occur pathologically: (1) At the extremes of life during inspiration. (2) During inspiratory dyspnea — croup — slow inspiration, high negative intrathoracic pressure. (3) In cases of ad- hesive (mediastino) pericarditis. Respiratory traction resulting from mediastinal adhesions, is brought to bear on some of the large vessels. (It may be a unilateral phenomenon.) If enfeeblement or disappearance occurs during expiration it is called Riegel's pulse. The paradoxical pulse has little if any pathologic significance. The pathological paradoxic pulse is generally assumed to be due to constriction of some of the large vessels by mediastinal adhesions. The paradoxic venous pulse — • filling of the veins during inspiration — has a similar genesis. CHAPTER XIV INSTRUMENTAL METHODS, BLOOD-PRESSURE ESTIMATION Pulse tension or blood-pressure is best estimated by means of a mercurial sphygmomanometer equipped with a cuff, not less than 12 cm. in width. For children smaller sizes may be employed. TECHNIC The Systolic Pressure. — The cuff is applied snugly to the upper arm and secured by means of straps or a bandage. The cuff is then connected with the manometer and quickly inflated to a point well above the sys- FiG. 132. — The Uskoff sphygmotonograph. folic pressure, after which the stop-cock is turned, so as to exclude the pump from communication with the cuff. A stethoscope is now placed over the brachial artery below but not in contact with the cuff, and auscul- tation is practised while the pressure is gradually allowed to fall. The first clear thumping or pounding noise indicates the fact that pressure in the artery is now sufficiently high to force the blood under the constricting cuff, and to distend the artery below. The height of the mercurial 163 164 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM column at which this acoustic phenomenon occurs indicates the systolic pressure in the brachial artery. The Diastolic Pressure. — The examiner should continue to listen while the mercury falls, and in doing so will notice after a time, that the thumping sound is followed by a "hiss" or murmur which in turn dis- appears and is replaced by a clear-cut sound similar to that first heard. As the mercury falls still lower this clear-cut sound suddenly becomes muffled and distant. This, the beginning of the fourth auscultatory phase, indicates the diastolic pressure. Occasionally it happens that the fourth phase cannot be accurately identified. In such cases the fifth phase (the disappearance of all sound) is chosen as the diastolic criterion. The difference between these two phases rarely exceeds a few millimeters of mercury, but at times they may be separated by 15 mm. or more. The fifth phase is sometimes persistent clown to mm. Hg. in aortic insufficiency. In these cases the diastolic pressure must be estimated b^^ the fourth phase or not by auscultation at all. For purposes of comparison, blood-pressure readings should be made (1) in the same posture; (2) on the same arm; (3) in about the same relation to meals. It should be remembered that pain, fear, anxiety, excitement, exercise, etc., may cause marked increase in pressure although in such instances it is the systolic pressure which is chiefly affected. The readings should be made as quickly as is consistent with accuracy. After estimating the pressure the air should be allowed to escape from the cuff and after the lapse of a few minutes a control observation should be made. This will often be found to be lower than the first reading, especially in patients unaccustomed to the procedure, the initial high reading being due to psychic influences. If the cuff remains inflated for too long a time, the resultant venous stasis will per se increase the pressure. NORMAL BLOOD-PRESSURE In healthy adults the normal systolic pressure is about 130, the diastolic pressure about 80 mm. Hg. During the first month of life the sj'stolic pressure ranges between 60 and 90 mm. Hg. and gradually in- creases. This increase bears a more constant relation to height and weight than to age or sex. The diastolic pressure in infants is ver}^ difficult to estimate owing to the small size and relatively deep situa- tion of the artery. As age increases pressure gradually tends to rise, generally at the ratio of about 1 mm. Hg. for every two years of life, assuming that a youth of twenty years has a pressure of 120 mm. Hg. Pressure readings above 160 mm. {systolic) or 100 mm. (diastolic) if constantly present must be considered pathologic at any age. THE SIGNIFICANCE OF BLOOD-PRESSURE ABNORMALITIES Increased blood-pressure is clinically more common and diagnostically far more significant than decreased blood-pressure. Hypotension. — Occurs chiefly in early life (constitutional or essential hypotension) and is often associated with visceroptosis and sometimes with tuberculous disease. It is also met with after exhausting fevers, in cachexia, as a terminal phase of hypertension, and in shock. INSTRUMENTAL METHODS, BLOOD-PRESS.URE ESTIMATION 165 Fig. 133. — The Jacquet cardiosphygmograph. The jugular vein on the right, and the caro- tid artery on the left as well as the radial pulse are being simultaneously recorded. Fig. 134.1 — '^^^ Jacquet cardiosphygmograph. A detailed view of the instrument, showing special^ apparatus for steadying the hand and throwing the radial artery into more close contact with the receiver. 166 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM Hypertension. — Occurs chiefly after middle life and suggests the clini- cal symptom complex known as Bright's disease — arteriolar disease with cardiac hypertrophy and more or less destruction of renal tissue, ter- minating in cardio-vascular failure, uremia, apoplexy or angina pectoris. Hypertension may also occur in plumbism, polycythemia, etc., or it may be temporarily present as the result of anger, fright, excitement or physical exercise. It maj^ occur locally as a result of vascular spasm {vascular crises) and cause intermittent claudication, blindness, aphasia, angina pectoris, etc. VENOUS BLOOD-PRESSURE The clinical estimation of venous blood-pressure is attended with much more difficulty and much less accuracy than in the case of arterial ten- sion. A rough clinical test may be made by noting the level at which the veins of the hand collapse while the arm is being gradually raised from the level of the hip to above that of the shoulder. Collapse normally should occur at xipho-sternal articulation (Gaertner's test). Venous pressure is estimated in centimeters of HoO. The normal pressure at the level of the auricles (Louis' angle) ranges between 5 and 10 cm. H2O, It is increased by exercise, weakness of the right heart, etc., and may reach as high a figure as 30+ cm.^ An increase in venous pressure generally occurs with a fall of arterial pressure when cardiac compensation fails. THE VENOUS PULSE Relatively little knowledge can be derived from a sphygmographic tracing of the arterial pulse alone, but combined, simultaneous records taken from the jugular vein and from the radial or brachial artery are often of extreme importance and are, indeed, the chief method by which the different forms of cardiac arrhythmia are clinically studied. The phlebogram from the jugular vein depicts the activity of the right auricle, Fig. 135. — Normal phlebogram. the sphygmogram of the brachial arteiy that of the left ventricle. The cardiogram — -the tracing taken from the apex impulse — is often un- satisfactory and clinically of minor importance. The normal venous pulse consists of three, sometimes of four curves. The "a" wave is a stasis wave due to the contraction of the right auricle. It is presystolic in time. The "c" wave is a true venous wave due to contraction of the right ventricle, but in clinical tracings made over the jugular vein this wave is in part due to the impulse transmitted from the neighboring carotid artery. The interval which elapses be- tween the beginning of the "a" and the ''c" waves is known as the con- duction time. It represents the length of time required for the stimulus 1 For more detailed information see Norris. G. W.: "Blood-pressure, Its Clinical Application," Philadelphia, 1917. IXSTRUMEXTAL METHODS, BLOOD-PRESSURE ESTIMATION 167 which causes the heart to contract, to pass from the auricles through the auriculo-ventricular bundle to the ventricles and to produce contrac- tions in these chambers. The time normally reciuired is 0.2 second with a pulse rate of 80 per minute. An increase of the "a-c" time often indicates a lesion in the bundle of His. The "v" wave is a stasis wave which occurs while the ventricle is filhng with blood, and which disappears suddenly when the auriculo- ventricular valves open. The "v" wave occurs early, is large and pro- longed when the right ventricle is overloaded. In cases of tricuspid insufficiency the "c" wave disappears and is supplanted by a large "v" wave. The venous pulse under these circumstances is spoken of as a "positive venous pulse." The "h" wave is not normally present. It is due to a flapping to-" gether (upward; of the tricuspid and mitral leaflets, and is protodiastolic in time. It is synchronous with the third heart sound and Taay occur (1) in slowly beating hearts (because of relatively early diastolic ven- tricular distention); (2) in aortic insufficiency (because of high intra- ventricular pressure); (3) in the early stages of mitral stenosis (rapid ventricular filling due to a distended auricle). SPHYGMOGRAPHS Numerous instruments have been devised for the recording of arterial and venous pulse waves. The author personally prefers the Uskoff sphygmotonograph, which may be obtained either with or without a manometer for estimating blood-pressure. The driving mechanism which propels the smoked paper is equipped with two speeds and very excellent records from the brachial artery and the jugular vein can be made in a xevy few minutes. The Jacquet cardio-sphygmograph has the advantage of permitting one to make three simultaneous records, but as already stated the car- diogram is of little value in the average case. The respiratory movements can, however, be traced instead of the cardiac impulse. Like all instru- ments which are attached to the wrist, the adjustment is more trouble- some and more time is required to make a tracing. The Mackenzie polygraph is much used, but in our experience the jugular tracing is not as satisfactory as with the above-mentioned in- struments, and a good deal of time is sometimes required for adjustment. The tracings are made with ink pens upon white paper which runs off a spool, so that very long tracings can be made. This is a feature of un- doubted utility in some cases. General Technique. — For the purpose of making jugidar tracings the patient must be in the recumbent position, with the head as low as possible. A small piUow under the head, however, is sometimes neces- sary, in order to relax the sternomastoid muscle at the origin of which the receiver is placed. When respiratory excursions are deep, it is often necessary for the patient to hold his breath while the phlebogram is being made, since the oscillation of the supraclavicular structures may confuse the venous waves. The L'skoff cuff requires no adjustment other than inflation to about the level of the diastolic pressure. With the Jacquet instrument, however, the receiver must be placed exactly OA'er the radial artery. If the course of the arterj- is outlined upon the skin by means of 168 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM a blue pencil, this procedure is much facilitated. The patient must be cautioned not to move the hand once the instrument has been adjusted. The cardiogram should be taken over the outermost portion of the apex impulse. In many cases no impulse may be perceptible unless the patient rolls more or less upon his left side. The cardiogram of the Right int. jugular vein. Superior ■^M^ti^i&^j vena pn va ^™ *■* tmii^i Right Fig. 136. — The right internal jugular vein emptie.s through the right innominate vein into the superior vena cava. The distance between the jugular bulb over which phlebo- grams are taken is not far from the right auricle and since no venous valves are interposed, auricular pressure changes promptly produce relatively similar changes in the jugular vein. right ventricle may often be obtained in or near the epigastrium. In contradistinction to that of the left ventricle it consists of a systolic retraction, not an elevation. The respirations may be charted by placing a cup receiver in the episternal notch or by placing the cardiograph attachment in the epigas- INSTRUMENTAL METHODS, BLOOD-PRESSURE ESTIMATION 169 trium and maintaining it in position by means of an elastic strap. The registration of the respiratory curve is chiefly important in relation to sinus arrhythmia. In most of the instruments in clinical use the time is recorded in fifths of a second. It is necessary that either (1) the recording needles be directly in line where the tracing is made, or (2) that any discrepancy which may exist between their position be shown upon the tracing so that allowance may be made for it in identifying the venous waves. This is shown in Fig. 137 in which the driving mechanism has been stopped near the middle of the tracing and the relative position of the recording needles is shown by the vertical strokes of the lever. THE INTERPRETATION OF PULSE TRACINGS First. — The first point requiring attention is the identification of the "c" wave in the jugular tracing. This is accomplished by selecting the wave which very slightly precedes the systolic wave in the brachial tracing. In doubtful cases the receiver may be moved up higher along the edge of the sternomastoid muscle where a pure carotid tracing can be obtained. Second. — The "a" wave is identified by the fact that it immediately precedes the "c" wave. It appears from 0.15 to 0.2 second before the latter and almost synchronously with the "a" wave of the cardiogram since there are no venous valves interposed between the right auricle and the jugular bulb (see Fig. 137). Third. — The "v" wave follows the "c" wave after a variable interval. It is often separated from the former by a sharp negative depression "x" which is chiefly due to negative auricular pressure due to displace- ment of the auriculo-ventricular tissues during ventricular systole. The ''v" wave is sometimes split, the first portion "v" being due to ventricular systole and occurring during the latter part of the systolic plateau in the cardiogram. The second portion "v^" occurs at the end of this time and is due to the downward rebound of the auriculo- ventricular tissues to their normal position. The second negative depression "y" is due to the opening of the auriculo-ventricular valves. CHAPTER XV CARDIAC ARRHYTHMIA Recent additions to our knowledge of cardiac anatomy and physi- ology have thrown much valuable light upon our conception of heart disease, and have placed cardiac diagnosis and therapy upon a much more accurate scientific basis. As a result of these advances the study of cardiac irregularities has been greatly simplified, and the classifica- tion of these conditions has changed from the hopeless jumble which existed a few years ago, to a small and relatively simple grouping. NORMAL RHYTHM The stimulus which causes the heart to contract arises in the sino- auricular node, a small collection of specialized right auricular tissue which lies "in the sulcus terminalis just below the fork formed between the superior surface of the auricular appendix and the superior vena cava." Fig. 137. — Xormal phlebogram. Blood-pressure .S. 130, D. 78 mm. Hg. Note the regu- lar sequence of the "a," "c," "v" waves bearing a definite time relationship to the brachial arterial waves. The conduction time (" a-c " interval) is normal. The impulse is conducted from the auricles to the ventricles by means of the auriculo-ventricular bundle (His' bundle), a network of specialized tissue which begins in the right posterior margin of the base of the interauricular septum (the auriculo-ventricular or Tawara's node) and narrowing to form a bundle of fibers, leads through the interventricular septum to the ventricles. Before entering these structures it divides into two branches (a right and a left) and again spreads out into a net- work which is distributed to the papillary muscles and to the ventricular walls, and causes a contraction of these structures. Normal cardiac contraction is due to the fact that this organ possesses the functions of (1) stimulus production, (2) excitability, (3) conductivity , (4) contractility, and perhaps (5) tonicity. Further, that these functions 170 CARDIAC AREHYTHMIA 171 are definitely coordinated. The cardiac nerves have apparently both a direct and an indirect modifying and controlling function. If any portion of the foregoing mechanism fails in its proper, coordi- nated function either from the standpoint of time, place, or intensity, arrhythmia will result. Thus, for instance, the stimulus may be generated too rapidly, or from abnormal regions (heterogenetic stimuli), as in auricular fibrillation, so that the ventricles cannot keep pace. Or it may be that the auriculo-ventricular bundle is diseased and fails to con- duct impulses normally from the sinus node to the ventricles, and heart block results. Again, the excitability of the ventricles may be increased so that they respond to abnormal stimuli and contract before the proper time, producing ventricular extrasystoles; or the ventricular muscle may be deficient in contractile power and contract with irregular force (pulsus alternans) . The term allorhythmia (altered rhythm) is applied to cases which show a regular irregularity {e.g., 2 to 1 heart block) and pararhythmia to those in which two separate rhythms are simultaneously seen in the same or different heart chambers. Several different types of irregularity may coincidently be present in a given case. Thus extrasystole not infrequently complicates the other forms. Among the pathologic types of arrhythmia, extrasystole and auricular fibrillation are the most com- mon. Auricular fibrillation is next in order of frequency, the third place being filled by pulsus alternans, and the rarest being heart block. The vast majority of cases of cardiac irregularity will upon analysis be found to conform to one of the following types. The modern classifi- cation of heart irregularities, based as it is upon variations of definite physiologic functions of the heart mechanism, has greatly simplified the whole question. Irregularity of the pulse occurring within the first ten years of Hfe is usually due to sinus arrhythmia. The relative frequency of different arrhythmias from adolescence to old age as seen in general hospital prac- tice is auricular fibrillation 40 per cent., extrasystole 35 per cent., pulsus alternans 15 per cent., paroxysmal tachycardia, sinus arrhythmia, heart block or flutter, 10 per cent. A persistent pulse rate of 35 suggests complete heart block; of 40-50, partial heart block. On the other hand a continual rate of 130 leads one to expect either auricular flutter or a prolonged paroxysm of tachycardia. An irregular pulse of 120 or more usually means auricular fibrillation. Extra-systoles are unusual with a pulse of or over 120. The more persistent the irregularity and the higher the pulse rate, the greater is the likelihood that we are confronted with fibrillation (Lewis). TACTILE DIAGNOSIS OF THE ARRHYTHMIAS Pulse Intermission. — If a pulse of regular rhythm is interrupted from time to time by a pause, we are dealing either with (a) extra- systoles — common; the intermission corresponds with a heart impulse and sound at the precordium; or (b) heart block — rare; no impulse ^or sound at the precordium. "If the patient is up and about and has not symptoms of cardiac insufliciency we are almost surely dealing with extrasystoles. If marked evidences of decompensation exist the probabilities are in favor of fibrillation." 172 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM " Coupled^ Beats. — If the ventricular beats are coupled and the couples are evenly spaced they are the result of 'one of two mechanisms : 1 . for either the alternate beats of the normal rhythm have been replaced by premature contractions — ^in which case the second beat of the couple is weak and may not reach the wrist — or 2. each third ventricular con- traction has been lost and heart block is present. If the -pulse beats are coupled {pulsus higeminus) a third possibiHty remains; the pulse pairing may be due to the occurrence of premature heart beats which replace each third rhj'thmic beat. If such is the case the premature beat will be appreciable at the apex, though it does not reach the wrist." " Triple Beating. — The recognition of the cause proceeds along similar lines. Tripling at the apex is due to premature contractions which replace each third rhythmic beat, or to heart-block in wliich each fourth ventricular contraction has been lost. Tripling of the puhe {pulsus trigeminus) may be due to a third cause, namely, premature beats re- placing each fourth rhythmic beat, the earl}- beat failing to reach the wrist." "Halved Pulse Rate. — When the ventricle beats at twice the pulse rate, the disorder is due to premature contractions in all but the rarest instances. Alternation has been known to occasion halving, the weak alternate beats failing to reach the wrist ; but this condition is of great rarity and, when it occurs, is ver}- transient. The two are readily differentiated, for in the first instance the ventricular beats are coupled while in the last they appear regularly." " When sudden and exact halving of pulse rate is noted and the ven- tricular rate is halved simultaneously, the disorder is the result of heart- block." "A grossly irregular pulse in which there is hopeless jumbling of stronger pulsations, with quick runs of almost imperceptible beats, and in which the lengths of intervening pauses are constantly varjdng, is due to auricular fibrillation." "A mild grade of irregularity which persists, which is not related to respiration even when the breathing is deepened and in which no definite sequence of events can be determined, is also due to aui'icular fibrillation in most cases. A similar irregularity, which shows relations to respira- tion, is a sinus arrhythmia" (Lewis). ^ SINUS ARRHYTHMIA Under normal conditions a deep inspiration tends to accelerate, a deep expiration, to retard the pulse. If this condition becomes exagger- ated so that ordinary breathing produces a distinct pulse irregularity'', we speak of it as sinus arrhythmia. The name juvenile arrhythmia has also been used on account of the frequency with which it occurs in children. It is essentially a vagus phenomenon, being due to overactivity of the tenth nerve. Sinus arrhythmia may also occur independently of the respiratory act. It occurs characteristically during convalescence from infections, can be abated by full doses of atropin and possesses no patho- logic significance. Its recognition becomes important mainly for the purpose of excluding serious forms of arrhythmia during convalescence in diphtheria, etc., or when myocardial disease is suspected. The heart 1 Lewis, Thos. : "Clinical Disorders of the Heart Beat." X. Y., 1916. (An excellent, brief and practical handbook.) CARDIAC ARRHYTHMIA 173 sounds remain unaltered during sinus arrhythmia, only diastole being affected. HEART BLOCK This form of arrhythmia is characterized by bradycardia (pulse rate 35 to 10 per minute) and by the fact that venous pulsations in the jugular veins are visible more frequently than ventricular contractions over the precordium. When the bradycardia is associated with periods of asystole, y5/i>CC4>vv'i>S, , ^ '«i|k4«ya«kc. *^sJi^vC.twV^/- ^-sUuV. Oyvswlo.V. cuff h *o i( tl 11 /; ft . /.if la , iz OS ' I O 1-2 l.£l O.cj Fig. 138a. — Sinus arrhythmia, showing pulse acceleration during inspiration. 0^ 09 0-9 0-9 8 c-S O'*^ °^ ^0 20 BRACHIAL. Fig. 1386. — Auriculo-ventricular heart block, with the auricles beating twice as fast as the ventricles, the rate of the latter being 30 per minute. syncopal attacks or convulsions, the condition is known as the Adams- Stokes syndrome. The phlebogram shows from two to four "a" waves for each "c" wave. The lesion generally lies in the auriculo-ventricular bundle and is frequently syphilitic in origin. More or less destruction of the bundle "blocks" the stimuli between the sinus node and the ven- tricle. When the block is complete the ventricle initiates its own rhythm 174 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM (about 30 per minute). If the block is incomplete every second, third, or fourth sinus impulse produces a ventricular contraction and the condi- tion is spoken of as a 2 to 1, 3 to 1, or 4 to 1, block. Incomplete block often shows a prolongation of the "a-c" interval. The conductivity time is also frequently increased in rheumatic valvular lesions. The abortive auricular systoles can sometimes be heard over the precordium as ill-defined muffled heart sounds. Heart block is always serious and frequently a fatal condition. Some seven cases of the Adams-Stokes syn- drome have, however, been known to recover. Temporary block (espe- cially in the milder forms of prolongation of the "a-c" interval, or an occasional dropped beat) may be caused by full doses of digitalis and similar remedies. It also may occur in several of the acute infections, especially rheumatic fever, under which circumstances it is due to acute myocardial inflammation involving the conductive system. Fig. 139.- -Auriculo-ventricular bundle in a human heart, injected with India ink. (Courtesy of Dr. F. T. Fulton.) EXTRASYSTOLE Under normal conditions ventricular contractions are due to stimuli originating in the sinus node and transmitted through the auricle and the bundle of His to the ventricle. The contractions occur at regularly spaced intervals. Under abnormal conditions additional effective stim- uli may arise at other portions of the heart (auricle, ventricle, bundle). Such stimuli interfere with the regular rhythm by producing premature contractions — extrasystoles. Such abnormal stimuli are most apt to occur when the cardiac rate is slow. The muscle becomes impatient in CARDIAC ARRHYTHMIA 175 waiting for its signal and contracts without orders. The sound produced by an extrasystole is less intense than the normal sound, and may even be inaudible. Ventricular extrasystoles are characterized by the fact that they are followed by compensatory pauses, so that the time occupied by the sys- t W\v*^ .UA-r^ct a^^nX^^ Ov^uVaor V^^^W-w Fig. 140. — Extrasystoles, ventricular in origin, followed by compensatory pauses. tole and the extrasystole is equal to that of two normal contractions. Also by the fact that the extrasystole occurs early in diastole and pro- duces either a weak or a missed beat at the wrist while the succeeding one is forcible, so that the patient is often conscious of it. The compensatory pause is due to the fact that the next normal stimulus reaches the ven- Cardiogram Phlebogram Radial pulse Fig. 141. — Coupled heats. The coupling is visible in the jugular and apex tracings, only occasionally in the radial. The case was one of auricular fibrillation under full digi- talization. The radial pulse rate is about one-half of that of the heart. An extrasystole occurred at "x." tricle so soon after the premature contraction that the latter is still in the refractory phase. Ventricular extrasystoles may occur without interfer- ing with any of the normal stimuli, in which case the pause after the pre- mature contraction is shorter than normal, and an "interpolated" extra- 176 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM systole occurs. Inspection of the phlebogram shows the absence of an "a" wave to correspond with the extra "c" wave; and auscultation of the precordium often demonstrates the absence of a second sound to cor- respond with the ventricular contraction. Auricular extrasystoles are clue to stimuli arising at some point of the auricle other than at the sinus node. The phlebogram shows an "a" wave preceding each extrasystole of the ventricle. The compensatory pause is generally absent, but may be almost or even wholly complete. Auricular extrasystoles may be induced or abated by digitalis. The significance of extrasystoles is very variable. They may be due to many direct or reflex causes. Thus the excessive use of tobacco may produce them, as may increased blood-pressure, especially with a weak- ened myocardium. PAROXYSMAL TACHYCARDIA This term is applied to a distinct pathologic entity due to a disturb- ance of the intrinsic cardiac mechanism. It should not be applied to simple tachycardia due to extrinsic causes such as exophthalmic goitre. Clinically this condition is characterized by sudden attacks of rapid heart action in which the previous cardiac rate is approximately doubled, trebled or quadrupled. Ordinary tachycardia rarely produces a pulse rate over 140 per minute, in paroxysmal tachycardia the rate ranges between 1-40 and 280 per minute. These attacks may be precipitated by diverse causes such as excitement, change of posture, flatulence, exercise, etc.; and end after a variable duration as abruptly as they began. Thej^ are frequently associated with subjective sensations of palpitation, op- pression, fullness of the neck, dyspnea, vertigo, etc., the intensity of which often depends upon the integrity of the heart muscle. \>nous and electrocardiographic studies taken at the beginning and end of the paroxysms have shown that the cardiac rhythm may be vari- able. Two types of this phenomenon have been described: 1. The type in which the auricular type of venous pulse persists, in which the end of the attack may terminate with normal coordination or with a temporary auriculo-ventricular block. 2. A second rarer ventricular type has also been observed in which the paroxysms are characterized by the entire absence of auricular waves, which do, however, reappear at the end of the attack, without any evi- dences of auriculo-ventricular block. The etiology of paroxysmal tachycardia is obscure. Numerous ex- planations such as the interpolation of extrasystoles, abnormal stimulus production in the Purkinje cells of the auriculo-ventricular bundle, etc., have been suggested. Practically the condition may be regarded as due to an increased irritability of the myocardium in which diverse reflex stimuli may precipitate a paroxysm. The effects upon the circulation are those of a shortened diastole with insufficient ventricular filling, as the result of which arterial pressure falls, venous pressure rises and variable degrees of local or general circulatory stasis may occur. AURICULAR FLUTTER Auricular flutter is a not uncommon form of arrhythmia which occurs chiefly in elderly subjects. It is characterized by an extremely rapid CARDIAC ARRHYTHMIA 177 auricular action, the rate being from 200 to 400 per minute (usually above 300). When established it generally lasts for months or years, but paroxysms may be shorter. It is due to pathologic or heterogenetic impulses which probabl}^ have an ectopic auricular origin. It is not under nerve control. The rate is wonderfully constant as a rule, and is uninfluenced by position, exercise or stimulation. The ventricular rate is generall}^ one-half the auricular rate, but any degree of block may be present. The ventricle may beat regularly if the degree of partial block is constant, or irregularly, if the degree of block varies (e.g., 3 to 2, 2 to 1, etc.). Auricular flutter is closely related to paroxysmal tachycardia. It is much influenced by digitalis and vagal compression. Digitalis may change auricular flutter to fibrillation and the latter to a normal rhj^thm or it may have no demonstrable effect. The arterial tracings may be regular or irregular, fast or slow, and may suggest fibrillation or extra- systoles. The venous curves are generally obscure on account of auricular weakness, but when pauses are long "a" waves may be distinct (T. Lewis).! AURICULAR FIBRILLATION This common form of arrhythmia occurs in serious oiganic lesions of the heart muscle. It can be produced experimentally by electric over- stimulation of the auricle and may be regarded as manifestation of auricular exhaustion. It occurs mainly in rheumatic endocardial lesions, especially in long standing mitral stenosis with right auricular dilatation, but is also seen in arterio-sclerotic lesions. It is identical with what was formerly described as "pulsus irregularis 'perpetuus,'^ "nodal rhythm" and "delirium cordis." It is characterized by an absolutely irregular arterial pulse. The pulse waves are irregular both as to force and time, and many ventricular contractions fail to produce a peripheral pulse, hence we find a pulse deficit in the radial and other peripheral arteries. The phlebogram shows the absence of "a" waves and the presence of a large "v" wave, which can also often be seen as a systolic venous pulsa- tion in the jugular veins. The foregoing characteristics are due to the fact that the ventricle instead of receiving the normal stimuli from the sinus node transmitted through the auriculo-ventricular bundle at regular intervals, and with definite intermissions, is overwhelmed by stimuli received so frequently that diastolic filling and rest are impossible. Digitalis in sufficient dosage produces a specific reaction which is attended by excellent clinical results. This is accomplished by lowering the con- ductivity of the auricular-ventricular bundle, so that fewer stimuli reach the ventricle. Excessive digiialization often results in the production of a higeminal pulse (p. 161). A rare form of auricular fibrillation exists in which attacks occur in paroxysms lasting a few hours, days or weeks. They may be brought on by emotion or physical strain, and maj^ cause severe symptoms of cardiac distress and palpitation. By palpitation we understand rapid or tumultuous heart action of which the patient is subjectively conscious. Auricular fibrillation is a serious form of arrhythmia which once it has set in generally persists, although life under restricted conditions may last several years. Blood-pressure in auricular fibrillation often cannot be estimated by the usual methods, owing to the variable size and force of succeecUng 1 Lewis: "Heart," IV, 1912, 171. 178 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM pulse waves. This difficulty may be overcome by the method suggested by James and Hart : "The apex and radial impulses are counted for one minute, then a blood-pressure cuff is applied to the arm, and the pressure raised until the radial pulse is completeh' obliterated; the pressure is then lowered 10 mm. and held at this point for one minute while the radial pulse is counted; the pressure is again lowered 10 mm. and a second radial count is made; this count is repeated at intervals of 10 mm. lowered pressure until the cuff pressure is insufficient to cut off any of the radial waves (between each estimation the pressure on the arm should be lowered to 0). From the figures thus obtained the average sj'stolic blood-pressure is calculated by multiplying the number of radial beats by the pressures under which they came through, adding together these products and dividing their sum by the number of apex beats per minute. The result- ing. figure is what we have called the 'average systolic blood-pressure.'" u i.ut.m u LU t iitnt Fig. 142. — Auricular fihr illation showing absolute irregularity of the brachial pulse %rith a deficit, as contrasted with the phlebogram. The latter shows an absence of "a"gwave3 and is of the positive or ventricular type. From a case of broken compensation occurring in rheumatic mitral and tricuspid disease. The following observation made on a patient will indicate the method of computation : B. S., AprU 29, 1910. Apex, 131; radial, 101; deficit, 30. Brachial pressure Rartial count 100 mm 90 mm 13 13 X 90 = 1,170 80 mm 47 - 13 = 34 X 80 = 2,720 70 mm 75 - 47 = 28 X 70 = 1,960 60 mm 82 - 75 = 7 X 60 = 420 50 mm 101 - 82 = 19 X 50 = 950 Apex = 131) 7,220 Average systolic blood-pressure 55 4- PULSUS ALTERNANS Pulsus alternans. the third in order of frequency and prognostically one of the most grave forms of cardiac arrhythmia, is characterized by the alternate appearance of large and small arterial pulse waves. The time interval separating the large from the small beats is generally greater CARDIAC ARRHYTHMIA 179 than that which separates the small waves from the large ones._ This form of arrhythmia, which can be produced experimentally after ligation of a coronary artery if the heart rate is much increased, is due to failure of ventricular contractility and may occur (1) in a normal heart beating at an excessive rate, or (2) in a degenerated myocardium contracting at a normal rate. The rate being too rapid for the myocardium, only a partial systole occurs, since the ventricle is insuflSciently rested, but in the weaker systole less energy is consumed and hence the next contrac- tion will be normal in force. According to another explanation, a part of the ventricle altogether fails to contract, remaining in a refractory state and thus causing a weak contraction. Whether this is due to a disturb- ance of irritability, conductivity, or contractility is still an open question . The last-mentioned function seems to be most commonly at fault. Gravier, who has pubhshed an elaborate monograph on the subject, speaks of pulsus alternans as "a disorder of the refractory phase. -'^ The alternation of force so apparent at the wrist is rarely demon- strable at the cardiac apex and the relationship has actually been found reversed — a strong systole being associated with a small radial pulse and vice versa. The explanation of this phenomenon perhaps lies in the fact stated by Hering that that part of the cardiac musculature which forms the cardiac apex is not the part which propels the ventricular blood into the aorta. Lewis has noted a similar divergence in force between the ventricle and the carotid, which he attributes to alternating auricular force. This corresponds with Volhard's tracings which showed an alternation of the "a" waves in the phlebogram, the large jugular wave being followed by the small radial pulse. ''Temporary exhaustion of contractility often occurs with the pro- duction of a typical pulsus alternans from an overtaxation of the cardiac musculature, the result of a too rapid rate, such as may occur in paroxj^s- mal tachycardia, auricular flutter, auricular fibrillation, or the long- continued tachycardia which accompanies Graves' disease. Experi- mentally it may be produced in healthy hearts by electrical stimulation, the injection into the blood stream of digitalis, antiarin, aconitin, and hemolytic serum. It is most frequently encountered, however, when the heart is beating within its normal rate, and when it denotes a grave pathological condition of the myocardium, with failing contractility" (Gordinier). Pulsus alternans is met with in cases of nephritis and myocarditis, generally during failing compensation. It may be complicated by extrasystoles. Pulsus alternans must be differentiated from regular bigeminus due to extrasystoles. The latter are to be distinguished from true alter- nans by the long diastolic time interval, or by the long compensatory pause following the small extrasystolic beats, whereas in true pulsus alternans the longer period follows the large beat, or else the contractions are equally spaced (Gordinier). The phlebogram in pulsus alternans shows no abnormal waves, but the "a-c" interval may be prolonged. Alternation in the intensity, quality or pitch of the heart sounds is rarely demonstrable. A markedly dicrotic pulse may on superficial inspection simulate alternation, but this ^Gravier, L.: "L'Alternance du Coeur," Paris, 1914. 180 THE EXAMIXATIOX OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM source of error may readily be excluded by counting the pulse over the precordium. Alternation is frequently overlooked if sphygmographic tracings are not made. The sphygmograph is also useful in demonstrat- ing late72i case"; of alternation. It also enhances one's tactile perception of this arrhythmia. "The cuff is inflated to the point at which the pulse rate becomes halved. If the cuff pressure is allowed to fall somewhat lower all the beats will come through, but the alternation in their size be- comes more noticeable than when the arterial lumen is uncompromised."^ .Jic^ WWWW^^■NWv~MM ® vacVvi oX- Fig. 14.3. — Pulsus Alicrnans from a case of cardio-vascular sclerosis with angina pec- toris. This arrhythmia was apparently precipitated by digitalis. It was most marked when blood-pressure was at its highest (S. 190, D. 140 mm. Hg.). Death three months later. Note the alternate large and small brachial waves occurring at regular intervals. TH.E EFFORT SYNDROME ("Disordered Action of the Heart;" "D. A. H.;" Neurocirculatory Asthenia; Soldier's Heart; The Irritable Heart of Soldiers) The syndrome upon which these various names have been bestowed, was first described by Hartshorne and by DaCosta during our Civil War. It has been much in evidence in the " Great War" just terminated in which it played a conspicuous part, as a cause of physical disability. Much has been written on the subject which has been carefully inves- tigated by many able men, notabh' Thomas Lewis,- although as yet its exact etiology and pathology still remains unsolved. Symptoms. — The "effort syndrome" is characterized by dyspnea on exertion, precordial pain, undue exhaustion, vertigo and syncope, palpitation, headache, lassitude, vasomotor disturbance such as coldness, cyanosis, sweating of the extremities, irritabiUt}- of temper, flushing of the skin, tremor, inabihty to concentrate mentally. Cutaneous hyperalgesia is-frequently present. 1 NoRRis, G. W. : "Blood-pressure, Its Clinical Applications," Philadelphia, 1917, p. 250. - Report upon soldiers returned as cases of "Disordered Action of the Heart" (D. A. H.) or "Valvular Diseases of the Heart" (V. D. H.). Med. Research Comm., London, 1914. CARDIAC ARRHYTHMIA 181 The respirations which are rapid (20-60 per min.) and shallow (250- 350 cc.) increase greatly on exertion as regards rate, but not in regard to depth. This as has been noted is characteristic of anoxemia as contrasted with an increased carbon dioxide tension of the blood, and these patients while breathing oxygen are able to carry on physical exertion, which, while breathing atmospheric air are quite beyond their powers. Oxygen relieves their subjective symptoms. It is not yet known, however, whether the anoxemia results fron an impaired circula- tion or from other factors which prevent adequate pulmonary ventilation.^ Physical Signs. — Increased pulse rate is very common, but lability of the pulse especially in response of emotion or exercise is most character- istic. The systolic blood pressure shows an equally exaggerated re- sponse of mental or physical effort. The apex beat is diffuse, forcible and jerky, is often accompanied by a systolic thrill and accentuation of the heart sounds. The heart rhythm is often irregular — intermittent or unduly affected by respiration. Tremor of the hands, vasomotor ataxia — excessive coldness, blueness, wetness of the palms and soles, increased axillary sudation, slight degrees of fever and tachycardia especially after exertion are commonly noted, as is also capillary leukocytosis. It is needless to say not every one of the symptoms and signs just enumerated will be present in every case. Dyspnea, pain, undue ex- haustion and giddiness are however practically constant features. It will be noted that virtually all the features above referred to are identical with those which might be encountered in a normal individual if the human machine had been driven to the point of exhaustion. In the effort syndrome they occur after the most trivial physical exercise or mental emotion. Practically speaking the Effort Syndrome may be regarded as the response of an individual who is unfit — from a physical, psychic or nervous standpoint to withstand unwonted calls for the expenditure of energy. It is encountered not only in the trenches but also in the train- ing camps hundreds, and even thousands of miles from the firing line. Diagnosis. — The Effort Syndrome may be closely simulated by (1) hyperthyroidism; (2) mitral obstruction, and (3) gas poisoning. In the early stages a differential diagnosis may indeed be difficult, and thus far neither the history, the employment of the sphygmomanometer, the electrocardiograph or other instruments of precision have added much to our diagnostic ability. In early mitral stenosis exercise sometimes tends to increase the thrill, the murmur and the accentuation of the second sound. In case of the Effort Syndrome the reverse is usually the case. In hyperthyroidism the tremor is fine, diarrhea is common, and constant tachycardia the rule. In the Effort Syndrome the tremor is coarse, while the rapid pulse and dyspnea disappear during sleep and rest. Cases of gas poisoning are to be differentiated by the absence of "neurotic" features, for it is to be remembered that the Effort Syndrome presents many parallels with an anxiety neurosis. It must not be forgotten, however, that a man who has been gassed may develop the Effort Syndrome. As Cohn^ has pointed out surgical cases do not ^Haldane, Meakins and Priestley: " The Effects of Shallow Breathing." J. Physiol., In, 1919, 433. 2 CoHN, A. E.: "The Effort Syndrome," War Medicine ii, Dec, 1918, 757. 182 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM develop the Effort Syndrome with anything hke the frequency that medical cases do, especially during convalescence. The leisure to reflect upon the invisible, intangible and to many, mysterious factor, in gas poison'ng perhaps plays an important role. No one who has seen large numbers of Effort Syndrome cases can fail to be impressed with the importance from an etiologic standpoint of the subconscious mind. THE ESTIMATION OF VASOMOTOR EFFICIENCY Many tests based upon sphygmographic or sphygmanometric ob- servations for the determination of carcho-vascular efficiency have been devised. Thus far no one is free from criticism, or entirely satisfactory, but the following test which is simple and can be briefly completed, often sheds a useful light upon doubtful cases. It must be remembered, how- ever, that it simply aims to show functional efficiency, not structural integrity. Crampton's Test of Vasomotor Efficiency. — In rising from the re- cumbent to the erect posture blood-pressure tends to fall as a result of gravity. Unless this tendency were automatically regulated, syncope would occur as a result of cerebral anemia. In a normal vigorous man, however, such a change of position causes a rise of blood-pressure amount- ing to 8 or 10 mm. Hg. This increase may result from increased vaso- motor tone or from increased cardiac work, or as a result of both factors. Bearing these facts in mind Crampton^ has devised the following table to test vasomotor efficiency through the observation of pulse rate and blood-pressure responses to postural change. The tables while setting what is perhaps a high normal have shown that vasomotor tone in the same individual varies greatly as a result of mental or physical fatigue, infectious processes, etc. It may be used with especial edification in the study of essential hypotension cases. The Technique. — The cuff of the sphygmomanometer is adjusted over the brachial artery and the patient is placed on a comfortable couch with a low pillow. The heart rate is counted by quarter-minutes and a gradually decreasing rate is usually observed. Counting should continue until two successive quarter-minutes are the same, this is multiplied by 4 and recorded. The systolic pressure is then taken preferably by ausculta- tion. The patient stands, the heart rate is counted as before until it reaches the "standing normal," when it is recorded, and the blood- pressure is then taken. The differences are calculated and reference is made to the scale. "This scale provides a convenient and intelligible method of record- ing and reporting cases and permits a numerical statement of the func- tion in question. Its 100 mark indicates a perfectly efficient working of the vasomotor system under test, the zero is approximately the point where the average person is unable to maintain the erect posture." 1 Crampton, C. W. : "The Blood Ptosis Test and Its Use in Experimental Work in Hygiene," Proceed. Soc. Exp. Biol. & Med., 1915, xii, 119. CAEDIAC AERHYTHMIA 183 PERCENTAGE SCALE Vasomotor Toste Blood-pressure Heart-rate Increase ! Decrease increase 1 + 10 + 8 + 6 + 4 + 2 1 -2 - 4 - 6 - 8 - 10 to 4 100 95 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 50 5 to 8 95 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 oo 50 45 9 to 12 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 50 45 40 13 to 16 85 80 75 70 65 60 00 50 45 40 35 17 to 20 80 75 70 65 60 oo 50 45 40 35 30 21 to 24 75 70 65 60 oo 50 45 40 35 30 25 25 to 28 70 65 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 29 to 32 65 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 33 to 36 60 00 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 37 to 40 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 41 to 44 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 o Note. — In case of increase in pressure higher than -HIO add 3 per cent, to the + 10 column for each 2 mm. in excess of 10. CHAPTER XVI THE ELECTROCARDIOGRAPH By Edward B. Krumbhaar, Ph. D., M. D. Among the instruments of precision recently become available for clinical purposes is the electrocardiograph, adapted from Einthoven's string galvanometer. In the short space of time elapsed since its inven- tion in 1903, it has not only already proved its clinical value as the most accurate analyzer of cardiac arrhythmias, but bids fair to give further information about the cardiac muscle that is obtainable in no other way. In the hands of Lewis, Rothberger and Winterberg, Einthoven and others, it has materially aided in increasing our knowledge of the mechanism of the heart beat, both in health and disease. Fig. 144. — An electrocardiograph station. A, string galvanometer; B, registering ap- paratus (camera); C, electric light; D, rheostat; E, leads from which current is taken. (After Hoffman.) The Princ'ple. — The string galvanometer depends on the principle that a conducting string or wire lying in a strong magnetic field, if suffi- ciently sensitive, will move vertically to the lines of force when an electric current passes through it. As every contracting muscle initiates such a current (the part at which the contraction starts becoming electrically negative to the rest of the muscle) , the contractions of the various cham- bers of the heart cause a series of such deflections. These minute currents ;184 THE ELECTROCARDIOGRAPH 185 radiating through the body, if the extremities of the patient are connected with the galvanometer by suitable non-polarizable electrodes, may be per- petuated as a graphic record by photographing the shadow cast by the vibrating string on a moving sensitive film or plate. The galvanometer and registering apparatus are so arranged that a contraction starting nearer the base of the heart and proceeding toward the apex will cause a deflec- tion of the vertical string to the left, or upward on standardized records. The field of the electrocardiograph and its limitations will be best compre- hended, if it is remembered that it merely registers all changes of electrical potential occurring between the two electrodes in use. Voluntary muscle tremors or contractions, when present, are consequently recorded as well as the heart beat. The three leads (places for attachment of electrodes), adopted by Einthoven as best exhibiting the electrical changes caused by the heart beat, are as follows: lead I, right arm to left arm (horizontal); lead II, right arm to left leg (long axis of the heart) ; and lead III, left arm to left leg (vertical). These leads have now come into general use, and should always be taken in routine examinations. Leads may be taken in special cases, however, from any part of the body. A time marker, registering fifths or twenty-fifths of seconds, allows an accurate computation of the various time intervals. The Normal Electrocardiogram.- — The normal mammalian electro- cardiogram consists of a single summit or peak ('"P" wave), due to contraction of the auricles, and two to four deviations ("Q, " "R," "S," "T"), due to contraction of the ventricles. Of these four, "R"' and " T " are the most constant, and " Q " and " S " are of little importance in the normal record. Though no two normal hearts give exactly similar records, the individual peculiarities are retained with remarkable con- stancy as long as the heart stays normal. Although the factors that cause the individual deviations are not yet clearly understood, certain explanations are generally accepted. Thus the monophasic "P" sum- mit is unquestionably due to the impulse starting at the sinus node and spreading through both auricles toward the ventricle. This is followed by an inactive period, normally of 0.12 to 0.17 seconds, called the ''P-R" interval, which corresponds to the "A-C" interval of polygraphic trac- ings. Most of this delay is caused by the passage of the impulse through Tawara's node and the bundle of His. The path followed by the con- traction stimulus on entering the ventricle is a very complex one, not lending itself to simple representation by such deviations. The "R" deflection was formerly considered as the evidence of the basifugal stim- ulus conduction in the ventricle. In those cases where it was preceded by "Q," it was assumed that the impulse has first been distributed to tissues near the apex and that the predominating influence for a short period was basipetal (Einthoven). Later experimental and clinical investi- gations by Thomas Lewis, Buchanan, and de Boer indicate that the form of the "Q," "R," "S" group of the ventricular complex is the result of the algebraic summation of the opposing influences of the right and left ventricle, in other words, a bigram due to the superposition of dextrogram on levogram. From this point of view "Q" in lead I C'Qi") of the human electrocardiogram is a left ventricular effect, in lead II and III C'Q2" and "Q3") a right ventricular effect. Clinical confirmation of this conception is found in the prominent "Q?." and "Q3" of infants' electrocardiograms 186 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM (Krumbhaar and Jenks). "R2", "R3" and "Si" are due to spread of activit}^ in the left ventricle; "Ri", "S2" and "S3" to spread of activity in the right ventricle. The normal hmits of the QRS deflection time are between 0.06 and 0.10 seconds. In the isoelectric period preceding "T," a balance is maintained by the whole mass of the heart being in a state zj- i«£z:::izzzrzz=-r Tzn: -zzi Fig. 145. — Normal electrocardiogram. Taken from the three customary leads. Lead T, risht arm to left arm; lead II, right arm to left foot; lead III, left arm to left foot. Note that R2 is the largest, and that T3 is small and slightly diphapic. In this, as in all illustra- tions. 1 cm., deflection of string (i.e., five of the small ruled lines) represents a change in potential of one millivolt. Time record, H second. of contraction. The final upward deflection, "T," is still taken by some authorities to be an indication of the driving force of the heart, repre- sented by the circular muscle bands at the roots of the great arteries; to others however, the upward T indicates that the impulse to the right ventricle has persisted longer than that to the left. The "U" w^ave, which is occasionally seen in both normal and pathological records, is unimportant and but little understood. It is taken b}^ Hering to be THE ELECTROCARDIOGRAPH 187 due to changes in electrical potential in the great vessels, i.e., an angio- gram. It should be remembered that neither the amplitude nor the duration of the electrical variations are criteria of the force or duration of the contraction of the various heart chambers. Abnormal Forms of Complexes. — Many variations from what is ac- cepted as the standard form of the electrocardiogram may result from a normal action of the heart, or may have a significance that is as yet but little or not at ail understood. If, however, repeated records from a dis- eased heart show a constant approach to or recession from the standard form, it is very probable that that heart is either improving or getting worse as the case may be. Thus I have seen a notch in an R wave, so deep that it resembled a thin letter M, gradually diminish as the condition of the heart improved, until after recovery a normal R wave was found. Notches may occur on either the up or down stroke of the R or S wave, and in single records little significance can be attached to them._ If permanent, they maj^ indicate pathologic changes in the myocardium; if temporary, a transient or potential defect in the intraventricular con- ducting system. Prolonged deflection time of the QRS group wiU be considered later under the head of Intraventricular block. The P wave may be changed in various ways in any of the leads but most frequently in Lead III. It may be either notched, broadened, diphasic or inverted in one or more leads, and either under or independ- ent of vagus control. In the former case, it is probably due to a migration of the pacemaker from the sinus node (Wilson), and in the latter possibly to anomalous position of the sinus node, extra-sinus location of the pacemaker, a change of the heart's position or alterations in muscle balance. The T wave is frequently diphasic or inverted, and especially in Lead III, where such variations have little significance. In the other leads they are taken by some authors to indicate a bad prognosis; but Cohn has shown that inversion of the T wave can constantly be produced if sufla- ciently large doses of digitalis are administered. In my own series of cases, negative T waves in Leads I and II in the absence of digitalis medication have usually occurred in A^ery grave cases, and the develop- ment of negative T waves in these leads has coincided with an aggrava- tion of the patient's condition. The direction of the T wave is thought by some to depend on the relative duration of stimulus activity in the two ventricles (inverted T due to unusually long duration in the left ventricle). A diphasic T is hard to explain under this conception, unless one assumes a transient preponderating influence of that ventricle which is the first to finish. In some clinical cases, and more often under ex- perimental conditions, the iso-electric hne preceding the T wave, instead of being on the usual level, is slightly lower. According to the above conception, this would indicate a preponderance of left ventricular ac- tivity continued during most of systole. Its significance is not yet understood. Preponderating Ventricular Hypertrophy.^ — In hypertrophy of the heart, the actual size of "S" and its size relative to ''R" assume great importance. Thus, when the mass of the right ventricle has become rel- atively larger than that of the left, "S" is extremely prominent in lead I, whereas the ''R" of lead III becomes larger than that of lead II (normally the largest). Conversely, when the mass of the left ventricle has become 188 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM relatively larger than the right, as in some cases of aortic, arterial or cardio- renal disease, "S" is extremely prominent in lead III, whereas the "R" of lead I has become larger than the "R" of lead II. These phenomena, a; X A' T 1 r r T ^r s s I ^ ^L L/ — ^'\ ^ FiQ. 146. — Preponderance of right ventricle. Curves from the three leads in a case of mitral stenosis, associated with auricular and right ventricular hypertrophy. In the ven- tricular complexes Ri is almost absent and Si is very large, whereas Rz is considerably larger than ^2. Note the unusually large P of auricular hypertrophy. The black background and white string ol this illustration are due to the fact that the record is taken directly on sensitive paper. In this, as in a few others of the illustrations, some lines have beenjrein- forced for purposes of reproduction. The magnification of the string shadow is less than in Fig. 145. the meaning of which has been put on a logical basis by the investigators previously referred to, have been confirmed by experimental and post- mortem evidence, and are considered by Lewis as the most reliable means THE ELECTROCARDIOGRAPH 189 of estimating the relative size of the two ventricles. Clinical evidence that has been brought forward now and then to contradict this view has not been sustained, but it is certain at least that the form of the electro- cardiogram is slightly influenced by the position of the heart in the body. (Compare the changes in form of the ventricular complex in deep respi- ration and after removal of large pleural effusions.) Electrocardio- grams repeated on such cases over a period of several years will give valuable information as to the progress or stationary condition of the muscle changes in one or other ventricle. SfnC I^W:*^ Fig. 147. — Preponderance of the left ventricle. Note that/?i is here higher than Rt, and that ^3 is the deepest of all. This case also shows interesting abnormal complexes, re- curring in groups of four. It will be noticed that although the first three complexes of each group are rhythmical, yet the corresponding P and T waves of each group show con- stantly recurring small differences. The fourth complex is always premature, most prob- ably a nodal extrasystole, and the whole represents a recurring "dislocation of the pace- maker," the origin of each of the 4 stimuli being different. Congenital Heart Lesions.- — In most cases of congenital heart disease, the electrocardiogram will merely show the result that the lesion has produced in the muscle balance [i.e., there is usually a right ventricular preponderance) with exaggerated amphtude of all deflections. In dextrocardia, however, there is so great a change in the position of the heart in relation to the 3 customary leads that the form of the electro- 190 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM cardiogram is greath' changed. In Lead I, all deflections are completely inverted, and if the heart hes horizontally, Lead II will also be inverted. Lead III is usually normal. (With such records, especial caution must be observed that the electrodes are properly apphed. It will readily be seen that accidental transposition of the electrodes to the two arms or leg might produce records that would be confused with that of dextrocardia.) THE CARDIAC ARRHYTHMIAS As the different tj'pes of cardiac arrhythmias have been set forth in the previous chapter, it will be necessary here only to indicate how thej' are manifested in the electrocardiogram. Sinus Arrhythmia. — In sinus arrhj^thmia, the auricular summit and the ventricular complexes are of the normal supraventricular form; in other words, the impulse arises at the normal site and traverses the normal channels. That it is given out from the sinus, however, at irregular intervals, can readily be determined by measuring the varying intervals between the "P'' summits. Extrasystole. — Extrasystoles or premature contractions appear in the electrocardiogram in very striking guise. The ectopic origin of the stimulus is shown by marked changes in the shape of the deviations. -: — *- -H*- 15: -^Rr^ -U- ^'iLw^''^*>>^>*WV^ ( %jucjrr<^etr ._ ^^ vm; ,j . _ V ■_, r^> _-. . , ^ \, . -. _»-^ Fig. 148. — Sinus arrhythmia. Xote that although all complexes are of normal shape, and the P-R interval is normal and constant, yet theP waves occur at irregular intervals, owing to arrhythmic stimulus production in the sinus. Thus in auricular extrasystole, the normal "P" either becomes flattened out, diphasic or inverted. It is usually followed by a normal ventricular complex, and the pause before the next P wave is very rarely compen- satoiy. Occasionally an auricular extrasj'stole may affect the succeed- ing ventricular complex, causing a so-called ''aberrant" type. This may vaij' considerably or only slightly from the normal complex. Extrasystoles arising in the ventricle have been grouped into three main types, according to the site of origin. All are easily recogniz- able in the electrocardiogram and are characterized by the slowness and great amplitude of the deflections. Those arising near the apex of the left ventricle cause in lead I an extremeh' large deflection corresponding to "R" usually with an inverted "T"; in lead III, the deflection corre- sponding to "S" is unusualh' deep with an extra large ''T." Extras3's- toles arising near the basal portions of the right ventricle cause the reverse THE ELECTROCARDIOGRAPH 191 ^=^1, > \ ^ ■ ' ' " ' BKHMHf ^■^ ^^^ - In rERMCPfATE Ve/VTR/Cv/MI? jtM^: J.( ivc-. ",ir,:X^ ___ __ — — ■— ijc: ____ . """"*"'""' Fig. 152. — Ventricular extrasystole (intermediate). Extrasystoles arising near the ventricular septum appear in various intermediate forms, such as seen in the third complex of this illustration. The form of the second half of this extrasystole is undoubtedly in- fluencced by the superposed P wave. Note that the fundamental auricular rhythm is undisturbed. The post-extrasystolic pause would be quite compensatory, were it not for the fact that the next succeeding P-R interval is shortened. auricular activity occurs either very close to the ventricular complex (shortened "P-R" interval) or synchronously with the ventricular complex, which is of the normal or supraventricular shape. The "P" wave is usually diphasic or inverted on account of the changed direction of travel of the auricular impulse. The site of the impulse formation of the premature contraction usu- ally remains the same for long periods. In some cases, however, the Leap 3. h ^n _ , -^ b FiQ. 153. — Auricular fibrillation. From a case of rheumatic mitral disease of long duration. Note the absence of P waves and the ventricular arrhythmia. The irregular waves of fibrillation occur over 300 to the minute, and obscure the T waves of the ventricu- lar complex. anomalous impulse may arise in several locations ("dislocation of the pacemaker ") . (See Fig. 147, where there are recurring cycles of four beats each. The stimulus for each beat of the four arises in a different spot, the last of the four being a nodal extrasystole.) If for any reason, the ventricular rate is very slow (as in partial block), the ventricle may occasionally "escape" and insert a beat either of supra- or intraventricu- lar origin into the otherwise regular rhythm. THE ELECTROCARDIOGRAPH 193 Auricular Fibrillation. — Fibrillation of the auricle is indicated in the electrocardiogram by three phenomena; first, the absence of "P, " the sign of coordinate auricular contraction; second, the presence of low, rapid waves of fibrillation; and third, the irregular response of the ven- tricle. The fibrillation waves are best detected in lead III, or by a special lead from sternum to vertebrae. They maj' be barely discernible, fine or coarse. The ventricular complex is of supraventricular type, but may show such changes as those found in ventricular hypertrophy, deficient conductivity and so forth. While this condition is usually permanent, undoubted cases of paroxysmal or temporary fibrillation have been observed. Heart Block. Auriculo-ventricular. — The various stages of auriculo- ventricular heart block are easily recognizable in the electrocardiogram. In the earliest stage (delayed conductivity), the time interval between "P" and "R" is found to exceed the normal limit of 0.2 seconds. In the 1<- '^•r ^jg&LOfi&ip P-K iNTgRVAL Fig. 154. — Auriculo-ventricular heart block. Prolonged P-i2 inten^al. From a case of paroxysmal tachycardia taken between paroxysms, the P—R interval is prolonged to 0.35 second. At other times, the P—R interval in this case was normal. Fig. 155. — Auriculo-ventricular heart block. "Dropped beat." From a case of mitral stenosis, taken during a recurrence of acute articular rheumatism. The temporary occurrence of partial heart block in this case indicates an acute rheumatic myocarditis of the junctional tissues. With subsidence of rheumatic symptoms, the rhythm returned to normal, the P-R interval remaining prolonged for several days after the dropped beats had disappeared. Note here the regular recurrence of P, the gradual increase of the P-R inter- val, until R fails to respond and the re.sulting ventricular arrhythmia. In spite of the occasional superposition of P and T, each wave can usually be identified by measurement, complete or partial. next stage, "dropped beat,"' the '•'P-R" interval gradually gets longer until after several beats, a second "P" follows before the ventricle has responded to the first auricular impulgft* On account of the varying ''P-R" inteiwal, accurate measurement shows a ventricular arrhythmia. Dropped beats may occur, however, without this gradual increase of the "P-R" interval. In partial block, every second, third or fourth "P" (2 to 1, 3 to 1, or 4 to 1 block) is followed by the ventricular response. In 3 13 194 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM to 2 rhythm, only one " P" in three is not followed by ventricular contrac- tion. The grades of block may change from moment to moment, even while a record is being made. In complete block, ''P" recurs at regular intervals, but bears no relation to the much slower, but also regular ven- tricular complex. The interpretation of these records is sometimes com- plicated by the coincidence of auricular and ventricular contraction. Careful analysis, however, of the summation of the electrical effects thus produced will show evidence of each of the individual peaks. •EAD % GoMPLSTE Block Fig. 156. — Auriculo-ventricular heart block. Complete block. Note that the P wave now occurs quite independently of the ventricular complexes, i.e., there is no simple ratio between auricular and ventricular rate. Intraventricular. A. Bundle Branch Block. — A fairly common type of heart block, that is only detectable by the electrocardiograph, is that occurring in one of the branches of His' Bundle. If one or other is de- ficient in conductivity, an anomalous complex results, which resembles that of right or left ventricular hypertrophy {q.v.), except that the QRS deflection time is considerably lengthened (more than 0.1 seconds), the initial deflections aie of high amplitude, bizarre shape and notched. BiaJeK \U "HjChT BsAfVCH af H|V ^^H\ Fig. 157. — Intraventiicular heart block. Right branch of His's bundle. From a case of decompensated myocarditis, which has been for two weeks on large doses of digitalis. Note the notching of Ti . '^-^^t. Fig. 159. — Alternation of initial deflections. Taken during an attack of paroxysmal tachycardia. Note the alternating height of i? (this is further modified by changes due to respiration). Note also in each cycle that the bigger R is associated with a smaller Q and a bigger .S. After the paroxysm alternation was no longer found. (N.B. — Alternation may also cause a similar difference in height of the T waves.) definitely to diagnose the condition without its aid. The ectopic origin in the auricle of the rapid stimulus production is usually shown by the inversion of "P" in one or other lead. If due allowance is made for the breaks caused by "R" and "T, " a regular rapid succession of "P" sum- mits can be traced through the record. As the ventricle cannot respond to all the impulses from the auricle, a state of partial block is present. If 2 or 3 to 1, the ventricular rhythm will be regular; if a 3 to 2 rhythm exists, the ventricular response will of course be irregular. This ar- rhythmia with the distortion of the succession of "P" summits by the superposition of occasional "T" summits, occasionally makes it difficult to diagnose true flutter from the coarse type of fibrillation. Pulsus Alternans. — Many cases that show well-marked alternation in the arteriogram fail to show any abnormality in the electrocardiogram; evidence that the "R" peak is not a measure of contractilit3^ Alterna- tion of "R" may be present, however, in cases that may or may not show alternation in the arteriogram. This might be taken to show that alterna- tion may result from deficiency in irritability or stimulus production as well as in contractility, but the question is still quite undecided. Con- siderable variation may occur in the height of successive "R" waves, THE ELECTROCARDIOGRAPH 197 without true alternation (e.g., the changes in "R" due to forced respira- tion). If the respirator}^ factor can, however, be excluded, this never occurs in the normal heart, and though its presence is not necessarily of grave import, it must be taken as a sign of myocardial trouble. Alterna- tion of T also occurs. Paroxysmal Tachycardia. — Electrocardiographic records taken dur- ing a paroxysm of paroxj^smal tachycardia, frequently show only two ligJ il L^ - FiG. 160. — Paroxysmal tachycardia (auricular). Three beats of the paroxysm are reproduced to the left. The P-R interval is prolonged and P and T are superimposed. The rate is about 120; the rhythm suddenly drops to about 70, the P-R interval remaining prolonged. When the P waves of the paroxysm are visible, they are usually found to be of abnormal shape or inverted. main deflections, "QRS" and a combination of "T" and the succeeding "P" (see Figs. 159 and 160). If these are separated, however, some abnormaht}^ in "P" usually betraj^s its ectopic origin (inverted, diphasic, or prolonged), if the paroxj^sm is of aiuicular origin. In some paroxysms, however, if the new site of stimulus production is near the sinus node, iO«99i ■JF'^ '/f SKi. Fig. 161. — Blocked auricular extrasystole. The normal rhythm is interrupted by a long pause, and it will be noted that the T wave of the preceding systole is altered by the superposition of the auricular extrasystole (P'). That this (and not sino-auricular block) is the correct interpretation, is confirmed by the fact that the alteration of the T wave is constant, and that after the administration of atropin, the auricular premature contraction is invariably followed by a ventricular contraction which partially obliterates the pause. '' P" almost or entirely retains its normal shape. The end of a paroxysm is shown by the sudden slowing of the cardiac rate, with the appearance of a normal "P" followed by a normal ventricular complex. Occasion- ally isolated auricular extrasystoles may disturb the normal rhythm for a short period after the end of the paroxysm, or the paroxj^sm may end in a short transition period of auricular or ventricular fibrillation. 19S THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM Paroxysms due to heterogenetic impulses arising in the ventricular or junctional tissues are rare. The former are characterized by the ano- malous form of the ventricular complex; the latter by the very short or absent "P-R" interval. Combined Arrhythmias. — A combination of two or more of these arrhythmias may occur in a single record. Thus in cases of auricular fibrillation the dominant complex of "supraventricular" origin, may occasionally be replaced by a beat of "intraventricular" origin, indistin- guishable in form from a ventricular extrasj'stole or premature contrac- tion. In the coupled beat of digitalis, the second beat of each pair is of this character. Just as the ventricle may "escape" if its irritability reaches too high a level, so the impulse from an auricular extrasystole may be blocked if it reaches the ventricle when its irritability is still lowered by the preceding beat (refractory period). An example of this is given in the accompanjdng figure, which duplicates the picture of sino-auricular block, except for the fact that the T wave preceding the pause is altered bj' the superposed auriclar extrasystole. Effort Syndrome.— Inasmuch as the Effort Syndrome is not primarily a heart condition, but rather the general response of an exhausted nervous system, it is not surprising that the electrocardiograph furnishes only what evidence might be expected from consideration of the preceding paragraphs. Arrhythmia is uncommon and when present is nearly al- ways either of the sinus or extrasystolic type, and is apt to disappear with the recoveiy of the patient. The signs of preponderance of one or other ventricle (usuall}' the right) are occasionally found, and some cases of dilated hearts show the small deflections of "R" and "S," such as are often associated with myocardial weakness (see p. 180). CONCLUSION From the above considerations, it will readily be seen that much of the information given by the electrocardiograph has not 3^et been prop- erly appraised. In the anah'sis of cardiac arrhythmias, to be sure, most moot points have alread}^ been settled; but as an indicator of the condition of the heart muscle — the most important item in the prognosis and treatment of cardiac disease — the limitations and possibilities of the electrocardiograph have not yet been realized. It furnishes valuable evidence about the relative size of the two ventricles, locates the site of origin of abnormal stimuli and accurately determines the various time relations of the cardiac cycle. Repeated records give information in several ways about the progress of the disease and the response of the heart to digitalis. Like all other clinical instruments of precision, how- ever, it is at the best but one of several aids to the discriminating physician. CHAPTER XVll PALPATION THE CARDIAC IMPULSE This term is applied to the impulse of the heart against the chest wall. The study of this phenomenon may be carried on by simple inspection, by palpation or by graphic records. The occurrence of the cardiac impulse marks the time of: (1) ventricular contraction; (2) the beginning of the first sound; (3) arterial filling. It is felt as a slight movement under the chest wall, somewhat gliding and slightly lifting in character, of definite rhythm but uncer- tain beginning, whose intensity depends on (a) the rapidity and force of the ventricular contraction, but even more largely on (5) the shape of the Fig. 162. — The normal cardiogram. chest — the extent to which the lungs overlap the heart; and finally upon (c) the amount and character of overlying soft tissue. Thus in deep- chested, or corpulent individuals and in recumbency, the impulse may be normally imperceptible; while in long-chested persons, especially in emaciated subjects, in children, during forced expiration, under excite- ment, or exertion, it is disproportionately strong. The point of percep- tion is found lower by palpation than by inspection. The duration of the impulse is normally about one-third of a second. During ventricular systole the heart (1) becomes smaller, especially in its transverse diameter; (2) twists about its longitudinal axis from left to right and forward (Hirschf elder). It has been graphically shown that what we see as the "apex beat" consists of variable and often complex elevations and depressions of the precordium. The movements may be grouped as: 1. A normal type: a considerable protrusion of the precordium, occur- ring with and during ventricular systole. Graphic tracings in such a case show three waves: (a) auricular systole; (6) ventricular systole; (c) rebound due to ventricular diastole (see Fig. 129). 2. Elevation of the whole precordium due to pivotal action of the 199 200 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM heart against the vertebral column. Seen chiefly in hypertrophied hearts, especially in flat-chested people. 3. Systolic retraction. During systole, the right side of the right ventricle tends to recede from the chest wall. When this chamber is hypertrophied or acting Right •auricular appendage Diaphragm Fig. 1G3. — The cardiac impulse ("apex beat") does not correspond to the anatomic apex of the heart but is due to a sudden hardening and increase in tension of the anterior surface of the right ventricle, about 1 inch (2.5 cm.) to the right of the anatomic apex. Practically the whole anterior surface of the heart, is the right heart. The left ventricle normally forms only the extreme left border of the anterior surface and comes in contact with the chest wall mainly when this chamber is enlarged, as is the case in the accompany- ing photograph, in which the whole heart, but especially the left ventricle, is greatly hyper- trophied. forcibly, sufficient negative intrathoracic pressure is produced to cause a sinking in of more or less of the precordium. This normal retraction is sometimes mistakenh^ attributed to pericardial adhesions. When both elevation and retraction are coincidentallj" present over different areas, we get an impression of a wavj' or peristaltic impulse. Retraction, else- where, may be caused by pericardial adhesions and when noted posteriorly PALPATION 201 at the level of the eleventh and twelfth ribs is known as BroadbenV s sign of adhesive pericarditis. The examination of the cardiac impulse is of diagnostic importamce since it enables us to estimate the degree of enlargement or displacement of the heart, especially to the left and downward, and often to determine whether enlargement is due to hypertrophy or dilatation. It is impor- tant, therefore, to know not so much the point of maximum intensity, but the lowermost, outermost point of impulse. It also enables us to accurately count the pulse in auricular fibrillation, etc., when the radial count is no longer a criterion of the pulse rate. It also renders possible the timing of heart sounds, murmurs, thrills, etc. Fig. 164. — Palpation of the precordium. The hand should rest lightly upon the chest wall in order to determine the position and character of the cardiac impulse, or the existence of thrills. Palpation of the cardiac impulse is generally more satisfactoiy than mere inspection. By placing a finger tip in an intercostal space, or by laying the whole palmar surface of the fingers Hghth' upon the pre- cordium we not only confirm the data obtained by inspection but we may determine other important phenomena. In left ventricular hypertrophy a forcible, deliberate, prolonged heaving impulse is felt, while that of dilatation often has an abrupt, slapping quahty. A heaving impulse, however, may be noted even in dilatation when compensation is far from good. The force of the impulse is decreased in obesity, emphj-sema, edema of the precordium, thickening of the lung or pleura, feeble heart action, cardiac dilatation, pericardial or pleural effusion. Pulsation of the aorta may sometimes be noted in the second left 202 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM intercostal space, but when marked should alwaj'S suggest the possibility of aneurism (Fig. 432). The pulsation most commonh^ encountered at the base of the heart is that of the pulmonary artery. Epigastric pulsation generally indicates active right ventricular contraction or a low diaphragm. It is, therefore, most marked when this chamber is hypertrophied, or when general visceroptosis is marked. Pulsation in this region may result from abdominal aneurism, tumor, a relaxed aorta, or from a pulsating liver (tricuspid insufficiency'). A diastolic "shock" over the base of the heart indicates a sudden, forcible closure of the semilunar valves. It may be felt when congestion of the lungs is associated with a vigorous right heart, and in aortic aneurism. In referring to the apex impulse it is to be definiteh' understood we mean the outermGst, lotvermost point at which it is either- visible or palpable, and not the point of maximum intensity. It is generally felt as a diffuse throb 3^ inch inside the left border of percussion dulness ; and almost always one interspace higher than the silhouette obtained by the orthodiagraph : firstly, because it is felt and seen in systole, while the X-raj' shows the heart in diastole (Dietlen) ; and secondly, because what is generally felt as the apex beat is not due to a slapping of the anatomic apex against the thoracic parietes, but to a sudden marked increase in tension of the lower, anterior surface of the right ventricle. The left ventricle is a direct factor in its production onlj^ in case of hypertrophy' of that chamber, or of cardiac displacement. "The ana- tomic apex, formed by the tip of the left ventricle, comes into direct con- tact with the thoracic wall only when the apex is situated far enough to the left to strike the lateral wall of the chest" (Dayton).^ Normal Position of the Cardiac Impulse. — The cardiac impulse is normally observed (in adults) in the fifth interspace from 9 to 10.5 cm. from the mid-sternal line as an ill-defined and sometimes distincth' wavy elevation and retraction of the intercostal space. From what has been stated it is evident that the position and character of the cardiac impulse will vary greatly in different individuals. Such variations may result from a change of posture: the impulse is generally less marked in recum- bency, and can often only be felt when the individual is erect and leans for- ward; sometimes in normal cases not even then. The assumption of the left lateral decubitus causes it to move l}-2 to 2 inches to the left; lying on the right side causes less displacement. The failure of the impulse to move with a change of posture maj^ be due to pericardial adhesions ^ Numerous physiologists teach that the apex impulse is due to the thrust of the left apex against the chest wall, the heart being rotated on its axis in the process of contraction, so as to bring the left ventricle into an anterior position. In defence of the statement made by us the following facts may be mentioned: (1) The left ven- tricle in the normal heart is a posterior structure, only a narrow margin of which is visible from in front. (2) The cardiac dulness always extends at least ^2 inch to the left of the outermost portion of the apex impulse, showing that the impulse is not pro- duced b}^ the anatomic apex of the heart. (3) The fact that the exposed heart can be seen to twist upon its axis during systole is not proof that the normally surrounded heart performs the same movement. "The heart is not tilted forward to the right during sj^stole; this occurs only when the heart has been displaced on opening the chest." (4) "'As the heart expands during diastole it becomes at the same time so flaccid as to flatten by its own weight ; it therefore becomes distorted by the ever- changing walls of the cavity in which it rests (chest walls and lungs) and during systole its first act is to recover itself, 'asserting itself, against the tissues which sur- round it.' This causes the apex beat" (H.wcroft, J. B.: "The Movements of the Heart within the Chest Cavity and the Cardiogram," Jour. Physiol., 1891, 438). FALPATION 203 (Figs. 218, 380, 381). Excessive motion "cor mobile" (3 to 5 inches) oc- curs in cardioptosis, and is associated with a low diaphragm, and often with visceroptosis and arterial hypotension. The cardiac impulse is higher in children, and lower in old age, than in adult life. A feeble impulse, like a faint heart sound, by no means indicates a weak heart action. It points rather to large lungs, a deep chest or thickness of the superficial tissues. Trachea Right bronchus Branch, left pul- monary artery' Left superior'pu 1- monary vein Left inferior pul- monary vein Left auricle Thoracic aotra Right kidney Stomach Spleen Left kidney Spinal cord Fig. 165. — The posteriok part of the middle mediastinum. Showing the anatomic relations immediately behind the heart viewed from in front. Compare Figs. 91 and 92, showing the rear view. Displacement of the Cardiac Impulse. — The cardiac impulse may be displaced downward if the diaphragm occupies a low position (cardi- optosis, visceroptosis) and in left ventricular hypertrophy. It may be found to the right of its normal position in pericardial effusions, left-. 204 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM sided pleural effusions or pneumothoraces, or as a result of right-sided pulmonary adhesions or fibrosis, as well as in situs inversus viscerum (Figs. 215, 216, 217). "The character and degree of cardiac displacement in cases of peri- cardial effusion depends mainly upon the degree of compensation — the degree of increased venous pressure — in other words upon the specific gravity of the heart. If venous pressure is considerably higher than intrapericardial pressure, the heart will contain a normal amount of blood and remain in its normal position; if venous pressure is low, the heart will contain but little blood and hence will be pushed upward and backward, the apex deviating to the right "^ (see Figs. 377, 378, 379). The impulse may be displaced to the left in hypertrophy or dilatation of the ventricles, especially the left; or by a right-sided pleural effusion or pneumothorax and as a result of left-sided pulmonary fibrosis. Dislocation in an upward direction may be caused by a high dia- phragmatic position — meteorism, ascites, pregnancy, massive abdominal tumors — or by fibrosis of the upper pulmonary lobes. THRILLS A thrill is the tactile perception of vibrations produced by flowing liquid. It generally consists of intermittent vibrations of the chest wall, not unhke the sensation imparted by a purring cat; but the vibrations of a thrill are much finer and more rapid. Experimentally thrills may be produced by constricting a rubber tube or a blood-vessel through which fluid is flowing. They are due to vibrations of tissues, the mechanism being similar to that which produces murmurs (see p. 227). They may disappear if blood flow is insufficiently rapid to throw the tissues into vibration — low pressure, weak heart. Like murmurs, they maj^ be con- ducted by the blood stream or the vessel walls. The hand must be placed very lightly upon the chest wall, since firm pressure may abolish the vibrations, which are generally produced by the eddies in the blood stream, caused by localized constrictions or dilatations of the heart chambers or vessel walls, e.g., mitral obstruction, aortic aneurism. In studying a thrill it is essential to determine: (1) the exact time of the cardiac cycle at which it occurs. This is accomphshed by noting the relation of the latter to the apex impulse, (2) the location, and (3) the extent of the thrill. Normal Thrills. — -These occur when heart action is vigorous and the chest wall is thin — ^children, emaciated subjects, retracted lungs. In these cases the first heart sound is often loud and somewhat rasping, and in children the pulmonic second sound, loud. These signs may lead to an erroneous diagnosis of mitral obstruction, especially since with a rapid heart action a normal systolic thrill may be interpreted as being presystolic, and inasmuch as a normal presystolic sound is sometimes audible (see p. 221). Such cases may be differentiated from mitral obstruction by the fact that in the latter condition the heart is enlarged, the pulse volume small, the rate not infrequently irregular, while the pulmonic second sound is unduly accentuated. In addition to these signs the patient with a stenotic lesion is apt to suffer from dyspnea, cyanosis, or cough on severe exertion. iNoRRis, G. W.: "Studies in Cardiac Pathology," 1911, 123. PALPATION 205 Pathologic Thrills. — Thrills of pathologic origin are encountered in valvular heart disease and in aneurism. Thrills may also be felt in the large arteries and veins, as well as over the thyroid gland in exoph- L.I.\ R.A.A R.\ L.B. Fig. 166. — Sectiox through the middle of the sterxum axd vertebral coLtriiN (adultj. Sho-wing the anatomic relations of various cardiac structures. At tMs point the heart occupies practically the entire mediastinal space. The esophagus lies closely behind the left auricle. Venous tracing depicting the functional activity may be made by intro- ducing a rubber capsule into the esophagus. T., trachea; L.I.V., left innominate vein; R. A. A., right auricular appendage; R.V., right ventricle; A., aorta; iS.P..-!., right pulmo- nary arterj^; L.B., left bronchus; L.A., left auricle; R.A., right auricle; A, abdominal aorta; V.C, inferior vena cava. thalmic goitre. The most intense systolic thrills are generally met with in aortic obstruction, and pulmonary stenosis. Very marked diastolic thrUls are frecpentlj" encountered in aortic insufficiency and mitral obstruction. CHAPTER XVIII PERCUSSION OF THE HEART The heart is outlined by percussion in order to determine: (1) the size of the organ as a whole or the relative size of its different chambers; (2) its position; (3) the size of the great vessels at its base. Method. — (1) Begin percussing below the left clavicle and continue downward until the upper border of cardiac dulness is reached. This Fig. 167. — ^The anterior chest wall viewed from behind. This, the first of a series of sections, shows the anterior wall of the heart viewed from within, surrounded by the lungs- R.V., anterior wall of right ventricle; S, stomach; D, diaphragm. point is indicated by a diminution of pulmonary resonance and will generally correspond to the upper border of the third rib. (2) Percuss from the left mid-axillary line toward the heart and note the point at which, over different ribs or interspaces the percussion sound becomes 206 PERCUSSION or THE HEART 207 Fig. 168. — OETHOPEECussIO^^ The tendency is for the examiner to underestimate the- right, and overestimate the left, border of the heart. This error may be minimized by- using ortho-percussion with a very light stroke. •Fig. 169.; — Horizontal section through the chest. Showing the unavoidable margin of error in outlining the left cardiac border by percussion. The solid line indicates the ver- tical penetration of the orthodiagraph. The dotted line illustrates the oblique penetration of percussion vibrations. A-B, orthodiagram shadow. A-C, percussion dulness. Light vertical percussion (orthopercussion) minimizes lateral radiation and gives the most ac- curate results attainable by percussion. The tendency is generally to overestimate the left and to underestimate the right cardiac border. The margin of error is increased in cases of left ventricular enlargement and in patients with deep thoraces. The drawing further shows the deep situation of the mitral, and the relatively superficial position of the tricuspid valves. (After Braiine.) 208 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM slightly dull. (3) Percuss from the right mid-clavicular line and outline the right border in a similar manner. The points at which the clear pulmonary resonance becomes impaired should be marked by means of a series of dots with a skin pencil or ink. Connecting lines between these dots should not be drawn until Left vagus nerve Right : ventricle Fig. 170. — \'erliciil autero-posturiui- suciiuu thiuuyli ihu liourt showing this organ from a lateral aspect. In following the curv^e of the ribs during percussion from the sternum to the axilla, if forcible percussion is used the cardiac dulness obtained will be equivalent not only to the lateral boundary of the organ (which we wish to determine) but also to the depth or antero-posterior diameter (which vitiates the results). The only part of the left auricle which approaches the anterior chest wall is its appendage, which juts around the pulmonary artery and if greatly enlarged may cause an increase in dulness upward and to the left. (Compare Fig. 163.) after the examination is complete, lest expectancy warp one's judgment. The light border requires the heavier percussion; the heart at this point recedes from the chest wall and its location is often determined with difficulty. Dulness normally extends slightly beyond the right sternal PERCUSSION OF THE HEART 209 border, but the position of the right-sided dulness varies greatly in health. Very light percussion should be used for the left border and especial care should be exercised to deliver the percussion blow in a vertical direction (see Fig. 80). Unless the percussion is performed with great care, the left border of the heart will be over-, the right border, under-estimated. In the majority of cases percussion of the cardiac outline by a skilful examiner yields Fig. 171. — The deep cardiac dulness corresponds to the actual size of the heart. In percussing, we generally overestimate the extension of the left border since the slope of the ribs causes the percussion stroke to fall upon the side of the heart instead of solely upon its anterior surface. The extension of the right border, on the other hand, is generally under- estimated since it slopes sharply away from the chest wall and is overlain by a thick section of lung tissue. The superficial (absolute) cardiac dulness represents the portion of the heart which is uncovered by lung tissue. This photograph depicts an unusually large superficial dulness. results which are_ sufficiently accurate for most clinical purposes. Such accuracy consists, however, of variations in centimeters, not millimeters. In some instances, however, other methods of examination such as ortho- diagraphy and teleoroentgenography must be employed and in all in- stances percussion should be controlled by palpation, it being borne in 210 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM mind that the left border usually extends 1.5 cm. beyond the lowermost and outermost point at which the heart impulse can be felt. The portion of the heart which is uncovered by lung jdelds a flat percussion note. This area is known as the superficial cardiac dulness. It is of minor importance since it tells us more concerning the state of the lungs than that of the heart. The deep cardiac didness, on the other hand, corresponds to the size of the heart. It may be determined bj' light or moderately heavj"" percussion, by noting the points at which clear pul- monary resonance ceases and slight dulness begins. A distinct increase of resistance will be noted at similar points. Light percussion is generally preferable since there is less radiation of the vibrations and a keener perception of them both by hearing and touch. ^ The superficial area of dulness is absent in animals and in some people with long thoraces and freeh' movable hearts, also in barrel-shaped chests with large lungs — emphysema. It is enlarged in flat-chested individuals, in tuberculosis — retracted lungs — in some rachitic deformities and in pericardial effusions. The cardio-hepatic angle is normalh' acute, with its concavity toward the right. It becomes obtuse, with a convexity toward the right in pericar- dial effusions and in right ventricular dilatation. In the latter condition an interrupted hne — staircase form — has been described. The lower cardiac border cannot be outlined by percussion because the heart and the Kver overlap, and being structures of relatively equal densities both jdeld a similar note. Furthermore, the proximity- of Traube's space (Fig. 89) adds a t3'mpanitic element to the sound and as we have already learned, vibrations cannot be localized in t3'mpany producing organs. Orthodiagraphic as well as post-mortem studies have shown that the heart can be very accm-ately outlined by careful, skilful percussion; the margin of error should in the average case not exceed 1 cm. THE SIGNIFICANCE OF CARDIAC DULNESS The different diameters of the heart bear a definite relation to the age, sex and height of the individual. Disproportionate enlargement of certain diameters is quite characteristic of certain cardiac lesions. A satisfactory method of recording the cardiac dimensions is shown in Fig. 173. The area of heart dulness is normally from 10 to 30 per cent, larger in the horizontal than in the erect posture. This is due to flattening of the chest and decreased backward convexity of the dorsal spine in the former position. In the erect posture the heart tends to fall away from the chest wall. Furthermore, the heart contains more blood in recumbency, owing to a higher venous pressure; its sj'stoUc output is larger. The left border of the heart is in adults; usually situated from 9 to 10.5 cm. to the left of the mid-sternal line. ^ Moritz found that with light percussion for the right and threshold percussion for the left, cardiac border, the former corresponded with the orthodiagraphic findings in 86, the latter in 70, per cent, of his cases. Fig. 172. — Heabt DtrLNESs as modified by disease. These figures illustrate the more or less characteristic shape and size of the heart as a result of different cardiac lesions. They are drawn after radiograms and correspond to the areas of dulness which would be obtained by skilful percussion. (After F. M. Groedel.) PEKCUSSION OF THE HEART 211 Aortic insufficiency. Aortic obstruction. Mitral obstruction. Mitral insufficiency. Mitral obstruction and insufficiency. Aortic obstruction and mitral insufficiency. Chronic myocarditis. Fig. 172. 212 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM Enlargement toward the left indicates left, sometimes right, ven- tricular enlargement. An increase of dulness to the right of the sternum may be due to right auricular dilatation or to pericardial effusion. An enlarged area of dulness at the base is often the result of aortic dilation or aneurism. The left auricle being a posterior chamber cannot be outlined by percussion. Marked enlargement of the left upper cardiac dulness Fig. 173. — Method for recording cardiac dulness. Fig. 174. — The influence of respiration upon the position of the heart. (Groedel.) Heavy line: normal breathing. Interrupted line: deep expiration. Dotted line: deep inspiration. may result from dilatation of the left auricular appendix which lies just to the left of the pulmonary artery (see Fig. 163). X-ray studies have shown that simple mitral insufficiency never causes dilatation of the left auricular appendix, but in mitral stenosis with insufficiency and in mitral insufficiency during broken compensation (tricuspid insufficiency) both dilatation and pulsation are demonstrable.^ 1 Pesci, G. : "L'augmento di volume della brecchietta sinistra del cuore nel quadro radiologico." Radiologia med., I, 1914, 106. Wt^* ^<^^ QQ\JiUB^^ ...ViB SHY PERCUSSION OF THE HE 213 Increased dulness at the base is generally due to dilatation or aneur- ism of the aorta (Figs. 409, 412) ; it may in rare instances be due to a patulous ductus arteriosus. This lesion produces a quadrilateral area of dulness to the left in the second (and first) interspace. Accurate outlining by percussion of the normal aorta and pulmonary artery is difficult and erroneous results are frequent, owing to the overlying sternum. Method of Recording the Size of the Heart. — After outhning the heart by percussion and drawing hues upon the skin to correspond with the area of dulness, the following dimensions should be measured and recorded. A Hne is drawn from the cardio-hepatic angle to the lowermost portion of the left border. A second line is drawn from the upper border of Fig. 175. — Moritz's conjugates. cardiac dulness down the middle of the sternum to connect with the first line. The extremes of these lines are connected and the following dimen- sions recorded in centimeters. Height (S. H.) ; Left obhque (L. S.) ; Right obhque (R. S.) ; Right base (R. H.); Left base (L. H.) (see Fig. 173). These dimensions undergo characteristic variations in different valvu- lar lesions, owing to a disproportionate increase in the size of different chambers. Thus the left base is increased in left ventricular hypertrophy and in mitral insufficiency. The right base is increased in tricuspid lesions and dilatation of the right auricle. The height is increased in aortic disease, etc. (Fig. 172). Moritz has suggested a somewhat different method of recording the cardiac area which has found considerable favor, the dimensions thus ob- tained being known as Moritz's conjugates (Fig. 175). | 214 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM It has been shown by a large number of orthodiagraphic studies^that the normal heart bears a fairly constant relation to the height of the indi- vidual. The normal averages are shown in the following table. Height of individual Men 1 Women r"-. Feet and ^™- inches MR Cm. ML Cm. L Cm. Cm. Cardiac! %r7} area, ^^ Q Cm. ^™- ML \ L Q Cm. J Cm. Cm. Cardiac area, Q Cm. 145-154 4.7.-5 155-164 5.1-5.5 165-174 5.5-5.9 175-187 5.9-6.2 3.5 4.1 4.2 4.4 7.9 8.7 8.8 9.1 12.5 13.8 14.1 14.8 9.7 9.9 10.3 10.7 95 3.5 109 1 3.5 116 1 3.8 127 8.1 8.4 8.5 12.7 13.2 13.4 9.4 9.7 9.9 Q3^ ■ ioi 105 FiQ. 176. — Pkricardial EFFUSION. Viewed from behind, causing enlargement of cardiac dulness to the left and compression of the left lower pulmonary lobe. The left ventricle is hypertrophied, the mitral valve sclerotic. The liver is enlarged and upward pressure from ascitic fluid has caused compression of the right lower lobe. A, aorta; T, trachea; E, esophagus; P. A., right pulmonary artery; L.P.A., left pulmonary artery; S.C, superior vena cava;L..4., left auricular appendage; I.C., inferior vena cava. (Compare Fig. 216.) The Orthodiagraph. — The ordinary X-ray plate is inaccurate for the purpose of determining the size of the heart. The reason for this is the fact that the heart lies from 7 to 10 cm. from the anterior chest wall. PERCUSSION OF THE HEART 215 It is, therefore, further from the source of Hght than are the anterior ribs and since the X-rays are divergent the heart shadow varies inconstantly and disproportionately in relation to the ribs. The orthodiagraph overcomes this difficulty by allowing only per- pendicular rays to fall upon a fluorescent screen and hence a parallel pro- FiG. 177. — The orthodiagraph. {Hoffman.) jection is obtained. The patient is placed between the source of hght and the screen, and the outline cast by the shadow of the heart in its different dimensions is plotted upon the screen from which it can be ac- curately reproduced and measured. Almost equally accurate results may be obtained by teleoroentgen- ography, i.e., photographing the heart by placing the plate over the pre- cordium the tube being behind and at a distance of two meters from the patient, thus practically eliminating distortion. CHAPTER XIX AUSCULTATION In ausculting the heart, the stethoscope is far preferable to the unaided ear since we are better able to localize sounds. The bell of the stethoscope is placed especially over certain areas of the chest wall at which the sounds produced at different valvular areas are best heard. These areas are named after the valves in question. It is to be remembered that these valvular areas do not correspond to the anatomic location of the valves. Anatomically the valves lie very close together (see Fig. 125). The heart is ausculted to determine the character of normal sounds, the presence of abnormal sounds, and the regularit}' of cardiac rhythm. When the heart sounds are feeble or when the respiratory sounds are un- duly loud, it may be necessary to have the patient hold his breath for brief intervals while we auscult. The procedure, however, if long con- tinued brings about abnormal conditions which affect the heart, and in patients suffering from marked dj^spnea, may be impossible. In deep- chested individuals it is often advantageous to have the patient lean forward while the heart is being ausculted, a procedure which brings the heart nearer to the anterior chest wall. With the exception of the pulmonary valve, the sound produced at a given orifice is heard best, not immediately over the area beneath which the valve is situated, but a distance from it. This is because although the sound in question is still heard over its specific area, the other sounds are at that point heard less distinctly. Heart sourids and murmurs are not infrequently audible over the back. This is almost invariably the case in childhood. THE ORIGIN AND CHARACTER OF THE HEART SOUNDS The functional activity of the heart produces certain sounds which can be best heard over the precordium. If the bell of the stethoscope is placed over the left lower portion of the precordium (mitral area) two, occasionally three, distinct sounds will be heard. The sounds are in normal cases easily differentiable by their acoustic qualities. Under certain abnormal conditions they can be distinguished only by timing their occurrence with the cardiac impulse or if this is invisible and impal- pable, by palpating the carotid pulse which occurs 0.1 second after ven- tricular systole. The two sounds mentioned may be imitated by the syllables, lubb-dupp. The First Sound. — The fh'st sound is systolic in time and synchronous with ventricular contraction. It is long, more or less loud, low-pitched and terminates abruptly. It is due to: (a) muscular contraction of the ventricles; (6) systolic tension of the auriculo-ventricular valves; (c) distention of the aorta and pulmonary artery. It is loudest over the body of the heart but also heard over the base. It is normally louder as well as longer (0.8 second) than the second sound (0.05 second) from 216 AUSCULTATION 217 which it is separated hj the short pause. Systole is shorter than dias- tole, therefore the first sound is preceded by the long pause. The Second Sound. — -The second sound marks the beginning of dias- tole, it is shorter, less loud, higher-pitched and less voluminous than the first sound. It is due to the sudden increase in tension of the semilunar valves. It is preceded by the short and followed by, the long pause. It terminates even more abruptly than the first sound. The Third Sound. — ^This can occasionally be heard especially in children, in the left lateral decubitus, and if the heart action is slow; as a faint echo of the second sound. It occurs early in diastole, about 0.1 Fig. 178. — Showing the areas of the chest over which sounds produced at the various valvular orifices are generally most distinctly heard. A, aortic area; P, pulmonic area; M, mitral area; T, tricuspid area. The unmarked area at the third left costo-sternal articulation is one at which aortic regurgitant murmur is often most loudly heard. The arrows indicate the direction of transmission of murmurs — the obstructive aortic, into the carotids, the regurgitant aortic, down the sternum and toward the apex; the regurgitant mitral, toward the axilla. (Comp. Figs. 124 and 125.) second after the second sound, and when sufiiciently marked, causes the protodiastohc gallop rhythm. It is synchronous with the early normal diastohc elevation of the apex cardiogram, and with the descending Hmb of the "v" wave of the jugular pulse. When, however, allowance is made for the transmission, the impulse of the protodiastolic elevation is found to be synchronous with the "h" wave. Thayer^ believes the third sound to be due to the sudden tension of the mitral valve which occurs with the first inrush of blood at the beginning of diastole. The rhythm and accentuation of each sound varies with the location ^Thayer: "Further Observation on the Third Heart Sound." Amer. Physicians, May, 1909. Trans. Assoc, 218 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM at which it is heard. At the mitral area the first sound seems louder — appears to bear the greater stress. Over the semilunar valves the accent falls upon the second sound. This is due to the variation in distance between the point of origin of the sound and the location of the stetho- scopic bell. Approximate' Musical Eq^u-ivaUrct Rle.itro-'phonoat'Ci'p}!/ Se/^onis Fig. 1179. — Diagrammatic representation of the heart sounds, and the pressure curvea in the auricle, ventricle and aorta. D, presphygmic period; E, sphygmic period; F, post- sphygmic period. The first heart sound corresponds to a vibratory rate of about 55 per second, the second sound, to a rate of about 62. The latter is, therefore, from 1 to 5 musical notes higher than the former. Both sounds are subject to considerable individual variation both as to duration and pitch, especially the second heart sound. The first sound begins from 0.01 to 0.02 seconds after the upstroke of the apical cardiogram, and ends during the fall of the level of the systolic plateau, generally during the systolic elevation of the carotid pulse. {Gerhartz.) THE ACOUSTICS OF HEART SOUNDS We speak of an heart or an arterial "tone" or sound as opposed to a murmur — a distinction made by Rouanet, and now ineradically custom sanctioned. But in a purely physical sense such a differentiation is entirely unjustified since both are the result of irregular sonorous vibra- tions. Indeed, of the two, the vibrations which produce a "murmur " are more rhythmic than those which produce a "sound." AUSCULTATIOX 219 Heart sounds are produced by vibrations of the muscular or mem- branous structures; not by their fluid contents. Sudden increase in valvular or arterial tension alone may produce longitudinal but not hori- zontal \'ibrations, and only the latter are capable of sound production. If an elastic band which has been stretched is plucked, horizontal ^dbra- tions are set up and a sound is produced. If the band is merely suddenly stretched by pulling upon either end. longitudinal vibrations are set up but unless accidental horizontal vibrations result from the irregularity of the jerk no sound results. A membranous sac suddenly distended by fluid not only expands sufficiently to accommodate the increased contents, but OT\^ng to its "inertia" at first overexpands and in turn, O'^ing to its elasticity, con- tracts. In this manner a series of transverse, tone-producing "vibrations are set up. Thus arterial sounds are produced in all arteries in which the disturbance of equihbrium is sufficiently rapid. Sclerotic vessels are less distensible, hence the arterial sounds OA^er such arteries often have a metaUic quality owing to the very unrhAi;hmic \abrations en- gendered b}' the stiffened tissues. Heart sounds arise in a similar man- ner. If, owing to vahoilar leakage or low arterial blood-pressure, out- flow begins before a rise in tension suffxcient for sonorous vibration occurs, the sounds are weak or inauchble. The first heart "sound" is only pos- sible, therefore, if a presphygmic period of increased tension precedes the outflow of blood. The slower the pulse rate, and the lower the diastolic pressure, the easier the outflow and the weaker the flrst sound. The First Heart Sound. — The first heart sound is mainly due to "vibra- tions of heart walls and of the valves. The latter elements contribute in no small measure to the total sound. (The intra-auricular pressure is so low compared to that of the ventricles, that the cuspid valves close quickly, and owing to their anatomical configuration have a large A-ibratory excursion, j Following the muscular and valvular elements of the first sound b\' 0.06 to 0.07 second (presphygmic periodj the vascular element due to the sudden cUstention of the aorta and the pulmonary artery occurs. Ordinarily these three elements are fused into a single sound, but if the presphygmic period is delayed the different sound elements become asynchronous and a recognizable splitting of the first sound occurs. The Second Heart Sound. — The second heart sound is due to sudden increase of tension and subsequent vibration of the aortic and pulmonary valve during closure. The difference in intra-ventricular and intra-arterial pressure at the end of systole being great, especially in the former case, the valves snap back, and -vibrate until eciuilibrium is reestablished. The sounds produced by aortic and pulmonic closure while not quite s^mchro- nous, are separatee! normally by too short a time interval to be auditorily appreciable as separate sounds. When pathologicalh' the normal pres- sure differences are exaggerated, a split, second sound is noted, a condition which is more readily appreciable if the first element is the weaker of the two. Inasmuch as our auditory impressions of the two elements of the second sound are always to some extent fused, it is probable that we can recognize one as increased over the other only when at least a 2 to 1 difference in intensity prevails. "When a "marked increase" both of pitch and intensity of the pulmonic second sound is noted, the actual 220 THE EXAMIXATIOX OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM relative iiiten^^ity is several times greater. In attempting to estimate relative differences in intensity- auscultation should be practised close to the sternal margin and not at a distance from it, since the relative difference tends to become less marked in the process of conduction (Geigel). Fig. ISO. — Section of the thor.vx viewed from ix froxt. Systolic (obstructive) aortic murmurs are transmitted in the direction of blood flow, upward into the carotid arteries. Systolic (regurgitant) mitral murmurs are transmitted in the opposite direction to the blood current, toward the left axilla, being conducted thence by the chordae tendineae and the papillary muscles. A = aorta; P = pulmonary artery; C = carotid arteries; P.M. = papillary muscle; R = right auricle; 5 = superior vena cava. THE INDIVIDUAL VARIATION OF HEART SOUNDS There is no absolutely normal standard of the heart sounds and a certain allowance must be made for individual peculiarities. As a gen- eral rule such variations can be explained either upon anatomic grounds — the size of the lungs, the depth of the chest, etc., or upon the basis of age and sex. AUSCULTATION 221 Substernal Sounds. — In a considerable number of perfectly healthy individuals the heart sounds heard just over the ensiform cartilage, and in its immediate vicinity, have a peculiar harsh, scratching, scraping or crunching quality closely resembling a pericardial friction sound. This sound which has been described as the xypho-sternal crunch, seems super- ficial, is increased and sometimes audible only when the patient leans forward or to the left. It is short and heard with variable intensity during both systole and diastole. Its etiology is uncertain. Blumer has suggested that it is due to changes in tension of the loose areolar tissue in the sterno-pericardial ligament. This sound is frequently met in cases of cardioptosis. It is a relatively frequent normal phenomenon, the importance of which lies in the fact that it may readily be mistaken for a pericardial friction, or an obstructive mitral murmur. The Presystolic Sound. — The recent electrophonographic studies of Bridgman have corroborated by means of graphic records, the existence of a normal presystolic sound. The sound in question, while clinically unusual, has long been recognized as a diagnostic stumbling block, since it may closely simulate the faint presystolic murmur of a slight degree of mitral stenosis. This sound is perhaps due to the tension of the ventricular walls, and the fact that it is not more frequently heard appears to be owing to the fact that the sound waves are normally below the limits of human audibility. DISPROPORTIONATE INTENSITY OF THE HEART SOUNDS The relative intensity of normal heart sounds as determined with the Oertel stethoscope by Bock are: mitral sound, 40; pulmonic sound, 18; aortic sound, 20. The sound heard over the mitral area is normally twice as loud as the aortic. Accentuation of the first sound is due to increased contractile force of the papillary and ventricular muscles. It occurs after exertion, during overaction (mental excitement, the early stages of fevers, etc.) and in ventricular hypertrophy. The first heart sound is diminished in intensity, assumes the quality of the second sound, in protracted fevers (typhoid, etc.), in some valvular diseases, especially in mitral insufficiency, and in fatty infiltration or degeneration of the myocardium. The muscular element becomes dimin- ished and it assumes a "valvular" quality, owing to the preponderance of its second sound component, i.e., the snapping back of the mitral valve. Accentuation of the second sound indicates increased rapidity of closure, and this in turn relatively increased vascular pressure, in the aorta or pulmonary artery. The sound is due not to the mechanical act of valvu- lar closure, but to sudden increase in tension and subsequent vibration of the valves. The pulmonic second sound is normally louder up to twenty-five or thirty years of age, after which the aortic tends to become louder. When auscultation is practised (experimentally) directly over the vessels, the .aortic sound is the louder. In 90 per cent, of all children under ten years of age, the pulmonic sound is the louder (the artery is more superficial), and in about 10 per cent, of the cases a splitting of the second sound can be recognized. 222 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCL'LATORY SYSTEM The second jmlmonic sound is louder in the reciimhent posture, and in conditions which increase the pressure in the lesser circulation — pulmo- nary consolidation, pleural effusion, mitral disease, emphysema — provided the right heart is sufficiently strong to maintain the increased tension, i.e., the tricuspid valve remains competent. When, therefore, ice say that Fig. 181. — Left vextricular htpertropht. Extreme hypertrophy of the heart, especially of the left ventricle, occurs most characteristically in aortic valvular disease, or as a result of long-standing arterial hypertension. It is clinically characterized by 1. a forcible, heaving cardiac impulse; 2. displacement of the apex impulse downward and to the left; 3. a long, low-pitched, booming first sound; and 4. unless the aortic valves are insufficient, or myocardial weakness pronounced, a clear, high-pitched, ringing accentuation of the second sound both at the apex and at the aortic area. the second sound is accentuated ive mean that it is relatively louder than it should be in relation to age and posture. This phenomenon indicates in- creased pressure in the lesser circulation. The aortic second sound is increased in arterial hypertension, provided the ventricular strength be sufficient. This occurs especiallj- in glomerulo- AUSCULTATION 223 nephritis, often in arterio-sclerosis and in pregnancy (increased masslof blood or blood-pressure) . It is always louder than the pulmonic sound after the sixth decade. Accentuation of the aortic second sound can be demon- strated in about two-thirds of the cases of arterial hypertension. The fact that it is not demonstrable in all the cases may be due to the presence of obesity, pulmonary emphysema, etc. Occasionally a clear, loud metallic sound is heard in cases of syphilitic aortitis even with a normal blood- pressure, showing that arterial hypertension is not the only determining factor. The aortic second sound is diminished in intensity in arterial hypotension and in conditions associated with imperfect filling of the aorta — mitral or aortic obstruction, exhausting diarrhea, and when the semi- lunar valves have lost their elasticity. CHANGES IN THE PITCH OF HEART SOUNDS Increase in the pitch of the first sound occurs when contraction is rapid; increased pitch of the second sound occurs when the semilunar valves close under higher tension. When marked, the latter imparts a ringing, high-pitched, metallic quahty to the second sound which is quite as indicative of increased tension as is the actual intensity of the sound. When air-containing cavities exist near the heart (pneumothorax, pul- monary tuberculosis, tympanitis, etc.) the heart sounds may also take on a ringing, metallic quality owing to the resonating properties of the neigh- boring cavities. In case of rapid heart action and low blood-pressure — fevers^ muscular exertion, etc. — the first sound is shorter, more snappy and higher in pitch. In cardiac hypertrophy with increased blood-pressure it is more booming and lower in pitch. In cardiac dilatation it is short, sharp and flapping. A weak first sound may be due not to lack of force but to slowness of muscular contraction. The quicker the contraction and the more sudden its termination, the louder the sound (Krehl). In children the first sound is more snappy and high-pitched, owing to a preponder- ance of the valvular sound components. THE REDUPLICATION OF HEART SOUNDS Both heart sounds are composite. If any one of the component ele- 'ments falls out of time a reduplication occurs, two sounds instead of one being heard. If the time interval between the component sound elements is a short one we speak of a splitting of the sound; if more prolonged, of a reduplication. The introduction of some abnormal element may also cause a reduplication. Instead of the normal lub-dupp we hear tu-rub-b- lupp. Reduplication of the first sound which is most commonly heard at the apex, and in the erect posture, is probably in the main due to delayed contraction of the papillary muscles. These structures being supplied by terminal arteries, are readily affected by fatigue and by noxious in- fluences. Reduplication may, however, be clue to a late production of the vascular element (expulsion tone), especially if the presphygmic period is prolonged. It is often heard in children, in thin-chested indi- viduals, and pathologically in arterio-sclerosis, etc. Reduplication of the second sound may be due to : (a) abnormal pressure relations and markedly asynchronous closure of the aortic and pulmonic 224 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM valves; (6) conditions hastening or preventing a sudden increase in ten- sion of the semihmar leaflets — stiff valves. Example. — A deep inspiration increases the blood in the lungs, and decreases the amount in the left ventricle. The pressure in the aorta, therefore, increases disproportionately to that in the left ventricle and the valves close more quickly. This also occurs in mitral stenosis, whereas the condition is reversed in mitral insufficiency. Splitting of the first sound yields an anapestic rhythm (intervene) vj^^—. Split- ting of the second sound yields a dactylic rhythm (merciful) — vjvj (Cabot) . Intriven,tr- loiyUr TVessyre. VolvL-me of Vent-r-icles lVesijitoli,c Gillop Split |irst sounj. SfUt sewfil souvi TTotoiiistolic \M N^ 7\ TT-LUB DUB lil ms 33 LUB DUB DA M T: kJI in mn 13 Fig. 182. -Illustrating split heart sounds, gallop rhythms and their phonetic equivalent. (After Hirschf elder.) Abnormal accentuation of the aortic second sound indicates increased arterial pressure; increased intensity and pitch of the pulmonic second sound points to increased pressure in the lesser circulation. CHANGES IN THE RHYTHM OF THE HEART SOUNDS When from any cause the heart is weakened and the diastolic pause shortened, the heart sounds tend to become equally spaced and valvular in character. This condition is known as ''pendular rhythm" owing to its resemblance to a ticking clock. It is generally' due to prolongation of ventricular systole, and hence to a delay in the appearance of the second sound. When this pendular rhj-thm is associated with a rapid pulse a disproportionate shortening of diastole occurs, and the rhythm is spoken of as embryocardia (fetal rhythm) . It is generalh^ associated with a mono- crotic pulse and heard in cases of cardiac dilatation. The Presystolic Gallop Rhythm (v^ — v-») " symbolic." — In this condi- tion a third sound is introduced into the cardiac cycle which occurs just before ventricular systole. It takes its name from its similarity to the footfall of a galloping horse, and is generally due to abnormally and audibly, asynchronous contraction of the right and the left ventricles — the former preceding. It is sometimes due to abnormally loud auricular contraction and hence may occur when these chambers are hj^pertrophied as in the early stages of mitral obstruction. It occurs chiefly in cases of arterial hypertension associated with a dilating hypertrophy. Electro- cardiographically it is almost invariably characterized by a split "R" wave. Presystolic gallop rhythm may also occur in the course of acute infections, especially diphtheria, scarlatina and rheumatic fever. It is a AUSCULTATION 225 distress signal from the heart and prognosis is worse if it occurs with hypo- than hypertension. The Protodiastolic Gallop Rhythm (vjkj — ) ''intervene." — This is simply an exaggeration of the normal third sound and is due to the sudden upward snap of the auriculo-ventricular valves early in diastole. It is generally best heard at the base of the heart. It occurs especially Fig. 183. — Advanced pulmonary tuberculosis of the left lung with retraction, consolida- tion, cavitation and cardiac displacement of an hypertrophied heart to the left. In such cases the heart sounds are often clearly heard over the whole affected side, owing to di- minished reflection at the heart- (solid) lung junction and to the resonating properties of the cavities. Furthermore, the lung is generally contracted exposing a large cardiac surface to the chest wall. Still another factor is the concomitant emaciation of the patient resulting in diminished superficial tissue. Conduction of the heart sounds to the opposite side of the chest in right-sided pulmonary tuberculosis was pointed out by J. M. DaCosta and is some- times described as "DaCosta's sign." when the rate is slow and corresponds to the appearance of the "h" wave in the phlebogram. It is heard especially in mitral obstruction, aortic insufficiency, and adhesive pericarditis. Occasionally the sound may be heard in mid-diastole, owing to the fact that the auricles begin to contract at this time. This generally indi- cates a high grade of cardiac asthenia, as in very toxic and prolonged cases of typhoid fever. CHAPTER XX HEART MURMURS Acoustics. — Heart murmurs are abnormal sounds, having generally a blowing quality, which is due to more or less rhythmic vibrations of the cardiac or arterial tissues. They are generally produced at or near a valvular orifice by abnormalities in contour or structure. Such condi- tions are brought about (1) either by organic changes which result in thickening, stiffening, roughening, constriction, dilatation, perforation or retraction of the valvular tissues or (2) hy functional lesions resulting in loss of muscular tonus. The latter occur chiefly at the mitral and tricuspid orifices. Heart murmurs may be produced (1) when blood flows from a cavity into a cylinder; (2) when blood flows from a cylinder into a cavity; (3) when membranes vibrate in the blood stream; (4) when the endocardium or intima are roughened. "Whatever contracts an orifice, whatever dilates a cavity, whatever establishes an orifice or a cavity where none should be, will disturb the even flow of blood, and produce vibration and a murmur" (Gee). The heart sound consists of a single, intense, demarked auditory impression. A heart murmur gives us the effect of unevenly composed sounds which arise from rapidly varying, irregular, sound production. The heart sound has been compared to a single stroke upon a drum; the murmur, to the sound produced by blowing into a pipe. The sound bears the same relation to the murmur as does a pistol shot, to the surge of the sea. The difference, therefore, consists in the suddenness of onset and of ending of the soundflas cornpared to the gradual beginning and uncertain termination of the murmur. The fact that heart murmurs are produced by vibrations of the tissues and not by the vibrations of the blood stream is shown by the following facts. I. If by way of experiment (Fig. 184) we introduce a flowing stream of water by means of a tube into a beaker and listen with a stethoscope, (1) above the fluid level: no sound is heard. (2) If the bell be immersed, the tube mouth being at "A" : a murmur is heard at " C. " (3) If the tube be raised : the murmur becomes feebler, even when the current surrounds the bell, showing that the sound waves are not produced by the water directly, but by the vibrations imparted to the wall of the beaker. The sounds increase in intensity, the nearer the tube to the wall, i.e., the larger the surface contact between the glass and the fluid vein. On withdrawal of the tube all sound ceases, despite the fact that the current still per- sists' for a time. That this cessation is not due merely to an inadequately rapid current is shown by the fact that pouring H2SO4 into water, which owing to greater specific gravity and the generation of heat must cause much more rapid currents, does not alter the results. II. Further,^ it can be shown mathematically that the sounds pro- duced in the heart and blood-vessels are far too low in pitch to be due to sonorous vibrations produced in chambers of such small dimensions. 226 HEART MURMURS 227 The first heart sound has been shown by Gerhardt andFunke, to corre- spond to 198 vibrations per second. To produce by fluid vibrations a sound of a corresponding pitch to that of the heart, would, according to Helmholtz's formula call for a ventricle with a capacity of about 24 liters! Although these figures are doubtless high owing to the fact that Helm- holtz's formula presupposes a cavity communicating with the atmosphere, yet even allowing liberally for such facts, it would be quite impossible to produce sounds similar to those of the heart or of murmurs by vibrations of the blood columns in the heart and great vessels. Unquestionably then, heart sounds and murmurs must be due to horizontal vibrations of the heart and vessel walls (Williams, Kiwisch, Weber). The heart walls and .the blood stream play the respective parts of the violin string and the bow (Weber). The mechanism by which mural vibrations are produced is as follows: I. In flowing from "A" to "B" (Fig. 185) the fluid particles deviate from their linear course and produce a series of impactions on the walls of "B," because the adhe- sion between the wall and the outer fluid layer is greater than the cohesion between ^^^\5_ riC'Vy ■= — - Fig. 185. Fig. 184. ^^^^^s Fig. 186 Fig. 187. Fig. Xi the fluid particles. This tends to create a vacuum at "C" which in turn causes the elastic walls of "B" to fall inward. Such a movement temporarily overcomes the vacuum, thus again allowing the walls to regain their original position. A regularly recurring series of such events sets up continuous lateral vibrations of the vascular walls in the expanded section ("B"). In the constricted portion ("A") a series of vibrations is established by alternate suction and compression engendered in "B. " These vibratory waves have "D" as their nodal point. Rapidity of flow greatly favors murmur production. Clinically the production of murmurs through expan- sion of the blood channels finds many exemplifications — valvular lesions, aneurisms, etc. II. The reverse condition, in which there is a sudden contraction ofithe blood channels, may also produce murmurs (Fig. 186). Here the constriction at " D" raises the pressure. This tends to force the stenotic opening apart. When this has been accomplished pressure temporarily falls again. Such alterations of pressure throw the vascular walls in both sections "A" aud "B" into alternate transverse vibration. The ideal conditions for the production of a murmur exist in case of fluid flowing through a constriction (Fig. 186a)_. III. Membranous diaphragms, e.^., heart valves or vegetations in the blood stream, may, by flapping like a sail in the wind, be thrown into vibration, and may be a further cause in the production of murmurs (Fig. 187). (Compare Fig. 212.) 228 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM IV. With sufficient rapidity of the blood current, even smooth-walled vessels of uniform caliber may be thrown into vibration (this has been demonstrated by Weber), for no vessel is absoluteh' smooth; and slight degrees of roughening are equiva- lent to minute stenoses. Only in this sense can murmurs be said to result from "friction of the blood stream" (Geigel). "Fluid of any kind, flowing at any speed through a cylindrical tube, will not cause a murmur, even if the tube be curved, so long as it retains its cylindrical form" (McLennan). THE TECHNIQUE OF CARDIAC AUSCULTATION I. Place the bell of the stethoscope firmly in the fourth interspace or over the fifth rib just within the cardiac impulse. Ignore the respiratory sounds and determine which is the first sound. This is accomplished by observing (1) that it is synchronous with the cardiac impulse; (2) that it follows the long pause; (3) that it is a lower pitch as well as longer and louder than the second sound. The last criterion is, of course, not always reliable. Note its : (1) rate, (2) rhythm, (3) intensity, (4) quality, (5) duration, (6) pitch and (7) mode of beginning and of termination. II. Examine the sounds heard over the aortic, pulmonic and tri- cuspid areas in a similar manner (Fig. 187). VARIATIONS IN THE INTENSITY OF HEART SOUNDS Considerable individual variation in the loudness of heart sounds exists. The sounds are: (a) Decreased in recumbenc}-, in adiposity, in men with great mus- cular development, in women with large mammae, in anasarca, in pericardial or left-sided pleural effusions, in pulmonary emphysema, in m^'ocardial weakness and in the agonal period. Faint irregular, incoor- dinated sounds are sometimes heard for a time after death and probably result from auricular contractions, since the right auricle is the last part of the heart to die. The heart sounds may be verj' faint and muffled even in perfect health. (b) Increased, during cardiac overaction — phj'sical exertion, mental excitement ; if the lungs are small, or if they are retracted, or consolidated in the neighborhood of the heart; or if the heart is h\^pertrophied. Occasionalh" the heart sounds can be heard all over the chest. Changes in the relative intensity of the first and second sounds are much more im- portant than mere changes in the actual intensity of both sounds. Certain facts have been demonstrated experimentally ichich have prac- tical clinical significance. (1) A murmur is more easil}" produced, if the walls of the tube be thin, if the inner surface be rough, if the tube be rigid, and if viscosity is increased. (2) Increased tension has veiy little effect provided the rate remains the same. (3) Increasing the compres- sion of the tube will increase the murmur up to a maximum, after which it tends to chsappear. (4) With a certain grade of rapidity and com- pression, the murmur becomes finer and more musical (T. Weber). From the standpoint of physics no sharp distinction can be drawn between heart sounds and murmurs because physically speaking both are murmurs. Heart sounds are due to a single impulse giving rise to vibra- tions of the cardiac or vascular wall; a murmur is due to repeated vibra- tory impulses. The difference is similar to that of plucking or stroking a violin string. Hence sounds are generally shorter in duration, but this HEART MURMURS 229 is not an essential difference: a murmur may be short and a sound long (for example, the sound of a kettle drum and a tuning fork, although each is. produced by a single blow). The real difference lies in the fact that in the case of the sound, the first vibration is the greatest, whereas in the case of the murmur, we have at the outset for a time, a continuous series of equal vibratory excursions. Impure sounds are a mixture of heart sound and heart murmur with no very definite preponderance of either. Thus in a given case one observer would say "the first sound is murmurish, impure," while another might with equal justice and correctness say there is "a faint, short systolic murmur." Impure sounds are occasionally heard in health, but indicate a functionally if not structurally imperfect valve (roughness, relaxation or stiffness). Under exercise they often develop into definite murmurs. Sounds are to a certain extent conducted along the arterial wall, but probably not to any great degree when the vessels are surrounded by good conducting media. There is also some conduction by the fluid itself. ENDOCARDIAL MURMURS Heart murmurs may be caused by perforation, constriction, dilatation, or roughening of the blood channels, especially the valvular orifices. The lesions furnishing these conditions may be : 1. Organic. (a) Obstruction to the onward flow of blood — stenosis. (b) Valvular insufficiency, allowing an escape of blood backward — regurgitation, incompetency. 2. Functional (without structural alterations) insufficiency of the: (a) Se7nilunar valves — increased arterial pressure and dilatation of the aortic or pulmonic rings. (b) Cuspid valves — relaxation of the mitral or tricuspid sphincters, or improper functionation of the papillary muscles. Relative insufficiency is much more common in case of the cuspid than in that of the semilunar valves. Of the former, the tricuspid is structurally a much less perfect valve than is the mitral, and hence is much more prone to leak under conditions of strain, in which case it acts to a certain extent as a safety valve to the right heart, with a second line of defense in the not far distant liver, against which the blood thrust of the right heart is delivered. The murmur of a stenosis is produced by a current travelling the normal direction, and is sometimes spoken of as an onward murmur. It occurs at the time when the valve should be open. The murmur of an insufficiency is produced by a reflux of blood and occurs at a time when the valve should be closed — backward murmur, j The Time Relations of Valvular Murmurs Systolic Diastolic 1 Insufficiency Mitral Tricuspid Aorta Pulmonary artery Aorta ' Pulmonary artery (Presystolic) Mitral Tricuspid Obstruction 230 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM The Differentiation of Valvular Murmurs. — Several murmurs are often coincidently present in a given case and on the other hand the same murmur may Ije heard over different areas of the precordium. In such cases loe judge of the identity or non-identity of such murmurs by the follow- ing criteria: (1) location, (2) time, (3) transmission, (4) quality, (5) pitch, (6) duration, (7) intensity. Among these, place, time, and direc- tion of conduction are by far the most important. The Location of Murmurs. — A murmur is generally best heard at the point of the chest wall which is nearest to the orifice at which it is produced. The location at which the different valvular sounds are best heard has already been considered (p. 217). The same rules govern the audibility of murmurs. The Time of Murmurs. — It is essential to determine the exact time and duration of a nmrnmr in its relation to the cardiac cycle — whether it occurs in sj'stole, diastole or presystole. This is accomplished by noting the relation of the murmur to the (1) apex impulse, (2) first sound, (3) long pause. The terms protosy "italic, mesosystolic and telesystoHc are applied to murmurs which occupy respectively only the beginning, middle or end of systole. The Transmission of Murmurs. — Murmurs are transmitted, that is they are heard at certain areas of the periphery other than those overlying the location of their origin, or of their normally greatest intensity. Murmurs are conducted to different regions generally' in the direction of the blood current, just "as wind carries sound." Murmurs are, however, not merely conducted to the surface by the nearest possible route. The sound-carr^dng quality of the neighboring tissues also plays a most im- portant role. Thus the murmur of aortic insufficiency may be loudest over the ensiform cartilage whence it is conducted from the second right interspace; whereas the mitral regurgitant murmur, produced deep within the mediastinum, is conducted in an opposite direction to that of the blood flow, by means of the papillary muscles, to the region of the cardiac apex, the axilla, or the scapular angle. The Quality of Murmurs. — Murmurs vary in quality and are hence described as being musical, non-musical; harsh, soft; blowing, scraping; squeaking, etc. The pitch is also of great importance. These facts are significant since they aid one in distinguishing between murmurs when two or more are present. It is to be remembered, however, that a mur- mur may undergo modification dependent upon the point at which one auscults ; and further, that the same murmur may change very considera- bl}^ in quality as a result of numerous conditions such as myocardial weakness, exercise, posture, blood-pressure, etc. One cannot judge of the type or seriousness of a lesion by the quality or intensity of the mur- mur. Indeed, a loud murmur may denote a good heart muscle and a weak murmur, myocardial weakness. When the latter is marked an organic murmur previously present may disappear entirely to reappear when compensation improves. As a general rule, however, musical and scratchy endocardial murmurs are rarely functional. When an organic lesion is progressive, the murmur increases in intensity up to a certain point, beyond which it recedes, either as the result of muscular weakness or on account of the extent of the valvular damage. Systolic murmurs are generally louder than diastolic murmurs, especially in recumbency. On account of their faintness and low pitch, diastolic murmurs are HEART MURMURS 231 easily overlooked. Systolic murmurs may be present when the patient lies down and may disappear when he is erect. Obstructive murmurs are generally louder in the erect posture. Aortic and pulmonic murmurs are less affected by posture than those produced at the mitral or tricuspid orifices. Most murmurs are louder after exertion, and some may require physical exercise to make them audible. Hemic murmurs resulting either from anemia alone, or from anemia together with a dilatation of It I'l li l M ili, Fig. 188. — Diagram illustrating heart sounds and murmurs. A: Normal heart sounds. A, auricular systole; V, ventricular systole; D, ventricular diastole. The sounds begin and end abruptly. B: Systolic murmur following first sound. The first sound terminates gradually. C: Systolic murmur accompanying first sound. The first sound is "impure" and fades away gradually. D: Systolic murmur replacing first sound. The first sound is supplanted by a^blowing sound. E: Diastolic murmur following the second sound. The second sound is followed by a blowing sound. F: Diastolic murmur accompanying the second sound. The second sound]fades away gradually. G: Diastolic murmur replacing the second sound. Instead of a clear-cut second sound one hears a blowing sound. This is often low pitched and heard with diSiculty. The ab- sence of the second sound always suggests careful investigation. H: Late diastolic murmur. I: Continuous systolic and diastolic murmur in patent ductus arteriosus. the pulmonary artery, are best heard at the pulmonic area. They are soft and blowing, low in pitch, variable in character, indefinite in trans- mission. Murmurs are also described as being crescendo or diminuendo in character, the terms being used in the musical sense to indicate a continuous increase or decrease respectively' of their intensity. The murmur of mitral stenosis is often typically crescendo, that of aortic insufficiency often diminuendo, in quality. 232 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM Even organic murmurs may be variable in quality and iiitensity to the point of actual disappearance, either constantly or intermittently in a series of successive cardiac cycles. Such variation is not uncommon in auricular fibrillation, extrasystole and heart block owing to variable degrees of auriculo-ventricular coordination and rate of blood flow. With the onset of auricular fibrillation or of paroxysmal tachycardia, murmurs often • disappear entirely, to return when the normal rhythm is reestablished. Fig. 189. — Aortic obstkuction. The aortic leaflets are fused together as the result of inflammatory adhesion, leaving only a small elliptical opening. The arrow indicates the direction of blood flow. The physical signs of aortic obstruction are a systolic thrill and a loud crescendo murmur at the base of the heart, the latter being transmitted into the carotid arteries. The pulse is small in volume and the systolic plateau shows a long, slow, gradual ascent and descent. The left ventricle becomes greatly hypertrophied and hence the cardiac impulse is dis- placed downward and outward, and the longitudinal diameter of the heart is increased When, as is usually the case, mitral insufficiency exists, the vertical diameter is also in- creased. (See Fig. 172.) INDIVIDUAL VALVULAR MURMURS 1. The systolic aortic murmur results from roughening or obstruction at the aortic orifice, or dilatation of the aorta. It is best he^ard at the second or third left intercostal space and is transmitted into the carotid arteries. Phonetic equivalent: Lu-f-f-f-Dupp. 2. The diastolic aortic murmur results from insufficiency, retraction, separation 'vegetations) or perforation of the aortic leaflets. It is best heard at second right or fourth left intercostal space, close to the sternum, and is transmitted toward the apex and to the ensiform cartilage. It is sometimes clearly audible over the spinous processes of the first and HEART MURMURS 233 Fig. 190. — Aortic roughening and calcification. The aortic valves are stiffened and calcareous, the mouths of the coronary arteries are involved in the arterio-sclerotic process. The left ventricles and papillary muscles are hypertrophied. Physical signs. A systolic aortic murmur transmitted into the carotid arteries. A forcible heaving, cardiac impulse displaced downward and to the left. A loud booming first sound; a clear-cut, ringing, high-pitched, accentuated aortic second sound. This lesion is very common in advanced years and is often erroneously diagnosticated as aortic obstruction. Fig. 191. — -Aortic obstruction. The dotted areas indicate the locations over which the systolic aortic murmur may be heard. On the precordium has been drawn a diagram to illustrate the relationship of the murmur to the heart sounds. 234 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM second thoracic vertebrae. Phonetic equivalent: Lub Duf-f-f (Fig. 3. The systolic mitral murmur is clue to valvular insufficiency, which may result from retraction, perforation or vegetations upon the valvular curtains; also from shortening of the chordfe tendinese; or from dilatation of the mitral sphincter. It is best heard at the mitral area and is con- ducted toward the left axilla and sonietimos to the angle of the left Fig. 192. — Aortic aneurism. Showing a heart with the left ventricle exposed, the aortic valves, and beyond them a large aortic aneurism. Such a sudden widening of the blood channel (aorta) sets up eddies in the blood stream and will cause a systolic murmur if the current is sufficiently rapid and if the aneurism is not filled with a blood clot. In many cases of aneurism the aortic valves are incompetent, owing to dilatation of the aortic lumen and thus a diastolic (regurgitant) murmur is superadded. The double and more or less continuous murmur with a rhythmic accentuation due to systole is known as a bruit. scapula. The former is in reverse of the direction of the blood stream, and is mainly due to conduction by means of the papillary muscles. "The chordae tendineae transmit the mitral murmur from the mitral seg- ments to those portions of the heart into which they are inserted."^ The murmur heard in the left axilla in mitral insufficiency is chiefly due to ^De Satttelle and Grey: Arch, Int. Med., December, 1911. HEART MURMURS 235 the proximity of the insertion of the anterior papillary muscle and de- pends only in small part upon conduction by means of the ventricular wall. The experimental transplantation of a papillary muscle alters the direction of murmur transmission. The posterior papillary muscle often conducts the mitral regurgitant murmur to the scapular angle. At times the murmur produced at an incompetent mitral orifice is heard over the dilated left auricular appendage — in the third left intercostal space. Phonetic equivalent: Luf-f-f Diipp. 4. The presystolic mitral murmur is the result of mitral obstruction. It is heard best at or just within the apex. Often one of its chief char- FiG. 193. — Cardiac hypertrophy. The cor hovinum occurs characteristically in aortic disease. It is clinically manifested by: displacement of the cardiac impulse, downward and to the left; a forcible heaving impulse, and a loud, low-pitched booming first sound. It generally results from aortic insufficiency beginning in early life. acteristics is its crescendo quality, which has been ascribed to (a) powerful diastolic ventricular suction, (6) to auricular systole, (c) to increased pressure in the pulmonary circulation. It is often associated with a snappy, high-pitched first sound. It is rough and rumbling in character, and often followed by a systolic murmur — because a valve which is suffi- ciently indurated to produce an obstruction is generally incapable of complete systolic closure (insufficiency). It is generally accompanied by a fine presystolic thrill, and if the right heart is competent by an 236 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM accentuated pulmonic second sound. The murmur is most intense when blood flow is most rapid — when the differential pressure between auricle and ventricle is greatest. Hence, the murmur of mitral obstruction may occupy any part of the diastolic interval. Thus with a slowly beating heart and a powerful auricle the murnun- appears in presystole. If, how- FlG. 194. AOKTIC AXU MITRAL I XSUFFICIEXCY DUE TO ACUTE ENDOCAKDITIS. Fresh vegetations are seen on the respective valves. The heart is hypertrophied, the aorta normal. The arrows indicate the direction of the regurgitant blood stream. The murmur is trans- raitted from the aortic valves downward toward the apex, in the direction of the blood flow. In the case of the mitral valve it is conducted in a reverse direction to that of blood flow, toward the axilla and the angle of the scapula, by means of the papillary muscles. A, anterior and P, posterior, papillary muscle. L.A.A., left auricular appendix. Physical signs. A heaving impulse, displaced downward and to the left, pulsating caro- tid arteries, a water-hammer pulse Cardiac dulness enlarged to the left. A diastolic aortic murmur transmitted to the ensiform cartilage; a systolic murmur conducted to the axUla and the scapular angle. (Compare Figs. 172, 181.) ever, stenosis is marked and the pulse rate rapid, "an early diastolic rumble may be added; the period of silence between the two murmurs corresponds to the period when filling is at its slowest" (Lewis). The intensity of the murmur is in most instances increased by exercise or the recumbent posture, which factors increase the cardiac output. In addition to the rumbling presystolic murmur heard near the cardiac HEART MURMURS 237 apex in mitral obstruction, a soft, blowing, early diastolic murmur is often heard along the left sternal margin. This murmur is due to dilata- tion of the pulmonary artery which, if sufficiently marked, causes an in- sufficienc}' of the pulmonary leaflets. (.Graham-Steell murmur.) Fig. 195. — Diagram illustrating the direction of the regurgitant blood stream in aortic insufficiency. The murmur is best heard at the second right costo-sternal articulation and is transmitted toward the ensiform cartilage and toward the cardiac apex. Fig. 196. — Aortic insufficiency. The dotted areas indicate the locations over which the diastolic murmur may be heard. The circle contains a diagrammatic representation of the murmur in relation to the first and second heart sounds Thus mitral stenosis complicated by relative pulmonary insufficiency may closely simulate aortic insufficiency with a Flint murmur. But in the latter case left ventricular hj^pertrophy is greater, the blood-pressure picture is quite characteristic, and other pulsatory phenomena such as a capillary pulse, Duroziez's murmur, etc., will establish the diagnosis. The difficulty so many students have in recognizing or even being able to identify presystolic murmurs is due to the fact that they expect 238 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM to hear a swishing sound similar to that produced by systohc or diastoUc murmurs. The presvstoHc murmur is a sound very different in quahty. It is a rumble somewhat Uke a short roll on the drum, which precedes and gradually merges into the first sound of the heart. When the heart becomes dilated and the auricle paralyzed the mur- mur disappears, and fibrillation of the auricle makes its appearance. The crescendo quality while clinically characteristic has been shown to be due, not to an inherent quality of the murnnu- but chiefly to the proximity of Fig. 197. — Mitral ixsufficiexcy. The mitral curtains are thickened, and are the seat of 'numerous vegetations. Some of the chordae tendinese are ruptured, all of them are thickened and shortened. The left ventricle is hypertrophied. The murmur of mitral insufficiency is systolic in time. It is transmitted toward the left axilla and scapula* in reverse of the direction of the blood stream by the papillary muscles and the chordae ten- dinese. The arrow indicates the direction of the regurgitant blood stream. the first heart sound. If the auricle goes into a state of fibrillation or if it loses its contractile force because of extreme dilatation, the presystolic murmur disappears and instead of it a murmur is heard earlj^ in diastole. Pure presystolic murmurs can arise only at the auriculo-ventricular ori- fices. Phonetic equivalent: R-R-R-upp, Dupp (presystolic rumble); Rup-Tut-Rarou (mid-diastolic rumble) (see Fig. 202). 5. The systolic tricuspid murmur is heard at the tricuspid area, be- cause both the right auricle and ventricle lie immediately beneath this point. It is also often heard over the mitral area, and cannot always be HEART MURMURS 239 differentiated from the murmur of a mitral insufficiency, with which it is usually associated. The presence of marked right heart dilatation, of a positive venous pulse, of an enlarged or even pulsating liver, pulmo- usltj^ congestion, ascites, etc., enable us to definitely state that the Fig. 198. — AIiteal insufficiency. The left ventricle is hypertrophied, the left auricle dilated. The direction of the regurgitant blood flow, as indicated by the arrow, is upward and backward, but the murmur is transmitted chiefly downward and forward through the vibrating_ chordae tendinese and the papillary muscles. A, aorta; L.A., left auricle; R.A., part of right auricle; P, portal vein; R.P., right pulmonary artery; L.P., left pulmonary artery; T, trachea; S.A., right subclavian artery; S.V., right subclavian vein. tricuspid valve is incompetent. A diagnosis of tricuspid insufficiency, based merely upon the fact that a systolic murmur is clearly audible at the tricuspid area is not justified. Such a diagnosis may on the con- trary be eminenth^ warranted in the absence of a tricuspid murmur if 240 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM the presence of a positive venous pulse or a pulsating liver can be demonstrated. Phonetic equivalent: Luf-f-f Dup (see Figs. 211, 400). 6 The presystolic tricuspid murmur is heard at the tricuspid area and results from obstruction of that orifice (see Fig. 202) . This, as an isolated lesion, is very rare. It is usually associated with mitral obstruction and is Fig. 199. Fig. 200. Figs. 199 and 200. — Mitral ixsufficiencv. The dots indicate the area over which the systolic mitral murmur is generally audible. The small circle indicates the accentuated pulmonic second sound (pulmonary arterial hypertension). The large circle contains a diagrammatic representation of the relation of the murmur to the heart sounds. When loud ' it is often audible at the angle of the left scapula. of "rheumatic" origin. A large "a" wave in the liver pulse is said to be suggestive of the condition. A few cases have been diagnosticated during life; mc 3t of the cases found at autopsy go to the table with a diagnosis of "mitral obstruction." 7. The systoUc pulmonic murmur if organic in nature is generally due to a congenital deformity of this orifice which results in obstruction. It HEART MURMURS 241 is loud and best heard at the pulmonic area and may be transmitted to the subclavicular region (along the pulmonary arteries) . It is associated with marked cyanosis, clubbing of the fingers, dyspnea and if the child lives long enough, often with pulmonary tuberculosis. It is accompanied by a systolic thrill at the base of the heart, a weak pulmonic second sound, and hypertrophy of the right heart. Phonetic equivalent: Luf-f-f Dup (see Figs. 1, 209, 329). Many functional murmurs arise at the pulmonary orifice, and most pulmonic murmurs are functional. Experimentally, when the heart is exposed, the slightest compression or traction upon the artery is sufficient Fig. 201. — Mitral obstkuction. showing the area over which the diastolic (presys- tolic) mitral murmur is generally audible, together with a diagrammatic illustration of its relation to the heart sounds. Accentuation, splitting or reduplication, of the pulmonic second sound is an invariable accompaniment of this lesion until compensation fails. to produce a murmur. Such pressure may easily be produced in health by change of posture, forced held inspiration, slight pleural adhesions, etc. The pulmonary area was named by Balfour the "region of romance" because so many, variable, inconsequential murmurs may be heard in this region. There are, however, some cases of mitral insufficiency in which the regurgitant murmur is heard near the second left intercostal space, owing to the proximity of the left auricular appendage (Figs. 163, 170). A diagnosis of pulmonary stenosis based solely upon the presence of a systolic murmur at the second left intercostal space is absolutely un- justified. Pulmonary stenosis is a rare and nearly always, congenital lesion which is associated with cyanosis, clubbed fingers, cardiac hyper- trophy and a feeble second sound. 8. The diastolic pulmonic murmur (pulmonary insufiiciency) may result from congenital disease, or from ulcerative endocarditis; in either case it is a rare lesion. It may be due to functional dilatation of the pul- 16 242 THE EXAMIXATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM monarv orifice under severe strain which leads to increased blood-pressure in the lesser circulation. The Graham-Sleell murmur is a diastolic murmur heard best at the third left intercostal space. It is usually soft and blowing in character, replaces the pulmonic second sound, and is often heard onlv in recumbency. It may be influenced by respiration, and by stethoscopic pressure (Goodman^) and may occupy part or w-hole of the' diastolic period. It is due to enlargement of the pulmomc ring and associated with dilatation of the right ventricle. It is of clinical, im- FiG. 202. — Aortic, mitral axd tricuspid obstructiox. The lesions depicted are the end result of acute, generally rheumatic, endocarditis. The mitral orifice shows a tj-pical but- tonhole deformity with induration and calcification. The tricuspid orifice shows a uniform constriction, while the aortic leaflets are fused together and sclerotic, with secondarj- cal- careous infiltration. Tricuspid stenosis as an isolated lesion is rare. It may be due to the same etiologic factors as the mitral lesion (generally rheumatic fever) or may be the result of the mitral lesion, which by overstraining the right ventricle leads to edema, hemorrhage and subsequent fibrosis of the tricuspid curtains. The physical signs consist of a presystolic thrill and murmur, a right-sided cardiac en- largement, marked cyanosis and a presystolic liver pulsation. An intravitam diagnosis is rarely made, owing to the similarity of the physical signs with those of mitral obstruction. (After Xorris' "Studies in Cardiac Pathology.") portance inasmuch as aortic insufficiency with a Flint murmur may pre- sent identicalh- the same acoustic phenomena as mitral stenosis with a Graham-Steell murmur. It is differentiated from the aortic regurgitant murmur by the fact that it is not transmitted to the ensiform cartilage nor toward the apex, and that it is unassociated with a Corrigan pulse, and with the blood-pressure picture so characteristic of the latter lesion. Phonetic equivalent: Lub-Duf-f-f. 1 Goodman", E. H. : "The Graham-Steell Murmur in Mitral Stenosis." Am. Jour. Med. Soc, Feb., 1919, 206. HEART MURMURS 243 Fig. 203. — ^Mitral stenosis. This lesion generally occurs in early adult life, and results from rheumatic endocarditis. The illustration shows enormously thickened and contracted mitral curtains, thickened, shortened and adherent chordse tendineae, and as a result, a funnel-shaped mitral stenosis. The most characteristic physical signs of mitral obstruction are: a presystolic thrill ard murmur at the apex, with a snappy first sound, and accentuation of the pulmonary second sound. The pulse is small in volume and frequently irregular. The heart enlarges toward the right. r<^ Fig. 204. — Illustrating the direction of blood flow in mitral obstruction. 244 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM f " All these rules are subject to exceptions due to cardiac displacement, etc. Murmurs themselves are variable and often multiple and compU- cated bv pericardial or respiratory sounds. Occasionally murmurs are V.A.M. R.P.A. B.L.N. L.A. I.V.C. s.v.c. R.A.A. R.A. A.T. Fig. 205. — The right heart and it.s tributary bi^uod channels. Pulsation is readily transmitted to the liver either (1) directly from the right ventricle or (2) indirectly, as the result of tricuspid regurgitation, the inferior vena cava being short. In the latter instances the pulsation instead of being more or less localized to the epigastrium is general and expansile in character. The liver shows sphygmographically a positive venous pulse. The blood pathway from the jugular veins into the right auricle is also a very direct one, hence jugular tracings (phlebograms) readily depict pressure changes in the auricle, especially when the subject is recumbent and gravity assists in the stasis of venous flow. R.B., right bronchus; R.P.A., right pulmonary artery; B.L.N., bronchial lymph node; L.A., left auricle; I.V.C, inferior vena cava; S.V.C, superior vena cava; R.A. A., right auricular appendage; R.A., right auricle; A.T., anterior tricuspid leaflet; V.A.M., vena azygos major. subjectively audible to the patient himself, or they may be heard by the examiner at quite a distance from the patient. Both of these statements apply chiefly in case of certain, loud, high-pitched, musical murmurs. HEART MURMURS 245 Pleural cavity filled with serous exu- date Com- pressed lung (part of right lower lobe) f Rt. internal ■', ugular vein Diaphragm (comple- mental space) Inferior vena cava / Fig. 206. — Right-sided hydrothorax. Frozen section from a case of cardiac anasarca similar to that depicted in Figs. 211, 381. Almost the entire pleural cavity was filled with serous effusion. The lung which was completely collapsed and compressed, has been re- moved in the proximal sections, leaving only small areas in this, the last section cut. The heart is pushed forward, the diaphragm and liver downward. The inferior vena cava is greatly distended, the right auricle dilated. The liver is engorged and has the typical "nutmeg" appearance. The complemental space anteriorly and posteriorly was filled with fluid. The patient, who suffered from rheumatic mitral obstruction and insufficiency, and tricuspid insufficiency with auricular fibrillation, died with cyanosis, orthopnea and general anasarca. L.A., left auricle; R.A., right auricle; B, bronchus; P. A., pulmonary artery. 246 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL MURMURS The term "functional" murmur is applied to various (almost uni- versally systolic) sounds which cannot be explained by demonstrable structural lesions. The term is an unfortunate one because murmurs are physical phenomena and must result from physical causes. A valve may leak from mere lack of tonus of the surrounding muscular ring. While this may be temporary, remecUable and inconsequential, neverthe- less it is a leak. It would seem better therefore to drop the term ''func- tional" altogether and assign the murmur to its cause — endocarditis, myocardial dilatation, anemia. Cardiac displacement and exophthalmic goitre are often associated vdih s\"stolic murmurs, as are also the various forms of anemia. Fig. 207. — Mitral and trici.-ii. :n> kficiency. The heart is enlarged, as is also the liver, which is tender and which pulsates. The dotted areas show the regions over which the systolic mitral and tricuspid murmurs are heard. The cardiac murmurs heard in anemia have certain characteristics which, as a rule, serve to distinguish them from murmurs duetoanatom- ical changes in the heart. 1. They are definitely associated with the heart and while they may be heard at any one of the valvular orifices, they are most frequently encountered over the pulmonary area, at the second costal cartilage or third interspace on the left. Next to the pulmonary area the region of the apex of the heart is the most frequent site. Occasionally a hemic murmur is heaid over the aortic and tricuspid areas. 2. They are not transmitted but are sharply localized. HEART MURMURS 247 3. They are always systolic in time, but often terminate before the end of systole. 4. They are frequently associated with a hemic murmur either in^'the veins or the arteries. 5. They are uniformly low-pitched; the sound is soft in character, and variable in quality and intensity. The sound produced by a hemic murmur never has the rough or occasional musical quality of an organic murmur. At times these murmurs are loudest when the patient is in the recumbent posture and in some cases this is the only position in which it can be elicited. The murmur is apt to be loudest immediately after lying down, before the vessels have accommodated themselves to the change in gravity. The murmur may be intensified by violent cardiac Fig. 208. — Locations at which non- organic murmurs are most frequently heard. action due either to nervous excitement or exertion. Hemic murmurs in the vessels of the neck are most marked in the erect posture. Transitory Murmurs Due to Exertion. — Accidental murmurs ap- parently endocardial in origin are frequently developed as the result of violent exertion. They are very transitory and are rarely heard beyond a few minutes succeeding the exertion. In an examination of 1552 students at Cornell University, Munford encountered murmurs of this character in 117, or 7.48 per cent., after the student had been required to "chin" himself as often as possible.^ They are generally ascribed to ^ R. T. McKenzie found that among 266 apparently healthy students 74 (27.8 per cent.) developed cardiac murmurs under vigorous exercise. Of these 35 were of the pure pulmonic systolic type. If the cases are included in which this murmur occurred in association with other murmurs it was present in 64 cases, only 10 men out of the 74 failing to show it. Murmurs were slightly more common among the non-athletic 248 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM loss of muscle tone affecting chiefly the mitral sphincter and hence are more common in individuals who are not "in training." Heart miirnuirs are very easily produced. The vascular dilatation induced by prolonged sweat baths is of itself sufficient to cause the appearance of murmurs in the majority of cases. ^ THE EFFECT OF RESPIRATION ON ENDOCARDIAL MURMURS 1. Inspiration causes the lungs to overlap the heart and thus tends to make murmurs more feeble. Fig. 209. — Pulmonary obstruction, or dilatation. Indicating the area over which systolic pulmonary murmurs are heard, with a diagrammatic illustration of the relationship between the murmur and the heart sounds. 2. Inspiration favors blood flow into and out of the right heart. During rapid breathing it hinders blood flow in the left heart, by retain- ing more in the lungs. During slow breathing this effect is only manifest during the first half of the act, because in the last half the pulmonary vessels dilate no further. 3. Expiration acts in the reverse manner, hindering blood flow in the right and favoring it in the left heart, especially with rapid or forced breathing. These facts may be used to help in the differentiation of right- or left-sided valvular lesions. students. These murmurs were more frequent, more intense and sometimes present only in recumbency. 1 Howell, F. : "Physiological Heart Murmurs Produced by Electric Light Baths." Boston Med. & Surg. Jour., April 3, 1902. HEART MURMURS 249 SPECIAL VARIETIES OF MURMURS Duroziez's Murmur.- — If the femoral artery be slightly indented by pressure of the stethoscope during auscultation, a systolic murmur will be heard which results from vibration of the vessel walls due to the local constriction of the blood stream. In aortic insufficiency, where blood Fig. 210. — Aortic and mitral insufficiency. Aortic and mitral insufficiency with left ventricular hypertrophy and dilatation, also a small pericardial effusion. The aortic valves are shrivelled and retracted, the left ventricle is hypertrophied and dilated, this dilatation affecting the mitral orifice. The apex impulse is displaced down- ward and to the left. T, trachea; A, aorta; P. 4., pulmonary artery; L.A.A., left auricular appendage; iW.L., mitral leaflets ;P, pericardial sac; S.V., subclavian vessels; S.V.C., superior vena cava; A.L., aortic leaflets; R.A., right auricle. Physical signs: A heaving impulse, a booming first sound, a systolic mitral murmur transmitted to the axilla. A faint, low-pitched aortic diastolic murmur transmitted toward the cardiac apex and to the ensiform cartilage. Pulmonic second sound accentuated. Pul- sating carotid and brachial arteries, a water-hammer pulse, Duroziez's murmur, blood- pressure: systolic 180, diastolic 55 mm. Hg. flow is rapid and where the current flows alternately forward and back- ward, a double murmur may be heard over the femoral artery. This is known as Duroziez's murmur. It is suggestive but not pathogno- monic of aortic insufficiency. It may occur in other conditions associ- ated with vasomotor relaxation. 250 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM Traube's Sound. — In some cases of aortic insufficiency with marked hypertrophy and a hirge systoUc output, the sudden distention of the arteries produces a cracking noise known as a pistol-shot sound. This may be heard even in the absence of aortic insufficiency if the pulse pres- sure be large, and the diastolic pressure low. In some cases of aortic and tricuspid insufficiencii a double sound of this character (Traube's sound) may be heard over the femoral vessels. This has been shown to consist of a venous as well as an arterial element. It is due to sudden distention of the femoral artery, and to sudden backward pressure upon the femoral venous valves The latter element precedes the former because the blood from the leaking tricuspid valve begins to regurgitate during the period Skodaic tympany, exag- gerated breath sounds, crackling rales. Dulness, feeble breath sounds, fremitus and vocal resonance. Flatness Pulsating liver tender- ness. Bulging flanks, succus sion wave. Pulmonic second sound loud. Apex impulse displaced, downward and outward arrhythmia. Systolic murmur replaces first sound. Pitting of the abdominal wall, edema of arms, glossy skin. Fig. 211. — Cardiac dkopsy. A case of general dropsy (anasarca) following dilata- tion of the heart, due to mitral and tricuspid disease. Orthopnea, cyanosis, right-sided hydrothorax, passive congestion of the lungs, liver and spleen, ascites, etc. The patient, a girl of fovxrteen years, shows emaciation and retarded development due to the cardiac lesion. Also pitting of tne abdominal wall due to subcutaneous edema. A character- istic picture of broken cardiac compensation with tricuspid insufficiency is presented (comp. Figs. 176, 206). of valvular closure (beginning of systole) while the arterial distention does not take place until the end of this period.^ The Flint Murmur. — This murmur is presystolic in time; it is best heard within and above the cardiac apex. It occurs in some cases of aortic insufficiency. There has been much dispute about its etiology and significance, but it is generally believed to be due to the flapping of the anterior mitral curtain between two blood streams, i.e., between the normal flow from the left auricle and the regurgitant flow from the i^Schultze: Deut. Med. Woch., 1905, xxxv. HEART MURMURS 251 aortic leaflets into the left ventricle. Hirschfelder has shown that in the excised heart, if the ventricular pressure is increased, the mitral valve opens only along part of its line of closure, and that therefore an actual functional stenosis may exist. The importance of this murmur lies in the fact that it may fresent the exact acoustic yhenomena of organic mitral ste7iosis. It may be differentiated from the last-named condition •by the fact that it is not associated with a marked presystolic thrill, an Fig. 212. — The Flint murmur. The aortic and the mitral valves are contiguous -structures. The Flint (presj-stolic) murmur is produced bj' the regurgitation of blood through the aortic orifice. The curtains of the mitral valve are caught between two blood currents — that just mentioned and that streaming in from the left auricle — and flap like a loose sail in the wind. enlarged right heart, a snappy first sound and a small, well-sustained pulse. The Flint murmur is found in conjunction with other signs of aortic insufficiency such as: a pulse which is large in volume and col- lapsing in type — the diastolic pressure being low and the pulse pressure large; left ventricular hypertrophy and the vascular and pulsatory phenomena so characteristic of an incompetent aortic valve^ (see Fig. 212). ^ The relative frequency of pulsatory phenomena in 124 cases of aortic insufficiency ■was found to be as follows: Corrigan pulse 9.5 per cent., capillary pulse 90 per cent., Duroziez murmur 88 per cent., visible arterial pulsation 76 per cent., femoral snap 45 per cent., Traube's sign 24 per cent., visible venous pulse 7 per cent. (Tice). 252 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM Rogei's murmur is sometimes heard in cases of patulous inter- ventricular septum. It is continuous throughout systole and diastole with an ictus or reinforcement during the former. It has a rhythmic, somewhat musical character with a periodic intensification like the whirring of a foot-propelled knife-grinder's wheel. It is best heard in the upper third of the precordium over the median portion of the septum itself. It is not transmitted but gradually fades out in all directions as the point of maximum intensity is receded from. Phonetic equivalent: Whir -r -r -r -r (Fig. 88, I). EXOCARDIAL MURMURS In the large arteries near the heart (subclavian, etc.) certain sounds may be faintly heard. They may be due to: (1) stretching and vibra- tion of the vessel walls, or to (2) conduction of the second heart sound. In the distant arteries one maj^ have murmurs from stethoscopic pres- sure, or murmurs conducted from the aortic orifice, etc. Very often a systolic murmur is heard over the vertex of the skull of children from the third month to the sixth j'ear. It is without significance. Systolic murmurs in arteries may be due to: (a) roughening of the intima; (b) narrowing of lumen; (c) dilatation — fevers, vasomotor par- esis; (d) aneurism. Subclavian murmurs are generally short in duration and always systolic in time. Often a harsh S3'stolic whiff is heard, especially during inspiration, generally on the left side, and most commonly in men at the junction of the middle with the outer third of the clavicle. The murmur is increased by deep inspiration, sometimes audible only during forced inspiration and modified by the position of the arm. It may be inconstant. Subclavian murmurs possess 7io pathologic significance; they are generally due to constriction of the artery between the clavicle and the first rib, although a similar constriction may be produced by fibroid disease of the pleura. Hence thej^ are frequently encountered in cases of pulmonary tuberculosis. Landis found, among 31 cases studied, that the murmur was associated with pulmonary tuberculosis in 20. The fact that the murmur is heard more frequently on the left than the right side, even in cases in which the pulmonary disease is more extensive on the right side, suggests that the real explanation lies in some anatomi- cal variation of the two arteries. Furthermore, subclavian murmurs have been frequently noted in individuals healthy in every respect. While probably of but little importance the presence of a subclavian murmur should suggest a careful examination of the apices of the lungs. Carotid Murmurs. — Sj'stolic murmurs heard in the carotid arteries, especially the right, are not uncommon. As a rule the murmur is trans- mitted, having its origin in disease of the aortic leaflets (stenosis or roughening) or in disease of the first part of the aorta (roughening from atheromatous plates or slight dilatation). The latter conditions are by far the most frequent sources of the murmur. Occasionally a systolic murmur, due to anemia, is heard in the carotids. An aneurism may produce a similar murmur. Murmurs are frequently heard over the enlarged thyroid gland in exophthalmic goitre. They may be systolic or diastolic in time. HEART MURMURS 253 ARTERIAL SOUNDS AND MURMURS Sounds and murmurs are frequently audible over the larger arteries of the body, both in health and in disease. Regarding the etiology of the "sounds" there is a difference of opinion. According to one view these sounds originate in the heart; the first sound resulting from mitral, the second from aortic closure, and are conducted by the blood stream and the vascular wall. The opponents of this hypothesis maintain that the first sound arises locally, as a result of distention and subsequent vibration of the vascular wall; and that the second sound is transmitted from the aortic valve. Sounds originating at the aortic orifice are usually audible in the carotid, subclavian and sometimes brachial and femoral arteries. The height of blood pressure seems to have but little effect upon conduction unless the pulse pressure is large, in which case the hkelihood of local arterial sound production is much enhanced. It is of course important to determine whether the sound heard occurs only over the artery or generally over the surrounding tissues as well. There seems to be no great difference in regard to whether the arteries are normal or sclerotic, although experimentally glass and elastic metals conduct sounds further than rubber, but this depends to a con- siderable extent upon the character of the surrounding media. If the tissues surrounding a tube are physically more or less similar to the tube the sound will be diffused in all clirections, and far less of it will reach a distant point than if the tube is surrounded by a medium of different density, such as air. The statement is often made that sounds are con- ducted better in the direction of the blood stream. This factor is of but little importance. Sounds are conducted by the vascular wall and by the column of blood, the direction of the blood flow is unimportant. Murmurs heard in the arteries may be conducted from the heart, but before assuming this one must be sure that they have not been arti- ficially produced by local pressure of the stethoscope upon the arterial wall. The murmur of aortic obstruction is often well and widely heard in the large arteries but it is sometimes extensively heard over other tissues as well. Occasionally heart sounds may be advantageously studied in the carotid artery when they are almost inaudible in cases of emphysema or over-shadowed by pericardial friction sounds (Roberts^). Local abnormalities, aneurisms, especially the arterioveneus variety, or neighboring tumors causing arterial constriction, of course also give rise to arterial murmurs. Nearby veins may give rise to bruits which may be mistakenly attributed to the arteries. VENOUS MURMURS Venous nmrmurs (bruit de diable, nun's murmur, souffle, venous hum) were formerly considered an indication of anemia. They consist of soft, low-pitched continuous humming sounds of variable quality and inten- sity with a rhythmic accentuation. They are heard in the large veins above the clavicles in 50 per cent, of all children. They are loudest during auricular diastole (faster flow), in the erect or sitting postures, and on the right side behind the lower margin of the sternomastoid muscles. 1 Roberts, S. R. : "A Study of Arterial Sounds." /. A. M. A., Ixix, Sept. 15, 1917, 873. 254 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM The right internal jugular vein is almost a linear continuation of the right innominate vein, the internal jugular is held open by the cervical fascia and hence cannot diminish in calibre when the amount of blood lessens; hence a fluid vein is produced and a murmur results. The condition is increased by h3^dremia (anemia) (Figs. 136, 212). Another explanation is that based on a constriction of the vein. "By having the patient turn the head upward and away from the side auscultated the internal jugulars are made tense and compressed against the transverse processes of the lower cervical vertebrae with which they are in relation. In this way the calibre of the vein is narrowed and the flow of blood accelerated."^ ^lany explanations as to the exact cause of venous hums have from time to time been offered. Xone are invariably satisfactory. The diagnostic value of venous murmurs froyn any standpoint is very slight. It is said that a venous hum may be heard in the femoral veins under the same conditions in which it is heard in the jugulars, but we have never been able to verify this statement. Eustace Smith's Sign.- — Occasionally a venous hum is heard over the sternum just beneath the notch. The murmur is elicited by tilting the head back and is supposedly produced in the left innominate vein, which passes from left to right with a slight obliquity downward behind the upper part of the sternum, b}- reason of the vein being pressed upward by enlarged bronchial lymph nodes. This explanation appears to be erroneous. The bronchial h'mph nodes at the bifurcation of the trachea are too far above the heart to cause pressure on the large vessels. The pressure is probablj' caused by an enlarged persistent thymus gland' (Gittings). When the murmur is present over the sternum it is also heard in the jugulars, where in all probabihty it originates. Although frequenth^ referred to as a sign of some value in the recogni- tion of enlarged bronchial lymph nodes in children, we have rarely been able to elicit it even in cases in which there were other signs pointing strongly to this condition. CARDIO -RESPIRATORY MURMURS (Cardio-pulmonary, pseudo-cardial, cardio-pneumatic, sj-stoUc vesicu- lar murmurs.) Cardio-respiratory murmurs are interrupted or abnormal breath sounds produced by the movement of the heart upon the surrounding lung tissue. The respiratory sounds ma}' be interrupted by a series of periodic interruptions or increments of intensit}' (puffs or ''cogs") which may be heard even when the breath is held. They often vary with the cardiac or respirator}- rate and phase. They are generally loudest near the cardiac apex and along the left border of the heart, but they may be heard along the right border, in the scapular region and elsewhere. They are influenced by respiration, being generally' louder during deep inspira- tion. They are apt to be affected b}' change of posture; the}- generally disappear in recumbency, and nearly always during apnea. They are not accurately synchronous with the heart, but often appear in the middle of systole, being distinctly separated from the first sound. Theyoften^ 1 Landis and IvArrMAx: Arch. Pediatrics, Feb. 12, 1912. HEART MURMURS 255 begin and end suddenly, are sharply localized and seem close to the ear of the examiner. They are not transmitted in the directions which are characteristic of endocardial murmurs. They are often intermittent, associated with rales, and influenced by stethoscopic pressure. They may occur in perfectly normal individuals, but are especially common in pulmonary tuberculosis, especially when the pleura has been extensively involved, and in atelectatic lungs, as well as in patients who have had pleuritis or pneumonia, or in those suffering from paroxysmal tachy- cardia. Gerhartz has shown that cardiac murmurs are generally due to vibrations of about the same rate as those which correspond to the lower range of the respiratory sound (60 to 80 vibrations per second). The Fig. 213. — The distribution of cardio-respiratory murmurs in 48 cases. Composite pictures " constructed by shading the affected area of each chest upon the same diagram by lines approximately equidistant." The actual numerical frequency is shown by the attached leaders. {After Thomas Leivis, Quart. Jour. Med., Jan., 1909.) fact that the two types of sound have about the same pitch accounts for the difficulty which sometimes attends their differentiation. Cardio- respiratory murmurs have no pathologic significance except that they may indicate pleural adhesions; their importance merely lies in the fact that they may be mistaken for endocardial murmurs or pericardial frictions. Succussion splash synchronous with the heart may be heard in the neighborhood of the precordium. It is generally produced in the stom- ach, although it may be due to hydropneumothorax, or to hydropneumo- pericardium. Hepatic murmurs may be heard over the liver or in the epigastrium in some (rare) cases of hepatic cirrhosis. They are generally venous in origin (blood flowing from small into larger veins, or sinuses) and maybe continuous or intermittent in character. PERICARDIAL FRICTION SOUNDS In the early stages of pericarditis the serous membrane which is normally smooth and moist becomes roughened as a result of con- gestion and exudation. The exudate, instead of noiselessly gliding over the neighboring pericardium, now produces a rough, scratching or scrap- 256 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM ing"sound,"similar in quality to that heard over an inflamed pleura. This sound is known as a pericardial friction. It often has a dry, creaking or shuffling, leathery quality, is heard during both systole and diastole and is therefore described as being "to and fro." It is frequently ac- companied by local pain, seems close to the ear and is intensified by pres- FiG. 214. — Acute sero-fibrixous pericarditis. The pericardial sac is stretched'and has been greatly distended by serous exudati. Both the mural and the visceral surfaces are covered with fibrinous exudate (cor villosum, bread and butter pericardium). Such a heart would yield loud friction sounds in the early stages of inflammation. Later when the serous surfaces were separated by liquid effusion the friction would disappear, except per- haps at the base, while the heart sounds would be muffled and distant. {From Xorris' 'Cardiac Pathology.") sure. It remains localized, isnot transmitted in the directions character- istic of endocardial murmurs, and is often loudest over the middle of the precordium where the heart is uncovered by lung tissue. It may be dif- ferentiated (1) from a pleural friction by the fact that it is synchronous HEART MURMURS 257 with the heart, and not with respiration and that it does not disappear during the Valsalva experiment; and (2) from endocardial sounds, by the fact that it is not accm-ately synchronous with either systole or diastole, but often overlaps them both because the greatest systolic excursion of the cardiac surface corresponds to the expulsion time and not to either systole or diastole. A further difference lies in the fact that the friction tends to vary in qualit}^ and intensitj' not only in the course of a few Fig. 215. — Peeic.\kdl^l effusion: the body being frozen in the recumbent posture and views from behind. The heart is hypertrophied and dilated. Both lower pulmonar lobes are compressed, the left by the effusion, the right by the congested liver which has been forced upward as the result of ascites (recumbent posture). The physical findings are shown in Fig. 216. (Compare Figs. 175, 377, 378.) hours, but even at times from one heart beat to another. Leaning for- ward or lying on the left side tends to intensify the sound while the right lateral decubitus often diminishes it. The pericardial friction may have a shuffling triple rhythm very similar to gallop rhj^hm. Pericardial "Knock." — During the recent war much interest was aroused by the "pericardial knock, "^ a choking ^sound heard over the precordium in certain cases of penetrating chest wounds, in the neigh- borhood of the pericardium. This sound is sometimes audible not onl}^ IS. M Smith: Br. Med. Jour., .Jan. 19, 1918. 17 258 THE EXAMINATION OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM by the patient himself, l)ut also by the examiner at some distance from the patient. A clear cut metalhc click, usually double in rhythm and synchronous with the heart; often transient and influenced by respira- tion, it is best heard near the cardiac apex. The genesis of this rather startling sound has been ascribed to (a) emphysema of the mediastinal connective tissue or (5) free air in the interstitial connective tissue of the lung. Pericardial Effusion.- — Unless the pericardial inflammation is promptly arrested, the exudate poured out into the pericardial sac increases and becomes more liquid in character — serum, pus or blood. Such a peri- cardial effusion muffles the heart sounds so that they become feeble or even inaudible. Under such circumstances the friction sound disappears. Exaggerated breath sounds, scattered rales Muffled breath sounds, distant bron- cho-vesicular breathing small pleural effusion) To and^fro friction sound, synchronous with the heart Apex impulse feeble, sounds muffled, a distant systolic mur- mur is heard Fig. 216. — Percussion outlines in case whose heart is depicted in Fig. 215. The heart dulness is very large and merges with that of the liver; it is somewhat pyriform in shape. The cardiohepatic angle is obtuse. The abdomen is distended and bulges in the flanks (ascites). The patient suffers from orthopnea — the shoulders are raised and the accessory muscles of respiration brought into play. The breath sounds were harsh and exaggerated and associated with crackling rdles (congestion). The scar between the umbilicus and pubis results from paracentesis abdominalis. Such a condition is associated with an increase of heart dulness, which forms an obtuse cardio-hepatic angle. The inflammation and effusion cause a softening and distention of the pericai'dium, which in some cases may become so large as to simulate a pleural effusion and may produce compression of the left lung with associated dulness and bronchial breath- ing. In children, bulging of the precordium ma}^ occur. Cardiac dul- ness extends further to the left beyond the apex impulse than is the case in hypertrophied hearts. Dulness in the fifth right intercostal space near the sternum (Rotch's sign) is sometimes demonstrable quite early in the effusion stage. Stress is sometimes laid upon the fact that the HEART MURMURS 259 heart dulness in pericardial effusions tends to be pyriform, but this is certainly not always the case. An area of percussion dulness at the angle of the left scapula together with bronchial breathing, etc., fre- quently results from pressure of a large pericardial effusion upon a portion of the lung (Etvarfs sign). Changing the patient's posture from the erect to the right lateral position tends, in pericardial effusion, to produce a greater displacement of the heart to the right than is the case in simple hypertrophy. Progressive enfeeblement of the heart sounds, especially when a friction sound has been heard or suspected, may have distinct diagnostic value. Fig. 217. — Precordial bulging as a result of (rheuraatir-) pericardial effusion in a lad of 13 years. It should be remembered that small pericardial effusions are fre- quently overlooked and it has been stated that no effusion is demon- strable by physical signs until it amounts to 150 c.c. One should be constantly on the lookout for evidences of pericarditis when deaHng with rheumatic fever and lobar pneumonia (see Figs. 377-382 inch). An X-ray examination may throw much useful light upon doubtful cases. There is considerable variation regarding the ■position of (he heart in pericardial effusions, as well as difference of opinion regarding its cause. It seems that the position depends upon the size of the heart, which in turn depends upon the amount of blood it contains, which is in turn de- termined by the stage of compensation. When the heart is w^ell filled with blood its position is relatively normal, but when it is small and partly collapsed it may fall backward against the posterior pericardial wall; the apex being more or less displaced toward the right. Occasionallj^ it may 260 THE EXAMINATION OF CIKCULATORY SYSTEM remain in an anterior position, in which it is maintained bj- the elasticity of the great vessels. Effusions amounting to 750 c.c. may be sufl&cient to cause the dis- appearance of all friction sounds even at the base, but on the other hand a friction may persist with effusions of 1000 c.c. or more. Pleuro-pericardial sounds are due to roughening of the external sur- faces of the pleura and the pericardium. They are heard best at the left anterior pulmonary border, are often affected by respiration, posture, etc. Fig. 218. — Pericabdi.\l adhesions. The illustration shows dense, localized, fibrous adhesions near the apex of the heart (which is dilated), the result of antecedent pericardial inflammation. Such a condition is suggested by localized systolic retraction of the chest wall, especially if associated with diminished postural mobility of the heart, with symptoms of cardiac insufficiency out of proportion to the demonstrable physical signs, lack of response to the usual methods of treatment (digitalis, rest, etc.), especially if coupled with a history of a previous attack of rheumatic fever or pneumonia. (From A'orris' "Cardiac Path- ology.") PRACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS In examining the heart, observations should always be made in both the erect and in the recumbent posture. The results thus obtained are often variable, and physical signs absent in one position may be readily demonstrable in the other. When the findings are recorded, the position should be stated. In the erect posture the apex beat is lower, the cardiac dulness is less- ened, the aortic second sound is louder than the pulmonic (after twenty- five years of age), the splitting of the second sound if previously present tends to disappear; the murmurs of aortic insufficiency and mitral ob- struction become louder, as does also the venous vascular hum. HEART MURMURS 261 In recumbency the apex beat is higher, the cardiac dulness is generally more marked and the pulmonic second sound louder than the aortic, even in adults. Reduplication of the second sound is often present; the mur- murs of mitral insufficiency, tricuspid insufficiency, aortic obstruction, and most functional murmurs become more intense. The differences are chiefly due to the effects of gravity upon the position of the heart and upon the blood flow. It is often advisable to have the patient indulge in some form of exer- cise, provided his physical condition permits of it, such as climbing a flight of stairs, or "dipping" (touching the floor with the finger tips, by flexion of the knees and thighs). These procedures will often develop latent murmurs, irregularities or cardiac erythism. It is always well, especially in high-strung individuals, to count the pulse while the patient is resting quietly, before the clothes have been removed, and to repeat both the pulse count and the blood-pressure estimation at the end of the examination, after the patient has become tranquilized. It should be borne in mind that functional murmurs are of frequent occurrence, and that organic heart murmurs are nearly always accom- panied by demonstrable cardiac enlargement, increased pulse rate or other abnormalities. Further that "a. disease of the valves is not a dis- ease of the heart"; in other words as long as the myocardium is healthy the prognosis is relatively good regardless of valvular leakage or ob- . struction. Regarding hlood-pressure estimations we should bear in mind that the initial reading is often fallaciously high, especially in patients unused to this examination. Subsequent examinations made after the patient has learned the harmless and painless nature of the procedure are much more accurate. In these "psychic" elevations, however, the diastolic pressure is practically unaffected, even when the systolic pressure has been tem- porarily elevated 15 or 20 mm. Hg. Systolic pressures above 160 mm. and diastolic readings above 100 mm. Hg are abnormal at any age. The most frequent cause of persistent arterial hypertension is chronic glo- merulo-nephritis. An examination of the urine is always essential since the cardiorenal relationship is a close and important one. An examination of the thyroid gland will often explain cardiac ab- normalities such as tachycardia, hypertrophy, dyspnea and lability of the pulse and of blood-pressure. Shght edema of the extremities at the end of the day point to cardiac fatigue and insufficiency. The possible presence of an aortic aneurism should always be borne in mind, in patients who complain of precordial pain, oppression, cough, dyspnea or other cardiac or respiratory symptoms without evident cause. Upon discovering the existence of a murmur the examiner should determine (1) the area over which it is loudest; (2) its time in relation to the cardiac cycle; (3) the direction in which it is transmitted; (4) its character and constancy in relation to respiration, posture and exercise. It must be remembered that many entirely normal persons may present murmurs. The effect of deep forced inspiration and expiration, each act being held for a number of seconds, should be noted. Functional and cardio- respiratory murmurs will be much affected by these procedures and may indeed disappear entirely during one or the other phase. Organic murmurs are much less or not at all affected. Furthermore, individuals 262 THE EXAMIXATIOX OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM with organic lesions generally cannot hold their breath as long as normal people without discomfort, distention of the jugular veins or cyanosis. The effect of chaiige of posture from the erect to the recumbent position, and of exercise such as dipping, should always be noted not only in regard to the murmur but also upon the pulse rate, respiration and blood- pressure. The less marked and the more brief the changes produced, the less serious generally, the lesion. If the pulse rate remains high and the blood-pressure falls after moderate exercise, the individual is at least not in good training, and people with organic lesions naturally show the effect of a lack of it more than those with normal hearts. Functional heart murmurs are never diastoUc in time, they are not accompanied by other abnormalities such as hypertrophy, accentua- tion of the second sounds, arrhythmia, cyanosis, edema, etc., and they generally occur at the pulmonary area — the "region of romance" of Balfour. Functional murmurs are not conducted in the same direction nor to the degree as organic murmurs. Thus a mitral systolic murmur if conducted to the angle of the scapula may be considered not only organic but the result of a well-marked lesion. A forcible cardiac impulse associated with a weak radial pulse bespeaks structural disease. The inteiisity of a mur- mur is not an index of the severity of the lesion, often quite to the con- trary. Thus in failing compensation the murmurs become fainter and may entirely disappear, while the area of cardiac dulness increases; the apex beat becomes weaker and more diffuse, although sometimes more readily visible. Epigastric pulsation as well as that over the upper pre- cordium becomes more intense, and accentuation of the pulmonic second sound disappears. It is frequently impossible to make an accurate diag- nosis of the valvular lesions during broken compensation. The history of an antecedent attack of rheumatic fever, chorea or tonsillitis is evidence in favor of an organic lesion, especially in case of the mitral valve ; while the history of syphilitic infection or the presence of a positive Wassermann reaction more or less definitely settles the origin of a diastolic aortic murmur. The presence of marked anemia should make one very chary of declaring a murmur to be due to valvular disease. It is to be remembered that aortic and pulmonary stenosis are rare lesions, whereas systolic murmurs over these areas are very common. At the aortic area systolic murmurs are usually due to a mere roughening or stiffening of the valves or to a shght aortic dilatation. At the pul- monary area systolic murmurs may result from the most trivial causes, such as pressure of the lung, traction of pleural adhesions, dilatation of the artery. Pulmonary stenosis is practically always a congenital lesion, associated with marked cyanosis, clubbed fingers, right-sided hypertrophy, congestion of the lungs, a weak second sound and thrills. Without some of these findings a diagnosis of pulmonary' stenosis should never be made. A diagnosis of tricuspid insufficiency cannot be made on the presence of a murmur alone. A positive venous pulse, pulmonary congestion or hepatic enlargement, edema, ascites, a pulsating liver, cough, dyspnea, if not orthopnea — at least some of these symptoms must exist before the diagnosis of tricuspid insufficiency is justified. The presystoUc murmur of mitral stenosis is generally characteristic and readily recognized owing to its rumbling quality and to the mitral HEART MURMURS 263 pulse. It can be confused only with a Flint murmur or with the murmur of tricuspid stenosis. The former is usually easily identified by means of the blood-pressure picture, the marked left ventricular hypertrophy and the pulsatory phenomena. Much more difficult is the diagnosis between early mitral obstruction and a normal heart, with a loud pre- systolic element of the first sound, especially in cases of the Efful syn- drome, see p. 221. In some cases, even if the historj^, the symptoms, and the physical signs are most carefully considered, experienced physi- cians will differ in their diagnosis and only time will decide the problem. Tricuspid stenosis is a rare lesion, which when encountered is generally associated with mitral stenosis. But few cases have been correctly diagnosticated during life. For obvious reasons they are generally "signed out" as mitral stenosis. The presence of an "a" wave in the liver pulse is said to be characteristic of tricuspid stenosis. PART III DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM By H. R. M. Landis, A. B., M. D. CHAPTER XXI DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI ACUTE BRONCHITIS An acute catarrhal inflammation of the mucous membrane of the trachea, large and medium-sized bronchi. In healthy adults it is, as a rule, a harmless affection, but in the very young and very old it is often a serious matter. In the latter age periods the inflammation shows a decided tendency to extend downward into the fine bronchi, leading eventually to a capillary bronchitis, or, as it is preferably called, a broncho-pneumonia. Etiology. — As met with under ordinary conditions, acute bronchitis is of itself of relatively little importance, and except under the condi- tions above mentioned, it is rarely serious. It should be kept in mind, however that it is very commonlj^ associated with the acute infections, particularly, typhoid fever and malaria, even from the beginning of these fevers. Acute bronchitis is so universally associated with measles that it should be considered a symptom rather than a compli- cation. During the course of an epidemic of measles or influenza the bronchial inflammation may be very severe. In such instances the condi- tion is characterized by a profuse, purulent bronchorrhea and the con- stitutional evidences of a severe toxemia. Secondly broncho-pneumonia, lobar pneumonia or pleural involvement often occurs. The presence of adenoids and enlarged tonsils are important predisposing factors in children (Holt). It is of the greatest importance to keep in mind that tuberculosis often begins acutely, and may for a few weeks resemble an attack of acute bronchitis. Two facts should be borne in mind, first that acute bronchitis runs its course in about three weeks, and secondlj^ that it is a bilateral affection, while a beginning tuberculosis is unilateral and almost invariably located at the summit of one or the other lung. It cannot be too strongly emphasized that a cough which, without complications, has persisted for six weeks or more should be carefully investigated; the majority of such cases will be found to be tuberculous. It is worth noting that individuals with tuberculosis not infrequently give a history of being subject to repeated colds. Acute bronchitis is especially prevalent in the changeable weather encountered in the spring and late autumn. In some instances it is the result of becoming chilled, in others it follows an ordinary coryza, the 265 266 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI. LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM latter being in many instances an acute infection transferred from person to person. Individuals who are habitually closely confined, or who com- monly visit crowded places of amusement, or use public convej-ances are especiallv prone to "acute colds." On the other hand, those who live an outdoor life and are subjected to all sorts of inclement weather are comparatively free from these disorders. The contagiousness of acute colds was noted by Benjamin Franldin, a century and a half ago. The bacteriological findings in cases of acute catarrhal bronchitis are varied. Occasionally some one organism predominates or even occurs alone, but this is rare. Among the organisms encountered maybe men- tioned the micrococcus catarrhalis, influenza bacillus, streptococcus and pneumococcus. An attack of acute bronchitis may be precipitated by the inhalation of dust or chemical irritants, such as ether, chlorine gas, ammonia, etc. Morbid Anatomy. — Acute bronchitis is practically always a bilateral affection although the distribution of the inflammatory process is not uniform. As a rule, certain portions of the bronchial tree are more affected than others. Not only are the bronchi affected but in most instances the trachea and larynx as well; indeed in some instances the process may be limited to the larynx, trachea and main branches of the bronchial tree (see Fig. 219). When the infection manifests itself principally in the smaller tubes there are apt to be small areas of broncho-pneumonia. The latter may or may not be sufficiently marked to be recognized clinically. In simple catarrhal bronchitis the mucous membrane is reddened and swollen. It is covered with a sticky exudate which is greyish in color and mucoid in character. In the later stages the exudate often becomes mucopurulent or purulent. Symptoms. — The onset is frequently with coryza, which as it extends downward, successive!}' causes some irritation of the pharynx, at times hoarseness, often marked in character, and finally symptoms indicating involvement of the tracheal and bronchial mucous membranes, namely, a sense of oppression in the chest, substernal soreness and cough. The latter is dry at first and often occurs in paroxysms which cause marked pain beneath the sternum and lower part of the chest. Fig. 219 illus- trates very clearly why this should be so. The expectoration is at first scanty, viscid and difficult to raise. After four or five days the cough tends to become looser, and the sputum becomes, first mucopurulent, later purulent, and is apt to be profuse. Slight fever, which may range from 100° to 102°F. or higher, occurs in the severer cases. The ordinary case is not febrile for more than a week or so. Later than this the temperature becomes a valuable sign in dis- tinguishing the condition from tuberculosis. Most individuals experience a sense of oppression and languor. Pain in the back and bones, not unlike those encountered in grippe, also occurs with varying intensity. Physical Signs.^ — Unless the smaller tubes are involved, as in the aged or very young, there is no increase in the respiratory rate. Aside from the evidences indicative of an acute febrile state, inspection is negative. Percussion shows no changes. On palpation there maj^ be noted a rhon- chal fremitus. The physical signs are almost entirely auscultatory in character. At first the rales are sibilant in character, are heard over both sides of the Fig. 219. — Intense acute bronchitis due to influenza bacillus. Upper lobe shows cavity at apex, great thickening of pleura. Adhesions between lobes. (Jefferson Medical College Museum.) DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI 267 chest, and are very changeable, appearing and disappearing, especially after cough. Later as the cough loosens the rales have a moist sound and a bubbling quality. While the almost universal rule is that acute bronchitis is a bilateral affection, it occasionally happens that the physical signs are confined to one side. It is needless to say, however, that such <3ases are unusual and that such a condition is strongly suggestive of tuberculosis. Until the latter can be ruled out positively, a diagnosis of acute bronchitis is indefensible. Still another variation, and one that is relatively common, is for the inflammation to be confined to the trachea alone. In these cases all of the symptoms of acute bronchitis are present with an absence of any physical signs in the chest. A diagnostic error is sometimes committed, owing to the fact that a true acute bronchitis occurs in association with an incipient tuberculosis, the more serious affection thus becoming masked. Even in those cases where, from the symptoms, one may suspect tuberculosis, the latter is difficult to demonstrate until the bronchitis has cleared up. After the symptoms, and especially, the physical signs, of acute bronchitis have disappeared the tuberculous lesion may be detected. Diagnosis. — The chief features of acute catarrhal bronchitis are coryza, some irritation in the throat, substernal soreness, cough and ex- pectoration. For a few days there is usually a slight elevation of the temperature. If the process is limited to the trachea and large tubes there will be no physical signs; if the medium-sized bronchi are involved, rales will be heard over both lungs. Of itself acute bronchitis is a trivial affection. It is always worthy of consideration, however, as it is often the forerunner of more serious trouble. In children and in those of advanced years the possibility of the inflammatory process extending to the finer bronchi and air cells must always be borne in mind. In children catarrhal infiammation of the conjunctiva and nasal mucous membrane associated with cough and expectoration, may be the prodromal symptoms of measles. The mucous membrane of the mouth should be examined for the presence of Koplik's spots. The symptoms in the early stage of ichooping-cough are, as a rule, those of an acute cold, the characteristic whoop not appearing until later. In the presence of an epidemic of whooping cough an acute "cold" should be looked upon as possibly being the prodromal stage of pertussis. Not infrequently patients who develop lobar -pneumonia will give a history of having had a ''bad cold" for some days before the onset of the pneumonia. Acute bronchitis is so constantly present in cases of typhoid fever as to constitute a symptom of the disease. It may occur early in the attack of typhoid fever. In an individual suffering from what appears to be an attack of acute bronchitis and in whom the fever persists and prostration is marked, typhoid fever should be thought of. The differentiation between acute bronchitis and early tuberculosis is considered on page 326. CHRONIC BRONCHITIS Etiology. — As a primary affection, chronic bronchitis is encountered much less frequently than is usually thought, and while it is commonly taught that repeated attacks of acute bronchitis may develop into the 268 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM chronic form of the disease, such is rarely the case. Indeed there are some who refuse to recognize the existence of a primary chronic bron- chitis under any circumstances. It is certain that many cases so desig- nated are in reaUty instances in which a much more serious affection is present the bronchitis being only a secondary manifestation There is one class of cases, however, in which chronic bronchitis is very frequently a primary affection, namely, those in which there has been a prolonged exposure to dust, such as is seen in millers, stone cutters, coal miners, etc. In these cases the constant irritation produced by the dust particles, which at first produces a mild acute inflammatory condition of the bronchial mucous membrane, finally brings about a chronic condition. It is worth bearing in mind, however, that the morbidity from tuber- culosis is very high among such w^orkers, and care must be exercised not to mistake a latent tuberculosis for chronic bronchitis. Chronic bronchitis is rarely encountered in the young; on the other hand, it is very frequent among those past the middle period of life. The winter cough so frequently encountered in those of advanced years is usually one of the indications of a faulty circulation, a chronic renal lesion or some chronic pulmonary condition such as asthma or emphy- sema. Indeed, it is in association with these latter conditions that chronic bronchitis is most frequently met with. In such individuals climatic changes have an important bearing; they are extremely suscepti- ble to sudden changes in the weather. In the warm summer months they are almost entirely free from their pulmonary symptoms, and resi- dence in a warm climate during the winter months also assures them of freedom from their symptoms. Gout, chronic alcoholism, certain skin lesions and obesity also are not uncommonly accompanied with chronic bronchitis. Rarely a tumor or aneurism of the aorta, through pressure on the bronchi, may bring about a catarrhal inflammation of the bronchial mucous membrane, and finally a chronic bronchitis. It is thus seen that in the vast majority of instances the condition is secondary to some other affection, and until disease of the heart, kidney or other pulmonary lesions are excluded a diagnosis of chronic bronchitis alone is untenable. Morbid Anatomy. — The condition is characterized by a venous hy peremia and swelling of the bronchial mucous membrane with increased secretion of mucus, and the exudation of serum and pus cells. As the disease progresses the mucous membrane may hypertrophy in places, and in others become atrophied, so that the longitudinal bands of elastic tissue are readily seen. The membrane is also frequentl}^ denuded of its epithelium and the glandular tissues atrophied. Of the end results, cylindrical dilatation of the medium and smaller bronchi is frequent, while some degree of emphysema is constantly met w^ith. Symptoms." — The chief manifestations are as follows: Shortness of breath on the slightest exertion, which is sometimes accompanied by a fit of coughing, with or without expectoration. These symptoms, espe- cially the shortness of breath, are commonly due to the associated emphy- sema; in some cases cardiac weakness is the exciting factor. The cough, as already stated, is variable, being much influenced by the weather conditions. In the summer it is very slight, or even disappears alto- gether. Even in the winter it is not apt to be constant, and during this season may occur only in the morning, or there may be a paroxysm at DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI 269 night. The expectoration also varies greatly in different cases; in some it is entirely absent. As a rule, however, it is rather abundant and muco- purulent in character. There is no pain nor fever, and rarely any marked deterioration of health. The most serious feature of the disease is the fact that it prac- tically always results in emphysema, and in some instances, leads to a severe grade of bronchiectasis. Physical Signs. — ^Chronic bronchitis, primary in character, like the acute form has few physical signs, and those are entirely auscultatory. Inasmuch, however, as the disease is nearly always associated with some emphysema, and occasionally with well-marked dilatation of the bronchi, the physical signs vary in individual cases. In the ordinary case with slight emphysematous changes, the follow^- ing points may be noted : hispedion. — Barrel-shaped chest with little or no lateral expansion, the chest moving up and down. The apex beat of the heart is usually not seen because of the distended lung. These signs may be very marked, or hardly evident, depending entirely on the amount of emphj^sema present. Palpation. — Palpation confirms the character of the expansion. Vocal fremitus is normal or slightly diminished. A rhonchal fremitus may be detected at different points. Percussion. — The percussion note is normal or hyperresonant in ac- cordance with the amount of emphysema present. It may also have a tympanitic qualitj^ at the bases as the result of pulmonary relaxation, or if the secretion is profuse, the note may be slightly impaired in the same situation. AuscuUation. — The auscultatory signs will vary in accordance with the amount of secretion present. Thus in the summer months when the patient is free from cough, the lungs may reveal no adventitious sounds whatever, and aside from a slight diminution of the intensity of the respira- tory murmur and prolonged expiration show no marked deviation from the normal. During the active stage, however, the lungs are usually filled with mixed rales, both large and small, and at one time or another they are heard everywhere throughout both lungs. At the bases of the lungs the rales are quite apt to be of the small moist variety. At times the rales are so numerous and loud as to entirely obscure the respiratory murmur. Vocal fremitus may be normal or diminished in intensity. Diagnosis. — The recognition of chronic bronchitis is not difficult. The important thing to bear in mind is that it is almost invariably a sec- ondary condition and is only too often one of the manifestations of a much more serious affection. FIBRINOUS BRONCHITIS This disease is also referred to as plastic, croupous or pseudo-mena- branous bronchitis and bronchial croup. The essential feature of this form of bronchitis is the formation in the bronchial tubes of fibrinous casts, which are expelled after a paroxysm of dyspnea and cough. It is a rare affection and although known to Galen and other ancient authors the number of cases recorded in the literature is not much over two hundred. The disease may occur either as an acute or a chronic mani- festation; the latter is by far the most frequent. 270 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM Bronchial casts may be formed secondarily to diphtheria in the pharynx or larynx or to croupous pneumonia. Casts occurring in association with these two diseases will not l)e considered here. Etiology. — The cause of fibrinous bronchitis is as yet wholly unknown and there is no evidence to show that it is in any way dependent on a bacterial infection. The disease occurs most frequently between the ages of ten and thirty. Males are affected about twice as frequently as females. In common with other forms of bronchitis this form of the disease occurs more frequently in the colder months of the year. The immediate exciting causes are probably, in great measure, the same. In one instance a simple bronchitis develops; in the other a fibrinous exudation is later superadded. Fibrinous bronchitis has been described as occurring in association with a variety of conditions but in most instances the connection is to be regarded as no more than a coincidence. It has been noted in the course of the acute infections such as measles, scarlet fever, erysipelas, typhoid fever, influenza, etc. The inhalation of irritant fumes and gases such as steam, smoke and ammonia, has at times been followed by the expulsion of fibrinous casts. Among other conditions reported may be mentioned asthma, pulmonary edema following thoracentesis, pulmonary actino- mycosis and aspergillosis and various skin diseases. The largest number of instances have been met with in individuals affected with heart disease and pulmonary tuberculosis. In regard to tuberculosis the frequency of the association varies tremendously among different observers. West' refers to the association of fibrinous bronchitis and tuberculosis in 7 out of 51 cases. Lehmann-]Model- found tubercu- losis at autopsy in 3 of 6 cases observed by him and refers to 26 autopsies in the literature in which tuberculosis was found in 10. I recall no in- stance of bronchial casts occurring among the ward patients in the Phipps Institute over a period of thirteen years nor have such casts ever been found in any of the 662 autopsies on tuberculous individuals. Walshe^ also emphasizes the fact that he had never seen the true disease either in life or in death in an actively phthisical person. It is probably fair to assume that pulmonary tul^erculosis pla>'s no part in the formation of the casts and that the association of the two conditions is a mere coincidence. The same may be said of the association with heart disease. In a certain number of instances the disease occurs in robust, healthy individuals in whom there is no apparent causative factor. Morbid Anatomy. — The bronchi involved usually represent a circum- scribed area but occasionally the disease occurs in a diffuse form. While any part of the bronchial tree may be involved the bronchi of the lower lobes are most frequently affected (West). The process as a rule, com- mences in the medium-sized bronchi and extends downward. There is little tendency to spread upward. While it is known that the diph- theria bacillus b}' extension downward, may produce a fibrinous cast in the trachea and large bronchi and that the pneumococcus may lead to the formation of casts in the small bronchi during an attack of pneumonia, there is no evidence to show that fibrinous casts occurring either idio- pathically or in association with other conditions, are bacterial in origin. ' "Diseases of the Respiratory Organs." ^ Inaugural Dissertation, Freiburg, 1890. ' "Diseases of the Lungs," 4th ed., 1871. DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI 271 As to the bronchi themselves there is no constantly associated lesion. Occasionally a case has been reported in which at the site of the cast, there has been a caseous infiltration, an ulcer or desquamation of the- epithelium. In none of these cases, however, is it clear that the change in the bronchi bore any causal relation to the formation of the cast. In. the chronic form of the disease, emphysema of the lungs sometimes- develops. The casts are pearly gray or white in color and of fairlj^ firm consist- ency. They vary in length from fragments }y^ inch long up to complete casts of 6 or 7 inches, with branches corresponding to the divisions of the bronchi from which they have been expelled (Fig. 220). The casts from. Fig. 220. -Fibrinous bronchitis cast expectorated; three-fourths natural size. {Milton Bettmann, in American Journal of the Medical Sciences.) the larger bronchi are hollow and present a laminated appearance as the result of successive deposits of fibrin or mucus. The smaller casts are solid and often terminate in spirals. Bronchial casts are usually composed chiefly of fibrin, but in some instances the main constituent is mucus and in others the fibrin and mucus occur together in varying proportions. At times the cast is streaked with blood. The number expelled varies from one every day or so to a large number daily. They may be coughed up as a lump or pellet or may be surrounded by sputum. Occasionalh^ the cast may be expelled in the form of elongated cylinders resembling macaroni or vermicelli. The discovery of the cast is often accidental. The patient may be led to examine the pellet, as in a case recently observed, or the 272 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM true nature of the small lumps may be revealed in the course of the examination of the sputum. The sputum may be scanty or very profuse. In addition to the presence of casts the sputum may contain Charcot- Leyden crystals, Curschmann's spirals and eosinophilic cells, indicating a condition of the mucous membrane similar to that in asthma (IVIcPhcdran). Symptoms. — Two forms of the disease are recognized, the acute and the chronic. The acute form which is rare, may begin abruptly with a chill, fever, cough, pain in the chest and dj'spnea. It is more apt, how- ever, to be associated with one of the acute infections, in which case, after a preliminarj' bronchitis the paroxysms of coughing become more and more severe and the dyspnea increases. The fibrinous casts, the presence of which alone make the diagnosis possible, may be coughed up at once or after the existence, for some days, of what seems to be a simple bronchitis. The duration of the acute cases is from a few daj'S to several weeks. In the favorable cases the fever declines b}' Ij'sis, the cough and dyspnea diminish, the expectoration of casts ceases and there is complete and permanent recover^^ In severe cases death often occurs with all the symptoms of suffocation. Rarely the acute form may become chronic but this is verj' unusual. The chronic variety is often preceded bj' the ordinarj' chronic form of bronchitis although in some instances the disease maj^ assume the fibrin- ous type from the outset. The attacks tend to recur at certain definite intervals for months or years. In some instances the size of the casts is identical in each attack and this fact in association with the location of the physical signs, points to the involvement of the same portion of the bronchial tree. During the attack the cough assumes a paroxysmal character and dj'spnea is marked. Hemoptysis has been noted in a number of cases. The amount of blood expectorated is usually small and may consist of nothing more than some blood streaks on the cast. Epistaxis, diarrhea and albuminuria have been noted during an attack. In the chronic form there is rarely any fever or any other evidence of constitutional disturbance and the general nutrition is well maintained. Emphysema often develops. In the chronic form the attack, consisting of paroxysms of dyspnea and coughing followed by the expulsion of a cast, may last from a few days to weeks or even months. The separate paroxysm is usually short although it may be preceded by some hours of coughing. The attacks vary greatly in duration even in the same patient. Once the chronic form develops the patient is usualh' liable to attacks the remainder of life. The disease has been noted to recur over a period of twenty-five years. The interval between the attacks varies. In some instances the attacks recur regularly at certain times, as for instance at the menstrual periods; in others it comes irregularly and there may be an interval of years in which the patient is free from the disease. Physical Signs. — The physical signs do not give definite information. If but a small area is involved the\' may be entirely normal. In many instances the physical findings are those of acute or chronic bronchitis. If a sufiiciently large area is involved there may be deficient expansion on the affected side, a weakened or absent respiratory murmur, dulness DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI 273 and the presence of rales both large and small. These atelectatic areas disappear with the expulsion of the cast. The abnormal physical signs are commonly found at the bases of the lungs and usually on one side only. The only physical sign peculiar to fibrinous bronchitis is a curious flapping sound beginning in the middle of inspiration and continuing to the end. It is apparently produced by the presence of partially separated casts. Its value is limited, however, as it is present in but a small minority of cases. Diagnosis. — A diagnosis of fibrinous bronchitis is possible only by the detection of the casts. These may be so surrounded by the sputum as to escape notice. As already stated they may be accidentally dis- covered by the patient or they may be detected in a routine sputum examination. The condition is to be suspected in patients who give a history of recurring attacks of paroxysmal cough and dyspnea. In individuals seen during the first attack, however, the finding of a bronchial cast is the only criterion. The following case is an excellent example of the so-called idiopathic fibrinous bronchitis: The patient was a robust, healthy male, aged 47, referred to me because of suspected tuberculosis. The family history was negative and he had never had any illness. Four weeks prior to his coming under my observation he had caught "cold." The trouble started as a coryza and in a few days he developed a severe paroxysmal cough and some dyspnea. For the first two weeks the sputum, which was moderate in amount, was thick and whitish in color, later it had a greenish tinge. On one occasion after a paroxysm of coughing he spat into his handkerchief a small hard pellet which on examination proved to be a cast from one of the medium-sized bronchi. There was a slight elevation of temperature during the attack. The sputum was negative for tubercle bacilli but contained both pneumococci and streptococci. With the exception of one day spent in bed he attended to his professional work, although with some effort. His appetite was good and he had lost no weight. On physical examination there was deficient expansion at the right base, impairment of the percussion note, suppressed breath sounds, both large and small rales and in addition a "flapping sound" heard at the end of inspiration. The patient was sent to the seashore and when seen two weeks later there was nothing abnormal to be noted over the area previously affected. The localization of the physical signs, usually at the base of one lung, should serve to differentiate the condition from simple bronchitis. The lodgment of a foreign body in one of the medium-sized bronchi is apt to give rise to localized physical signs over the lower lobe of one lung but in such cases the evidences of pulmonary mischief are permanent and in addition casts are not expelled in the sputum. Owing to the par- oxysmal character of the attacks and the dyspnea fibrinous bronchitis may be mistaken for asthma. In the latter condition the physical signs are bilateral and the respiratory difficulty is expiratory in nature. The finding of bronchial casts is the deciding factor in all cases. SPIROCHETAL BRONCHITIS In 1906 Castellani'^ called attention to a special form of bronchitis due to spirochetes. Enormous numbers of these organisms may be present ^Lancet, May 19, 1906. 18 274 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM in the sputum. Examples of this infection have been observed in India, Ceylon, the Philippine Islands and the West Indies. During the past two years a number of cases have been reported by French, Italian and Belgian Medical officers. It is their behef that the infection was in- troduced among the allied soldiers by the Asiatic troops. Etiology. — Castellani and Chalmers describe several varieties of spirochetes. The commonest type is a thin, delicate spirochete with numerous small, uniform coils; one of the extremities may be blunt while the other is pointed. A few of the organisms are thick, quite long and with irregular coils, while others are thin and deUcate with irregular coils. Spirochetes resembling the S. refringens of Schaudinn may also be present. The disease appears to be markedl}' contagious. Symptoms. — The disease may occur in an acute and in a chronic form. In the acute form the patient has fever, feels weak, has a cough and usually, scanty expectoration. According to Castellani and Chalmers the con- dition is not serious. Violle^ in reporting 30 cases states that the sputa were nearly always red in color and resembled raspberry juice. The disease was relativelj" benign and had a duration of about a month, but relapses were frequent. Other observers have noted that the sputum, in addition to being hemorrhagic in character, maj' be intensel.y fetid. The chronic form of the disease may result from an acute attack but more often there is no such antecedent history, the affection having a slow, insidious onset. In this tj'pe of the disease the patient has a chronic cough, usually most severe in the morning, and the sputum is abundant and muco-purulent in character. The sputum may be blood streaked and at times small hemoptyses occm\ The fever does not conform to any definite tj^pe. It may be absent, or hectic in type, or it may be present in the morning and disappear in the afternoon. In still other instances fever is present onh' at irregular intervals. The course of the disease may be prolonged. Castellani has observed one case in which the infec- tion had existed for five 3'ears. The general health ma}' be but slightly affected although some anemia is usually present. Occasionally marked emaciation may occur. The prognosis is, in the great majority of cases favorable. Physical Signs. — Examination of the chest does not give any very definite information. Little or nothing abnormal may be detected aside from the presence of rales. Diagnosis. — It is obvious that the condition is most apt to be confused with pulmonary tuberculosis. A spirochetal infection is to be thought of in individuals suffering from a prolonged cough, muco-purulent expectoration and hemoptyses, but in whom neither the tubercle bacillus nor any one of the less famiUar organisms can be demonstrated. The possibility of this infection being present may be suggested also by the occurrence of respiratory symptoms in those who have returned from the far East. BRONCHIOLITIS FIBROSA OBLITERANS Our knowledge of this condition is of recent origin. Occlusion of the finer bronchi, independent of other marked lesions of the lung, was first described by Lange^ in 1901. The following year Frankel'^ reported the 1 Bui. de V Academic de Medicine, June, 4, 1918. ^Deut. Arch.f. kl. Med., Bd. Ixx, p. 342. ^Ibid., 1902, Ixxii, p. 484. DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI 275 first case in which the diagnosis was made during hfe and a few years later he'^ reported three additional cases. Etiology. — In one of Frankel's cases the condition followed the inhalation of nitrogen tetroxide fumes, in another the inhalation of lime and other dust; in his remaining two cases the cause was not definitely established. Edens- observed a case resulting from the inhalation of the fumes from a mixture of hydrochloric and nitric acid. In addition to these cases the causation of which is reasonably clear, similar pathological changes have been reported as having followed measles, whooping cough, syphilis, uncomplicated catarrhal inflammation of the finer tubes and the aspiration of a foreign body. It would seem, therefore, that any condition capable of causing inflammation of the finer bronchi and bronchioles may be followed by occlusion of this portion of the bronchial tree. On the other hand either such an occurrence is rare, except in the case of irritating gases, or it is not generally recognized. Morbid Anatomy. — -In the cases reported by Frankel and Edens, following the inhalation of a toxic gas, the lungs presented the appearance usually seen after such accidents (see p. 521). In addition the cut sur- face showed numerous small grayish-white nodules from 1 to 2 mm. in diameter which closelj^ resembled miliarj^ tubercles. On examination with a hand glass these small nodules are seen to differ from miliary tubercles in that they are angular or stellate in form. Futhermore they are found, on dissection, to be the terminal portion of the smaller bronchi. Microscopically the finer bronchi show marked epithelial desquamation, the cells often blocking the tube. In addition there is an ingrowth of connective tissue which may completely occlude the lumen or reduce it to a small slit. The connective tissue apparently takes its origin from the bronchial wall. Connective-tissue invasion of the adjacent alveoli may take place also. Symptoms. — The dominant symptoms are intense dyspnea and cyanosis. If the inhalation of irritating vapors has occurred there may be present also cough and the expectoration of reddish-brown sputum. The pulse is very rapid. The percussion note is hyperresonant as the result of emphysema and on auscultation numerous fine rales are heard. In one of Frankel's cases the symptoms developed sixteen days after the inhalation of an irrespirable gas; death occurred three days later. In Edens' case the symptoms developed ten days after the inhalation of gas, death taking place on the twenty-sixth day. It would seem that the appearance of the dyspnea and cyanosis coincide with the subsidence of the acute inflammation and the occlusion of the bronchioles as the result of connective tissue proliferation. Diagnosis. — In an individual who is known to have inhaled a poison- ous gas and in whom there is a temporary amelioration or subsidence of the symptoms, a diagnosis of bronchitis or bronchiolitis obliterans may be ventured if there develops severe dyspnea and cyanosis associated with hyperresonance and fine rales. If, however, the condition follows measles, whooping cough, or any condition associated with a catarrhal inflammation of the finer bronchi a correct diagnosis would be a matter of luck. Acute miliary tuberculosis and broncho-pneumonia may mani- fest themselves in the same way. In the great majority of cases the 1 Berliner. M. Woch., 1909, xlvi, 6. 2 Deuf. Arch. f. kl. Med., 1906, Ixxx, 598. 276 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM condition must be looked upon as of pathological interest. " It is quite possible, however, that some cases which have been diagnosed as miliary tuberculosis of the lungs b,y the X-rays and which subsequently recovered, are of this nature. Inasmuch as the nodules present a strong resem- blance to miliary tubercles when the lung is exposed to direct inspection it can be readily understood how easily a mistake could be made in inter- preting an X-ray plate. I have knowledge of one case in which a diag- nosis of miliary tuberculosis was made because of the presence in the plate of numerous small nodules which were taken for tubercles. The patient is alive and well after an interval of four years. WHOOPING COUGH (PERTUSSIS) This disease is primarily a tracheo-bronchitis which is characterized by a series of violent spasmodic coughs which end in a long drawn inspira- tion or "whoop." It is allied to other forms of broncliitis but differs from them in that it has a definite specific cause, the Bordet-Gengou bacillus, and also because of the paroxysmal cough followed by spasm of the glot- tis during inspiration. Whooping cough was at one time looked upon as a relatively harm- less affection and is still regarded as such by many of the laity. It cannot be too strongly emphasized that it is a most dangerous disease in young children. The custom of deliberateh^ exposing children to this infection with the idea that it is a necessarj^ episode in childhood should be discouraged. In recent years departments of health have repeatedly warned people in this regard. Of itself the disease is distressing, chiefly because of the violence of the paroxysms of coughing. Its danger lies in the complications and sequels which occur so frequently, the most serious of which are broncho-pneumonia and tuberculosis. Etiology. — It is essentially a disease of young children. The largest proportion of cases occur between the first and second dentition. It may occur, however, in infants but a few weeks old and not infrequently it is encountered in adults. One attack almost invariably confers perma- nent immunity. A second attack occurs very rarely. The disease usually manifests itself in more or less widespread epidemics, particularly in the winter and spring months. In large communities, however, iso- lated cases are apt to be encountered at all times. The disease appears to be most contagious during the first or catarrhal period. It has long been noted that epidemics of whooping cough and measles bear a curious relation to each other. The appearance of either one of these diseases is often preceded or followed by the other. Less frequently the same is true of scarlet fever. The exciting cause of whooping cough is now quite generally admitted to be the minute bacillus described by Bordet and Gengou, commonly known as the Bordet-Gengou bacillus. The proof seems to be conclusive. With this organism Mallory, Hornor and Henderson^ have been able to produce the characteristic lesion of the disease in young animals and to recover the bacillus in pure culture. Cultural methods have been made available for diagnostic purposes. Chievitz and Meyer^ in a study of the sputum by their method found the bacillus present in 1 Jour. Med. Res., March, 1913. 2 Ann. de I'Inst., Pasteur, 1916, 30, 503. DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI 277 practically all cases when the catarrhal stage is well established. The results obtained by Olmstead and Luttinger^ in a study of the comple- ment fixation test in 111 cases of whooping cough or suspected whooping cough also support the claim that the Bordet-Gengou bacillus is the true etiological factor. Morbid Anatomy. — The characteristic lesion of the disease is found in the trachea and bronchi, especially the former. The opportunity of studying the pathological changes in the acute stage of the disease does not happen very frequently as death is most apt to occur at a later period. In the few cases studied by Mallory and Hornor^ the micro- scopic examination showed large numbers of minute bacteria between the cilia of many of the cells lining the trachea. The cilia of single cells or large groups of cells may be affected. The organisms usually reach the base of the cilia but may extend only part way. They frequently cause a lateral spreading or mushrooming of the cilia covering a single cell. In many places the cilia are reduced to short stubs or are entirely want- ing. The action of the bacteria appears to be largely mechanical leading to interference with the normal movements of the cilia by sticking them together. In this way the microorganisms furnish a continual irritation. The most serious of the effects of whooping cough are to be found in the complications. A common cause of death is broncho-pneumonia which is often tuberculous in character. Areas of atelectasis, either alone or in association with broncho-pneumonia, are frequently seen. Enlargement of the bronchial lymph nodes is a common result of whoop- ing cough, and in many cases areas of caseation due to tuberculosis are present. The paroxysms of coughing may lead to over distention of the lungs (emphysema). Among the more unusual complications may be mentioned an acute form of bronchiectasis (bronchiolectasis, see page 296), interstitial and mediastinal emphysema and pneumothorax, the last- named conditions being caused by the rupture of the lung. Symptoms. — It is customary to divide the clinical manifestations of whooping cough into three stages: (1) The prodromal or catarrhal; (2) the paroxysmal or spasmodic ; and (3) the stage of gradual disappear- ance of the cough and spasm. This division is somewhat arbitrary and does not hold true for all cases. In some instances the disease may begin with violent paroxysms of coughing; in others the characteristic whoop may be wanting. Between the time of exposure and the appearance of the first sj^mp- toms there is a variable incubation period of from seven to ten days. In the catarrhal stage the symptoms are those of an ordinary cold. There is slight fever, running at the nose, injection of the conjunctiva and a cough. Even at this time the cough may be spasmodic but, as a rule, it is such as occurs in an attack of simple bronchitis. There is this distinc- tion, however, that the cough is somewhat more frequent and obstinate, both in children and adults, and that the patient has a more troublesome sensation of tickling in the throat and inside the trachea (Trousseau). The catarrhal stage lasts from a week to ten days. The paroxysmal stage dates from the time of the first "whoop, " The cough now assumes a definite paroxysmal character. The paroxysm is often preceded by pain beneath the sternum and a sensation of 1 Arch Int. Med., July, 1915. 2 Jour. Med. Res., November, 1912. 278 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM tickling or pricking in the larynx and trachea. The coughing fit commences with a noisy expiration followed by a series of from fifteen to twenty forcible, short coughs of increasing intensity. During this time no inspiratory effort is made and as the result of the expulsion of the air from the lungs there are signs of defective aeration of the blood. The face becomes swollen and congested or it may be deeply cyanotic ; the veins are prominent and the eyes may protrude and are injected and watery. The sjaiiptoms and signs are those of asphyxiation. The attack terminates with a long, convulsive inspiration or whoop; occasion- ally the fit ends with sneezing. The seizure lasts from a few seconds to a few minutes and is apt to be more frequent at night than during the day. Crying, emotion of any Idnd or the inhalation of dust often pre- cipitates an attack. With the entrance of air into the lungs the color is restored and the child breathes normally. Vomiting very commonly follows the paroxysm and this may recur so often that the child becomes emaciated from lack of food. Relaxation of the vesical and rectal sphincters may occur in a severe paroxysm. Occasionally an ulcer is formed on the under surface of the tongue from rubbing on the teeth. Owing to the intense distress the child learns to dread succeeding attacks. "At first he tries to avert the paroxysm. Instead of breathing naturally and expanding his lungs to the full, as he was doing just before, he holds his breath, for it seems to him that the full current of air, by entering his larynx, will produce the exhausting cough of which he has had a sad experience .... The fit takes place. You at once see the patient look around for a support to which he may cling. If he is a child at the breast, he throws himself into the arms of his mother or nurse. If he is older and standing up, you notice him stamping in a state of complete distress. If he is lying down, he sits up quickly and clutches hold of the bed curtains or of the rails" (Trousseau^). In a case of ordinary severity there are usually a half a dozen paroxysms a day. At times several paroxysms succeed each other rapidly until some tena- cious sputum is expelled. Usually this consists of a small mass or shreds of glairy mucus. In very severe cases there may be a paroxysm every half hour and death may result from exhaustion. In unusually severe cases rupture of the capillaries or even of large blood-vessels may occur. Epistaxis, subconjunctival bleeding, hemop- tysis, convulsions due to capillary hemorrhages, and hemiplegia have been noted. Rarely death takes place as the result of a subdural hemor- rhage. The spasmodic stage may terminate within three weeks; more often it lasts for four or five weeks. Occasionally the disease seems to become more or less chronic, as the paroxysmal stage may last two or more months. The third stage is only imperfectly defined. The paroxysms gradually decrease in number and severity", especially at night. The cough be- comes looser and the sputum becomes mucopurulent in character. In children the cough may persist for some time as a result of irritability of the larynx. The duration of the disease is rarely under six weeks. Occasionally the spasmodic period persists for two months or more. The complications usually manifest themselves during the stage of decline. Complications may arise, however, during the paroxysmal stage. 1 "Clinical Lectures, "~vol. i, New Sj'denham Soc, p. 664. DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI 279 Trousseau expressed the opinion that when it is noted that the fits, which have been numerous, suddenly cease, an inflammatory compHcation is to be suspected. Physical Signs. — There are no physical signs peculiar to whooping cough other than the change in the character of respiration during the paroxysmal stage. In the catarrhal stage there may be no chest signs whatever or there may be rales as in cases of simple bronchitis. During the paroxj^sms the percussion note may be slightly elevated and of short duration owing to the diminished air content of the lungs. There is no inspiratory sound and the expiration is imperfectly heard. Following the "whoop" the breath sounds are distant owing to the gradual ingress of the air. A few rales may be present. Diagnosis. — In the catarrhal stage the diagnosis is not possible although, in the presence of an epidemic or known exposure, the possi- bility of whooping cough should suggest itself. Catarrhal symptoms also occur as prodromes in measles and as these two infections commonly precede or follow each other both should be kept in mind. In such cases the mouth should always be examined for Koplik's spots. Once the ''whoop" has appeared the diagnosis is easy. In doubtful cases, especially those in which the ''whoop" is absent or not character- istic, the complement fixation test may aid in the diagnosis. When broncho-pneumonia occurs the symptoms and physical signs of that condition dominate the picture. A very serious sequel is tubercu- losis. This condition is to be suspected in children who are delicate and in whom fever persists and emaciation and weakness gradually become more and more marked. In these cases the whooping cough serves to arouse into activity a latent tuberculous process already present. Many of the fatal cases of broncho-pneumonia following pertussis are tubercu- lous in character. BRONCHIAL ASTHMA By the term bronchial asthma is meant a form of paroxysmal dyspnea the characteristic feature of which is marked diminution or arrest of the respiratory movements with prolonged expiration. The condition is sometimes referred to as spasmodic asthma. Among the older writers manj^ affections characterized by paroxysmal attacks of ' dj^spnea were referred to as asthma, often having the prefix cardiac, renal, etc. The use of the term asthma should be restricted to the bronchial type of the disorder. Etiology. — The disease may manifest itself at any age, but shows a decided preponderance in favor of the earlier years of life. The follow- ing table shows the age distribution in 225 cases collected bv Hyde Salter^: Cases Per cent During first year 11 \ 01 n From ItolO....- 60/ "^ ^" From 10 to 20 30 13.3 From 20 to .30 39 17.3 From 30 to 40 44 19.0 From 40 to 50 24 1.1 From 50 to 60 12 5.0 From 60 to 70 4 1.4 From 70 to 80 1 0.7 1 "Asthma," London, 1868. 280 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM In regard to sex males are more subject to the disease than females in the proportion of nearly 2 to 1. It has long been recognized that the condition is often hereditary. In a very considerable proportion of cases there is a direct transmission of the predisposition to asthma or hay fever, the latter condition being closely allied to asthma both in its causation and in its clinical manifestations. The influence of climate is uncertain although in most instances an asthmatic is less subject to attacks in a warm equable region than in one which is cold and subject to marked variations in the temperature. In regard to location the disease often manifests the most curious vagaries. I once knew a man residing in a city not far removed from Philadelphia who suffered severely from asthma and who became free from his attacks on removing to the latter city. In such cases it is probable that some irritant, to which the individual has been susceptible, has been present in one place and not in the other. In certain instances the asthmatic attacks seem to be related in some way to the presence of nasal polypi, nasal spurs, deviation of the nasal septum or hypertrophy of the turbinates. Very often the removal or correction of these defects is followed by a disappearance of the asthmatic attacks. It is a matter of common observation that asthmatics rarely develop tuberculosis and most authorities state that asthma rarely occurs in tuberculous individuals. Occasionally, however, tuberculous patients suffer from asthmatic attacks at the onset of or during the course of their malady. I have seen two examples of this. Exciting Causes. — In practically all individuals who are susceptible to attacks of asthma or hay fever there is nearly always some other factor needed to precipitate a seizure. Rackemann^ classifies the causes of asthma as follows: (1) Extrinsic or those due to the inhalation of horse dandruff, plant pollens, feather dust, etc. (2) Intrinsic or those due to pathological conditions in the nose or throat, uterine disorders, gastro- intestinal disturbances, etc. In the intrinsic group is included a variety of conditions the correction of which has brought about a cure of the asthma. Cooke- distinguishes the two groups respectivelj^ as (1) Specific or anaphylactic and (2) nonspecific or not demonstrably anaphylactic. The effect of the inhalation of various dusts or odors, particularly the odors emanating from animals, is one of the most remarkable features of asthma. In one individual the emanations from the horse provoke a seizure; in another the presence of a cat will give rise to an attack; while in still others rabbits or guinea-pigs are the offending animals. A medical friend previously free from the disease, always developed asthmatic attacks after a visit to the animal room of the laboratory in which he worked. Exposure to the emanations of the animals even for a few minutes, would lead to some difficulty in breathing. Not knowing which animal was the cause of his trouble he made cutaneous tests with the serum of the different animals. The serum from the rabbit gave a slight reaction, while that from the guinea-pig in the course of a few minutes, produced at the site of the inoculation, a marked urticarial swelling. The ^Archives of Internal Medicine, Oct., 1918. ^Medical Clinics of N. Amer., Nov., 1917. DISEASES OF THE BEOXCHI 281 skin test is also employed in the case of hay fever patients to determine which particular pollen is the offender. The sensitiveness of many inchviduals to the pollen of various weeds and flowers has long been recognized and in the case of a susceptible individual the inhalation of pollen may give rise to an attack of hay fever or asthma or both. In other instances the inhalation of pungent odors, such as that given off bj^ mustard, will lead to an attack. Finally, expo- sure to an excessive amount of dust, of whatever nature, will often produce a seizure. The studies of Walker and his associates at the Peter Bent Brigham Hospital have thrown much light on the cause of asthma. Thej' have shown the frequency with which the asthmatic is hypersensitive to some protein substance. Wliile in some instances the offending protein is readily detected, as for example in the cases of so-called horse asthma, in others the search may be long and devious. Careful study of the patient and his smToundings usually suggests the clue while the skin test completes the incriminating e^adence. In 150 cases carefully studied by Walker 55 per cent, were found sensitive to some protein. Of this group horse hair and horse dandruff were the causes in about 20 per cent. ; wheat proteins in 15 per cent.; bacteria, staphylococcus aureus, in 15 per cent.; pollens of spring flowers in 15 per cent.; pollens of autumnal flowers in 10 per cent.; the cat in 5 per cent.; etc. — (Fourth Annual Report of Peter Bent Brigham Hospital, 1918). Walker and others have shown that patients are commonly sensitive to the proteins of several types of hair or pollens and in such cases the immunizing treat- ment should be directed toward the protein which gives the greater degree of sensitization. T\Tiile the inhalation of the protein is the most common mode of introduction into the body it has been shown that asthmatic seizures may be caused by the ingestion of certain foods, notably the cereal grains. Walker^ states that of 20 patients who were sensitive to wheat alone, 15 were relieved of asthma when wheat was omitted from the diet and Tm^nbulP found that individuals sensitive to pollens experienced a diminution of their symptoms by abstaining from bread and boiled cereals. Other articles of food which may be mentioned in this con- nection are eggs, potatoes, fish and casein. Hypotheses as to the Cause of Asthma. — Of the many hypotheses which have been advanced to explain the cause of an asthmatic attack but two are worthy of serious consideration, namely: (1) spasm of the circular fibers of the bronchial wall; and (2) a rapid swelling of the mucous mem- brane of the bronchi. While the first hypothesis is the one most gener- ally accepted as the immediate cause of the attack it is probable that the second factor also plays a part and that both, rather than either one alone, are concerned in producing the phenomena of an asthmatic seiz- ure. Asthma is caused by a disturbance of function, the immediate manifestation of which is a characteristic form of paroxysmal dyspnea. There is no disease of the bronchi or pulmonar\^ tissue, although repeated attacks over a long period of years usually lead to secondary changes. The most rational explanation of the asthmatic seizure is to be found in the phenomenon of OMaphylaxis which may be produced experimentally _ ^Archives of Internal Medicine, Oct., 1918. ^Boston Med. and Surg. Jour., Oct., 191S. 282 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM in animals by the injection of an alien proteid. If, for instance, a guinea- pig be given a subcutaneous, intraperitoneal or intravenous injection of normal horse serum, and then, after an interval of ten days or more this injection be repeated, it is found that in the elapsed time the animal has become sensitized, and that while the first injection has been without noticeable harmful effect, the second injection causes a very violent poisoning. Both the symptoms and the anatomical changes resulting from this poisoning are predominantly respiratory in nature. An ani- mal so poisoned will within a minute or so after the second injection, vigorously rub its nose, frequently give a spasmodic sneeze and then begin to breathe rapidly. Quickly following this it is noted that the sides of the chest sink in with each inspiration and finally the respira- tions become very slow and labored. The animal shortly shows tonic and clonic convulsions, the mucous membranes of the mouth and tongue become bluish and often a spurt of urine is seen. After a brief interval in which respiration ceases entirely the breathing is resumed, the respira- tions being slow and causing but little movement of the chest ; gradually the respirations become weaker and weaker and finally cease entirely. Auer and Lewis state that the characteristic feature of anaphylaxis, as seen in the guinea-pig, is extreme distention and immobilization of the lungs. Anatomically the following condition is found: "The diaphragm is much less arched than in normal animals after death. On opening the chest the lungs present a striking sight; the lungs do not collapse, as normal lungs do when the thoracic cavity is opened, but remain almost fully distended. They look pale bluish pink, and apparently form a cast of the thoracic cavity. Even when excised in toto there is practically no collapse and the posterior surfaces often clearly show the markings of the ribs. The lungs are light, soft and spongy and float on water like a cork. On cutting away pieces of lung tissue these pieces do not collapse, but remain distended; the cut surface is usually dry and on pressure a good amount of air may be expressed. Occasionally this pressure reveals some small foci of white foam, as if there were beginning pulmonary edema; occasionally small hemorrhages w^ere seen on the surface of the lungs. The trachea and bronchi usually were dry, but showed often a marked congestion of the mucosa." The explanation of this extreme inflation of the lungs in association with the difficulty in breathing is to be ascribed to a tetanic contraction of the muscles of the finer bronchioles so that the air is imprisoned in the alveolar sacs. Auer and Lewis state that the anatomical basis for this is clear and that the condition can be easily recognized. The finer bronchioles are practically nothing but muscular tubes and muscle fibers are also present in the alveolar ducts. The contraction of their struc- ture, therefore, must have a profound effect upon the volume of air pass- ing to and from the alveoli and the condition may be still farther aggra- vated by submucous edema of the bronchi. The opportunity to examine the lungs of an individual who has died during an asthmatic attack rarely occurs so that it is not possible to compare the conditions found in man and experimental animals from the anatomical standpoint. We do know, however, that in man both the symptoms and physical signs point strongly to marked over-distention of the lungs; that the air is taken in with difficulty and expelled with even greater cUfficulty; and that the condition abruptly ceases either spontaneously or often as the result of DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI 283 an injection of atropine. Everything points, therefore, to spasm of the bronchioles as being the immediate cause of the phenomenon. Taking up next the exciting cause of the attack it will be recalled that in considering the etiology we pointed out that an asthmatic seizure or an attack of hay fever was often precipitated by the inhalation of some form of dust or animal odor. In the anaphylactic phenomenon as seen in animals, "The reaction of intoxication would seem to be a cellular one, dependent upon a heightened power of assimilation on the part of cells which have been subjected to the anaphylactic substance over a definite period of incubation" (Gay and Southard). As a general rule we have no knowledge of how man has become sensitized to various substances, exposure to which induces an attack. That sensitization has taken place, however, there can be no doubt as contact with certain animals, the inhalation of certain pollens, etc., promptly induces in some individuals, an attack of asthma or hay fever or both. Attacks which are induced by overeating or constipation may also be explained on the ground of proteid intoxication. In those instances in which attacks occur in one locality and not in another it is probable that the particular substance to which the individual is sensitive is present in one place and not in another. This assumption is amply borne out by the fact that hay fever patients either escape an attack entirely or have their symp- toms greatly modified by residence in a locality which is free from the pollen to which they are especially susceptible. Finally, we have to consider the question of heredity upon which much stress has been laid. It has become traditional to ascribe to the majority of individuals who suffer from asthma or hay fever, a neurotic tendency. This hypothesis it seems to me has no real basis in fact and to perpetuate it is a mistake. If we accept the theory that the primary cause of asthma or hay fever be a cellular hypersensitiveness to certain substances, it can easily be seen that this sensitiveness may very readily be transmitted from parent to child. And here again the experimental data may be applied to the disease as seen in man. Thus it has been shown in animals that if the female be sensitized to an alien proteid, such as normal horse serum, susceptibilitj' to this proteid is transmitted to her offspring. Admitting that there are instances in which it is not possible to deter- mine the exciting cause and admitting also that an asthmatic attack rarely if ever ends fatally it must be conceded that the fulminant type of respiratory distress which may be produced experimentally in animals bears a close analogy to the asthmatic seizures which occur in man. The so-called anaphylactic reactions of asthma, etc., are commonly regarded as exceptional and pathological events, but we must suspect a qualitatively similar, if quantitatively different, biological response whenever the sensitized being breathes air containing the appropriate excitant (Sewall) . Symptoms. — The essential feature of asthma is a paroxysmal attack of dyspnea. The attack may occur with explosive suddenness or it may be preceded by premonitory symptoms. The latter are varied in charac- ter and occur in about one-half of the cases. An individual subject to the disease can often predict an attack because of drowsiness, neuralgia, itching, irritability or sneezing. In other instances the attack is pre- ceded by flatulency or marked diuresis. I have already referred to the 284 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM role played by odors, exposure to which will bring on a seizure within a a few minutes. The first evidence of the attack itself is a feeling of tightness or oppression in the chest. This may be present for a day or so or it may manifest itself suddenly. The attack may occur at any time but it has long been noted that it is apt to manifest itself in the night. The patient goes to bed feehng perfectly well, when he is suddenly awakened by a feehng of suffocation or constriction about the chest. The difficulty in breathing rapidly increases and often reaches an extreme degree. The face is pale and anxious and may be covered with a cold perspiration. Owing to the deficient oxygenation of the blood the lips are usually of a dusky hue and in a severe attack the face maj^ also be of a leaden or dusky color. The eyes may protrude and the nostrils may be dilated. In the effort to obtain more air the patient may rush to an open window. More often, however, he assumes a fixed position. This may be standing up with the hands grasping some support or sitting up in bed with the hands pressed upon the bed. In either case the object is to give an addi- tional purchase to the accessory muscles of respiration. The head may be thrown back or it may be thrust forward and sunk between the shoulders, "turtle-like." The mechanical difficulty in asthma is in expelling the air from the lungs. The lungs are greatly distended and owing to the spasm of the finer bronchi the air vesicles are incapable of emptying themselves. The inspirations are reduced in frequency, sometimes to one-half the normal. The}' are jerky in character and much shortened in duration, the normal ratio between inspiration and expiration being in extreme cases, reversed. In spite of the desperate efforts on the part of the patient the chest scarcely moves because the lungs are already fully distended. The supraclavicular and suprasternal depressions are more pronounced and the intercostal spaces are sunken. During the attack the pulse may be small but usually it is but little affected and the temperature is normal. The duration of an attack may be from 10 or 15 minutes to several days, but when prolonged beyond several hours the severity of the symptoms is usually diminished. There is no disease in which during the height of an attack, the symptoms are so distressing and alarming and yet at the same time are so free from danger. Death rarely, if ever, occurs as the result of an attack of spasmodic asthma. There ma}' be a short dry cough at the onset but during the height of the attack, cough is inconspicuous. As the paroxj^sm subsides expec- toration usually begins and this is attended with a cough. The sputum at first occurs in the form of small grayish pellets. Later it gradually becomes more and more copious and also changes from the tenacious mucous to a thin froth}- material. In very violent attacks the sputum may be blood-streaked. Any considerable amount of blood, however, is probably an indication of some associated pulmonary lesion. Micro- scopically the sputum is seen to contain many eosinophiles, Charcot- Leyden crystals and Curschmann's spirals. I have already referred to the close relationship which exists between bronchial asthma and hay fever. Individuals who are subject to hay fever as a rule suffer no inconvenience except during the fall of the year DISEASES OF THE BROXCHI 285 when exposure to A'arioiis pollens is common. In the majority of hay fever patients the symptoms are those of an aggravated attack of coryza. In addition they are apt to be subject to sneezing, a paroxysmal cough and considerable depression. Disturbance of the respiratory function varies greatly. It may consist of nothing more than a slight feehng of constriction or it may be indistinguishable from true asthma. Again, in the same individual the coryza symptoms may predominate one year while at another time the asthmatic sj'mptoms are the most severe. Occasionally the inhalation of the poUens will give rise to acute gastro- intestinal disturbances in addition to hay-fever-like manifestations. An example of this is reported by de Besche.^ Paroxysmal attacks of sneezing are also to be looked upon as a minor manifestation of irritation of the finer bronchi. Finalh', there is to be considered urticaria which usually occurs alone but maj' be associated with asthma. It will be recalled that urticaria is a well-recognized anaphylactic phenomenon and frecjuently is seen after the injection of a foreign proteid. Within the past few years the attempt has been made to show that eczema is a manifestation of anaphylaxis but the eAddence so far assured is far from conclusive. Attacks of bronchial asthma may occur at intervals for years without producing changes in the bronchi or pulmonarj' tissue. Cases of this type are, as a rule, those which arise as the result of exposure to some irritant such as the pollen of flowers or weeds or animal odors. In many instances, however, the attacks occur early in life and tend to increase in severity. Under these circumstances the individual becomes definitely "asthmatic." Both the severity and the duration of the seizures gradu- ally bring about permanent over-distention of the lungs so that in addi- tion to being subject to attacks of spasmodic dyspnea the individual becomes emphysematous. Physical Signs. — Inspection. — The general features of an attack of asthma have been dealt with in describing the symptoms. The physical appearance of the patient will depend largely on the duration of the disease. If chronic and of long standing the chest, as a result of the associated emphysema, will present the characteristic barrel shape of the latter disease. On the other hand, those who suffer from asthmatic attacks only occasionally, or who have but recently developed the disease, will show no change in the contour of the chest. During an attack there are two striking features to be noted by inspection: (Ij The over-distention of the chest, and (2) the very slight expansile movement of the thorax. This is in striking contrast to the forcible action of the accessory muscles of respiration. The dia- phragm is depressed and the abdominal muscles rigid. During inspira- tion, which is short and quick, the intercostal spaces are drawn in. In most cases the prolongation of expiration is apparent on inspection. Palpation. — This confirms the deficiency of the expansible movement of the chest noted on inspection. Vocal resonance may be normal but if the attack is a severe one it may be greatly diminished partly because of the over-distended lung and partly because of the inabihty of the patient to speak loudly. Percussion. — -'On percussion the note will A^ary from that which is normal to one which is markedly hyperresonant. The degree of exaggera- ^Jour. Infect. Dis., 1918, 22, p. 594. 286 DISEASES OF THE BROXCHI, LUNGS, PLErRA, AND DIAPHRAGM tion of the resonant quality of the percussion note depends on the amount of associated emphysema/ If the latter condition is a. prominent feature the percussion note will be hyperresonant all over the chest and the area of cardiac dulness absent. Auscultation. — During the height of the attack the vesicular murmur is usually inaudible and instead a to-and-fro wheezing sound is heard. As the attack begins to subside innumerable rales are heard throughout the chest. At first the rales are sibilant and sonorous in character and may be both low- and high-pitched. Later fine moist crepitant and subcrepitant rales are heard, especially over the lower portions of the lungs. The short, jerky character of the inspiratory effort and the pro- longation of the expiratory act are plainly evident on auscultation. The vocal fremitus may be normal or exaggerated, but as a rule the distress of the patient is such that the use of the voice is not attempted. Diagnosis.— The term asthma should be restricted to that form of spasmodic dyspnea in which the chief feature is the difficulty in emptying the lungs, that is, it is an expiratory form of dyspnea. In all other forms of dyspnea the principal difficulty is in getting air into the lungs. In those instances in which there is an obstruction in the upper respiratory tract there may be trouble both in inspiration and expiration. Obstruc- tion most commonly occurs in the larynx or trachea and may be brought about by edema of the larynx, diphtheria, inflammatory swelling of the larynx due to some irritant or the obstruction may result from pressure without as by tumors, enlarged lymph nodes or a thoracic aneurism. In such cases the dyspnea is usually quite plainly inspiratory in character and is also apt to be accompanied by a stridor. Aphonia due to paralysis of the vocal cords may occur also. These cases, as a rule, offer no difla- culty, but in an individual suffering from the first asthmatic attack, the various causes of dj-spnea should be borne in mind. Cases of chronic heart disease frequently suffer from dyspnea. In some instances the dyspnea may appear suddenly and in a paroxysmal form. The inspiration is free, and the expiration is not prolonged. Examination of the heart will give the correct clue to the origin of the trouble. Attacks of paroxysmal difficulty in breathing which appear first after middle life are quite commonly cardiac in origin. In some of these cases the dyspnea is enhanced by the coincident presence of acidosis. Attacks of dyspnea, sometimes characterized by a sudden onset are not infrequent in cases of nephritis. The presence of edema, a high blood-pressure, a ringing second aortic sound and the urinary findings serve to establish the true nature of the dyspnea. Having established the fact that the case is one of true bronchial asthma it is equally important to determine, if possible, whether the exciting cause is a protein and if so the particular protein for on this fact depends, to a great extent, our ability to reheve the patient. In the case of hay fever or of asthmatic attacks obviously related to exposure to flowers or weeds, skin tests made with the extracts of the pollen from various plants will usually indicate the one to which the patient is alone or most susceptible. If an animal protein is the offender the historj' of the case will usually indicate its source. Of the food proteins it is to be borne in mind that wheat is the most common offender. In those in- stances in which the more common protein cannot be imphcated a DISEASES OF THE BROXCHI 287 careful study should be made of the patient's environment; especially as regards dust exposure and also his cHetary habits. BRONCHIECTASIS In individuals who have suffered from one of the various inflam- matory affections of the lungs or bronchi some degree of bronchial dila- tation is not an infrequent finding in the autopsy room. The usual teaching is that clinically bronchiectasis is relativel}^ uncommon. This, I believe, to be a mistake. The currently accepted view that bronchiec- tasis is always characterized by large quantities of very foul smelling sputum and that it is almost invariably an affection of the lower lobes, must be revised. As a rule, only those cases are recognized, in which the condition has become distinctly apparent and in which the symptoms are typical; and even in these cases the true nature of the trouble is often overlooked in the belief that tuberculosis is present. Etiology.- — Dilatation of the bronclii is practically always a secondarj^ affection and may be traced to some preceding disease of the bronchi, lungs or pleurge. In the great majority of cases of broncliiectasis the condition is chronic and its evolution gradual. Occasionally it is met within an acute form. (See article on Influenza.) In considering the exciting factors the classification suggested by Fowler^ is the most satisfactory. A. Intrinsic, or conditions acting directly through the bronchi. 1. Bronchitis, acute or chronic. The chronic form of bronchitis is most likeh^ to lead to bronchiectasis as the long-standing inflammatory process tends to weaken the bronchial wall. As the result of severe attacks of coughing the weakened wall is unable to resist the pressure of air and hence the bronchi dilate. Another factor is the mechanical plugging of the bronchioles b}^ the catarrhal secretions. A slight degree of dilatation of the bronchi is not infrequently met with in cases of emphj^- sema and asthma owing to the fact that those two pulmonary affections are almost constantly associated with a chronic bronchitis. In my experience one of the most frequent causes of bronchiectasis is the prolonged exposure to inorganic dust. At first the dust produces an irritation of the mucous membrane of the upper respiratory tract. Later it induces a subacute inflammation of the bronchial mucous membrane and in addition leads to connective tissue proliferation in the interlobular septa. Of 21 potters whom I have had under observation the evidences of dilatation of the bronchi were present in 10. Dilatation of the bronchi has also been noted very frequently in cases of anthracosis. Of the microorganisms, the influenza bacillus seems to be the most important as a causative agent. 2. Xarrowing of the lumen of the bronchus. This may be caused by a gumma, a foreign body, or by pressure from without as in the case of an aneurism or a tumor. As the result of the stricture the bronchial secretions accumulate, changes in the bronchi and peribronchial tissues take place and the surrounding pulmonar}' tissue becomes indurated. These conditions tend to weaken the bronchial wall and if there be added violent expiratory efforts dilatation ensues. Chevalier Jackson^has emphasized the importance of bearing in mind ^ Fowler and GoDLEE : "Diseases of the Lungs," 1898. - Penna. Med.' Jour., August, 1916. 288 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM that a foreign body is often the cause of bronchiectasis. For this reason, all cases of bronchiectasis of the lower lobes should have an X-ray examination made. B. Extrinsic, or causes external to the feronc/ms.— While dilatation can occur as the result of changes in the bronchus alone the condition is more apt to develop if there are, in addition, associated changes in the pulmonary tissues. (a) Tuberculosis. — In a very considerable number of cases of chronic ulcerative tuberculosis some dilatation of the bronchi is encountered, although this is usually not recognized clinically. The more chronic the tuberculosis and the greater the amount of fibrous tissue present, the more certain is there to be some evidence of bronchiectasis. In 197 consecutive cases autopsied at the Phipps Institute the bronchi were noted as being dilated in the upper lobes in 20 instances; in the middle lobe of the right lung 9 times and in the lower lobes 9 times. In 6 additional cases the dilatation was sufficiently marked to constitute a true bronchiectasis; of this number 4 occurred in the lower lobes. (6) Syphilis may cause dilatation of the bronchi in one of two ways: (1) In the form of a gumma obstructing the lumen of the bronchus. This has been considered among the intrinsic causes. (2) The occurrence of pulmonary fibrosis as the result of syphilis. L. A. Conner^ in a study of syphilitic stenosis of the trachea and bronchi found that bronchiectasis did not occur in more than 20 per cent, of the cases. Just as in tubercu- losis and other chronic pulmonary affections he considered that "much more potent factors are the changes occurring in the bronchial wall and in the adjacent lung tissue, by which the muscular and elastic tissue of the bronchi, upon which their strength and resilience depend, is replaced by inflammatorj^ tissue." (c) Compression of the Lung. — The most frequent cause of compres- sion of the lung is a pleural effusion, either serous or purulent in character. If the effusion is unrecognized and the lung remains compressed for some time a proliferation of connective tissue takes place in the collapsed lung and the bronchi also dilate. It is probable that the dilatation occurs, more as the result of the distending force of the cough, acting on bronchi deprived of their normal support, rather than the associated fibroid changes in the lung. (d) Croupous and Broncho-pneumonia. — Although delayed resolution following croupous pneumonia is frequently given as one of the exciting causes of pulmonary fibrosis and bronchiectasis, there is some question as to whether such a thing as "delayed resolution" ever occurs. If it does it is extremely rare. In the vast majority of instances what is taken for delayed resolution is in reality an effusion. As a result the lung becomes compressed and if the compression is exerted sufficiently long, pulmonary fibrosis and dilatation of the bronchi ensue. Bronchial dilatation, in some instances, apparently originates in an attack of broncho-pneumonia. Under these circumstances the dilata- tion seems to arise partly as the result of the associated inflammatory condition of the bronchi and adjacent alveoli and partly as the result of collapse of air vesicles adjacent to the pneumonic process. As a rule the collapsed vesicles become reexpanded after recovery from the acute 1 Am. Jour. Med. Sc, 1905, vol. cxxx. DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI 289 attack. If, however, the change is permanent the atelectatic areas undergo a fibroid change and the smaher bronchi dilate. (e) Fibrosis of the Lung. — This will be considered in detail under another heading. It may be stated here, however, that in practically every case in which there is an overgrowth of fibrous tissue in the lungs, there is also dilatation of the bronchi. (6) Inflammation of the Pleura. — Marked thickening of the pleura is a frequent finding in cases of bronchiectasis. Some observers hold the view that a chronic adhesive pleurisy is one of the factors capable of bringing about dilatation of the bronchi, but this is difficult to prove. Fig. 221. — Fibrosis of the right upper lobe with dilatation of the bronchi. Such a case would give the signs of a cavity. Inasmuch as the two conditions not infrequently occur independently of each other, it is quite probable that when they are associated they have nothing in common. A consideration of the above etiological factors shows that while weakening of the bronchial wall is the essential feature in all cases that, as a rule, one or more additional factors are at work in any given case. Besides disease of the bronchial walls, therefore, the effect of increased intrapulmonary pressure, the pressure of accumulated secretions within the bronchi, and various chronic affections involving the parenchyma of the lung, are also to be taken into consideration. 290 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM Morbid Anatomy.— Although at the autopsy table a large number of the tubes arc, as a rule, found to be affected, the disease in the early stage is much more limited. The successive involvement of previously healthy tubes is brought about by the inhalation of the secretions, mter- current attacks of bronchitis, septic broncho-pneumonia and frequent cough. The condition may be limited to one lung or both may be affected. In 35 cases seen in the Brompton Hospital, Fowler states that in 23 cases (or 65 per cent.) both lungs were affected; the lesion was limited to one lobe in only 8. In 52 autopsies Lebert found that the condition was limited to one lung in 52 per cent, and that in 48 per cent, both were involved. It is usually believed that the lower lobes are most Fig. 222. — The bronchiectatic cavities have been laid open, revealing their wide extent and intercommunication. {Jefferson Medical College Musemn.) commonly mvolved and that localized dilatation of the bronchi in the apices of the lungs is unusual. Lebert, however, found unilateral upper lobe involvement in 11 per cent, of his cases. In chronic non-tuberculous affections bilateral involvement is the most frequent while in tuberculous cases unilateral and apical involvement is the most common. Apical involvement is also quite common in cases of pneumoconiosis. McCrae and Funk^ have reported 5 cases of apical bronchiectasis, 4 of which were associated with tuberculosis (see Fig. 222). Two main varieties of bronchiectasis are recognized, namely, the cylindrical and the globular or sacculated. 1 Jour. Am. Med. Assoc, Oct. 7, 1916. DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI 291 In the cylindrical form the dilatation is uniform, the smaller bronchi retaining the size of the larger division instead of diminishing in diameter. The bronchi tend to progressively increase in size toward their terminal extremities, thus giving rise to an appearance resembling that, of the fingers of a glove (Wilson Fox) . This type of the disease is well illustrated in Fig. 222. A subvariety of the cylindrical form is the fusiform type, in which the dilated bronchi taper somewhat toward their terminal extremity. Fig. 224. — An unusual example of fibroid phthisis with extensive dilatation of the bronchi. {Pennsylvania Hospital.) The sacculated type shows the most extreme degree of dilatation. In this form the tube may dilate at a single point, forming a pseudo- cavity. A number of these may occur in one tube, the caliber of the inter- vening portions remaining approximately normal. The sacculation may involve only one side of the tube, the remainder of the circumference retaining its normal shape. A subvariety of the sacculated form is that in which the affected bronchus presents a number of bead-like dila- tations which have been Hkened to a rosary (Fox). 292 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM The cylindrical type of dilatation is usually found in the larger and medium-sized tubes. While the sacculated type may occur in the larger tubes, it is most commonly encountered in the terminal bronchi. All types of dilatation may be seen in one lung. The largest and most extensive bronchiectases are encountered in lungs which have undergone marked fibroid changes (see Figs. 223 and 224). Associated Changes in the Lungs. — The pulmonary changes have been very tersely expressed by Walshe as follows: "The surrounding tissue is either slightly condensed by pressure, hardened by chronic pneumonia, rarefied by emplwsema or perfectly natural." A septic {3roncho-pneumonia due to inhalation of the secretions is not an infre- quent terminal event and occasionally gangrene of the lung occurs as the result of perforation of the bronchial dilatation. Changes in Other Organs. — Dilatation of the right heart may occur as the result of the obstructed circulation in the lungs. Owing to the stag- nation of septic material in the bronchial tubes the absorption of toxins frequently leads to amyloid change in the liver and kidne^-s. Abscess of the brain not infrequently has its origin in a bronchiectasis. Changes in the Extremities. — One of the peculiar features of the disease is the remarkable change which takes place in the extremities. While clubbing of the fingers and toes occurs in other conditions, it is seen in its most extreme form in bronchiectasis. And the same is true of hyper- trophic pulmonary osteoarthropathy. These two conditions, which are almost exclusively associated with diseases of the lungs, will be considered under a separate heading. Symptoms. — It can be readily understood that the symptoms vary greatl}' in difTerent cases. In many instances the symptoms are so slight or are so masked by associated changes in the bronchi or lungs th-at the presence of bronchiectasis is not even suspected. Keeping in mind the various conditions with which the condition is commonly asso- ciated will often lead to a correct diagnosis. In a small proportion of cases the diagnosis can be made from the presence of two symptoms, namely, a paroxysmal cough which maj^ occur but two or three times a day and the expectoration of large quantities of purulent sputum which may, in some cases, be horribly fetid. Coughing paroxysms are most marked in the morning and again at night when the patient lies down. This often serves to empty the cavities and it is not until they again fill up that the paroxysm is repeated. The sputum may be raised easily or it may be brought up only after a severe coughing attack. The sputum, which msiy amount to 20 ounces or more in 24 hours, is usually yellowish in color and on standing separates into three layers. The lower layer is opaque and grayish in color; the middle consists of a thin, turbid fluid, and on top of this is a frothy, brownish-colored layer. In cases of long duration the sputum often has a horribly fetid odor. There is probably no disease in which the sufferer becomes such an ob- ject of aversion to his family as bronchiectasis. I recall one patient, a lad of seventeen, who practically became an outcast because of his affliction. In this case the whole house became permeated with the gangrenous odor of his sputum after a coughing attack. In another case in which the bronchiectatic cavities were emptied during the adminis- Fig. 223. — Carnification of the lung -^-ith dilatation of the bronchi as the prominent featiire. This lung on section presented the appearance of a series of coalesced rings measuring from 5 to 15 mm. in diameter. (Case No. 4702, Phipps Institute.) DISEASES OF THE BROXCHI 293 tration of an anesthetic, the odor was so nauseating that several of the onlookers vomited at once. Sputum of the type described is not bj' any means the rule, however. Among a very considerable number of cases of bronchiectasis I have seen there were but four or five in which the sputum was fetid. It is rarely so if the bronchiectasis is conjGined to the apices as the drainage is freer and the secretions do not stagnate in the bronchi. Blood-streaked sputum and even small hemoptyses are of not in- frequent occurrence and occasionally death is produced by a large pul- monary hemorrhage. The smaller hemorrhages are due to ulceration of the bronchial wall; the larger ones to an erosion of a branch of the pulmonary artery. Dyspnea is usually a prominent symptom when the disease becomes well established. It niay be due to a variety of causes; dilatation of the right side of the heart, emphysema, extensive fibrosis of the lung, fixation of the diaphragm, etc. Pain may occm^ during the course of the disease from extension of the pleural inflammation. As the chsease progresses circulatory chstm'bances are apt to become more and more marked until finally all the evidences of failing compen- sation develop. In spite of the large amount of septic material wiiich is more or less constantly stagnating in the bronchi, constiivMonal symptoms are not marked. As a rule cases of bronchiectasis are afebrile although thej" are apt, at times, to have periods of fever due to intercurrent attacks of bron- chitis or broncho-pneumonia as the result of the invasion of a new^ area of bronchial or pulmonary tissue. During these attacks the cough is more severe and night sweats commonly occur. For varying periods of time the general health is httle if any impaired but as time goes on there is a gradual deterioration in strength and nutrition and finally death ensues as the result of cardiac failure, general cachexia, or some terminal infection. Physical Signs. — Inspection. — Extreme clubbing of the fingers is so commonlj^ associated vnXh dilatation of the bronchi as to be of decided value in diagnosis. The toes maj' be clubbed also and in some instances the end of the nose becomes bulbous in appearance. Owing to the fact that dilatation of the bronchi is secondary- to such a variety of diseases and the changes produced by these diseases are so chverse in character, the ph3'sical signs vary tremendously. In some instances the bronchiectasis is deep seated and gives rise to no signs what- soever. A case of this t^^pe was seen recently at the Phipps Institute. The patient complained of cough and expectoration but the examination of the chest failed to reveal any abnormalitA'. Several weeks later the patient died as the result of a brain abscess. At the autops}- deep-seated dilatation of the bronchi was found in the lower lobe of the right lung. The cases which most frequenth^ escape detection are those in which the affection is bilateral and associated with chronic bronchitis, emphy- sema, or diffuse bilateral fibrosis of the lungs; or in which tuberculosis and bronchiectasis coexist. In these cases the emphysema or tuber- culosis tends to mask the bronchial affection. The condition may be suspected if marked clubbing of the fingers is present, in what seenis to be a case of emphysema, or if cavity signs are more marked in the lower lobes. 294 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM In the bilateral cases, the chest shows no discrepancy between the two sides; it may be normal in appearance or of the emphysematous typp- The type of bronchiectasis which is most freciuently recognized is that which involves a part or all of one lung. In these cases there is marked retraction of the affected side and expansion is greatly diminished or entirely absent. The heart is usually displaced towards the affected side. Palpation. — If emphj-sema is present the tactile fremitus is reduced. In unilateral involvement associated with pulmonary fibrosis the fremitus is increased. Percussion. — The character of the percussion note will depend almost entirely on the nature of the associated pulmonary changes and the location of the dilatations. In deep-seated broncliiectases without any change in the parenchyma of the lung, the note is normal; if emphysema is present, it is hyperresonant, and if consolidation has occurred as the result of a chronic interstitial pneumonia, the note will be dull. When the disease is confined to one side the opposite lung is usually hypertrophied as the result of compensatory emphysema. This is in- dicated bj- the fact that the pulmonary resonance extends beyond the middle line anteriorly; in addition loud puerile breathing will be heard on this side. Superficially placed dilatations will give rise to a high-pitched tym- panitic note. If the dilatations are numerous a distinct tympanitic quality may be lacking but will influence the other percussion changes by raising the pitch. In unilateral cases the area about the angle of the scapula is where one is most apt to elicit a tympanitic note. Auscultation. — The auscultatory signs present the greatest variations. If the condition is bilateral the respiratory sounds may be identical with those heard in emphysema or they may be slightly suppressed with a bronchovesicular ciuality, especially during expiration. In the unilateral cases associated with fibrosis, the breath sounds are, for the most part, suppressed but in certain areas are definitely cavernous. The latter type of breathing is very frequenth' heard at the angle of the scapula. Over the area in which cavernous breathing is heard bronchophony and whispering pectoriloquy may be marked. Skoda s veiled puff is often referred to. This sound occurs at the end of inspiration and sounds as though a puff of air were entering a cavity situated just beneath the ear. In my experience this sign is not often present. Rales of every description may be heard. When coarse and metallic in quahty they are strongly suggestive of cavity formation or bronchial dilatation. A systolic murmui- at the base of the heart is freciuently present. In the later periods of the disease a mitral murmur of relative insufficiency is often present in addition to other evidences of failing compensation. Diagnosis. — In \dew of the number of diseases associated with bronchiectasis it is not surprising that the condition is so frequently overlooked clinically. The following conditions must be considered: Tuberculosis.- — If the bronchiectasis occurs in the lower lobes there should be no confusion as tuberculosis almost invariably starts at the apex and extends downward. If the bronchi of the upper lobe are dilated it is not possible to distinguish the two conditions, inasmuch as DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI 295 a tuberculous excavation and the dilated bronchi give rise to the same physical signs. Fig. 221 illustrates very clearly how a mistake might occur. When one entire lung is involved or both lungs are implicated the true nature of the trouble cannot be determined without a. sputum examination; and in any case this always should be done. The ma- jority of mistakes are due to neglect of this simple procedure. In examining the sputum it is important to keep in mind that acid-fast streptothrix organisms not infrequently occur in bronchiectasis. To the inexperienced these organisms could be mistaken very readily for tubercle bacilli. In a case under observation at the Phipps Institute, my colleague, Paul Lewis, found that the sputum contained a streptothrix which in the size of the individual organism closely resembled the tubercle bacillus. Instead of being clumped, however, the organisms were ar- ranged in long chains and interlacing filaments. They resisted a 20 per cent, sulphuric acid solution but were readily decolorized with 30 per cent, nitric acid. Guinea-pigs inoculated with the sputum failed to develop tuberculosis. When both tuberculosis and bronchiectasis coexist it is often impossible to recognize the presence of dilated bronchi. They are to be suspected if extreme clubbing of the fingers is present and if in addi- tion, there are signs of a cavity in the area about the angle of the scapula. Tuberculosis alone does not produce extreme clubbing of the fingers. The history of the case will also indicate in some instances, that the bron- chiectasis antedates the tuberculous infection. Moore^ has studied 25 cases of bronchiectasis by means of roentgen rays. He states that a definite diagnosis of the condition was made by this means in 19 cases, a diagnosis of probable bronchiectasis in 2, while in four cases the roentgen diagnosis was incorrect. He distinguishes three types, namely, the infiltrative, the cylindrical and the sacculated. The infiltrative type appears in the roentgenogram as a more or less stringy increase in density along the course of the bronchi, usually localized in the lower lobes and radiating outward from the hilus to the periphery of the lung. This type is not distinctive and is readily mistaken for simple thickening of the bronchial wall. Abscess of the Lung. — In abscess of the lung the characteristic feature is the sudden expectoration of a large quantity of mucopurulent material, often of a sweetish odor. In the majority of cases of abscess the patient is acutely ill or has recently recovered from an acute illness. In bronchi- ectasis the development of the disease is gradual and not sudden as in abscess. In the case of a small chronic abscess the distinction is difficult. An X-ray examination may be of service. In case of doubt an explora- tory operation should be advised as an abscess, if present, can be cured if proper drainage is secured. Loculated Empyema. — At times an encysted empyema, especially when situated between the lobes of the lung, ruptures into a bronchus. Under these circumstances it is essentially the same as a pulmonarj^ abscess. Gangrene of the Lung. — Pulmonary gangrene is usually sudden in onset and may be one of the sequels of a pulmonary infarct, croupous or bron- cho-pneumonia or tuberculosis. If gangrene of the lung occurs in an individual with a history of long standing bronchitis it may be very diffi- cult to distinguish it from bronchiectasis with gangrenous changes in ^Amer. Jour. Roentgenology, Nov., 1916. 296 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM the bronchi. The presence of elastic tissue in the sputum would be in favor of pulmonary gangrene. Chronic Brotichitis.—As a rule the presence of dilated bronchi m a case suffering from chronic bronchitis can only be surmised. It should be suspected if there is marked clubbing of the fingers and there is in addi- tion the expectoration of thin, mucopurulent material with a fetid odor. There may also be signs indicative of a cavity especially in the lower lobes of the lungs. Fetid or Putrid Bronchitis In those cases in which bronchiectasis, gangrene, or cavities contain- ing a fetid secretion can be excluded and in which there are the physical signs of bronchitis, it has been customary to designate the condition as fetid or putrid bronchitis. The affection is in reality a form of bron- chiectasis. In such cases the dilatation of the bronchi is not sufficiently marked to give the physical signs commonly associated with bronchi- ectasis. Since the introduction of the X-rays, however, it has become apparent that cases which in former times, would have been classed as fetid bronchitis are in reality examples of bronchiectasis. By means of stereoscopic plates small dilatations of the bronchi can be shown. Aside from the physical signs the clinical features of fetid bronchitis are essentially the same as those occurring as the result of well-marked dilatation of the bronchi. The cough may be paroxysmal in charac- ter and followed by the expectoration of a foul smelling sputum. The expectorated matter is usually thin, grayish-white in color and on standing separates into three layers: the upper layer is frothy and often of a greenish color, the middle layer is serous in character and slightly cloudy and the third layer consists of a sediment in which may sometimes be found small dirty yellow masses known as Dittrich's plugs. As in the case of true bronchiectasis abscess of the brain is not an uncommon terminal event. Bronchiolectasis This term is applied to a form of bronchiectasis in which the patho- logical changes are limited to the bronchioles. Although this type of the disease was described many years ago by Carr,i ^f England, it has been almost entirely overlooked in this country. Etiology. — The condition is not common and occurs almost exclusively in young children who are poorly nourished, syphihtic or rachitic. The exciting cause is generally some one of the acute infections such as whoop- ing cough, measles, diphtheria, etc. Bronchiolectasis is, as a rule, an acute affection. Morbid Anatomy. — The condition is bilateral and may involve a large part or even all of both lungs. The lungs are usually bulky and scattered over the surface there may be a number of small transparent bladder-like elevations which correspond to the small cavities within the lungs. On section the lungs present a worm-eaten or honeycombed appearance due to the numerous small cavities. The cavities are small, the largest about the size of a pea, have smooth walls and contain either air or a frothy mucus. The bronchi are unaffected. In addition to the dilatation of the bronchioles there is usually present a peribronchial in- 1 Practitioner, 1891, vol. xlvi , p. 87. DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI 297 flammation, patches of broncho-pneumonia and some compensatory emphysema. Occasionally a chronic form of the disease occurs. In such cases chronic interstitial changes take place in the pulmonary tissue surround- ing the dilated bronchioles. This leads to fibrosis of the affected parts with retraction of the lung. Symptoms. — Cough is the most prominent symptom and as the disease advances tends to become paroxysmal. It may resemble whoop- ing cough. In very young children there may be no expectoration as it is swallowed, but if the child vomits, pus may be mixed with the stomach contents. Fever may be absent but with the successive development of patches of broncho-pneumonia the temperature often rises to 103° or 104°F. Anemia and emaciation are usually marked features in children who develop this condition. As a rule the disease is acute and death may occur as early as two weeks from the onset. In some instances it becomes chronic and may exist for three or four years or longer. Physical Signs. — In the chronic cases marked clubbing of the fingers may be noted. As the disease is bilateral in most instances there is no noticeable difference in the two sides. Scattered rales throughout both lungs may be heard and they may be of all varieties. If they have a ringing metallic quality they are very suggestive of cavities. The percussion note and breath sounds may show little if any abnormality. If the process is more or less localized in one or both lower lobes the percussion note may be impaired or it may have a tympanitic quality. Under these circumstances the breath sounds may be suppressed, broncho- vesicular or even bronchial, depending somewhat on the presence of an associated pneumonic process. Diagnosis.- — Acute tuberculosis is the condition most likely to be confused with bronchiolectasis. The physical signs in both conditions may simulate each other closely. Fowler has pointed out that in bron- chiolectasis the general symptoms are not nearly so severe as one would expect from the physical signs and that improvement of the child may be noted while the evidences of pulmonary damage are increasing. In acute tuberculosis fever is nearly always a marked feature, and emaciation is progressive and marked. If sputum cannot be obtained the pus in the vomited matter should be examined for tubercle bacilli. FOREIGN BODIES IN THE AIR PASSAGES The aspiration of a foreign body into the air passages is now recog- nized as a relatively common accident. But while the number of in- stances reported in the literature is in the aggregate fairly large, the opportunity of seeing many of these cases does not often fall to the lot of individual observers. The first detailed study of the results of foreign bodies lodging in the air passages was that made by Stokes.^ In 1854 Gross ^ contributed a monograph on the subject. Since that time there have been a number of contributions. In 1909 Eicken^ reported 303 1 "Diseases of the Chest," New Sydenham Society. 2 "Foreign Bodies in the Air Passages." 3 Deut. Klinik, vol. xii, 1909. 298 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM cases in which the bronchoscope had been used to extract a foreign body. The most comprehensive presentation of the subject in American litera- ture has been made by Chevalier Jackson. ^ Etiology.- — A great variety of articles may gain entrance into the air passages. The object may be one normally taken into the mouth, such as an article of food; or it may be one held in the mouth for con- venience, such as a pin; or, as in the case of small children, toys or other small objects may be placed in the mouth. The aspiration of the foreign bod}' usually follows some sudden and unexpected inspiratory effort such as may accompany coughing, laughing, a fright or a blow on the back. Under these circumstances the foreign body may enter the larynx during ''what may be termed a moment of surprise on the part of the epiglottis while raised in the act of a sudden deep inspiration." The most frequent mannei- in which a foreign body gets past the protective mechanism and into the air passages is described by Jackson as follows: The intruder is detected escaping downward over the dorsum of the tongue into or toward the pharynx. The tongue and muscles of the fauces and pharynx make a robust effort to catch and extrude the in- truder, resulting in gagging, hawking, choking or coughing. These movements are followed by a sudden and deep inspiration. It is this inspiration blast that carries the intruder into the lower air passages, the protective mechanism being held in abeyance by the coordination usual during the inspiratory phase. In other instances, insensibility of the upper air passages as the result of sleep, narcosis or coma may permit the entrance of a foreign body. Occasionally a foreign body, in the form of food, enters the larynx during the act of vomiting. Of 590 cases in Jackson's series,'- 492 (81.6 per cent.) were patients under fifteen years of age. Tliis is to be explained by the fact that small children have a habit of placing all sorts of objects in their mouths. Any article capable of passing the glottis may be drawn into the larynx during a forced inspiration. Among the commoner objects may be mentioned needles, pins of various kinds, tacks, small toys or parts of toj's, pieces of meat, seeds of various kinds, especially peanuts and frag- ments of bones. In one case observed by me an extracted tooth entered the larynx during nitrous oxide anesthesia. Morbid Anatomy. — Complete blocking of the laryngeal opening by a foreign bod}' is fortunately not common, although such accidents do occur and ma}'' be followed by death within a few minutes. In such cases a large piece of meat is the most common offender. Having passed the glottis the foreign body may lodge in one of the ventricles of the larynx. In the majority of instances the object passes down the trachea and in about 80 per cent, of the cases enters the right bronchus. Almost invarial)ly the foreign body, if it passes the main branches enters the lower lobe branch. There are but four cases re- corded in which an upper lobe bronchus was invaded. The great liability of the right side is due to the fact that the right primary bronchus is larger and straighter than the left (see Figs. 225 and 226). The passage downward of the foreign body is facilitated by gravity and by the in- spiratory widening of the trachea and main bronchi. The rapidity with which the foreign substance passes downward is due in part to its 1 "Peroral Endoscopy and Laryngeal Surgerj^," 1915. - Trans, of Sec. on Laryngology, Otology and Rhinology, 1917, p. 36. DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI 299 size and part to the shape of the object. In any case there is produced irritation and spasm of the larynx and trachea and more or less severe paroxysms of coughing in the effort to dislodge the object. As a rule the severity of the symptoms subside with the final lodgment of the foreign body in one of the larger branches of the bronchial tree. Spontaneous expulsion of the foreign substance may occur at an early period or months or years may elapse. In one case under my care a tooth was coughed up eighteen months after it had aspirated into the bronchi; in another case a brass-headed tack was expelled four or five Fig. 225. — Trachea and bronchi viewed from behind. Note the larger size of the right bronchus and its straighter course. The nail shown in the glass tube had lodged in the right bronchus at A where it ulcerated through into the lung. {Jefferson Medical College Museum.) years after it had entered the bronchus. In 124 cases recorded by Dur- ham in which recovery followed spontaneous expulsion, the interval in 28 of the cases was from one to seventeen years. Jackson has reported cases in which the foreign body was removed some years after the initial accident; in one case an interval of twenty-six j^ears had elapsed. Spontaneous expulsion will depend on the nature of the foreign body. If it is small and devoid of sharp points it may be coughed up but if it is long, narrow and sharp-pointed, such as a hair pin or a safety pin, the only hope of relieving the patient lies in turgical interference or the use oi the bronchoscope. If the foreign substance remains in the larynx edema may develop later. The end results of lodgment in one of the bronchi are varied. 300 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DL\PHRAGM The first change is simple inflammatory swelling of the mucous membrane. If the substance remains the inflammation persists, eventually becoming chronic and with it there is apt to be some ulceration. As bacteria are commonly carried by the foreign body infection occurs and this may rupture thi'ough the bronchus giving rise to a localized abscess. In addition there is usually more or less of an inflannnatory change or abscess formation in the surrounding pulmonary tissue. This eventually becomes chronic and gives rise to fibrosis with or without dilatation of the bronchi in the affected portion. Partly as the result of inflammatory changes which swell the mucous membrane and partly as the result of the foreign bodv itself the bronchus is obstructed, ending in an abscess below the Fig. 226. — Xo. 1-191-1 (Phipps Institute). Child age six. Cough, 3 years. Physical signs of a chronic inflammatory condition at right base. Onset of symptoms indefinite. X-ray showed fibrosis of lung and dilated bronchi, due to a bent hatpin measuring 2)>^ inches in length with the head down and the point up. foreign body. Later sloughing or ulceration follows in the tissues sur- rounding the foreign body and permitting the slow escape of the pus. The bronchial wall may be destroyed by ulceration and chondrial necrosis. In some cases the foreign body may fall to the bottom of the abscess cavity or as the result of being firmly imbedded it maj' remain fixed in its original site. Although the bronchial stenosis is usually followed by dilatation of the bronchi below the point of obstruction the air passages may remain normal in size although filled with pus. The term "drowned lung" has been suggested for this condition. Later, if the obstruction is not removed, a true bronchiectasis may develop. In the case of a rounded object complete occlusion of a bronchus may DISEASES OF THE BRONXHI 301 occur ^Yith collapse of the lung tissue to which the bronchus is dis- tributed. In some instances a fibrinous or serofibrinous pleurisy occurs. Rarely the visceral layer of the pleura is perforated and an empyma or pneumothorax develops. Broncho-pneumonia or lobar pneumonia sometimes develops within a few daj's of the aspiration of a foreign body. If the foreign substance consists of a bolus of food and the particles enter the finer bronchi a septic bronchopneumonia is almost certain to occur. Symptoms. — The symptoms produced by the aspiration of a foreign body into the air passages may be divided into primary and secondary manifestations, between which a period of comparative latency may intervene. Immediately following the entrance of the foreign bod}^ into the larj'nx the patient is seized with a paroxysm of cougliing, becomes dyspnoic and cyanosed. In most instances the patient experiences the sensation of suffocation. If the body is large the patient may present the appearance of one strangling to death. The eyes protrude, the face becomes livid, and there may be vomiting, convulsions and finally loss of consciousness. Death may occur within a few minutes — but fortunately this accident is relatively rare. The violence of the initial symptoms may last from a few minutes to an hour or more and may recur at intervals. Succeeding the acute symptoms there may be some hoarseness if the vocal cords have been injured or the foreign body remains in the larynx. There maj' be a sense of soreness beneath the sternum and very often the tenderness is referred to the right of the sternum. Expectoration, if present, is scanty and may be blood-tinged. Dyspnea and cough may persist, recur in paroxysms or entirely disappear for a time. Price^ in reporting 30 cases from Chevalier Jackson's clinic states that the immediate effect produced by the foreign body was choking spells in 21; coughing in 14; dyspnea in 14; dyspnea occurring later in 4, cyanosis in 5, spasmodic cough in 4, bloody expectoration in 5, inspiratory crow- ing in 2 and aphonia in 1. Jackson emphasizes the importance of these initial symptoms. In a number of cases observed by him the possibility of a foreign body being present had been ridiculed or ignored. It must not be forgotten that a foreign body may lodge in the bronchi without causing sj^mptoms, even cough, for an interval of a number of weeks between the initial choking and the vague onset of bronchial and later, general symptoms. Thorn vaP has reported 16 cases some of which had no symptoms whatever until some time had elapsed. All but 2 of these cases were children. The secondary manifestations develop insidiousl3^ The cough gradu- ally becomes w^orse and is attended with considerable mucopurulent expectoration. In some cases tuberculosis is suspected because of the hectic type of fever, sweating and loss of weight. In others there is a gradually developing fibrosis of the affected portion of the lung, dilata- tion of the bronchi and all the symptoms of bronchiectasis, namely: a paroxysmal cough, large quantities of purulent sputum, some fever and clubbing of the fingers. The sudden expectoration of a large quan- tity of purulent material may be the first intimation of a pulmonary ^ Penna. Med. Jour., December, 1915. ^ Ugeskrift for Laeger, Dec. 23, 1915 302 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM abscess. Exertion or change of posture sometimes brings on a paroxysm of coughing. No matter what the particular lesion is, permanent lodgment of a foreign body in the lung is usually attended with cough, the expectora- tion of purulent sputum, some fever and often with loss of weight. If the patient is seen within a day or so of the accident the upper air tract should be examined with a laryngoscope. If there is available one who can use the bronchoscope this method should also be utilized. In all cases stereoscopic X-ray plates of the chest should be made. Physical Signs. — As a rule there is nothing distinctive in the physical signs which may he encountered in cases with a foreign body in the lungs. The signs are usually those of some other familiar condition such as fibrosis of the lung, bronchiectasis, abscess, empyema, or pneumothorax. Jackson^ has described a new sign, the asthmatoid wheeze, which he believes will be of great value, especially in those instances in which the foreign body is permeable to the X-rays. The asthmatoid wheeze is elicited by oral auscultation, the ear of the examiner being placed close to the open mouth of the patient. It resembles the wheezing of the asthmatic patient, but is drier. It is best elicited during forced and prolonged expiration or following coughing. In many cases it is readily detected during mirror laryngoscopy in older children and adults. Diagnosis. — In the absence of any history of the accident one should always be alert to the possibility of a foreign body in cases simulating tuberculosis but in which the physical signs are limited to one of the lower lobes. The same is true of bronchiectasis. In the presence of these two conditions a foreign body is constantly overlooked. In some instances the foreign body may completely block one of the large bronchi and cause collapse of all or a large portion of a lower lobe. In such cases the absence of breath sounds and dulness may lead to a diagnosis of fluid. Inasmuch as a variety of conditions maj- be caused by the lodgment of a foreign substance in the bronchi or pulmonary tissue the physical signs give no direct clue as to its presence. The occurrence of such a possibility, however, is always to be borne in mind when the signs are limited to the lower lobes, especially the right lower lobe. We have made it a routine practice at the Phipps Institute to have an X-ray examina- tion made in all cases of this nature and every now and then are rewarded with the finding of a foreign body. Even if the X-rays fail to show a foreign body, valuable evidence is often obtained by the showing of a localized inflammator}^ area in the lung which may suggest the true nature of the trouble. As the value of the X-rays is limited chiefly to metallic objects the bronchoscope should be emploj-ed whenever possible. By using the latter instrument, pieces of bone, beans or other articles of food may be discovered which will often escape detection in the X-ray plate. In the hands of a skilled operator bronchoscopy is the method of choice, as it is possible to directly locate the foreign body and at the same time remove it. Price warns against the use of the bronchoscope by those not possessing the requisite skill. He reports three cases in which broncho-pneumonia followed the trauma produced by unsuccessful attempts to use the instrument. 1 A7ner. Jour. Med. Sc, Nov., 1918. CHAPTER XXII DISEASES OF THE LUNGS TUBERCULOSIS OF THE LUNGS "Consumption of the lungs may be traced with certainty in the writ- ings of every period as far back as the earhest attempts of the ancient world to deal with medicine according to method. Historj^ does not inform us, however, of the extent to which the maladj^ had been prevalent during former times in various parts of the world .... But there can be no question that pulmonary consumption has held at all times and among all civilized peoples a foremost place among the national diseases. In our own age, at all events, it occupies one of the leading positions in the statistics of mortality."^ The above quotation holds as true to-daj^ as when written fortA" j^ears ago and in spite of the fact that the mortality rate of this disease has been steadily falling, tuberculosis must still be looked upon as one of the great scourges of civilization. In this country it is the cause of about one-tenth of the deaths annuallj^ So far as diseases of the chest are concerned a thorough knowledge of the various manifestations of tuberculosis is essential. The term "protean" is often applied to other diseases but in no instance is the designation more applicable than in the case of tuberculosis. In every individual who presents himself with symptoms referable to the thorax the possibility of the trouble beiruj due to tubercidosis must always be considered, no matter whether the affection is acute or chronic. Not only is tuberculosis the most important single disease the practic- ing physician has to deal with but in addition it possesses the greatest interest to the sanitarian by reason of its widespread prevalence among domestic animals. Tuberculosis is not uncommonly found in pigs, and among cattle it is very prevalent. As we derive all of our milk and a large proportion of our meat from bovine sources, it is essential that measures be taken to prevent the spread of the disease bj^ the adequate inspection of abattoirs and daily herds and further, by the pasteuriza- tion of all milk. Three types of tuberculosis of the lungs are recognized: (1) chronic pulmonary tuberculosis; (2) acute pulmonary tuberculosis; and (3) fibroid tuberculosis. CHRONIC TUBERCULOSIS OF THE LUNGS Chronic pulmonary tuberculosis is also known as tuberculosis of the lungs, chronic ulcerative tuberculosis, phthisis and consumption. Etiology. — The cause of tuberculosis is the tubercle bacillus, the source of which is, in the vast majority of cases, the sputum from human cases and, to a lesser extent, the milk from tuberculous cows. The tubercle bacillus gains entrance into the body in a number of waj^s : 1 Hirsch's "Handbook of Geographical and Historical Pathology," 1876. 303 304 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM (1) The most important modeof infection is by ?'«/ia/a^/o/i. In the great majority of instances the infection occurs from the inhalation of dust in which are carried the tubercle bacilli. Careless habits on the part of a consumptive are entirely responsible for this. The sputum, which is recognized as the principal source of infection, is not dangerous in the moist state and if, in every instance, it was destroyed in this condition, the disease practically could be stamped out. Spitting on the floor in the house or the immediate surroundings of the home or in working places permits of the sputum becoming dried and mixed with the dust. Houses or working places which are dark and badly ventilated are especially favorable to prolonging the life of the tubercle bacillus which quickly succumbs when exposed to the light and air. Flligge advanced the theory that the chief source of infection was through the minute droplets which are expelled during coughing. These he believed are inhaled. "While they may, in some instances, play a part, it is now generally accepted that the inhalation of infected dust is the chief source of the disease in adults. In most instances exposure to the disease must be prolonged and under the conditions mentioned above. There is no danger from the expired breath of consumptives nor from associating with those who are careful in their habits. For this reason a tuberculosis sanatorium is probably the safest place one can be so far as the danger of infection is concerned. Statistics dealing with those who have been employed for years in tuber- culosis sanatoria show that infection practically never occurs among these workers. Until the study of marital injection by Pope and Pearson^ appeared it was generally believed that the infection of a wife by her husband or vice versa, was very common. These observers from an analysis of a large number of cases, concluded that while there was some slight danger from this source the majority of such instances could be ascribed to infection from other sources, to the presence of the necessary diathesis and to assortive mating. 2. For some years there was a tendency to minimize the danger from inhalation and place infection by ingestion in the first place. Infection through the digestive tract undoubtedly plays an important part but not to the extent once believed. The point of entrance maj- be through the tonsils or the intestinal mucous membrane. The tonsillar and in- testinal routes are more common in childhood than adult life. In young children the intestinal mucous membrane seems to be especially per- meable and many children are known to become infected by being fed milk containing bovine tubercle bacilli. 3. Localized injection may occm' in those who perform autopsies. in butchers, in handlers of hides, or in those who handle clothing or utensils used by consumptives. As a rule the infection takes the form of a small, localized, reddened, granulation mass on the fingers or hand. Occasionally the infection may not appear at the point of inoculation but is carried to the group of lymph nodes in the axilla. 4. The rarest mode of infection is the direct transmission of the disease from the mother to the fetus. This is so unusual as to be negligible. To date only fifty-one cases of undoubted congenital tubercu- losis are on record. An investigation in Copenhagen showed that of 317 ^ "Marital Infection," Draper's Company Research Memoirs, 1908. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 305 newborn infants not one was tuberculous. Occasionally, however, the disease will show itself comparatively shortly after birth as the result of intense exposure. There has recently been reported two prematurely born infants both suckled by their consumptive mothers. One developed signs of pulmonary tuberculosis a month after birth, the other three months later. Theobald Smith has pointed out that though a strictly bacterial disease and introduced into the body by the tubercle bacillus, which is always derived from some preexisting case of the disease, tuberculosis differs, nevertheless, from most diseases in many important particulars. Its unknown beginnings in the body and its insidious march after it has once gained a foothold are responsible for the existence of a large number of cases in all stages of the disease. In the earlier stages, while the dis- ease is still restricted to a single focus, the individual is to all outward appearances in perfect health. The disease may remain in this quiescent stage indefinitely and then for one reason or another become active. If the generally accredited theory be accepted, namely, that an initial implantation takes place early in life in the majority of people, what is it that determines that one individual will later in life become tuberculous while another escapes? The following factors must be taken into account : 1. We have to consider the question of resistance. Were it not for the fact that the great majority of people possess an immunity to tubercu- losis the death rate would far exceed what it is at present. The degree of immunity possessed by the particular individual varies greatly. In many it is probably absolute; in many more the susceptibility to the infection is very marked and they readily fall victims to the disease. The great majoritj^ of people, in all probability, possess sufficient resis- tance to the growth of the tubercle bacillus providing this resistance is not lowered by other causes. Another factor which must be considered is the degree of virulence of the tubercle bacillus. It is well known that different strains of the organism vary tremendously in virulence; some possess very little power for mischief while others are capable of producing very destructive lesions. While we lack sufficient proof as to the effect of a strain of known virulence, it is not unreasonable to assume that when the disease progresses but slowly and extends over a period of years, the resistance of the individual is marked and that in addition the virulence of this particular strain is not great. On the other hand rapidly progressing cases probably represent instances in which the resistance is slight and the virulence of the organism is marked. As I have pointed out in the discussion of the pathology of the disease resistance to the tubercle bacillus is expressed in the capacity of the lung tissue to form a fibrous wall about the lesion. Thus in those with good resistance the progress of the disease is entirely arrested or greatly retarded by the formation of fibrous tissue. This is often well seen in the structure of the individual tubercle about which a fibrous wall is built. In the acute cases, those obviously of low resistance, the absence of fibrous tissue is a striking feature of the lesions. In addition to the resistance of the individual and the virulence of the tubercle bacilli Cobbett^ believes, and I think rightly, that the 1 "The Causes of Tuberculosis," 1917. 20 306 DISEASES OP THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM dose has an important bearing. Resistance, he believes, varies in dif- ferent individuals and in the same individual at different times. A dose fatal to one may be innocuous to another. The dose is often too small to infect anyone; at other times so large that it kills in spite of resistance. Large doses are to be looked for in those in close proximity to a tuber- culous patient whose cough is spraying tubercle bacilli into the air con- stantly or whose carelessness in spitting fills the air with those organisms or as the result of a draught of milk from a cow with a tuberculous udder. That the white races have acquired a certain degree of immunity during the centuries to which they have been exposed to the disease is consistent with what we know of other infectious diseases. Two races, which in their primitive state were free from tuberculosis, have paid a heavy toll through association with the white race. The North American Indian has been especiall}^ susceptible, tuberculosis being one of the most potent causes of the rapid decimation of this race. For the year 1915 the greatest single cause of death among the Indians was tuberculosis which was responsible for 35.08 per cent, of all deaths. The Negro is another example of a race which has been exposed to the disease but a short period and in which sufficient time has not elapsed to establish much immunity. Not only is the negro extremely susceptible but, as a rule, the disease pursues a much more acute course than in the white man. The death rate from tuberculosis among negroes is from three and a half to four times that of the whites. A recent report by Marralile^ illustrates the virulence of tuberculosis when introduced on virgin soil. He states that up to 1900 tuberculosis was unknown in Central Persia. Introduced into a village, from an outside source, 100 cases developed between 1900 and 1908. Two facts stand out: first, the rapidity of the disease; rarely did it last more than six months, never more than a year, secondly, its mortality, all died. 2. Heredity.- — Until comparatively recently it was taught that tuberculosis was an inherited chsease. The basis for this belief lay in the fact that it was a common observation that the children of tuberculous parents very frequently developed the disease. We now know that direct inheritance of the disease is extremely rare, so much so as to be practically negligible. The real cause of tuberculosis being a family affection is due to its transmission from the infected parent to the child after birth. This may occur as the result of the careless disposal of the sputum in the home; by kissing; or by infection of the child's food. Owing to the more intimate contact between the mother and the child it is well recognized that a tuberculous mother is more dangerous to her children than a tuberculous father. Although a child is rarely born tuberculous, there is reason to believe that, in some instances, the children of tuberculous parents are more susceptible than others and that when exposed to infection they offer little resistance. Karl Pearson, especially, has been insistent on the importance of a tuberculous diathesis. 3. Reinfection. — As already stated many authorities place the time of infection during the early years of life, the belief being that the bacilli lie dormant until some time later when, for one reason or another, the individual's resistance becomes lowered and the disease becomes active. 1 Dublin Jour, of Med. Sc, July, 1917. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 307 An individual may, however, become reinfected in adult life and succumb to this second implantation of the tubercle bacilli. Paul Lewis^ is of the belief that the primary infection in early life has little influence on the disease as it presents itself in adults. This judgment is based on his experience with bovine vaccination where the immunity seems not to persist much longer than do living bacilli introduced as a preventive. Apphed to the human type of the disease this fact m.&y be interpreted as follows : There is a high incidence of infection in early childhood, very possiblj' owing to an especial permeability of the intestinal mucous mem- branes in that period. By the adolescent period, however, most of the infected children are either cured of the disease or have died of it. Fol- lowing the twentieth j^ear a fresh period of high incidence occurs, prob- ably owing in part to the failing natural immunity of the lungs and in part to increased exposure. There can be no doubt that infection in adult hfe is far more frequent than is ordinarily taught. This is apparent from the fact that healthy adults, with no history of tuberculosis in the famih", not infrequently acquire the disease by moving into a house infected by a former tenant. 4. Insanitary Surroundings. — For years it has been recognized that tuberculosis is essentiall3' a house disease. It is in the home, in the vast majorit}^ of instances, that the disease is acquired and here from its inception to its close the entire drama is played. The worse the living conditions are, the higher will be the incidence of tuberculosis, and this apphes to the isolated country house as well as the congested city slum. In considering the influence of the home surroundings, two factors must be taken into account: first, the home itself; and secondly, the habits of the people. ]\Iuch emphasis has been placed on the badly ventilated and hghted house as a predisposing cause of the disease, and of this there can be no doubt. Another factor, and one which is not so w^ell recognized, is the unhygienic habits of the people themselves. In a study made by the Phipps Institute^ it was found that many houses which had little to com- mend them were inhabited by people who were cleanly in their habits; on the other hand, model houses were often found to be tenanted by people who made no pretense of observing the simplest rules of hygiene. Perhaps the greatest lesson which the crusade against tuberculosis has taught is the importance of hj^giene. Not only must better houses be provided but in addition the people themselves must be impressed with the dangers of insanitary habits. They must be taught that irregular meals, food of poor qualitj^, insufficient sleep and dissipation in any form lead to a lowering of the resistance and thus render the individual more susceptible to infection. In an occupational study made at the Phipps Institute^ it was shown that among those workers who took their meals irregularh', and among those who did not get sufficient sleep the incidence of tuberculosis w^as much higher than in the case of those leading a regular life. In regard to the influence of insanitary dwellings the experience of Liverpool is instructive. The municipal government tore down large sections of defective dwellings and erected in their place sanitary houses. ^ Journal of the Outdoor Life, February, 1916. 2 Eleventh Report, 1915. 3 Eighth Report, 1915. 308 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM The same people were housed in the new dwellings who had occupied the old ones. In this reconstructed district the death rate from tuber- culosis fell from 4 per 1000 to 1.9 per 1000. A very striking example of the effect of destroying a slum district was noted after the great fire in San Francisco. Prior to the fire in 1905 the death rate from tuberculosis in that citv was 27-4 per 100,000; two vears later it had fallen to 179 per 100,000. In 1912 it had fallen still farther to 153 per 100,000. Poverty and tuberculosis go hand in hand. This is due to the fact that lack of money forces the very poor into the most insanitary districts and in addition does not permit of their obtaining suitable food. Both of these factors lower the resistance and make the individual a ready victim of the disease. The effects of privation and food, insufl&cient in quality or quantity, has been shown strikingly in the devastated regions of^France and Belgium during the recent war. Indeed the effects have been felt also in the neutral European countries and in uninvaded portions of the warring countries. Reports from nearly all the European countries during the past three j'ears all tend to show that tuberculosis is on the increase. 5. Occupation. — The influence of occupation as a predisposing cause of tuberculosis has been emphasized over and over again. There are many employments which are credited with being bad, but which in reality are not, much of the evil that is associated with them being the result of contributory factors which are not directly connected with the work itself. It is well to remember that in the badh^ ventilated state of one factory compared with another, the home life and surroundings of the work people, poverty, heredity, age and sex are to be found condi- tions that favor the production of ill health, and are therefore, not to be ignored. Usually it is a gradual deterioration of health that is produced. It cannot be emphasized too strongly that it is imyossihle to determijie the effect of a given occupation as a predisposing] cause of tuberculosis xnthout a knouiedge of ivJiere and hoic the worker lives. 6. Acute and Chronic Infections. — As the result of some acute or chronic disease the individual may be rendered more susceptible to reinfection with tuberculosis, or as the result of lowered resistance, a quiescent tuberculous lesion may become active. Acute catarrhal con- ditions of the upper respiratory tract, measles, whooping cough, etc., are not infrequently followed by tuberculosis. The importance of damp soil and damp houses was emphasized many years ago by Henry I. Bowditch, who showed that such conditions were productive of catarrhal affections of the respiratory tract and that they in turn predisposed to tuberculosis. Sims Woodhead also has pointed out that in pulmonary tuberculosis the most important predisposing cause appears to be a catarrh. This is most apt to occur in portions of the lung where expansion and contraction are weak or imperfect, as at the apices. Among the chronic diseases in which tuberculosis is often a terminal infection may be mentioned diabetes, arterio-sclerosis, thoracic aneurism, and cirrhosis of the liver. 7. Pregnancy and the Puerperal Period. — Many women first manifest evidences of pulmonary tuberculosis during or immediatel}^ after the termination of pregnancy. That the incidence of pregnane}^ and tuber- culosis is a frequent one is shown by the figures given by Bacon. In 1 Oliver's " Dangerous Trades." DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 309 1913 he estimated that 32,000 tuberculous women became pregnant annually in the United States, and added that between 44,000 and 48,000 women of child-bearing age die of tuberculosis every year. When the disease becomes active during pregnancy it is probably due to the increased demands made on the woman's vitality. When it first shows itself during the puerperal period or undergoes an acute exacerbation at this time, it is due, in large measure, to the violent efforts attending the deUvery of the child. It is noteworthy that among women a very large 0-9 10.19l20.29i 3O.39U0.49'50-59!GO.69i7O.79!8O.89,9O.99| 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 K 1 \ \ 1 \ DEATHS FROM t'ub'eRCUiIos'iS | ^ EVERY HUNDRED DEATHS | ' ^ _T .e; same! DECADE ^ J \ \ 1 \ \/r\ , ! 1 Ai \ ., 1 1 /' ) \ ■s ,. V 1 I \ ^ r- — \ 1 jl \ \ / 1 jl \ \ 1/' \ I ! 1 \' DEATHS I^ROM \ 1 .' \ \ TUBERCULOSIS ^ ,' \ \ LIVIN'G PER'SONS \ 1 1 \ 1 v I \\ ^ h \ \ \ 'i \ ^ 1 / \\ 1 ll / V / / t r / j\ y V > / \ ] y N /i \\ PERCENTAGE OF ALl' DEATHS \\ FROM TUBERCULOSIS \ V 1 ~ fe Fig. 227. — Tuberculosis; all forms. Registration area of the United States. The dotted line represents the number of deaths for the disease specified for different decades per 10,000 persons living at corresponding decades. The solid line represents the ratio of deaths from a particular disease at different decades to the whole number of deaths at all ages from the same disease. The broken line in Chart represents the ratio of deaths from tuberculosis at any decade to the total number of deaths from all causes at the corre- sponding decade. [Montgomery Amer. Jour. Med. Sc, Sept., 1915.) number date the onset of their pulmonary trouble from a pregnancy. In a study of tuberculous pregnant women made at the Phipps Institute by C. C. Norris and myseK^ we found that about 20 per cent, of mild, quiescent cases and 70 per cent, of more advanced cases exhibit exacer- bations during pregnane}^ or the puerperium. A consideration of the above etiological factors makes it apparent that over and above the implantation of the tubercle bacillus in the body something additional is needed, in the vast majority of cases, to cause the individual to develop clinical tuberculosis. 1 Jour. Amer. Med. Assoc, Feb. 9, 1918. 310 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM For some years past I have been able to fix on the determining factor in the great majority of private patients. In one it has been ex- cessive mental anxiety over business affairs; in another the nursing of a relative in a long and tedious illness; in still another, a period of over- work and lack of sufficient sleep. Among the lower class the prolonged exposure to insanitary surroundings and poor food are to be looked upon as the most potent causes. As already pointed out, no race is exempt from the disease and it is to be met under all sorts of climatic conditions. Tuberculosis occurs at all age periods but the chronic ulcerative type affecting the lungs is essentially a disease of adult life. Statistics show that the highest in- cidence of pulmonar}' disease is between the twentieth and fortieth years. ^Montgomer}-,^ however, has called attention to the fact that if the death rate is computed for the different age periods in relation to those living, the disease is as prevalent among those of advanced years as in early adult life. Fig. 227 pictures the mortality curve for all forms of tuberculosis in the registration area of the United States, and shows what has long been known, but is frequently overlooked, that tuberculosis continues unabated its extensive ravages even among elderly perons, though the absolute number of deaths from tuberculosis is actually diminishing. Among those who have emphasized the high mortahty from tuberculosis among the aged are Wilson Fox and Cornet. A pamphlet issued by the ^Maryland State Department of Health entitled "A Brief Review of the Tuberculosis Campaign, 1904-1914," shows that "in the white population beginning with the twentieth year of life all persons are equally liable to death from tuberculosis." Morbid Anatomy. — A knowledge of the pathology of tuberculosis as it affects the lungs, is absoluteh' essential in order to gain a clear concep- tion of its various manifestations. In both its pathological and clinical aspects the disease may exhibit the widest extremes. It maj', on the one hand, run an acute course, the duration of which is measured in weeks or, on the other hand, it may pursue a chronic latent course lasting for years. The very acute and the very chronic cases, however, form but a small proportion of the total number. The overwhelming majorit}' of cases of pulmonary- tuberculosis is comprised of the type referred to as chronic ulcerative tuberculosis; more commonl}" known as phthisis or consumption. In this type of the disease the course is rarely continuous but is almost invariably charac- terized b}^ periods of activity which are succeeded by periods of quies- cence or indeed complete arrest of the disease, which may last for twenty years or even longer. The too commonly accepted belief that pulmonary tuberculosis has an average duration of from two and a half to three years, is no longer tenable. In the vast majority of cases the symptoms which seem to indicate the beginning of the trouble, are in realitj' ante- dated by years bj- some symptom or group of symptoms which either have been ignored or have been attributed to some other disease. This may be illustrated by the following case which, while extreme, is by no means uncommon. A banker, aged fifty-two, came under observation for the first time with a laryngeal tuberculosis and physical signs which clearly indicated an 1 Amer. Jour. Med. Sc, September, 1915. . DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 311 infiltrating process involving the upper third of the left upper lobe. He stated that he had been perfectly well up to three months previously. His history, however, showed that he had had at the age of twenty-two years several pulmonary hemorrhages for which he was confined to bed for a few days. Ten years later he had a severe attack of pleurisy which laid him up for a week. This was followed by no ill effects. Here then we have a case in which the disease gave warnings of its presence thirty and twenty years prior to his becoming definitely tuberculous. During this long period his health was good and he finally succumbed to the infection because his resistance became lowered through overwork and financial worries during a business panic. This man made a com- plete recovery and is at the present time perfectly well (seven years later). A knowledge of the fact that this type of tuberculosis is subject to the occurrence of periods of shght activity which subside spontaneously, is of considerable practical importance as it inchoates that the disease is more or less latent and chronic and that the patient's resistance is good. In this type of case the prospect of recovery is, as a rule, a great deal more promising than in that with an acute onset and no antecedent history of trouble. The acuteness or chronicity of every tuberculous infection is to a great extent determined by two factors. On the one hand, we have the invading tubercle bacilli striving to multiply and spread and destroy tissue. Opposed to this invasion are the resources of the host which strive to hold in check the invaders. While some of the tubercle bacilli, may be destroyed by the phagocytes, the chief defense against them lies in the formation of fibrous tissue which surrounds the tubercles and completely or partially arrests the process. That this is true is evident from the fact that the acute types of the disease show little or no evidence of fibrous tissue about the lesions, while in the more chronic forms of the disease an extensive overgrowth of fibrous tissue constitutes the chief characteristic of the pulmonary lesions. In chronic ulcerative phthisis, therefore, the rapichty or slowness of the progress of the disease is deter- mined, largely, by the capacity of the lung to undergo fibroid changes. Sims Woodhead has described the initial changes as follows: The first stage is an apical catarrh; that is, a congestion of the blood-vessels of the mucous membrane, accompanied by a slight proliferation of the epithelial cells lining the air cells with an increased pouring out of fluid and an emigration of a large number of white cells. This catarrhal change is noted in portions of the lung where expansion and contraction are weak or imperfect, as at the apices in adults or about the hilus in children. This breeding ground for the tubercle bacillus may gradually increase in size. If, however, the tissues are well nourished, fibrous tissue is formed. Building up the resistance of the patient by proper treatment aids in bringing this about. If this is accomplished, the bacilli become inactive and the degenerative tissue is partly absorbed and partly trans- formed into scar tissue. If, however, the process does not become arrested at this point, the disease spreads beyond its original focus and a considerable area of tuberculous consolidation may be the result. The degenerated or caseous material may then become softened and it is during this stage of softening that secondary infection goes on perhaps most readily. 312 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM The initial deposit as seen at the autopsy table in individuals dying from other causes may consist of a single small peribronchial focus (see Fig. 228) or it may consist of several areas the size of a hazel nut. buch foci represent the coalescence of a small group of tubercles. From these areas the disease spreads or healing may take place (see Fig. 229). In those instances in which the disease gains the upper hand the tubercles which at first are discrete, coalesce and in addition spread Fig. 228. — Solitary peribronchial tubercle indicated by arrow. Rest of lung normal, {Jefferson Medical College Museum.) beyond their original boundaries. Thus at the apex where the original deposit occurred the infiltration becomes more and more dense and furthermore the tubercles spread downward until the entire lung is involved although in the lower portions the infiltration is usually widely scattered. This constitutes the second or moderately advanced stage. Fig. 230 shows this very well. It will be noted that at the extreme apex the infiltration, while very dense, has not replaced entirely all of the pulmon- DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 313 ary tissue so that some vesicular element will be retained in the respira- tory sounds. The infiltration becomes less and less marked as the base of the lung is approached. The lower third is apparently free from disease. The chief characteristic of chronic ulcerative tuberculosis is the formation of cavities. As a rule a cavity is an indication that the dis- ease has progressed to the third or advanced stage of the disease. This Fig. 229. — Below the apex are seen several calcareous nodiiles surrounded by fibrous tissue. These represent small deposits of tubercles which have become walled off. It is in this way that tuberculosis is often healed. i^ not invariably true, however. The original focus may break down and empty out through a bronchus and the disease become arrested at this point; and the same is true of the second or moderateh^ advanced stage. In the advanced stages of the disease it is almost the rule to find a cavity at one or both apices and in addition smaller cavities may be present in other portions of the lungs. The excavation may be represented by a single large cavity with a well-defined wall or it may present a honeycombed appearance in which the cavities are small and communicating with ragged, necrotic walls. 314 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM The former type is characteristic of the chronic type of the disease, the latter of the more acute forms (see Acute Puhnonary Tuberculosis). It is the present belief that the formation of a cavity is due in large part, to the presence of secondary infections with the various pus-produc- ing organisms. These organisms produce a liquefying necrosis of the caseous areas and thus hasten their breaking down. The final stage in the formation of a cavity is the rupture of the caseous and necrotic area into a bronchus. As a rule there is but one such communication; but Fig. 230. — ^Dense infiltration of upper lobe. Areas of conglomerate tubercles in upper part of lower lobe. there may be two or three, in which case the ph3'sical signs are apt to be indefinite and imperfect. The longer the tuberculous process lasts the more certainly is excava- tion apt to occur although this is not an invariable rule, particularly in the chronic fibroid cases. Recently formed cavities have an irregular outline, are ill-defined, the interior is ragged and there is an absence of a DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 315 distinct wall. When the process is not acute or has remained localized for some time, a more or less well-formed wall of fibrous tissue develops. The longer the cavity has existed the thicker the fibrous tissue about it. Furthermore, the caseous lining of the cavity gradually changes into granulation tissue and this in turn may be replaced by smooth fibrous tissue. Fig. 231 represents a chronic type of infection. The cavity is sharply defined and from its shape seems to have been formed by several smaller excavations which have united. Below the cavity is a scattered infiltra- tion with some fibroid changes and dilatation of the bronchi. Fig. 231. — Cavity in apex of right upper lobe and a smaller one anteriorly gust beneath the clavicle. In addition to cavities there is healthy pulmonary tissue and con- siderable fibrosis. Illustrates a chronic and slowly progressive type of disease. Fig. 232 illustrates how extensive the pulmonary excavation may become. In this instance practically the entire lung has been reduced to a fibrous shell with only a fringe of pulmonary tissue at the base. In view of the extension ulceration which may occur it is remarkable that perforation of the chest wall so rarely occurs. Several such cases have been reported. In one case seen at the Phipps Institute perforation of the chest wall was prevented by a rib, which, however, had become 316 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUXGS, PLErRA, AND DIAPHRAGM markedly necrosed. In another case seen in the White Haven Sana- torium the perforation (a half-inch in diameter) had extended through the internal intercostal muscle. The external intercostal was ulcerated ; covering this was the pectoralis minor muscle and the skin. In this case there was during each inspection a distinct bulging about the size of an English walnut and strongl}- resembled a hernia of the lung. Fig. 232. — Case No. 238S (Phipps Institute). Upper three-fourths of lung taken up by three cavities with great outgrowth of fibrous tissue. Another important feature of cavities is that those of any considerable size contain in their walls or the trabecula traversing them, blood-vessels (Fig. 233). As a rule the blood-vessels in and about the cavity become thrombosed and obliterated. If thej- remain patulous, small aneurismal dilatations occur in their walls and the rupture of one of these will give rise to a hemorrhage. Fig. 234 represents a cavity filled with blood clot in which this accident occurred. (See also Fig. 59.) DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 317 In addition to a knowledge of how the disease develops it is important to recognize the routes it follows from the time the initial deposit of tubercles occurs to the final stages. The proportion of cases in which the apex is the primary site of the disease is so large that, generally speak- ing, the exceptions can be disregarded. Laennec's brief description of the successive changes is worth quoting: "We very often find in the same lung evident proofs of two or three successive eruptions, and we can then nearly always make out that the primary eruption at the apex of the lung has already become excavated; that the second, situated around the first, but a little lower, is formed by tubercles which, in most instances, are already yellow, though still small; that the third, formed by gray miliary tubercles, with some yellow points in the center, occupy a still lower zone." Fig. 233. — Large cavity in upper lobe with blood-vessels laid bare. These features, namely, the primary deposit in one or the other apex; the extension downward and the presence of the greatest damage where the disease first began, are characteristic of tuberculosis and serve as valuable aids, inasmuch as the physical signs will be more marked at the summit of the lung and while continuous, diminish as the base is approached. This distribution of the disease also serves to distinguish tuberculosis from certain chronic inflammatory diseases of the lung, which invade the base rather than the apex. While these generalizations are not absolute, "the line of march" in the great majority of cases un- doubtedly shows a great similarity. 318 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM Not only are the apices usually the original site of the disease, but as Fowler has shown, a fairly definite area in the apex is the common starting point. This point is about 1 inch to l^-i inches below the apex, and corresponds anteriorly to the supraclavicular fossa or the middle of the clavicle. Extending from this point the disease tends to spread backward. As the process spreads, it progresses downward, the infil- FiG 234. — Right lung. Advanced tuberculosis. Several cavities, the largest, at the bottom of the upper lobe posteriorly is filled with blood clot. (Patient died of hemoptysis.) Extensive infiltration and fibrosis of both lobes. tration about the original focus increasing and gradually thinning out as the base is reached. A less usual site for the primary infection occurs at a point which corresponds to the first and second interspaces below the outer third of the clavicle. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 319 Of almost equal importance to the primary infections in the apex are the secondaiy deposits in the lower lobes. Fowler points out that the involvement of the lower lobe maj^ be verj- early in the disease and that although it follows the primary apical infection, may give more definite phj^sical signs because of the doubtful character of the apical findings. As a rule the apex of the lower lobe is first involved. This corresponds to a point opposite the fifth dorsal vertebra im the inter- scapular region (Fig. 235). From this point the disease tends' to spread downward along the interlobar septum, which is roughh-iindicated by the inner border of the scapula, when the hand is placed on the opposite shoulder. ■"'^^WTfiP'***.*' Fig. 235. — Specimen showing a small deposit of tubercles in posterior aspect of right upper lobe and in the apes of the lower lobe. Corresponds to the right interscapular region opposite fourth and fifth dorsal vertebra. Following the invoh^ement of the upper lobe the disease if progressing, manifests itself in the opposite apex; less commonly, according to Fowler, in the upper lobe at a point corresponding with the apex of the axilla. Disease of one apex with secondary manifestations in the opposite lower lobe occasionally occur. One rarely finds during the terminal stage of the disease, that both lungs are equally diseased. The lung primarily affected is generally more extensively involved and the destruction of tissue, as manifested by cavity formation, greater. The lung, secondarily affected, may be markedly diseased in the upper lobe, but the lower will be free, or at most contain scattered tubercles. During the terminal months of the disease the lower part of one or the other lung, which undergoes a certain amount of compensatory emphysema, supplies the patient with most of his breathing space (Fig. 236; see also Fig. 101 J. 320 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM Another change, and one that probably follows the pulmonary in- fection very quickly, is a low-grade inflammation of the apical pleura which results in the obliteration of the pleural space at that point. While the clinical evidence of this is not great, it is an almost constant finding that in individuals who have died of chronic tuberculosis the apices of the lungs are firmly adherent to the chest wall and that this is most noticeable over the posterior surface. As the pulmonary infection spreads the overlying pleural space be- comes obliterated. Involvement of the pleura in tuberculosis is always Fig. 236. — Large cavity in left upper lobe: dense in61tration and fibroid changes in lower lobe. Right upper lobe densely infiltrated with recently formed cavities. Right lower lobe practically free from disease. greatest at the apex where the trouble originated (Fig. 237). At the apex the thickening is dense, gradually thinning out as the base of the lung is reached. While often dense throughout and binding the entire lung firmly to the chest wall, the adhesions over the lower part of the lung are more commonly lace-like and easily broken up. (See also section on Pleurisy, p. 572.) Obliteration of the pleural space is, to a great extent, a protective measure. Were it not for this a pneumothorax would likely occur in the majority of cases of tuberculosis instead of being relatively un- DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 321 common. A more extended description of the changes which occur in tuberculous pleurisies and in pneumothorax will be found under the head- ings dealing with these conditions. Dilatation of the bronchi is dependent on the amount of fibrous tissue which develops during the course of the disease. If the process is acute the bronchi present no change. On the other hand, in the chronic types of the disease with the formation of much fibrous tissue dilatation of the bronchi is not uncommon. Fig. 237. — Thickened pleura at apex in tuberculosis. Deformity of the chest and displacement of the heart depend largely on the chronicity of the disease. If chronic and there is much fibroid tissue present the affected lung shrinks and as a result the chest wall becomes retracted and the heart is drawn toward the diseased side. Changes in Other Organs. — In addition to the characteristic changes which are seen in the respiratory organs, tuberculosis has a very serious damaging effect on other organs and tissues throughout the body. The brief account which follows is based on a study of 197 autopsied cases by C. Y. White. ^ The lesions most frequently noted are the presence of 1 Fifth Report of Phipps Institute, 1909. 21; 322 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM tubercles, usually the result of a terminal infection; congestion; catarrhal changes; fatty and fibroid degenerative changes and ulceration. In some situations all of these changes may be noted while in others one or more are apt to be present. The larijnx is frequently the seat of tuberculous changes in dying cases. Fetterolf^ in a special study of 100 cases found the larynx involved in 83 and doubtfully so in 4. In the trachea, congestion is the most com- mon change and in about 20 per cent, of cases, ulceration is present. ISIany observers hold the view that the heart in tuberculosis is smaller than normal and deduce from this fact that the size of the heart bears some relation to susceptibility to the disease. Of 197 cases the weight of the heart, for both males and females, was practically that of the average normal heart. Cardiac changes noted at the autopsj^ table in tuber- culosis are about the same as those encountered under other conditions. In about half the cases there are to be seen varying degrees of hypertrophy or dilatation, usually the latter, of one or more of the chambers. A small proportion show thickening of the valve leaflets and in a still smaller proportion, the valve orifices are incompetent or stenosed. Tuberculous infection of the heart muscle is rare. (See also section on Tuberculosis of the Pericardium, p. 656.) Next to the lungs the gastro-intestinal tract and its associated organs are most seriously damaged. This leads to serious defects in metabolism, with consequent lowered nutrition. Some of the lesions are tuberculous, but most of them are of a secondary nature and because of the fact that they are so general and extensive, are far more serious to the functional activity of these organs than the lesions which are distinctly tuberculous in character. The intestinal tract is the site of ulcerative changes in from 80 to 90 per cent, of fatal cases. In some instances a large portion of the intestinal mucous membrane, especially the lower ileum, may be the site of ulcerative changes; in others there may be no more than three or four ulcers. The stomach is the site of an ulcer in about 2 per cent, of cases, which is about the usual incidence of gastric ulcer under all conditions. Rarely the ulcer is tuberculous in character. Pathological changes in the esophagus are unusual. Congestion of the mucous membrane is occasionally noted and in a few instances tubercle-like nodules are seen (3 out of 140 autopsies). The secondary" changes noted in the gastro-intestinal tract are sub- acute and chronic gastritis; gastro-enteritis, chronic catarrhal enteritis and colitis. Anatomical changes also occur. Gastroptosis was noted in 62 out of 197 cases; ptosis of the large gut was encountered in but two cases. Tuberculous changes in the appendix were noted in 10 out of 1.97 cases. About 7 per cent, of the cases showed tuberculous fistulae in the ischio-rectal region. IMicroscopical examination of the ischio-rectal region also showed the presence of a high percentage of tubercles in cases having no signs of fistula or abscess. The parenchjmiatous tissue of the liver and pancreas usually shows widespread lesions varying from a slight cloudiness to complete necrosis or extensive fatty changes. Accompanying these lesions in the parenchy- matous tissue there is generally some fibroid change. The same lesions are noted in the thyroid and suprarenal glands, both of which are ' Trans. Am. Laryngological Assoc, 1914. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 323 also concerned in metabolism. Amyloid changes in the liver are not uncommon. Although the liver occasionally shows large caseous, tuberculous foci, this is rare. The presence of minute pinpoint and microscopic tubercles is very common and probably represents a terminal infection. The pan- creas is quite resistant to the tubercle bacillus but even this organ occa- sionally shows microscopic tubercles. Tubercles are also noted in the thyroid gland and especially in the suprarenals. The latter may also be the seat of large caseous tubercles which may entirely destroy the organ. The spleen is usually slightly enlarged and often congested. Miliary tubercles were noted in 60 and amyloid changes in 51 out of 197 cases. Chronic inflammatory changes in the kidneys are extremely common but these changes do not differ essentially from those found in the kidneys of individuals dying of other chronic diseases. The changes are brought about by the extra work thrown upon the kidneys in the elimination of the toxic products generated by the tubercle bacilli or the organisms of mixed infections so frequently found. In addition to evidences of nephritis a very considerable proportion of the kidneys also show the presence of small miliary tubercles. Other portions of the genito-urinary tract, in both the male and female, seem to be less liable to infection with the tubercle bacillus even in the terminal stages. Tuberculosis of the testicle rarely occurs in the course of the chronic ulcerative type of tuberculosis. When seen it usually dominates the clinical picture, the pulmonary disease being of secondary importance. Involvement of the meninges is a not uncommon event in the chronic ulcerative tj^pe of tuberculosis. Meningeal tuberculosis is most often seen, however, in acute miliary tuberculosis. The condition is relatively common in children and it is very frequentlj^ the terminal event in cases of tuberculosis of the testicle. Symptoms.- — Pulmonary tuberculosis has no distinctive mode of onset nor is there any single symptom which is absolutely pathognomonic of the condition. In some instances there is a danger signal in the form of a single symptom; in the majority of cases, however, the onset is insidious and the disease may have caused considerable damage before its true nature is recognized. A properly taken history should include information as to the occu- pation of the individual, the presence or absence of tuberculosis in the family, an account of past illnesses, and, lastly, but of the utmost im- portance, an account of the present illness. It is no exaggeration to state that from the history alone the vast majority of cases of early tuberculosis can be recognized definitely, or at least the presence of the disease can be strongly suspected. The mathematical chances of tubercu- losis being present are overwhelming in the case of any individual who has an hemoptysis, an attack of pleurisy, a fistula in ano, or transient attacks of slight hoarseness, and this holds true in the face of previous good health and excellent physical condition. These single symptoms may be followed very shortly by other evidences of pulmonary disease. Very often, however, they ar > to be looked upon as prodromal symptoms, and months or years may eL^^ose before the disease manifests itself in an active form. For one who is to become tuberculous the most fortunate thing is the occurrence of one of these single isolated symptoms, as they 324 DISEASES OF THE BROXCHI, LUNGS. PLELR,^, .^'D DIAPHR-\GM are apt to appear before there has been any deterioration in health and before the pulmonary- lesion has become extensive. The significance of these manifestations is being constantly overlooked, partly because of the absence of other corroborative s^Tnptoms, but largely because of a paucity or even entire absence of physical signs. The onset of pulmonary- tuberculosis may be as follows: 1. Hemoptysis and Blood-strealced Sputum. — The one disease, above all others, in which hemoptysis most frequently occurs is pulmonary tuberculosis. This fact has been emphasized and reemphasized in season and out of season and yet the true significance of this s^Tnptom is being overlooked constantly. Blood spitting is apt to occur in the great majority of cases of pulmonar\' tuberculosis at some time during the course of the disease. Among 5856 cases seen at the Phipps Institute the occurrence of an hemoptysis was acknowledged by 2790 (47.6 per cent.) at the time of their first visit. The difl&culty. however, hes not with the seK-evident case of phthisis but with those instances in which the blood spitting occurs as the initial symptom and before there has been any deterioration of health or the development of marked physical signs. It is extraordinarA- how frequently the source of the blood is ascribed to a bleeding point in the upper air passages in spite of the fact that there is ample proof that hemorrhage from this region is ex- cessively rare. Although the apparent health of the patient and the absence or paucity of physical signs must be looked upon as strong factors in influencing physicians agaiost a diagnosis of tuberculosis, the most important reason, in my opinion, is moral cowardice. ]VIany will admit of a knowledge of the significance of a hemoptysis of obscure origin but in particular cases are unable to bring themselves to make a diagnosis without other corroborative s>TQptoms and signs. In this connection Cabot's admonition is worth repeating: "I do not deny that the causes of hemoptysis are numerous, but I assert that the causes of genuinely obscure hemoptysis in temperate climates may be reduced to one — pulmonarj' tuberculosis." The objection may be raised that among the conditions which simulate tuberculosis most closely blood spitting is a ver\- common s\Tnptom. So it is — and among such condi- tions may be mentioned the various mycotic infections, bronchiectasis, fibrosis of the lungs, mahgnant disease and distomatosis. The last- named has a fairly distinct geographical distribution and is to be en- countered in this part of the world in imported cases only. Of the other conditions closer study wUl show in them certain differences, par- ticularly in regard to the physical signs, which will oft^n serve to dis- tinguish them from tuberculosis. The real test, however, Ues in the examination of the sputum. Cases presenting the symptoms and physical signs of tuberculosis without the presence of tubercle baciUi in the sputimi should arouse at once the suspicion of some other origin for the hemor- rhage. The main point is that a tentative or even a positive diagnosis does no harm in case the source of the hemorrhage is not a tuberculous infection. On the other hand, a negative diagnosis may lull the patient into a false secmity. There is httle to be said in favor of the attitude of mind which favors withholding a diagnosis of tuberculosis in such cases because such an opinion, if wrong, places a stigma on the patient. Failure to give due heed to it more often ends in the disease progressing to hopeless incurabiUty. DISEASES OF THE LrXGS 325 Figs. 23S and 239 clearly show the majority of the causes of hemop- tysis. That depicting Strieker's results deals with a body of men pre- sumably healthy. It is apparent that the occtirrence of blood spitting TUBERCULOSIS fl^^lHH^^Hll^HHHHHHIHHHBa^Hl 848 TRAUMA ■§ n PNEUMONIA ■ 1 HEART DISEASE I 5 BRONCHIECTASIS I 4 INFLUENZA | 3 SYPHILIS I % ABSCESS AND GAN-) GRENE OF TH E - I 5 LUNG i HYDATID CYST OFl THE LUNG / IRRITATING FUMES \ ^ INHALED i" Fig. 23S — Causes of hemoptysis in Pm^an soJdiers. {Cabot, "Differential Diagnosis,'^ after F. Strieker.) ■■^^^■^^■■■■i^HH^H^HH^H 1723 MITRAL DISEASE l^^^l^l^HIH^BII^HHB 1177 UNSPECIFIED CAUSE B^^^H 183 PULMONARY THROM- i ^^^^ BOSIS OR EMBOLISM )' ^^^™ PULMONARY ABSCESS-) ^^ OR GANGRENE / ^^ BRONCHIECTASIS ^H 58' PNEUMONIA Bi 52 ANEURYSM ■ 22 TRAUMA ■ 17 NEOPLASM I 6 Fig. 239. — Causes of hemoptysis, ^lassaehusetts General Hospital, (Cahot, "Differential Diagnosis") in such individuals points overwhelmingly to tuberculosis, the percentage in favor of this diagnosis being 95. S. The table compiled by Cabot from cases admitted to the IMassachusetts General Hospital shows a wider distribution of the underlvins causes. 326 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM It is to be borne in mind, however, that cases of obvious tuberculosis are not admitted to this hospital and that, as in the case with most hospitals, patients suffering from failing compensation form a very high percentage of the total admissions. Even so, tuberculosis occupies first place with a percentage of 50. Furthermore it is a fair inference that the majority of those classed as "undetermined" properly belong under the tuberculous group, which would raise the percentage considerabl}-. 2. Pleurisy.- — It is becoming more and more appreciated that an attack of pleurisy with or without effusion should arouse one's suspicion as to the existence of a pulmonary tuberculosis. At one time the occurrence of primary pleurisy was looked upon as relatively common. The attack may be without an apparent exciting cause or it may follow exposure to cold. In any event it is now recognized that at least 80 per cent, of such pleurisies are tuberculous in origin. A pleural effusion which develops insidiously and attains a large size before recognition is almost certainly tuberculous. The records of the large insurance companies show that the death rate from tuberculosis of the lungs among persons who have had pleurisy within five years prior to insurance is three times the average rate for individuals without such a history. 3. Ischio-rectal Abscess and Fistula in Ano. — Proctologists have per- formed a valuable service in emphasizing the tuberculous nature of the great majority of abscesses in and about the ischio-rectal fossa. The occurrence of a pyogenic infection in this region should always call for a careful physical examination of the chest. In the event of a negative examination the patient should be warned as to the possible danger and cautioned as to his mode of life. Very often the ischio-rectal abscess will precede definite pulmonary symptoms by several years. 4. Hoarseness. — This may be the very first intimation of pulmonary tuberculosis. The hoarseness maj^ develop without definite exposure to cold or any o'ther known cause. It may be persistent from the onset but more often is transient in character, being present for a few days and then disappearing and reappearing again. Very often the hoarseness is noticeable for a part of the day only; either on getting up in the morning or late in the day or after much talking. A laryngological examination is imperative in these cases. Nothing is more fatal than to assume that the laryngitis is due to a "cold." The occurrence of any one of the above-mentioned symptoms fur- nishes the most valuable information possible as to the presence of a pulmonary tuberculosis. Unless it can be shown conclusively that they are produced by something else there should be no hesitation in making a diagnosis of tuberculosis. Furthermore, it cannot be too strongly emphasized that the phj-sical appearance of the patient should have no influence in arriving at a conclusion. Only too frequently physicians hesitate to commit themselves because the patient presents every appearance of health and the pulmonary signs are indefinite. Unfortunately tuberculosis is far more often characterized by an insidious rather than an abrupt onset, and there is no single, striking symptom upon which we can place much reliance. Cases with an insidious onset msiy manifest themselves in a variet}^ of ways. 1. The individual catches "cold" which instead of clearing up per- sists, or just as it seems to be getting better a fresh "cold" is acquired. DISEASES OP THE LUNGS 327 Associated with the cough, which may be dry and hacking in character, there are loss of weight, anemia, malaise and at times the sputum may be blood-tinged. In some instances patients themselves neglect these "colds," in other instances although they seek advice, they are told they are suffering from bronchitis. It cannot be sufficiently emphasized that a cough which, without complications, persists over six weeks or two months is suspicious at least; if it is associated with loss of weight, slight fever, and malaise, it is almost certainly tuberculous in origin. 2. In another group the dominant symptoms are referred to the g astro-intestinal tract. Anorexia is common, or the appetite is variable, being somietimes very good and at others, poor. Symptoms of indiges- tion are annoying and usually take the form of distention after eating, with a sense of discomfort or even well-marked pain in the epigastric region. Constipation is usually present. In this group malaise, pallor and loss of weight also occur. Cough may be present or absent. If present it is usually not marked and its significance is lost sight of, because of the marked gastric symptoms. Stomach coughs were once common, but fortunately little is heard of them nowadays. Indigestion occurring in an individual previously free from any such disturbance and associated with malaise, loss of weight and cough, should lead one to take a careful history of the case and above all make a thorough examination of the lungs. 3. A third group is comprised of those cases in which the onset is so insidious that there is nothing which definitely attracts attention. The condition is often described by the expression "generally run down." A careful analysis of the symptoms in this group usually reveals the following facts: Malaise is marked and the individual has a feeling of being constantly tired, even when awakening after a good night's sleep; there is loss of weight which may amount to 10 or 15 pounds, so gradual, however, that the patient has not been conscious of it; there is usually some pallor, which is more marked in the morning; cough may be absent, or if present, is confined to the morning on awakening; and lastly, there may be occasional attacks of indigestion. The most significant features are the malaise and gradual loss of weight. Patients in this group frequently escape detection in the incipient stage of the disease. In women disturbances of the menstrual junction are among the early symptoms. Either the flow becomes scanty and irregular in its appearance or it ceases entirely. Under the same circumstances leukor- rhea may appear or if already present become greatly aggravated. 4. The attack may begin more abruptly and resemble in every respect typhoid fever. The patient feels tired and dragged out and there is slight fever which finally assumes the continuous type seen in typhoid patients. Inasmuch as bronchitis and some cough are commonly present in typhoid fever patients the true nature of these symptoms are overlooked. I recall one patient who was treated for nearly three weeks for typhoid fever, without a suspicion as to the true nature of his trouble, until he had a fair-sized pulmonary hemorrhage following a cold bath. This patient had a moderately advanced lesion in the right upper lobe and tubercle bacilli in the sputum. I think there can be but little doubt that tuberculosis not infrequently undergoes an acute exacerbation which closely resembles an attack of 328 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM typhoid fever. Very often the acute process spontaneously subsides and the patient apparently makes a perfect recovery. Out of 5895 cases of tuberculosis seen at the Phipps Institute 1083 or 18.3 per cent, gave a history of having had typhoid fever. It is quite likely that not a few of these were instances of an acute exacerbation of tuberculosis. 5. Occasionally tuberculosis first manifests itself with chills, fever and sweats which may assume a periodicity similar to that seen in malaria. In regions where both diseases coexist mistakes are frequent. 6. What is known as Louis' law should be borne in mind, namely, that after the age of puberty a tuberculous lesion in any part of the body is almost invariably accompanied by pulmonary tuberculosis. There- fore, the presence of a tuberculous testicle or of tuberculous lymph nodes in an adult should suggest a careful examination of the lungs. 7. Finally, the following precepts of Dieulafoy should be kept in mind : Every youth or adult, who wastes much or rapidly, with or without fever, must be suspected of having tuberculosis, in the absence of diabetes or Basedow's disease. Every girl or young woman who has neither genuine chlorosis, Bright's disease nor syphilitic anemia, but yet has the appearance of chloro-anemia, must be suspected of having tuberculosis. The symptoms detailed above in the various modes of onset also form the symptomatology of the incipient stage. If the disease is arrested at this stage the symptoms disappear. If, however, the disease progresses the symptoms already present are apt to become more marked; the ema- ciation becomes more pronounced, the cough and expectoration more troublesome, and in addition new symptoms are constantly developing. By the time the terminal stage is reached the patient will suffer at one time or another from all of the symptoms peculiar to the disease. The symptoms of tuberculosis are of two kinds: (1) the general or constitutional symptoms due to the toxic effects of the infection; and (2) the local subjective symptoms due to pathological changes in the various organs. Constitutional Symptoms. — Fever. — This is the most important symp- tom in tuberculosis and a study of its manifestations yields much infor- mation, as from this one symptom it is possible to trace with reasonable certainty, the destructive process of the disease as it progresses from its incipiency to the terminal stages. On the other hand, the subsidence of the fever is the most reliable evidence we have that the disease is tending toward arrest or quiescence. The early febrile manifestations of tuberculosis usually consist of slight elevations of temperature amounting to from 1° to 2.6°F. The fever may be present every day or only every second or third day (see Fig. 240). It is increased 63^ exercise and as a rule quickly subsides after several weeks' rest in bed. At times slight fever persists in an early case even after prolonged rest (see Fig. 241), This is usually an indication of poor resistance or the presence of more extensive disease than the physical signs indicate. Very often the febrile stage is succeeded by a period of subnormal temperature during which time the patient continues to improve (see Fig. 242). Gradually the temperature curve shows less marked remis- sions and becomes normal. Unless a relapse occurs or there is some intercurrent disturbance the temperature then remains normal. Sub- DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 329 normal temperatures are also present in cases witli advanced disease XXis temporarily cpiescent. In such instances the vitality is usually poor. 102° : 101° 100° 1 1 1 1 1 ^ t 1 rf= 1 -i-+ •■ i 1 1 1 — •■ — — ^ — -^ 1 ' 1 — 1 1 i 1 99° 98° 97° 1 , J— — Lj*- ZZ£Z —■ — - 1 — 1— --r 1 1 -^ l-r- 1 — '— ^-^ — ^ i — H(- 1 1 ' i : j i 1 1 1 1 — T — ' — 1— 1 -t-T- -i-1 J ■ Fig. 240.— Temperature in an early case with lesion at right apex. Fig. 241.— Persistent slight fever in an early case after prolonged rest in bed. 100^ 99° Fig. 242.— Subnormal temperature often noted after subsidence of fever in early case. \ pulmonarv hemorrhage may be followed by fever. This may be due\o an acute respiratory infection which has been the excitmg cause oi the hemorrhage or it may result from smah areas of broncho-pneumonia due to insufflation of blood. 330 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LLNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM In persons who have become afebrile, an abrupt rise in the tem- perature may occur and last for a day or so. This may be due to an acute cold (see Fig. 243), some gastric disturbance, constipation, slight pleurisy, overexertion, etc. In women during the active stage of the disease the temperature may abruptly rise some days prior to, or with the onset of, the menstrual period (see Fig. 244) and may remain elevated until the flow ceases. In patients who have been afebrile, and in whom these temporary A.M. j1 Si ? % ? ? t f f! ? » P J- ?! Sf ? ? ? P.M w It* -^ V i f f f ^ •/• t tf t^ ^r H- v H + V- , ' 1 1 1 i ■ X/\_i_ 1 1 1 1 1 ] * 1 1 1 , 1 1 _1_AA. 1 1 \ I \ 1 I ! 1 1 ■ ; \ • 1 1 \' / i \, / ■ 1 ; 1 ' , , ' V ■ ' / \ -— « 7 ' lORUAl \' . \^ ' ^ ,■' / s. ' \f ' UHE y V / ' ' » / \ K \i ' / V \ 1 '1 1 \ 1 1 ,/ ' ' / 1 1 » M \ • 1 \ ' i i 1 \t 1 1 i 1 , 1 1 . ■ — ' — i — — j— H r- - ^ — — I— — , — 1 — 1 — . L- Fig. 243. — Afebrile case. Rise in temperature due to an acute cold. i i ■ 1 102 1 , 1 1 lOl ° 1 1 7^~ ^4 r:^ ioo° 1 Li- . . 1 ^Y A^- 1 99° ^tJ «. / >L !. . -4-j -^-V \ \n " V /^v \^ 'V 1 i • \y I A V 1 ^ v \ / ' \y 1 -V \- 98° 1 — 1 — 1 — 1 -:2— t ^^-1-- 1 1 1 + H — 1 1 Fig. 244. — Rise in temperature due to menstruation. manifestations of fever occur, it is usually an indication that the disease has not become arrested but is simply quiescent. When thej^ can pass through such episodes without a febrile reaction, it may be taken as one of the pieces of evidence that the disease is apparently arrested. When the disease is not arrested but continues to spread the tem- perature is moderately high and inay be intermittent, remittent or continuous (see Fig. 245). The temperature may then subside and become normal or show but slight elevations or it ma}' pass into the hectic type which is characterized by marked remissions and intermissions DISEASES OF THE LL'XGS 331 M E M E M| E MJE M E M E MjE M|E M E MiE m|e m|e M\ E M; E \'/'E :v;;e V ! E M!E y \ E rvi|E .^ — — 1 — 1 — ' — ! — — r^ — — r-«r — — 1— r~ 1 i ) 1 1 1 (1 i 1 \i . 1 I _ [ 1 ■^ i ; 1 t 1 ; T 1 , ' I 1 1 '^t ! . I ,1 I 1 1^ \ y\ / A /" ' T-.. -/- 1 \ / 1 '•^ ■, /^ il- — — — — A -^ — 7^ ^ i--. -y^^r^ / ^^L -^ ' — ; — 1 -^ p*^ 1 — -^ / '— V 1 — — ! i- ^r- r- n^ ' n- • i , , \/ '/' 1 i 1 U'^ / / ^ 1 / V > 1 I f ' y 1 4- '\ *i l/i 1 1 1 1 1 4_ 1 : j , [ 1 1 i 1 1 ! 1 1 1 1 _i_ 1 1 1 1 1 ] 1 1 i i 1 1 1 1 1 — f- — — -J 1 — — | — 1 l-i- 1 1 1 — ; — 1 1 -i- Fig. 245. — Active disease progressing. 104° 103° 102° 101° M E M E M -^ 1 1 1 Te M E m[ 1 1 # eJ r — r E m] — — E M E E M E M E i mTe — ] ME 1 -— t— 1 1 ! -—4— 14 M 1 M E 1 M 1 E Z!l m|e 1 i m]e ! 1 I ! 1 M = E E -#- m|e 1 / - 1 100° 99° 98° 97° m -i. — U 1 -3- — 1 - Z — E 5 1 1 5 Z- -4- 1 5 3 1 i 1 1 ) a i :5 - 1 t zz ~ = 1 1 1 1 IZ i Fig. 246. — Intermittent and remittent type of temperature seen in advanced cases. ^1 \L'. it! ;^ ti iti \^\ 14- tj ife; Ui |4i L\ I M ! (>: i k \h\ 'V-J i^l i^l ! f i iH :'^l i*^! "-^ 6; I t j fc q^ iWJ :v| iv| .ij X-l =^ /\ j ■: ::\A a I ! I ^^F ms ^ I : I Fig. 247. — Rapidly advancing process of bronchopneumonic type. Also shows inverted temperature. 332 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM (Fig. 246). In this type of temperature, which is always present in advanced cases which are progressing toward a fatal termination, the difference between the morning and evening temperature may amount to from 5° to 8°F. When new areas of lung tissue are being invaded the temperature is continuous in type, sometimes with slight remissions and in other instances there are marked intermissions (Figs. 247 and 248). Such tem- A.M. P w F ^ r " [F ^ r "^ [t ? ? ;r V 7 tt\ M 1^ ^ ? ?- ? P.M ^ h t* H A u cy. ¥ f H v -V }± _k M H V^ Iv ±, f ± """" f — 1 — "■ ^ 1 ^ " , f J , 1 f • ' / , 1 1 '' / ' l\ \ • 1 / ) i • \ ' ^-1 \ ' / 1 ■ ■■.' \ / / ' , / \ . \ / [ \ \ / / I \ \ ' i\ / \ / ' / ' y / \' / _ >» r 1 / I 1 / \_ , ' , 1 , , -l L 1 1 - 1 {(ORMAl — F — — — — ^ r- K M — — ^- -^ ^ -^ — — — — USE "7 — ' -9-7- — — — L- - — — \- — — — WA kf- — 1 —J W — -+- — - Fig. 248. — Rapidly advancing type of disease. Also shows inverted temperature. 103° -T~ 102° — }-;> ! ioi° m|e|m|e|m|e|m e|m|e m m T M 7A MJE M E M E 4 ft m| E m] ^ M^ E M 5 E M E Ml ioo° 99° — ^ 98° r 1 1 I x^ -- 1— 4 — - - - ^ - 1 !2 r^ Fig. 249. — Temperature curve resembling that of lobar pneumonia. In this case the temperature fell to normal in three weeks. perature curves always indicate marked activity of the disease. Tem- peratures of this type may be present when the case is first seen or develop after a period of slight fever; as a rule they change into the hectic type but the fever may gradually subside and the temperature become normal. Another interesting feature to be looked for in charts of this type is inversion of the temperature, that is the morning tempera- ture is higher than that in the evening. An inverted temperature is com- DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 333 monly associated with miliary tuberculosis but it often maj^ be noted in pulmonary cases in which the disease is spreading rapidly. It is not constant and is usually observed but a few days as shown in both Figs. 247 and 248. Another tj-pe of temperatm'e is that seen in cases with an acute onset and high fever. The fever may subside by lysis in two or three weeks (see Fig. 249) or it maj^ become hectic in type. Such cases are not in- frequently mistaken for lobar pneumonia because of the sudden onset, high fever, blood in the sputum and signs of consolidation over an upper lobe. A continuous type of temperature which is broken at intervals by marked intermissions (Fig. 248) sometimes leads to a diagnosis of malaria, especiallj' when the sudden rises in the temperature are accompanied by chillv sensations. A.HI. ?-! h\ ?l '^ ^: i^l k ^i ?| S:i ? "T ?: 1 — "?i "^1 ^1 t ^ t r P.M it| H >! ^ '-^1 ^^ Lii Ih- j^ i^ \*-i H h h 1- W k H H > V \ ' r : 1 ' i 1 ' 1 ' ( ' i 1 1 — 1 1 ! i ' I ■ i : 1 1 i 1 ! 1 i ' 1 ■ ; 1 ! r'l ' 1 , , 1 ' i ■' j 1 1 / 1 1 \ ' ' ' ' '1 1 ' / ' \ 7',' 1 .' ' / : . • iM /li III ,'\l . , ' 1 ' - '/ 7 t i ' \ ' . III' M / ii / M' ' \ ^' 1 1 " 1 1 V / ■ 1 i ' ' 1 ' n i \ » Is WW i 1 1\ / W • ■ / 1 / \ / ' 1 7 \ / :\ , ' \ 1 \ 1 Ui 1 1 1 \' \ / 1 1 «ft 7 \ ■ ' . / ' \ / \ / ' : * i j / t ; / \ 1 IW i\/' 1 / 1 ! \ ./ 1 / / V • ■ 1 \ 1 / !\/ f ' • 1 ' i i 1 I u 1 1 ^1 r il i ' 1 1 t , .1 .1 1' ^ 1 |l ' ' '■ ;, / j / ! ' ■ ,: ' 1 j i / , ] 1 1 i / /\ / ' , j iOKUAl / \ ■ ' ' \ ' \ j \\ 1 LINE / i : ; 1 j / \ \ \ [ 1 1 1 i W: 1 1 / ' '. \ 1 / \ j i 1 i i i 1 ^ \ / ' I \ 1 ; i 1 i ! 1 ' / 1 1 \' j i 11/ i ; 1 1 i M ■ n- -H-^-- ' 1 1 m 1 1 .1 il ' ■ 1 |L * \ 1 ^ ' i ' 1 1 1 1 j 1 1 ' ; 1 / 1 j I 1 i 1 1 1 1 — . 1 j ! 1 i \l 1 j rt<- 1 , : 1 ; t , ' ; 1 ' 1 1 I 1 ! [ / 1 1 ! 1 f 1 [ 1 1 ! 1 — \ — ■ — ■ — 1 ■ 1 -^- -i- — - -J h-^ — — — 1 r-H Fig. 250.- — Type of temperature seen in terminal stage of advanced cases. In the terminal stage of the disease the temperature is characterized by marked irregularities, such as shown in Fig. 250. The diagnostic and 'prognostic value of temperature observations cannot be overestimated. The clinical thermometer should always be used. In the very early cases when the symptoms and physical signs are inconclusive, the use of the thermometer three or four times a day for a week, will often determine the diagnosis. Furthermore, the absence of fever in cases with other unequivocal evidences of the disease, or the rapid subsidence of fever are the best evidences we possess of an inactive type of disease. The temperature should always be taken in the morning and again in the afternoon, preferably at 4 p.m. Additional observations may be made at noon and 8 p.m. if thought necessary. Although the use of the clinical thermometer is a simple procedure certain precautions should be observed. Not infrequently I have been 334 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM told that a patient had no fever when subsequent observations in a sana- torium showed that there was a shght rise in the temperature every afternoon. In order to detect shght rises in the temperature (99° to 99.3°F.) the thermometer should be left in the mouth not less than 10 minutes. For temperatures over 100°F. any thermometer will register the amount of fever within a minute, but for slight elevations even the half minute and minute thermometers will often fail. Several years ago I carried out a series of observations which showed that a 3-minute thermometer, if kept in the mouth for at least 10 minutes, was for prac- tical purposes, as accurate as the quickly registering thermometers placed in the rectum. Mouth temperatures should not be taken within half an hour if the patient has taken anything very hot or very cold to eat or drink. Many observers recommend the rectal use of the thermometer as the only reliable method. If the precautions I have given are observed this will not be necessary. Besides it is less convenient and often patients object to it. Loss of Weight. — A gradual and progressive loss of weight is charac- teristic of the disease. The amount lost varies greatly in different individuals and is governed to a large extent by the severity of the infec- tion. In the acute types of the disease the loss is rapid and may eventu- ally amount to a third or more of the normal body weight. In the chronic forms of the disease the loss of weight is rarely extreme and in addition it is apt to be quickly regained if the patient is put under the proper treatment. A progressive loss of weight which continues in spite of proper treatment is always of serious import. On the other hand, a steady gain in weight is one of the most favorable prognostic signs. Not only does the patient show emaciation but the muscular system becomes more and more atrophied as the disease progresses. In addi- tion the muscles become unduly irritable. Malaise. — In many cases with an insidious onset a sense of weariness with or without exertion of any kind may be the first manifestation of the disease. Very often it is the only symptom the patient complains of for months. It is the one symptom that has walked more patients into their graves than any other because of the fact that exercise is almost invariably prescribed. This is commonly done without attempt- ing to find out whether there are any associated symptoms. The exer- cise is prescribed on the ground that inasmuch as it makes a healthy man feel better it ought to make the individual who is suffering from languor feel twice as well. Unfortunately this procedure aggravates the difficulty instead of relieving it. As the disease progresses the sense of languor and tiredness increases. In the terminal stages of the disease it is due to the extreme emaciation and inability to absorb the proper amount of nourishment. Closely allied to this condition of general malaise is neurasthenia. It is becoming more and more recognized that neurasthenia is rarely a pure functional disturbance. In some cases of tuberculosis, neurasthenia is a very marked feature of the disease and the nervous phenomena may dominate the picture. On the other hand, there are many cases of neurasthenia which are considered as instances of a functional disturb- ance of the nervous system but which in reality are due to a latent tuber- culous infection which escapes notice. I recall one case in which neuras- DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 335 thenia, associated with profound asthenia, had existed for four years. Although the neurologist in charge suspected a tuberculous infection it could never be located. Finally the occurrence of an hemoptysis pointed to pulmonary trouble which a careful physical examination showed to be present in the apex of the right lung. The patient was then treated as a case of tuberculosis and made a complete recovery. Night sweats may occur at any time during the course of the disease but are not usually encountered in the incipient stage. They occur very commonly in the second stage but as a rule are not severe. Sweating varies greatly in different individuals. In some cases it is the most dis- tressing and harassing manifestation of the disease, as it is not only ex- hausting but in addition causes great discomfort. As a rule night sweats, which do not disappear after the patient has been put under treatment, occur in the acute types of the disease and in the terminal stages of the chronic form when fever is present. Sweating rarely occurs in an afeb- rile patient. Night sweats, as the name implies, occur at night, usually in the early morning hours. Axillary sweating is very common in tuberculous subjects even in the incipient stage of the disease. A tendency to sweat after the least exertion is also of frequent occurrence during the early stages of the disease. Chills. — Sometimes chills occur as an earh' manifestation of the disease. As a rule chills associated with fever and sweats, occur in very acute types of the disease, such as pneumonic phthisis and acute miliary tuberculosis. In the terminal stage of chronic ulcerative tuberculosis, while chilly sensations are not infrequent, distinct chills are unusual. Anemia. — A slight degree of anemia in the incipient stage of tubercu- losis is not uncommon, although, as a rule, it is more apparent than real. Morning pallor is often very noticeable; this is apt to be masked in the afternoon by flushing of the cheeks as the result of slight fever. In the second and third stages of the disease anemia may or may not be present. Sometimes it is quite marked. In other instances and espe- cially in individuals who have been under appropriate treatment, there is no evidence of anemia; on the contrarj^, the patients often present a healthy, ruddy color. The blood picture in tuberculosis has a slight resemblance to that seen in chlorosis in that the hemoglobin is most affected, although the reduction of the hemoglobin content in tuberculosis is never as marked as in chlorosis. The leukocytes in tuberculosis are not increased in the first and second stages; in the third stage a moderate leukocytosis is common, probably as the result of mixed infection. Gastro-intestinal Symptoms. — As already mentioned these symptoms may overshadow the pulmonarj^ sj^mptoms at the onset of the disease. Anorexia is not uncommon in the beginning and may persist until the end. In some patients gastric disturbances persist or recur very fre- quently throughout the course of the disease and serioush' interfere with recovery. The majority of people suffering from tuberculosis give both subjective and objective evidence of the injury which befalls the aU- mentary canal and the organs which have to do with nutrition. A coated or dry tongue, loss of appetite, nausea and A'omiting, constipation, and diarrhea are the common symptoms which are encountered. One or the other of them exists in almost CA^ery case. As a general rule it can be 336 DISEASES OF THE BROXCHI, LUXGS, PLEURA, AXD DIAPHRAGM said that the chances of recovery are very poor if the patient either can- not eat because of marked anorexia or because the least thing upsets the stomach. In spite of extensive disease of the lungs and marked symp- toms some patients continue to have a good appetite and digest their food without discomfort. In those who suffer from a sense of fulness, often with considerable epigastric pain after eating, the trouble is rarely due to pathological changes in the stomach but to alterations in the char- acter of the gastric juice. The gastric juice may be inefficient because it is too small in amount or too poor in quality. At times nausea and vomiting may occur but more often the patient simply feels nauseated either at the sight of food or after eating. Vomiting more often results from a reflex action as the result of a paroxysm of coughing. In the effort to build the patient up forced feeding is sometimes injudiciously employed with the result that the overfeeding produces a typical bilious attack. Diarrhea is sometimes a very troublesome SN'mptom. It may be due simply to a catarrhal inflammation of the intestinal mucous membrane or as the result of intestinal ulceration. It may be stated, however, that diarrhea even when most severe, cannot be taken as an indication of tuberculous ulceration of the intestines. Recently Brown and Heise' have shown by means of a bismuth meal that there is marked hj^permotility of the intestines when ulceration is present, the gastro-intestinal tract becoming entirely emptied within 24 hours. Cardio-vascular Symptoms. — Acceleration of the pulse is a very fre- quent manifestation in tuberculosis. It maj^ occur as an early symptom and without fever. Under these circumstances, it is of value as an early diagnostic sign. As the disease progresses the tendency of the pulse rate to increase becomes more marked. In some instances the patient is not conscious of the rapidly beating heart but at times an annoying palpitation occurs with the tachj'carcha. During the last stage of the disease the pulse rate is usually very high rising to 120 or more. The blood-pressure in tuberculous subjects is usually low. If the disease undergoes arrest and health is restored, the blood-pressure returns to normal. Cardiac weakness is not uncommonly present and occa- sionally is the cause of death. Edema of the extremities, especialh' the legs, is not infrequentl}" seen in the terminal stage of tuberculosis. It is alwaj's an indication that the end is near at hand. Edema may be due to cardiac weakness, a com- plicating nephritis or both. A violet or bluish discoloration of the nails is frequently noted. When it occurs in the earh^ stages of the disease it is usually an indica- tion that the infection is a serious one. It is almost invariablj^ present in the terminal stage. While the condition resembles cyanosis due to cardiac weakness it occurs independently of the heart and is apparently due to toxic absorption. True C3'anosis of the fingers and lips is occasionally noted. Skiyi. — In the early stages of the disease the skin rarelj^ shows any abnormality. In the advanced stages, however, it is nearly always unduly dry or moist and clammy. Often the skin has a scaly appearance and fine bran-like flakes can be scraped off. In those who are uncleanly in their habits pitATiasis versicolor, an eruption which consists of yellow- ' Jour. Amer. Med. Assoc, July 12. 1919. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 337 ish or orange-colored patches, is commonly seen on the thorax and upper abdomen. Jaundice and purpura are occasionally noted in tuberculosis; usually in the terminal stage. In an analysis of the ward patients in the Phipps Institute, Cruice found 7 instances of jaundice among 1748 cases and 8 of purpura among 1626 cases. A hectic flush is common in the afternoon even in patients who have a very slight rise in the temperature. The flush is usually confined to the side affected or if both lungs are involved will be more marked on the side having the most marked disease. In advanced cases the hair becomes thin and presents a dry, lusterless appearance. Urine. — In the early cases evidences of kidney irritation occur with no greater frequency than is encountered in the general run of individuals. As the tuberculous process advances, however, the urinary findings show an increasing number of abnormalities. Walsh found albumen present in 47 per cent, of advanced cases and casts are nearly as frequently present. In a small percentage of cases sugar is present. It was noted in 2 per cent, of 656 cases studied at the Phipps Institute. In some instances it is due to a true diabetes; in others it is to be looked upon as a mild glycosuria. Ehrlich's diazo reaction was considered at one time to be of both diagnostic and prognostic value. As it is often found in conditions other than tuberculosis, it has no significance as a diagnostic sign; and the same may be said of its prognostic value. Phosphaturia is often present when the patient is steadily losing weight. It is looked upon as an evidence of cell destruction. Nervous System. — The mental attitude varies greatly. This, however, has little to do with the disease itself; for while it is true that most people are depressed at the onset, they rapidly revert to their normal state of mind. This may be optimistic, pessimistic or indifferent as the case may be. It is a common belief that the spes phthisica is of frequent occurrence in tuberculous subjects. It is extraordinary how some patients will cheerfully make plans for the future even when they are a few days from death. Although the frequency of this exaggerated form of hope- fulness has been greatly overestimated, it is undeniably true that cheer- fulness and optimism as to the outcome, is more often present than depression and pessimism. Tuberculosis among the insane is very common but no more so than a similar group of individuals living under like circumstances. On the other hand the development of a psychosis in a tuberculous subject is relatively infrequent. McCarthy recognizes a small group of psychoses due to tuberculosis and a second group which includes the usual type of insanity determined by a lowering of nutrition. The first group pre- sents a symptom complex closely resembling paresis. In the second group the psychosis may take the form of melancholia, mania, dementia prsecox, hysterical insanity and delusional insanity. Suicidal tendencies are not uncommon especially in those who become depressed and melancholy. Hyper ceslhesia. — Points of tenderness may occur in various parts of the body and in some instances there is a definite neuritis. Herpes zoster is occasionally noted in tuberculosis but it is doubtful whether the condition can be ascribed to the tuberculous infection. Head- 22 338 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM ache is not infrequent. It is commonly due to eye strain and is usually encountered in those confined to bed and who read a great deal. Per- sistent headache should always arouse suspicion as to the presence of a meningitis. Insomnia of a mild grade is not uncommon; it is rarel}^ severe enough to demand treatment. The sleep is often broken, however, by night sweats or attacks of coughing. Arthritis, generally affecting the ankles, is in my experience relatively common in advanced cases. The ankles become slightly swollen, red- dened and very painful. In some instances the pain is intense and even the weight of a sheet is unbearable. A number of French observers look upon this type of arthritis as being tuberculous in origin. Menstrual Function.— In women the menstrual function is affected sooner or later, in the majority of cases. Sometimes suppression of the menses is one of the earliest manifestations of the disease. As a rule, the menstrual flow first becomes irregular and scanty and finally ceases. If the patient is restored to health the menstrual function gradually becomes normal. Leukorrhea is also apt to develop or if present it becomes much worse. Local Subjective Symptoms. — Cough. — In the majorit}' of cases cough is among the \evx earliest manifestations of the disease and is usually the first sj-mptom that the patient notices. At first it may be confined to the morning on awakening or it may be absent at that time and occur intermittently during the day. In still other instances it is most marked on going to bed. Not infrequently what is at first believed to be an acute cold continues indefinitely. It is a safe rule to view any cough which persists for six weeks or two months as being tuberculous in origin unless the contrary can be proved definitely. As the disease progresses the cough becomes more and more severe and tends to become paroxysmal in character. Occasionally the patient has a number of symptoms indicating the existence of an incipient tuberculosis and no cough whatever. The cough is due to the irritation of the bronchial mucous membranes by the pul- monary secretions and is almost invariably relieved by the expulsion of the sputum. Any cough which is unproductive is largely unnecessary and can be controlled voluntarily to a great extent by the patient. Expectoration. — As a rule the cough and expectoration are closely associated and the one is almost invariablj^ accompanied bj^ the other. There may be considerable expectoration, however, with little or no cough, the sputum being brought up by what is known as hawking or clearing the throat. In the early stages of the affection the sputum is usually slight in amount but as the disease progresses it becomes more and more profuse, especially after the formation of a cavitj'. As to the sputum in tuberculosis it can be said that it has no dis- tinctive characteristic, except possibly in the stage of excavation, when the so-called nummular sputum occurs. The latter is brought up in the form of irregularly' shaped grayish or greenish-gray balls which sink in water. Sputum with similar characteristics may occur also in bronchiectasis. Aside from this form of sputum the secretion may consist of glairy transparent material with black specks scattered through it; it may be slightly or markedly yellowish in color and later it ma}^ assume a greenish DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 339 tinge. From time to time blood may be noted in the sputum. The blood may occur in the form of a few minute specks; it may be in the form of streaks or the blood may be intimately mixed with the sputum giving it a pinkish or reddish color, depending on the amount of blood present. Hemoptysis. — The significance of hemoptysis has been alluded to in considering the modes of onset. Hemoptysis occurs in about one-half of all cases of pulmonary tuberculosis, although some observers have placed the incidence as low as 30 per cent, and others as high as 80 per cent. Of 5856 cases observed at the Phipps Institute 47.6 per cent, had had an hemoptysis at some time during the course of the disease. Males are somewhat more liable to hemoptysis than females, probably because of their greater physical activity. The accident occurs most frequently in adults who are suffering from the chronic ulcerative type of disease. Hemoptysis is an unusual occurrence in children nor is it often noted in the acute types of the disease in adults. The amount of the hemorrhage varies greatly. It may consist of a few flecks or streaks of blood in the sputum or it may be so large as to cause death within a few minutes. The sputum may be constantly streaked with blood or pinkish or salmon-colored for weeks or even months. When the hemorrhage consists of an ounce or so of pure blood the patient may expectorate dark clots or blood-streaked sputum for a few days. A single hemoptysis of this kind may be the only manifes- tation of blood the patient ever has. Very often, however, there are recurrences at more or less frequent intervals. Very large hemorrhages almost invariably occur in the advanced stages of the disease when cavity formation has taken place. As a cause of death hemorrhage is not as frequent as ordinarily believed. In a study of the cause of death in 136 cases I found that a hemorrhage was the immediate or exciting cause in 11. The hemorrhage may be so large as to immediately cause death or it may give rise to a widespread broncho-pneumonia due to insufflation of blood, which proves fatal in a few days. In the early stages of the disease the source of the bleeding is usually from the pulmonary veins and the blood is bright red in color due to the fact that the pulmonary veins carry arterial blood. In the moderately advanced and advanced cases the blood comes from the pulmonary artery and is dark or venous in color. In many instances the exciting cause of the bleeding can be determined but in not a few cases it suddenly appears without apparent cause. Recently I saw a man who had been discharged from the White Haven Sanatorium ten years ago with his disease arrested. During all this time he had been in perfect health and had worked at his trade every day. While walking along the street he suddenly was seized with an attack of coughing and spat up a few ounces of blood. Aside from this he had no other symptoms and examination of his chest shows no change from that noted ten j^ears ago. In many instances the exciting cause of the bleeding is an acute respiratory infection commonly manifesting itself as an ordinary "cold." In institutions it is not at all unusual for a number of patients to have attacks of hemoptysis within a few days. This epidemic-like occurrence is undoubtedly closely related to some infection. Some years ago Flick, Ravenel and Irwin in a study of such cases were able to show the almost constant presence of pneumococci in the expectorated blood. 340 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM As an exciting cause of pulmonary hemorrhage exertion of some description is usually considered as a common factor. It is interesting to note that Bang^ in a study of hemoptysis found that the hemorrhage came on while the patients were lying in bed or reclining in a chair in 69 per cent, of 354 cases. He considers congestion or stasis to be the most important factor. Thus 50 of the patients had been constantly febrile; fever had developed just prior to the hemorrhage in 45 and immediately afterwards in 31; 11 had been severely chilled and 10 had received an injection of tuberculin. Among women blood spitting may be present just before or during the time of the menstrual period. As the disease tends towards arrest, the bleeding gradually ceases. In cavity cases large hemorrhages are usually the result of rupture of a pulmonary blood-vessel. In a large percentage of cavities there are present in the walls or in the trabeculae traversing the cavity, blood- vessels. Small aneurismal dilatations are very commonly present in the vessels. They may rupture through a sudden elevation of the blood- pressure or the disease may gradually erode through the arterial wall. In addition to hemorrhages of considerable size the sputum from cavity cases may be pinkish or salmon-colored from the admixture of blood coming from ulcerations in the wall of the cavity and such sputum may be the precursor of a large hemorrhage. Pain. — Chest pain is one of the common manifestations of tuber- culosis. The character of the pain varies. It is usually subjective but may be objective only. When objective it is usually associated with cavity formation in the lungs and is noted in percussing over the site of the cavity. Often there is no subjective evidence of pain in spite of an extensive pleural friction rub. In such cases pain can usually be elicited by pressure with the finger tips over the site of the friction. The character of the subjective pain varies greatly. It may be sharp and knife-like as the result of a severe pleurisy or in other instances it may consist of a feeUng of soreness. Not uncommonly the pain or soreness is referred to the region of the shoulder on the affected side. This fact should be borne in mind as it is commonly mistaken for a rheu- matic manifestation. One of the severest forms of pain occurring during the course of tuberculosis is that sometimes caused by pneumothorax. The pain may be the only indication that such an accident has occurred. The great majority of tuberculous patients have some manifestation of chest pain at one time or another during the course of the disease. Among 3007 cases at the Phipps Institute chest pain was noted in 2280 or 75.82 per cent. Vague and indefinite pain which has no fixed location and no ap- parent anatomical basis to explain its cause is frequent in neurasthenic patients. Among dispensary patients of Jewish birth, it is to be met with constantly. Hoarseness. — ^Laryngeal involvement is very common in pulmonary tuberculosis. At one time it was looked upon as an absolutely hopeless compUcation. This conception, however, took into account only ad- vanced laryngeal lesions. We now know that the laryngeal process develops gradually and has an incipient, a moderately advanced and an advanced stage. Furthermore, just as in the lungs, the type of the lesion 1 Ugeskrift for Laeger, March 23, 1916. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 341 has considerable bearing on the outcome. From the chnical standpoint the essential thing to bear in mind is the significance of hoarseness. Hoarseness as we have already pointed out may be temporary or persistent. When temporary it may be constant for a few weeks and gradually disappear, especially if use of the voice is prohibited. In other instances it occurs only in the morning on awakening or late in the day if the voice has been used. Persistent hoarseness is usually indica- tive of serious damage to the larynx; it may be associated with advanced pulmonary lesions or may itself constitute the major lesion. The great majority of fatal pulmonary cases show more or less serious laryngeal damage. Temporary hoarseness was noted in 1339 out of 3007 cases seen at the Phipps Institute while persistent hoarseness was noted in 520 out of 4466 cases. Fetterolf in a clinical post-mortem study of the larynx in 100 cases dying in the Phipps Institute found that it was tuberculous in 83; non-tuberculous in 13; and doubtful in 4. Dysphagia. — Difficulty in swallowing is not common in tuberculous patients except with involvement of the pharynx or larynx, usually the latter. Involvement of the epiglottis is especially liable to interfere with swallowing because of pain which may be so intense as to prevent even the swallowing of water. In some instances diflBculty in swallowing is due to interference with the nervous mechanism governing the larynx. This, however, is quite rare. Dyspnea. — Shortness of breath is a frequent complaint among those suffering from tuberculosis. Curiously enough the degree of dyspnea bears very little relation to the amount of pulmonary damage. Little or no inconvenience is experienced by some people, except on exertion, in spite of extensive disease while in others, with relatively little trouble, this symptom is very troublesome. While it is undoubtedly true that the curtailment of the breathing space has some influence on causing shortness of breath there are other factors which seem to exert a more marked influence. Shortness of breath is more apt to be present if there is fever and is apparently dependent also on the nervous condition of the individual. Patients who are nervous and apprehensive about their condition are more apt to suffer from shortness of breath and tachycardia than those of a phlegmatic temperament. Immobility of the diaphragm is a common cause of the shortness of breath. Some degree of shortness of breath was noted in 80 per cent, of 3007 cases at the Phipps Institute. As a rule the shortness of breath becomes noticeable only on exertion, such as, going upstairs, climbing a hill, or walking fast. Physical Signs. — Before taking up in detail the physical signs it may be well to emphasize the importance of keeping in mind the morbid anatomy, and the symptomatology of tuberculosis in their relation to the physical findings. The three factors involved in the art of physical diagnosis are so dependent on one another that it is not possible to say that one is more important than the other. A knowledge of all three is essential. It is necessary, for instance, to know what portion of the lung is first involved, the character of the pathological process and how it advances or retro- gresses, as the case may be. Knowledge of this sort and its application to physical signs is to be learned largely in the deadhouse, and not at the bedside. Austin Flint expressed the importance of this association 342 DISEASES OF THE BROXCHI, LLXGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM very clearly when he stated that: "The significance of signs which repre- sent abnormal physical conditions rests on the uniformity of their associa- tion with the latter — certain phj'sical signs denote certain abnormal condi- tions, because clinical experience, inclusive of the studj' of lesions wdth the scalpel, has sufficiently estabhshed the fact." And again he states in regard to physical signs that : ''Invaluable as the}' are, their importance is greatly enhanced by association with symptoms and the knowledge of pathological laws. The results of physical exploration alone frequently leave room for doubt and liability to error, when a due appreciation of vital phenomena and of facts embraced in the natural history of dis- eases insures accuracy and positiveness. An overweening confidence in the former is to be deprecated, as well as exclusive reliance on the latter. And, since the practical discrimination of intrathoracic affections is always to be based on the combined evidence afforded b}- these three sources of information, in treating of the subject it is desirable that the attention shall not be limited to one source to the exclusion of the others." We are largely indebted to the French pathologists for pointing out the necessity of comparison of all symptoms of -pulmonary disease and of connecting this comparison with their succession in order. Tliis phase of the subject was especially dealt with by Andral, and more particularly by Louis in the promulgation of his numerical theory. Gerhard also emphasized the great importance of the comparison of the general symptoms and physical signs. As he points out, the earlier writers on physical diagnosis, especially Laennec, were rather disposed to separate plwsical from symptomatic diagnosis. And, although this error depended on the novelty of the art and the overstrained efforts to extend its application, it still persists, although possibly to a less extent than formerly. Not only are we to avoid exclusive reliance on the pres- ence or absence of physical signs, but it is also to be borne in mind that physical signs, while often indicating the extent and degree of pulmonary damage, convey no dhect information as to the pathological nature of those changes. As to whether one shall take a radical or a conservative view in cases of a doubtful nature, there does not seem to be, in the writer's opinion, any room for argument. A doubtful case is at best still doubtful, and such being the case, one should exercise every precaution to exclude the presence of tuberculosis, always bearing in mind that the disease in its very earliest stages is, as a rule, extremely amenable to treatment. On the other hand, the more marked the physical signs, the greater the damage to the lung and the more uncertainty as to whether the disease can be arrested. Inspection. — This method of physical examination is too frequently omitted, or made so hastily and cursorily that little or no information is obtained. As a matter of fact, inspection properly done yields more valuable information than any other procedure at our disposal, next to auscultation. And furthermore, it has this to commend it, namely, that no special training is requii-ed and the beginner, pro%'iding he uses his eyes, is as capable of seeing defects as the trained observer. This is in marked contrast to the training necessary to educate the ear to differen- tiate sounds, particularly those produced b}- percussion, the latter often taking years of practice. One who has been taught to make a proper inspection can in the majority of cases of tuberculosis, from this method DISEASES OF THE LL'XGS 343 alone, determine the side affected, and approximately the extent of the lesion. As this method takes no special training, it is especially valuable to the student and to those who see chest cases incidentally, and not constantly. In order that inspection should }deld the best results it is absolutely essential that the patient be stripped to the waist, and so placed that the parts under inspection are equally exposed to the light, as an error may occur if one-half of the chest is less well hghted than its fellow. Before directing special attention to the chest itseh it is important to look for abnormalities in other regions, although the earher the chsease, the less frequently do we find am-thing of moment. In a large number of cases the pupils are unequal in size, the dilated pupil being on the affected side. Flushing of the cheek on the afi'ected side may be present as an early manifestation, but is more frequently encountered later. The mouth should be examined at this time, as a matter of routine, and any abnormalities of the teeth, tonsils or upper resph'atory tract rioted. Information of this sort, however, is of value from the standpoint of treatment rather than diagnosis. The thyroid gloAicl is often enlarged, although this may be more apparent than real owing to emaciation. Among 2122 patients seen at the Phipps Institute enlargement of the th^Toid gland was noted in 135 (6.69 per cent.) . In many of these cases the eye phenomena, so commonly seen in exophthalmic goitre, are also present. "Whether hyperth^Toidism exists or not in these cases can be determined by the injection of 73-^ minims of adrenahn. If such is the case the blood pressure is raised and the phenomena usualh^ associated with this condition are accentuated, if shghtly present, or are brought to Hght if unsuspected. The test is of service in determining whether extensive constitutional symptoms are due in part or entirely to hypersecretion of the thyroid gland. Inspection of the hands often gives most valuable information. The nails especially should be carefully examined. The most common change encountered in the nails is a tendency to curving, without any associated clubbing. The nails not onh^ curve over the end of the finger slightly, but they are narrower from side to side than normally. The color may be normal, or it may be an exaggeration of the normal, whitish- pink color. "While violet or bluish-colored nails are of frequent occur- rence in the advanced stages of the disease, thej^ are not usual in the early stages; when present at this time they are extremely ominous. Their presence, in the early stages of tuberculosis, should cause one to be very guarded in predicting the outcome, no matter how slight the involvement may seem from the physical signs, as they usually indicate an especially severe form of infection. Clubbing of the fingers, although usuaUj' stated to be commonly associated with pulmonary tuberculosis, is as a matter of fact, not fre- quent, and even when present, not marked. The extreme grades of clubbing of the fingers occur for the most part in non-tuberculous affec- tions, notably empyema, bronchiectasis and congenital heart disease. In the early stages the shin may present a mottled appearance indica- tive of a poor vasomotor tone. Profuse sweating either at night or after exertion is not common at the onset of the disease, but axillary sweating, often noted during the examination, is sufficiently frequent in these cases to be worth v of note. 344 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM Taking up the chest proper, it is usually best to note, when visible, the position of the apex beat of the heart, as in addition to disease of the heart itself, the apex may be displaced out of its normal position as the result of disease of the lungs or pleura. An effusion displaces the heart toward the opposite side while fibroid changes in the lung draw the lung toward the affected side. Coming now to inspection of the chest with a view of detecting pleura] or pulmonary mischief, it must be borne in mind that we are dealing with comparisons. In regard to the shape of the chest, no information of importance is obtained in the incipient stage. The majority of patients at the onset of the disease present well-shaped chests, which do not present any marked abnormality. Thus Pope and Brown found 83 per cent, of well-formed chests in 193 incipient cases. The so-called Fig. 251. — Shows drooping of the right shoulder and the long line from the neck to the point of the shoulder. paralytic thorax, which is sometimes seen, is not uncommonly noted in individuals with a marked hereditary taint and antedates the tubercu- losis rather than being caused by it. The paralytic thorax is long and narrow and apparently flattened in the antero-posterior diameter, the clavicles and scapulae are prominent, the latter being tilted outward from the chest and away from the spine. The ribs are oblique, forming an acute angle with the sternum. (See Figs. 13, 24, 31, 35.) The following points should be noted: (a) Whether the shoulders are on a level ; a very early sign is drooping of the shoulder on the affected side. In this connection, however, it must be recalled that certain occu- pations, such as clerks, predispose to a faulty sitting posture, which will raise or lower one shoulder. (6) The line from the neck to the point of the shoulder. This line is normally slightly convex, but with beginning disease at one apex, it tends to become straight and also longer than its fellow, the latter defect being brought about by the drooping of the shoulder (Fig. 251). DISEASES OP THE LUNGS 345 (c) The degree of prominence of the clavicles. In most well-nourished women the clavicles are scarcely, if at all, visible; in men, on the other hand, unless unusually fat, the clavicles are more or less prominent. Associated with undue prominence of the clavicle is an exaggeration of the supraclavicular fossa. A noticeable amount of flattening may be noted also beneath the clavicle. (d) Expansion. — ^Deficient expansion of the chest wall overlying the apex of the lung is one of the most valuable signs of early tuberculosis which we possess. It is especially to be looked for toward the outer border of the lung, just beneath the clavicle. In this situation the chest wall normally balloons out quite markedly. If, however, there exists an infiltration of tubercles at or near the apex, the underlying lung does not expand as fully as its fellow, or if the expansion is equal on both sides the affected side tends to lag behind slightly, especially at the beginning of the inspiratory period. Inspection of the apices for the purpose of determining the degree of expansion yields the best results, if but one apex is involved. If there exists disease at the summit of both lungs the value of comparison is thus lost, and one may be unable to come to any definite conclusion from this method alone. Two other methods of determining slight amounts of retraction on the affected side are available, namely, palpation and mensuration, both of which will be described in detail later. Inspection of the chest posteriorly. In the early stages of tubercu- losis the amount of information gained from the posterior view of the chest is slight compared to what can be learned from the anterior view. A very common occurrence in tuberculous subjects is the presence of fine venules in the region of the nape of the neck. These small veins may be bluish or purplish in color. They have been cited as an evidence of the existence of pulmonary tuberculosis, but are so frequently encountered as to be of little value as a diagnostic sign. Owing to the interposition of the scapular muscles and the ribs little can be noted as to expansion in the upper part of the chest. At the bases, however, expansion can be determined in the same manner as over the apices anteriorly. The most noticeable finding is the presence of varying degrees of atrophy of the muscles in the supraspinous fossa. If the arms are allowed to hang naturally at the sides, the angle of the scapula on the affected side may tip backward slightly more than its fellow. This tendency to "winged scapulae" becomes much more marked as the disease progresses. Slight degrees of scoliosis may be present. Litten's sign may be present (see Part I, p. 29). The sign is not often employed as there is another and easier method of determining the mobility of the lower part of the lung, namely, by percussing the lower border of the lung during forced expiration and inspiration. The fluoroscope may be employed also. Palpation. — Tactile fremitus is a sign of comparatively little value in incipient tuberculosis, as the amount of infiltration in the underlying lung is usually too slight to produce much exaggeration over the normal. The normal discrepancy between the two apices has already been alluded to (see p. 74). Pottenger has called attention to rigidity of the muscles over the affected area. Recently Galecki^ reports on finding this sign present in ^ Beiirdge Zur Klin. d. Tuberculose, 1914, xxx, No. 3. 346 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM 93 per cent, of recent cases and not at all in cases with a healed lesion. The sign is elicited by light touch palpation. This sign is not to be con- fused with myoidenia. The latter term is applied to a local contraction of the muscle, produced by chrect percussion, and causing a nodular swell- ing, which arises immediately after percussion, lasts a second or two, and then gradually disappears. It may be produced two or three times and then cease to appear. It is best seen in the pectoralis major muscle. Although this phenomenon is commonh' encountered in? tuberculosis, it is not peculiar to the disease. Palpation, however, is an invaluable method, for determining the amount of expansioyi at the apices in those instances where the difference between the two sides is slight and one is in doubt from inspection alone. In determining the degree of expansion over the apices anteriorly by means of palpation, one of two procedures may be followed. The examiner sits squareh' in front of the patient and places one hand in the same relative position beneath each clavicle; he should then close his eyes, or turn his head aside. In this wa}'- even the very slightest variation may be noted. Or the examiner can watch his two hands and determine which moves the most. The former is by far the more delicate method. The value of the sign is enhanced by the reacUness with which it is elicited. Students with but a ruchmentary knowledge of physical diag- nosis can readily detect a slight difference between the two apices when the other signs, indicative of a lesion, are too vague to be appreciated by an untrained observer. In the incipient stage palpation is not apt to reveal abnormalities in portions of the chest other than one or the other apex. Mensuration is the least used of the various procedures of phj'sical diagnosis. At one time a great deal of stress was laid on the degree of expansion of the chest, good expansive power being looked upon as in- dicating freedom from thoracic disease; insurance companies still in- sist on a record of the cUiference between expiration and deep inspira- tion. In the absence of more convincing signs it is doubtful whether any importance can be attached to a degree of expansion below the normal (approximately 23^^^ inches) , if this is the only evidence obtainable. A more useful method of employing mensuration is by means of the lead tape cyrtometer. This method is too little used. While it is valuable for diagnostic purposes, its greatest usefulness is in depicting the changes in the contour of the chest as the disease progresses, either to a favorable or an unfavorable termination. The technique of the method is readily acquired with a little practice. The lead cyrtometer consists of a piece of sheet lead, ^g inch thick, ^^ inch wide and 26 inches long. It should be covered with thin calfskin. In addition there is required a pair of obstetrical calipers capable of opening at least 12 inches. The first step is to obtain the antero-posterior diameter of the chest. Minor recom- mends for the two fixed points, the middle of the sternum at the level of the fourth costal cartilage in front, and the eighth dorsal spine posteriorly. The latter is a little below the level of the inferior angles of the scapulae. Having, with the calipers, ascertained the depth of the chest between the above-mentioned points the distance is marked on a sheet of paper, capable of receiving the tracing of a chest 12 inches in its antero-posterior diameter and 16 inches in its lateral diameter. Each half of the chest is taken separately'. With the eighth dorsal DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 347 spine as the fixed point, one end of tlie tape is firmly held so that it will not slip and is then brought around to the anterior fixed point. The tape should be firmly applied so that it fits snugly. In crossing the axillary space care must be taken to mould the tape to the chest wall, otherwise this space is apt to be bridged. The anterior point can be marked by A Fig. 252. — Slight retraction of right side. Lesion at right apex A Fig. 253. — Slight retraction of left side. Lesion at left apex. P Fig. 254. — Advanced bilateral disease. Marked retraction of right side. indenting the leather with the finger nail. The tape is then carefully removed and the two ends placed over the marks indicated on the paper by the calipers. By means of a pencil the perimeter is then traced on the paper. The left side is similarly taken (Figs. 252, 253 and 254). By using different colored pencils at each subsequent tracing, one obtains an excellent picture of the contour of the chest. Even in very 348 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM early cases there is a slight amount of shrinkage on the affected side, and the greater the amount of disease present the greater, as a rule, is the degree of retraction. As the case progresses toward recovery the affected side tends to fill out so that eventually discrepancies between the two sides disappear. In some early cases with a marked degree of shrinkage, the reexpansion is quite rapid. On the other hand, if the disease advances, the affected side shows an increased amount of re- traction, and with involvement of the sound side evidences of shrinkage will likewise appear. Minor states that the increase of the perimeter takes place on the unaffected side first as a result of the compensatory action of the sound lung, and that the increase of the affected side gener- ally follows the increase of the unaffected side. The increase can be in breadth or depth; the latter is of more significance, however, as the trac- ing of the former may be affected by an increase in the amount of fat and muscle, while the latter being measured between two bony points is not so affected. Thus it can be seen that the method is a valuable diag- nostic, as well as a prognostic aid. One precaution should be kept in mind, nameh', as to whether the individual is right-handed or left-handed. Percussion. — Before undertaking to describe the percussion changes in early tuberculosis, it is necessary to emphasize several important facts. 1. There is a normal discrepancy between the percussion notes of the two apices. This has been recognized for many years, but advantage is not always taken of the knowledge. The note on the right side is normally a little higher in pitch and a little less resonant than the note on the left side. Flint described the note on the right side as vesiculo- tympanitic without, however, advancing anj^ reason for the change. Recently Fetterolf and Norris have given a satisfactory explanation of the difference. Then- stud}-, from both the clinical and anatomical stand- points, shows quite clearly that the right apex is smaller than the left (see Figs. 62, 63, 64, 76 and 77) and that furthermore the position of the blood-vessels on the right side tend to diminish the resonance. The close approximation of the right apex to the trachea (see Figs. 49, 75, 95 and 104), the latter giving a tympanitic note, thus tends to raise the pitch of the percussion note; the left apex, being larger and having large blood- vessels and areolar tissue interposed between it and the trachea, gives a pure resonant note. 2. One of the difficulties the beginner has in percussing the apices is that to his ear the note is frequently impaired. The real difficulty, however, is that the note is less intense in this region owing to the small amount of lung tissue at the apex as compared to the base, and also be- cause of the distance of the lung from the surface over which the per- cussion is being applied. These differences apply to the posterior aspect of the apex, and to a less extent, the area above the clavicle. Anteriorly beneath the clavicle the pulmonary tissue lies immediately beneath the chest wall so that the note is usually intense, and on the left side tvpically resonant (see Figs. 260, 261, and 262). 3. Keeping in mind this normal difference, it must be remembered again that we are dealing with comparisons, and inasmuch as the changes are at best slight, each side must be compared carefully with the other. If slight changes exist at the summit of both lungs it is probable that very little definite information will be forthcoming from percussion. Percussion of the apices in a case of suspected incipient tuberculosis DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 349 is a procedure that requires a well-trained ear, and not a little experience. The change from the normal is usually so shght that for the beginner the method is the least fruitful of results; and even the experienced observer is, in doubtful cases, apt to be influenced in his interpretation by the presence or absence of symptoms, or other associated physical signs. The detection of slight changes at the apex is facihtated by marking with a skin pencil the borders of what is known as " Kronig's isthmus." This is a band of resonance which crosses the shoulder (Figs. 255 and 256). Its narrowest point is at the top of the shoulder, and in both front and back it widens out to meet the extended areas of resonance beneath the clavicle and supraspinous fossa. The value of this sign arises because of the well-known tendency of the lung wdth a developing tuberculous focus to shrink, either as the result of fibrosis, or of lessened functional activity. In mapping out the "isthmus" it is well to begin the percussion well up the side of the neck and gradually come downward until a change Fig Xormal anterior view Fig. 256. — Kronig's isthmus. Normal posterior view. from non-resonance to resonance is noted. This point is marked with the pencil and by working either forward or backward the inner line is traced out. The outer line is mapped out similarly bj^ approaching the resonant area from the point of the shoulder. The inner line, except at the inner anterior extremity, is concave and runs downward and for- ward, ending just a little outside the sterno-clavicular joint. Posterior^ the inner line inclines toward the spinal column ; at the level of the second dorsal vertebra it continues parallel with the spinal column, at a distance of about )-^ inch. The outer line, anteriorly, runs downward and outward, ending at the junction of the outer and middle third of the clavicle. Posteriorh' it runs downw^ard to about the middle of the spine of the scapula. The value of this procedure lies in the fact that while one may be in doubt as to the quality of the note, if percussion is made directly over the situation of normal resonance, one is less likely to err if the normal area is approached from non-resonant parts, such as the neck or shoul- der. One quickly learns to appreciate what the normal width of the 350 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM isthmus should be, and if this becomes narrower it is an indication of trouble in the underlying apex. If but one side is diseased, the affected side will show a much narrower "isthmus" than the healthy side (Figs. 257 and 258). As the disease becomes more extensive at the apex the two Hnes of the "isthmus" tend to become closer and closer until finally in the advanced case no semblance of resonance remains. Some observers have laid stress on direct percussion of the clavicles without the intervention of a pleximeter, the claim being made that at times, a small area of impairment can be detected that would otherwise escape detection. Such instances may occur, but they are far from being common. Having outlined the apices the percussion should be continued down- ward until the base of the lung is reached. Even in incipient cases it Fig. 257. — Kronig's isthmus. Normal on left side. Narrowed on right side due to tuberculosis of right apex. Fig. 258.— Kronig's isthmus. Both sides narrow due to bilateral tuberculosis. will usually be found that the resonance does not extend quite so low on the affected as on the unaffected side after deep inspiration (see Fig. 259). It will be recalled that mensuration shows some diminution in the size of the affected side. Furthermore, it has been shown by fluoroscopic examinations that the descent of the diaphragm on the affected side is usually diminished. This is known as Williams' early diaphragmatic sign (see p. 646). These observations indicate that the lung, even when the seat of a small amount of disease, functionates less freely than the unaffected lung, or that the unaffected lung is functionating more than the diseased one. Whichever is the correct explanation, the fact remains that the resonant note is apt to stop at a higher level on the affected, than the unaffected side. With ordinary quiet breathing the bases of the lungs extend to the level of the tenth dorsal vertebra; the complementary space of the pleural cavity, however, extends to the level of the twelfth dorsal vertebra. On deep inspiration the lung can be made to expand for an inch or more below the level of the tenth dorsal vertebra, providing it or the pleura DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 351 is free from disease. If, however, the lung is much diseased, or the pleural cavity is obliterated, or the diaphragm is immobile, the base line on the affected side remains stationary. Having marked out the borders of the lung, the heart and viscera in relationship to the lungs should be outlined. Auscultation. — The fact that there normally exists a difference be- tween the right and left apex has already been alluded to (see p. 74). Nothing further need be said except to emphasize the importance of bearing this in mind. One other fact should be mentioned, namely, the relative importance of the different steps taken to determine whether one or the other apex is the seat of tuberculous disease. That auscultation is the most important means at our disposal for the detection of intra- thoracic disease, there can be no doubt. On the other hand, it is equally Fig. 259. — Restriction of inotion at base of left lung. Lesion at left apex. true that in those instances in which the pulmonary damage is slight aus- cultation alone, valuable as it is, will frequently fail. The recognition of true incipient tuberculosis cannot be accomplished except by a careful con- sideration of the facts revealed in the history, and a proper estimation of the slight deviation from normal as revealed by inspection, palpation, men- suration and percussion. Even a skilled auscultator would often be in doubt as to the presence of a slight tuberculous deposit if he relied on aus- cultation alone. The question as to whether suspicious breath sounds may be considered normal or abnormal not infrequently hinges on the character of the information obtained in the history and by the other methods of physical exploration. This digression has seemed necessary 352 DISEASES OF THE BROXCHI, LUXGS, PLEURA, AXD DIAPHRAGM because of the absolute reliance so manj' physicians place on auscultation alone. Granular Breathing. — This type of breathing, which owes its impor- tance as an early diagnostic sign to Grancher, and in this country' to Minor, is now regarded as the earliest manifestation of the auscultatory changes in pulmonarj- tuberculosis. While readily recognized after one has heard it a few times, it is a sound not easily described bj'' words. Granular breathing is a rough or sputtering type of breathing. Turban has likened this type of breathing to the rapid succession of minute explosions; !Minor to "a succession of very short sounds, as though small, soft granules of fine, wet sago were being rolled over each other." Per- haps the clearest description is that it suggests the coexistence of rales, and yet, just as the listener fully expects to hear fine rales at the end of inspiration, the inspiratory phase ceases. This type of breathing has been described as being due to slight narrowing or uneven surface of the bronchioles, or to a rapid interruption of the air entering the alveoli about the tuberculous deposit. The following seems to us a more plausible explanation. It should be recalled that in the early stages of pulmonary tuberculosis there is a considerable amount of relaxation and collapse, or partial collapse of the vesicles immediately around the tuber- cles. As the air forces its way into these partially collapsed vesicles they expand independently instead of synchronously. This imparts to the inspirator}' murmur a jerky sound and also gives the impression of crepi- tation due to the separation of the slightly moistened walls of the air vesicles. Feeble Breathing. — Next in importance to granular breathing is slight enfeeblement of the respiratory murmur. This type needs no special description. If on comparing the two apices the breath sounds are less intense on one side than the other, the fact is significant. It is usually taught that enfeebled breathing to be of significance as an earlj^ sign in tuberculosis must be limited to the apex. It has been our experi- ence, however, that the breath sounds all OA'er the affected lung, even with very slight apical signs, are not infrequently less intense than over the affected side. This is after all not surprising, when we recall that mensuration shows a diminution of the affected side and the fluoroscope a heightened diaphragm. Prolonged Expiration. — Prolonged expiration, although not the earli- est change from the normal in the breath sounds, is the most usual find- ing, as the two earlier changes described above often escape detection. The respiratory murmur in this type of breathing may be harsh or slighth' suppressed, but in either instance the characteristic feature is the prolonged, high-pitched, bronchial quality of the expiration. Heard at the left apex, one is rareh'in doubt as to its significance; when con- fined to the right side, there is apt to be a certain amount of question as to whether we are dealing with normal or pathological broncho-vesi- cular breathing. AMiile in everj- normal chest there is more or less marked broncho-vesicular breathing at the right apex, there is no definite standard and the question of whether it is pathological or not is usually settled by the presence or absence of collateral evidence. In children especially' there is a strong tendency towards exaggeration of the normal signs at the right apex, and not infrequently children are said to be tuber- culous, because of the strong transmission of both the spoken and whis- pered voice and the prolonged blowing character of expiration. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 353 Cog-wheel or Wavy Breathing. — Cog-wheel or wavy breathing has been described as an evidence of incipient tuberculosis, but the best authorities now are agreed that it can no longer be considered of importance as an early sign. As the name indicates it is an interrupted type of breathing. The inspiratory phase is the one commonly subject to the interruptions; rarely the expiratory. It may occur in a patient suffering from the pain of acute pleurisy, or in nervous or chillj^ individuals. In tuberculous subjects it is usuallj^ heard over areas which divide healthy from diseased tissue. Cog-wheel breathing is not to be confounded wdth the carcho- inspiratory murmur of which we will speak presently. Vocal Resonance. — The alterations in the voice sounds are not of great value in early tuberculosis, as the deviation from the normal may not be sufficient to be appreciated. The whispered voice is normall}^ heard with distinctness over the second costal cartilage on the right side, and poste- riorly in the interscapular regions. In many chests it is indistinctly heard also over the extreme right apex anteriorly and posteriorly. In- distinct whispering pectoriloquy in the latter situation is of no significance without collateral evidence. As an indication of infiltration the whis- pered voice is subject to the same rule as the spoken voice. Rales.- — I have already pointed out that in the earliest change of the breath sounds (that is the ''granular breathing") one gets the impression that rales are about to be heard, but as a matter of fact are not. In true incipient tuberculosis, no matter what the type of breathing may be, rales are not heard with ordinary quiet breathing. If, however, a deep in- spiration is taken, fine, dry crackles may be elicited above or just below the clavicle, or above the spine of the scapula, posteriorly on the affected side. An invaluable procedure for bringing out these rales is after auscultat- ing the chest, while the patient is breathing quietly through the mouth, to have him give a short cough, followed hj a moderately deep inspiration. This is repeated first on one side, then the other until the entire chest has been gone over. In this way small, localized areas containing these fine rales are detected which would otherwise escape observation. If crackles are confined to an apex and do not disappear after deep breathing or coughing, they are the strongest kind of evidence of the existence of a pulmonary tuberculosis. In other situations thej^ are of less importance as a diagnostic sign of tuberculosis. Rales that are heard with ordinarj^ quiet breathing are somewhat coarser, and in addition give the impression of moisture. Rales heard under these circumstances are not evidence of incipiency, but indicate that the disease has probably passed that stage. This is true also of the larger moist rales (the so-called mucous click, etc.) even though limited to one apex. Cardiac Phenomena Occurring in Tuberculosis. — Most of the abnormal signs of cardiac origin in tube^-culosis manifest themselves in the second and third stages of the disease. The heart sounds are at times unduly transmitted toward the affected apex, even in the incipient stage, and the denser the infiltration the more intense do the heart sounds become. Cardio-respiratory murmurs are common in tuberculous subjects, and while they have lost much of the diagnostic significance attached to them by the older clinicians, it is surprising how frequently they are encountered 23 354 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LrXGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM in tuberculous patients. They are as a rule associated with a rapid cardiac action (see p. 254). While the cardio-respiratory nuu'mur may be heard in the incipient stage, it is more commonly encountered in the moderately advanced stages of the disease. It is also encountered in individuals with an old healed lesion at one or the other apex. In the same category may be placed sys!olic munmors heard in the subclavian arteries. The frequency of the heart's action is not greatly accelerated in the early stages; if so, it is an incUcation of marked toxemia. A single office observation as to the frequency of the heart's action is untrust- worthy because of the nervousness and excitement often incident to the examination. To be of value the pulse rate must be observed with the patient at rest for a number of days. As the disease progresses the heart's action almost invariabl}' increases in frequency. With the de- velopment of tachycarcUa, even moderately severe, reduplication of the heart sounds is frequent, particularly the second pulmonic; less fre- quently the fu'st sound at the apex. With extensive disease of the left lung, retraction of its anterior border is common. This results in visible pulsation of the heart in the region of the second costal cartilage on the left side. At one time it was current^ believed that an individual who suf- fered from organic heart disease was not apt to become tuberculous. As Xorris pointed out some years ago, there is no support for this theory, and one is apt to encounter an associated organic lesion of the heart as frequently in tuberculosis as in any other disease. In addition to organic murmurs, accidental murmurs of unknown origin are frequent, particu- larly in the latter stages of the disease. Functional murmurs, systolic in time, are of not infrequent occurrence at the apex, but by far the most frequent murmur of this type is a systolic murmur heard at the base of the heart, at or near the second pulmonic area. Physical Signs in the Second or Moderately Advanced Stage. — In- spection. — When the disease has progressed sufficiently to be designated moderately advanced, the general health of the patient begins to show impairment (see Fig. 230) . The loss of weight is 'apt to be noticeable and the muscles present a flabby condition. Slight flushing of the cheek on the affected side is frequently noted and this is in striking contrast to the anemia. Skin eruptions which are not uncommon in the third or advanced stage may make their appearance during the second stage. The com- monest of these eruptions is pityriasis versicolor caused by the micro- sporon furfur. As to the chest itself the affected side shows more marked evidence of shrinkage. The clavicle is more prominent; the fossa above the clavicle is deeper and flattening beneath the clavicle more noticeable. Diminution of expansion which, in the incipient stage, is not always apparent on inspection, becomes readily so in this stage. Some atrophy of the muscles overlying the affected apex is apt to make its appearance at this time. Including all types of cases atrophy of the muscles was noted at the Phipps Institute in 1325 cases out of 4343 — 931 on the right side and 394 on the left. In women the breast on the affected side may be distinctly smaller than that on the opposite side. Varying degrees of spinal curvature are also of frequent occurrence and the more extensive the disease the more marked does this tendency DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 355 become. Spinal curvature was recorded as having been present in 968 out of 3436 cases of all types at the Phipps Institute. The heart is not apt to be noticeably displaced at this time. Palpation. — This confirms the diminished respiratory movement over the affected area already noted on inspection. The tactile fremitus is usually exaggerated but may show no appreciable change. Percussion. — While in the incipient stage one is often in doubt as to whether the percussion note deviates from the normal ; this is rarely so when the infiltration has become more dense and more tissue is involved. In the majority of instances the percussion note is not entirely devoid of resonance because the tuberculous infiltration is rarely massive. Patches of air-bearing tissue still exist about the tubercles and for this reason varying degrees of pulmonary resonance persist. In some cases a tym- panitic note is obtained as the result of cavity formation. This, however, is usually a manifestation of advanced disease, the signs of which will be considered in detail later. Kronig's isthmus becomes narrower in the second stage and the im- paired percussion note may extend as low as the third or fourth rib (see Fig. 258). By the time the infiltration has become marked at the apex and shrinkage of the affected side is apparent the percussion note at the base will be found to be on a higher level than the sound side. With the disease advanced to the second stage at one apex there may be signs indicative of the first stage in the opposite apex. Mensuration. — If a cyrtometer tracing has been made during the first stage a second tracing made after the disease has advanced to the second stage shows more shrinkage and if, in the meantime, the opposite apex has become involved, that side will also show some diminution in size. Auscultation.- — The breath sounds in the second stage of the disease are, as a rule, sharply differentiated from those heard over the healthy lung and from those heard in the first or incipient stage. The granular, or slightly enfeebled or doubtful broncho-vesicular breathing becomes definitely broncho-vesicular; the latter may be slightly suppressed or may closely approach true bronchial breathing. Bronchial breathing such as is heard in croupous pneumonia, when the lung is completely solidified, is not common in tuberculosis. This is because the infiltration rarely becomes massive, as a rule remnants of healthy tissue remain between the caseous areas and thus impart a vesicular quality to the respiratory murmur. The broncho-vesicular breathing may therefore be slightly bronchial in character or very markedly so, depending on the density of the infiltration. When the infiltration has destroyed most of the pul- monary tissue in a given area, the chief characteristic of the breath sounds is that they are greatly suppressed. At times they may be almost inaudible, especially if rales are present. While in a few cases broncho-vesicular breathing may gradually pass into the pure bronchial type it far more frequently happens that caver- nous or amphoric breathing appears as the result of cavity formation. At the lower border of the infiltrated area, cog-wheel breathing is frequently heard. Vocal resonance is a sign of relatively little value. It is usually ex- aggerated and the increase corresponds closely to the percussion changes. Rales. — ^As there is usually an associated bronchitis and some soften- ing of the caseous areas medium-sized rales are common. They may be 356 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM very numerous or one may hear only a few isolated rales; the latter may be constantly present or may be heard only during every second or third inspiration or expiration. Veiy often when but one rale is heard it has a peculiar sticky quality; it is often referred to as a mucous click. By some it is considered almost pathognomonic of tuberculous infiltra- tion. While not absolute, one is safe in saying that the more numerous the rales the greater is the probability of softening and hence the more serious the outlook. If the rales have a metallic quality, a cavity may be suspected even if other signs of excavation are absent. Some crepi- tating rales are commonly present in this stage but in some instances they are not heard while the patient is breathing naturally. Having the patient cough and then take a deep breath, or breath out and then cough, will often bring out a shower of fine rales; sometimes deep breathing will accomplish the same result. Accordingly as the rales diminish or increase or change in character one is often able to foretell the probable outcome of the disease. If the rales diminish it is an indication that the associated bronchitis is dis- appearing and that the softening of the caseous areas is ceasing. On the other hand, if the rales gradually become more numerous breaking down of the lung tissue is probably taking place. With arrest of the disease the rales, particularly the medium-sized ones, may entirely disappear. The crepitating rales, on the other hand, may persist for years even when the patient is entirely free from symptoms. Pleuritic friction sounds are frequently heard during this stage. The friction rub may occur on the affected side or it may be heard on the op- posite side. It is often difficult to distinguish between crepitating rales located in the lung and fine pleural crepitations. At times these fine crepitations may be heard over both the upper and the lower portion of one lung. While it is not always possible from the character of the sound alone, to differentiate them, one can usually judge whether the rales are entirely due to infiltration of the pulmonary tissue or whether those heard over the lower portion of the lung are due to pleurisy, by the char- acter of the symptoms. If the entire lung is infiltrated the patient is almost certain to have serious symptoms; on the other hand, if the symp- toms are mild and the patient in good condition the lower portion of the lung is presumably free from disease and the rales are pleuritic. The Heart. — In many instances the heart presents no abnormalities. On the other hand, there may be noted in this stage an increase in the number of heart beats per minute. A cardio-respiratory murmur is quite frequently encountered. The nearer the disease approaches the third or advanced stage the more frequently does one hear abnormal heart sounds. The first sound may be reduplicated and reduplication and accentuation of the second pulmonic sound are commonly heard. Accidental murmurs may also be heard particularly at the pulmonic area. As a rule the systolic blood- pressure is low. Physical Signs in the Third or Advanced Stage. — In taking up a con- sideration of the physical signs encountered in the advanced stage of pulmonaiy tuberculosis the task is at once very easy and at the same time very difficult. It is easy because inspection alone will frequently indicate that serious mischief has been wrought by the disease; it is often DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 357 difficult, however, to indicate the exact nature of the damage because of the extremely varied pathological changes which are present. In one and the same lung there may be cavity formation, consolidation and varjdng degrees of infiltration; and in addition there may be present an effusion, a partial pneumothorax, or involvement of the pleura, which further complicates the picture. With reasonable care in the examination of the chest the examiner should be able to determine the approximate amount of damage present. " The more experienced the physical diagnostician the more clearl^^ will the phj'sical signs he elicits correspond to the actual pathological changes. Inspection. — When the disease has progressed to this stage the vast majority of incUviduals present the appearance so faixdliar to all. The most dominant feature of the picture is the extreme emaciation, a fact that gave the disease its first name, phthisis or the wasting disease. The hair presents a lanky, lusterless appearance, the temples and cheeks are sunken and the eyes look unnaturally bright and feverish. The so-called hectic flush is usually present and is more marked on the side most dis- eased; the bright color of the cheeks is in marked contrast to the blanched, waxy appearance of the surrounding skin. Flushing of the cheeks usu- ally occurs synchronously with the afternoon rise in the temperature but maj^ be noted before the thermometer shows the presence of fever. The skin is usually di'y and very often scaly. Pityriasis versicolor is frequently noted, especiallj^ among those who are not cleanly in their habits. Inspection of the mouth at this time may show a tuberculous ulcera- tion of the tongue, the buccal surface of the cheeks, the tonsils or the pharynx. The hands in many cases are noticeably altered. In the vast majority of advanced cases the finger nails present a slightly bluish color. The nails themselves are often curved, usually from side to side but ihej may also curve over the end of the finger. Clubbing of the fingers is not so frequently" encountered in tuberculosis as usually is taught and when present is rarely of the extreme grade seen in bronchiectasis, congenital heart disease, or empyema. Clubbing of the fingers and extreme curv- ing of the nails, when at all marked in pulmonary tuberculosis, are usually evidences that the disease has been of long standing and that there is considerable fibrosis and bronchial dilatation present in the lungs. Clubbing of the fingers was noted at the Phipps Institute in 21.7 per cent., and curving of the nails in 38.9 per cent, of 3551 cases. In the terminal stages of the disease edema of the lower extremities is not infrequent. A small percentage of cases towards the end. show a purpuric eruption usually over the legs and thighs. Inasmuch as individuals wdth anj^ type of chest may acquire the dis- ease the only striking features in mam^ instances are the emaciation, the sunken interspaces and evidences of retraction on one side or the other. Inspection will usually show marked flattening at both apices and retraction and lack of motion at one base. As a rule the motion is good at the base of the lung least diseased. The Heart.- — More or less displacement of the heart is extremely' com- mon, being present in about two-thirds of advanced cases. This often can be detected hy inspection but in many instances the position of the 358 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM heart can be determined only after percussion and auscultation, or an X-ray examination. The displacement is always toward the affected side or the side most diseased and is caused to some extent by traction. In some instances a contributing factor in the displacement is a vicariously hypertrophied lung which tends to crowd the heart toward the affected side. Dis- placement toward the left is far more common than toward the right side except in the far-advanced cases when the two sides are about equally involved. As a rule the displacement to the left is more pronounced than toward the right partly because of the anatomical position of the heart and partly because of the attachment of the mediastinum to the central tendon of the diaphragm. When the heart is drawn toward the left it is also apt to be pulled upward toward the axilla. At times the right-sided displacement may be so marked as to consti- tute a dextro-cardia. It is to be borne in mind that when the impulse is noted on the right side in acquired dextro-cardia, it is caused by the right ventricle. While some displacement of the heart unquestionably takes place, it is more apparent than real. This is due to the retraction of the chest wall and the consequent diminution of the capacity of the thorax which naturally alters the landmarks with reference to the apex beat. When the left lung is extensively diseased and retraction takes place there is often a marked pulsation in the second and third interspaces on the left. This is caused by the exposure of the right auricle which in health is covered by pulmonary tissue. Palpation serves to confirm the lack of expansion noted on inspection and it may also serve to locate the apex beat. The tactile fremitus will vary: at the apex over a cavity it may be increased or diminished. In other portions of the chest it will be in- creased or not according to the amount of underlying infiltration. A rhonchal fremitus may be felt at times. Percussion. — Assuming that there is a cavity the size of an orange in the upper part of the upper lobe with dense infiltration below it which gradually thins out as the base of the lower lobe is reached, the following percussion changes will be present : Over the cavity the note will be tym- panitic. It is high-pitched and may have an amphoric or cracked-pot quality. The amphoric note is similar to that produced by percussing the cheek with the mouth open; the cracked-pot sound can be reproduced by striking the clasped and concave hands on the knee. Wintrich's and Gerhardt's changes of note are always referred to as aids in recognizing a cavity. The information furnished by these signs is uncertain and of little value when present. Personally I cannot recall having looked for them for years. Below the cavity over the dense infiltration the note is dull or nearly so; as the base is approached the note becomes more and more resonant. If the tubercles are widely separated in the inferior portion of the lung the percussion note may show no abnormality. Over the opposite lung the disease is apt to be less extensive and the percussion changes correspondingly less marked. A cavity may be pres- ent in the upper lobe; if so the signs given above may be elicited. Other- wise, the note will be dull and gradually shade off to normal as the base DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 359 is reached. A hyperresonant note may be present over the base of the least diseased lung as the result of compensating emphysema. Percussion of the lower limits of the lung posteriorly will show the side most affected to be at a higher level. Absolute dulness over the base of the chest in an advanced case of tuberculosis may or may not mean the presence of fluid. Not un- commonly when fluid is actually present, especially if purulent, a diagnosis of advanced tuberculosis is made. If the dulness is due to tuberculosis there will be rales and the voice sounds, if not exaggerated, will lack the distant quality so commonly present when fluid exists. Displacement of the heart may be shown by the position of the right and left borders of cardiac dulness. If both upper lobes are extensively diseased, however, this may not be possible. Auscultation. — The most distinctive feature of the third stage of tuberculosis is the presence of a cavity or cavities. While a cavity may or may not be present in the second it is rarely absent in the third stage although it may not be possible to elicit signs which will indicate its presence. Inasmuch as cavitation is so universally present in advanced tuber- culosis of the lungs a somewhat detailed description is necessary. It has already been shown in the section dealing with the morbid anatomy of the disease that a tuberculous cavity is usually located in the upper lobes, at, or near, the apex. In an analysis made by Ewart cavitation occurred at: The apices 282 times. Dorso-axillary region 227 times. Mammary region 189 times. Sternal region 61 times. Base 32 times. In 50 consecutive cases which I studied at the Phipps Institute there were in all 76 cavities present, the distribution being as follows: Right upper lobe 15 Left upper lobe 6 Both upper lobes 30 Middle lobe (right side) 1 Left lower and both upper lobes 1 The location of the cavity with reference to the chest wall has more to do with its recognition than the size of the excavation. A small cavity, no larger than a cherry, may give signs if situated just beneath the pleura. If, on the other hand, the cavity is deeply seated it may be the size of a small orange and still give no signs. This is especially the case with cavities situated in the center of the lower lobes (Figs. 260, 261, 262). While in most instances the approximate size of the cavity can be determined by physical signs this is not always possible. A small cavity surrounded by densely infiltrated tissue will often give the impres- sion that there is a very large excavation. It is not possible to determine with any degree of certainty as to whether the excavation is single or consists of a number of communicating cavities. If gurgling and resonating rales are heard over a wide area a honeycombed condition of the lung is to be suspected; especially if the disease is of the acute broncho-pneumonic type in which breaking down of the lung tissue is rapid. 360 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM The character of the breath sounds heard over a cavity is in the majority of instances cavernous or amphoric in quaUty and may be loud and distinct or very distant. In some instances the breath sounds are bronchial in quality probably owing to consolidation about the cavity. It is to be noted that in spite of other well-marked signs of excavation the breath sounds may be almost inaudible; in very large cavities abso- lute silence over the upper part is not unusual. Exaggeration of both the spoken and whispered voice sounds is the rule. Whispering pectoriloquy while not pathognomonic of cavita- FiG. 260. — A chronic type of disease. Anteriorly just behind the clavicle is a large walled-off cavity which has been formed by the coalescence of several small ones. Remain- der of right upper lobe and the anterior portion of lower lobe contains much fibrous tissue. tion is the sign most constantly present. Laennec in speaking of pec- toriloquy (and the same applies to whispering pectoriloquy) states that the intensity and perfection of this phenomenon ranges from that which is unmistakable to that which is of doubtful import. "The circum- stances that concur to render pectoriloquy perfect are: complete empti- ness of the excavation, increased densitj' of the pulmonary tissue forming its walls, its easy communication with one or more bronchial tubes of some magnitude, and its proximity to the parietes of the chest." DISEASES OP THE LUNGS 361 The sound produced by coughing very often has a metalHc or amphoric quahty and when present is very suggestive of excavation. Rales may or may not be heard over the excavation. In chronic quiescent cases the cavity may be dry and no rales will be heard. In active cases rales are almost always heard and are often metallic or resonating in quality. In my experience the presence of rales having a metallic quality is the most certain sign we possess. Fig. 261. — Cavity in right upper lobe posteriorly. Physical signs elicited posteriorly only. Rest of right upper lobe air-bearing but contains a good deal of fibrous tissue. In a clinical and post-mortem study of cavities I found that in 50 cases there were present 76, of which 58 were recognized during life. The 18 escaping detection were, for the most part, small and centrally located. Basing the value of the various signs on the frequency with which each occurred, the following results were obtained: Per. Cent Whispering pectoriloquy 53 out of 58 (91.3) Tympany (on percussion) 39 out of 58 (67.4) Cavernous or amphoric breathing 38 out of 58 (65.5) Gurghng or consonating rales 33 out of 58 (58.6) 362 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM Although none of the above signs are pathognomic of a cavity the presence of anj^ one of them is suggestive and the probabihty of its exist- ence is increased by combinations of any two or more of them. Two sources of error are to be borne in mind: (1) Consohdated pulmonary tissue about a bronchus may give rise to the same phenomena. This mistake was made in five instances in the series I studied. (2) The signs of a single cavity at the right or left apex may be transmitted across the spine and lead to a diagnosis of a cavity at both apices. This error can be avoided by tracing the sounds from their origin when they will be found to diminish in intensity the farther the bell of the stethoscope is moved from the site of the cavity. Fig. 262. — Two small cavities situated at some distance from the posterior pleura. Deeply seated cavities are apt to escape detection by physical signs. The auscultatory signs over the remainder of the chest parallel those of percussion. Below the cavity the infiltration is apt to be dense and the breath sounds bronchial or broncho-vesicular in character. The latter type of breathing is usually present over the base of the side most affected and, in addition, may be more or less suppressed. The voice sounds are more or less exaggerated depending on the density of the infiltration. Over the opposite lung there maj^ be signs of a cavity at the apex and evidences of infiltration beneath it but rarely as well marked as on the DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 363 side most diseased. Over the lower lobe the breath sounds are usually puerile in type due to compensatory emphysema. Although at the au- topsy table scattered tubercles are usually found in the emphysematous lower lobe they give no evidence of their presence during life. They probably represent, for the most part, a terminal infection such as occurs in the other viscera. In the advanced stage tachycardia is the rule, and the muscle tone of the first sound is poor. Accentuation and reduplication of the second pulmonic sound is common; less frequently these changes are noted in the fu'st sound. Functional murmurs are frequent and are generally heard at the pulmonic area. Irregularity of the cardiac rhythm is noted in a few instances. Diagnosis.- — The recognition of pulmonary tuberculosis in its different stages must take into account four factors : 1. A clear conception of the morbid anatomy of the disease; the loca- tion of the primary lesion; how it first manifests itself; the "fine of march" as it progresses; and finally the character of the lesions it produces. 2. There must be a proper appreciation of the significance of the symptoms and suflicient moral courage to act promptly even when the appearance of general good health seems to deny the presence of serious trouble. It should never be forgotten that the onset is usually insidious and the early manifestations indefinite. To delay the diagnosis until the evidence is unequivocal is, only too often, to let slip the opportunity most favorable to restore health. 3. It cannot be too strongly emphasized that the diagnosis of pul- monary tuberculosis, particularly in the first stage, is not to be based exclusively on the presence or absence of physical signs. "Invaluable as they are, their importance is greatly enhanced by association with symptoms and the knowledge of pathological laws. Not only are we to avoid exclusive reliance on the presence or absence of physical signs, but it is also to be borne in mind that physical signs, while often indicat- ing the extent and degree of pulmonary damage, convey no direct infor- mation as to the pathological nature of those changes." 4. It is necessary to employ in every case one or all of the avail- able laboratory aids. There can be no excuse for neglecting the examina- tion of the sputum. In many instances this may seem superfluous. It is to be borne in mind, however, that there are many conditions which simulate both the symptoms and physical signs of tuberculosis and are only to be distinguished from it by examination of the sputum. The significance of the tuberculin tests will be discussed later. The advantages and disadvantages of the Roentgen rays are also con- sidered elsewhere. A review of the Hterature on the subject of comple- ment fixation in tuberculosis shows that while the test is positive in a large proportion of cases it is, at present, not of much practical service. Diagnosis of Healed and Arrested Lesions. — Very frequently one encounters individuals with abnormal signs at one or the other apex. In such a case the question will arise: Is this an incipient lesion or is it the result of trouble wliich has occurred in the past and has undergone spontaneous cure? The physical signs are not conclusive. The clavicle may be unduly prominent and slight flattening with restriction of expansion may be noted beneath the clavicle, indicating some shrinkage at the apex. The 36-4 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM breath sounds may be slightly suppressed or broncho-vesicular in type. The voice sounds are, as a rule, exaggerated. There are no rales. These signs differ in no respect from those found in the early, active stage of the disease. In such cases the question as to whether the lesion is active, or healed and quiescent, will rest on the presence or absence of symptoms. If there is no cough or expectoration, no fever, no loss of weight and there has been no evidence of blood in the sputum or an attack of pleurisy within the past year or two, one may assume, with reasonable certaint}^, that the signs are indicative of an old tuberculous infection which during its active stage was so mild as to escape notice. Occasionally signs, such as those mentioned above, may be caused by non- tuberculous infections. The subcutaneous injection of tuberculin has been advised to dis- tinguish between a healed and an early active lesion. If healed there may be slight constitutional reaction (fever, malaise, joint pains) but no focal reaction; the latter consists of rales over the suspected area and the development of a slight cough with possibly some expectoration in addi- tion to the constitutional symptoms. The use of tuberculin as a diag- nostic agent will be considered in another place. Another type of case is that in which there are evidences of extensive pulmonary damage and in which the patient has some cough and expecto- ration but no constitutional symptoms. Such a case may or may not have been under treatment when first seen. If one judges by the phys- ical signs alone the patient may be considered to be in a serious condi- tion and may be advised to abandon his business and enter a sanatorium at once. The course to be pursued will depend entirely on the general condition of the patient's health and the presence or absence of symp- toms denoting activity of the disease. A woman whom I have had under observation for ten 3'ears has at the present time the same physical signs as when originally seen, namely, signs of a cavity at each apex and impairment of the percussion note, feeble broncho-vesicular breathing and fine rales extending down to the fourth rib on the right side. Her general health is excellent, although she has an occasional hemoptysis, and she lives the life of a normal individual. Twice within the past two years, because of an attack of blood spitting, she has consulted men of large experience in tuberculosis work. In both instances she was given an unfavorable prognosis and advised to enter a sanatorium at once. Cases such as this one are not infrequently seen and illustrate verj^ clearh' that entire dependence cannot be placed upon the physical findings alone. One of the peculiar features of tuberculosis is that verj^ often with the existence of extensive pulmonary damage the symptoms are neghgible and the patient enjoj^s fairly good health; on the other hand, physical signs may be very slight or even absent, and the symptoms will be of the most serious nature. Examination of the Sputum. — The examination of the sputum for tubercle bacilli is a xevy simple procedure, the details of which are familiar to every one. While the presence of tubercle bacilli in the sputum is absolute proof that a pulmonarj^ tuberculosis exists, their absence is no assurance that the patient is free from the disease. In the earliest stage of tuberculosis the sputum ivill he found negative for tubercle bacilli in from 60 to 75 per cent, of cases It is most important that this fact should bej.known. Many practitioners fail to realize DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 365 this and are satisfying both themselves and the patient that tuberculosis is not present as the result of one or two negative examinations. I repeat, therefore, that in the early stage of the disease, one, or even half a dozen, negative examinations mean nothing. Another very common error is that of assuming the case to be one of advanced pulmonary tuberculosis because the symptoms and physical signs seem to clearly indicate it as such. Inasmuch as the diagnosis seems certain the sputum is not examined. It is because of this neglect that many cases of bronchiectasis, pneumoconiosis, chronic empyema, the mycotic infections and even chronic cardio-renal disease, are mistaken for tuberculosis. A single negative examination in a case with extensive pulmonary damage demands that the examination be repeated until tubercle bacilli are actually found or until a sufficient number of nega- tive examinations make it clear that some process other than tuberculosis is present. While in the majority of instances the presence or absence of tubercle bacilli is all that need be determined, one should always be alive to the possibility of other sources of infection. The conditions which simulate tuberculosis and which are recogniz- able by the examination of the sputum, although not numerous, should always be kept in mind if tubercle bacilli cannot be found. In default of any demonstrable organism, such as the tubercle bacillus, actinomyces, blastomyces, aspergillus, ova of the lung fluke, etc., the pulmonary trouble may be due to malignant disease, syphilis, or some chronic in- flammatory condition such as cirrhosis of the lung or pneumoconosis. If one is not familiar with the bacteriological characteristics of the rarer forms of infection the sputum .should be sent to a competent bacteriolo- gist for examination. Of the various infecting agents which produce lesions similar to tuberculosis there is only one that bears any resemblance to the tubercle bacillus, namely, certain forms of the streptothrix group. To those who are not thoroughly familiar with the morphology of the tubercle bacillus small acid-fast rods may be mistaken for Koch's bacillus. The strey- tothrix may occur as an independent organism but is more often en- countered as part of the mixed infection in cases of tuberculosis with cavity formation and in cases of bronchiectasis. It is to be borne in mind that the bacillus-like rods of the streptothrix may occur in chains instead of being clumped and that they are decolorized with 30 per cent, nitric acid. They are often resistant to 20 per cent, sulphuric acid and Gabbet's stain. At one time it was believed that the number of tubercle bacilli pres- ent in the entire slide or if numerous, the average number per field, was of value in determining the probable outcome of the disease. It is now recognized that the number of bacilli per field at the time of the first examination is no indication of either the severity or the extent of the disease. From 40 to 50 bacilli to each field may be present in an early, mild case; on the other hand, the bacilli may be very few in number in a case which begins with severe symptoms and progresses steadily to a fatal termination. In a general way a gradual diminution of the number of bacilli at each successive examination, is of favorable import. And on the other hand, a rapid increase in the number is apt to be an indication that the process is extending and the lung tissue is breaking down. Much more reliable indications as to how the disease 366 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DLIPHRAGM is behaving are to be found in the patient's general condition, the abate- ment of sjanptoms and stationary or retrogressive physical signs. The examination of the sputum for tubercle bacilli is so simple a procedure that the statement that they have been found in the sputum is usually accepted as being true. In common with other methods of diagnosis, however, the reliability of a sputum examination depends to some extent on the experience of the examiner. Unless mj' own ex- perience is unique, I am inclined to believe that not a few positive reports are being made which in reality are negative. Within the past few j^ears I have seen five cases in which tubercle bacilli were said to be present in the sputum. In one case the autopsy failed to show any evidence of tuberculosis. In the others a most thorough study of the sputum, in- cluding animal inoculations, failed to show the organism. In addition the subsequent history of the patients made it evident that a mistake had been made. If there is any doubt as to the abilitj' of the examiner one should examine the sputum oneself or send it to a reliable laboratory. In patients in whom tuberculosis is suspected but who have no spu- tum, the administration of iodide of potassiimi has been recommended. This procedure cannot be condemned too strongly. As it is now quite generally recognized that iodide of potassium is very apt to cause a break- ing down of tuberculous foci in the lungs there is little to be said in favor of using the drug for diagnostic purposes. By so doing a quiescent lesion which is giving no trouble may be aroused into activity. Tuberculin Tests. — The accepted belief at the present time is that a positive reaction to one of the tuberculin tests is indicative of a tuber- culous lesion somewhere within the bodJ^ A positive test does not mean, however, that the individual has clinical tuberculosis. It must be clearly kept in mind that there is a great difference between tuberculosis that is clinically recognizable and • hypersensitiveness to tuberculin. Hypersensitiveness is extremeh' common, and is encountered in a large proportion of healthy people, the frequency" with which it is met increas- ing rapidh' from the second year of life. It is a great mistake to assume that because an individual reacts to some one of the tuberculin tests that he is tuberculous in the sense that he needs active treatment; and, as I shall later point out, a negative tuberculin test does not entirely free us from responsibility. In regard to the tests themselves there are certain facts which should be kept in mind. First, as regards the subcutaneous test. At one time the test was extensively used in adults and a positive reaction was, and by many still is, regarded as conclusive proof that the individual has tuberculosis. Of recent years, however, some observers have warned against its use, pointing out that the test is capable, in certain instances, of stirring an inactive lesion into an active one. Furthermore, there is now a tendency not only to limit the use of the test, but in addition to ignore the constitutional symptoms of a reaction (such as fever, joint pains, local reaction, etc.) and to call positive only those cases which give a focal reaction, such as rales at a suspected apex, or some pain, redness, and swelling in a suspected joint. The cutaneous or von Pirquet test has achieved enormous popularity by reason of its simplicity, and also because it is widely credited with being a positive indication of tuberculosis. In children under two j-ears of age it furnishes valuable evidence when positive and usually means DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 367 clinical tuberculosis. Beyond the second year, however, it loses much of its positive value, and the older the child the more unreliable it is as an evidence of true tuberculosis. The percvJaneous or so-called Moro test has about the same significance. Finally, we have to consider the conjunctival test introduced by Wolff-Eisner and Calmette. The majority of observers have come to regard this test as dangerous, because of the possibility of producing an inflammatory condition which may lead to serious damage of the eye. According to Hamman and Wolman,^ who have employed the test in a large series of cases, the test is free from danger, and is superior to the Moro and von Pirquet tests in that it is not so sensitive and that a posi- tive reaction points strongly to an active rather than a latent process, especially so when supported by other indications. The question naturally arises: What is the practical value of the von Pirquet or Moro test in determining the individuals who have true tuberculosis and those who can be disregarded? We are forced to con- clude that they are of little value except as an evidence of hypersensi- tiveness. In a series of children studied by Kaufman and myself^ we repeatedly saw anemic, under-nourished children with or without tuber- culous parents who gave no reaction; and, on the other hand, we en- countered children who presented no physical signs; who were in robust health, and who had violent skin reactions. The X-ray in the Diagnosis of Pulmonary Tuberculosis.^ — The ques- tion of the relative merits of the X-rays and the ordinary method of physical examination in incipient or early tuberculosis is still suh judice. Clinicians are not in agreement as to the superiority of the newer over the older method and between the chnicians and the roentgenologists there is a wide breach. The latter, with few exceptions, arrogate unto them- selves an ability to recognize early tuberculous lesions in the lungs which is not warranted. In the first place the earliest manifestations of tuber- culosis as shown on the roentgenogram, are not distinctive. Many simple chronic infections will give the same picture. Again, as Friedrich Miiller, Holzknecht and others have pointed out a deposit of a few early tubercles with accompanying catarrh, and which constitute an anatom- ically incipient case, will not cast a shadow on the plate. Active dry pleurisy also gives no hint of its presence whatsoever, so far as the roentgenogram is concerned. Many roentgenologists claim that an early tuberculous process is distinctive without realizing that other infectious processes of the lung, of whatever character, generally spread along the course of the air passages. As Baetjer^ has pointed out, these become inflamed and, as in all inflammatory conditions, they produce reaction, consequently the fibrous sheath which surrounds the bronchi, artery, vein and lymph channels becomes thickened. It is just this type of cases that it is so important to make an etiological diagnosis. Although the clinical evi- dence and the physical signs in such cases may be inconclusive, the roentgenogram is equally so, for while changes may be shown in the plate it is impossible to state whether they are due to tuberculosis or some other 1 "Tuberculin in Diagnosis and Treatment," 1912. 2 Am. Jour, of Med. Sc, October, 1914. 3 International Clinics, Twenty-sixth Series, vol. iii, 1916. 368 DISEASES OF THE BROXCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DL\PHRAGM infection. It is only when the tuberculous lesion has become sufficiently advanced that a definite opinion can l)e given as to its nature. When this point has been reached an appeal to the roentgenogram is not neces- sary as all the signs and symptoms of the disease are apparent from the clinical side. Another disputed point is the question as to whether it is possible by roentgenography to determine whether a tuberculous lesion is active or inactive. Many roentgenologists claim that such a distinction can be made. Baetjer takes the stand that such a differentiation cannot be made, and in this opinion I concur. The activity or inactivity of a tuberculous lesion is to be determined by symptoms and neither phj^sical signs nor radiography can determine this point. At the present time the use of the X-ray is too recent to determine what its ultimate status will be. It is fair to assume, however, that those who now oppose it will eventually take a more liberal view and, on the other hand, it is equally certain that roentgenologists will have to modifj^ their claims. Already there are signs pointing to the latter view. Xot so long ago tremendous importance was attached to root shadows. Xow we hear less about these "visionary interpretations," as Osier termed them. The elimination of root shadows has been brought about largely by improved technique, chiefly in the substitution of the stereoscopic for the single plate. What is needed beyond everything else to establish the true status of the X-rays in pulmonary disease is the anatomical corroboration of such findings. Anatomical proof was the foundation upon which the art of physical diagnosis was reared. Until this proof is forthcoming it is inevitable that differences of opinion will occur. Such proof can be fur- nished only by combining the observations of the clinician, the radiog- rapher and the pathologist. An investigation of this kind "requires the most patient following up of cases, it ma}'' be over long periods, in the hope that even one single case, which has been carefully and accurately investigated clinically and radiographically, will reveal itself to the pathologist" (Barty King). Although the value of the X-ray in the diagnosis of early tuberculosis still remains to be proved, there can be no question as to its advantages in showing the extent of the lesion and in the detection of encysted empyema or a partial pneumothorax. Minor^ after j^ears of experience, has found the fluoroscope of service for this purpose. By its use the topographical distribution of the lesions can be made out readilj" and in addition collections of pus or other obscure conditions can be detected. This method has the advantage of not requiring special training as does the making of the stereoscopic plates. CHRONIC TUBERCULOSIS IN EARLY LIFE Morbid Anatomy. — It nmst be borne in mind that the clinical forms of human tuberculosis in different ages possess correspondingly different anatomical features, a knowledge of which is necessary for the under- standing of the interpretation of physical signs. In the majority of in- stances, tuberculosis, when it involves the lungs of infants and young children, is bilateral, widespread (either of the miliary or broncho-pneu- monic form), and acute in character (see "Reinfection," p. 306). 1 hiternational Clinics, Twenty-sixth Series, vol. ii, 1916. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 369 In the adult, on the other hand, the disease begins at one or the other apex, follows a fairly definite course in its progress, and is chronic in character, although subject to periods of acute activity. As a rule the clinical manifestations of tuberculosis as they occur in infants and young children differ from the adult type, and this is not altered by the fact that the juvenile type may occur in adults, and vice versa. Symptoms. — The symptomatology of tuberculosis in adults, while subject to many vagaries, is invaluable in making a diagnosis. Indeed in many cases of incipient tuberculosis it is our chief reliance in determin- ing the nature of the trouble. In children, on the other hand, we are deprived of much of the value of symptoms, because of the inability of young children to give a correct description of their trouble; nor, as a rule, can the parents throw much light on the question. One of the most reliable means of detecting early tuberculosis in the adult is the slight rise in temperature which may occur daily or only every few days. In children, however, little reliance can be placed in these slight elevations of temperature, for the reason that growing chil- dren normally have a higher temperature than adults. Landois^ gives as the normal limits 99.5° to 100.1°F. (37.87° to 37.62°C.) in children from five to nine years. The reason for this is, in all probability, a more active metabolism, although other influences of undetermined origin may also, in part, be contributory. Physical Signs. — In taking up the question of physical signs in the chest of infants and young children we have to consider what is probably the most difficult phase in the art of physical diagnosis. And while it is true that the underlying principles which enable us to detect disease in the chest are the same, whether it be adult or child, there are certain differences between the two which must be kept in mind. Generally speaking the man whose training has been confined to the examination of adults alone, or children alone, is likely to draw false conclusions when he invades one or the other field, and much that has been written regard- ing the presence of chronic tuberculous lesions in the lungs of children has been contributed by those whose standards have been obtained by the examination of adults with tuberculosis. It is not altogether easy to fix definitely the age period at which the signs peculiar to children cease. Some have arbitrarily fixed this limit at the age of six years, although from my own experience ten years would be more nearly correct. Probably the most distinctive difference between the adult and the child is that in the latter all of the sounds are exaggerated. Not only is the breathing of the familiar puerile type, but all the vocal sounds are increased, and in addition the percussion note is commonly hyperresonant. As an illustration of how the exaggeration of physiologically normal signs may be misinterpreted in the child it is interesting to note that 79 children, out of 362 studied at the Phipps Institute, who were charted as having abnormal physical signs no less than 67 had impairment and broncho-vesicular breathing at the right apex. It will be recalled that in the adult the right apex normally has a slightly impaired note, pro- longed expiration, and increased fremitus, and that the explanation of this was pointed out by Fetterolf ^ as being due to close proximity of the 1 "Text-book of Human Phvsiologv," 10th ed., p. 391. 2 Arch. Int. Med., Feb., 1909. 370 DISEASES OF THE BROXCHI, LUXGS, PLEURA, AXD DIAPHRAGM trachea to the right upper lobe. The very high proportion of cases in this group, with apparent disease at the right apex, would seem to indi- cate that what was in reaht}' a normal finding was interpreted as being pathological. One's belief in this is strengthened from the result of reports of 111 of these children three or four years after the first observation. Of these 111 cases 17 were noted as having a diseased right apex, and in 2 more both apices were supposed to be affected. At the time they were in- vestigated 17 of the 19 were noted as being in good health, 1 had died of tuberculosis, and 1 still had some cough. By some, the presence of abnormal physical signs at the right apex is believed to be due to enlarge- ment of the tracheo-bronchial lymph nodes. In addition to the exaggeration of the breath sounds already noted the respiratory sounds in children are subject to a number of vagaries, and the younger the child the more difficult is the interpretation of the auscultatory signs. The expired air may, for instance, be directed into the pharyngeal vault or against the roof of the mouth, with the result that a bronchial quality of breathing is heard all over the chest. This can be obviated if the child is old enough to learn how to breathe properly. Then again in young children and infants the lungs at times seem to move inde- pendently ot one another, with the result that loud puerile breathing is heard over one side, while over the opposite side the breath sounds are almost inaudible, and this condition shifts from side to side. This peculiarity is often due to faulty posture. If care is not taken to see that the child sits straight, and that one or the other side is not held tense, not only will there be verj^ faint or nearly absent breath sounds on the cramped side, but in addition the percussion note ma^' be impaired, or indeed absolutely dull. I have often demonstrated this fact to students and shown them how the signs on the two sides can be almost instantly reversed. This fact is worth remembering, as the unwary may make a diagnosis of pneumonia or pleural effusion. Lymph Xodes. — In nearly every article dealing with the diagnosis of tuberculosis in children great stress has been laid on the presence of pal- pably enlarged cervical Ij-mph nodes. Indeed in not a few instances, in which surveys of large groups of children have been made, this apparently has been the only evidence on which the diagnosis was made. The fact has been ignored that the age of childhood is likewise known as the lymphoid age, and that all children, irrespective of their social condition, have lymph nodes which are readily palpable. The enlargement of the lymph nodes is not readily detected until about the second year, but from then on until shortly before or after the age of pubert}' this is the case, although as the child approaches adolescence certain groups, such as the epitrochlear, the axillary, and the inguinal, tend to shrink in size and become less easily detected. The submaxillary node at the angle of the jaw is usually the largest under normal conditions, and is usually the last to shrink to a size that it can no longer be palpated. To confine the examination to one group, such as the cervical, and because the nodes in this situation are palpable, to assume that it is an evidence of tuberculous infection does not seem in any way justifiable, especiallj' so in view of the fact that all the h-mph nodes of the body are hypertrophied according to adult standards. If there exist in the neck a single large node or a tumor mass made up of a number of nodes, which are matted together and adherent to the DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 371 surrounding tissues, the presumption is strong that we have to deal with a tuberculous adenitis, and especially so if there is evidence of softening, or the overlying skin is inflamed. This, however, is true scrofula, and has nothing to do with nodes which vary in size from that of a bean to a split pea, or smaller, which are freely movable, and which manifest neither softening nor inflammation. Ten years ago children who were definitely classed as being tuber- culous are to-day considered as belonging to the so-called pretuhercalous- group. Such children are usually anemic, under-nourished and under- sized ; the lymph nodes are easily palpable and the von Pirquet or Moro skin tests are, as a rule, positive. The type is a famihar one among the children of the poorer classes although by no means limited to them. In the great majority of these children the evidences of ill health dis- appear if the living conditions can be improved and above all if an ade- quate dietary can be obtained. The open air school has demonstrated very clearly how quickly these children react to improved sanitary conditions. TUBERCULOSIS OF THE TRACHEO-BRONCHIAL LYMPH NODES Of recent years much has been written on the subject of enlargement of the mediastinal lymph nodes. As I have already stated a diagnosis of chronic tuberculosis of the lungs in children is now far less common than was formerly the case. At the present time children presenting obscure symptoms which may be tuberculous in origin, are considered by many to be suffering from a localized infection of the tracheo-bronchial lymph nodes. The majority of observers consider that the initial lesion in children is situated in these nodes and that the invasion of the lungs is secondary. Ghon,^ on the other hand, places the initial lesion in the lung. It is his belief that the bronchial lymph nodes are secondarily invaded. Among young children and infants who succumb to tuberculosis, infec- tion of the mediastinal lymph nodes is a common finding. The disease may become so extensive as to cause death without spreading to other structures. More frequently, however, the disease invades the lungs or becomes widely disseminated. If the child survives this initial infec- tion, the process in the majority of instances becomes arrested. In children over three years of age fibrous and calcareous changes very frequently take place. Symptoms. — The symptomatology of this condition is very indefinite. In the majority of cases in which there is reason to believe that the tracheo-bronchial nodes are tuberculous the child is anemic, frail and obviously out of health. Susceptibility to acute colds may in some instances be due to enlargement of these nodes. There may be a brassy cough, some dyspnea and at times thoracic pain, especially in the inter- scapular region. Rupture of an enlarged gland into one of the surrounding structures occasionally occurs. Physical Signs.^ — The physical signs are quite as inconclusive as the symptoms. Enlargement of the veins over the upper part of the chest is cited as one of the evidences of enlarged mediastinal glands. On percussion dulness in the first and second interspaces close to the ster- num and dulness over and to either side of the upper thoracic vertebra ^ "The Primary Lung Focus of Tuberculosis in Children," Trans, bj^ Barty King, 1916. 372 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LLXGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM is ascribed by most authorities as being quite constantly present. The percussion changes are usually more marked on the right side. On auscultation Eustace Smith's sign is occasionally encountered but the frequency of venous hums at the root of the neck in healthy children renders this sign of questionable value. The one sign upon which the most emphasis has been laid is that described by D'Espine.^ This sign consists of a prolongation of the whispered voice over the upper dorsal vertebrae; occasionally it is heard as low as the eighth dorsal vertebra. It is elicited by having the patient whisper ''one, two, three," "three, thirty-three" or repeat the word "tree." The distinctive quality of the sign is the prolongation of the final ''e," for an appreciable time after the voice stops. Some believe D'Espine's sign is pathognomonic of enlarged tracheo-bronchial lymph nodes; others, while attaching great importance to its presence, state that it is heard at times, in the absence of any such enlargement. ^Nlorse^ in a study of 666 children of the wealthy and well-to-do classes was able to elicit the sign in but 40 (6 per cent.). Although not infallible, an X-ray examination is the most certain method of detecting enlargement of this group of lymph nodes. Diagnosis.^ — Occasionally a child is seen in whom the symptoms, the physical signs and the radiograph point almost conclusively to this con- dition. But in most instances neither the symptoms nor the physical signs are distinctive. In deUcate children, and especially in those who give a history of exposure to the disease, an X-ray examination should be made. It is to be borne in mind, however, that any of the acute infec- tions are apt to cause enlargement of the lymph nodes and that this enlargement may persist. It is, therefore, evident that while the X-rays will show enlargement of the hnnph nodes they do not indicate the etiological factor. Although the diagnosis of enlargement of the mediastinal lymph nodes in children is a common one, my own experience, checked up by radiographic examinations, is that the condition is less frequent than most observers claim and that the enlargement, when present, lacks the serious significance many authors attach to it. ACUTE TUBERCULOSIS OF THE LUNGS Galloping Consumption, Phthisis Florida. — In contrast to the chronic type of the disease pulmonary tuberculosis occurs also in an acute form of wliich there are two types, the penumonic and the broncho-pneumonic. In the chronic form of the disease the progress is slow and the duration of the disease usually is measured by years. In the acute types, on the other hand, the invasion is rapid and widespread and may end fatally within a few weeks, particularly when it occurs in children. In adults the course of the disease is more often subacute and may be prolonged for five or six months or even longer. Occasionally what promises in the beginning to be an acute process subsides and undergoes arrest or develops into the chronic ulcerative type of the disease. The BROXCHO-PNEUiioxic Form This is the most frequent and the most characteristic form of tuber- culosis in infants and young children, and is the one which at this age 1 Bull. Acad, de Med., 1907, Iviii, 142-146. 2 Ajti. Jour. Dis. Children, April, 1916. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 373 usually causes death (Holt). Acute tuberculosis is not uncommonly the sequel to an attack of measles or whooping cough. In negroes, acute or subacute pulmonary tuberculosis, particularly of the broncho-pneu- monic type, is relatively common. Among adults of the white races acute broncho-pneumonic phthisis is relatively infrequent. It is most apt to occur in young females or in those with a strong hereditary predisposition. Fig. 26.3. — This specimen obtained from a young colored girl shows the acute broncho- pneumonic type of disease. Lung breaking down rapidly and forming large ragged cavities. Dense infiltration in lower lobe. In cases of chronic ulcerative tuberculosis an acute broncho-pneumonic, process is not infrequently engrafted upon the chronic process as the result of the aspiration of the contents of a cavity or the aspiration of blood following an hemoptysis. Morbid Anatomy. — The commonly accepted teaching has been that in children the primary focus is one of the peribronchial lymph nodes and that infection of the lung is brought about by the rupture of a caseous area into a bronchus near the hilus. Ghon, however, asserts that the reverse is true. He believes, as a result of careful anatomical studies, that the pri- mary focus is in the lung and that the peribronchical nodes are involved 374 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM secondarily. In children both lungs are involved but usually one is much more so than the other. In adults an old quiescent focus or partially healed cavity may sud- denly become active and rapidly invade a portion of or all of one lung. On section the lung is moist and seen to be studded with areas of various sizes which are usually ranged around the bronchi "like clusters of grapes about the stem." The patches may be very small in which case they are gray or semitranslucent, or they may be quite large as the result of the coalescence of several areas. The latter are usually grayish red or yellowish white in color. Fig. 264. — Broncho-pneumonic type of tuberculosis. Rapid breaking down of tissue in right lung. Chronic fibroid condition at left apex which is probable source of infection. The fusion of a number of contiguous patches often gives rise to large caseous foci in which softening takes place very rapidly. In the very acute cases death may ensue before softening and breaking down takes place but in the subacute cases cavity formation is usually the rule. Between the caseous areas the lung tissue may be crepitant or it may be grayish red and infiltrated with a serofibrinous or gelatinous material (gelatinous pneumonia). DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 375 The disease spreads rapidly. The individual foci increase in size and by coalescing with contiguous patches form large caseous areas which show little or no tendency to fibrosis. As a result caseation, softening and the formation of ragged, irregular-shaped cavities are common (Figs. 263 and 264). Symptoms. — The disease may manifest itself abruptly with a chill or a succession of chills. The temperature rises quickly andthe patient has every appearance of being acutely ill. In children the initial stage Fig. 265. — Caseous pneumonia. differs hardly at all from that seen in ordinary broncho-pneumonia. At times the first evidence of trouble is an hemoptysis. More often the onset is more or less insidious. The patient has a slight cough, some elevation of temperature, malaise and pains in the limbs. In addition he has no appetite, feels weak, and has no ambition to go about his daily duties. In a relatively short time the sj^mptoms become well marked. The temperature becomes high and continuous in tj^pe with an occasional intermission or remission (see Figs. 247 and 248), the cheeks have a 376 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM hectic flush and the skin becomes burning hot. Emaciation is usually very marked and within a few weeks the patient may be but a shadow of his former self. Severe toxemia manifests itself by chills and drench- ing sweats. The cough becomes progressively worse and the sputum more and more abundant. The latter is at first mucoid but soon be- comes yellowish or greenish in color and may be streaked with l)lood. Tubercle bacilli are usually abundant. As the disease progresses the pulse becomes more and more rapid and the respiration is also greatly accelerated. Fig. 266. — Caseous pneumonia. Primary focus a cavity at the apex. Physical Signs. — In common with the chronic type the acute form of the disease almost invariably appears first at the apices or if a large por- tion of the lung is invaded the signs are most marked at the summit 'of the lungs. At the beginning rales such as occur in acute bronchitis may be heard over one or both lungs. Sooner or later the evidences of in- filtration become apparent. There is dulness on percussion, increased tactile fremitus and broncho-vesicular breathing. Mixed rales are heard especially the fine crackling variety after coughing. Quite often there DISEASES OF THE LUXGS 377 is also present a pleural friction rub. If the caseous areas break down and empty through a bronchus the usual signs of cavity are present. In children presenting the symptoms of ordinary broncho-pneumonia it is well to remember that a preponderance of the physical signs at the apices or high in the axillee point to a tuberculous origin of the trouble. The Pxeumoxic or Lobar Form Acute pneumonic phthisis is a rare condition. The subacute form, however, is relatively common. The latter may terminate fatally in the course of a few months: the acute symptoms tuslx subside and the lesion remain locahzed; or it may pass into the chronic progressive type. The lobar type of the disease is very rare in children being met with, as a rule, in adults. While it may have its origin in a tuberculous focus outside of the lungs the usual starting point is an old chronic lesion at the apex which suddenly becomes active. Morbid Anatomy. — The lesion may involve a portion of the lobe (Fig. 265j, an entire lobe or even the entire lung. The affected portion may be completely consolidated there being no healthy pulmonary tissue remaining. The weight of the lung is greatly increased. Section through the diseased lung shows large caseous areas which are smooth, dry, air- less and of a yellow, grayish-white or yellowish-white color. The affected portion cuts Kke a piece of cheese. In some instances the cut section is granular and presents a grayish-white mottled appearance due to con- glomerate caseous areas and consolidated hyperemic patches of pul- monary tissue. Just as in the broncho-pneumonic form there is little or no e^^dence of the formation of fibrous tissue. This is especialh' noticeable if a caA'ity forms. Instead of a limiting fibrous membrane, such as is seen in the chronic type of the disease, the wall is composed of ragged, necrotic tissue (Fig. 266). The overlying pleura usually shows inflammatory changes and a fibrinous exudate. The peri-bronchial lymph nodes are swollen and often caseous. Symptoms. — The onset in this type of the disease is nearly always abrupt. Quite often the indi'V'idual is known to have an old localized tuberculous process at one apex but not uncommonly there has been no evidence of ill health and the family history is good. The onset is practically identical with that of lobar pneumonia. The patient, after exposure to cold, is suddenly seized with a chill, and severe pain in the side. The temperature rises rapidly and is continuous in type (see Fig. 249j. There is a suppressed cough, the sputum is blood- tinged or even tj^pically rusty in character and the respiratory rate is quickened. No suspicion is entertained that the condition is other than a lobar pneumonia until the duration of the latter has been exceeded and no crisis occurs. In addition the temperature becomes hectic in type and the sputum mucopurulent. Tubercle bacilli usually can be demon- strated at this time. The patient suffers from chills and sweating and also emaciates rapidly. A fatal issue may occur in four or five weeks or the condition may become subacute and be prolonged for months. If only a limited portion of a lobe is involved the acute symptoms may subside and the lesion becomes arrested or slowly progressive. Physical Signs. — -The physical signs of acute pneumonic phthisis are always found at one or the other apex of the lung; never at the bases. 378 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM They differ in no particular from those occurring in lobar pneumonia, namely, increased tactile fremitus, dulness on percussion, exaggeration of the voice sounds, bronchial breathing and fine crackling rales. Sorne observers point out that the breath sounds in tuberculous pneumonia are more often suppressed and distant than in the croupous variety and that this is of diagnostic significance. Later in the disease there may be evidences of breaking down of the lung at the apex. At first large moist rales are heard; later there may be signs of a cavity. Diagnosis.— There is no doubt that the acute forms of tuberculosis are very frequently mistaken for lobar 'pneumonia. The acute onset, the high continuous fever, pain in the side, and blood-streaked sputum to- gether with physical signs indicating partial or complete consolidation are responsible for this. In many such cases the acute process subsides in a few weeks and the patient apparently recovers ; in others a tubercu- losis is said to have developed after the pneumonia. It is to be remem- bered that tuberculosis very often undergoes an acute exacerbation last- ing for a few weeks and again becomes quiescent. Of 4466 cases seen at the Phipps Institute no less than 17.77 per cent, gave a history of having had an attack of pneumonia. How many of these attacks were in reality an acute exacerbation of the tuberculosis is problematical, but it is fair to assume that a considerable number were of that nature. While it is often impossible during the acute stage to differentiate between lobar pneumonia and pneumonic phthisis the following points are helpful: (1) A history of tuberculosis in the family; (2) a knowledge of the existence of an old tuberculous lesion; (3) a longer duration in the case of pneumonic phthisis; (4) herpes are common in croupous pneu- monia and rare in the tuberculous form ; (5) a leukocytosis is common in lobar pneumonia; and (6) the location of the lesion. Croupous pneu- monia most frequently involves the lower lobes but may occur in the upper lobes. As a rule acute tuberculosis is limited to or most marked in the upper lobes. If, however, there is a lesion already in the upper lobe a rapid invasion of the lower lobe may take place with symptoms and physical signs similar to those of lobar pneumonia. The latter group offer the greatest difficulty and it is, as a rule, not possible to tell which disease is present until several weeks have elapsed. If the symptoms and physical signs persist it can be assumed with certainty that the lesion is tuberculous in nature. When the upper lobes are in- volved, tuberculosis should always be kept in mind, especially if there is a family history of tuberculosis or the patient gives a history of having been in poor health (see also p. 423). FIBROID PHTHISIS In certain instances tuberculosis assumes a very chronic form char- acterized by extensive fibroid changes in the affected lung. The arrest of a tuberculous process is largely due to the formation of fibrous tissue about the lesions and even in those cases in which the disease progresses the rapidity of its advance is determined by the amount of fibrosis which takes place. In the acute types of pulmonary tuberculosis in which the course of the disease is relatively short and the pulmonary lesions wide- spread, there is little or no evidence of fibroid changes. The opposite extreme is encountered in the type of the disease under discussion. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 379 Here the formation of fibroid tissue far exceeds what is needed, thus giving rise to puhnonary fibrosis with its results. Clarke, Hadley and Chaplin in their authoritative monograph on .the subject of Fibroid Phthisis distinguished three forms: (1) Tuberculo- fibroid disease, a condition which is primarily tuberculous but in which there is an overgrowth of fibrous tissue; (2) fibro-tuberculous disease, a condition which is primarih" a pure fibrosis but later becomes tuberculous; and (3) pure fibroid disease of the lung. The first type may from the beginning be characterized by an exces- sive amount of fibrous tissue or the chronic ulcerative type of tuberculosis may change into the fibroid type. In the latter instance a single iso- lated cavity at the apex may be surrounded by a thick, dense wall of fibroid tissue involving both the surrounding pulmonary tissue and the pleura. In a case seen at the Phipps Institute a large apical cavity was surrounded bj^ dense cartilaginous material which in places was over an inch in thickness. The fibrous process may be limited to the apex or graduall}^ involve the entire lung. In regard to the fibro-tuberculous and pure fibroid types it has been objected that they are only examples of ''phthisis of which the history has been forgotten." Pure fibrosis of the lung, although rare, does, however, exist. Two excellent examples of the disease have been seen at the Phipps Institute. The symptoms and physical signs of fibroid phthisis differ in no particular from those encountered in pulmonary fibrosis or cirrhosis of the lung. The sections on Bronchiectasis and Pulmonary Fibrosis should be consulted in connection with this subject. ACUTE MILIARY TUBERCULOSIS This form of tuberculosis requires special consideration because of its anatomical relations and clinical manifestations. "The term 'miliary tuberculosis' is applied to the appearance of numerous small, gray or grayish-red tuberculous nodules about the size of a millet-seed and approximately at the same degree of development in an organ, especially the lung, or in only a certain portion of the lung. By general miliary tuberculosis we designate the fairly regular distribution of such nodules in all or several of the organs of the body, particularly the lung, liver, spleen, kidney, brain, bone-marrow, etc. As a rule, the disease is acute and characterized by a tumultuous course, terminating in death usually in a few weeks" (Cornet). Etiology. — The modern conception of miliary tuberculosis dates from the statement made by Buhl (1856), that miliary tuberculosis is a specific infectious disease, the miliary nodule bearing the same relation to a caseous focus as the metastatic abscesses in pyemia have to the primary focus of suppuration. Some years later Weigert furnished the proof as to the manner in which the tubercle bacilh are disseminated. This may be brought about by direct invasion of the walls of blood-vessels or the thoracic duct or by the rupture into one of these vessels of an adjacent tuberculous focus. ^Miliary tuberculosis occurring under natural con- ditions is analogous to experimental tuberculosis in which an enormous number of tubercle bacilli are injected directly into the vein of an animal. In both instances the body is suddenly overwhelmed. When the lungs are speciallj^ affected it is generally the result of a pulmonary lesion or a caseous tracheal or bronchial lymph node, which has broken 380 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LINGS, PLEURA, AND DL\PHRAGM down and discharged its contents into a branch of the puhnonary vein. In the more widely disseminated form of the disease the most frequent source of the infection is the thoracic duct. Longcope^ in a study of 19 typical cases of generahzed acute mihary tuberculosis found in 14 more or less extensive tuberculosis in the thoracic duct, usually with caseous nodules. Ullom^ examined the thoracic duct in 17 cases of chronic pulmonary tuberculosis but found neither tubercles in the structure nor tubercle bacilli in the contents of the ducts. Both the site of the initial lesion and the localization of the miliary nodules vary greatly in different cases, as can be seen from the following examples which have come to my notice. In one instance a widespread dissemination followed the rupture of a caseous lymph node into the thoracic duct in a case with old hip-joint disease; in another the miliary nodules were confined entirely to the abdominal organs, the primary source being a single tuberculous ulcer in the ileum ; in another the nodules were hmited to one lung the source of the infection being an old cavity surrounded by a den.se cicatricial wall; in three instances tuberculosis of the testicles was followed by miliary tuberculosis, the dominant feature being localization in the meninges. The relation which pulmonary tuberculosis bears to the acute miliary form of the disease is an interesting one. At first sight it would seem reasonable to beUeve that this would be the most frequent predisposing factor. As a matter of fact widespread dissemination is unusual and while miliary tubercles in parts of the lung previously free from disease are frequently found at autopsy their presence is often overlooked during life. It is of course recognized that in all cases of chronic pulmonary tuberculosis most of the organs of the body will show, either macroscopic- ally or microscopically, small nodules, but which, in the strict sense of the term, are not mihary tubercles. They point to a hematogenous dissemination shortly before death. These nodules are possibly due in part to dead tubercle bacilli which are known to produce such changes. Histologicalh' these nodules are evidently of recent formation. In a study of 37 livers from phthisical subjects Ullom^ found small tuberculous foci present in 30 or 81 per cent. tValsh* obtained similar results in a study of the kidneys. Although generalized miliary tuberculosis is comparatively infrequent as a terminal manifestation of pulmonary tuberculosis, miliary tuber- culosis limited to the lungs or the meningeal type of the disease are not uncommon. ^^liliary tuberculosis of the lungs alone is most apt to develop in cases with an obsolete quiescent lesion, especially if this lesion is caseous. The danger is far less if the lesion has become encapsulated with fibrous tissue. The meningeal type of miliary tuberculosis is occa- sionally the terminal manifestation of phthisis. Brown^ states that tuberculous meningitis was the ultimate cause of death in 8 of 352 males (2.27 per cent.) and in 3 of 322 females (0.93 per cent.) discharged from the Adirondack Cottage Sanatorium. ^Miliary tuberculosis may occur at any age period but is far more common in early life than later. Of the exciting causes the acute in- 1 Bulletin Ayer Clinical Laboratory. Pa. Hospital, Xo. 3, 1906. 2 oth Annual Report, Phipps Institute, 1908. 3 2d Annual Report, Phipps Institution. 1905. * 3d Annual Report, Phipps Institute, 1906. ' Osler's "Modern Medicine," vol. iii, 1st ed., p. 302. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 381 fectious diseases are the most important, especially measles and whooping cough. Typhoid fever is often cited as a predisposing cause but in the vast majority of such cases there has been an error in diagnosis. As will be shown later, enteric fever and the typhoid form of miliary tuberculosis are differentiated only with the greatest difficulty. Acute dissemination is not infrequent following an operation on a tuberculous bone or joint. Operations on individuals with frank pulmonary tuberculosis are rarely followed by miliary tuberculosis. There may be, however, an exacerba- tion of the disease. In such cases the dissemination in the lungs is peri- bronchial in character and is due to the insufflation of tuberculous material. If this occurs it is practically always due to ether; other forms of anesthesia are well borne by phthisical subjects. Among other pre- disposing causes may be mentioned traumatic injuries, pregnancy, chronic debilitating affections, or any factor which tends to reduce the vitality, such as grief or worry. Occasionally miliary tuberculosis follows the rapid absorption of a pleural exudate. It is difficult to estimate the frequency of this type of tuberculosis. It is encountered far more often in general hospitals than in institutions which care exclusively for tuberculous patients. Morbid Anatomy. — Every case of miliary tuberculosis, whether widely disseminated or limited to a single organ, has its origin in an old caseous focus. At autopsy this may be easily demonstrated or it may be so small or so situated in some portion of the body not routinely examined, as to escape detection. Anatomically the disease is character- ized by the presence of countless miliary nodules varying in size from that of a pinhead to a millet-seed (Fig. 267). The tubercles may be confined or at least most marked, in a single organ or they may invade nearly every portion of the body. The organs which are especially vulnerable are the lungs, liver, spleen, and kidneys, the serous membranes and often the choroid. For some reason the pancreas, the skeletal muscles and the lymph nodes are very resistant and rarely show the presence of tubercles. The predominance of tubercles in certain organs will often give the clue as to the site of the original focus. Thus if the liver is most involved the primary lesion is in the area drained by the portal vein ; if the tubercles are most numerous in the spleen, liver and kidney the infection has probably been carried by the pulmonary veins; uniform distribution throughout both lungs points to the thoracic duct or one of the systemic veins. In the pulmonary type the demonstration of an old lesion in the lungs is usually an easy matter. The most recent nodules consist of minute grayish, semitransparent points. If several eruptions have taken place, the tubercles will show variations in size and color. The older nodules are larger with greyish- yellow, yellowish-white centers. Microscopically many minute tubercles may be demonstrated which cannot be recognized by the naked eye. The affected organs are usually increased in size. The lungs are larger than normal and intensely hyperemic. On sec- tion the cut surface appears dark red and granular and the nodules feel hard. When the condition is secondary to chronic pulmonary tubercu- losis of the lungs in adults the nodules are less sharply defined and tend to coMfesce. The nodules are always most numerous in the immediate neighborhood of the original focus and tend to diminish in number as 382 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM the base of the lung is reached. In children, on the other hand, the pul- monary nodules are discrete and thickh' and uniformly distributed throughout the lungs. The bronchi are inflamed and in children especially the bronchial lymph nodes are enlarged and usually caseous. The pleura may be extensively infiltrated with discrete miliary granulations. If the disease is widespread the peritoneum and meninges are also studded with tubercles. The presence of choroidal tubercles is of some, clinical interest. Fig. 267. — Miliary tuberculosis. Symptoms. — The clinical manifestations of miliary tuberculosis are extremely varied (Figs. 268 and 269). In some instances the picture is that of an acute general infection without localizing symptoms; in others there are marked local symptoms, as for instance, when the meninges are involved. The symptoms depend on two factors: (1) a toxemia due to the absorption of tubercle proteins; and (2) to the presence of the tubercles in the various organs. In the vast majority of cases the disease is acute and a fatal termination is to be expected in from ten days to four weeks. Occasionally a somewhat prolonged and intermitting type of the disease occurs in which the symptoms are indefinite and extend over a period of from eight to ten weeks. In 8 DISEASES OF THE LUXGS 383 of 19 cases studied by Longcope^ the process was subacute or chronic. Large tubercles or caseous nodules, were scattered in small numbers through the various organs and during life the course of the disease was protracted; lasting from three to nine months. i Vi-u^j-* ^ III i 1 1 1 ; ■'i m > >7 W-- »e rZ/Kn ' — :^ hf. ter^r , u/rf--' WV_r t=c: -*^ — " . :^" Li/Jt. •»= -^S . , -^ ;^. Uj,n- — ' -«: — - ----^^*' '^ u/V.-- • U/l'.- -^ ^ Ik, 7 *<, Uuj/t- '»-=: ^ kJJ- — w-^ ' 1 IT' "— — ^ __au , i — — H'- K ' £ i. w/- ^/■.' s '- kJ,l-- 1 lufy ^ A f/ 'f •^A L ^ — ^\- A £ Wj*.' "- Kit',.- - '^JP f /f IM-^ ^ — ^' jr" - kjt^ ^ uu> '-T m- \ -- - .__ — — -;- m ■y '' *" 1 ^ ' 1 Mo' .«c 1 '^' ~~p I- s «■ 1 ^M4-S- IcJ.-/.-- < k.i/,? -(.-' iv^ ' ^H~ u^; ^_ — kMC ^ - "V-" ^ kJ,l-' -- " ' w ^ _ — — - - .^^ — -- W.F ! . . -<- v.V>- -- b^ V ' MJ-f ^ «c- M^f l^ utjy ^^ 1 «c^ 1 ^ I •.<^y ^ ^-^ u/^y \ ' T^y .-H' Mz'p ' •■ 1 V" - i^f- ' iujc __ :^ -1 — — V ^ 1 '-'^' ' ^ T - Lj,iy ^j~- '^;r' iu-i,_.- > J It ' ^W:' ^J-^'y ™ — ■ 1/ ir / u^yy , jiV ■ " '■J^/y 1 «i ii ' — - ^ - li/Jy JhQi — ^I ■^_, ■^ Jl K.I ^, ™, „. .., =»■ ,0, OO, 6, t. « =. ^ ■Z uJllTaSiHZI a I = Clinically the cases are usually grouped as follows: (1) the typhoid form in which the picture is that of an acute general infection; (2) the pulmonary form; and (3) the meningeal form. It is to be understood ^Loc. cit. 38-4 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LL'NGS. PLEURA, AN'D DIAPHRAGM that this classification is somewhat arbitrary and that in some instances the typhoid form will show in the terminal stage evidences of localization in the lungs or the meninges or both. The Typhoid Form The onset is usually insidious and the history is often almost identical with that obtained in cases of typhoid fever. There is an initial period DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 385 in which the patient complains of malaise, headache, and anorexia. Digestive disturbances are often present and there may be some cough. The temperature is elevated and for some days may closely resemble the type of fever seen in typhoid cases. In the great majority of cases, how- ever, the temperature is characterized by its irregularity. The remissions are much more marked than in typhoid fever usually amounting to two or three degrees. In some instances the temperature is remittent and occasionally there is little or no fever. If the temperature chart is care- fully examined it will often be found that the temperature is inverted from time to time, that is the daily rise in the fever occurs in the morning and the drop in the evening. The pulse is rapid and weak but seldom dicrotic. An increase in the respiratory rate is usually present. As the disease progresses the tongue becomes dry and the lips and teeth are covered with sordes. Emaciation is usually marked. Nervous symp- toms are often prominent and consist of restlessness, delirium, subsultus, hyperasthesia and a tendency to mental torpor and coma. Meteorism is frequently present and there may be diarrhea. Occasionally blood is present in the stools. The general appearance of the patient and the symptoms are essentially the same as those occurring in cases of toxemia from any cause. The physical examination may furnish but little information in the beginning or indeed throughout the course of the disease. The heart sounds are rapid and weak and the first sound may closely resemble the second. The lungs may show no abnormality or the presence of a more or less diffuse bronchitis. A marked increase in the respiratory rate should arouse one's suspicions as to the presence of pulmonary mischief. Cheyne-Stokes breathing is occasionally present in the late stages of the disease. Slight enlargement of the spleen can often be made out. The presence of choroidal tubercles is often cited as an important diag- nostic sign. They should always be looked for in suspected cases of miliary tuberculosis but it is only rarely that their detection confirms the diagnosis. Very often in miliary tuberculosis small reddish and slightly elevated spots appear on the skin. Although they have a super- ficial resemblance to the rose spots seen in typhoid fever they do not come out in successive crops and in addition, they lack the other characteristics of the true typhoid eruption. A petechial eruption, appearing especially about the wrists often occurs in the late stages. Rarely jaundice occurs if there is extensive involvement of the liver. I have seen one such case. The urine may show traces of albumen. Ehrlich's diazo-reaction is of little value as it occurs both in typhoid fever and tuberculosis. The leukocyte count is normal or slightly increased. Toward the end pul- monary or meningeal signs and symptoms or both may be marked. In the majority of cases, however, localizing signs are absent and the patient finally dies with all the evidences of a general toxemia. Diagnosis. — Considering the widespread distributions of the disease and the pronounced character of the symptoms it is remarkable how fre- quently the condition is mistaken for typhoid fever or malignant endo- carditis. It is notorious that miliary tuberculosis is far more often mis- taken for typhoid fever than the reverse. The confusion is greatest in cases in which there is no obvious tuberculous focus. Symptoms of ty- phoid fever developing in an individual with old hip-joint disease or other chromic tuberculous lesion, should always suggest miliary tuberculosis. 386 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM In typhoid fever the temperature curve is characterized by a steady ascent followed by a period of slight remissions and later by intermissions. In both miliary tuberculosis and malignant, endocardilis the temperature is very irregular and does not conform to any definite type. Eruptions occur in all three conditions. That of typhoid fever consists of the so-called "rose spots" which most often appear over the abdomen and lower chest. A petechial eruption may be present in both miliary tuberculosis and malignant endocarditis. This eruption may appear on Siny portion of the body but in miliary tuberculosis it shows a prefer- ence for the wrists. The presence of a cardiac murmur associated with symptoms of a general toxemia should always suggest malignant endo- carditis ; unfortunately in not a few of these cases examination of the heart gives no clue as to the true nature of the trouble. Modern laboratory methods offer the most certain means of differenti- ating these conditions. Blood cultures will show the presence, usually of a streptococcus, in cases of malignant endocarditis. In typhoid fever Eberth's bacillus can often be demonstrated during the early days of the disease. The Widal reaction is looked upon as strong evidence in favor of typhoid fever but in several instances which have come to my notice a positive Widal was obtained in cases which at autopsy proved to be general miliary tuberculosis. Pulmonary Form In this form the brunt of the infection is borne by the lungs and the symptoms and physical signs are more or less distinctly pulmonary in character. The onset may be gradual or sudden, usually the former. In the majority of instances when the disease occurs in adults the patient is known to have a chronic pulmonary lesion or to have been subject to a chronic cough. In children it is most apt to succeed one of the acute infections, particularly measles, or whooping cough. The patient complains of malaise, headache and anorexia. Cough and expectoration are alwaj's present. The cough may, for a time, be hacking in character and unproductive but in most cases it is accompanied by mucopurulent expectoration. The sputum is often blood-streaked and occasionally the presence of an old cavity or more or less dense infiltration. The signs of the old lesion may consist of nothing more than slight retraction and diminution of expansion and suppression of the respiratory sounds. Over the remainder of the lung the percussion note may be resonant or even hyperresonant owing to the small size of the miliarj'" tubercles, the fact that they are scattered and also because there are often varying degrees of emphysema. In some instances patches of dulness may be elicited over areas in which the tubercles have coalesced in somewhat the same manner as occurs in tuberculous broncho-pneumonia. In children a broncho-pneumonic type of the disease is not unusual. On auscultation the breath sounds may be harsh but more often they are obscured by rales. These are numerous and in the beginning are intense and crackling in character. As the disease progresses large mucous and sibilant rales are also heard. Over the patches of consolidation the breathing is bronchial or broncho- vesicular in character. The heart sounds may be clear but often they are obscured by rales. The spleen is usually enlarged. If an old pulmonary lesion is present tubercle bacilli can usually be DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 387 demonstrated in the sputum. In the absence of such a lesion tubercle bacilli are absent as death usually takes place before the miliary tubercles break down. The urine may show traces of albumen. The leukocyte count may be normal or slightly increased. Diagnosis.^ — As has been previously pointed out miliary tuberculosis affecting a portion of the lung previously free from disease is not infre- quent as a terminal event in the chronic pulmonary type of tuberculosis. As a rule its presence is unrecognized during life. When, however, it arises secondarily to a limited apical lesion or follows an attack of measles or whooping cough in children the diagnosis is relatively easy. The dyspnea, cyanosis, cough, and evidences of a severe infection should always arouse suspicion. This becomes still stronger with the finding of evidences of pulmonary damage at one of the apices. The presence of tubercle bacilli in the sputum furnishes the positive proof. Meningeal Form (Tuberculous or basilar meningitis, acute hydrocephalus, ''water on the brain.") Etiology.^ — Miliary tuberculosis characterized by meningeal symptoms is by far the commonest form of the disease. It occurs more often in children than adults. Of 8877 deaths from tuberculosis of all kinds in children, under 5 years, 3347 were due to meningitis (Cobbett). Tu- berculous meningitis is occasionally the terminal event in cases of chronic pulmonary tuberculosis. The condition is practically always secondary to a tuberculous lesion elsewhere in the body. In the few instances in which it is apparently primary it is probable that the search for the initial lesion has not been sufficiently thorough. The primary lesion may be located in portions of the body which are omitted in a routine autopsy, as for instance, the middle ear or the bones. Morbid Anatomy. — Invasion of the meninges is practically always through the circulation being secondary therefore to a lesion elsewhere in the body. The most common primary foci are to be found in the lungs or lymph nodes. Rarely the meninges are invaded by extension from adjacent structures. The tubercle bacilli being deposited in the meninges produce small tubercles. These may be few in number and limited to the base of the brain or they may be quite widely scattered. Often they are found along the Sylvian fissure. The condition is usually bilateral but one side may be more extensively involved than the other. The tubercles consist of small whitish or grayish-white nodules the size of a pinhead or smaller, distributed along the course of the blood-vessels. In most cases the tubercles are associated with a turbid, seropurulent exudate which is most marked at the base of the brain. It may extend, however, up over the lateral hemisphere of the brain especially along the Sylvian fissure. As a result the basal convolutions may be flattened and the cortex swollen and edematous. The pia-arachnoid is usually con- gested and edematous. The lateral ventricles are dilated and contain a turbid fluid similar to the exudation elsewhere. Occasionally the process extends downward involving the upper part of the spinal cord. A chronic form is not uncommon in which a single tuberculous nodule is formed as the result of the coalescence of a small cluster of tubercles. This type may be more or less latent or give rise to symptoms similar to those encountered in cases of brain tumor. 388 DISEASES OF THE BROXCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM Symptoms. — As the symptoms are dependent on irritation of the nerves they will ysLi-y considerably in different cases according to the portion of the central nervous system most involved. The onset is rarely sudden. In children there is apt to be a history of failing health for a few weeks or the child has but recently recovered from an attack of measles or whooping cough. In adults all the cases of tuberculous meningitis which I have seen have been associated with an obvious primary lesion, usually in the lungs; in three instances there was a tuber- culous testicle also. The disease may be ushered in suddenly with a convulsion but headache is usually the first symptom which attracts at- tention. The headache may be the only symptom for weeks and in several cases which I have seen an almost constant headache preceded the meningitis for over two months. Associated with this symptom, in the majority^ of cases, are retraction of the neck, vomiting, constipa- tion and fever. In children the headache may manifest itself by the child putting its hand to its head and if the pain is severe the child maj' at the same time cry or scream. The vomiting is often explosive in character, occurs without apparent cause and is independent of the taking of food. The fever is not marked in the beginning but gradually becomes higher. The pulse at first rapid may become slow: when present bradycardia is of great diagnostic importance, but this symptom is more often absent than present. In the last ten cases I have seen in adults slowing of the pulse rate occurred in but two. Later the abdomen becomes retracted and symptoms indicative of irritation of the nerve centers appear. Eye symptoms are common. These may be photophobia, irregularity of the pupils and paresis or paralysis of the ocular muscles. Facial paraly- ses are also seen at times and Kernig's sign can usually be elicited. In the final stage there is unconsciousness and convulsions may occur. The pulse again becomes rapid and the temperature falls to normal or subnormal. In an individual who is known to be tuberculous and in whom there develops severe headache, vomiting, fever, bradycardia and signs of irritation of the nerve centers, a diagnosis of tuberculous meningitis can be made with reasonable certainty. In children in whom it may be difficult to establish the presence of a primary focus, spinal puncture should always be resorted to. The fluid withdrawn is usually clear but may be slightly turbid and under high pressure. The cellular elements are" moderately increased. In the very early stages polynuclear cells may predominate but later there is usually a marked lymphocytosis. In the majority of cases tubercle bacilli can be demonstrated in the fluid although in some cases prolonged and patient search is required. The duration of the disease is, as a rule, from two to four weeks. Occasionally fulminating cases are seen in which death takes place in a few days; in other instances the disease is quite prolonged and chronic. The accepted opinion is that tuberculous meningitis is always fatal and although several cases of recovery have been reported manj^ question the reliability of the observations. Mycotic Infections of the Lungs The pulmonary symptoms produced by mycotic infections of the lungs are, in many instances, not to be distinguished from those occurring in tuberculosis. Furthermore, the physical signs are apt to be identical DISEASES OF THB*ttiGS9l^ ^*'^^ ' 389 and indicate a localized process at the apeXj^-srwiaespread miliary process, or a chronic type of disease with consolidation or cavity formation. In view of their great similarity to tuberculosis in both symptoms and physical signs, it is impossible to tell how frequent these infections really are, as those actually recorded in the literature are comparatively few in number. It is a reasonable assumption, however, that many errors of diagnosis do occur. It is quite likely also that there are not a few instances in which the true nature of the trouble has escaped notice even in the autopsy room, inasmuch as the small nodules could readily be taken for miliary tubercles. This error could very easily be made in specimens of blastomycosis of the lungs that I have seen. In cases of coccidioidal granuloma the resemblance is even more pronounced. There are two very common errors made in determining the character of pulmonary infections. The first is the readiness with which many practitioners accept a single negative sputum examination as evidence that tuberculosis can be ruled out. It must be borne in mind that one or even a number of negative examinations are of no value in excluding early tuberculosis, as the great majority of cases of true incipient tuber- culosis do not show tubercle bacilli in the sputum. The second error is in assuming that because the patient presents every evidence of widespread pulmonary disease and his symptoms are indicative of that condition that there can be no doubt of the diagnosis. It is in cases of this class that some of the unusual types of pulmonary infection escape recognition. Either a sputum examination is not considered worth while, or the occurrence of a number of negative ex- aminations does not arouse the suspicion that some organism other than the tubercle bacillus, may be the true cause of the trouble. It cannot be emphasized too strongly that in every case in which the symptoms and physical signs point to tuberculosis, and yet repeated examinations of the sputum fail to reveal tubercle bacilli, some other infecting agent should be thought of. PULMONARY STREPTOTHRICOSIS There is an extensive literature on streptothricosis which is more or less confusing to the student by reason of the fact that the disease has been described under such a variety of names. The following terms have been employed to designate this group of organisms: Actinomyces, cladothrix, nocardia, oospora, discomyces, pseudo-tubercle bacillus, etc. Since the appearance of the papers by Musgrave, Clegg, and Polk^ and Foulerton,^ the term streptothrix adopted by these authorities, has come into general use. It is to be understood that the term is not ap- plied to a single organism but to a group consisting of a number of dis- tinct species. While many writers describe the actinomyces as one of the species of the streptothrix group, it seems preferable to give it a separate place. This is justified not only because of certain distinct cultural differences but also because of its pathological and clinical manifestations. Clinically, the streptothrix group is the most important of the mycotic organisms. Not only is it by far the most common of these infections but in addition it is readily confused with tuberculosis. There ' Philippine Jour. Sc, 1908, vol. iii, 447. ^Lancet, Feb. 26; March 5 and 19, 1910. 390 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM is good reason to believe that streptothricosis is much more prevalent than the reported cases indicate. This group of organisms is in need of more extended study, especially with a view of determining their pathogenicity. Their presence in the sputum does not mean necessarily, that they are responsible for the symptoms presented by the patient. Up to date some thirty cases have been reported in which a streptothrix organism had produced definite pulmonary lesions and there can be no doubt but that certain members of the group possess definite pathogenic properties. On the other hand it is to be borne in mind that streptothrix organisms very frequently are found in the sputum either alone or in association with the tubercle bacillus or other organisms without its being apparent that they have any significance. During the past winter, at the White Haven Sana- torium, I had the sputum of a number of patients examined with the view of determining whether those free from tubercle bacilli might not be suffering from some other infection. Of 24 cases presenting the symptoms and physical signs of an early tuberculosis but without tubercle bacilli in the sputum 18 or 75 per cent, showed streptothrix organisms. The frequency with which the streptothrix was found seemed to be against its being the etiological factor. A second group comprising 36 cases, in which tubercle bacilH were found, also showed the presence of a streptothrix in 10 or 27.7 per cent. Every effort was made to eliminate contamination from the mouth, the teeth being cleaned and the mouth washed with a mild antiseptic in each instance. The streptothrix was found in each instance in small yellowish granules but never in pure culture, streptococci being present in addition. In none of the cases studied by us was the streptothrix in the least acid fast. It is well known that the members of this group vary greatly in their ability to withstand acid; some are readily decolorized by the weakest acid solutions; others are resistant to everything except 30 per cent, nitric acid. It is quite possible that the degree to wliich they are acid fast may have some bearing on their capacity for mischief and that the more resistant they are to acid the more nearly they approach the tubercle bacillus. My own experience has led me to the belief that non-acid fast streptothrix organisms are relatively common and that they are to be looked upon in the majority of instances, as having httle pathological significance. Etiology. — -It is not known how the infection is acquired. Certain species of the group have a wide distribution in nature and have been found in the air, water, soil and on food stuffs. It may be assumed that these organisms gain entrance into the body in much the same way as the tubercle bacillus and that pulmonary infection takes place, for the most part, by inhalation and, to a lesser extent, by ingestion. It is well known that streptothrix organisms can be found in the mouth, nasopharynx, crypts of the tonsils and in the material from dental caries. Lord^ has expressed the belief that the tonsils and carious teeth are often harbingers for these fungi and that they may start up active disease elsewhere. Nearly one-half of the recorded cases involve the head and neck regions (Claypole). Clinically this is important as there is nothing characteristic in the appearance of the abscesses or enlarged 1 Jour. Am. Med. Assoc, 1910, Ix, p. 1261. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 391 lymph nodes to differentiate the condition from tuberculosis. From the cases so far recorded it is estimated that chest infections constitute about 18 per cent, of all cases of streptothricosis. Morbid Anatomy.- — ^The distribution of the lesions in the lungs is very similar to that seen in tuberculosis. The infection may be limited to the upper lobe or by the time the patient comes under observation one lung and the apex of the opposite lung may be involved. As a rule, the disease is slow and progressive and tends to remain localized but it may become acute and assume a pneumonic course. In the final stage the infected area is markedly granulomatous, this tissue replacing all the air cells and bronchioles. The nodules show little tendency to caseate and break down and cavity formation is unusual. In some instances, such as the case described by Flexner,^ small nodules resembling miliary tubercles are scattered through the lung. A marked feature of most cases is the formation of fibroid tissue in the lung. This doubtless is largely responsible for the marked dyspnea which is characteristic of the trouble in many cases. Among other pulmonary lesions which have been ascribed to these organisms may be mentioned broncho-pneumonia, bronchiectasis, abscess and gangrene. The two latter conditions may be the sequels to a tonsil- ectomy, the organism being squeezed out of the crypts and insufflated into the air passages. In one case seen at the Phipps Institute the only explanation of an extensive unilateral pulmonary fibrosis seemed to be a streptothrix organism. In several other instances in which the fibrosis was associated with bronchiectasis, streptothrix organisms were found among an extensive bacterial flora; but in these cases it was not possible to determine whether the streptothrix organism was a primary or a secondary invader. Fibrinous pleurisy and empyema occasionally occur. Perforation of the chest wall is rare in marked contrast to the frequency with which this accident occurs in cases of infection with the actinomyces. Metastatic lesions are not uncommon, especially in the brain. Symptoms.- — The extraordinary fidelity with which infection with this group of organisms may ape pulmonary tuberculosis is gradually becom- ing more and more apparent. Bridge^ has reported 17 cases, in 12 of which the persistent absence of tubercle bacilli was the only evidence against the diagnosis of tuberculosis. The symptoms and physical signs were identical with those encountered in the latter disease. In 5 cases both streptothrix organisms and tubercle bacilli were found. In common with tuberculosis cough, mucopurulent sputum, fever and some acceleration of the pulse rate are present in all cases. Loss of weight occurs in most cases and may, in some instances, be marked. Dyspnea may be the one symptom for which the patient seeks relief. In some instances the sputum is foul-smelling as the result of an asso- ciated bronchiectasis. A frank hemoptysis or the more or less constant presence of blood-streaked sputum is a common symptom. Chest pain or the occurrence of a definite pleurisy is also encountered in a large proportion of the cases. Physical Signs. — ^There is nothing characteristic about the physical signs. As a rule, the disease is found in one of the upper lobes or when the ^ Trans. Assoc. Am. Phys., 1898, p. 31. ^ Jour. Am. Med. Assoc, 1911, vol. ii, p. 1501. 392 DISEASES OF THE BROXCHI, LINGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM patient is first seen all of one lung and the upper lobe on the opposite side may be diseased. The signs are those obtained in any infiltrating process, namely, restriction of motion, impairment of the percussion note, broncho- vesicular breathing, which is often more or less suppressed, and exaggerated voice sounds and rales. Less commonly there may be cavity signs. Occasionally one or both bases of the lungs are diseased while the upper lobes are healthy; these should not be confused with tuberculosis. It can readily be seen that so far as the symptoms and physical signs are concerned a correct diagnosis is not possible without a sputum ex- amination. If tubercle bacilli are persistently absent from the sputum of patients who present every other evidence of tuberculosis, a diagnosis of the latter condition is not tenable. Under these circumstances the sputum should be examined for the presence of one of the mycotic organisms. Sputum Examination. — A 24-hour specimen should be searched for small yellowish granules about the size of a pinhead. These will be found in the purulent and not the watery portion of the sputum. These small granules should be stained with carbol-fuchsin and Gram stains. The stained specimen shows the organism as isolated, slender filaments or a loose network of filaments which may be stained uniformly or present a beaded appearance. The staining properties of this group vary considerably especially with reference to acid fastness; some are readily decolorized; others are moderately acid-fast; and still others are almost as resistant to acid as the tubercle bacillus. This is important to bear in mind as one who is possessed of but a superficial knowledge of bacteriology may readily mistake some of the short fragments for tubercle bacilli. This mistake may occur if Gabbet's stain is employed as the decolorizing agent. An instance of this has come to my notice and in one of Bridge's^ cases a similar mistake apparently occurred. Strepto- thrix organisms are readily decolorized with 30 per cent, nitric acid. If the tonsils contain cheesy crypts, or dental caries is present, these sources of contamination should be eliminated. Cutaneous Test. — ^Claypole- has differentiated a number of species and from gh'cerinated bouillon cultures prepared ^//'ep/o^/'ic/H'/i-s. She found that skin tests made in the same manner in which tuberculin is em- ployed gave definite reactions in people with frank streptothrix infec- tions. Both tuberculosis and streptothricosis may occur in the same individual. Diagnosis. — This rests on excluding everj' other source of the trouble. At present it is doubtful if any but the acid fast streptothrix organisms can be considered as pathogenic. PULMONARY ACTINOMYCOSIS Etiology. — In certain parts of the world infection with the actinomyces is fairly frequent, namely, Germany, Russia and Austria. In the London hospitals^ no less than 135 instances of the disease were en- countered in the decade of 1902 to 1912. In this country, although isolated case reports appear from time to time, the disease may be said to be comparatively rare in man. ^ Loc. cit. - Trans. Xat. Assoc, for the Study and Prevention of Tuberculosis. 1914 3 Proc. Roxjal Soc. Med., 1912-1913. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 393 The disease is widespread among cattle, and is often referred to as "big-jaw." It is occasionally met with in other domestic animals. There is no evidence, however, that infection in man is acquired either from the milk or meat of diseased cattle, and it is exceptional that infec- tion occurs in man from direct contact with a diseased animal. The infection is believed to be acquired in the majority of instances by those engaged in the handling of straw and grain, and by those in close contact with vegetable products. Infection apparently is through the alimentary or respiratory tracts, as it is in direct connection with these that the disease is usually encountered. Statistical studies which have been made indicate that the infection is primarily a pulmonary one in from 15 to 18 per cent, of the reported cases. Morbid Anatomy .^ — Actinomycosis may manifest itself as a diffuse bronchitis; a widespread miliary process, or as a result of coalescence of the actinomycotic nodules, necrosis and cavity formation may occur. The disease may involve either one or both lungs. The initial infec- tion is believed bj^ some to occur more frequenth^ in one of the lower lobes, although in most instances the disease has become so widespread by the time it is recognized that the primary focus cannot be determined. The changes produced in the lungs consist of the formation of small nodules not unlike tubercles. These nodules may coalesce forming masses of considerable size and resembling sarcoma. As the disease progresses, an area of necrosed cells appear about the nodules and about this area a round-celled proliferation occurs. Connective-tissue pro- liferation is usually marked about the nodules. The tendency of the disease seems to be to spread by direct continuitj^ of tissue and, unlike tuberculosis, to ignore anatomical boundaries, and cause adhesions by involving all and every structure with which it comes into contact; in this respect it resembles malignant disease. When the lung is the seat of the primary infection the pulmonary focus will spread by continuity of tissue until it has reached the pleural surface. The two surfaces of the pleural sac then become adherent, the disease spreading across the adherent surfaces and finally rupturing through an intercostal space without the occurrence of an empyema, although the latter is commonly believed to be the real source of the trouble. The abscess may occur at almost any part of the chest wall. In like manner any or all of the thoracic contents may be involved by the disease. When the lung is the primary seat of the disease, the cutaneous lesion occurs somewhere on the chest wall. It is to be borne in mind, however, that pulmonary disease may be secondary to a lesion in other parts of the body. More than half of the recorded cases show that the primary lesion involves the skin of the face and neck; it may appear also in the structures within the mouth. The cutaneous lesion is characteristic in appearance. The skin itself is apparently infected only in a slight degree, except that it is punctuated here and there b}^ small ulcers which mark the sites of discharge of small abscesses in the subcutaneous tissue. The surrounding skin is apt to present a dusky appearance because of the changes in the underlying subcutaneous tissue, and there is rarely any spreading of the ulceration. Perhaps the most noticeable feature of the lesion is the curious linear puckering which occurs in the area about the ulcer. 394 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM Symptoms. — In pulmonary actinomycosis the onset is gradual, the patient complaining of weakness and gradual loss of strength and weight. Sooner or later cough and expectoration develop. The latter is commonly mucopurulent in character and in many of the cases the small sulphur granules which are characteristic of the disease may be seen. Blood-streaked sputum and hemorrhage are of infrequent occur- rence. The fever is irregular or hectic in type. With involvement of the pleura, pain is experienced, and this may be dull or aching in character or sharp and stabbing as in acute pleurisy. As the disease progresses the chest wall becomes involved and later an abscess appears in one of the intercostal spaces. Because of the pain, the physical signs and the discharge of pus through an interspace, an empyema or caries of a rib is usually thought to be present. Physical Signs. — -A thorough inspection is essential because of the associated cutaneous lesion, the recognition of which is of the greatest aid in making a correct diagnosis. Neither the percussion nor the auscultatory findings give any clue as to the true nature of the trouble. The following case is a typical example of primary pulmonary actinomycosis observed in the Phipps Institute several years ago. Case No. 5376. Male, aged ten. Family history, negative. Child was said to have had pneumonia followed by empyema which was drained when three years of age. Ill health ever since. Symptoms. — Cough, yellowish-white expectoration, one hemoptysis, dyspnea and some chest pain. Patient died four weeks after admission to the hospital. During this period he had a high continuous type of temperature (10.3°F.) with slight daily remissions, very rapid heart action and extreme dyspnea. Five sputum examinations were negative for tubercle bacilli. Physical Signs. — The patient presented an emaciated appearance with restriction of motion over both upper lobes. Marked dulness over both upper lobes and at right base (site of old empyema). Over the dull area the breathing was either bronchial or broncho-vesicular in character with manj' crepitant and medium-sized rales. Both the symptoms and physical signs pointed to advanced pulmonary tuber- culosis. The warning of five negative sputum examinations was not heeded. After the diagnosis of actinomycosis had been made at the autopsy a specimen of sputum, sent to the laboratory the day before the child's death, was examined and showed both the sulphur-like granules macroscopically and the stained organism microscop- ically. Autopsy Findings. — ^Left lung, upper lobe grayish-yellow in color on section granu- lar and markedly edematous with scattered nodules size of pinhead resembling an early stage of tubercle. Throughout the lower lobe are numerous shallow cavities filled with small bodies of the size and color of actinomycotic granules. The bronchi contains granular material. Right lung was firmly bound down by dense pleuritic adhesions. The upper lobe was yellowish in color and showed early gangrenous changes. On section dirty grayish-yellow pus exuded. The middle lobe contained several shallow cavities on the external surface containing granular material resembling actinomycotic granules. The lower lobe showed no evidence of empyema. There were some isolated bodies resembling early tubercles. The bronchial glands were enlarged and caseous. Histologically sections from the lungs showed edema, areas of broncho-pneumonia and rounded bodies having the appearance of actinomycotic granules. The tissue about these granules was necrotic and beyond the necrotic areas there was cellular infiltration. There was no evidence of tuberculosis. Diagnosis. — Pulmonary actinomycosis is to be distinguished from tuberculosis, chronic bronchitis, empyema and caries of a rib. Unless the lesion is localized at the base of the lung the physical signs taken in conjunction with the symptoms will almost certainly lead to a diagnosis DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 395 of tuberculosis, providing the warning of the absence of tubercle bacilli in the sputum is not heeded. Macroscopic examination of the sputum frequently shows the presence of the sulphur granules, but in their absence the sputum should be examined microscopically for the streptothrix actinomyces. Chronic bronchitis is usually a secondary condition. If there is no associated lesion to account for it, and the sputum is negative for tubercle bacilli, a mycotic infection should be considered. When the lesion is localized at the base of the lung, and in addition pleuritic pain is present and a discharge of pus occurs through an inter- space the presence of an empyema is usually suspected. Before making a diagnosis of empyema one should be certain that there is no displace- ment of the viscera, such as occurs with free fluid within the pleural cavity. An exploratory puncture for fluid should also be done. If the case be one of actinomycosis, no pus will be obtained or only a very slight amount if a small superficial cavity is reached. Sulphur granules may be noted in the pus. An X-ray examination is of service also in differentiating between pus and pulmonary consolidation. A mistaken diagnosis of simple caries of a rib will be avoided by noting the character of the cutaneous change and the associated pulmonary signs. In any case the final diagnosis rests upon the finding of the streptothrix actinomyces. PULMONARY BLASTOMYCOSIS Etiology. — ^The predisposing causes of this infection are not known. A fact worthy of notice is that the majority of the cases reported in this country have occurred in, or in the immediate vicinity of, Chicago. The original source of the infection is not altogether clear. Stober^ has called attention to the fact that a number of the patients have lived in insanitary dwellings in which molds are readily demonstrable on the damp and decaying woodwork. This suggests the possibility that the molds which infect man may also have their habitat in these insanitary surroundings. In addition it is the present belief that in systemic blasto- mycosis, infection through the respiratory tract is the most common point of entrance. Even in those cases in which a cutaneous lesion is ap- parently the only evidence of the disease the original focus may be an unrecognized pulmonary lesion. Downing^ has reported a case in which the primary lesion, as far as could be determined, was in the larynx. Morbid Anatomy .^ — When the disease attacks the respiratory tract the bronchi are first involved with the development of broncho-pneu- monic areas in the neighborhood. The disease may spread through the lung by way of the bronchi or through the blood stream; in the latter case metastases occur in other parts of the body. The pericardium, pleura and mediastinum may become involved through the lymph channels. The disease may be and often is limited to the upper lobes, the right side being involved much oftener than the left. The infiltration may be slight and involve but a slight area; it may be widely scattered as in miliary tuberculosis, and in severe cases complete consolidation of the lung may result. The nodules may be discrete without any associated ^ Arch. Int. Med., April, 1914. ^ Jour. Amer. Med. Assoc, Jan. 12, 1918. 39(j DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM inflammatory changes, or they may become confluent, forming larger areas with a necrotic center, which may break down. In the more chronic types there may be extensive fibroid changes and dilatation of the bronchi. The skin lesions may appear in the form of subcutaneous abscesses or pustules ; the latter are usually multiple and may occur successively or in crops. The lesion may primarily take the form of an ulcer, or the ulcer may develop in the site of a ruptured abscess. The ulcer is "usually surrounded by an areola of inflammation; the margins are raised and irregular, and the base is soft and covered with granulation tissue, which may become fungoid and approach the surface, later assuming a papillo- matous appearance, which is more or less characteristic of the lesions of chronic blastomycosis of the skin" (Fig. 270). Furthermore, as the lesion spreads peripherally it tends to heal in the center. ^ r ^ ^^H^^/}c 7nr 1^- -' WKK^^ n O "^ . .• , - - Fig. 270. — A typical lesion of cutaneous blastomycosis, c, Papillomatous or ver- rucose surface; m, raised indurated border containing miliary abscesses; sc, scar of old lesion. (By Courtesy of Dr. O. S. Ormsby.) Symptoms. — -In systemic blastomycosis the initial symptoms may be hardly noticeable; more commonly they are those of an acute infec- tion of the respiratory tract. This may resemble an ordinary "cold;" in the severer cases there is pain in the chest, fever, dyspnea, cough and the expectoration of blood-streaked mucopurulent material. Sooner or later the cutaneous lesions appear. As the disease progresses there is a gradual loss of weight and strength, accompanied with malaise, fever, irregular in character, but usually showing an afternoon rise; cough is usually present, and often severe in DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 397 character. The sputum is purulent or mucopurulent and often blood- streaked. Occasionally a frank hemorrhage occurs. Owing to the pleural involvement, chest pain is common either in the form of a dull aching sensation, or occasionally a sharp stabbing pain. In the terminal stages of the disease emaciation may be very marked. At times, however, the pulmonary lesions are found post-mortem to be Fig. 271. — Right lung, Case 23. ca, Bronchiectatic cavity in the fibroid upper lobe; ah, abscesses whose contents were inspissated and surrounded by a wall of connective tissue; no, blastomycotic nodules in the lower lobe, which from their distribution seem to be bronchogenic in origin; pZ, thickened pleura. {Boughton and Clark.) far more extensive than either the sjmiptoms or physical signs indicated. This is probably due to the fact that in some cases there is little or no inflammatory reaction about the blastomycotic nodules. Physical Signs. — A thorough inspection is of the utmost importance. This may reveal the presence of a swollen and painful joint, or a cutaneous lesion. 398 DISEASES OF THE BROXCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AXD DIAPHRAGM Restriction of expansion, flattening and other signs indicative of pulmonary damage are not peculiar to this disease. And the same is to be said of the percussion and auscultatory findings which are usually identical with those encountered in pulmonary tuberculosis. The following case was seen at the Phipps Institute during the past year. Case Xo. 14912. A young Indian girl, aged eighteen, was referred to the wards of the Institute as a case of tuberculosis. She had com- plained of feeling badty for nearly a year. Six weeks prior to her ad- mission she developed a cough and slight expectoration, mucopurulent in character. She had lost weight and had a slight rise in temperature every afternoon. She was also subject to paroxA-^smal attacks of dyspnea. Physical examination showed nothing abnormal in the upper part of the lungs. Over both bases there was restricted motion, dulness on per- cussion, and feeble breath sounds and fine rales. Near the angle of the left scapula there were marked pectoriloquy and bronchial breathing. X-ray examination confirmed the clinical findings (see Fig. 372). Owing to the location of the lesions and the absence of tubercle bacilli the sputum was more thoroughly studied by my colleague, Paul A. Lewis. He found that the sputum contained the blastomycotic organism in pure culture and that other tests confirmed this finding. Diagnosis. — Both the symptomatology and the physical signs of pulmonary or systemic blastomycosis often resemble tuberculosis so closely that a differentiation between the two is impossible without a sputum examination. Fig. 271 illustrates how easily a mistaken diag- nosis of tuberculosis could be made. As we have pointed out already, given a case which does not show tubercle bacilli, after a number of examinations, some other cause of the trouble must be sought for. COCCIDIOIDAL GRANULOMA (California Disease) Until within the past few years this disease was confused with blasto- mycosis. Recent studies, among which may be mentioned those of MacX'eal and Taylor^ and Brown and Cummins^ have shown clearly that although the two diseases resemble each other, a differentiation may be made both from the clinical picture and the morphological and cultural characteristics of the infecting organisms. Etiology. — The cause of coccidioidal granuloma is the coccidioides i7nmitis, the true nature of which was first discovered bj' Ophiils and later by Wolbach. Prior to this it was thought the disease was due to a protozoon. These observers showed that the infecting organism belonged to the 3'east group and was closety related to the blastomyces. The two organisms are differentiable by the endo-sporulation in the coccidioides and the budding in the blastomyces. With but two or three exceptions all of the cases of coccidioidal granu- loma so far reported, have occurred in the San Joaquin Valle}^, California. Inasmuch as there is no evidence of direct association of one case with a preexisting case the presumption is strong that there must be some important local factor in causation. Recently Lipsitz, Lawson and Fessenden^ have reported the case of a negro who lived in ^Missouri and had never been in California. Most of the patients have belonged to 1 Jour. Med. Res., Julv, 1914. 2 Arch. Int. Med., April, 191.5. ' Jour. Am. Med. Assoc, April 29, 1916. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 399 the class of day laborers. So far but one female has been reported as suffering from the disease. Since the disease was first described twenty-one years ago about 40 cases have been recognized.^ Of recent years the number of cases has increased. This is probably due to the fact that physicians are becoming more familiar with the disease. Morbid Anatomy. — The initial lesion may occur in the skin of the hands or feet, especially the former. If seen in its early stages the initial lesion takes the form of a papule or nodule which tends to form an ulcer very quickly. It is in the ulcerated state that the lesion is usually first seen. The appearance of the ulcer has been compared to a variety of conditions. MacNeal and Taylor state that the ulcers sometimes resemble mycosis fungoides. P. K. Brown^ has likened them to the crusty lesions of pellagra; later they break down and resemble syphilitic or tuberculous ulcers. In place of the skin lesions painless subcutaneous abscesses are sometimes seen. The disease may also attack the bones, producing caries, or involve the joints giving rise to a form of arthritis which may be mistaken for tuberculosis. Meningitis due to the coccidioides has been noted also. In most instances the primary infection is in the lungs although later skin ulcers or subcutaneous abscesses may form. In the lungs the lesions are those of a disseminated miliary tuberculosis. The nodules are grayish in color and in places coalesce. Small cavities are sometimes formed. Grossly the nodules cannot be distinguished from tubercles. Hektoen^ states : " This disease presents the best mimicry of tuberculosis ever seen and the lesions cannot be distinguished from tubercles by the microscopic anatomy." An excess of fluid in the pleural cavity is occasionally present. Cocci- dioidal disease differs from blastomycosis in that it shows a greater predilection for the lymphatic system, the skin lesions show a greater tendency to ulcerate, and in systemic cases recovery is unknown. Symptoms.- — It is emphasized by all who have had experience with coccidioidal granuloma that the symptoms, the clinical course and the pathological picture is often indistinguishable from tuberculosis. As already stated the initial manifestation may be a skin lesion, a painless subcutaneous abscess, or an arthritis. Whether the lungs are involved primarily or secondarily, the symptoms and course of the dis- ease differ in no particular from those occurring in tuberculosis. The patient loses weight, tires easily, has a cough, mucopurulent sputum, which is often blood-streaked, and afternoon fever. As the disease progresses the patient suffers from night sweats, emaciates and becomes anemic. Rarely the disease remains localized but early involvement of the regional lymph nodes and dissemination is the general rule. Occa- sionally the fever is high and continuous and the disease pursues a very rapid course not unlike that seen in cases of tuberculous broncho-pneu- monia. A very high leukocyte count may be present, a point of some importance as a low leukocyte count or even a leukopenia is the rulejn tuberculosis. The disease is almost invariably fatal. But three cases have been ^Dickson: Arch. Int. Med., December, 1915. ^ Trans. Amer. Climat. and Clin. Assoc, 1915. 3 Jour. Am. Med. Assoc, 1907, xlix, 1071. 400 DISEASES OF THE BRONCH:i, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM known to recover. If the process becomes localized in a joint, amputation or resection ma}' prevent dissemination. Physical Signs. — These differ in no respect from what one finds in cases in which the pulmonary infiltration is due to tubercles. PULMONARY ASPERGILLOSIS Etiology. — -A rare form of mould infection is that known as aspergillosis, the exciting cause, in most instances, being the aspergillus fumigatus. A monograph by Renon^ is the most authoritative study yet made of this disease. Most of the reported cases, both in man and in animals, have occurred in France. The occupation of the individual is of some importance as it has been observed chiefly in those who handle grain, flour or meal. Men engaged in the forcible feeding (mouth to beak) of pigeons, and hair-combers, who use flour to remove the grease from the hair, have also acquired the disease. The disease is extremely rare in this country. Osier has reported a case in which the mycelium and spores of the aspergillus were present in the sputum at intervals for a period of twelve years. The patient was in good health having no symptoms other than cough and slight expectoration. In Holden's- case there was involvement of the lungs and the cervical and axillary lymph nodes. In this case the organism was identified as the aspergillus nidulans. Morbid Anatomy. — The apices of the lung are apt to be most involved. The pulmonary lesions occur in the form of nodules, from 2 to 4 cm. in diameter, which project from the cut surface. Emphysema may be present about the nodules. In the latent type of the disease considerable fibrosis occurs with dilatation of the bronchi. The walls of the dilated bronchi contain small white or yellowish-white bodies which consist of mj^celial threads. These bodies may appear in the sputum. Aspergillosis may occur also in the lymph nodes and as a secondary infection in chronic bronchitis, bronchiectasis or pulmonary tuberculosis. Under these circumstances its presence would not be suspected unless the sputum were especially examined. Symptoms. — There is nothing distinctive in the symptomatology of the disease. The onset is as a rule gradual with malaise, loss of strength and weight, anorexia, a slight evening rise in the temperature and pleuritic pains. The cough is at first dry and unproductive, but is soon attended with a frothy expectoration which later becomes greenish and purulent. In two cases observed by Emerson^ the sputum contained blackish specks. Cultural studies showed the presence of the aspergillus fumigatus The sputum is often blood-tinged and the first intimation of pulmonary mischief maj' be the occurrence of a frank hemoptysis. Arrest of the disease accompanied by fibrosis of the lung and disappearance of the aspergillus often occurs. Physical Signs. — In the early stages the physical signs are those of bronchitis. Later there is evidence of localization, which may be at the apex or the base of one lung. The physical signs are then those of an infiltration, such as occurs in tuberculosis. Diagnosis. — The disease is to be distinguished from tuberculosis or infections of a similar nature. This is possible onh' by examination of the sputum for organisms other than the tubercle bacillus. ^ "Etude sur I'aspergillo.se chez les animaux et chez Fhomme," Paris, 1897. 2 Trans. Amer. Climal. and Clin. Assoc, 1915. 3 Trans. Assoc. Amer. Phys., 1918. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 401 PULMONARY SPOROTRICHOSIS Sporotrichosis is a mycotic affection characterized by cutaneous and internal lesions. It is caused by several species of parasitic fungi belong- ing to the sporotrichosis group. The first case was described by Schenck, in America, in 1898. Five years later de Beurmann and Ramond re- ported the first case in France. The most complete study of the affection is to be found in the monograph by de Beurmann and Gougerot.^ From this source most of the following facts have been obtained. Infection of the lungs with one of the Sporotrichosis group is exceedingly rare. Schulmann and Massow^ state that there are now five cases on record. In three the organism was found in the sputum and in two it was re- covered from fluid obtained from the lung. Etiology .^ — The most common site of the infection is the skin, espe- cially that of the hands and forearms. More rarely it occurs on a mucous membrane. Although healthy persons may be attacked it occurs most frequently in individuals whose resistance has been lowered by some chronic disease. In a number of cases an abrasion in the skin has been present which probably serves as the point of entrance. As the sporo- trichum is found on various vegetables, infection is most apt to occur in those handling these food stuffs. One of the pulmonary cases ascribed her trouble to the inhalation of quantities of dust in the coffee mill in which she was employed. In 1912 Hamburger^ reported 58 cases; two years later Sutton^ added 10 more from the literature and 5 personal observations. Of the 73 cases, none of which involved the lungs, which have been observed in this country, 68 came from the region comprising the Mississippi River basin. Whether this restriction of the disease to a certain area is due to local conditions or a failure to recognize it in other localities, is not clear. The same thing has been noted in regard to coccidoidal granuloma and blastomycosis. Morbid Anatomy. — Little is known as to the pulmonary changes. As the disease is chronic and may last for a year or more it is probable that fibroid changes in the lung are a marked feature. Experimentally de Beurmann and Gougerot were able to produce a variety of pulmonary lesions in animals. These consisted of broncho-pneumonic areas, small nodules, fibroid changes, abscess formation and in some instances cavity formation similar to that seen in tuberculosis. Dissemination from the skin lesion to the internal organs occasionally occurs. The skin lesion, as described by de Beurmann and Gougerot, may be one of three types: (1) It may appear in the form of multiple gummata in the subcutaneous tissues in various parts of the body. The gummata may be localized in one region of the body, especially the limbs, or be widely disseminated. The gumma begins as a small, hard, movable nodule which softens, gradually breaks down, and discharges a viscid pus. (2) The lesion may be ulcerative and bear a strong re- semblance to cutaneous tuberculosis. There may be a small localized group of ulcers. The usual location is on the hands and arms. (3) There may be a hard chancroid-like body, eroded on the surface. 1 "Les Sporotrichoses," 1912. 2 Bui. de la Societe Medicale des Hopitaux, July 19, 1918. 5 Jour. Am. Med. Assoc, Nov. 2, 1912. * Ibid., Oct. 3, 1914. 26 402 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM Dissemination occurs through the lymphatics. Symptoms. — The symptoms of the proven and suspected puhnonary cases are those of a chronic puhnonary infection. In the case reported by Chantemesse and Rodriguez, a woman, aged forty, had been suffering from pulmonary symptoms for several months. She had a painful cough, mucilage-like sputum, which later became yellowish in color and con- tained small white granules. She also suffered from progressive short- ness of breath and pain in the right chest. Physical examination showed impairment of the percussion note, rough breath sounds and rales at the right apex. The sputum was persistently negative for tubercle bacilli. Cultural studies of the sputum showed a sporotrichum closely resembling that described by de Beurmann. Agglutination tests confirmed this finding. The woman had been employed in a coffee mill. She asso- ciated her trouble with the inhalation of large quantities of dust in her place of employment. Diagnosis. — This is possible only through bacteriological studies. In regions in which the infection is known to exist it should be borne in mind as a possible cause of an obscure pulmonary lesion. ACUTE LOBAR PNEUMONIA (Croupous Pneumonia, Fibrinous Pneumonia, Pleuro-pneumonia, Lung Fever) The term lobar is used when the process involves an entire lobe or part of a lobe without healthy tissue intervening, in contradistinction to lobular pneumonia which occurs in isolated or confluent patches. The terms fibrinous or croupous, which are often employed, indicate the nature of the inflammatory exudate. The name pleuro-pneumonia is sometimes used to indicate that the pneumonic process is accompanied by a pleurisy. By the laity the disease is often referred to as lung fever or inflammation of the lungs. Etiology. — Considered from both the morbidity and the mortality rates croupous pneumonia is decidedly one of the most important of the acute infectious diseases. As a cause of death it ranks with tubercu- losis of the lungs, cardio-vascular disease and nephritis. Age. — The disease may occur at any age period. Of 32,681 cases collected from the literature by Norris 40.2 per cent, occurred between the tenth and thirtieth years. Up to the sixth year the morbidity rate is quite high while the mortality rate is relatively low. Among those of advanced years the incidence is very high and the death rate equally so. Sex. — In adult life males are more subject to pneumonia than females. Of 12,098 cases collected by Musser and Norris, 73 per cent, were males and 26 per cent, females. Among young children the two sexes are about equally effected. The greater incidence among adult males is probably due to the nature of their occupations which in many instances, offers greater chances for exposure. Race. — In the United States it has long been recognized that pneu- monia is far more fatal among the negroes than the whites. This has been noted also among the negroes employed in the construction of the Panama Canal and among the negroes working in the mines of the Rand, South Africa. In both these places it has been noted that the mortality from pneumonia is highest among the recent arrivals and that death rate rapidly diminishes after a short residence in the community. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 403 Seasonal Incidence. — For years the relationship between cold and pneumonia has been regarded as a close one. It is well known that the disease very frequently follows, sometimes within a few hours, a wetting or a chilling as the result of some unusual exposure. The pneumococcus is a frequent inhabitant of the upper respiratory tract in a very large proportion of healthy people, different observers obtaining from 80 to 90 per cent, positive results. Ordinarily no trouble occurs but if the individual who harbors the organism happens to become chilled the resistance of the bronchial and pulmonary tissues may be sufficiently lowered to permit the pneumococcus to gain a foothold. In other words, cold is a factor and not the actual cause of the disease. Climate does not seem to exert any great influence, the disease occurring with equal frequency in both hot and cold countries. Statistics, however, show that the incidence of the disease in the temperate zone is unquestionably higher during the winter and early spring months. This is to be ascribed to the cold in the winter months and to the wide variations in tempera- ture which often occur in the early spring. In Philadelphia and New York and the Atlantic Coast generally, the highest percentage of cases occurs in February and March. Influence of Insanitary Conditions.- — The disease is more common in cities than in the country. There are several apparent reasons for this. City dwellers are confined to the house more closely than those in the rural districts and during the winter months the urban house is habitually overheated thus favoring the occurrence of catarrhal processes in the air passages. Bad ventilation, dark rooms and overcrowding which characterize the housing conditions of a large portion of our city slums are undoubtedly factors in causing pneumonia. The influence of overcrowding is well shown by Gorgas^ from his experience at Panama in 1906 and 1907 and also a few years later among the miners of the Rand, South Africa. Prior to 1907 the negroes working on the Isthmian Canal were housed in barracks. In 1907 the negroes were removed from the barracks and allowed to scatter along the line of the Canal, each man building his own hut for himself and family. Coincidently with the change in the method of housing the negroes, there was an immediate drop in the death rate from pneumonia. In 1906 the mortality from pneumonia was 18.74 per thousand, in 1907 it was 10.65 per thousand and in the years succeed- ing up to and including 1912 the rate did not exceed 2.60 per thousand. This Gorgas attributes to the change in housing conditions. His investi- gation of the Rand miners also seemed to indicate that the crowded living conditions under which these men lived had an undoubted influence on the high morbidity and mortality rate of pneumonia. Anders, in his study of the distribution of pneumonia in Philadelphia, found that the highest mortality from the disease occurred in the most densely populated wards. Epidemics.- — There is now sufficient evidence at hand to indicate that pneumonia may, in some instances, be transferred from person to person if the contact is a close one. This probably accounts for the epidemics which have been noted from time to time in overcrowded barracks, jails and almshouses. In the vast majority of instances pneumonia is to be regarded as an endemic rather than an epidemic disease and for the most 1 Am. Jour. Med. Sc, 1914, Ixii. 404 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM part cases occur sporadically. Occasionally, however, the disease at- tacks, within a short time, a number of people in a neighborhood or institution and has every appearance of being epidemic in character. Small localized epidemics have been noted also in institutions and for this reason many hospitals isolate their pneumonia patients. The belief that pneumonia is contagious is strengthened by the obser- vations of Dochez and Avery. ^ Although, as previously stated, pneumo- cocci exist in the mouth of many healthy people such organisms can be distinguished from the more virulent ones which give rise to severe forms of lobar pneumonia. Dochez and Avery found that healthy persons intimately associated with cases of lobar pneumonia harbored the disease- producing types of pneumococci and that in every instance the organism isolated corresponded in type with that of the infected individual. Convalescents may carry virulent pneumococci for some time. Personal Conditions. — While robust healthy men are frequently attacked by pneumonia, individuals who have become debilitated through disease or dissipation are far more susceptible to the disease. A factor which may predispose to pneumonia is acute fatigue due to violent exer- cise such as rowing or running in competition as Cowles'- has pointed out. He suggests that this might have been a contributing cause to pneumonia in the army camps and that the disease might l)e lessened by preventing fatigue in persons not in good physical condition. Among those suffering from the various chronic diseases such as arterio-sclerosis, nephritis, heart disease, malignant disease, etc., an attack of croupous pneumonia is the terminal event in a very large number of cases. The extreme susceptibility of the alcohoHc to a fatal attack of pneumonia has long been recognized. Trauma. — Pneumonia has been noted in a small percentage of cases to follow some injury of the chest wall without there being any injury of the lung itself. Previous Attacks.- — Lobar pneumonia is common with diphtheria and er\'sipelas, differs from the other infectious diseases in that one attack does not afford protection against a recurrence of the trouble. No other disease is so prone to recur in the same individual. Two and three attacks have been noted frequently and not a few instances are on record of individuals who have had ten or more attacks. In the oft- quoted case of Benjamin Rush no less than 28 attacks occurred. Post-operative Pneumonia.- — It is not altogether clear whether the combined effect of an anesthetic, particular!}' ether, and operative inter- ference are factors in the production of lobar pneumonia. In a small percentage of cases pneumonia undoubtedly does follow the operation. Laparotomies seem to be followed by pneumonia more frequently than is the case when other portions of the body are operated upon. It is to be borne in mind, however, that a latent and unrecognized pneumonia may have been present at the time of the operation. The generally accepted theory as to the cause of post-operative pneu- monia is that one or all of the following factors may be at fault: (1) The patient may become chilled on the operating table; (2) that excre- tions from the mouth may become aspirated into the lung; and (3) that the infection may arise from an unsterilized inhaler. * Jour. Exp. Med., xxii, 1915. 2 Boston Med. and Surg. Jour., Oct. .'il, 19 IS. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 405 Inhalation and Aspiration Pneumonia.- — ^Lobar pneumonia may arise as the result of the aspiration of fluids or solid material into the lung or as the result of the inhalation of irritant dusts or chemicals. But as a rule the above-mentioned accidents are followed by broncho-pneumonia rather than the lobar type of the disease. Occupation. — This is often given as a predisposing cause of pneu- monia. The effect of any particular occupation on the production of pneumonia is problematical. If the sanitary conditions, which include proper ventilation, are good the occurrence of pneumonia among the workers will be less than if the reverse be true. It is also to be borne in mind that the sanitary arrangements of the working place may be perfect while the home conditions are very bad. Bacteriology.^ — The exciting cause of lobar pneumonia, in a large proportion of cases, is the pneumococcus. This organism is also known as the diplococcus pneumoniae and micrococcus lanceolatus. In a few instances the pneumonia is caused by a streptococcus or the influenza bacillus; more rarely Friedlander's bacillus is the organism found. These organisms may occur alone or in association with the pneumococci. For many years it has been a matter of clinical observation that epidemics of pneumonia showed marked differences in the mortality rate and that even in the same epidemic the virulence of the infection varied greatly. To this variability of the disease may be ascribed some of the favorable reports which have appeared from time to time on the effect of some particular method of treatment. As the result of work by Neufeld and by Cole and his co-workers, Dochez, Avery, and Gillespie, at the Rockefeller Hospital, it has been shown that there are several varieties of pneumococci and that these can be distinguished one from the other by immunological reactions. Thus by testing pneumococci with the serum of animals immunized against them, it has been found that they may be divided into at least four groups. According to Cole^ all the organisms of group I are alike so far as their immune reactions are concerned. The same is true of organisms of group II. In group III (pneumococcus mucosus) the organ- isms also show peculiar immunity reactions, and in addition, they differ from those of the preceding groups in that they have larger capsules and form a sticky exudate in animals. In group IV are placed the remaining organisms which are found to show no common immunity reactions and are, in addition, much less virulent. Although the clinical features show no marked differences, the severity of the pneumonia varies greatly with the type of organism. The fol- lowing figures given by Cole^ show the relative frequency and the mor- tality of pneumonia, due to the different types of pneumococci, observed in the Rockefeller Hospital, New York. Etiological agent No. of cases Percentage inci- dence Mortality ■ Pneumococcus type I 78 75 22 48 223 '35.0 33.5 9.0 21.5 25 Pneumococcus type II 29 Pneumococcus type III 45 Pneumococcus type IV 12 5 Total 1 Monthly Bulletin N. Y. Dept. of Health, February, 1916. ^ Trans. Assoc. Am. Phys., 1915, p. 234. 406 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM In a study of 195 cases at the Pennsylvania Hospital, Philadelphia, Richardson^ obtained the following results: Etiological agent No. of cases Percentage inci- dence Mortality Pneumococcus type I 60 39 13 83 195 31 20 6 43 30 Pneumococcus type II 25 Pneumococcus tvpe III 50 Pneumococcus type IV 12 Total It will be seen that the figures in the two series are very similar and that the majority of the cases are due to types I and II, and that the mortality ranges from 25 to 30 per cent. Infection with type III is the least frequent, a fortunate circumstance, as the mortality in this group is very high. As Cole points out the frequency of cases due to type IV probably varies in different places and at different times. The mortality in group IV is not high; in some series it has been as low as 6 per cent. The separation of pneumococci into distinct groups has been of great practical value. 1. A knowledge of the type of organism has made it possible to fore- tell the probable outcome of the disease. Thus if the agglutination test shows the presence of type I or II the use of a specific serum is possible; if type III is present the outlook is bad; if the organism belongs to type IV the chances are greatly in favor of the patient. To determine the type a mouse is injected with some of the sputum and 6 hours later some of the peritoneal fluid is removed and an agglutination test is done. This may determine the type at once. If, however, no reaction occurs the mouse is allowed to die, this taking place within 24 hours, and the agglutination test is again done. Cultural peculiarities may be an aid also. It is needless to say that this is possible only in a hospital with a well-equipped laboratory. 2. It has been known for some years that pneumococci are present in the mouths of healthy individuals in a very high percentage of cases; some observers have found as high as 80 or 90 per cent, of normal indi- viduals harboring these organisms in the mouth. This has made it difficult to understand how these bacteria can cause pneumonia unless there is some other primary or predisposing factor. Cole offers the following explanation: For a pulmonary pneumococcus infection to occur, at least two factors are probably responsible. First, the condition in the host, local, general or both, must be favorable for infection; and second, an organism of suitable virulence must be present. With organ- isms of the type ordinarily found in the mouth (type IV), probably the changes in the patient are of chief importance. With pneumococci of the fixed types (I, II, and III), however, the presence of the organism isof great importance, and may even determine the onset of the illness. Even in this case, however, changes in the resistance of the patients are probably of some importance, as, under certain circumstances, healthy persons may carry these fixed types without becoming themselves in- fected. This last-mentioned group may be compared to the so-called diphtheria and typhoid carriers. 1 Trans. Assoc. Am. Phys., 1915, p. 234. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 407 3. The most important outgrowth of this work is that which relates to treatment. It is too early to speak with certainty but the results so far obtained with the serum produced at the Rockefeller Hospital are extremely encouraging. Cole states that the most successful results have been obtained in cases treated with serum of type I. Amoiig the cases so treated the mortality was only 8 per cent., as contrasted with 25 per cent, in the untreated cases. The results obtained in a few cases treated with serum of type II have been much less encouraging. There is no specific treatment for either type III or type IV. Morbid Anatomy. — As the result of careful bacteriological studies it is now apparent that croupous pneumonia is a generalized infection with a local manifestation. And while the brunt of the infection is borne by the lung the diplococcus may be found in various other portions of the body as well as in the circulating blood. We have already alluded to the fact that a very high percentage of healthy individuals harbor the diplococcus in the upper air passages and that under ordinary conditions the germ is innocuous. If, however, the individual becomes chilled or is the victim of some chronic disease the natural defenses are incapable of maintaining the upper hand. The result is that the diplococcus is unleashed, as it were, and permitted to grow unrestrained. Since the time of Laennec it has been customary to describe the changes which take place in the lungs as: (1) the stage of engorgement; (2) the stage of red hepatization; and (3) the stage of gray hepatization. In accepting this classification, however, it is to be understood that the development of the different stages of the morbid process is not always uniform. And while for the most part the lesion may be predominantly that of engorgement or red or gray hepatization, two or all three of these stages may be present in the same lung. In the stage of engorgement the affected portion of the lung is deep red in color, heavier than normal and often slightly edematous. Although the air content is diminished the tissue still crepitates and excised por- tions will float in water. On section there is an abundant hemorrhagic exudate. The capillaries are distended and the alveolar epithelium swollen and occasionally desquamated. The second stage or that of red hepatization is characterized by coagu- lation of the fibrinous exudate and the affected area has become of the consistence and appearance of liver, hence the name hepatization. In this stage the lung is swollen and heavy; pits on pressure; is very friable and readily broken. It is completely airless and excised portions sink in water. On section the cut surface is dry and presents a granular ap- pearance due to the projection of small fibrinous plugs in the air cells. A tenacious, creamy, grayish-red fluid containing granular masses can be scraped off' the cut surface. Fibrinous casts are often found in the smaller bronchi. Microscopically the air cells are seen to be filled with a coagulated exudate in which there are swollen and desquamated epi- thelium, red blood cells and a few leukocytes. A round-celled infiltra- tion is also seen about the vessels in the interlobular septa. The transition from the stage of red to gray hepatization is gradual. The red color is replaced by a yellowish or ashen gray color. Here and there are often to be noted dark red or reddish gray areas and if in addition anthracosis is at all marked the cut surface presents a mottled appearance 408 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM (Fig. 272) . The lung is swollen and firm to the touch and is often indented with the impressions of the ribs. The tissue is more friable and more easily torn than in the second stage. The overlying pleura is dull and granular in appearance and covered with a fibrinous exudate. A small effusion may be present (see Fig. 334). Inflammatory changes in the pleura are constantly present in lobar pneumonia except in those cases in which the lesion is centrally located and does not approach the periphery of the lung. On section the cut surface of the lung has become moister and the granular appearance less marked. The fluid scraped from the surface of the section is more abundant, milky and puriform. Microscopically the air cells are seen to be packed with leukocytes while the fibrin and the red blood cells have largely disappeared. In some instances the tissue is very soft and freely exudes a purulent exudate (purulent infiltration) and small abscesses may develop. The anemic appearance of the affected area during the stage of gray hepatization is due in part to the large number of leukocytes and in part to the pressure on the capillary vessels. While the majority of cases follow the sequence of events described above, each stage lasting from two to three days, the process may terminate in two or three days instead of being prolonged for a week or more. In children, the aged, and the asthenic, the amount of fibrin pro- duced may be small and the alveoli but slightly distended, so that the usual dry, granular appearance of the lung is not observed (Adami). Resolution.- — The first evidence pointing to the stage of resolution is a breaking up of the fibrin and fatty degeneration of the leukocytes. The lung becomes smaller, has a boggy feel and the pleura becomes re- laxed and thrown into folds. On section the surface is yellowish in color, very moist and a creamy, almost purulent fluid can be squeezed out. The softened exudate is removed partly by being expectorated and partly by absorption; the latter is probably the more important as the exudate disappears in cases in which both cough and expectoration are entirely absent. The dissolving of the exudate is due to autolysis. The coagulated albumen is broken up into soluble albuminoids and Fig. 272. — Gray hepatization with anthracosis. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 409 further decomposition products through the action of a ferment that is probably given off by the leukocytes (Strtimpell). Cook, in Osier's Clinic, has shown that the excretion of the dissolved exudate takes place through the kidneys as shown by the excessive nitrogen excretion in the urine. With the removal of the exudate the desquamated epithelium in the alveoli are replaced by regeneration from those remaining intact; gradu- ally there is a complete restoration to the normal. In the vast majority of cases, especially in young, healthy individuals, complete resolution takes place uninterruptedly. In a small proportion of cases the dis- eased area instead of undergoing a normal involution becomes the site of an abscess, a gangrenous process, or fibroid induration. Site of the Disease. — ^It has been shown in every series of cases of lobar pneumonia that the lower lobes of the lungs are the parts most frequently affected and that the right lower lobe is slightly more vulner- able than the left. The excess of frequency of the affection of the right over the left lung as a unilateral affection, and independently of the loca- tion of the lesion, may be regarded as occurring in the proportion of about 3 to 2. The distribution of the lesions is well illustrated in Jtisgensen's^ large series of 6666 cases: right lung, 3580 cases: left lung, 2548 cases; both lungs, 538 cases. Involvement of the upper lobes occurs more fre- quently in children and in those of advanced years than in the middle periods of life. When the disease attacks both lungs it is the two lower lobes that are usually affected but bilateral lesions may occur in both apices or in one apex and one lower lobe. Rarely both lungs may be extensively involved. In a case seen at the Philadelphia General Hospital death occurred on the third day and at the autopsy both lungs, from apex to base, were found to be in the stage of red hepatization. The unaffected portion of the lobe may show no change but is very commonly congested and edematous. The uninvolved lobes both on the affected and the unaffected side may be dry and bloodless or may show evidences of congestion. Associated Lesions. — The mucous membrane of the bronchi is more or less congested and the smaller tubes are usually blocked with a fibrin- ous exudate. In some instances even the large bronchi are filled with the exudate constituting what is known as massive pneumonia. The bron- chial lymph nodes are constantly swollen. Except in cases of central pneumonia the pleura is always involved. The portion overlying the pulmonary lesion is dull, and granular in appearance and covered with lymph. A slight excess of serofibrinous or fibrinopurulent exudate is often present and occasionally becomes sufficiently large to constitute a true empyema. The occurrence of the latter is relatively common in children. Pericarditis. — Based on autopsy findings pericarditis is far more common than clinical data would indicate. During life pericarditis is almost constantly overlooked. This is well illustrated by figures given by Cowan who reports a post-mortem incidence of 12.6 per cent, as con- trasted with 1.2 per cent, from the wards. The pericardium may be involved as a part of the general infection but in most instances the pericardial infection arises apparently as the result of direct extension ' Ziemssen's "Handbuch d. Spec. Path. u. Ner.," 1874. 410 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM from the lung. Rarely a pericardial effusion, serofibrinous or purulent in character, may occur. Endocarditis is not often noted during life but at the autopsy table it is not an infrequent finding. In a series of 100 post-mortem cases Osier noted the presence of endocarditis in 16 instances. The lesion is more commonly of the ulcerative type. Meningitis. — Occasionally meningitis occurs during the course of lobar pneumonia. The frequency with which it is encountered varies widely. Osier noted the presence of meningitis in 8 of 100 autopsied cases while Pearce observed but 2 out of 121 cases. Of the more unusual complications mention should be made of peri- tonitis, otitis media, arthritis, parotitis, phlebitis and abscess formation in various portions of the body. In addition there may be associated with the disease diphtheritic inflammation of the mucous membrane of the stomach, intestines or mouth. In common with the other infectious diseases degenerative changes are usually evident in the heart, liver and kidneys and the spleen is often enlarged and softened. Symptoms. — The incubation period of pneumonia is not absolutely known. The disease has been observed to develop within a day or two after a traumatic injury to the chest. In those instances in which the disease assumes the proportions of an epidemic seven or eight days may elapse between the time of exposure and the development of the trouble. In the great majority of cases pneumonia both in its mode of onset and in the symptoms which characterize its course, presents a typical picture. It is estimated that in 80 per cent, of cases the onset occurs suddenly. In 20 per cent, it is indefinite and the actual occurrence of the disease is preceded bj^ prodromes. In many of these cases there is a history of a slight respiratory infection which differs in no way from an ordinary ''cold." This may have been present for several days or even a week or longer when the pneumonic process suddenly manifests itself. In other instances the patient may complain for several days of a feeling of lassitude, headache, pain in the limbs, chilliness or slight fever. An insidious onset is frequently seen in pneumonia as it occurs in the aged, in alcoholics and as a terminal infection in chronic diseases. In frank, typical, lobar pneumonia the onset is sudden and character- ized by a severe chill which may last for as long as a half an hour; or in- stead of the initial rigor the patient may complain of chilliness and pain in the side. Coincidently with the chill, fever appears. By the end of the first day or the beginning of the second the clinical picture in a typical case is characteristic. The patient is breathing more rapidly than usual; complains of pain in the side, the pain in some instances being almost un- bearable; and there is a frequent, partially suppressed cough which for a day or so is unproductive. By the second or third day the patient expec- torates the characteristic sputum. This may be bright red but more commonly is brownish-red or rusty in appearance and extremely tena- cious. The gummy, viscid character of the sputum, which renders its expulsion difficult and causes it to adhere to the side of the sputum cup, is pathognomic of croupous pneumonia. The disease has an average duration of from five to ten days when, in a little over half of cases, it abruptly terminates b}^ crisis. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 411 Special Symptoms. — Fever. — A rise in the temperature occurs at the time of the chill and may reach the fastigium within 12 to 24 hours. In some instances the fever may increase gradually for a couple of days. The temperature of pneumonia is continuous in type with slight evening remissions which may not amount to more than one degree. In the average case the temperature ranges between 103° and 105°F. during the course of the disease when it abruptly falls by crisis (Fig. 273). About 70 per cent, of cases may be expected to terminate ^in from five to ten H -4^ m ^ >f^ ^ m * Si ^ m rrTP- e H H 1 d H-f — i — — i — ■■ + ^ h- \^ ■■ ; M- — i— ^ ^ -K I ^: ; a -)j— i s *; O o o ^ ^ ■ i— a ' ' H H- t^ 00 ^ =* -n* ^ ^ : — rr : \ . ; • /n : j^ P-- : \ /% 1 ^ •A '■ i • — i-H ^ r-^ V4-J 4-1 Ht^ ( ^ -*r* ^' V~ = '■ * I : ■ : : : i Da; of DiB 3- !o ^A fv I o^ o ^ rj ^ io ^'** Pulse. ^; ? $!§ T^ ^ ? ^^ ^1^ ^S d^ h y fo .Sii; Eesp. 4 - ^ o ^^ ^« >4 ^ t^l "li .^-^ Dite. 1 ■? 1^ ^ rn .? "S »- Weight ? Fig. 273. — Crisis in lobar pneumonia. Note the drop in the pulse and respiratory rates following the fall in the temperature. days. Occasionally cases are encountered in which the disease termi- nates as early as the third day and more often it may be prolonged for two weeks or more. In cases of long duration the temperature usually subsides by lysis (Fig. 274). In not a few cases there is apt to occur in the middle of the course of the disease a slight drop in the temperature after which it again arises. This is known as a pseudo-crisis (Fig. 275). Among 1854 collected cases a pseudo-crisis was noted in 172 or 9.8 per cent. (Norris). Occasionally just prior to the crisis the fever may increase slightly. 412 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM While as a rule hyperpyrexia is associated with fatal cases recovery has followed very high temperatures — 107° to 109°F. A fairly high degree of fever, from 103° to 105°F., is not a bad sign but relatively low temperatures are very commonly associated with fatal cases. A tem- perature of 100°F. or less is very frequently seen in pneumonia as it 3 S — ^ -^ — i- — i— -^— ^— — - — - — — — — ^ ! ' H- -/t— -y- — 1— -7- --- — -^— ^— — -n —J •^ H- — ^ g ^ ~ = ^ ^- ^ ^ ± 1 =q J ^ ^ -^ 1 5 S ^ •C «t^ ==^ -~t- i ^ ^ i s s -^ = ~;~ ^ ^ -i- ^r# ^ *= — i— ^ p ^ H— \;| -.^ _^ _;_ ^_ __l_i ■ A ,^ ^^ -^A — r— — r- — r— ' — — — 1— -h r-t— — ^ ^X "ZP^'*-- — I - ; ■ ': ■^_ , [ ? ; i . H f- S i:::^ ^ ^ ~ --f- ~~!~ ^ ^^ CI] Fig. 274. — Fall of temperature by lysis. occurs in the aged, in the debilitated and in those with an overwhelming infection. Pain in the chest is one of the most constant symptoms of pneu- monia, some observers having noted its presence in as high as 90 per cent, of cases. It may be the first symptom noticed, in some cases preceding the chill; on the other hand, it may not make itself manifest until the Fig. 275. — Pseudo-crisis in pneumonia. third or fourth day of the disease. The pain may disappear in a day or so but as a rule continues throughout the attack. In the frank pneu- monia of adults the pain is usually sharp and lancinating in character and in some instances is so severe as to be almost unbearable. In central and apical pneumonias and in children pain may be very slight or entirely DISEASES OF THE LUNGS ' 413 absent. Xor is it much in evidence in senile or asthenic pneumonias. In dehrious patients pain is not complained of at all. As a rule the pain corresponds to the site of the consolidation but not infrequently it is referred to the region of the nipple on the affected side. Rarely pain msLj be complained of on the unaffected side. Most important to bear in mind is the fact that the pain produced by pneumonia may be re- ferred to the abdomen and thus simulate appendicitis or some other abdominal lesion. Failure to recognize the true source of the pain has, in not a few instances, led to the performance of a laparotomy. Chatard noted abdominal pain 51 times in 658 pneumonia patients (7.7 per cent.) and Griffith has recorded a number of instances in which it has occurred in children. While severe pain in the chest is not pathognomonic of pneumonia its occurrence is significant if the pain is greath^ increased by breathing, coughing and talking, or if aggravated by moving about. In some in- stances the chest wall over the site of the consolidation is hyperesthetic, the patient often complaining bitterly when the region is percussed. Im- mobilization of the affected side often relieves the pain by limiting the respiratory excursion and thus preventing the inflamed surfaces of the pleura from rubbing together. Headache is usually experienced at the onset of the disease. In some instances it is very severe. Earache may also be complained of. Respiratory Symptoms. — Acceleration of the respiratory rate may be one of the earliest symptoms of pneumonia especially when the disease occurs as a terminal infection in the aged or in those suffering from some chronic affection. The type of the breathing is of the greatest diag- nostic importance. The respirations are short and shallow and often accompanied by an " expiratory grunt " and inspiratory dilatation of the alse nasi. The respiratory rate is almost invariably quickened. It is rarely under 30 and in adults the rate maj' be as high as 60 or 70 per minute. In children the respiratory rate may be 100 or more. Quicken- ing of the respiratory rate is due to several causes, namely: to a limita- tion of the respiratory excursion due to pain, which is especially noticeable when one of the lower lobes is involved; to the amount of pulmonary tissue consolidated; and to fever, toxemia or cyanosis. In those cases in which pain is the chief factor the respirations tend to become deeper and slower with the subsidence of the pain; on the other hand, if the involvement extends or if the toxemia increases in severity the respiratory rate will increase in rapidity. While extreme rapidity of the respiratory rate cannot be regarded in all cases as of serious significance it is to be noted that a fatal issue occurs more frequently in patients in whom the rate is above 50. The exceptions to this general rule are cases in which the rapid and shallow breathing is caused by severe pain. Dyspnea may be present in conjunction with the increased respiratory rate. It is usually indicative of a profuse bronchial catarrh, edema of the lungs or some com- plication which restricts the expansion of the lung, such as an effusion. Cough. — In the atypical forms of pneumonia, such as sometimes occur in the aged, in alcoholics and in those with apical lesions, cough is some- times absent, but in practically all cases of frank pneumonia in adults cough is a prominent symptom. In those cases in which the pneumonia is pref^-eded by a ''cold" the cough is already present at the time of the chill. When the disease is ushered in with a sudden onset the cough 414 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM occurs with or very shortly after the chill and in the beginning is unpro- ductive and often paroxysmal. Owing to the associated pleurisy the act of coughing greatly intensifies the pain and for this reason the patient attempts to suppress or smother the cough. In the course of one to three days expectoration appears and the cough may lessen in severity. On the other hand, the cough may increase in severity and greatly tax the patient's strength. The sudden disappearance of the cough is to be looked on as of grave import as it not infrequently indicates the onset of exhaustion or coma. Sputum. — The character of the sputum constitutes the one feature of pneumonia that may be regarded as pathognomonic. Often absent for the first day or so, it appears first as a frothy, white substance, which may be streaked with blood. In the course of a few hours, however, it assumes its characteristic appearance. In color it is rusty or brick-dust in appearance, due to the admixture of blood and the fibrinous exudate. Of more importance is the consistency. Typical pneumonic sputum is semitransparent, viscid and extremely tenacious, being expelled with difficulty and adhering to the side of the sputum cup. As the disease progresses and the stage of gray hepatization is reached, the sputum loses its sanguinolent appearance and becomes yellowish and finally white. At times it has a greenish tinge. Instead of being thick and tenacious, the sputum may be watery and of a brownish color, resembling prune juice. Sputum of this character is usually associated with cases of severe infection such as are encountered among habitual drunkards. Rarely the sputum shows no evidence of blood throughout the attack and still more rarely the sputum may be absent. The latter is apt to be the case in children who swallow the sputum and in delirious or stuporous patients who fail to cough it up. While the expectoration of pure blood may occur in pneumonia, the occurrence of a frank hemoptysis should arouse one's suspicions as to the possibility of a tuberculous rather than a pneumococcus infection. Microscopically the sputum shows in the early stages the presence of crenated red blood cells; later leukocytes, shreds of fibrin and at times Curschmann spirals and casts from the smaller bronchioles. The type of organism has been dealt with under the section on bacteriology. Nervous Symptotns. — As an initial symptom headache is common. In children the attack is not infrequently ushered in with a convulsion. During the course of the disease delirium is apt to occur. The character of the delirium varies greatly; in some instances it consists of slight in- coherence; in others, especially in asthenic and senile patients, it is commonly of the stuporous and muttering variety; in still others the delirium takes the form of violent maniacal excitement often with homi- cidal tendencies. As the last-mentioned condition may develop suddenly pneumonia patients should always be carefully watched. Among those addicted to the excessive use of alcohol the occurrence of delirium resembling delirium tremens is not uncommon. Apex pneumonias are said to develop a severe form of delirium more often than those with a lesion at the base of the lung. Among 7624 cases of pneumonia delirium was noted in 1343 or 17 per cent. (Musser and Norris). The Blood. — There is no anemia which can be ascribed to the pneu- monia and the red cells and hemoglobin show little or no change. There DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 415 is, however, in the great majority of cases a leukocytosis. In the average case the white cell count ranges between 15,000 and 30,000; it may be as high as 100,000. Very high counts are often associated with cases of severe infection and are apt to terminate fatally. The absence of leukocytosis is a bad sign and often points to an unusually severe infection or lack of resistance. The Urine. — In practically all cases the quantity of urine is greatly reduced, highly colored, increased in specific gravity and markedly acid — ■ the so-called febrile urine. Traces of albumen are usually present and there may be tube casts. The chlorides are greatly diminished or entirely absent. Digestive Symptoms. — In children the onset may be attended with vomiting. The tongue is coated with a white fur and in toxic cases it may become very dry. The appetite is poor and the bowels usually constipated. Diarrhea may arise if the mucous membrane of the bowel becomes the seat of a croupous exudate. A very troublesome and often dangerous symptom is meteorism. The Skin. — Labial herpes occur so frequently in croupous pneumonia that their occurrence is always of diagnostic value. The vesicles may appear at the angles of the mouth and about the chin or nose. Occasion- ally they occur about the genitals and anus. The frequency of herpes varies greatly, the figures ranging from 5 to 50 per cent. Cases in which herpes occur are said to have a better prognosis. Sweating may occur during the course of the disease but as a rule is noted only at the time of the crisis when it may be profuse. Flushing of the cheek on the affected side is a common phenomenon. The Crisis. — The phenomena which characterize the crisis or termina- tion of an attack of lobar pneumonia constitute the most remarkable feature of this or any other disease. In the course of a few hours a patient who has been desperately ill and whose fate hangs in the balance wakes from a sound sleep nearly free from his distressing symptoms; and not less remarkable is the fact that with the extraordinary change in the subjective symptoms the physical signs over the affected lung remain unaltered. The cause of this sudden change is believed to be due to the establishment of an active immunity to the toxin of the pneumococcus. As already stated the crisis may be expected on or about the seventh day of the disease; in some instances it occurs a day or so earlier and in others it is delayed for several days longer. The onset of the crisis may be heralded by a disappearance of the restlessness and delirium; the flushed face becomes pale; and the anxious facial expression is replaced by one of calm. At the same time the patient becomes drowsy and falls asleep. The sleep at first broken gradually deepens and may last from 5 to 12 hours or more. During this time the temperature rapidly falls from 104° or 105°F. to 97° or 98°F. and is accompanied by sweating which is often most profuse. In some instances the temperature may fall six or eight degrees within 1 hour, while in others the decline lasts as long as 24 hours. The temperature may show a slight rise on the following day and then drop permanently. The respirations become slower, the pulse rate drops and the cough becomes looser (see Fig. 273). The rusty character of the sputum may persist for a few days. If delirium has been a marked feature it may be several 416 DISEASES OF THE BROXCHI. LUXGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM days before the mind is entii'ely clear. In a case free from complications the convalescence is rapid, recovery being usually completed in about three weeks. The phenomena just described occur in about half the cases terminat- ing favorably. In the remainder the fever instead of suddenly disappear- ing gradually subsides by lysis and at the same time there is a gradual rather than a rapid abatement of the symptoms. The more prolonged the attack the more apt is the termination to be by lysis. Physical Signs. — The following description is that of frank lobar pneumonia as it occurs in the adult. The commoner variations which characterize the atypical case will be considered separately. The phys- ical signs indicative of the disease manifest themselves in from 24 to 48 hours. If delayed beyond this period, it is usually due to the fact that the pneumonia starts in the central portion of the lung and gradually extends toward the periphery. In some instances the lesion does not extend beyond the central portion of the lung and physical signs may be absent throughout the entire course of the disease. Inspection. — There are certain striking features about pneumonia even from its onset, that render the probabihty of its presence apparent from inspection alone. The breathing is rapid and the respirations are short and shallow, often accompanied by an '"expiratory grunt," inspira- tory dilatation of the alse nasi and an exaggerated action of the accessory muscles of respiration, such as the sternocleidomastoids and scaleni. The presence of herpes labiahs is very suggestive. One cheek may be more flushed than its fellow and very often the pupils are unequal, the dilated pupil being, as a rule, on the affected side. The patient usually lies flat on his back but may lie on the affected or unaffected side. In the effort to minimize the pain the patient may be propped up in bed and inclined toward the affected side. Inspection of the chest itself, especially when the disease is fully developed, will show a diminution of expansion on the affected side and an exaggerated movement on the opposite side. When the lower lobe is affected the expansion of the chest over the upper lobe on the affected side may be exaggerated. Occasionally when the left lung is the seat of disease the involved portion may pulsate synchronously with the heart. Inspection of the cardiac area shows nothing abnormal. Palpation. — Diminished expan.?ion of one side as compared to the other may be more apparent from palpation than inspection. During the stage of engorgement which usually lasts from 12 to 24 hours the tactile fremitus may show no change but during the period of consolida- tion it is exaggerated. Absent or diminished expansion occurs in cases of central pneumonia and in the so-called massive pneumonia when the bronchi are plugged with the fibrinous exudate. Occasionally a friction or rhonchial fremitus may be felt. Pressure over the consolidated area will often elicit a tender spot, the pain being referred to a point some distance away. The pulse in sthenic lobar pneumonia is full and bounding once the disease has become established. During the chill it is small and in the aged or debilitated it may be weak and rapid throughout. Formerly considerable emphasis was placed on the pulse-respiration ratio. In health this is about 4.5 to 1, while in pneumonia it maybe 3 to 1, 2 to 1, or even 1 to 1. In an obscure case this ratio is suggestive of DISEASES OF THE LUNGS . 417 pneumonia as there is no other febrile disease in which the respirations are so frequently increased out of proportion to the pulse. In the case of average severity the pulse ranges from 100 to 110. Generally speaking a low pulse rate is a favorable indication. When the rate is 120 or over the outlook is serious, as it has long been noted that a high pulse rate is attended by a very high mortality. The pulse rate in women tends to be slightly higher than in men. A high pulse rate in children does not have the same significance as in adults as the former not uncommonly have a rate ranging from 120 to 150. Irregu- larity of the pulse is also to be viewed as a very serious symptom. Of 17 patients with an irregular pulse 13 died (Lord). A few years ago G. A. Gibson pointed out that when the blood-pressure as expressed in millimeters of mercury does not fall below the pulse rate as expressed in beats per minute, the patient is in no immediate danger. With, for example, a pulse rate of 100 and a blood-pressure of 125 there is no need for interference but if this ratio becomes reversed active stimulation is demanded in order to relieve the threatened cardiac failure. While this observation is of importance it is not to be depended on absolutely. Percussion. — The percussion note over the affected lobe may, if the case is seen early, be tympanitic in quality. As the consolidation in- creases the note becomes absolutely dull and there is in addition, a feeling of resistance. The dull note remains even after the crisis but with the onset of resolution the note gradually becomes more and more resonant. Occasionally the note may become resonant within two or three days but as a rule several weeks elapse before the normal standard has been re- gained. Very often in percussing over the affected area varying degrees of hypersensitiveness are encountered due to the associated pleurisy. If the lesion is situated some distance from the periphery of the lung the note will show little if any impairment and may even be hyperresonant. Over the unaffected portions the note is resonant or if the consolidation is extensive the note may be hyperresonant as the result of compensatory emphysema. Auscultation. — At the onset of the disease the breath sounds over the affected area may be slightly suppressed or even harsher than normal, and broncho-vesicular in character; usually they are somewhat sup- pressed. The most important diagnostic sign during the first stage is the crepitant rale. The distinctive features of crepitant rales are that they produce a fine, crackling, high-pitched, sound, which occurs abruptly at the end of inspiration, especially a forced inspiration; they are never heard dur- ing expiration. The resemblance between the sound produced by a shower of crepitant rales and that by rubbing the hair between the fingers close to the ear is so similar as to make the comparison a very apt one. The crepitant rale is heard during the first day or so only. The crepitant rale while a very important diagnostic sign in lobar pneumonia is not absolutely pathognomic as it may occur in a localized area at the apex as an accessory sign of phthisis. It occurs transiently under the following circumstances : A patient who has been confined for some time in bed, lying on the back and much enfeebled with any dis- ease, if suddenly raised to a sitting posture and auscultated, a crepitant rale is often found on the posterior aspect of the chest at the end of forced 418 DISEASES OF THE BRO^'CHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM inspiration. The rale disappears after a few forced inspirations and is heard, not on one side only, but on both sides. It should be mentioned also that if the stethoscope be applied to a hairy chest the movements in the act of inspiration may produce a sound identical with the crepi- tant rale (Flint). When the vesicles become entirely filled with the exudate and the lung presents a solid appearance no extraneous sounds are produced. When this stage is reached the breath sounds become tubular or bronchial in character, the inspiration being high-pitched and of the same duration as expiration. In the ordinary case of frank pneumonia the bronchial breathing is usually quite loud. The voice sounds are also intensified and exaggeration of the spoken voice and bronchophony are usually marked. The whispered voice is also distinctly transmitted. Both the spoken and whispered voice may have, at times, the peculiar quality known as segophony. This sign is common in cases of pleural effusion but it may also occur over consolidated lung tissue. In cases of massive pneumonia both the breath and voice sounds may be very distant or entireh' absent. Over the unaffected portions of the lungs the breath sounds are clear and slightly exaggerated but in those cases in which an attack of bronchitis has preceded the pneumonia rales may be present. In examining the chest of an individual suspected of having pneu- monia care should be taken not to overlook the axillary region. Very often when the pneumonia affects the upper lobe physical signs will be obtained only high up in the axilla. With the onset of gra}' hepatization rales are again heard. The return- ing rale or crepitus redux, is held by some to be identical with the crepi- tant rale of the first stage, but others consider it coarser and lacking the distinctive features of the latter. In addition to the crepitus redux there are to be heard numerous subcrepitant rales. As the vesicles are emptied of their contents the character of the breath sounds gradually change; the bronchial breathing becomes broncho-vesicular in character and finallj' pure vesicular, although for a time the vesicular murmur is apt to be less intense. The restoration of the breath sounds to the normal may occur rapidly but, as a rule, weeks elapse before this is attained. Careful examination of the heart should be a routine procedure in cases of lobar pneumonia. Early in the disease the heart sounds usually show no change unless toxic symptoms are marked from the onset. In the later stages of the attack functional murmurs are veiy common. In a few cases the murmur will ])e due to an acute endocarditis and, as has been shown in the section on morlnd anatomy, this is not uncommonh' ulcerative in character. The second pulmonic sound is generalh^ accentu- ated and may be reduplicated as well. A diminution of the accentuation of the pulmonic second sound is to be regarded seriously as it is often a forerunner of acute dilatation of the right ventricle. Cardiac failure may manifest itself by sudden syncope but more often it develops more or less gradually. The pulse becomes more rapid and in addition there are cyanosis, dyspnea and cold extremities. The above symptoms may occur at or about the time of the crisis; occurring at this time they are, as a rule, often mild and of brief duration. Occurring after crisis even mild sj'inptoms of cardiac failure are serious as the}' indicate consider- able damage of the heart muscle. Cardiac weakness develops as a rule, in cases with severe toxemia, extensive consolidation and hyperpyrexia. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 419 We have already alluded to the high incidence of pericarditis in the post-mortem room as compared to the clinical findings. While a more careful examination of the precordium would undoubtedly bring about a higher percentage of cases of clinical pericarditis, it is to be borne in mind that the pericardial changes are often terminal in character and furthermore, that the confusion of sounds often renders an accurate observation very uncertain. In a study of the phj^sical signs occurring in the early stages of pneu- monia Conner and Dodge determined their frequency as follows: (1) Circumscribed area of feeble and indistinct breathing as compared with the opposite side. (2) Circumscribed impairment without or with tym- panitic quality (sitting up). (3) Crepitant rales. (4) Slight increase in intensity and clearness of vocal resonance. Wilson Fox gives the following sequence of physical signs, corre- sponding to the anatomical stages of engorgement, hepatization, and resolution. 1. Altered characters of the respiratory sound, which maj^ be weaker or harsher than natural, and attended or immediately followed by fine, crackling rales. 2. Dulness on percussion, attended by bronchial or tubular or sup- pressed breathing, bronchophony and increased vocal fremitus, together with diminished respiratory movement, chiefly affecting the act of expansion. 3. The return of crepitation, usually in a coarser form; gradual diminution of percussion dulness, together with the return of the respira- tory movements and of the characters of the respiration and of the vocal resonance and fremitus to the healthy standard. The Stage of Resolution. — The duration of this stage varies greatly. Rarely there may be a restoration to the normal within two or three days after the crisis. In the great majority of cases three or four weeks or even longer must elapse before physical signs indicating a normal lung are obtained. In a series of 40 cases in which resolution was unduly delayed McCrae found that the duration extended to the fourth week in 5 cases, fifth week in 10 cases, sixth week in 4 cases, ninth week in 3 cases, and tenth, eleventh and twelfth weeks each 1 case. The gradual disappearance of the consolidated area can be observed from day to day. If no such change is apparent one should be alert to the possibility of an abscess, gangrene or the development of an effusion. The former two conditions will generally manifest themselves sooner or later, by typical symptoms. The presence of an effusion is more apt to be over- looked. One not infrequently sees cases in which it is stated that resolution has never taken place and that the signs of consolidation persist. As a rule one of two things has occurred: either the pneumonia has been complicated by an effusion or, as occasionally happens, an attack of dry pleurisy, followed by an effusion, was ushered in with chilly sensations, fever and pain in the side thus simulating lobar pneumonia. Rarely the affected portion gradually undergoes fibroid changes. Absorp- tion of the exudate and the restoration of the lung to its normal state is the rule; therefore in any case in which the physical signs show no change one should always bear in mind the possibility of one of the above changes being present and by means of an exploring needle and the X-rays deter- mine the exact nature. 420 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM Relapse. — -There is considerable confusion as to the meaning of this term. Its use should be restricted to those rare instances in which a few days after the subsidence of the original attack a fresh invasion of the lung tissue occurs. "If the lung, after an ordinary croupous pneumonia involving one or several lobes, becomes normal after the fever has termi- nated by crisis or lysis, the patient is convalescent; and if at least three days or several weeks after the deferescence a new infiltration of the same or other lobes with all the characteristic phenomena of a local and general nature occur, a relapse has without question taken place" (Wagner). Among 5966 cases collected from the literature a relapse occurred in 36 or 0.60 per cent. (Norris). Clinical Varieties of Pneumonia. — Pneumonia is not infrequently encountered in forms which present more or less well-marked variations from the ordinary frank type of the disease. In some instances nothing more is meant than that certain symptoms predominate; in others the variation has reference to the character of the anatomical lesion. In the recent influenza epidemic atypical forms of pneumonia were en- countered with great frequency. (See section on Influenza.) Asthenic Pneuynonia. — ^This term is applied to pneumonias character- ized by extreme prostration. The onset is often insidious. Physical signs may be absent and this is also true of the subjective symptoms. In other instances there are severe nervous symptoms such as delirium, great prostration and finally coma. Asthenic pneumonia is a common occurrence in the aged and in those enfeebled by chronic illness. Senile Pneumonia. — This is essentially the same as asthenic pneu- monia. The disease as seen in those of advanced years very commonly has an insidious onset, ill-defined physical signs and severe constitutional symptoms. Terminal Pneumonia. — -In those who are the victims of some chronic affection such as diabetes, cardiac, renal or pulmonary disease the final act of the drama may be an attack of pneumonia. Terminal pneumonias are common during the winter months and like the asthenic and senile types are often characterized by a paucity of physical signs and marked prostration. The three types above mentioned are not infrequently overlooked because they lack the characteristic features of frank pneumonia both as regards the physical signs and the symptoms. The occurrence of respiratory symptoms no matter how slight or evidences of prostration in the aged and in those suffering from some chronic ailment should always suggest the possibility of lobar pneumonia. Pneumonia in Alcoholic Subjects. — In this type the cerebral symptoms are frequently so marked as to suggest delirium tremens. The respira- tory symptoms may be very trivial. It is currently believed that in alcoholics the disease affects the apex of the lung more frequently than the base. Typhoid Pneumonia.— Mention is made of this term simply to cau- tion against its use. The designation is misleading as one is never certain whether it has reference to a patient who has passed into the typhoid state or whether the pneumonia has been associated with typhoid fever. Larval or Abortive Pneumonia. — -Occasionally cases are seen in which the disease runs a course of from one to three days. In such cases the DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 421 symptoms may be quite characteristic of pneumonia but the physical findings are, as a rule, inconclusive. Abortive pneumonia is most apt to be encountered in institutions in which the disease is for the time, prevailing. Epidemic Pneumonia. — -The fact that pneumonia may assume the portions of a mild epidemic has already been alluded to in dealing with the etiology of the disease. Post-operative pneumonia has been referred to under etiology. Central Pneumonia. — -In those cases in which the symptoms point conclusively to lobar pneumonia but in which physical signs are very slight or wanting, the lesion is deep-seated or centrally placed. This may continue throughout the disease or after three or four days the lesion may extend sufficiently near the periphery of the lung to admit of its recognition. Apex Pneumonia. — When lobar pneumonia affects the upper lobes it is believed to be of a more severe type. Prostration, hj^perp^-rexia, and cerebral symptoms are often marked. In children and in alcoholics the apex is very commonly involved. The right apex is affected about twice as often as the left. Wandering or Creeping Pneumonia. — Practically every case of pneu- monia spreads to some extent. As a rule, it extends from a given spot but limits itself sharply to one lobe. In some cases, however, it slowly extends spreading from lobe to lobe by contiguity; in others the process apparently develops afresh at different points in the same or even the opposite lung. Massive Pneumonia. — This is a rare form in which the large bronchi become entirely filled with the croupous exudate. Owing to the block- ing of the bronchi the physical signs may be limited to marked flatness on percussion such as occur in pleurisy with effusion. Both the breath and voice sounds are absent. Double Pneumonia. — Both bases may be affected simultaneously or the apex of one lung and the lower lobe of the opposite lung may be involved. Pneumonia in Children. — Lobar pneumonia as seen in young children often presents well-marked differences from the disease as it occurs in adults. Instead of the initial chill the disease may be ushered in with an attack of vomiting, occasionally bj^ a convulsion, or the child may be listless and refuse to eat for several days prior to the onset of the fever. The temperature rises rapidly and is usually higher than that seen in adults, often reaching 105° to 107°F. Nervous symptoms are usually prominent, the child becoming delirious and unable to recognize anyone; later the delirium is succeeded by drowsiness and semiconsciousness. Vomiting which may be severe and persistent is often a marked feature of the disease in children. These symptoms at first sight suggest some cerebral affection especially meningitis but meningitis rarely has so acute an onset. Occasionally a child ill with pneumonia develops an erythematous rash which bears a superficial resemblance to scarlet fever. It differs from the rash associated with the latter in that it is not punctate and is of brief duration. The disturbance of the pulse respiration ratio (normally 4.5 to 1) 422 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM is very suggestive. Expectoration is rare in children as they usually swallow the sputum. The apex of the lung is affected somewhat more frequently than the lower lobe. The physical signs may for a few days be entirely absent or very inconclusive. Northrup has epitomized the physical findings as follows: Absent or diminished respiratory murmur over one lobe or portion of a lobe; rales of any kind, perhaps appearing only late, either in a localized shower or diffusely scattered; broncho-vesicular breathing — a bronchial whiff; slight dulness, becoming marked only late; and, lastly, cough. Mason^ in a study of the X-ray findings in lobar pneumonia in young children found that the consolidated area was triangular or conical in shape with the base at the periphery of the lung. The consolidation always started at the periphery and extended in toward the hilus, and the base of the consolidated area is very frequently situated at a point corresponding to the apex of the axilla. It is well known that lobar pneumonia as it occurs in children may be attended with nothing more than slight impairment of the percussion note, bronchial breathing and voice being absent. In the absence of the latter signs Mason states that the pneumonic process does not extend to the hilus. This leaves an area of normal air tissue which dissipates the bronchial quality of the breath and voice sounds which have their origin in the trachea and large bronchi at the root of the lung. Absent or slight physical signs are due therefore to peripheral rather than a central location of the pneumonic process. Secondary Pneumonia. — This form is met with chiefly as a complica- tion of one of the specific fevers particularly diphtheria, typhoid fever, typhus and influenza. The symptoms are often indefinite and the physical signs of equivocal import. The symptoms are apt to lack the striking features of frank croupous pneumonia and the physical signs rareh' amount to more than impaired resonance, feeble breathing and a few crackling rales. One is often in doubt as to whether there is a hypostatic congestion, edema, pulmonary infarct, a central pneumonia or a broncho-pneumonia. A disturbance of the normal pulse-respiration ratio — 4.5 to 1 — is always suggestive and should lead to careful physical examination. In spite of precautions the lesion is often overlooked. Diagnosis of Pneumonia. — The recognition of a typical case of pneu- monia is in the great majority of instances, an easy matter. A history of a chill followed by pain in the side, fever, rapid respirations, the presence of herpes, a leukocytosis and bloody or rusty sputum are of themselves sufficient to warrant a diagnosis, even in the absence of phys- ical signs. The latter it is to be recalled, may not be present for a few days and in some cases are never definitely determined. When present the plwsical signs taken in conjunction with the symptoms render the diagnosis practically certain. The evolution of the physical signs has been considered in full and need not be considered further. In the great majority of cases of atypical pneumonia the disease occurs in the aged, in those debilitated by some chronic disease and in children. In such cases, while the patient is usually very ill, there is a paucity of both physical signs or symptoms or the symptoms while verj^ severe are 1 Amer. Jour. Diseases of Children, March, 1916. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 423 not sucli as occur in tj^pical pneumonia. One should alwaj^s recall that under these circumstances pneumonia is alwaj^s a possibility and every means should be taken to determine its presence. It is in such cases that alterations in the pulse-respiration ratio sometimes furnish the clue. A leukocytosis also points to pneumonia although in very severe cases a leukopenia may be present. If expert laboratory assistance is avail- able, a blood culture should be made in doubtful cases as this is the most certain method we possess. The conditions which are most likely to be confused with lobar pneu- monia are acute tuberculous pneumonia or pneumonic phthisis, broncho- pjieumonia, pleural effusion, pulmonary congestion, pulmonary infarct and atelectasis. Acute Tuberculous Pneumonia. — Acute pneumonic phthisis is con- sidered in full in the section dealing with tuberculosis. It is sufficient to remark here that tuberculosis often first manifests itself with a chill, pain, cough and signs of consolidation. In some instances it is impossible for a week or more to distinguish it from lobar pneumonia. At the end of ten days or two weeks, however, the temperature changes from the continuous to the remittent or intermittent type and the sputum becomes purulent in character. While pure bronchial breathing may be heard over the consolidated area the absence of breath sounds is not unusual and is of considerable diagnostic importance. In every case of pro- tracted pneumonia the sputum should be examined for tubercle bacilli. Acute tuberculous pneumonia usually involves one of the upper lobes and in the majority of cases occurs in an individual whose health has been bad or who has had previous pulmonary trouble. The occurrence of an hemopt^'sis points to tuberculosis rather than pneumonia. Rareh" true lobar pneumonia occurs in a definitely tuberculous in- dividual. A 3^oung woman with a moderately advanced tuberculous lesion at the right apex which had become arrested, was suddenh" seized with a chill, pain in the right side and cough. The temperature rapidly rose to 103°F. and the respirations to 30. At the end of two days a small area of dulness and bronchial breathing was heard near the angle of the scapula ; this gradually spread and involved all of the right lower lobe. The attack ran a course of two weeks, the temperature falling by lysis. In the course of the next three months the lower lobe gradually' was restored to normal. There was no lighting up of the tuberculous process. In this case it was impossible to tell during the attack or indeed for some weeks afterward, whether the process was a true pneumonia or a widespread tuberculous infiltration. Bronclio-pyieumonia. — -There is no difficulty in distinguishing between typical lobar pneumonia and broncho-pneumonia but in those of ad- vanced years and in the debilitated croupous pneumonia not infrequently is mistaken for the broncho-pneumonic form. The principle features of broncho-pneumonia are a gradual onset and a much longer duration than occurs in lobar pneumonia. Dyspnea and cyanosis are more marked than in the lobar form and the temperature is lower and subject to more marked intermissions. Both lungs are affected and the physical examination shows a preponderance of signs of bronchitis over those of consolidation. Pleural Effusion. — At first sight the distinction between a pleural effusion and lobar pneumonia should be easy. As a matter of fact the 424 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM mistaking of the one for the other is not uncommon. In some instances the differentiation is not easy and one cannot be certain without having recourse to the exploring needle, a procedure which should always be followed in doubtful cases. In the typical case of pneumonia there is bronchial breathing and increased vocal and tactile fremitus while in pleural effusion the breath sounds are absent or very distant and the fremitus, both vocal and tactile, is absent. It not infrequently happens, however, that the signs peculiar to one may occur in the other. Thus distant, almost inaudible, breath sounds may occur in pneumonia while over an effusion loud bronchial breathing may be heard. ^Egophony over the upper limit of an effusion is considered peculiar to this condition but it may occur over consolidation as I had occasion to note only re- cently. In large effusions which fill one-half or two-thirds of the pleural cavity little difficulty is experienced as the bulging of the affected side, the obliteration of the interspaces, the lack of motion and the displace- ment of the apex beat of the heart renders a diagnosis possible in most cases by inspection alone. It is the small effusion in which displacement of the thoracic viscera does not occur, that makes the diagnosis difficult. The presence or absence of Grocco's triangle is often of service. The exploring needle or X-rays should always be resorted to in case of doubt. There is another phase of the subject which should be mentioned, namely, the development of an effusion in association with the pneumonic process. As a rule such effusions are purulent in character; in children they are practicalh' always so. Generally no suspicion arises as to their presence until after the stage of resolution has set in. It then be- comes apparent that the affected lung is not clearing up and that the physical signs persist. The diagnosis rests partly on symptoms and partly on physical signs. If the temperature has fallen by crisis there is a secondary rise two or three days later and the respiratory rate either fails to fall or becomes increased. If the temperature falls by lysis, a secondary rise maj^ occur before the normal has been reached. There may be absence of breath sounds but as the fluid has formed over consolidated lung the breathing may be bronchial. If the effusion gradually increases in size, bulging, lack of motion and displacement of the viscera take place. It is to be borne in mind that an empyema, sometimes loculated, is not infrequently the cause of symptoms and phys- ical signs ascribed to delayed resolution. Pulmonary Congestion. — Very often patients who have been confined to bed because of some protracted illness such as typhoid fever, develop varying degrees of congestion in the posterior portions of the lungs, especially at the bases. The condition is always bilateral. The breath- ing may be somewhat suppressed but is otherwise normal and the per- cussion note is rarely more than slightly impaired. Very often, however, fine crepitating rales are heard which are indistinguishable from those occurring in pneumonia. Often thej^ are transient and disappear after a few deep breaths but they may persist. The fact that the condition is bilateral and the knowledge that it is not uncommon in those long con- fined to bed should serve to distinguish it from pneumonia. Pulmonary Infarct. — Among those suffering from chronic valvular heart disease the occurrence of a pulmonary infarct is not uncommon. The onset is abrupt, due to plugging of one of the pulmonary vessels by an embolism. The patient is usually seized suddenly with pain in the DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 425 side, shortness of breath, and later there is cough and the expectoration of bloody sputum. On physical examination there may be a small area of crepitating rales with or without dulness on percussion and bronchial breathing. In some instances the physical signs closely resemble those obtained in pleurisy with effusion. The temperature is usually low. Fowler states that in cases of infarction the patient will almost certainly be found sitting up in bed while this rarely happens in pneumonia. Examination of the heart should make it possible to determine the exist- ence of a valvular lesion if this is not known already. Pulmonary infarction as the result of venous thrombosis is more confusing as the pulmonary symptoms may appear before the thrombosis in the vein manifests itself. The continuation, daj^ after day, of frankly bloody sputum associated with physical signs of consohdation in one of the lower lobes is very suggestive of pulmonary infarction due to a venous thrombosis. Atelectasis or Collapse of the Lung. — Collapse of one of the lower lobes of the lungs may be mistaken for pneumonia. The condition is some- times seen in association with acute bronchitis, great hypertrophy of the heart or in large pericardial effusions. Pasteur has called attention to massive collapse of one of the lower lobes following surgical operations. Collapse of one of the pulmonary lobes may occur with the same suddenness and intensity as a pulmonary embolism, but in most instances it is attended by less violent symptoms. The condition is characterized by dyspnea, pain in the chest and the expectoration of viscid sputum. Usually the symptoms subside rapidly, rarely lasting more than 24 hours. If the viscid sputum persists for a longer period it is likely that a bron- chitis or broncho-pneumonia has developed in the reexpanding lung. Physical examination shows some retraction of the affected side, impairment of the percussion note, weak, tubular breathing, and the absence of vocal fremitus and rales. The conclusive sign of massive collapse of the lung is displacement of the heart's apex beat toward the affected side, and it is the only sign peculiar to the condition (Pasteur). Occasionally in the early stages it may be difficult to differentiate typhoid fever and meningitis from the atypical forms of pneumonia. It is in such cases that one should always, whenever possible, enlist the aid of the laboratory. The confusion which sometimes arises between acute lobar pneumonia and acute abdominal inflammations has been alluded to above. FRIEDLANDER'S BACILLUS PNEUMONIA Etiology. — -A very fatal but fortunately a rare form, of pneumonia is that known as Friedlander's bacillus pneumonia. The exciting cause of this type of pneumonia is the bacillus mucosus capsulatus, also known as the pneumobacillus and Friedlander's bacillus. Although this organ- ism was identified by Friedlander in 1882 it has never attracted much attention as one of the causes of lobar pneumonia. "Thus far only about thirty-three cases of pneumonia have been reported so fully that they can reasonably be considered to have been produced solely by the bacillus mucosus capsulatus. Some of these may be questioned as unequivocal cases of so-called 'Friedlander pneumonia.'"^ ^ SissoN and Thompson: Aw. Jour. Med. Sc, Nov. 15, 1915. 426 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM The bacillus mucosus capsulatus is found either as a primary or a secondary invader in about 5 per cent, of all cases of pneumonia. It has been noted also in a considerable number of cases in which the tubercle bacillus is the primar}- source of infection. Owing to the fact that the diagnosis rests entirely on the bacteriological findings it is quite possible that Friedliinder's bacillus pneumonia is of more frequent occurrence than the number of reported cases would indicate. The organism may he found in pure culture in the sputum or in the blood, the latter being the most conclusive proof. This type of pneumonia occurs chiefly in late adult life; it is rarely encountered in infants and young children. Morbid Anatomy. — A lung which has become the seat of pneumonia due to the Friedlander bacillus presents certain characteristics which serve to distinguish it from infections due to the pneumococcus. The cut surface lacks the granular appearance so characteristic of pneu- mococcus infections. In the early stages the process is more or less lobular in its distribution and hemorrhagic foci are not uncommon. This gives the lung a mottled, marble-like appearance. Later the lobular areas tend to coalesce, forming a more or less homogeneous appearance. The lung then has a grayish-slat}' color. Areas of necrosis and abscess formation are not uncommon and are more frequently seen in this form of pneumonia than in pneumococcus pneumonias. Practically the same changes have been demonstrated in experimental animals by Sisson and Walker.^ These observers found that the lungs of cats infected with the bacillus mucosus capsulatus showed in the early stages a lobular distribution, which later became homogeneous, and the presence of hemorrhagic foci. The lung was at first mottled and marble-like in appearance, later it became of a grayish color and the cut surface was not granular. The exudate from the lung is abundant and of a slimy, mucoid appear- ance. A fibrinous exudate is nearly always present on the pleura and this may lead to a serofibrinous or purulent effusion. Occasionally the other serous membranes are involved. Histologically the alveoli are seen to be filled with a serous exudate containing red blood cells, pus cells and desquamated epithelial cells. Fibrin is less abundant than in the ordinary type of pneumonia. A striking feature of the disease, in most instances, is the enormous number of the infecting organisms which may be both extracellular and intracellular. Symptoms.^ — Aside from the extreme severity of the constitutional sjaiiptoms and the brief duration of the disease there is nothing clinic- all}' to distinguish this tj'pe of pneumonia from the ordinary form. It more often begins without a chill than with one. Usually the onset is with pain in the side, cough and dyspnea. Delirium may occur early. Herpes labialis so frequently seen in the pneumococcus form rarely occurs in this type. The evidences of a severe toxemia are marked and weak- ness, coma, and cardiac failure may appear earh' in the course of the disease. The temperature may be continuous or remittent and as a rule is not as high as that seen in the ordinary form and the pulse rate is also apt to be lower. Considerable importance is attached to the character of the sputum. This is abundant, blood}', verj- slimy, non-purulent in 1 Jour. Exp. Med., Dec. 1, 1915. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 427 character and contains great numbers of the infecting organism. A leukocytosis is commonly present. This form of pneumonia is usually of brief duration and a fatal termination is the rule. Death may occur in a little over 24 hours from the onset of the initial symptoms. Physical Signs. — There is nothing to distinguish this type from the usual form of pneumonia so far as physical examination is concerned. Diagnosis. — -Pneumonia due to the bacillus mucosus capsulatus may be suspected in a patient with signs of pulmonary consolidation, severe toxemia and the presence of an abundant, sanguineous, and slimy sputum. The definite proof, however, rests on the occurrence of large numbers of the Friedlander organism in the sputum or in blood cultures. PSITTACOSIS The term psittacosis (from i/'trra/cos, parrot) is applied to an infec- tious disease transmitted to man by parrots and characterized by a ty- phoid state and atypical pneumonia. In parrots the disease is distin- guished by listlessness, diarrhea, and loss of appetite. The feathers stand on end, the wings droop, and marked wasting and debility develop rapidl3\ The disease is almost invariably fatal in birds. Nocard, in 1893, isolated from diseased birds a bacillus whicli has many of the the cultural charac- teristics of the bacillus typhosus. This organism is accepted as the infecting agent in birds although it has been found in man in but a single instance. Etiology. — Although several small house epidemics had been de- scribed prior to the Paris epidemic in 1892 and 1893, it was not until the occurrence of the latter that the disease attracted attention. The Paris epidemic followed an importation of parrots from South America. There were 49 cases, with 16 deaths, in 1892 and the following year 7 more cases were observed with 5 deaths. Since that time a num- ber of small house epidemics have been noted in France, Italy and Ger- many. In this countrj^ 3 probable cases of psittacosis have been reported by Vickery and Richardson.^ Up to the present time about 100 cases have been recognized. The disease is believed to be transmitted from bird to man and never from man to man. The infection may occur as the result of feeding from mouth to beak, a practice followed by pigeon raisers and which in the latter sometimes causes infection with the aspergillus. More commonly the infection is acquired by fondling the sick bird or by cleaning the con- taminated cages. Although the cases reported seem to indicate that there is a close relationship between the disease occurring in parrots and that which occurs in man the proof is not conclusive. In the first place the organism isolated by Nocard and believed to be the infecting agent in parrots, has been found but once in human beings nor have agglutinating tests been uniform; and in the second place, relatively few individuals acquire the infection although ample opportunity is offered in the case of bird fanciers and those who have parrots for pets. Within the past few j^ears there has been no reference to the disease in the literature. 1 Trans. Assoc. Am. Phys., 1904, p. 364. 428 DISEASES OF THE BROXCHI, LUXGS, PLEURA, AXD DIAPHRAGM Morbid Anatomy. — In parrots dying from the disease, the patholog- ical findings consist of a severe enteritis and cloudy swelling of the spleen, liver and kidneys. Xocard's organism is found in the marrow of the wing bones. In man, little is known of the pathology. Cases have been recorded in which a lobar or lobular type of pneumonia was found. Cultures from the heart's blood, the lungs and other organs have shown the presence of the pneumococcus, streptococcus and other organisms. Failure to find Xocard's organism is explained on the ground that this organism has been killed off by secondary invaders. Symptoms. — Dieulafoy places the incubation period at from seven to twelve days, while other observers state that it may last for as long as twentj'-five days. The disease may be ushered in abruptly or it may have an insidious onset. When the onset is sudden the clinical picture is not unlike that of pneumonia. There is a chill, marked prostration, and fever which rises rapidly to 102° or 104°F. and is continuous in type with slight dail>^ remissions. Cough appears earh' and is usually attended with mucoid, rusty or bloody sputum. In some cases there is no sputum. Herpes are absent. In other cases the onset is insidious and bears a striking resemblance to typhoid fever. The patient complains of headache, malaise, weakness, anorexia and diarrhea or constipation, usually the latter. The breath is foul and the tongue heavih^ coated. A petechial eruption is sometimes present. The spleen has been noted as being enlarged in some cases. Delirium, apathy or stupor is often present. Respiratory symptoms are also present in the typhoid type of the disease. A severe stomatitis or peribuccal edema may be an early manifesta- tion in those who have practised mouth to mouth feeding. The disease remains stationary for from eight to ten days when the temperature falls, usually by lysis. Convalescence is, as a rule, pro- tracted. The total mortality for reported cases is about 30 per cent. Physical Signs. — Examination of the chest may show the presence of fine moist rales throughout both lungs or phj^sical signs indicative of either a broncho-pneumonia or lobar pneumonia. Often the physical findings are inconclusive. Diagnosis. — This rests entirely on a knowledge of the exciting cause. If it is known that the patient has been in contact with a diseased parrot, psittacosis should at once suggest itself. Especially should one's sus- picions be aroused if several members of a household are simultaneously affected. In the absence of such knowledge the case is certain to be regarded as one of atypical pneumonia. BRONCHO-PNEUMONIA This form of pneumonia is also known as catarrhal pneumonia, lobular pneumonia and capillary bronchitis. The latter term should never be used. While a lesion limited to the finer bronchioles is possible theoretic- ally, practically it never exists alone, as an inflammatory process involv- ing the smaller bronchi inevitably extends to the anatomically related or contiguous vesicles as well. The term broncho-pneumonia is much the most preferable designation and by common consent is the one now in DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 429 general use. As the name implies the process involves both the bronchi and the pulmonary vesicles. Inasmuch as broncho-pneumonia plays such an important part in influenza, and, when associated with the latter disease, displays such marked variation, both pathologically and clinically, the section on influenza should be read in connection with this. Etiology. — The disease occurs as a primary and secondary manifesta- tion and is encountered most frequently at the two extremes of life. The two sexes are about equally affected. The primary form is almost invari- ably seen in children under two years of age. Beyond this age period the disease is usually a secondary manifestation. Statistics show that in about one-third of all cases the disease is primary. As a secondary manifestation broncho-pneumonia occurs under a variety of conditions. (a) As a complication of or sequel to one of the acute infectious dis- eases broncho-pneumonia is encountered with great frequency. While any of the acute infections may give rise to broncho-pneumonia the infec- tions most to be feared are diphtheria, measles and whooping cough. There is a very widespread belief among the laity that measles and whooping cough, especially the latter, are relatively harmless affections. For this reason children are often purposely exposed to these diseases in order that what is believed to be a necessary episode in their lives may be over and done with. Although both these diseases are relatively harmless in themselves it cannot be too strongly insisted upon that they are extremely dangerous because of their complications and sequels. A very considerable proportion of deaths from broncho-pneumonia occur in children in whom the primary infection was either measles or whooping cough. A very severe form of broncho-pneumonia following an attack of measles in young adults occurred in several of the army canton- ments during the winter of 1917-18. The condition was remarkably infectious and required strict isolation to prevent its spread. The infecting organism was the streptococcus hemolyticus which has been shown to be present in the tonsils of many individuals. Empyema was a frequent accompaniment. (b) In both children and adults broncho-pneumonia may succeed an attack of acute bronchitis, the inflammatory process extending along the bronchial tubes and eventually implicating the air vesicles. A secondary broncho-pneumonia may arise also in cases of bronchiectasis, chronic interstitial pneumonia, pulmonary abscess or as a result of an empyema rupturing into the lung. In like manner broncho-pneumonia may occur in cases of chronic tuberculosis with cavity formation, the infecting material from the cavity giving rise to an ordinary broncho- pneumonia, a tuberculous broncho-pneumonia or both. (c) A focus of infection anywhere in the body may by metastasis give rise to a septic broncho-pneumonia. Among such conditions may be mentioned acute otitis media, suppurative appendicitis, salpingitis, in- fections of the urinary tract, etc. (d) Broncho-pneumonia is to be classed among the most frequent of the terminal infections. In the aged and debilitated and in those suffering from some chronic affection such as heart disease, nephritis, malignant disease, diabetes, etc., it is one of the most frequent causes of death. 430 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM (e) Still another form of the disease is the so-called inhalation or deglutition pneumonia. In health the sensitiveness of the larynx pre- vents the passage of food and drink into the trachea and bronchi. If, however, the larvnx becomes insensitive as the result of the narcotic effect of alcohol,' ether or chloroform or as the result of stupor or un- consciousness, such as occurs in uremia, apoplexy, etc., food or drink or septic material may be aspirated into the lungs and set up a very severe form of broncho-pneumonia (Fig. 276). Aspiration, pneumonia may also follow the inhalation of material from a bronchiectatic cavitv, a tuberculous cavity or it may occur as a sequel to a large hemoptysis. This form of the disease not infrequently follows operations about the nose, mouth or larynx. Fig. 276. — Meat fibers (a) broncho-pneumonic focus. (Dr. F. D. Weidman.) Children who are debilitated as the result of syphilis, rickets or diar- rhea are extremely subject to broncho-pneumonia, and children living amidst insanitary surroundings and inmates of orphan asylums or found- hng homes are especially prone to develop the disease. Inasmuch as broncho-pneumonia frequently develops as a sequel to acute bronchitis the disease is usually more prevalent during the winter and early spring months. At this time respiratory infections are far more common than at other seasons of the year and in this respect broncho- pneumonia is no exception. Morbid Anatomy. — The affection is nearly always bilateral, although the lesions may be much more extensive on one side than the other. Holt found the disease bilateral in 82 per cent, of cases coming to autopsy. The disease has a decided preference for the posterior aspect of the lower lobes. The middle lobe of the right lung is the least affected portion. A lung the seat of a broncho-pneumonic process is heavier than normal, DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 431 deeply congested and while crepitant throughout, reveals to the touch scattered nodules of consolidation (Fig. 277). Pleurisy is less common in the broncho-pneumonic form than in the lobar type of the disease. When the lesion is just beneath the pleura the latter may be slightly clouded or there may be a deposit of fibrin or purulent material. Oc- casionally a moderate-sized effusion may occur. A very common finding, especially in young children, are areas of atelectasis. The most frequent sites of the collapsed vesicles are the Fig. 277. — Lobular pneumonia in adult lung, showing patchy areas of consolidation. {MacCallum's Pathology.) posterior inferior margins of the lower lobes, the free margins of the lung anteriorly and at times the inner margin of the lungs adjacent to the spine. The atelectatic area is sharply defined, shrunken, depressed below the surface and of a bluish or dark violet tint. On section it is smooth and glistening in appearance and on pressure a small amount of bloody serum exudes. The tissue not only feels airless but also sinks when placed in water. About the collapsed areas the pulmonary tissue may be edematous or show compensatory emphysema. On section the broncho- 432 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM pneumonic process shows an intense congestion of the bronchial mucous membrane and small groups of vesicles. The smaller bronchi and bronchioles and the affected air cells are completely filled with an inflam- matory exudate which contains little or no fibrin. The exudate consists mainly of serum, a few red cells, numerous leukoc3'tes and large mono- nuclear or catarrhal cells. The patches of consolidation vary greatly in size. They may consist of small foci the size of a pinhead or be as large as a hazelnut. A number of distinct foci may merge into each other producing a large area resem- bling croupous pneumonia. Occasionally in young children a fulminant type of the disease occurs in which death occurs before consolidation becomes evident. On section of the lung the broncho-pneumonic area is seen to project shghtly above the cut surface and is more or less sharply circumscribed. At first the lesion is firm and reddish in color but in its later stages it is reddish gray, gray, or j'ellowish in color and very friable. On pressure a turbid blood-stained fluid can be expressed in which may be seen purulent material. In the aspiration forms of the disease numerous small abscesses may develop at the site of the lesions. When the disease runs a protracted course the tubercle bacillus is to be suspected. In children a widespread tuberculous broncho-pneumonia is not an uncommon finding. In fatal •cases abscess formation is not infrequent but gangrene is rare. When recovery takes place the consolidated areas undergo complete resolution in the great majority of cases. In some instances a rather diffuse bilateral fibrosis and bronchiectasis follow an attack of broncho-pneumonia. Bacteriology. — Mixed infections are almost the rule in broncho- pneumonia, the streptococcus being the most constant organism. Among the organisms which have been found alone or in association wdth others may be mentioned the pneumococcus, streptococcus, staphylococcus aureus and albus, Friedlander's bacillus, the influenza bacillus, the diphtheria bacillus, etc. Prior to the recent epidemic of influenza the teaching was that neither the symptoms nor the lesions in the lungs showed any marked differences as the result of infection bj' different organisms. Our experience with influenza, however, has shown that the disease does varj'" in accordance with the infecting organism. Thus streptococcic broncho-pneumonias are apt to be characterized by symp- toms of a general septicemia. Pathologically certain organisms, notably the streptococcus and the influenza bacillus, produce marked interstitial changes, constituting what has been termed an interstitial broncho-pneu- monia. In still other instances the broncho-pneumonic areas become con- fluent and involve a part or all of one lobe, thus producing an atypical form of lobar pneumonia. (See section on Influenza.) Symptoms. — The recognition of broncho-pneumonia is not easy because of the varied clinical picture. Then, too, in infants the disease is, at times, so violent that death may ensue in from 12 to 24 hours, and before the true nature of the trouble is appreciated. In marked contrast is the insidious onset and the paucity of both sj^mptoms and ph3^sical signs which so frequently characterize the disease in the debilitated and the aged. In the primary form of the disease which occurs almost exclusively in children under two yesiTS of age, the onset is usuallj- sudden with a DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 433 chill or convulsion. The temperature rises rapidly and is usually con- tinuous in type. In many cases cerebral symptoms play a prominent part and may dominate the picture leading to a diagnosis of meningitis. The child is peevish, very restless, easily excited, is sleepless and often very delirious. The disease often terminates by crisis. The mortality from primary broncho-pneumonia is slight. Owing to the presence of physical signs indicating consolidation of the lung the condition is often mistaken for lobar pneumonia. In the secondary form both the onset and course of the disease are essentially different. Instead of a sudden onset in a child previously well there has been present an acute bronchitis either alone or as a com- plication of one of the acute infections, particularly measles or whooping cough. The transition from the minor to the serious affection is gradual and the first thing to arouse suspicion as to the presence of broncho-pneu- monia may be the increase in the respiratory rate and an accession of fever. In a child convalescing from measles or whooping cough the oc- currence of these symptoms and the presence of rales in the lungs, even without evidence of consolidation, are sufficient to warrant a diagnosis of broncho-pneumonia. The fever is usually moderately high and may be either remittent or intermittent in type. Usually the difference between the morning and evening temperatures amounts to 3°F. or more (Fig. 278). Occasionally there may be hyperpyrexia while in weak and debilitated children the temperature may be but slightly elevated or even subnormal. In secondary broncho-pneumonia the temperature always falls by lysis, the febrile period lasting from one to three weeks. The pulse is usually very rapid but the increase in frequency is relatively less than that of the respiration. If the embarrassment of the right heart is marked the pulse rate runs up to 150 or higher and is apt to be irregular. The respiratory rate is markedly increased and in severe cases the intense dyspnea may be the most striking feature of the disease. A respiratory rate of 50 or more is not uncommon. The difficulty in breathing is usually in proportion to the extent of the pulmonary in- volvement. In fatal cases marked dyspnea is frequently associated with atelectasis. In addition to the respiratory distress deficient aera- tion of the blood is shown by the cyanosis of the face and finger tips and the anxious expression. In the severe fatal cases the child rapidly passes into a condition of asphyxia. Pain is rarely a marked feature in this form of pneumonia and in many cases is entirely absent. It usually occurs in the form of a dull aching sensation over the site of the pulmonary lesion. Cough is usually a prominent feature and is often very distressing. A vigorous cough indicates absence of toxemia while a feeble cough or the cessation of cough is usually associated with severe cases. In children the sputum is usually swallowed. In adults it may consist of a thin mucus or it may be mucopurulent in character. Occasionally the sputum is blood streaked. The Skin. — In severe cases with extensive pulmonary lesions there is usually some evidence of cyanosis due to the embarrassed right heart. In such cases the tips of the ears, the lips and the finger tips are of a dusky hue. When cyanosis is present, the skin is apt to be cool and 28 434 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM clammy. Ordinarily the skin feels hot and slightly moist. Sweating often occurs dming the height of the disease. Herpes labialis so com- monly met with in the lobar form of pneumonia are rarely seen in broncho-pneumonia. Gastro-intestinal symptoms are common. A child ill with broncho- pneumonia usually refuses food. Thirst is marked. Vomiting is a common symptom and in addition there is often diarrhea, the stools being green in color and containing mucus and undigested food. DISEASES OF THE LUXGS 435 Nervous symptoms are often very marked especially in severe cases. The child is restless, irritable, sleeps poorly and at times is delirious. The urine presents the usual characteristics seen in fever patients. It is scanty, high-colored, shows a trace of albumen and there also may be tube casts. In adults broncho-pneumonia is less common than the lobar form. It is always secondarj^ and presents the same clinical picture as that just given for children. The duration of an attack of broncho-pneumonia is variable. We have alluded already to the fulminant tj^pe in which death may occur within 48 hours. In the average case the disease runs its course in from two to three weeks. It may terminate, however, in a week or it may be prolonged beyond thi'ee weeks. In the protracted form described by Holt the disease ma}^ last for four or five weeks or even longer. In this type of the disease the fever persists but is subject to exacerbations and remissions. The child wastes, becomes anemic, profoundly prostrated and finally dies from slow asthenia. The chnical picture is strikingly similar to tuberculous broncho-pneumonia and the distinction between the two is not easy. Broncho-pneumonia as it occurs in the aged and debilitated very often begins insidiously^ and neither the sjmaptoms nor the phj^sical signs are distinctive. As a result the disease often escapes detection during life and is first discovered at the autopsy. During the winter and spring months when pulmonarj^ diseases are most common even trivial respiratory sj'mptoms are to be viewed with suspicion when occurring in those of advanced j^ears and in those debili- tated from some chronic disease. The most significant symptoms are fever, cough and dj'spnea, especially in one who is already suffering from bronchitis. Physical examination may show the presence of a diffuse bronchitis with or without patches of consohdation. In some instances there is an absence of sj^mptoms; in others it may be impossible to detect any e^ddence of a pulmonary lesion and in still others, both symptoms and signs may be so indefinite as to enth'ely escape notice. A knowledge of the frequency with which broncho-pneumonia occurs as a terminal in- fection in the aged and debilitated should make one alert in the presence of even the most trifiing respkatorj^ sj^mptoms. An extremely fatal form of broncho-pneumonia is that in which the exciting organism is the Bacillus -pestis. During a plague epidemic the pneumonic tj'pe of the disease is encountered in a small percentage of cases. The infection may be primary due to the inhalation of plague bacilli which have sprayed into the air bj^ coughing or it may occur secondarily to a focus elsewhere in the body. This form of broncho-pneumonia is characterized by an abrupt onset with a chill, fever which maj' be continuous or remittent, dyspnea, cyano- sis, cough and the expectoration of mucopurulent, blood-streaked,' or hemorrhagic sputum. The physical signs are those indicative of patches of consohdation in the lower lobes posteriorly. Phj^sical examination also shows marked enlargement of the spleen. Physical Signs. — The physical signs of broncho-pneumonia do not lend themselves readily to description. If, however, one keeps in mind 436 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM the pathology of the disease, the irregularity of the physical findings is more easily understood. In children and to some extent in adults, this is faciUtated by following the classification of Holt who describes: (1) The stage of congestion without consolidation. (2) The stage of partial consoliclation. (3) The stage with areas more or less completely consolidated. (4) The prolonged form. First. The Stage of Congestion. — hispection. — The breathing is rapid and shallow, the lower intercostal spaces, the submammary region and the epigastrium receding with inspiration. These signs are more marked in infants than in those of mature years. Palpation. — Palpation is negative except for the occasional occurrence of rhonchial fremitus. Percussion. — In the early stages of the disease the percussion note may be, and usually is, normal, a fact that Holt has especially emphasized. At the most, there may be a slight area at one base near the spine, in which the percussion note deviates slightly from the normal. Auscultation. — As a primary infection, the signs are those of a bron- chitis affecting the smaller tul3es, while if the disease develops from a preexisting bronchitis of the larger tubes, the rales are of a mixed char- acter. In the beginning the breathing may be normal everywhere, but sooner or later localizing signs in the form of very fine, moist rales (subcrepitant) appear, usually at one or other of the bases. Over this area the breath sounds may then become feebler and higher in pitch. The voice sounds may also become more intense and higher-pitched (see Figs. 279 and 280). Second. Stage of Partial Consolidation. — Inspection. — No change. Palpation. — ^Over the area of partial consolidation the tactile fremitus may be increased. Percussion. — -While the auscultatory signs of consolidation are apt to be well marked in this stage, the percussion changes are much less so, and may be negative. This is ascribed to the superficial nature of the lesions, and by the fact that the small consolidated areas are separated by normal vesicular tissue. If impairment over a limited area has been noted previously, however, it is apt to be more pronounced, and the area of slight impairment considerably extended. Slight changes in the percussion note may be detected at this time over the opposite lung, or over another portion of the same lung. Auscultation. — -In addition to the auscultatory findings noted in the first stages, there are added those of more or less complete consolidation, namely, enfeebled breathing, bronchial in character, bronchophony and whispering pectoriloquy. Third. With Areas of Consolidation More or Less Complete. — Palpation. — ^Over the area of consolidation the tactile fremitus is usually increased. Percussion. — The note is dull but not markedly so owing to the fact that the lesion is superficial and does not extend very deeply into the lung. Auscultation. — Over the central portion of the consolidated area the breathing is bronchial. As the periphery of this area is approached the breath sounds become less bronchial and in addition rales are heard. The vocal fremitus is increased (see Figs. 281 and 282). DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 437 The signs of consolidation may extend as far forward as tlie axillary line but they usually stop there. Fourth. The Protracted Form. — In this type the disease behaves for three or four weeks as an ordinary case of broncho-pneumonia. Then Fig. 279. — First stage. Coarse rales over both lungs; localized fine (subcrepitant) rales at the left base. No change in breath- ing sounds. (Holt.) Fig. 280. — Second stage. Coarse and fin? rales over both lungs behind; at left base an area of partial consolidation, with broncho- vesicular breathing, exaggerated voice, and very sharp rales. (Holt.) Fig. 281. — Third stage. A larger area of partial consolidation, and in the center a small area of complete consolidation, with bronchial breathing and voice, and slight dulness. Signs over the right lung similar to what were previously present over the left. (Holt.) Note. — The disease may stop at any one Fig. 282.— Fourth stage. Extensive dis- ease of both sides; large area of complete consolidation on the left, with dulness, bronchial breathing and voice, and no rales; surrounding this broncho-vesicular breath- ing, with many rales. Signs in the right lung similar to those previously present over the left. (Holt.) of these stages and resolution take place. instead of the process subsiding the symptoms persist and the con- solidated areas are noted to graduallj^ extend until the greater portion 438 DISEASES OF THE BRONX'HI. LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM of both lungs posteriorly are involved. Over this area there is marked dulness, exaggerated bronchial breathing and bronchophony. In the adult the physical signs are essentially the same as those found in the child. In all forms of broncho-pneumonia and especially as it occurs in those of advanced years and those debilitated by some chronic disease, there maj' never be any signs pointing to consolidation of the lung tissue as the lesions may be small and widely scattered. Holt emphasizes the following points: (1) That where there is consolidation it is usualh' incomplete, because there are small areas of healthy lung tissue between the hepatized portions; (2) that the signs of consolidation usually shade off gradually; and (3) that both sides are almost invariably involved, although one side usually to a greater degree than the other. Complications and Sequels. — Complications are not as frequently encountered in broncho-pneumonia as in the lobar form. Occasionally pericarditis and endocarditis occur but not often. Pleurisy with or without an effusion is not common. In children especially in those under bad hygienic conditions, various forms of stomatitis and gastro-enteritis are frequently seen. Purulent meningitis is relatively uncommon. Small multiple abscesses may occur especially in the aspiration and metastatic types of the disease. As a rule in the cases which recover resolution is complete but in some instances a diffuse fibrosis of the lungs takes place. This may be associated with dilatation of the bronchi. Diagnosis. — Primary broncho-pneumonia in which the onset is sud- den may be confused with the lobar form. It is to be borne in mind that broncho-pneumonia occurs almost exclusively in children under two years of age and that lobar pneumonia is unusual at this age. While the area of consolidation may simulate that found in lobar pneu- monia a careful examination will usually show a smaller focus on the opposite side. In adults the distinction between secondary broncho- pneumonia and frank lobar pneumonia is usually easy. The onset, symptoms and physical signs are radically different. In atypical cases of lobar pneumonia, especially in the aged, mistakes are frequently made. In young infants confusion may arise as to whether we have to do with broncho-pneumonia or congenital atelectasis. If the latter is present the temperature is often subnormal and the cyanosis marked. Physical signs are scanty or absent. In a child previously healthy the occurrence of cough, fever, dyspnea and cyanosis points to broncho-pneumonia and in such cases the physical signs are usually distinctive. The differentiation between tuberculous and non-tuherculous hroncho- pneumonia is not easy. Confusion is most apt to occur in those cases in which the disease is prolonged bej'ond three or four weeks. As a rule the symptoms are more pronounced in the tuberculous form and the wasting and prostration are greater. While tuberculous broncho-pneu- monia may involve anj' portion of the lungs the localization of signs at the apex or in the axilla are suggestive of this type as the non-tuberculous form shows a marked preference for the posterior and inferior portions of the lungs. If sputum can be obtained either from vomited material or by swabbing the back of the throat, the detection of tubercle bacilli at once determines the diagnosis. In children under two years of age a positive tuberculin reaction is extremely suggestive. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 439 In cases with marked nervous symptoms the distinction between broncho-pneumonia and meningitis is often difficult. In such cases a lumbar puncture should always be performed. Influenza In his monograph on influenza Leichtenstern writes: "The winter of 1889-90 is indelibly engraved on the history of great epidemics. An influenza epidemic greater than any before arose in the far East, spread hke a hurricane through Europe and thence over the greater part of the earth. Fom' decades after the last European pandemic (1847-48) the medical profession of our day found itself confronted by a new disease, which up to that time had been known to them only in the liistorj^ of medicine. The interest which the affection everywhere ehcited, the competition which it kindled in all civihzed lands to apply to the new disease the progress and the acquisitions of modern medicine, advanced our knowledge of influenza in ever}^ direction." This quota- tion is a fitting introduction at the present time. Again the long interval which elapsed between the pandemic of 1889-90 and that of 1918 found physicians more or less unfamiliar with the disease and stunned them with the appalhng toll of death which it exacted. In reviewing the history of previous pandemics the disease seems to have varied greatly in severity. Rush, for instance, in writing of the epidemic of 1789-90 in Philadelphia describes the affection as one charac- terized by "a perpetual coughing" but "with few exceptions the maladj" proved fatal only to old people and to persons weakened by pulmonary complaints." Walshe,^ writing at a time midway between the pandemic of 1848 and that of 1889 states that — "Fortunately the virulence of the disease faUs far short of its activity — two per cent, of those attacked being probably a fair estimate of the average mortahty. Influenza in truth, scarcely ever kills those it affects, unless, aged and debilitated, they have already one foot in the grave." Whether the older physicians who had experience mth the disease in 1889-90, through the lapse of time, had lost their impression of the severity of influenza or not, the fact remains that but few of the present generation had any appreciation of its fatal effects. Most of us looked upon the disease as one in which a large number of people were almost simultaneously stricken but that few died. Stengel, ^ on the other hand, has pointed out from personal experience, that the epidemic of 1889-90 was characterized by a death-rate far in excess of the normal and that the increase in the mortahty rate was due to severe pulmonary complica- tions. These comphcations differed in no way from those encountered in the recent epidemic, except, perhaps in the fact that they occurred with greater frequency and therefore caused a higher death-rate. Although the exciting cause of influenza is at present subject to some difference of opinion there is no question as to its being as distinct an -entity as any of the other general or acute specific diseases and that it obeys the laws of this group. Because of the anatomical lesions 1 Diseases of the Lungs, Fourth Edition, 1871. 2 Medical Clinics of North America, Nov., 1918. 440 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM produced the disease may properly be classed among those affecting the respiratory organs, though it is by no means limited to these. There can be no doubt that the term influenza or ''grippe" is very loosely used and that this designation when applied to catarrhal colds is not strictly true. Influenza proper occurs in a wide-spread epidemic or pandemic, lasts for a brief time and then ceases. Small residual epidemics may recur for a year or so following the main attack but then it practically disappears. Catarrhal colds, on the other hand, are always quite constantly present during the winter months and at times may occur as a mild epidemic. While they may be of the same nature as true influenza they lack many of the chief characteristics of the latter disease. As Leichtenstern has pointed out catarrhal colds have the same superficial resemblance to true influenza that cholera nostras has to true cholera. In regard to the recent epidemic, as it appeared in tliis country, there is some doubt as to whether its onset should be placed early in the fall of 1918 or whether the localized epidemics which appeared in many of the army cantonments during the winter of 1917-18 may not be considered the forerunners of the main attack. Certainly many of these local epidemics bear a striking resemblance to the disease which spread with such explosive suddenness in the autumn of 1918. While influenza has, in general, fairly definite characteristics, one must keep clearly in mind that it is subject to a number of variations both pathologically and clinically, and that furthermore it varies greatly in its manifestations in different localities. Indeed the description of the disease as seen l)y one observer in one locality often differs so much from that of another in another locality that it is hard to believe that we are dealing with the same disease. It is for these reasons that anything like a lucid description of the disease is a difficult task. At the height of the epidemic the disease presents itself in varying degrees of severity which range from the simple, uncomplicated forms to fulminant cases of broncho-pneumonia and atypical lobar pneumonia. In addition a number of cases of typical lobar pneumonia are encountered. Etiology. — The incubation period is not definitely established; it has been estimated by different observers as being from a few hours to four days. Weather conditions per se do not seem to play any part in the spread of the disease. Although the two last epidemics in this country have occurred in the autumn and early winter months undue emphasis should not be placed on the fact that respiratory affections are more prevalent during this season or that public meeting places are less well ventilated than in the warm months. The disease strikes with equal intensity in sulitropical and tropical regions. It is natural to expect, however, that the spread of the disease is favored by the housing of large num]:)ers of people in close quarters, such as occurs in barracks, or the gathering together of people in places of amusements, churches, schools, etc. Under these circumstances the infecting agent can more readily be transferred from individual to individual than would otherwise be the case. It has long been noted that piactically all of the great pandemics have originated in the East and have spread throughout the West. The relatively rapid extension of the disease from place to place and its sudden appearance in a locality some distance from an infected region DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 441 led the older epidemiologists to believe that the infecting agent was air born. It is now generally accepted that the disease is transferred from individual to individual and that its progress is that of the ordinary rate of travel. Transmission of the disease occurs largely, if not entirely, through the inhalation of infected droplets which have been thrown into the air by coughing and sneezing and it is largely for this reason that the gathering together of people in crowded places is inadvisable and that the wearing of gauze masks should be practised by those caring for influenza patients. In both the epidemic of 1889-90 and that of 1918 it was noted that institutions shut off from communication with the outside world fre- quently escaped the infection. In the recent outbreak a tuberculosis sanatorium which I visit escaped the infection entirely during the height of the epidemic. Toward its close one of the nurses went home for a visit and returned to the institution with a mild attack of influenza, A small outbreak occurred among those brought in immediate contact with her and of the ten individuals who acquired the disease, one died. Influenza attacks all ages. Those in the third and fourth decade of life, however, bear the brunt of the attack. Based on what we had read of the pandemic of 1889-90, many of us were of the belief that while the morbidity rate was extremely high, the mortality rate was relatively low and that only those of advanced years or those debilitated by a chronic illness were apt to die. It came as a distinct shock, there- fore, to encounter the appalling death-rate in the recent epidemic and particularly among those in the prime of life. All classes seemed to be equally affected. There was one group, however, in which the disease struck with particular intensity, namel}^ — pregnant women. In my own experience this was undoubtedly the most distressing feature of the epidemic as I saw it in the wards of one of the Emergency Hospitals of Philadelphia. Many of the women aborted and a very large proportion died. This is to be attributed partly to the severe toxemia of the disease and partly to the lack of prompt attention for premature labor and abortive cases. Woolston and Conley^ report 101 cases of influenza- pneumonia complicated by pregnancy. Of this number, fifty-two (51.4 per cent.) died and of the forty-nine which survived, twenty-one (42.7 per cent.) aborted or went into labor prematurely. During the height of the epidemic the Pre-natal Clinic at the Phipps Institute had thirty- five pregnant women under observation. While the number is small, it would seem that the prompt attention that these women received had some bearing on the fact that but one died and two aborted. At the present time it is impossible to estimate with anything like accuracy, either the morbidity or the mortality rates in this country. In the city of Philadelphia the number of cases reported from September 23d to November 8, 1918, was 48,131 which represents about 2.5 per cent, of the population. There is every reason for believing, however, that this number is far below those actually affected. The number [of deaths attributed to influenza and pneumonia during this period was 12,687; the percentage of deaths to cases reported was 26.5. The highest number of deaths in any one day was 711, which is more than 100 above the average weekly death-rate from all causes in Philadelphia, In the country at large Soper- states that from the statistics available 1 Jour. Am. Med. Assoc, Dec. 7, 1918. 2 Ibid. 442 DISEASES OF THE BROXCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DLIPHRAGM in the forty-five principal cities the death-rate was 3.24 per thousand. There were 127,584 deaths from all causes. Had there been no epidemic of influenza-pneumonia, it is estimated that there would have been 47,967 deaths. The difference, therefore, represents the deaths due to the pandemic, namely — 79,687. If this rate prevailed throughout the continental United States, there would have been 341,021 deaths. To this must be added the 19,249 deaths occurring in the army camps, maldng a total of 360,450 deaths. While it is admitted that these figures represent httle more than a guess, thej' serve to indicate the extent of the pandemic. Tice^ in comparing the estimate of 20,000,000 deaths as the toll of the recent war in four and one-half years, believes that during an equal period of time, influenza at the epidemic rate would have caused 108,000,000 deaths! When the epidemic appears in a new locality it is apt to be preceded by a few scattered cases, the nature of which is not always recognized. The disease then usually spreads with explosive suddenness, reaches its maximum effect in about ten days and in from three to four weeks, the epidemic has spent its force, although it may persist in a much less aggravated form three or four weeks longer. Small locaHzed epidemics may recur for several months after the subsidence of the main epidemic and during the two or three years following there may be small local outbreaks in those places where the disease had been prevalent previously. Bacteriology. — In 1892 Pfeiffer described a small gram-negative bacillus which he believed to be the specific cause of influenza. The acceptance of this organism as the causative factor of the disease gained almost universal acceptance although no one had the opportunity of verifjdng its relationship to epidemic influenza. When the recent epi- demic appeared bacteriologists immediately sought for the influenza bacillus. Almost at once, however, it became apparent that either the influenza bacillus was not always present or that many workers were unable to isolate it. In going over the reports which have appeared during the past few months one has the greatest difficulty in forming any definite opinion as to what the actual role of the bacillus influenzoB is. The question is further confused by reason of the fact that one observer, for example, who in the beginning of the epidemic believed Pfeiffer's bacillus to be the sole cause of the disease later had doubts as to whether it plays any part whatever ; and again one who originally thought it had no relationship to epidemic influenza reversed his judgment in favor of the organism being the only cause of the disease. Out of tliis confusion one is able to separate three opinions: (1) That the bacillus influenzae is the specific cause of the disease; (2) that it plays little or no part as a causative factor; and (3) that the baciflus opens the door, so to speak, to various other organisms, such as the pneumococci, streptococci, staphy- lococci, Friedlander's bacilli, etc., and that these last-named germs are often the causes of the various complications. The last-mentioned conception offers a satisfactory explanation for the extreme variations which have occurred not only as to severity but also as to protean aspects of the disease. It is to be borne in mind, however, that there is already sufficient evidence to sustain the belief that mixed infection is not neces- sarily essential to the occurrence of pneumonia. 1 Internaiional Clinics, vol. i, Twenty-ninth Scries, 1919. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 443 Morbid Anatomy .^The pathological changes which are encountered in influenza are difiicult to describe because of the comphcations, com- binations and variations arising from differences in the stages of the disease at which the patient died. In order to obtain a clear conception of this infection, it is necessary to keep in mind that there is more than one organism at work in practi- callv all cases in which serious pulmonary comphcations occur. In a Fig. 283. — Extreme dilatation of bronchi and softening of the pulmonary tissues. Pike Pneumonia Commission.) {Camp number of cases which have been carefully studied there appears to be a fairly definite sequence of events: (1) A primary infection of the upper respiratory tract and the bronchi by the influenza bacillus; (2) a secondary invasion of the inflamed bronchi by pneumococci (commonly type IV), which enter the lung and produce either broncho- or lobar-pneumonia and (3) a tertiary invasion by streptococci (hemolytic or non-hemolytic) which infect the pneumonic areas. — (Opie, Freeman, Blake, Small and Rivers, Camp Pike Pneumonia Commission. i) In some instances the 1 Jour. Am. Med. Assoc, Feb. 22, 1919. 444 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM pneumococci play no part, the streptococci being the secondary invaders. In other instances the secondary invaders may be the staphylococcus or Friedlander's bacillus, or the influenza bacillus itseK may extend into the pulmonary tissues and give rise to pneumonia. The initial infection with the hacillus influenzce causes a more or less intense inflammation of the mucous membrane of the upper respiratory tract, the trachea and the bronchi (see Fig. 219). The pharynx and tonsils appear red and inflamed. The nasal mucosa is swollen and injected and on laryngoscopic examination the larynx is frequently seen Fig, 284. — Broncho-pneumonia. {Camp Pike Pneumonia Commissioti.) to be deeply injected as is also the mucosa of the trachea. In some instances early extension of the inflammation occurs to the frontal and ethmoid sinuses and the antrum of Highmore. Usually the process extends downward and involves practically all of the bronchi. The distribution is not necessarily uniform, the upper air tract may be but slightly involved, the brunt of the infection occurring in the bronchi. In other cases the bronchi seem to be but slightly involved while the upper air tract and the trachea are intensely inflamed. In still other instances a limited portion of the bronchial tree in one lung is much more involved than the remainder. In a considerable number of cases a DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 445 purulent bronchitis and bronchiolitis develops. When these conditions exist the lungs are voluminous and show but little tendency to collapse even on section. If purulent bronchitis is present the muco-purulent material wells out of the cut bronchi. In twenty-seven out of thirty cases of this type Opie and his co-workers recovered the influenza bacillus. The mucous membrane of the bronchi is not only intensely inflamed, but in addition the influenza bacillus penetrates the wall producing Fig. 285. — Broncho-pneumonia showing Also dilatation of the bronchi. almost universal involvement of entire lung. {Camp Pike Pneumonia Commission.) varying degrees of softening. This may extend to the surrounding pul- monary tissue which also becomes softened and in extreme instances becomes of a pulp-like consistency. The softening of the bronchial wall frequently lends ^to the acute dilatation of the bronchi which in extreme cases gives the lung a honeycombed appearance (see Fig. 283). It has long been recognized that the most constant factor in chronic 446 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM bronchiectasis is the influenza bacilkis. It is probable, therefore, that even in mild cases in which there is no noticeable change in the cahber of the bronchi that the weakening of the wall and the persistence of the influenza bacilh eventualh' lead, in the course of months or years, to a definite bronchiectatic condition. Fig. 286. — Broncho-pneumonia showing large confluent areas of consolidation. Pike Pneumonia Commission.) (Ca77ip This primary infection of the bronchi creates what Allen J. Smith has aptl^' termed ''an open w'ound" which is easily infected by the secondary invaders. Furthermore the disease is characterized b}^ a marked lowering of resistance to material infection. The most common lesion in the lungs is a hroncho-pneumonia. The broncho-pneumonia may be caused by the influenza bacillus alone by DISEASES OF THE LUXGS 447 direct extension from the bronchi. More often, however, the pneumo- coccus is responsible for the broncho-pneumonia. The broncho-pneumonic areas are often Hmited to or most marked about the hilus of the lung. Some observers have emphasized the predilection of the lesions for the periphery of the lungs and have also directed attention to the hemor- rhagic character of the process. In many cases there is relatively little consolidation. The pneumonic areas may consist of small shot-hke nodules or smaller areas may become confluent forming areas the size of an EngHsh walnut or larger (see Figs. 284, 285, 286). The color may be blackish-red, red or grajdsh-red. Even in cases in which con- gestion is not a marked feature and the amount of consolidated tissue Fig. 287. — Interstitial type of broncho-pneumonia. {Camp Pike Pneumonia Commission.) is relatively sHght, there is often a thin, copious, bloody exudate in the bronchioles and lung tissue which pours out of the nostrils after death. In a certain number of cases the interstitial tissues are involved constituting what has been termed an interstitial hroncho-pneumoriia (see Fig. 287). In these cases microscopic examination shows thickening of the walls of the bronchi and bronchioles and the alveolar walls in the immediate neighborhood of the bronchioles are also thickened by an infiltration of mononuclear cells. At one stage the peribronchial in- filtration presents a gross appearance closely resembhng tubercles, and MacCallum suggests that it is possible that these lesions have 448 DISEASES OF THE BROXCHI, LUXGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM perhaps been mistaken for tuberculosis when the condition follows measles. At a later stage the interlobular septa become greatly thickened and stand out conspicuously as whitish-yellow lines, marking out the whole lobulation in polygonal fields. In each of these fields there ma}" be three or four projecting nodules which represent the thickened bronchi. One of the chief characteristics of influenza is the occurrence of an atypical 'pneumonia which has some of the features of both broncho- and lobar pneumonia. The current opinion at the present time is that these so-called pseudo lobar pneumonias are primarily lobular and that the gradual merging of a number of isolated patches of consolidation may involve a large part or even all of one lobe. This condition is often brought about by the streptococcus hemolyticus. The gross appearance of this form of lobar pneumonia is not that of the true type of the disease for instead of being red or gre}' in color the lesion presents a varietj' of tints of 3-ellow varying from a pale yellow to a reddish yellow. These various colored areas appear to be different stages of a broncho-pneumonic process. Furthermore the cut surface of the at^'pical form lacks the granular feel of true croupous pneumonia and is also much moister. This tj'pe of pneumonia was very prevalent in the army camps during the winter of 1917-18 and seemed in most instances to be caused by the streptococcus hemolj^ticus. A complicating empyema was frequently present (see Streptococcic Empyema). A hemorrhagic form of hroncho-pneumonia in which infection with the streptococcus hemolyticus occurs shortly after or coincidently with the primary influenza infection was quite common. In these cases the lungs are deeply congested, and on section a copious, bloody fluid exudes. In addition, there may be areas of hemorrhagic infiltration. The lower lobes are often enlarged, heavy and often almost completely consoli- dated. On section the involved portion of the lung presents a bluish or bluish-black color. The lung substance is less friable than in croupous pneumonia and the cut surface is soft and smooth. When the upper lobes are involved the process is less uniform in appearance. Some portions are bluish in color and of a firm consistenc}'; others are red and less firm while the extreme edges of the lung are emphysematous (Symmers). The condition is not unlike that seen in the pneumonic form of plague. It has also been described as a hemorrhagic pneumonitis. In these cases there is every evidence of a profound septicemia which clinically produces symptoms similar to those seen in severe puerperal fever. The infecting organism can be recovered from the heart's blood and lungs. Still another variation, caused by the streptococcus hemolyticus, is what has been termed the relaxed form of pneumonia (see Fig. 288). In these cases the chief characteristic is the shrunken, flabby appearance of the lung. On section it presents a deep red and congested appearance and not infrequently there is abscess formation. The latter is often situated just beneath the pleura and may rupture into the pleural cavity producing an empj'ema. In addition to these atypical forms of pneumonia many cases of true lobar pneumonia are encountered which may be primary or occur as a sequel to an attack of influenza. Edema. — In some fuhmant cases edema of the lungs occurs early. In other instances,^the^edema occurs relatively late when the right heart begins to fail. ^j DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 449 Acute vesicular emphysema is quite constantly found in association with broncho-pneumonia. These emphysematous areas are apt to be marlced along the free margin of the lungs and not infrequently rupture. Instances of rupture near the root of the lung with extravasation of air into the mediastinal tissues have been noted. A number of cases of subcutaneous emphysema appearing first in the tissues of the neck, have been reported. This may result from the rupture of an emphyse- FiG. 288. — -Note relaxed condition of lower lobe. Abscess beneath the visceral layer of pleura. (Camp Pike Pneumonia Commission.) matous bleb at the apex, although it has not been possible at autopsy to demonstrate the point of rupture. In one of the cantonments Torrey and Grosh^ state that the predominant lesion was a generalized acute emphysema. The lungs were gray in color at the apex and deep red at the base. The surface of the lungs was glistening, showed the mark- ings of the ribs and emphysematous bullae. The lungs were in a state 1 Am. Jour. Med. Scs., Feb., 1919. 29 450 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DL^PHRAGM of inspiratory distention, did not collapse and were tough at the apex and very friable at the base. On section bloody serum exuded; the bronchi stood out prominently and they contained a thick creamy pus. Scattered through both lungs were numerous small nodules varying in size from a millet seed to a bean. There was also an intense bronchitis and peribronchitis and marked venous stasis. The latter condition was probably due to the extreme distention of the lungs and clinically gave rise to the extreme lethargy, cyanosis, dyspnea and bloody sputum. Abscess formation is not infrequent. The abscess maybe (1) localized, having its origin within a patch of pneumonic consolidation; (2) it may occur in the interstitial tissues either in association with broncho- or lobar pneumonia or it may arise by absorption from an empyema; (3) there may be small multiple abscesses clustered about the bronchi. The -pleura is frequently the site of a fibrinous exudate. Effusions are relatively common. They may develop coincidently with the pneu- monic process but more often occur as sequels. In the beginning the effusion is often hemorrhagic in character but it quickly becomes puru- lent. The effusion may be free or encysted. The number of loculated effusions during the past epidemic was unusually large and were always to be suspected when the physical signs and fever persisted. Among the 263 cases seen in the University Hospital a pleural effusion was noted in 26 (10 per cent.). In this connection the article on streptococcic empyema should be read. The pericardium is not involved as frequently as one would expect. Effusions are not common and in spite of the complicating pneumonia the dry or fibrinous form does not often occur. In fatal cases, which have been characterized by marked septicemia, changes in the myocardium are usually noted. In a very large proportion of cases the mucous membrane of the intestines shows the presence of small hemorrhagic areas. Hemor- rhage into the adrenals also occurs in a few instances. In a number of cases hyaline degeneration of the rectus abdominis muscles has been noted. The muscles maj^ be completely ruptured, probably as the result of coughing which causes a tear at the weakened point. A large extravasation of blood sometimes occurs into these muscles and in some instances the streptococcus hemolyticus has been recovered from the affected area. There are no noteworthy changes in the other viscera aside from those encountered in febrile conditions. Involvement of the ear and sinuses may occur as a complication or sequel of the disease. Meningitis ma^' be encountered in the severer forms of influenza. Lamb^ reports its occurrence in 7 cases out of 624 influenza pneumonias. The infecting organism was the pneumococcus in 6 instances ; the strepto- coccus hemolyticus was obtained in the remaining case. NeaP has ob- served 3 cases caused by the influenza ])acillus. A late sequel of the disease is encephalitis. The encephahtic area in its typical form consists of innumerable dense aggregations of "flea- bite-Uke" dots of blood, between which the tissue is softened and of a graj^ or grayish-red color (Leichtenstern). Secondary hemorrhages may occur in the softened area. The foci are usually sharply defined, nearly 1 Jour. Avi. Med. Assoc, April 19, 1919. ^ ibid., March 8, 1919. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 451 always situated in the gray matter of the cortex and central ganglia and are practically always symmetrically located in both cerebral hemispheres. In some instances there are patches of congestion or even meningitis. The nuclei of the motor cranial nerves, especially the third nerve, are very frequently involved. ? m. i Fig. 289. — Simple influenza. Fever of short duration, with sharp decline. (Medical Clinics of North America.) Symptoms. — The disease, as a rule, begins abruptly with malaise and a drowsy feeling. Distinct chills are not common but chilliness is frequently complained of. Pain is one of the characteristic features. It is often quite generally felt all over the body but is apt to be especially severe in the legs, head and eye-balls, and across the small of the back, the Fig. 290. — Simple influenza. Fever of four days' duration. Gradual decline. A few rales at both bases. No other physical signs. (Medical Clinics of North America.) last at times being as severe as in smallpox. In addition, in the respira- tory form, there is commonly coryza, sore throat, soreness or actual pain in the chest, and cough, which at first is apt to be unproductive and later accompanied with mucopurulent sputum. In not a few cases a marked purulent bronchitis develops in the later stages of the attack. The 452 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM sputum, in addition, may he blood-tinged and at times consists of almost pure blood. Severe epistaxis occurs in a few cases. Gastro-intestinal disturljances are relatively common for a day or two, but only in excep- tional instances can they be looked upon as severe enough to consider the case one of the true gastro-intestinal type. ]\Iany patients complain of nausea and vomiting for the first few days of the attack. Vomiting of blood and a hemoi-rhagic diarrhea are encountered in a few cases. Fig. 291. — Simple influenza. Eight days' duration, and tonsils. Gastro-intestinal symptoms for two day.s of lungs. (Medical Clinics oj North America.) Marked congestion of pharynx A few scattered rales at bases Jaundice is not often present. Even in cases which are dominanth' of the respiratory type nervous symptoms may be pronounced owing to the severe toxemia. Insomnia, occasionally intractable in character, is often complained of and a low muttering or active dehrium may be present. In previous epidemics mention is made of a very mild tj'pe of the disease in which there is little or no fever: none of this type was seen by me in the recent outbreak. Fever is practically always present and at :: •■ J- °: i. _:_ _^ — -^ — -^ .w !• 4 ^ "T k — m i- i ^ t =• ^ I i- : F ': ■•- ^ -f- Ofi t: • ^ Ai- ^ '^ r % '% //4 % ^ JTf Fig. 292. — Subnormal temperature and low pulse-rate during convalescence from in- fluenza. (Medical Clinics of Xorth America.) the onset may be quite high. The temperature chart may show a high continuous type of fever for a few days, or it may rapidly fall to normal in the course of thirty-six to forty-eight hours (see Fig. 289). More often it gradually falls by lysis (Fig. 290). Often the temperature falls irregu- larly, and at times the fever curve may be marked by sharp remissions (Fig. 291). Not uncommonly when the fever subsides the temperature may become subnormal and may continue this wa\' for days and often DISEASES OF THE LUXGS 453 for weeks (Fig. 292). In a few instances I have seen what was apparently a relapse of the influenza infection without serious implication of the lung itself. In such cases after a febrile period of three or four clays the tem- perature again rises for a brief period (Fig. 293). If the second febrile disturbance is prolonged, however, it is more than likely that the secondary rise has resulted from a broncho-pneumonia or a small collection of fluid. An interesting feature of the disease is the slowness of the pulse com- pared to the febrile disturbance. Even with a comphcating pneumonia, the pulse-rate is often unduly slow. Dming convalescence a marked bradj^cardia (40 to 50) is relatively common. A study of these cases with the electrocardiograph showed nothing abnormal other than the wide spacing betw^een beats. Cyanosis is not present in simple uncomplicated influenza. It is very frequently present, however, in cases with severe pulmonary com- phcations and is usually indicative of severe toxemia rather than circu- latory failure. The blood pressure readings are extremely variable. Fig. 293. — Relapse. Patient taken ill two days before admission. Temperature declined to nearly normal, remained so for two days, and again rose. A few rales at right base. (Medical Clinics of North America.) They give but httle indication of the severity of the disease or the state of the circulation. The respiratory rate even in uncomphcated cases is subject to marked variations. It may be quite high, but rarely continues so unless there is a complication — lobar or broncho-pneumonia. Marked irregularity in the curve of the respiratory rate is not infrequent. The urine commonly shows the presence of some albumen and a few casts but no more frequently than ordinarily occurs in other acute in- fections. Severe nephritis is occasionally encountered. Free diuresis was noted in most of the cases but this may be attributed to the fact that an abundant water intake was encouraged. Retention of urine and an over-distended bladder w^as met wdth sufficiently often to put one on one's guard in treating these cases. Profuse sweating is not uncommon. Herpes is not common even in the cases with a distinct lobar consohdation. Subcutaneous emphysema has been reported as occurring in a number of cases, usually those with a comphcating pneumonia. I saw an example of this in a child in which the emphysema involved one side of the neck, and all of the anterior aspect of the chest and abdomen. The condition apparenth' is not serious and disappears in a few days. Its causation is not clear. 454 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM A leukopenia or normal white-cell count is the rule in simple influenza. A 'leukocytosis is always suggestive of a comphcation. The following white cell counts were obtained in 54 cases in the Uni- versity Hospital. Uncomplicated cases Pneumonic cases 15,000+ 3 12 9000 to 15,000 13 21 2 to 9,000 38 26 These figures are in accordance with those reported bj^ a number of observers. With improvement a leukopenia is often changed into a leukocytosis. It has been said that in broncho-pneumonia the leukocyte count is not usually over 15,000 and that counts higher than this point to the lobar type of pneumonia. Physical Signs. — In simple influenza of the respiratory type the phys- ical examination indicates the presence of a bronchitis. This is nearly always bilateral but may be more marked on one side than the other. The rales may be fairly generally distributed over both lungs but com- monly they are hmited to the bases of the lungs posteriorly. Occasion- ally the bronchitis involves only a portion of the bronchial tube in one lung. The rales may be subcrepitant in character but commonly large, mucous rales are also present. As the morbid process in simple influenza is confined to the bronchi and peribronchial tissues, there are no areas of consolidation. The heart sounds are relatively slow even when considerable fever is present; during convalescence the pulse-rate may drop down as low as 40 beats per minute. Aside from this slowness of the pulse-rate the heart rarely shows anything abnormal. Influenza Broncho-Pneumonia. — Whether broncho-pneumonia is to be looked upon as a comphcation or as an integral part of the disease is not clear. As has been pointed out in the section on morbid anatomy the inflammation of the bronchial mucous membrane constitutes an open wound which is readily infected with other organisms, notably the pneumococci, streptococci, staphylococci, Friedlander's bacillus, etc. Furthermore there may be two or even more of these secondary infections. Simple uncomphcated influenza is rarely fatal. In the vast majority of the fatal cases the disease has extended beyond the bronchi and involved the parenchyma of the lung. Ascribing death to influenza has been due in many cases to the fact that the physical signs are often so indefinite that there is no suggestion of pulmonary consohdation. The duration of simple influenza is rarely longer than six or seven days and in addition the evidences of toxemia are wanting. Therefore, if the fever persists beyond this time and if there are also marked toxic symptoms a broncho-pneumonia is to be suspected. The onset of the broncho-pneumonia varies. It may develop gradu- ally and become apparent five or six days after the onset of the influenza. In other instances it is fulminant in type and occurs in a day or so from the onset of the influenza or may appear almost simultaneously. The slowly developing type is usually due to a pneumococcus infection while the fulminant cases are commonly due to the streptococcus hemolyticus, less frequently one of the staphylococci. Evidences of a severe septicemia such as occurs in puerperal sepsis, characterizes the fulminant cases. The distinction as to the relation between the infecting organism and the DISEASES OF THE LI'XGS 455 severity of the broncho-pneumonia is not absolute, as serious and rapidly fatal cases may be pneumococcic in origin and relativeh'- mild cases may be due to the streptococcus hemo- lyticus or staphylococcus. In the mild type of the cUsease the clinical picture is not essentiaUy different from that seen in ordinary broncho-pneumonia except perhaps in the relatively slow pulse. The onset in these mild cases is usually identical with that of simple influenza. In many instances the fever dechnes and it looks as though the disease would terminate in a few days. In some in- stances the temperatm'e becomes normal or nearly so for a day or so and then rises again. This usually coin- cides with the secondary invasion or the extension of the influenza infec- tion to the air cells and the develop- ment of a broncho-pneumonia (see Figs. 294, 295). _ In general it may be said that the s^'mptoms which characterize the mild form of influenza are greatly in- tensified when broncho-pneumonia de- velops and that in addition the res- piratory symptoms and e\'idence of toxemia are often pronounced. In the fulminant type of the disease high fever, marked cyanosis, rapid and labored breathing are prominent symp- toms. Marked stupor or even uncon- sciousness is common. In addition the patient is plainly septic. The skin may have an icteroid tinge or may be distinctly j aundiced. In these cases the characteristic lesion is usually an intense hemorrhagic pneumonitis which bears a strong resemblance to the type of broncho-pneumonia seen in the pneumonic form of bubonic plague. Associated "oith these cases of broncho-pneumonia there is nearly always some acute emphysema just as in the case of ordinary broncho- pneumonia. In some instances, how- ever, the acute emphysema has be- come generahzed over both lungs and constitutes the dominant feature of the disease. ChnicaUy it is characterized by extreme lethargy, cyanosis, the expectoration of bloody sputum, epistaxis, irregiflar temperature and slow pulse. 456 DISEASES OF THE BROXCHI, LUXGS, PLELRA, AND DIAPHRAGM Physical Findings. — Examination of the chest often fails to reveal any very stiildng physical signs. There may be no alteration of the tactile fremitus, no appreciable change in the percussion note and an a])sence of bronchial breathing. In other words the usual signs of pul- monary consohdation are wanting. As a result of post-mortem and X-ray examinations, we have come to learn that the broncho-pneumonic areas start in the great majority of cases about the hilus and that the area about the angles of the scapulae should be carefully ex- amined. While a diffuse bilateral bron- chitis is almost invariably present in these cases, it will be noted that the rales g are, in certain areas, notably near the t angle of the scapula, of a sticky, resonat- I ing character. Rales of this nature are g almost certain evidence of underlying i consohdation. In addition it has been ^ found that while the breath sounds may I not be appreciably altered or obscured £ by rales, that the spoken voice is often ;f exaggerated over the area in which the ^ consonating rales are heard. In some :| instances the whispered voice is more ^ distinctly transmitted than the spoken ■^ voice. Adams and Montgomery^ ascribe rt this to the fact that the consolidated I area is small and that the sound of the S spoken voice is diffused by the surround- I ing lung tissue while no such effect occurs ?• in the case of the whispered voice. ■^ The signs above described may never § become any more marked. In many ^ instances, however, as the infiltrated I area increases, the phj'sical signs become § more and more marked, and eventually .; all of the signs commonly associated wdth 'Z pulmonary consolidation are obtained. I have had the opportunity of study- ing many of these cases with Pancoast in the X-ray department of the Univer- sity of Pennsylvania. This experience has convinced me of the importance of the signs referred to and has also demon- -- :---;- strated the fact that the broncho-pneu- monic process is almost invariably far more extensive than the physical signs indicated. When the condition is associated with marked general emphysema of both lungs the chest is in a fixed inspiratory position, the breathing is shallow and the veins over the upper chest and the neck are distended. The percussion note is hj'perresonant over the sternum and vertebrae and 1 Jotir. Am. Med. Assoc, April .5. 1919. r 3 ^ -iw DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 457 the area of cardiac dulness is obKterated. There is a diffuse bronchitis and in some areas the breath sounds are absent. Forced breathing may- bring out rales in these silent areas. Influenza Lobar Pneumonia. — This type of pneumonia rarely begins with an initial chill since, as a rule, it gradually develops from the influenza. The typical tenacious rusty sputum is not often seen, muco-purulent or purulent sputum taking its place. The sputum may, however, be blood streaked and at times consist of almost pure blood. Herpes rarely occurs. The respiratory rate varies; it may be quite high but is more often not especially accelerated. The fever course may show marked remissions and even intermissions while the pulse-rate is apt to be cUsproportionately slow in comparison to the fever. This is shown in Fig. 296 which should be contrasted with Fig. 297, from a Fig. 296. — From a case of influenza pneumonia. Black — temperature. Red — pulse-rate. case of true lobar or croupous pneumonia. Sero-purulent, purulent or hemorrhagic effusions are apt to occur during the height of the disease in these atypical forms rather than as a sequel as in the case of lobar pneumonia. The temperature, as a rule, falls by lysis. Physical Signs. — The physical signs in these atypical forms of pneu- monia are often identical with those encountered in the ordinary lobar pneumonia. They may indicate the involvement of an entire lobe but not infrequently the signs of consolidation (bronchial breathing, broncho- phony, whispering pectoriloqmO are hmited to an area almost the size of the palm of the hand near the angle of the scapula or in the axillary region. Over the rest of the lobe the percussion note is dull but there are com- monly an absence of or diminished intensity of the breath and voice sounds. Complications and Sequels. — Pleural Effusions.— One of the most frequent of the after effects of influenza is a pleural effusion. In a few instances the effusion develops almost coincidently with the pneumonia; in other instances, it occurs late in the disease or develops some days 458 DISEASES OF THE BEOKCHI, LL'NGS, PLEXJEA, AND DIAPHRAGM after convalescence apparently has been established. It is remarkable how frequently these effusions are mistaken for unresolved pneumonias. During the recent epidemic I saw in the course of two weeks no less than 6 cases of this sort and in every instance a purulent effusion was present. When the effusion develops during the coui'se of the pneumonia its detection is not always easy as fever, an accelerated respiratory rate and signs of consohdation are already present. Furthermore an effusion which develops in association with a consohdated lung is characterized by loud broncliial breathing and exaggeration of the voice sounds instead of the usual silence over collections of fluid. Errors can be avoided if the position of the apex beat of the heart is noted. If the apex is dis- FiG. 297. — From a case of lobar pneumonia. Black — temperature. Red — pulse-rate. placed away from the affected side and if in addition there is a nasal quahty to the voice sounds an effusion should be suspected and a needle introduced. These effusions are not infrequently hemorrhagic in the beginning but they quickly become purulent and as a rule had best be treated surgicaUy. (See also Streptococcic Empyema.) If the temperature falls to normal for a few days and again rises or if instead of falhng to normal it begins to show marked remissions or inter- missions and the physical signs do not clear up an effusion should be suspected (see Fig. 298). A needle should be used and ff this fails the patient should be X-rayed, ff possible. When the effusion is free in the pleural sac, its detection is not a dif- ficult matter. Encysted effusions, on the other hand, are often extremely difficult to locate. The continuance of the fever and the indefinite DISEASES OF THE LUXGS 459 character of the physical signs point strongly to such an occurrence but quite as often as not the location of the encysted fluid escapes detection even when a needle is repeatedly introduced. This may be due to the needle being too short, to the fact that the pui'ulent material is too thick, or what is probably more often the case the phj'sical signs fail to locate the pus sufficiently accm^atelj'. It is in this type of case that the X-raj's are invaluable and without their aid it would be impossible to be certain either as to the presence of or the location of many of these effusions. In the recent epidemic the number of encysted effusions was notably high. Of 35 empyemas operated on by Deaver in the University and Lankenau Hospitals; 24 were locahzed, 10 were diffuse and one was an empyema necessitatis. Of the 24 which were locahzed, 13 were interlobar. In some instances the empyema has been caused by the rupture of a pulmonary abscess into the pleural cavity'. Such an accident may be suspected, if during convalescence the patient is seized with a sudden, sharp pain in the chest and in a few hours becomes critically ill. The Pig. 298. — Effusion following lobar pneumonia. Often mistaken for "unresolved pneu- monia." (Medical Clinics of Xorth America.) temperature rises sharply, the pulse becomes rapid and small and the breathing shallow and very painful. The pain is usually located in the lower chest and upper abdomen. The abdomen is apt to be distended and markedly" tympanitic. The presence of fluid may be made out at the base of the affected side. Bro}icMecta.sis. — Dilatation of the bronchi may occur as an acute process during the course of the primary infection (see Fig. 283). It is encountered more often as a remote sequel, the symptoms and signs of the condition becoming manifest several years after the influenza attack. The condition arises as a result of the bronchitis and peri- bronchitis produced by the influenza bacillus. The bronchial waU be- comes softened and readily distended. As already pointed out this softening may be so marked as to lead to dilatation of the bronchial tubes during the course of the primary attack. ]\Iore often the dilata- tion occurs gradually and seA'eral years later presents the characteristic features of bronchiectasis. Abscess FormaUon.- — The formation of a distinct pulmonary abscess 460 DISEASES OF THE BROXCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DL\PHRAGM following influenza pneumonia is not very common in contrast to the frequent occurrence of interlobar collection of pus. The condition is to be thought of in every case in which there is a persistence of the symptoms and physical signs long after the pneumonic process should have cleared up. In a few instances the abscess has ruptured through the pleura and produced an empyema. Tuberculosis. — There can be but little doubt that the recent epi- demic will increase the number of cases of active pulmonary tuber- culosis. Already a number of cases have come to light dating the onset of their trouble from an attack of influenza. It is to be borne in mind, however, that the persistence of a cough and physical signs following an attack of influenza does not necessarily mean that tuberculosis is the cause. Persistent and slowly resolving patches of influenza pneumonia, especially if located at the apex of the lung, may be mistaken for tuber- culosis. In addition known cases of tuberculosis which have undergone an attack of influenza are going to offer considerable difficulty in determin- ing whether the increase in the physical signs is due to an extension of the tuberculous process, or whether it is a slowly resolving influenza pneu- monia which will gradually clear up. A conservative attitude must be maintained in respect to this latter group. A lung which has been in- fected with tuberculosis, even if the process has been arrested for some time, is extremely susceptible to acute respirator}- infections, and because of the fibrous tissue and other changes about the lesion such infections are apt to persist for a much longer time than in a normal healthy lung. In the cases which have come to my notice it has not been possible to state at once whether the process was due to a lighting up of the old tuberculous lesion or whether the rales were due to the influenza attack and would eventually disappear, or, if rales had been present previously, that they would diminish. One should withhold an immediate opinion in these cases. The patient should be seen at intervals and by the end of six weeks or so, it should be possible to determine whether there has been a lighting up of the tuberculous process or not. In regard to cases in which the tuberculosis apparently has been brought to light by the influenza attack, one should also adopt a conserva- tive attitude. When the abnormal physical signs are located in the bases of the lungs there should be no confusion. When, however, fine crack- ling rales are heard in the apices the condition may or may not be tuber- culous. In such cases the sputum should be repeatedly examined and in addition there should be careful temperature observations. If the lesion is due to influenza, the patient tends to improve, while if due to tuberculosis, he gradually becomes worse. Upper Respiratory Tract. — As a result of the inflammation of the upper air tract involvement of contiguous structures maj^ occur. Thus there may be involvement of the accessory sinuses, the middle ear or the mastoid. In common with other complications sinusitis, otitis media and mastoiditis were relatively frequent in some localities, and only occasionally encountered in others. Among the cases seen in the University Hospital these complications were not common. Circulatory System. — The most characteristic change in respect to the circulatory system is the bradycardia. This condition is encountered in influenza more often than in any of the acute infectious diseases. The bradycardia may be absolute, that is the pulse-rate may range between DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 461 40 and 50 or it niSiy be relative, 80 to 90 with a temperature of 103 or 104°F. The condition is apparently one of the neurotoxic manifestations of the disease. Electrocardiograph studies show no abnormalities. Although there may be some slight increase in the amount of pericardial fluid inflammatory changes in the pericardium are not frequent. In- volvement of the endocardium is rare. Individuals with a damaged heart muscle or valves, however, often bear the infection badly. As a part of post-influenzal neurasthenia symptoms referable to the heart are not uncommon. These may consist of attacks of tachycardia, palpitations and precordial pain. Occasionallj^ the tachycardia per- sists for months. While I have no observations on this point, it is quite likelj^ that hypotension will be of frequent occurrence as a post-influenzal condition, especially in those cases with marked nervous exhaustion. Venous thrombosis may occur. The veins most frequently' involved are those of the lower extremities. Personally, I have seen no examples of this. Nervous System. — The effect of this disease on the nervous system is marked. The most frequent of the nei^vous manifestations are psy- chasthenia and neurasthenia, which as a rule occur together. In a patient subject to these conditions the convalescence is satisfactory except for the failure to regain strength. He feels weak, tires easily^ and the slightest exertion produces a tachycardia and sweating. In addition there is a feel- ing of depression and an inability to perform the shghtest mental effort. In extreme cases the despondencj- may be severe enough to cause the patient to attempt suicide. Recovery from these conditions is the rule. Neuritis may occur as a post-influenzal manifestation. It may take the form of a polyneuritis or simply effect a single nerve. Encephalitis (epidemic or lethargic encephahtis, nona). — Following the epidemic of 1889-90 a number of cases of influenzal encephahtis were reported. In many of these there was also a monoplegia or hemiplegia. Among the cases reported since the recent epidemic instances of paralyses, other than those affecting the eye muscles, have been uncommon. The condition is characterized by marked lethargy, asthenia, vertigo, headache, photophobia, diplopia and some alteration in the mental state. Fever is usually^ present and lasts from two to five day^s; this is apt to be followed by a subnormal temperature. The onset is usually characterized by the symptoms given above. Later the patient lies motionless in bed often unable to make any voluntary movement. The face is usually expressionless and mask-Hke, resembling that seen in Parkinson's disease. Facial paralysis may be present. The most frequent form of paralysis is an ophthalmoplegia which is noted in about 75 per cent, of the cases. The speech is often distinctly altered. Sentences are slowly uttered and the words slurred ; or the words may be uttered with great rapidity^ The spinal fluid may be under pressure but as a rule shows nothing abnormal. In a few cases the cell count has been increased. Serious mental disorders may occur also as post-influenzal mani- festations. Burr states that these mental disorders may be: (1) A state of mild elation without delusions (very rare); (2) confusional insanity^; (3) dementia prsecox, alcoholic hallucinosis and (rarely) paresis. In the last named group the influenza is not the cause but the excitant. 462 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM Gastro-intestinal System. — Digestive disturbances maj' persist and unduly prolong the convalescence because of malnutrition. There maj^ be considerable loss of weight as a result. Long after recovery from the influenza patients may continue to suffer from recurrences of gastro- intestinal symptoms or gall-bladder trouble. Diagnosis. — When epidemic influenza first makes its appearance it has been the common experience that the first cases are not recognized but are usuaUj- looked upon as severe " colds," Once the disease becomes prevalent, however, its recognition is not diflicult. The condition I have experienced the most difficulty with is typhoid fever. Several sporadic cases of the latter disease were admitted to the University Hospital during the height of the epidemic and for some days their true nature was not recognized. Tliis was due to the fact that headache, fever and bronchitis are common to both conditions. The mistake is less hkely to occur in communities where tj^phoid fever is endemic and where one is constantly on the alert. The real difficulty is not so much in recognizing the case as one of influenza as in determining the presence of pulmonary or pleural com- pHcations. Bearing in mind that influenza itself is usually a relatively brief infection the prolongation of the fever and respiratory- symptoms bej'ond a w^eek point stronglj- to some comphcation or extension of the inflammatory process to the pulmonary tissues. The recognition of these various conditions has already been dealt Avith. Pulmonary Fibrosis This condition is variously designated as chronic pneumonia, inter- stitial pneumonia and cirrhosis of the lung. In the older literature on the subject the term fibroid phthisis is frequently used. The latter term is misleading, however, and should never be applied to this affec- tion but should be restricted to those cases in which the tubercle bacillus is the exciting cause of the fibrosis. Fibrosis of the lungs is of interest because of the. similar effects and symptoms produced by a lesion which is the common result of many different processes. Properly speaking, it is not a disease; it is simply the result of some previous pulmonary affection. While the etiological and pathological features of pulmonary fibrosis are extremely varied the clinical picture is fairly characteristic and it is for this reason that cases of this nature are grouped together. Etiology. — The etiology of fibrosis of the lungs embraces practically every disease to which the lung is subject, whether acute or chronic. The chronicity of the primary affection, however, undoubtedly has a great deal to do with the process. Thus, while it is recognized that the acute pulmonary affections, as broncho-pneumonia or croupous pneu- monia, may terminate in an interstitial pneumonia, it is the chronic affections that furnish the greatest number of examples of the condition. Of the chronic pulmonary infections tuberculosis is generally regarded as being the most potent factor in the production of fibrosis. In the majority of cases the tuberculous origin of the fibrosis can be determined by the presence of tubercle bacilli in the sputum. Occasionally, however, as in a case observed at the Phipps Institute, tubercle bacilli are not de- tected during life and the true nature of the fibrosis is revealed only by a histological examination of the lungs. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 463 One of the most frequent of post-mortem findings is a small indurated area in one or the other of the pulmonary apices. Such areas are believed to be evidences of a healed tuberculous focus although there is no definite proof that such is always the case as most of them show neither tubercle bacilli nor any histological evidence of tuberculosis. The next most potent factor in the production of pulmonary fibrosis is dust. Under these circumstances the fibrosis is bilateral and diffuse. This aspect of the subject has been dealt with fully in the chapter on Pneumoconiosis. The acute inflammatory affections of the lungs furnish relatively few examples of the condition. Among the rarer' causes of pulmonary fibrosis may be mentioned syphilis, abscess, infarct and the mycotic infections. Chronic passive congestion sometimes leads to interstitial changes, known as " brown induration." This is an unusual cause. In such instances the lung not only shows an overgrowth of fibrous tissue but, in addition, it is of a brownish red color due to the deposit of hemoglobin. In addition to the intrapulmonary affections, extrapulmonary condi- tions, as aneurisms, mediastinal growths, and pleural effusions may produce an overgrowth of fibrous tissue. The importance of pleural effusions, especially when purulent, has been underestimated. An empy- ema is not an infrequent sequel of pneumonia and very often it is encysted. If the effusion is not detected and removed it acts as a foreign body and by reason of the pressure it exerts on the pulmonary tissue, leads to inter- stitial changes. Morbid Anatomy. — Fibrosis of the lung presents an extremely varied appearance pathologically — -a fact that has had not a little to do with the diversity of names under which the condition has been described. Any one of the several parts comprising the lung may be the starting point of the fibrosis: the tissue about the bronchi and blood-vessels, the interlobular septa, the alveolar walls, or the pleura. When the process has been of long standing, all of these structures may become involved, and any trace of the original starting place be obliterated. The varied conditions under which the fibrosis may arise and the predominance of the lesion in one or the other of the structures first attacked render a satisfactory classification impossible. For the sake of convenience most writers recognize a local and a massive type. Local- ized areas of fibrosis are often seen. The most common example is that so frequently encountered at the extreme apex of the lung. The massive type is of the most interest, both pathologically and clinically, and the great majority of cases seen and recognized as fibrosis belong to this group. The massive type of fibrosis may be further di- vided into a tuberculous and a non-tuberculous form. While the ulti- mate clinical picture is frequently identical in the two forms, the early stages differ. In the tuberculous form the process starts at the apex, while fibrosis arising from other cause most frequently has its origin at the base or root of the lung. This is of considerable importance in differentiating the two forms when tubercle bacilli are absent. It must be borne in mind, however, that non-tuberculous fibrosis of an upper lobe does occur, and when associated with bronchiectasis is often clinically indistinguish- able from healed tuberculosis with cavity formation — a point Jacobi has 464 DISEASES OF THE BROXCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM especially emphasized (see Fig. 221). In either case the disease is unilateral, the affected side is sunken, the spine bowed, and the shoulder depressed. On opening the chest the heart is seen to be drawn toward the affected side and the unaffected lung voluminous. The organ on removal is found to be hard and airless and strongly resists cutting. In the extreme grades the entire lung may be reduced to a mass of fibro-cartilaginous tissue with dilated bronchi. Between this and the lesser degrees of involvement all gradations exist. The fibrous Fig. 299. — Fibrosis of the lung in which the greatly thickened pleura and the fibrosis at the root of the lung are independent of each other. {Phipps Institute, Fifth Report.) involvement is distinguished by the areas of gra3ash tissue, which may be most prominent at the root of the lung, with radiating bands extend- ing toward the periphery (Fig. 299), along the interlobular septa or about the bronchi and blood-vessels. Fig. 300 represents a type of fibrosis described by Kidd and W. McCollum, and termed by them reticular. In this specimen the lung is seen to be intersected by fibrous strands which follow the interlobular septa. This specimen also shows the embedding of the bronchi and blood-vessels in the masses of fibroid tissue. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 465 ".% ¥ ''*". .t/-^'' -V^.. Fig. 300. — Reticular fibrosis. {Phipps Institute, Fifth Report. Fig. 301. — Fibrosis of the lung in wliicli the thickened pleura and the fibrosis within the lung are definitelj' associated. (Phipps Institute, Fifth Report.) 30 466 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM An almost constant feature of these unilateral cases is the associated pleural thickening. The pleural cavity becomes obliterated and the lung is bound down by dense adhesions, so that it is removed from the chest cavity only with the greatest difficulty. As a rule, fibroid changes in the pleura form a part of the general process and depend on the same Fig. 302. — Chronic fibrosis of left lung. Marked retraction of left chest, great vessels displaced toward the affected side. Heart and exciting cause as the intrapulmonary change. Whether the fibrous hyperplasia can begin in the pleura and by extension inward along the interlobular septa secondarily involve the lung is not clear. As can be seen in Fig. 301, the greatly thickened pleura and the fibrosis at the root DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 467 of the lung are independent of each other, while in Fig. 302 the thickened pleura and the fibrosis within the lung are definitely associated. It is quite probable that in some instances the two processes are dependent on the same exciting factor. Rarely the pleura may escape entirely. It is not often that a lung which has undergone fibroid change retains its normal size. Such a lung is nearly always smaller than normal, the reduction in size being, in some instances, extraordinary. In the variety known as Corrigan's cirrhosis the lung may not exceed the size of a clenched fist. Dilatation of the bronchi is pretty constantly present in extreme grades of fibrosis. In some instances the bronchial dilatation is the most prominent feature (see section of Bronchiectasis). Fibrosis of the lung secondary to croupous pneumonia is not com- mon. Occasionally the fibrinous exudate is not removed and a fibrous hyperplasia may start in the septa and peribronchial tissue. In fibrosis of this type the lung is red in color, tough and airless, and presents the appearance of a piece of muscle. This constitutes what is known as carnification of the lung. When the fibroid process is tuberculous in origin, apical cavities are commonly present and the fibroid tissue is densest about the cavity. The overlying pleura also becomes greatly thickened. Gradually the process extends until the rest of the lobe or entire lung is involved in the fibroid change. In one case at the Phipps Institute the enveloping layer of fibrous tissue about an apical cavity was at no point less than ^ inch in thickness. The fibrous tissue at times becomes cartilaginous and very hard. The heart is usually displaced toward the affected side (Fig. 302) and shows hypertrophy or dilatation of the right ventricle. The findings in the other organs do not conform to any special rule. Frequently there is evidence of arterio-sclerosis, interstitial changes in the kidneys, and occasionally in the other viscera. This widespread sclerosis in the various viscera led at one time to the belief that the pulmonary fibrosis was simply a part of a general fibroid diathesis. Such a view no longer receives any support. The age of the patients and the congestion which results from the obstruction offered to the right heart are doubtless the true causes of the associated fibrosis. Symptoms. — The clinical picture of massive fibrosis due to the tubercle bacillus and that which results from a chronic inflammatory condition is identical. Whether the fibrosis is due to tuberculosis or not in a given case must depend to a great extent on the examination of the sputum. In the majority of instances the patient is past the middle period of life when first seen. While fibrosis due to the tubercle bacillus is often under observation during the period in which the pathological changes are taking place, one rarely sees the pure form of fibrosis until the process has become well established. Patients presenting either form of fibrosis give a history of long-standing cough, expectoration, occasional attacks of blood spitting and dyspnea on exertion. The temperature is either normal or shows only a slight afternoon rise (99°F.). The pulse rate is not accelerated. In spite of the long duration of the disease, from five to twenty years or more, the general health may be but little impaired. The patient suffers no great inconvenience, except dyspnea on exertion, and takes part in the ordinary affairs of life. 468 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM So long as the cardiac functions are normally maintained the patient may not consult a physician. When first seen it is usually because of an attack of pleuris}', of blood spitting or because of increased cough, dyspnea or swelling of the feet, the latter symptom being indicative of failing compensation. The exceptions to this general rule are the cases in which dilatation of the bronchi is a prominent feature. If bronchi- ectasis is present, the sputum is usually very abundant and not infre- quently has a very offensive odor. Physical Signs. — Inspection. — -The affected side is shrunken and motionless and the shoulder on this side lower than its fellow (Fig. 302). The intercostal spaces are obliterated, and in some instances the ribs overlap. The spine is bowed laterally, the convexity being always aivay from the affected side; the angle of the scapula may be tipped back from the chest wall. Litten's shadow is absent on the affected and well marked on the unaffected side. A fluoroscopic examination will show the diaphragm to be much flatter than normal on the affected side. The Top R. Fig. 303. — (A) Chest tracing from a case of left-sided fibroid disease. (B) Spinal deform- ity showing marked curvature of spine away from the affected side. chest tracing in Fig. 303 shows the great disparity existing between the two sides of the chest. Displacement of the heart is an almost constant feature. When the left side is affected, the heart is pulled upward and outward and may be displaced to the fourth interspace in the mid-axillary line. In right- sided cases the displacement is even more striking. Strong pulsation may be noted in the fifth or sixth interspace in the right nipple line. It is to be borne in mind that the pulsation in this situation is not caused by the apex but by the body of the heart. The unaffected side is full, the interspaces wide, and the expansion free. Marked clubbing of the fingers and also of the toes may be present if the bronchi are dilated. Palpation. — This serves to verify the diminution of expansion and the location of the apex beat. Over the affected side the tactile fremitus varies; it may be greatly diminished or it may be exaggerated. Percussion. — Over the affected side, especially over the base of the lung the percussion note is impaired or dull. If dilatation of the bronchi DISEASES OF THE LL'NGS 469 is a prominent feature a tympanitic percussion note may be elicited near the angle of the scapula or if the upper lobe is involved, beneath the clavicle. Over the unaffected side the note is hyperresonant. Topo- graphical percussion of the healthy lung will also show that it extends beyond the middle line anteriorly and that a resonant note is obtained an inch or more below^ the normal base line posteriorly. Ausadtatioti. — The breath sounds over that portion of the lung which has undergone fibroid change are often distant and the expiratory sound may have a prolonged and bronchial quality. If the bronchi are dilated, amphoric breathing and whispering pectoriloquy may be heard near the angle of the scapula. Rales may be absent. If present they may be of the fine cracking variety or they may be wheezing in character. Vocal resonance may be diminished or exaggerated. Diagnosis. — The salient features of massive unilateral pulmonary fibrosis are: a history of long-standing cough, dyspnea and marked retraction of one side of the chest with displacement of the heart toward the affected side. If the lower lobe is involved and the upper one is relatively clear, the condition, in all probability, is not due to tuberculosis. When, however, the upper lobe is the site of the change and, in addition the bronchi are dilated, pure fibrosis cannot be differentiated from that due to tuberculosis, without a sputum examination. The neglect of this precaution leads to many mistakes. In regard to pulmonary fibrosis and bronchiectasis it is not a question of distinguishing between them, but of determining whether the two con- ditions are associated. Both are due to the same causes. In about 80 per cent, of the cases of massive fibrosis the bronchi are dilated. Rarely the bronchi are dilated without associated interstitial changes in the pulmonary tissue. If in a case with marked unilateral retraction of the chest wall there are also present a paroxysmal cough, profuse expectora- tion, often of a foul odor, and marked clubbing of the fingers, it is reason- ably certain that in addition to the fibroid changes, the bronchi are also dilated. One of the most frequent errors is that of mistaking a chronic empyema for a chronic pulmonary affection. In the early stages of a purulent effusion the effected side is usually fuller than the unaffected side. If the empyema goes unrecognized, it sometimes undergoes partial absorption. The liquid portion is absorbed leaving behind a putty-like mass made up of pus cells and lymph. In addition the pleura becomes greatly thickened. As a result the chest wall becomes retracted and eventually the lung itself undergoes interstitial changes. I have already alluded to the part played by encysted empyema in the production of pulmonary fibrosis. Chronic Inflammatory Conditions of the Lungs of Uncertain Etiology In the course of a yesn there are seen in everj^ hospital and dispensary devoted to the treatment of chest conditions, a number of cases in which the lesion is most marked or limited to one or both bases of the lungs. In the majority of cases the lesion is unilateral. A number of these cases have been reported in the literature as ex- amples of subacute or chronic pneumonia. They lack the characteristics 470 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM of definite pulmonary fibrosis in that there are often no marked structural changes in the lungs; the chest wall is not retracted and the phj^sical signs are rareh^ as marked as in pulmonary fibrosis. There are good reasons for beheving, however, that the condition under discussion is often the preliminary stage of fibrosis and l^ronchiectasis as both of the later con- ditions so commonly give the same indefinite history as to onset. Of seventeen cases of this nature seen at the Phipps Institute during the past three years nearly all have been mistaken for tuberculosis by reason of the fact that thej^ complained of cough, expectoration and oc- casionally had had blood-streaked sputum or even small hemoptyses. This also seems to have been the experience of sanatoria physicians who have reported cases of this nature. My experience has been that a patient with this condition almost invariably presents himself for treatment because of a persistent cough, usually a considerable amount of muco-purulent expectoration, and occasionally blood-streaked sputum, or a small hemoptj^sis. Some of them also complain of shortness of breath. There is no fever, no acceler- ation of the pulse-rate and httle or no loss in weight. In most instances the cough has been present for a year or more. The symptoms, of course, may readily be those of pulmonary tuberculosis but on examining the chest it is found that the apices are free from any abnormal signs. At one base, occasionally at both, the breath sounds may be shghtly suppressed. The principal finding, however, is the presence of rales, which may be of the fine subcrepitant type or they may be mixed. In not a few instances the rales are so numerous that the breath sounds are almost entirely obscured. That the condition is often secondary to an antecedent inflammation of the pleura, with or without an effusion, is suggested by the fact that the diaphragm is so frequently fixed and that the roentgenogram shows some haziness over the affected area. Another possible exciting cause is the presence of a chronic abscess of the lung. When this condition ex- ists it acts as a foreign body and thus tends to lead to the promotion of fibrous tissue. In the majority of the cases we have seen at the Phipps Institute, the condition has been so vague in its onset that it has not been possible to determine the exciting cause. As a sequel to the recent epidemic of influenza I have seen several cases in which there was a persistence of rales hmited to one base. The explanation in these cases would seem to rest on the assumption that it is well known that influenza broncho- pneumonia frequently involves the interstitial tissues and that such le- sions clear up veiy slowly. Whether the rales in the cases I have referred to will eventuaUy disappear or persist is problematical at the present time. A marked increase in the number of cases of this nature is to be expected in view of the fact that interstitial changes in the lungs are common in the broncho-pneumonias caused by both the influenza bacillus and the streptococcus hemolyticus. The bacteriological findings are varied and no one organism occurs alone or even predominates. It is needless to say that tubercle baciUi are absent. The X-ray examination of these cases is, in the great majority of in- stances, very unsatisfactoiy. In spite of the fact that the physical signs are marked it more often happens than not that the roentgenogram DISEASES OF THE LL'NGS 471 shows nothing or only shght and indefinite shadows. This experience is confirmed by others who have reported similar cases. When dyspnea is at all marked the diaphragm is usually found to be partially or com- pletely fixed on the affected side. Of the seventeen cases referred to the left lower lobe was involved eight times, the right lower lobe six times, and both lower lobes twice. The diaphragm was fixed on the affected side in five instances. Although, as I have pointed out, the condition is commonly mistaken for tuberculosis, there is no excuse for this. As I have repeatedly em- phasized tuberculosis is never primarily a basal condition. The fact that the physical findings are entirely limited to the base of the lung therefore excludes tuberculosis at once. Limitation of the physical signs to one base, especially the right, in children should always suggest the possi- bility of a foreign body. Calcification of the Lungs The occurrence of calcareous deposits in the lungs is not uncommon. As a rule, they are found near the apex and represent what was once a small cluster of tubercles which had been surrounded by fibrous tissue and later by the deposition of lime salts (Fig. 229). Occasionally these nodules become disintegrated and are expectorated in small particles at a time. They are usually grayish white in color, gritty and hard but may be of a putty-hke consistency. They vary in size, ranging from that of a pin-head to that of a hazel nut. They may be smooth and round or very irregular and rough. They are commonly referred to as lung stones or pneumoliths and, in the great majority of cases, are encountered in phthisical individuals. Helbig^ reports the case of a woman who spat up a number of these lung stones which on microscopic examination were found to contain bone corpuscles and lamellae. In this connection may be mentioned a case observed by Mangini^ in which bone needles could be felt in the lower lobes and cohering to form an actual arborization. He found records in the Kterature of 23 cases of this ossifying nature. The process is believed to result from repeated inflammatory processes. It is quite possible that there may have been an initial deposit of calcareous material which was finally converted into osseous tissue. These local calcareous deposits, so frequently seen in the lungs of tuberculous subjects, may also occur in other situations, namely — in the arteries of old people and in pleural or pericardial exudates where extensive calcareous plates may form. There may also be a deposit of these salts in tendon sheaths, iDursse, etc. In addition to these locahzed deposits extensive and multiple calcareous metastases may occur. Wells^ has reported some 36 cases of this nature. The lungs, endocardium of the left ventricle and the pulmonary veins seem to be especially predisposed to this change in association with bone tumors, osteomalacia and leukemic conditions. Harbitz^ in reporting a case of extensive calcification of the lungs 1 Munch. Med. Wochens., Oct. 17, 1916. ^Lyon Medical, April 26, 1914. ^Archives of Internal Medicine, 1911, 7, 721; Ibid., 1915, 15, 514. ^ Archives of Internal Medicine, Jan., 1918. 472 DISEASES OF THE BRONXHI, LUXGS, PLEURA, AXD DIAPHRAGM states that the condition may be metastatic, dependent on bone destruc- tion, or. it may arise without any indication of bone disease. In the case reported by Harbitz the lungs weighed nearly six times as much as normal. The lungs could be cut only with difficulty and felt like porous lione. Passing the finger over the surface felt like rubl^ing it over sand-paper, and here and there were round or irregular concretions. The distribution of the mineral matter was about the same in both lungs. The cut sur- face was of a peculiar, reddish-brown color with numerous small holes in the exten.sive stroma. After drying a small slice of lung substance it had a pecuhar yellow-red color and a porous surface which felt hke sand-paper and from which calcareous granules fell out. The deposit of calcareous material is. however, not always so extensive as in the case observed by Harbitz. The process may be confined to one lung or only a portion of one lung. There is nothing distinctive in either the symptoms or the physical signs. Dyspnea, cyanosis, cough, and eventually edema of the extremi- ties, due to failure of the right heart, have been the principle symptoms noted. The condition might be suspected in the case of an individual suffering from some destructive bone lesion or in case the roentgenogram showed the presence of unusually dense shadows. Pneumoconiosis The term pneumoconiosis {irvevfiuv, lung; 17 kovls, the dust) is applied generally to pulmonary affections which develop as the result of the inhalation of dust. ''The term 'dusts' as I would here apply it, includes all those fine, solid particles which are thrown off from various substances in the processes of manufacture or treatment of articles in common use in daily life, such as earthenware uten.sils, knives, needles, or mechanical instruments, like files or saws; or ornamental things, such as ornaments of pearl, ivory or turned wood; or articles that are worn, of silk, cotton, hemp, fur; or things that we use for food, such as flour; or for creating warmth such as coal; or for using as a supposed luxury, such as tobacco and snuff. "^ From the above description it is seen that the term pneu- moconiosis is a very comprehensive one. A number of synonyms have been used to indicate the particular variety of dust, namely, anthracosis or coal dust : chalicosis or flint dust : siderosis or iron dust : byssinosis or cotton dust : tobacosis. etc. In addition a variety of popular names have been applied to the dust diseases, the terms used indicating the occupa- tion, as for example, miner's asthma, grinder's rot, potter's rot, potter's asthma. That the prolonged inhalation of dust is capable of producing pathological changes in the lungs and bronchi has been long known. For the first systematic treatise on the subject we are indebted to Ramazzini (1703). During the last century the subject was thoroughly studied, especially by English phj-sicians, who had unu.sual opportunities because of the great diversity of manufacturing processes in England and the large number of people engaged in these trades. In this country the subject of occupational diseases has received but scanty attention and it is only within the past few years that several of the States have re- quired physicians to report on their occurrence. ^ RiCHARDSOX, Scientific American Supplements, 1876. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 473 Etiology. — The etiology of pneumoconiosis is very complex. The condition is caused by a variety of dusts, some of which are exceedingly irritating and produce in a relatively short time, marked damage to the respiratory tract; in the case of others, pulmonary changes are produced very slowly and the general health remains unimpaired for years. Fur- thermore, individuals seem to vary in their ability to withstand the effects of the same kinds of dust. Some workers after years of prolonged exposure show little or no impairment of health while others, at varying periods, gradually succumb to its effects. In addition there are other cooperating factors, not connected with the occupation itseff, such as an insanitary living environment, unhygienic home, insufficient food, and intemperance. This latter aspect of the subject has been emphasized by a number of English writers on the subject. In the case of miners the great depth at which some of them work may have some influence in bringing about respiratory changes. The extent to which pneumoconiosis prevails cannot be determined as the term is practically never employed to indicate the cause of death nor even to indicate the nature of the illness during life. How many cases of bronchitis, acute or chronic, of broncho-pneumonia or other acute and chronic inflammations of the respiratory tract are produced as the result of the inhalation of dust, is therefore problematical. The onlv exception to this is tuberculosis. For many years it has been recognized that the mortality from tuberculosis among those working in the dusty trades is excessive. There are two main types of dust: (1) the inorganic, and (2) the organic. Inoeganic Dust.— This is by far the most harmful because of the sharp, angular particles which produce harmful mechanical injuries and because, in some instances, injurious chemical effects are also produced. The different forms of pneumoconiosis are as follows: (a) Anthracosis (mmer's asthma, coal miner's phthisis, black spit). This is bv far the commonest form of dust disease and the one about which the most has been written. The condition exists to some extent in practically all who have worked for any length of time in a coal mine. It occurs in a more severe form in those who mine the anthracite or hard coal. This is due to the fact that the bituminous or soft coal is not hard and stony as the anthracite. The lungs of practically all urban dwellers show some evidence of anthracosis. Usually it consists of nothing more than the gravish dis- coloration of the lungs common to all who reach adult life but^in com- munities in which the amount of coal smoke and soot is excessive the condition becomes more marked and may constitute a true anthracosis. Klotz^ in a recent study has shown that among those who have lived for years in Pittsburgh, Pa., the amount of carbon deposited in the lungs is excessive as shown both by the residual ash and the degree of pulmonarv fibrosis produced. Chalicosis and Silicosis. — In these forms of pneumoconiosis the dust consists_ of sharp angular particles which give rise to considerable mechanical injury to the mucous membrane. Aside from dust which contains poisonous mineral substances, such as lead, that which is com- posed of fine particles of flint or silex is the most dangerous form 1 Arn. Jour. Public Health, Oct., 1914 474 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM encountered. Flint and silicious dust are met with in a variety of oc- cupations, namely, potters, stone masons, stone quarry workmen, etc. Among the gold miners of South Africa a particularly severe form of in- fection occurs from exposure to dust composed of fine particles of silex. The dust arises as the result of using machine rock drills (Oliver). Siderosis. — This is due to fine particles of iron dust. The condition is rare. The occupations involved are those in which the red oxide of iron is used. Looking-glass makers, gold beaters, and glass polishers are among the workers exposed to this form of dust. In cases of this type the sputum may be reddish and at post-mortem the lung may present a brick-red appearance due to the red oxide of iron. Among workers / / % m Fig. 304. — Nodular dissemination of anthracosis. (Klotz, in American Journal of Public Health.) who smooth or sharpen iron or steel implements on a sandstone, pneu- moconiosis is quite common. This form is due, in part, to fine particles of metal and, in part, to fine particles from the sandstone. Dust from Crushed Slag. — Slag, a name applied to the refuse from blast furnaces after the iron has been removed, is sometimes finely crushed. In this pulverized form it is used as a fertilizer because of the large quantity of phosphate of lime which it contains. This form of dust produces a curious infection of the lungs in that it resembles acute croupous pneumonia. This form of infection will be considered more in ■detail under the section on Morbid Anatomy. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 475 Organic Dust. — The evidence that inorganic dust is capable of producing definite pathological changes in the lungs is conclusive. When we come to consider the effect of organic dust, however, we lack definite proof that it is of itself injurious. While it is true that many of the occupations in which organic dust occurs are attended by a high death rate from tuberculosis, it is questionable whether the dust plays any- thing more than a very minor role. Oliver states that if we leave out of consideration the moisture which has been artificially introduced in the weaving sheds, it cannot be said that the manufacture of cotton is per se an unhealthy occupation. In this country much of the tubercu- losis and general ill health among cotton operatives can be traced to their deplorable living conditions, and to the fact that many especially in the South, enter the trade at an early age. In the manufacture of felt hats the hair of rabbits and similar animals is largely used. This occupation has been classed among the dangerous dusty trades. At the Phipps Institute it has been our experience that among the hatters who applied for treatment all were employed in the molding room which is wet and damp. Oliver states that he has never seen ill health among those engaged in the handling of tobacco, which could be attributed to the trade itself. In the United States cigar makers have a very high mortality from tuberculosis. This is due, in all proba- bihty, to the fact that the workers are rendered more susceptible to this infection because of a deterioration of health due to nicotine poisoning. Workers in this trade have informed me that many of them are rejected for insurance because of a "tobacco heart." It is my personal belief that pneumoconiosis rarely if ever develops as the result of exposure to organic dust. Not only is this form of dust incapable of producing a mechanical injmy, but it is doubtful if any of it ever reaches the finer bronchi and lung cells. The vast majority of the dust particles are prevented from penetrating very deeply into the bronchial tube because of the action of the ciliated epithelium and the moisture in the larger tubes. The high incidence of tuberculosis among those exposed to this type of dust is to be explained in other ways, namely, low wages, bad home environment, poor food, etc. During the threshing season in the fall, it is not uncommon for those who are exposed to the dust produced by the wheat, oats, etc., passing through the threshing machine, to develop acute symptoms. Workers who are especially susceptible will, in the beginning of the threshing season, develop a headache and great irritation of the respiratory tract. In addition there is considerable depression, a sensation of chilliness and often high fever. After a few days these symptoms pass off and the worker is apparently immunized for the remainder of the season. These symptoms have been attributed to a pollen infection, especially that of rag weed, and are believed to be somewhat analogous to the autumnal form of hay fever. A similar condition is encountered among those engaged in the manufacture of shoddy. During the grinding of the rags by machinery considerable quantities of dust are thrown off, in- halation of which is extremely trying to new hands but which has little or no immediate effects on the older work people. Those persons who are new to the trade develop what is known as "shoddy fever," the symp- toms of which are a rise of temperature, severe headache, signs of bron- chial catarrh, and running at the nose. The work people shiver as if 476 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM they were going to have a severe fever, and they complain of muscular pains (Oliver). Pneumoconiosis and Its Relation to Tuberculosis. — The relationship which exists between the inhalation of dust and tuberculosis is an inter- esting one, and the belief that dust has a strong predisposing effect in producing pulmonary tuberculosis is quite generally accepted. When we recall, however, the changes which are produced in the lung by reason of the inhalation of inorganic dust, it is evident that the process is in the beginning, a non-tuberculous fibrosis of the lungs. Furthermore, it is well known that the symptoms and physical signs produced by such changes often simulate those produced by tuberculosis very closely. It seems quite likely, therefore, that in not a few instances it has been assumed that the process was tuberculous, and death was ascribed to this cause, without an examination of the sputum having been made to determine the true nature of the disorder. Tatham^ in commenting on this aspect of the question states that: ''Potters succumb to non- tubercular disease of the lungs much more rapidly than they do to tubercular phthisis, and it is certain that much of the so-called potter's phthisis ought properly to be termed cirrhosis of the lung. Deaths from this affection should never be included under the head of phthisis, which term is now restricted by universal consent to the tubercular malady of that name." On the other hand, it is to be borne in mind that the cause of death in cases of this type is not infrequently given as being due to chronic bronchitis, emphysema, pleurisy, etc. This might possibly equalize the error. There is still another factor to be considered, namely, the effect of an antecedent fibrosis of the lungs. It is well known that the stimula- tion of connective-tissue growth is the way in which nature overcomes tuberculosis. Therefore, anything which stimulates such a growth in the lungs should aid in preventing the tubercle bacilli from getting a foothold, or in overcoming or retarding their growth, if they become established in the pulmonary tissue. This is the view held by Wain- wright and Nichols, who found that true tuberculosis was not a frequent finding among coal miners, but that extensive fibroid changes in the lungs, as the result of coal dust, was exceedingly common. The protect- ing influence, in their opinion, was the fibroid tissue and not the coal dust itself, the latter having been held by some to have germicidal qualities. While potters, for instance, are not freed from the danger of becoming tuberculous by reason of the fibrosis which is produced incidental to the inhalation of clay and flint dust, it seems reasonably certain that the fibrosis does tend to retard the progress of the tuberculous infection. Thus it has long been recognized that the age period at which potters succumb to tuberculosis, if it does develop, is far beyond the average, and in addition, so far as my observation goes, the disease seems to be much less severe than the same amount of damage produced in other classes of patients. Morbid Anatomy. — ^While all forms of inorganic dust bring about essentially the same changes in the respiratory tract, they vary, one from another in the extent of the lesions produced and the severity of the symptoms. The sharper and more angular the dust particles, the greater 1 Oliver's "Dangerous Trades." DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 477 will be the amount of mechanical injury and hence the greater the infiammatorj^ reaction. The least dangerous of the inorganic dusts is that arising from coal, especially the soft or bituminous variety. It is this form of pneumoconio- sis that has been most thoroughly studied. At the present time, it is pretty generally agreed that pneumoconiosis is the result of dust taken into the lungs during the inspiratory act. The view that the dust is conveyed to the lungs by way of the lymphatics after having been swal- lowed, is of little importance, as far as this type of infection is concerned. Exposure to almost any kind of dust, even for a short time, is apt to irritate the upper respiratory tract and produce coughing. If the exposure is sufficiently long there develops a pharyngitis and later a bronchitis. Between simple irritation as the result of a brief exposure, and extensive tissue changes, as the result of prolonged exposure, varying degrees of pathological alteration may occur. Clay and flint both contain very hard, sharp, angular particles of silex, which when drawn into the respiratory tract during inhalation are not dissolved by the bronchial secretions, but are deposited in the alveoli and smaller bronchi. For a varjung length of time the inhaled dust is arrested in its advance bj^ the mucous secretion in the bronchi, by the ciliated epithelium lining the tubes and by the action of the phagocytes. Sooner or later, however, these defensive forces weaken, and finally the dust passes into the lymph channels, and also along the finer bronchi, until it reaches the parenchyma of the lungs. As a foreign substance it then sets up a chronic inflammatory process. The initial deposits of dust occur for the most part in the posterior and inferior portions of the lungs. Microscopial Changes. — The gradual evolution of anthracosis has been described by Wainwright and Nichols,^ Haythorn^ and Klotz* to whom I am indebted for most of the following description. 1. In the case of those who have worked in a coal mine but a few months some of the epithelial cells lining the alveoli become swollen and contain particles of coal dust. Sometimes a few larger desquam- ated cells containing much pigment are found in the alveoli lying loose with some detritus and free dust particles. Even in the early stage, dust particles are seen in the walls of the air vesicles and around the small bronchi. In this stage there is no evidence of connective-tissue proliferation. 2. In those who have worked in the mines for several years the swollen cells containing dust particles are much more numerous and in addition there are present large mononuclear phagocytes filled with carbon particles. These pigment-bearing phagocytes are also found in the interalveolar lymph spaces, in the h'mphatics of the interlobular septa, in those about the vessels, and beneath the pleura and in the lower layer of the bronchial mucosa. As the accumulations of pigment gradually increase, they not only form lines along the septa of the lobules and the vascular channels, but nodular collections appear at the points of junction of the various lymph channels where small receptaculi are formed. These nodules become so prominent that they are readily felt by the finger, and at times the course 1 Am. Jour. Med. Sc, 1905, vol. cxxx. 2 Jour. Med. Res., December, 1913. ' Am. Jour. Public Health, vol. iv, No. 10. 478 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUXGS, PLEURA, AXD DIAPHRAGM of the lymph channel can be detected bv the sensation of touch (Fig. 304). At the points where the dust collects the fibrous tissue is arranged in concentric layers, so as to form small nodules. Between the layers of fibrous tissue and especially toward the peripheiy, the particles of carbon are especially numerous. The fibrous masses are well seen in the septa that run in from the pleura. In places considerable-sized black triangles with their bases on the pleura are seen, showing where the septum has been completely filled up with dust. The striking point in the whole picture is the extensive plugging and obliteration of the small and medium-sized lymphatics and the compression of the large ones. In the pleura and the peribronchial lymph nodes the picture is a similar one (Haythorn). In this stage the broncliial and mediastinal lymph nodes become enlarged. As the result of exposure to nearlj^ am' kind of dust the bronchial hnnph nodes become black, in the case of coal miners, in- tensely so. 3. The third change noted by Wainwright and Nichols is important from the standpoint of prevention. The}' found that in the case of individuals who had formerh' been miners, but who for many years had not followed that occupation, the lungs no longer showed signs of irrita- tion. The swollen epithelium had subsided and again become normal, and neither the cells nor the alveoli contained dust. The deposits of dust in the alveolar walls, the septa and peribronchial tissue, however, still remained, as did also the connective-tissue thickening. Macroscoyic Changes. — There is usually some evidence of emphysema. This ma}' be extensive or it may be limited to patches along the margins or scattered through the body of the lung. In cases where the exposure to dust has been a matter of j'ears, the lung is hard and more or less solid as the result of fibrosis. The dominant feature of pneumoconiosis is the fibrosis. The fibroid changes are diffuse and bilateral (Fig. 307) but at times a portion of one lung or the entire organ may become denseh' fibroid. The organ often cuts with some difficulty owing to the presence of gritty, fibrous nodules. The cut sur- face may be smooth but usually has a gritt}' feel on section. In the case of anthracosis the cut surface exudes a black, ink-like fluid (Fig. 305). In this form of fibrosis of the lungs the walls of the bronchi are often thickened and cylindrical dilatation of the bronchial tubes is also com- monly present. The pleural surfaces are usually adherent, especiallj' at the bases of the lungs. The association of tuberculosis and pneumoconiosis has already been considered. The changes as described above are, for the most part, common to all forms of pneumoconiosis due to inorganic dust. The changes pro- duced in the lungs of the gold miners of South Africa and in those exposed to slag dust are worthy of special mention. According to Oliver, gold 7ni7iers^ phthisis is especially rapid in its development. Gold miners on the Rand can follow the employment but for a few years; as a rule from five to ten years. Besides being produced in a relativeh^ short time, the fibrosis is very extensive and gives rise to the most extreme dyspnea. The disease is brought about by the inhalation of a very fine form of dust composed of sharp-pointed particles of silex. This dust is produced by DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 479 drilling the rock with machine drills. The tendency to respiratory disorders is also increased by reason of the fact that the men are rapidly transported from a warm, deep mine to the surface where the air is cold. In spite of the evidence of extensive pulmonary changes Oliver was struck by the fact that these men presented a healthy, bronzed appearance. Fig. 305. — Anthracosis. Although those exposed to slag dust frequently develop pulmonary disease, the changes in the lungs are very different from that ordinarily encounterea in pneumoconiosis. The slag dust gives rise to an acute inflammation of the lower lobe of one of the lungs, which after death is 480 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM found to be the seat of ordinary gra}^ hepatization. "It is noteworthy that the inflammation of the lungs commences like pneumonia and runs a similar course, with rigor, pain in the chest, rusty sputa, and, in 30 per cent, of the cases, herpes on the lips. On physical examination signs of pulmonary consolidation are to be noted" (Oliver). Symptoms. — -Exposure to any form of dust, even for a brief period of time, is apt to cause considerable irritation of the upper air passages, as manifested by cough and sometimes sneezing. Owing to the fact that coal dust is relatively the least dangerous of the inorganic dusts, years may elapse before symptoms arise which are indicative of serious pulmonarj^ damage. Among potters, serious symptoms rarely arise until the worker has been in the trade from ten to tw^enty years. Accord- ing to Oliver the "gold miner's phthisis" of South Africa is the most serious of the dust infections as the average time the occupation can be followed is six and a half years. In the dusty trades little or no inconvenience is experienced, in the beginning, from the inhalation of dust. As a rule, the first thing to be noticed is a slight irritation in, and a desire to clear, the throat. Next, a slight cough develops which may occur in the morning only. Later some blackish, viscid mucus appears after the cough. As the process advances, the cough and expectoration become more and more marked. At some period, varying wdth the character of the dust, the worker begins to experience some tightness in the chest, the breathing gets shorter and shorter and finally the disturbed lung function becomes so pronounced as to render the victim less and less capable of exertion. In spite of this condition, however, the general health may be but little impaired, and unless the dyspnea be too great, the patient may not be compelled to cease work. As time goes on the sputum which at first is mucoid in character, becomes mucopurulent and blood-streaked or even a frank hemoptysis may occur. Even when the fibroid changes have become marked, the physical signs may indicate nothing more than a diffuse bronchitis. There is quite likely to be added to the picture, however, evidences of bron- chiectasis. ^Marked clubbing of the fingers and the expectoration of large quantities of sputum, sometimes of a foul odor, are strongly sug- gestive of an associated dilatation of the bronchi. If the condition becomes complicated with tuberculosis, there is little to distinguish the two conditions so far as the physical signs are concerned. The constitutional symptoms, however, may become marked : there may be fever, a rapid pulse, night sweats, emaciation, and most im- portant of all, tubercle bacilli are present in the sputum. The distinguishing feature of general fibrosis of the lungs is the contrast between the extensive pulmonary lesions and the absence of marked constitutional symptoms. "Herein fibroid phthisis presents a well-marked difference from pulmonary tuberculosis; and even if, as we have said, the disease becomes complicated with tubercle, yet the rate of progress may be determined rather by the character of the pri- mar}' than of the secondarj- disease, though usually the supervention of tubercle hastens the sufferer into a more rapid consumption."^ 1 Report of British Departmental Committee on Compensation for Industrial Diseases, 1906, p. 13. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 481 Physical Signs. — The physical findings in cases of pneumoconiosis are most varied, depending, as they do, upon the stage of the disease and whether it is comphcated or not. In the early stages of the process examination of chest may reveal nothing unusual, or, at most, the signs indicative of a bronchitis. As the fibrosis increases, however, abnor- malities are more and more frequently found. Inspection. — When the disease becomes fulh^ established it will be noted on inspection that expansion of the lungs is deficient; usually this is more marked on one side. If the disease is more marked on one side than the other, there is also apt to be some retraction of the chest waU. Evidences of poor expansion and retraction may be present at the apices or at the bases, usually the latter. WTien the left lung is involved, the heart is drawn to that side and, in addition, the area of cardiac impulse may be increased by reason of the retraction of the lung. Ex- tensive fibrosis of the right lung will cause the heart to be drawn to the right. Distention of the veins in the neck may occur as the result of dilatation of the right heart. The chest may be of the emphysematous tj^pe but as a rule the em- physema is not sufficiently marked to bring about this change. As the result of an associated dilatation of the bronchi the fingers may be markedly clubbed. Palpation. — This will aid in determining the areas of deficient expan- sion, the location of the apex beat of the heart and the portions of the lungs which have become solidified. Percussion. — In the beginning the percussion note is normal. If emphysema plaj'S a prominent part the note will be hyperresonant. In the majority of instances the percussion note becomes impaired or nearly dull in certain areas, namely, the apices, the bases or the interscapular regions. The dull areas may be bilateral or unilateral. If bronchiectasis supervenes, a tympanitic note may be obtained. The common sites for noting this change are either beneath the clavicle or near the angle of the scapula. Owing to fixation, partial or complete, of the diaphragm the respiratory excursion ot the lungs at the base is very sHght or absent. Auscultation. — The auscultatory signs are numerous and varied. In the formative stages of pneumoconiosis nothing abnormal is detected. As the exposure to the dust becomes more prolonged rales, both large and small, may be heard in both lungs. At this time the breath sounds may resemble those encountered in emphysema, namely, a rather feeble respiratory murmur with prolongation of expiration. When the fibrosis becomes at all marked there are apt to be certain areas over which the breathing is suppressed and broncho-vesicular. Fine crackhng rales are also present at these points and the voice sounds are exaggerated. Attacks of pleuris}- are not uncommon so that a friction rub maj^ be noted. When the fibrosis is diffuse and there are no localizing signs, the breath sounds over the lungs may be slightly harsh and broncho-vesicular in character. Rales are usually constantly present but at times are more marked than at others as intercurrent ''colds" are quite common. If the dilatation of the bronchi becomes at all marked, cavity signs (whispering pectoriloquy, cavernous breathing, metaUic or resonating rales) are obtained. The cavity signs may be detected at the apices or the bases of the lungs. When heard about the angle of the scapula, 482 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM they are always suggestive of bronchiectasis; at the apices they may be due to an excavation, the result of tuberculosis or dilated bronchi. The heart, as a rule, presents nothing characteristic of pneumoconiosis. X-ray Examination. — The study of this condition by means of the roentgen rays is the greatest advance which has yet been made. In the past few years several excellent reports of this nature have been published. Fig. 306. — Second stage of pneumoconiosis with beginning fibrosis. Taken from a potter. During the past two years Pancoast, Miller and I"^ have studied several hundred individuals who have been exposed to dusts of various sorts. In regard to the effects of organic dust the subject can be dismissed with the statement that these individuals show no more marked changes than are encountered in those who have dwelt all their lives in large cities. When the evidence of pneumoconiosis is slightly more marked than normal in these cases, it is to be ascribed to the fact that there is a con- 1 Trans. Assoc. Amer. Phys., 1917. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 483 siderable amount of inorganic material mixed with the organic dust. This was notably so in a number of carpet makers we examined. The roentgenologic picture in the case of those exposed to inorganic dust is, in the great majority of cases, characteristic except perhaps in the very early stage. As a rule, the changes as seen in the roentgeno- gram correspond closely to the pathological processes. The first stage is characterized by an increase in the hilus shadows and a thickening of the usually prominent trunk shadows, and an undue prominence of the finer linear markings. It is the rule that the increase in thickness of the bronchial trunk shadows is fairly uniform, which is the main dependence in distinguishing the case from one of peribronchial tuberculosis, but there are exceptions which make the roentgenologic diagnosis difficult or uncertain. The descending trunk shadows seem to be more marked on the right than the left but the interference offered by the heart shadow on the left side may hide a similar condition there. Abnormalities of the diaphragm excursion occur in all stages, even the first. In the first and second stages, however, there is no general rule. The position of the excursion during ordinary respiration between the Kmits of extreme inspiration and expiration is very variable. The most common finding, in our experience, was a restriction at the inner portion of the right leaflet during full inspiration and either a decided flattening or a concavity of the outer aspect. The second stage is characterized by a more or less uniformly arranged mottling throughout the lung structure due to the deposition of dust in the lymph spaces, cells and fibrous tissue interspaces, with the addi- tion of a certain amount of localized fibrosis (see Fig. 306). This stage comprises what has usually been regarded as the typical case of pneumo- coniosis. Its onset seems to depend largely upon the character of the dust inhaled. It occurs early in those exposed to silica; comparatively early in coal miners, certain metal grinders and somewhat later in potters and asbestos workers. The distribution of the mottling was found by us to invariably appear first on the right side on a level with the hilus shadow. It certainly becomes quite perceptible on the right side before it appears on the left side and for some time after it does appear on the left side, it is noticeably more marked on the right. In the advanced stage the two sides seem to be about equally involved. The distribution is more or less symmetrical, but naturally not uniform throughout the lung. From the starting point it gradually spreads to the bases and apices, but is never so marked at the extreme apex or base as around the mid-portion of the lung. The appearance of the mottling depends more or less upon the character of the dust. In those exposed to silica the spots are very dense and sharply circumscribed and can be seen when very small. In the case of the less irritating forms of dust the spots are not so sharply defined. The roentgenologic diagnosis in this stage is not difficult. It may be difficult, however, to detect an early tuberculous lesion engrafted upon a well-advanced case of pneumoconiosis in the second stage. The third stage is characterized by the appearance of diffuse fibrosis and all that the term implies. While there is no sharp dividing fine between the second and third stages, it would appear in some instances that the mottled appearance in the second stage becomes more and more conglomerate and finally passes over into the appearance of dense fibrosis. 484 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM In other instances a general haze seems to spread over a certain portion of the lung. The greatest densitj' is in the subapical regions, although this is not the area of most intense motthng in the second stage. Dense fibrous bands can be seen extending in various directions, and frequenth' to the diaphragm, causing marked retraction (see Fig. 307). In this stage the motthng has become extremely coarse and sometimes is to be no longer recognized as such. The heart and blood-vessels are frequently dragged out of place and bronchiectatic cavities are quite common. Fig. 307.- — Diffuse fibrosis ol both lungs, more marked on left side. Bronchiectasis at both apices and some emphysema at right base. Note also the angulation formed in the left leaflet of the diaphragm. From a male, age 55, employed as a potter for 45 years. Exposed to clay dust. Principal symptoms: cough, expectoration and dyspnoea. Sputum examinations repeatedly negative for tubercule bacilli. Physical signs identical with those encountered in advanced tuberculosis. (Radiographed by Dr. H. K. Pancoasi.) It is not always easy to differentiate between the fibrosis resulting from tuberculosis and pneumoconiosis and were it not for repeated negative sputum examinations, sometimes extending over a number of years, it would not be easy to say that tuberculosis was not present. Diagnosis. — The diagnosis of this condition in the first and second stage is possible only by means of the roentgen rays. Its presence and the stage of its development can be fairly accurately summarized, however, if one knows the character of dust to which the individual has been exposed and the length of the exposure. As a general rule an in- dividual suffering from pathological changes in the lungs as the result DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 485 of exposure to dust almost invariably seeks relief because of shortness of breath, cough and expectoration, or a gradual failure in strength. The clinical picture is that of chronic bronchitis, emphysema and asthma, bronchiectasis or last, but most important, tuberculosis. The recogni- tion of pneumoconiosis depends, therefore, on a knowledge of the oc- cupation of the patient. If the history indicates that there has been prolonged exposure to an irritating form of inorganic dust it is almost certain that the symptoms and physical signs no matter how slight or how varied they may be, have had their origin in this way. A knowl- edge of the role played by dust is important, because the process in the lung can be arrested if the individual seeks a dust-free occupation. Pure pneumoconiosis can be distinguished from that with a complicat- ing tuberculosis, only by means of sputum examinations. Atelectasis By atelectasis (dreXTys, incomplete; exrdo-ts, expansion) is understood the return of lung tissue, once expanded, to a retracted, airless state. The terms collapse of the lungs, etat fetal, and apneumatosis are sometimes employed to convey the same meaning. Etiology. — Atelectasis may be (1) congenital or (2) acquired. 1. Up to the moment of birth the lungs are solid organs, the alveolar walls lying in close contact. With the first inspiration the lungs undergo partial expansion, the alveolar walls being separated and the bronchioles assume their permanent shape. If the child has not breathed at all, the lungs present throughout the color and texture of the adult liver. If a few respirations have occurred, the surface of the lung is studded with distended air vesicles while the remainder presents the appearance of atelectasis. Congenital atelectasis is met with in still-born children at term, in prematurely born children and is often seen in those with congenital syphilis, lesions of the central nervous system or as the result of obstruction of the bronchi by foreign bodies or secretions. In weakly children it is probable that portions of the lungs remain unexpanded during the first year of life. Congenital atelectasis is chiefly of medico-legal interest. 2. Acquired atelectasis may arise as the result of (a) interference with the respiratory function within the lung itself and (b) external mechanical pressure. (a) Interference with the respiratory function may be brought about, by obstruction in the upper air passages due to enlarged tonsils, adenoids or laryngeal stenosis. Another cause of atelectasis is obstruction of the bronchi. This may be brought about by inflammatory swelling of the bronchial mucous membrane and the accumulation of secretions within the tubes in such conditions as bronchitis, broncho-pneumonia and whooping cough. The bronchi may be occluded also as the result of a foreign body or by pressure from without by an aneurism or mediastinal growth. Finally a very common form of atelectasis, due to interference with the respiratory function, is met with in cachectic or moribund individuals. In such cases the weakening of certain groups of muscles concerned in respiration fails to support the chest wall. As a result the cavity of the thorax which should be enlarged by the descent of the diaphragm becomes 48G DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUXGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM narrowed and the intercostal spaces and lower parts of the chest recede during inspiration thus causing the underh'ing parts of the lungs to collapse. In conditions characterized by extreme weakness whether from old age. prolonged fever, or other cause, small areas, partiallj^ or completely collapsed, chiefl}' at the margins and bases of the lungs, are of frequent occurrence. A long continuance of the above causes, especially when due to enlarged tonsils, adenoids or weak muscles, may lead to permanent deformity of the chest such as the " pigeon breast " or the development of marked lateral depressions (Harrison's furrow). (b) The lung may be compressed by external jjressure. The pressure ma J' be brought about as the result of a pleural effusion, pneumothorax (spontaneous or artificial), aneurism, tumor, cardiac hypertrophy, peri- cardial effusion, thickening and contraction of the pleura and by spinal deformities (see Figs. 103, 105, 107, 109). All of these causes operate not only by direct pressure but also by interfering with the proper respir- atory movements. Pasteur^ has drawn attention to collapse of one of the lower lobes due to reflex inhibition of the diaphragm. This condi- tion is sometimes encountered after abdominal operations. Morbid Anatomy. — Atelectasis may affect one or both lungs. It may be limited to small circumscribed areas or it may involve an entire lung or any portion thereof. When occurring in the circumscribed form, the collapse areas are usually to be found in those parts of the lung where the expansile power of the chest is least, and which are the earliest to be affected b}- muscular weakness. Hence, atelectasis is most commonly found at the bases and along the free margins of the lungs. The middle lobe of the right lung is frequently involved. In the lobular form, if situated at the periphery of the lung, the involved area is sharply defined, shrunken, depressed below the surface and of a dark violet tint. On section it is smooth and glistening in appearance and on pressure a small amount of serum exudes. The tissue not only feels airless but also sinks when placed in water. In the early stages the surrounding lung tissue may be edematous; later it usually undergoes emphysematous changes. If not of long standing, the collapsed cells may become reinflated. If, however, they remain permanently collapsed, interstitial changes usuall}^ take place. When the lung as a whole becomes collapsed from pressure without, as in the case of a pleural effusion, pneumothorax, etc., the organ is greath' reduced in size and lies high up in the thoracic cavity close to the spinal column (see Fig. 344). The lung has a leathery feel, the surface is thrown intc fine wrinkles and is of a purplish or brownish-red color. If the pressure is marked, the organ becomes ischemic and of a grayish or slaty color. On section the tissue resembles flesh, does not crepitate and sinks in water. Providing the pressure has not existed for too long a time the lung will gradually reexpand. If, however, the collapse has been of long standing the lung gradually undergoes interstitial changes and finally is transformed into a fibrous mass with or without dilatation of the bronchi. In the early stages of collapse the interference with the blood supply renders the lung susceptible to infections such as bronchitis or broncho-pneumonia . 1 Annual Oration, Med. Soc, London, May, 1911. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 487 Massive collapse of one of the lower lobes as a sequel to abdominal operations is due to paralysis of the diaphragm (see p. 633). Pasteur states that the deflation may be so complete that the affected portion sinks in water. In most instances this form of collapse is of brief duration, the lung becoming reexpanded in a daA" or so. Symptoms. — Pulmonary atelectasis may occur without any clinical manifestations whatever. When present, symptoms indicative of pulmo- nary collapse are extremely variable and depend in great measure on its extent and on the acuteness and rapidity of its production. Thus collapse of the lung may be attended bj^ sudden and alarming sj^mptoms as in cases of spontaneous pneumothorax or it may show itself only by slight shortness of breath on exertion as in cases of pleural effusion. In the great majority of instances in which pulmonarj^ atelectasis is present the phenomena produced by this condition form a part of the clinical picture of other well-recognized disorders. Complete bilateral atelectasis is seen in still-born children only. The condition is of great medico-legal interest as it proves that death occurred prior to birth. In prematurely born children and in those enfeebled by some con- stitutional taint such as syphilis, the lungs may become partially ex- panded. In such children the temperature is low, and they do not be- come red or pink, but retain a blue color. They are often called "blue babies" although this term should be reserved for infants born with heart disease. The respirations are rapid and superficial. The face is palhd and pinched, the lips and hands cyanosed and the eyes and fon- tanelles are sunken. General weakness is very marked and the child has difficulty in suckling. Furthermore it does not cry with vigor, but whines, and each expiration is attended by a grunt or a light groan. As a rule, this condition lasts for a few days when the cyanosis becomes more marked, the child lies in a somnolent state and finally develops twitching or convulsive movements of the extremities. While the duration of life in these children is usually but a few days, death may not occur for several weeks. If the cyanosis is marked, the child rarely lives more than a few days. When collapse of portions of the lungs occurs as a complication of bronchitis, broncho-pneumonia, whooping cough or any condition attended by blocking of the smaller bronchi, its presence is to be inferred largely by an increase in the severity of symptoms. As a complica- tion of broncho-pneumonia the onset may be sudden and severe. There is an urgent sense of dj^spnea and respiratory distress, the respiratory and pulse rates become rapid, the movement of the alse nasi exaggerated, and the child becomes restless and fretful. The cough may be ineffectual due to imperfect inspiratory expansion or it may be violent and paroxys- mal in character. GradualV the child becomes more and more cyanosed, sweats profusely and sinks into unconsciousness or dies during or after a paroxysm of coughing. Pulmonary collapse which occurs as the result of pressure exerted by a pleural effusion, tumor, aneurism, etc., is rarely attended by marked symptoms. As a rule the condition has been brought about so gradually that the opposite lung has had time to accommodate itself to the change. If, however, a pleural effusion develops rapidlj' or entirely fills one side 488 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM of the chest, there is dyspnea, especially on exertion, and a sense of oppression. The most obvious form of atelectasis is that which occurs as the result of pneumothorax. While it is true that pneumothorax sometimes develops gradually and produces no symptoms the majority of cases are characterized by a sudden onset. In such instances the lung collapses so suddenly that the intact lung has thrust upon it, without a moment's warning, the entire burden of the respiratory function. The sudden displacement of the heart and great vessels and the disturbance of the intrathoracic pressure still further aggravates the situation. Sudden collapse of an entire lung is attended by all the phenomena of shock, namely, pallor, a clammy skin, marked anxiety and a rapid, feeble pulse. In addition there is air hunger and the breathing is hurried and tumultu- ous. Death may occur instantly, within a few hours or recovery from the attack may 'gradually take place. If the opposite lung is healthy or but little diseased, it is able to accommodate itself to the situation and recovery usually occurs. Fatal cases occur, as a rule, in tuberculous individuals in whom the opposite lung is also diseased. Collapse of the lung is also brought about artificially by the introduc- tion of nitrogen gas into the pleural cavity. Aside from some slight difficulty in breathing and a sense of tightness in the chest lasting for a few hours, the compression rarely produces any disturbance. Occasion- ally death occurs suddenly during or just after the injection. The cause of the accident is not known. Massive collapse of one of the lower lobes due to paralysis of the diaphragm sometimes develops with such suddenness and intensity as to suggest a pulmonary embolism. In other instances the condition gives rise to so few symptoms that the presence may be overlooked. The condition is as a rule transient in character. The dyspnea rarely lasts more than 24 hours. In addition to the dyspnea there may be a viscid expectoration. This is believed to be due to the contents of the collapsed lobe which are pressed into the bronchi and coughed up. Physical Signs. — Because of the diversified conditions under which atelectasis occurs, a detailed description of the physical signs is not feasible. In some instances the condition does not give rise to distinct- ive signs and its existence must be a matter of inference, as for example in broncho-pneumonia. In those cases in which the entire lung is partially or completely collapsed as the result of mechanical pressure the physical signs are to be attributed to the causative agent such as a pleural effusion or air in the pleural cavity. The physical signs obtained over the lung after absorption or withdrawal of fluid have been dealt with under the heading, "Pleural Effusion." In prematurely born or asthenic children the intercostal spaces and the lateral and inframammary regions of the chest will be seen to recede during inspiration. The percussion note over the bases of the lungs is usually impaired and the respiratory murmur everywhere weak. Inspira- tory recession of the interspaces and lower parts of the chest may also occur in cases of collapse associated with broncho-pneumonia and in cachectic and weakened individuals. In the latter, fine crepitant rales may be heard as the result of an associated edema. Collapse of a lobe or portion thereof shows absence of expansion, some retraction of the chest wall, dulness on percussion and absent or DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 489 faint bronchial breath sounds. If edema is superadded to the collapse, fine crepitant rales are also heard. Pasteur emphasizes the importance of noting the position of the apex beat of the heart in cases of collapse of one of the lower lobes. The displacement of the apex beat is always toward the affected side. Diagnosis. — When the collapse occurs suddenly and involves a large portion of one lung the condition may be mistaken for croupous pneu- monia. The absence of inflammatory symptoms and low temperature together with retraction of the chest wall and displacement of the apex beat of the heart serve to distinguish the two conditions. Collapse of a large part of a lung sometimes occurs in children from slight causes, especially catarrhal conditions. Hence when the signs of consolidation are found in a young child, we must always remember that they are pos- sibly due to atelectasis (Gee). Considerable difficulty is experienced in distinguishing between collapse of a lower lobe and the presence of fluid in the pleural cavity even when fluid has previously been withdrawn. In both conditions there is absent or distant breath sounds, dulness on percussion and absent expansion. If the case has been followed from the beginning the gradual return of the breath sounds can be noted but when seen for the first time it may be necessary to introduce an exploring needle to settle the question. Emphysema By pulmonary emphysema is meant an abnormal inflation and dilatation of the air cells, which may be temporary, or as is usually the case, permanent in character. Five varieties are recognized; chronic hypertrophic; atrophic or senile; acute vesicular; interstitial; and com- pensatory. CHRONIC HYPERTROPHIC EMPHYSEMA The term emphysema, as usually employed, has reference to the chronic hypertrophic form which in most instances is a secondary process, the result of some preexisting morbid process in the lungs or bronchi. Etiology. — Chronic emphysema is rarely primary in character. The essential feature of the condition is the loss of elasticity in the lungs. This may be brought about by any affection which causes a forcible and more or less continuous overdistention of the pulmonary tissue. Striimpell illustrates this very clearly by comparing the sound lung with its normal elastic force, to a new and very tense rubber band, while the emphysematous lung may be compared to an old and lax band that is overstretched and pulled out. This loss of elasticity with the resultant inability of the lung to contract is seen whenHhe thorax of an individual, subject to the disease, is opened. Instead of collapsing as does the normal lung under such circumstances, the emphysematous lung, being in a permanent state of inspiratory inflation, remains distended even after removal from the chest. The expiratory theory of emphysema was first advanced by Men- delssohn and later, and independently, by Sir William Jenner. The latter expressed his views as follows: "The lung during expiration is com- pressed at different parts with different degrees of force. The parietes of the thorax, in consequence of their anatomical constitution, yield to 490 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM the same force at different parts with various degrees of faciUty. The chosen seats of emphysema are exactly those parts of the lung which are the least compressed during expiration, and which are situated under those portions of the thoracic parietes that give way the most readily before pressure." More recentlj^ Adami and NichoUs have explained the expirator}^ theory as follows: Take, for instance, the simplest example a localized emphysema in which the change affects one small bronchial tree and the associated air sacs, the rest of the lung being in a normal state. The primary difficulty is in the bronchus and this may consist of a narrowing of the lumen of the bronchus, whether congenital or induced by in- flammatory thickening, or by the presence of thick exudate within it. In such a case the forcible nature of the inspiratory act draws air into the air sacs while the passive nature of the expiratory act may prevent an equal amount of air becoming expired. The result will be that with the successive acts of inspiration, the air sacs will become more and more distended, just as occurs in bronchial asthma as the result of spasm of the bronchioles. If this overdistention of the alveolar wall be continued, the result will be malnutrition due to interference with the capillary circulation and this in turn leads to atrophy and loss of elasticity. Ever since the researches of Louis and James Jackson, Jr., the heredi- tary element, as an underlying factor in the causation of permanent dilata- tion of the air cells, has been accepted. The exact nature of this inherited tissue defect has never been satisfactorily explained. It is assumed, however, that in families subject to this affection there is a quantitative or a qualitative lack of pulmonary elastic tissue, and because of this such individuals become emphysematous much more readily than others. Emphysema developing before the middle period of life, and particularly when it manifests itself in youth, is probably the result of a congenital defect in the elastic elements of the lung. It is also to be noted that such individuals not infrequently are subject to hay fever and asthma. Whether we are willing to accept the hereditary theory or not it is certain that the elastic tissues of the body tend to lose their elasticity with advancing years. This is true in regard to the arteries; that the same thing is true in regard to the lungs is evident from the fact that marked emphysematous changes are far more often encountered in those of ad- vanced years than in younger individuals. Furthermore, the association of chronic emphysema and arteriosclerosis is a very frequent one. The influence of occupation in the production of emphysema is a fairly well established fact. Under these circumstances the emphysema may be brought about in several different ways. Thus it may be pro- duced by one who habitually handles heavy weights, by reason of the fact that heavy lifting is apt to be attended by rapid and deep inspira- tions, and also by increased pressure during expiration, owing to the closure of the glottis, which occurs in violent efforts. This forcible inflation and deflation of the lungs, if long continued, untimately wears out the elastic tissue. The playing of wind instruments, because of the prolonged overdistention of the lungs, is said to operate in much the same manner. Although cited as a frequent cause of chronic emphysema, we are of the belief that the importance of tliis particular vocation has been over-estimated. From the standpoint of occupation, any employment which subjects DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 491 the worker to the constant inhalation of fine dust particles must be con- sidered as one of the most potent factors in the production of emphysema. In such cases it is almost invariably secondary to a chronic bronchitis. "Miner's asthma," while in some instances tuberculous in nature, is in many others a true hypertrophic emphysema having its origin in a chronic bronchitis, which in turn developed as the result of the constant inhalation of fine particles of coal dust. Because of the nature of their employment, men are more subject to chronic emphysema than women. Extensive pleuritic adhesions by impeding the movements of the lungs may lead to diminution of the ■elastic force, probably as the result of increased expiratory pressure. In the majoritj^ of instances, however, we must consider chronic bronchitis as the most frequent and the most important exciting factor. The overdistention under these circumstances is brought about as fol- lows: With each coughing attack the glottis is closed and the chest walls are strongly compressed b}'' the thoracic muscles. Thus in the expiratory effort to overcome the obstruction above (the closed glottis) the lung is overstretched, the overdistention being first manifested in those parts least protected, namely, the apices and anterior margins, regions in which the emphysema is always most marked. Heavy lifting, as we have already pointed out, acts in much the same manner.. As a further result of this increased intrathoracic pressure, the sternum is gradually pushed forward, also the cartilages, the ribs eventu- ally^ assuming a position approximating to that seen at the end of the inspiratory act. In other words the chest becomes barrel-shaped. Finally, mention must be made of the most recent theory as to the causation of emphysema, namely, premature ossification of the costal cartilages. This explanation has been advanced by Freund, who is of the belief that the ossification of the costal cartilages is the cause of the rigid dilatation of the chest, and the associated emphysema rather than ■one of the results of the latter. Although calcification of the costal cartilages is commonly present in cases of chronic emphysema, the theory advanced by Freund has received but little recognition. Morbid Anatomy. — Chronic hypertrophic emphysema is a bilateral affection. While both lungs are involved more or less uniformly, the majoritj^ of cases show more marked evidences of inflation at the apices, the anterior borders and the inner surface near the root of the lung. The chest of an emphysematous individual is barrel-shaped, all the diameters being increased and particularly the antero-posterior. The costal cartilages are usually lengthened and in addition may be calcified. On opening the chest the lungs are seen to be greatly inflated and cover the heart. They do not collapse but may even project on opening the chest. The lungs are pale, less crepitant than normally, are dry and give the sensation of handling a feather piflow (Fig. 308). Scattered over the pleural surface may be seen small vesicles the size of a pinhead; in ad- vanced cases the vesicles may attain the size of peas, giving the lung a bullous appearance. A spontaneous pneumothorax sometimes results from rupture of one of these vesicles. On section the lung is seen to be dry and very little blood escapes. This is due to the fact that many of the capillaries in the alveolar walls have been destroyed through stretch- ing. The bronchi usually show evidences of a chronic bronchitis and 492 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM some thickening of the bronchial wall; dilatation of the bronchi may be present also. ^Microscopically the vesicles are seen to be distended and the walls thin and atrophic. As a result of the distention of the alveolar walls the capillary circulation is interfered with. The capillary vessels may be elongated, narrowed or entirely obliterated. The septa between adja- cent alveoli become wasted and thin and as the disease progresses they rupture. In this way two or more alveolar spaces may be thrown into Fig. oU>. — Chronic emphysema. Dry specimen. one. The blebs or vesicles seen beneath the pleura and along the free margins are formed in this way. The effect of a generalized chronic hypertrophic emphysema is to alter the contour of the chest and increase it in size; to bring about a form of dj'spnea characterized by difficulty- in expelling the air from the lung; to obstruct the passage of the blood through the lungs with the result that hypertrophy, first of the right heart and later the left heart, takes place and eventually cardiac failure. Interference with the pul- monary' circulation may lead also to atheroma of the pulmonary artery. Symptoms. — The chief symptoms of emphysema are dyspnea and cough and expectoration, the latter sj-mptoms being due to frequent DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 493 attacks of bronchitis which finally becomes chronic. The dyspnea is not apt to be marked unless attacks of asthma are associated; in most instances exertion causes more or less shortness of breath. The cough and expectoration vary greatlJ^ Emphysematous individuals may be entirely free from these symptoms during the summer months or if they spend the winters in a warm climate. During the winter months they are especially liable to bronchial attacks. The longer the disease has lasted the more hkely is there to be associated with it a chronic bronchitis. As the individual advances in j^ears the circulatory disturbances become more and more marked. Shortness of breath increases on exer- tion, cyanosis is often noted and finally the picture is that of failing compensation. Physical Signs. — Inspection. — Emphysema of varying grades of severity may be encountered, but the well-developed case presents certain features which render it easy of recognition almost at a glance. The Fig. 309. — Chronic emphysema. patient, while usually well nourished is seen to be somewhat cyanotic, sometimes to a very marked degree; the veins of the neck are distended; the sternocleido muscles are conspicuous and the neck seems shorter than normal. The clavicles are prominent and the fossae above them unusually deep. The most characteristic feature, however, is the forma- tion of the chest, which is in a permanent inspiratory position, or as it has been aptly termed, "barrel-shaped." The sternum projects, thus tending to increase the antero-posterior diameter of the chest, until it may equal the length of the lateral diameter. The increase in the antero- lateral diameter is also augmented by the exaggeration of the normal dorsal curve which gives the back a bowed appearance (Fig. 309). The deepening of the chest tends also to shorten it from above downward with the result that the ribs are in closer approximation. The lower 494 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM ribs incKne downward but slightly and may even become straight. (See Figs. 13, 25, 33.) The chest of the typically emphysematous patient has very little lateral expansion, but moves up and down as a whole, especially in forced breathing. The apex beat of the heart is not visible, partly by reason of some displacement downward and inward, and partly from being covered by the distended lung. For this reason marked epigastric pulsation is not uncommon in these cases. Palyation.- — Palpation reveals little of importance. Vocal fremitus is normal, or at most but shghtly diminished. Percvssion. — The percussion note obtained over emphysematous lungs is more or less characteristic and has been variously designated as hj^perresonant, vesiculo-tympanitic or "box-Uke" in quality. Austin Flint taught that emphysema was always greater in the left upper lobe than elsewhere and that for this reason an error was sometimes committed in assuming that the less resonant note beneath the right clavicle was due to impairment, when in reality it was simply a diminu- tion in intensity. As has been pointed out, the heart is entirely, or in large part, covered by lung tissue. For this reason the area of cardiac dulness is absent or greatly reduced even when a considerable degree of cardiac hypertrophy is present. Owing to the distention of the lungs, the area of pulmonary resonance is greatly increased downward, both anteriorly and posteriorly. The upper border of liver dulness is then lower than normal, and the reso- nance may extend, in extreme cases, as low as the costal margin. With failure of the right side of the heart, liver dulness may extend far below the costal margin as the result of hepatic engorgement. Posteriorly the lungs may extend below the line of the tenth rib, which is the lower limit in a normal chest. The percussion note at the bases may be impaired if there is much secretion present in the lungs. Auscultation. — In some instances, the only noticeable alteration in the breath sounds is a slight diminution in the intensity of the respira- tory nmrmur, without other changes either as to quality or rhythm; or the respiratory murmur may be so feeble as to be inaudible. It is impor- tant to bear these facts in mind, as the commonly accepted teaching is that an alteration in the rhythm of the respiratory murmur is character- istic of the condition. The alteration in the rhj^thm consists in the in- spiratory sound being comparatively short and the expiratory greatly prolonged so that the ratio of the former to the latter sound may be changed from 3 to 1 to 1 to 4. In some instances the inspiratory sound may be entirely' wanting, the expiratory sound alone being heard. The expirator}' sound is low in pitch and non-tubular in quality, thus differing from the prolonged tubular and high-pitched expiratory sound heard over consolidation. Vocal fremitus is normal or but slightly diminished. The presence of rales is dependent on the coexistence of chronic bronchitis or asthma or both. If the former, the rales are large and small, the latter being especialty noticeable at the bases. If the patient is in addition asthmatic, auscultation will reveal from time to time large sonorous and piping sibilant rales. These rales may be so numerous as DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 495 to complete^ obscure the breath sounds and may even be heard at some distance from the patient. The heart sounds are somewhat muffled ow- ing to the intervening lung tissue. The second puhnonic sound is accen- tuated as the result of stasis in the pulmonary circulation. In a certain proportion of cases a functional murmur is heard at the apex. With the gradually increasing embarrassment of the right heart the cardiac phenomena become more and more marked, but differ in no particular from failing compensation due to other causes. SENILE EMPHYSEMA (Small Lunged Emphysema; Senile Atrophy of the Lungs) In the strict sense of the word this is not a true emphysema at all. As the name indicates, it is encountered in those of advanced years, and is but one of the atrophic changes, which are commonly met with in the aged. Morbid Anatomy. — When the chest is opened the lungs readily collapse. They are small, dry, easily compressible and as a rule deeply pigmented. The heart instead of being completely hidden, as in the case of hypertrophic emphysema, is more exposed than is normal. The vesicles are usually enlarged as the result of wasting of the septa. Large bullae are not common, but are occasionally encountered along the free margin of the lung. Owing to the fact that a catarrhal inflammation of the bronchial mucous membrane is almost always present, the bronchial walls are thin, and at times slightly dilated. Symptoms. — There are no symptoms distinctive of senile emphj^- sema, but individuals so affected have usually suffered from a winter cough and shortness of breath for years. If the bronchi become suffi- ciently dilated the expectoration, several times a day, of large quantities of sputum may occur. It is advisable to examine the sputum of all such patients, as a very latent and chronic tuberculosis may present exactly the same picture. Physical Signs. — Inspection. — Individuals subject to this condition are invariably of advanced years and present a shrivelled, withered-up ap- pearance. The thorax is rigid. The lower ribs are very obliquely placed, and may be in actual contact. The expansion movements of the chest are much less than normal. There is no displacement of the cardiac impulse. Palpation. — Vocal fremitus is normal, or at least but little diminished. Percussion. — The percussion note is hj'perresonant with an under- lying tympanitic quality, partly the result of the rigid chest wall, and partly the result of the large air vesicles and dilated bronchi. The superficial area of cardiac dulness is normal, or slightly increased, be- cause of the atrophied lungs. Auscultation. — The vesicular murmur may be feeble and the expiration prolonged; on the other hand, it may be practically normal. Rales» both large and small, are present especially in the winter months. ACUTE VESICULAR EMPHYSEMA This condition is a dilatation rather than an emphysema of the air cells, there being no structural change in the alveolar cells. It is encoun- tered in individuals who have died from acute bronchitis involving the 496 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM smaller tubes, or in asphyxia, if accompanied by violent inspiratory efforts. It is also encountered in any condition which obstructs the air from entering portions of the lung, thus throwing a strain on the alveoli in other parts. The percussion note may be hyperresonant and the area of pulmonary resonance increased. High-pitched piping rales are usually present. INTERSTITIAL EMPHYSEMA This form is characterized by the formation of large bullae in the interlobular and subpleural tissues. Rupture of one of these large bullae near the root of the lung may lead to the extravasation of air along the trachea, and thence into the subcutaneous tissues of the neck. Bullae situated beneath the surface of the pleura may rupture and thus produce a pneumothorax. Aside from these two facts, this condition has no cUnical interest. It cannot be recognized by physical signs, and during life its presence can only be surmised in the event of either of the accidents mentioned above. COMPENSATORY EMPHYSEMA (Vicarious or Complementary Emphysema; Hypertrophy of the Lung) Compensatory emphysema differs from the forms considered above in that it is a physiological and not a pathological process. The condition may be localized in parts of one or both lungs, or it may involve one entire lung. Both the localized and the massive forms may be transient or permanent in character. Any acute inflammatory affection of the lungs may be accompanied b}' a temporary form of emphysema. It is quite a common finding in the lungs of those who have died from broncho-pneumonia. In such cases the air vesicles between the areas of consolidation are somewhat larger than normal. This form is not recognizable clinically. LocaUzed emphysema, compensatory in nature, also occurs in certain chronic affections of the lungs, notably in tuberculosis of the apices, during both the active and healed stages of that disease. This is of con- siderable importance as the emphysema may mask the physical signs which otherwise would be detected over the infiltrated area in the incipient stage of tuberculosis. It may become permanent in character as one of the sequences of a healed tuberculous lesion. The massive form is brought about by both acute and chronic pul- monary or pleural affections. In its temporary form it is most frequently seen in association with a pleural effusion, as a result of which the lung on the affected side is entirely or in large part unable to functionate. In the case of a serous effusion, whether as the result of an inflammation of the pleura itself, or as a consequence of chronic cardiac disease, the vicarious duty of the opposite lung ceases with the withdrawal or absorp- tion of the effusion, and the reexpansion of the compressed lung. If, however, the effusion is purulent in character, and is not promptly drained, the lung on the affected side becomes firmly and permanently anchored in its compressed position. The compensatory emphysema then becomes permanent and constitutes a true hypertrophy of the lung. Extensive tuberculous disease of one lung, especially of the chronic type with ex- tensive fibroid changes, also leads to a marked degree of compensatory DISEASES OF THE LUXGS 497 emphysema of the opposite side. And this is true of any clironic inflam- matory|disease affecting one lung alone. In other words the presence of a pathological lesion invohing all or a considerable portion of one lung is practically always accomiDanied by a compensatory- emphysema of the opposite side. Physical Signs. — In some instances the hypertrophy of the unaffected lung is extraordinarily great. This may be apparent on inspection alone. The sound side is seen to be much larger, and the range of the expansile moA'ements unusually large. 'This is more apparent because of the absent or very restricted motion of the opposite or diseased side. Further- more, the latter side is not uncommonly retracted. If the right lung is h^-pertrophied, the apex beat of the heart will be seen to have been displaced to the left, partly because of the mediastinal contents being Fig. .310.- -Chronic fibroid tuberculosis of right lung. Compensatory emphysema of left lung Tvhich extends to the right border of the sternum. crowded over to the left by the enlarged lung, and partly because it is pulled over by fibroid changes on the left side. In some instances with right-sided hypertrophy and left-sided disease, the heart is drawn up- ward, the apex beat being most marked in the fourth or even the third interspace. If the left lung is hypertrophied and the right diseased, the heart is displaced to the right in exactly the same way. In both instances the extent of the hypertrophy on the one hand, and the disease on the other will determine how great the displacement will be. It is not uncommon to see the heart parth^ pushed and parth' pulled so far to the right as to resemble a case of dextro-cardia. The displacement of the heart toward the diseased side instead of away from it, distinguishes this condition at once from a pleural eft'usion. 321 498 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM Palpatioti confirms most of the above findings. (In addition there may be tactile changes over the diseased side; but the changes are apt to be variable, depending to a great extent on the degree of the fibroid changes in the lung and pleura.) Over the hypertrophied side the tactile phenomena are usually normal, or but slightly increased. Percussion. — It should be recalled that the anterior edges of the lungs do not extend to the middle line anteriorly', and that posteriorly the bases are on a level with the tenth dorsal vertebra. (See Figs. 67 and 68.) With hypertrophy of one [lung the anterior border will be found beyond the mid-sternal line, and in extreme cases may extend as much as 2 or 3 inches into the opposite side (Fig. 310). Posteriorly the resonance may extend from }y^ to 2 inches below the normal limit. The anterior border and base of the affected side, on the other hand, are retracted. In tuberculosis it sometimes happens that the hypertrophied or healthy lung extends so far into the diseased side that it becomes infected by direct contact. (See Fig. 183.) One instance is recalled in which a cavity located during life in the left lung was shown at the autopsy table to be in the anterior border of an enormously hypertrophied right lung, which extended far over into the left chest. Auscultation shows no abnormalities other than the exaggerated character of the vesicular murmur. This is very loud and is more harsh than normal. It bears a very strong resemblance to the puerile type of breathing met with in young children. The vocal resonance is normal or but slightlj' increased. PULMONARY ABSCESS Abscess of the lung is usually secondary to some primary inflamma- tion of the lung tissue; as the result of extension from an adjoining organ, such as cancer of the esophagus or abscess of the liver; and, finally, it may be one of the manifestations of a general pyemic process. Abscess of the lung may be either single or multiple. Inasmuch as the exciting causes, the symptoms and the phj'sical signs of the two forms of abscess present, as a rule, certain marked differences, they will be described separately. SINGLE ABSCESS Etiology. — ^Local lesions within the chest play the predominant etio- logical role in the case of a single abscess. In a series of 30 cases of single pulmonary abscess reported by the authors^ the exciting causes were as follows : Croupous pneumonia 9 Vegetative endocarditis (infarct) 4 Suppuration in the abdomen 4 Broncho-pneumonia 2 Rupture of cancer of esophagus into the lung 1 Thrombosis of branch of pulmonary artery (typhoid) 1 General septicemia 1 Not determined 8 Total 30 The importance of croupous pneumonia is shown bj^ the fact that the abscess followed that disease in one-third of the cases. In nearly another iXoRRis AND Landis: Traus. Assoc. Am. Phys., 1913. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 499 third of the cases it was not possible to determine the exciting cause. It is quite possible that in the case of an apparently primary abscess, the original source of the trouble was a latent and unrecognized pneumonia. Within the past few years attention has been directed to the frequency with which a pulmonary abscess follows operations on the upper respira- tory tract and particularly after tonsilectomy. Manges^ and Claytor^ have reported a number of cases. Of 26 cases of abscess which followed operations Wessler^ states that 21 fohowed a tonsillectomy. The pulmo- nary abscess may develop either as the result of a septic embolus, which enters the circulation at the seat of the operation, or by direct inspiration of infected material during the period of anesthesia. Caseous foci in the tonsils seem to be especially dangerous and for this reason the tonsils should be removed with as little trauma as possible. 1 case 1 ease 4 subdiaphrag- matic Fig. 311. — Location of abscess. Circles indicate site and size of abscess. A pulmonary abscess may be one of the sequels of a traumatic injury to the chest, such as violent contusion of the chest wall, a fractured rib, or a penetrating gunshot or stab wound. In addition to the above-mentioned causes of single abscess, I have had under observation two cases in which the abscess was caused by a foreign body — in one case a tooth and in the other a brass-headed tack. The importance of foreign bodies as an etiological factor of pulmonary abscess is, as the result of X-ray examinations, bronchoscopy, and of increasingly frequent operative intervention becoming more evident. In a series of 25 cases Kltibs* reports 7 as being caused by a foreign body and Guirez^ has recorded 5. ^Amer. Jour, of Surgery, March, 1916. ^International Clinics, Twenty-sixth Series, vol. ii, 1916. ^ Amer. Jour. Roentgenology, April, 1919. ^ "Ueber Lungenabszesse und Bronchiektasen,'" Mii^eiZitngen aus den Grenzgebieten. der Medizin u. Chirurgie, Heft 3, 549. 'Bull, de la Societie de Pediatric de Paris, 1912, xiv, 56. 500 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM Morbid Anatomy. — In our series the abscess involved the right lung in 19 and the left in 11 cases. Figs. 311 and 312 show the site of the abscess. It will be noted that 21 of the 30 were located in the lower lobes. This is in accordance with the findings of others. Walker' in 132 cases col- lected from the literature, found the following distribution: upper lobes 21; lower lobes 76; middle lobe (right side) 2; both upper and lower lobes 5; in 28 instances the lobe was not indicated. Not only are the lower lobes the points of election but the right side is involved about three times as often as the left. This is doubtless due to the more fre- quent occurrence of croupous pneumonia in the right lower lobe. Wessler {loc cit.) states that there is a distinct difference in the localization of 3 cases Fig. 312. — Location of abscess. Circles indicate site and size of abscess. abscesses following the aspiration of infected material and those following pneumonia as will be seen from the following table : Upper lobe Lower lobe Middle lobe 18 9 1 24 44 3 Aspiration abscesses Post-pneumonic abscesses The size of the single abscess varies greatly, ranging from the size of a small marble to one with a diameter of from 10 to 12 cm. (Figs. 311 and 312). A pulmonary abscess is usually round in shape. The involved area ma}^ be gray, yellow, reddish, or of a reddish-yellow color. On section it is composed of thick yellowish or whitish j-ellow or blood-stained pus. The pus may be odorless or it may have a sweetish or a very foul odor. If the abscess is recent and actively progressing, the wall is composed of soft necrotic lung tissue. Immediately surrounding this there is an area of intense hyperemia and edema. If the abscess is located near the ^Boston Med. and Surg Jour., July 9, 1914 DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 501 surface, the overlying pleura will show some cloudiness and congestion. If the abscess is quickly evacuated the necrotic wall of the cavity sloughs out and is expectorated and the infection dies out. It is no longer an irritant and the surrounding pulmonary inflammation subsides. The cavity may be completely obliterated, the only trace of its presence being a few strands of fibrous tissue. Curiously enough a very large abscess cavity is as readily obliterated as a small one. When the abscess has existed for some time, connective tissue de- velops in the wall thus hmiting and encapsulating the pus. The longer the abscess remains the thicker and more dense the wall becomes. Fig. 313 shows a dense shadow in the right upper lobe due to a large abscess. Fig. 314 shows the same case after the abscess had spontaneously emptied Fig. 313. — Pulmonary abscess in right upper lobe. (Posterior view.) itself. Occasionally instead of a well-defined abscess there is an area of partially broken-down lung tissue infiltrated with pus and having the appearance of a sponge. A single abscess may be acute or chronic. In the chronic type the pus either becomes completely walled off or is not effectively drained. In either case it acts as a foreign body and the lung in the vicinity of the abscess becomes fibroid. Even a relatively small abscess may lead to extensive fibroid changes with marked physical signs and symptoms. It is highly probable that many of the cases of chronic inflammatory changes in the lower lobes, the etiology of which is uncertain, may haveoriginated in this way. A single abscess may terminate in one of three ways: (l)^It most fre- quently ruptures into a bronchus and thus empties itself. 502 DISEASES OF THE BROXCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DL\PHRAGM age is efl&cient, the process heals and unless the cavity is very large, noth- ing but a fibrous scar remains. (2) The abscess may rupture through the pleura. If this happens a pyo-pneumothorax sometimes results. The occurrence of this accident has been reported in a number of cases in the recent influenza epidemic. The more usual course, however, is the formation of an extrapulmonary abscess. Under these circumstances the pus maj' become encysted in an interlobar fissure, between the base of the lung and the diaphragm or between the chest wall and the lung. When an abscess forms near the surface of the lung, the pleura becomes inflamed and the two surfaces adhere. This acts as a defensive barrier if the pus breaks through the pleura and prevents the occurrence of a pyo- pneumothorax. Robinson is of the opinion that the majority of instances Fig. 314 — Same as Fig. .3L3, after spontaneous evacuation. (Anterior view.) of encapsulated empyemata have their origin in a pulmonar\' abscess which ruptures through the pleura. (3) The abscess may become chronic and be the cause of extensive fibroid changes in the adjacent lung tissue. Symptoms, — An abscess is to be suspected, if in the presence of one of the known etiological factors, the patient develops respiratory symp- toms or if already present, these symptoms become aggravated. The condition is also to be suspected in post-operative cases wliich develop respiratory symptoms and this is especially true if a tonsillectoni}- has been performed. In a typical case there is an intermittent type of fever (Fig. 315). chills, some sweating while the blood count shows a high leukocj'tosis. Cough and some expectoration are present and chest pain is not uncommon, especially if the pleura is involved. Blood-streaked sputum or a definite hemoptysis is an exceedingly common symptom. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 503 Occasionally a fatal result is brought about by the occurrence of a large hemorrhage. Owing to the fact that the abscess is a secondary condition the symptoms indicative of its presence may be masked or misinterpreted by reason of the primary trouble. In the cases following pneumonia, cough, expectoration, fever and pain in the chest are already present. If the fever persists and is inter- mittent with chills and sweats or fever develops after a decline, a pul- monary abscess should be thought of. It is to be borne in mind that a lung abscess is more frequently encountered in the post-mortem room than at the bedside. In our series the symptoms were either not characteristic or entirely lacking in two-thirds of the cases. The increasing experience of the roentgenologist is bringing to hght many more of these abscesses than was formerly the case. An X-ray examination should always be 1 3 O 1 o o o s '. ■ : : ! • a ■ s s . : \ \ s A ^ : /\ ^ : : ^ ^ \; / \ f ; \ \ f ■: ' V if • r • \ \ f \: • ^11 S 1 hi '■,{ 1 ■■\ : - ■:} \ -:l\ 1 ■¥ 1 ; ^ i\ : \ ] ■1 i \ \ ^A / : 11 J :\ v i / / : / I : \ ■ \ f \i ■ I \ i : 1 ■l Y V ■\ 1 r » i i I ■j 1 /■ 1 i ' 1 \ j !/' J . / \ 1 J: 1 V \ |: ^: :/ / : ^ : : : ■■ ll' \ 1 / : T If' \ / : / 1 : 1 1 : / 1 : V / : / A : / ' ■I • ! "■ : i / M :/ _4 : If 11 i ■■ V' t ) r I j: ' t I I i : : r>r°fsu. Fig. 315. — Pulmonary abscess. resorted to in doubtful cases, more particularly to accurately locate the trouble. The diagnosis is rarely made prior to or in the absence of the sudden expectoration of a large quantity of purulent sputum. This constitutes the characteristic feature of pulmonary abscess and from this one symptom the diagnosis can be made with almost absolute certainty. The sputum is often thick and ropy and pale yellow, bloody, reddish brown or greenish in color. It may be odorless, slightly sweetish or very foul. Following the initial outpouring of the pus, the process is repeated at intervals. Each succeeding time the amount becomes less and less and finally, in the favorable cases, ceases with the healing of the pulmonary lesion. With the evacuation of the pus the constitutional symptoms cease, sometimes at once. If the drainage is inefficient and intermittent, the 504 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM sputum becomes fetid 'and the constitutional symptoms, indicative of toxic absorption, more severe. The sputum, is negative for tubercle bacilli. The presence of elastic tissue points ver}^ strongly toward the presence of a pulmonary abscess. Its absence, however, does not rule out the presence of an abscess. By pouring the sputum on a piece of glass with a black background, pieces of lung tissue may be picked out. The elastic tissue appears as grajdsh- yellow spots which are selected for examination under the microscope. If there is no macroscopic evidence of broken-down lung tissue, the spu- tum should be stained with one of the elastic tissue stains, such as Weigert's. Fetor of the sputum or a foul odor of the breath is very common. The evidence of necrotic or gangrenous change in post-opera- tive cases makes its appearance quite uniformly on the 13th or 14th day after the operation (Wesslcr, loc. cit.). Usually an aggravation of the symptoms is associated with an increase of the fetor and the ex- pectoration of necrotic material and may be followed bj" temporary or permanent improvement . The symptoms of a chronic abscess are not distinctive and the eti- ology is often obscure. Among the cases seen at the Phipps Institute suspected of having this condition there was a history of cough for months and the presence of purulent sputum which did not contain tubercle bacilli. The constitutional symptoms were slight and the general health fairly good. They were all referred to the dispensary as having tuber- culosis. In two an X-ray examination indicated the probable existence of an abscess. Physical Signs. — The phj'sical findings in cases of abscess are not at all uniform. In those instances in which the abscess is secondary to pulmonary inflammation there are already present signs which may mask its presence. In three of the cases we have reported a pleural exudate obscured the signs. The only distinctive features are the signs indicative of a cavity, i.e., tympany on percussion, whispering pectoriloquj^, amphoric or caver- nous breathing and consonating rales. Any one or two of these signs may be wanting. Whether these signs can be elicited or not will depend on whether the abscess has emptied itself and formed a cavity and also on the location of the excavation. If empty and superficially placed the signs can be obtained easily. If the cavity is deeply placed in the center of the lower lobe, physical signs are wanting. As the majority of single abscesses are so situated it is not surprising that the signs of excavation are so frequently absent. In 8 of the 30 cases in our series signs of a cavity were present. The area about the angle of the scapula is the most frequent site of the cavity signs. When located at the apex a sputum examination is the only means of differentiating the condition from tuberculosis. In the absence of cavity signs there are present an impaired or dull percussion note, in- creased tactile fremitus, distant bronchial or broncho-vesicular breathing and fine crepitating rales. The latter are due to the surrounding area of hyperemia and edema. Clubbing of the fingers may develop rapidly in some instances. The signs of chronic abscess are those of some chronic inflammatory condition of the lung. In a case with a history of having had a cough for some time and in which there are signs of pulmonary damage a chronic DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 505 abscess is to be thought of. If the base of the hmg is involved, tubercu- losis is unhkely but in any event the sputum should be examined for tubercle bacilli. An X-ray examination should always be resorted to wherever possible. Abscess of the lung, when definitely recognized, or even when only suspected, belongs to that border-line group of cases in which the inter- nist and surgeon should be associated from the beginning. From the nature of the trouble it is the internist who must recognize the trouble as it is he who first sees such cases. There should be no delay in calling in a surgeon. When treated medically the mortality is about 50 per cent, while among those treated surgically the mortahty is about 25 per cent. Diagnosis.— The two conditions with which a single abscess is most apt to be confused are tuberculosis and hronchiectasis. The acuteness of the sj^mptoms in abscess and the chronic nature of both tuberculosis and bronchiectasis are important points. The absence of tubercle bacilli, especially in a case in which the symptoms have existed for some months, should suggest the possibility of a chronic abscess. MULTIPLE ABSCESSES OF THE LUNG Etiology. — In 33 cases of multiple abscess encountered among the autopsy records of the Pennsjdvania Hospital for a period of fourteen years the following etiological factors were noted: Mastoid disease and thrombosis of the lateral sinus and internal jugular vein 1 Otitis media 2 Otitis media and thrombosis of the lateral sinus and internal jugular vein 2 Thrombosis of the portal vein and mesenteric veins and appendicitis. 2 Thrombosis of iliac vein 1 Broncho-pneumonia 6 Croupous pneumonia 3 Typhoid fever and broncho-pneumonia 2 Vegetative endocarditis infarct 6 Abscess of kidney 1 of hp 1 of pharynx 1 of seminal vesicles 1 of skin 1 Gunshot wound of chest 1 Not determined 2 Total 33 The exciting causes, as shown in the above table, are seen to differ from those encountered in the case of a single lesion. In multiple-abscess formation supperative foci of the most diverse kinds and at distant parts of the body play cm importaM role. Another not infrequent cause of multiple-abscess formation is the as- piration of food or of septic material from an infected focus in another area of the lungs. Morbid Anatomy. — One or both lungs may be affected; the lower lobes are more frequently affected than the upper. The number of abscesses will depend on the amount of aspirated material or the number of in- fected pulmonary emboli. The abscesses may be separated from each other by comparativelj^ healthy tissue or may be confluent. The affected 506 DISEASES OF THE BRONXHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AXD DLVPHRAGM lung is usually congested and edematous and on section the abscesses are recognized as grayish-yellow, reddish areas. On cutting through one of the abscesses the center is apt to be broken down and occasionally a cavity is formed. When the abscesses are due to metastatic or septic emboli the lung on section shows the infected foci in all stages from that of purulent infiltra- tion to the formation of the abscess and excavation. Occasionally the lung presents a honeycombed appearance due to the formation of numer- ous small cavities. Owing to the wide extent of the infection in the lungs and the serious constitutional disturbance, an individual suffering from multiple abscess formation rarely lives long enough to establish fibroid changes in the walls of the cavity. The condition is rarely chronic. Symptoms. — A patient suffering from multiple pulmonary abscesses usually presents the clinical picture of pyemia. The fever is irregular and remittent or intermittent in type, there are chills and sweats, and ever\' evidence of a severe infection. A marked leukocytosis is usually present. The cough may be severe. The expectoration is sometimes profuse but rarely, if ever, occurs paroxys- mally and in the large ciuantities characteristic of a single abscess. The sputum is purulent and not infrequently bloody. Elastic tissue may be detected in the sputum. The presence of abscess formation is to be suspected in a patient who is suffering from some acute pyogenic infection, such as mastoiditis or acute otitis media, and who in addition develops pulmonary symptoms. The latter are not always present or, if so, may be so mild as not to attract much attention. Physical Signs. — The physical findings are even more uncertain in multiple abscess than in the case of the single isolated lesion. In our series of 33 cases the following physical signs were noted: Scattered rales 2 Scattered rales and friction rub 4 Scattered rales and areas of dulness .5 Areas of dulness 4 Dulness at one base alone 6 Signs of ca^nty 1 Xo record 11 The signs enumerated above may be elicited in a variety of pulmonary conditions. They are suggestive of abscess formation only when there is a known focus of suppuration: when there are symptoms indicative of a general septic infection: and when, in addition, the sputum is purulent or bloody in character and occurs in fairly large amounts. Diagnosis. — The recognition of the presence of multiple abscesses is far from easy and their presence is unsuspected even oftener than in the case of. a single abscess. In some instances their existence can be sur- mised in cases of general septicemia which develop respiratory symp- toms or in cases of croupous or broncho-pneumonia in which a hectic type of temperature and chills and sweats succeed the initial trouble. When there are a number of abscesses involving both lungs or a consid- erable portion of one lung and there are no localizing signs the following conditions must be considered — tuberculosis or one of the mycotic in- fections. The examination of the sputum will rule out or establish the DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 507 diagnosis if due to one of these affections. If any of the abscesses break down, elastic tissue also may be present in the sputum. PULMONARY GANGRENE For the first accurate account of pulmonary gangrene we are indebted to Laennec who described two forms: the circumscribed and the diffuse (uncircumscribed). His description of the morbid anatomy and the symptomatology is unrivaled to the present day. Etiology. — Gangrene of the lung is one of the rarest of pulmonary affections. Fowler in 1621 consecutive autopsies encountered but 7 examples of the disease (0.43 per cent.). Among 662 autopsies at the Phipps Institute 2 instances of pulmonary gangrene have been noted; one, of the diffuse form in a non-tuberculous subject and in the other the gangrene complicated a tuberculous process (0.30 per cent.). Gangrene of the lungs is never a primary condition but occurs second- arily in a variety of conditions. When one comes to analyze the exciting causes of pulmonary gangrene, it is evident that there must be other factors at work besides necrosis of tissue and the action of saprophytic organisms, otherwise the condition would be relatively common. As a rule gangrene is encountered in individuals whose resistance has been lowered. This may be due to a chronic debilitating illness such as diabetes; to the ex- haustion incident to certain of the insane states (dementia, melancholia) and lastly to a lowering of vitality as the result of excesses. The following etiological factors have been noted : 1. It may be the terminal event in bronchiectasis and putrid bron- chitis. In both these conditions patches of septic broncho-pneumonia frequently develop and these may become gangrenous. It has long been recognized that gangrene of the lungs not infrequently occurs among the insane. In these cases the exciting cause is an "aspira- tion" broncho-pneumonia. In the same manner a septic broncho- pneumonia followed by gangrene, may occur secondarily to cancer of the mouth, tongue, pharynx or the esophagus. In rare instances gangrene of the lungs is one of the sequels of a broncho-pneumonia complicating measles. As a sequel to croupous pneumonia gangrene is very infrequent and when it does occur it is usually in a debilitated or diabetic subject (Osier). As a complication of pulmonary tuberculosis gangrene is rare. Only one instance has been encountered at the Phipps Institute among 662 autopsies. In two other cases the horrible fetor of the sputum lead to a diagnosis of gangrene but in neither case was it found at the autopsy. In one the fetor was due to an associated bronchiectasis; the other to an empyema which had ruptured into the lung and was discharging through a bronchus. 2. The pressure of a mediastinal tumor or aneurism may cause gangrene. Such instances are rare, however. I recall one case in the service of the late Frederick A. Packard, at the Philadelphia General Hospital, in which the pressure of an aneurism of the descending aorta had severed completely the left bronchus. The distal portions of the bronchus and the adjacent lung tissue had become gangrenous. 3. Gangrene may develop as the result of an embolus lodging in a 508 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM branch of the puhnonary artery. This sometimes occurs cUiring con- valescence from an attack of protracted fever, such as typhoid. One of the main branches of the puhnonary artery ma}' become throm- bosed in which case the diffuse type of gangrene is produced. It may involve the greater part of one lobe. 4. Gangrene may be a sequel to some traumatic injury of the lungs. From the above-etiological factors it will be seen that gangrene arises under much the same circumstances as abscess of the lung. In certain instances an abscess may later become gangrenous. It seems highly probable that the general resistance is a strong deciding factor. The more debilitated the patient the greater the likelihood of gangrene developing. Morbid Anatomy. — Circumscribed Form. — The gangrenous focus may be single or there ma}' be two or more. As in the case of abscess, the lower lobe is more frequently the site of the trouble than the upper. Walker^ in an analysis of 40 cases found the right lung involved in 21; the left in 9; both sides in 2; and side not mentioned in 8. The gan- grenous area is more apt to be located near the periphery of the lung than in the central portion. Three stages are to be recognized: (1) The affected area is moist but firmer than the normal lung and usually greenish-black in color, though it may be of a dirty gray color. (2) The stage of liquefaction in which the affected area is converted into a fetid pulp. (3) The stage of excava- tion. The part of the lung immediately surrounding the gangrenous focus is deepl}^ engorged and presents the appearance of hepatization; outside of this zone there is marked edema of the pulmonary tissue. Laennec described the evolution of the process as follows: The affected area sometimes detaches itself from the surrounding parts form- ing a slough of a blackish, greenish, brownish or j-ellow color. This slough ma}' remain isolated in the midst of the excavation formed by the destruction of the mortified part. It is more usual, however, for the eschar to be entirely softened without forming a separate slough, and to be transformed into a species of putrid pulp, of a dirty greenish- gray, sometimes bloody color, and of a horrible fetor. This softened mass soon makes its way through some neighboring bronchus and being, by degrees, evacuated forms a cavity. With the separation of the eschar a cavity is formed with ragged and shreddy walls (Fig. 316) which are lined with a false membrane, of a grayish, or dirty yellow color and which secretes a dirty turbid pus or "black sanies." The lining membrane is soft and readily scraped off with a scalpel. If the cavity is small the false membrane may fill the space and be transformed into a cicatrix. The false membrane may be wanting. The wall is then composed of an infiltrated zone which secretes a foul pus. In some instances blood-vessels entirely denuded and isolated, but perfectly intact, traverse the cavity. In other instances they are de- stroyed, the open ends being plugged with a thrombus. Occasionally a fatal hemorrhage results from the erosion of one of these vessels. An associated bronchitis is nearly always present. Perforation of the visceral layer of the pleura may produce a pyo-pneumothorax. Occasionally a pleural effusion is noted. A hemorrhagic effusion occurred 1 Boston Med. and Surg. Jour., Juh' 9, 1914 DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 509 in one case at the Phipps Institute. In rare instances the gangrenous eschar becomes cicatrized and the patient recovers. Diffuse Gangrene. — This form is very rare. It is characterized by the absence of a Hmiting zone of inflammation the gangrenous area merg- ing into the surrounding lung tissue. Not uncommonly it involves a large part of or even an entire lobe. In a case observed at the Phipps Institute the gangrene resulted from thrombosis of the branch of the pulmonary artery leading to the right Fig. 316. — Gangrene of the lung. {Philadelphia Hospital.) lower lobe. The affected lobe was dark red and very soft and friable, but necrosis and breaking down of the tissue had not occurred. There were a number of areas in which the visceral pleura had disappeared. In one place there was an infarct which was firmer and not so dark in color as the surrounding tissue. The denudation of the visceral pleura had resulted in a pneumothorax with a hemorrhagic effusion. The patient had a hypertrophied and dilated heart. The bacteriology of gangrene is varied. In addition to the pus- producing germs there are also numerous saprophytic organisms. It is not clear whether gangrene can be produced by the saprophytes alone or 510 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM whether an antecedent infection with the pus-producing organisms is also necessary. It is to be borne in mind that a number of cases of gangrene have been reported in which acid-fast bacilh have been found in the pus. Ophiils places these acid-fast organisms among the streptotrichese. Symptoms. — The symptoms of pulmonary gangrene may occur un- heralded b}^ any previous pulmonary trouble. As a rule, however, this is not the case and symptoms of a preexisting pulmonary lesion are present. The premonitory symptoms vary greatly, depending, as they do, on such a variety of conditions. The sputum constitutes the characteristic feature of pulmonary gan- grene. It is of a horribly fetid odor which may permeate the entire house. If allowed to stand in a conical glass it separates into three layers: (a) a greenish-brown heavy sediment, (b) a middle layer of thin greenish or brownish fluid, and (c) a thick frothy top layer. The sputum invariably contains elastic tissue, and in some instances large fragments of lung tissue have been coughed up. While some observers claim that elastic tissue may be absent Osier states that he has never met with such an instance. Cough is usually present and often paroxysmal in character. A frank hemoptysis is not unusual and may be the first sign. Pleuritic pain is very common. While the constitutional symptoms are usually severe, they are not distinctive of pulmonary gangrene. The temperature is irregular and of the hectic type; the pulse is rapid; and the prostration extreme. There is also a loss in weight although death usually occurs before the emaciation has progressed far. Death, generalh^ ensues as the result of exhaustion; rarely a large hemorrhage is the terminal event. If the gangrenous area remains closed and does not communicate with a bronchus the fetid sputum so characteristic of the disease will be absent. This so-called latent form is occasionally met with in the post- mortem room in young children, in the insane and in diabetic subjects. Physical Signs. — The physical signs are not distinctive. In the absence of the characteristic sputa they furnish no information as to the true nature of the trouble. In the first stage before breaking down of the pulmonary tissue has occurred, there is dulness or impairment of the percussion note over the affected area. Later, when excavation has occurred, the note may be tympanitic. The breath sounds may be bronchial or very distant in character during the stage of engorgement. Fine moist rales are present. Later in the disease rales are heard over both lungs as the result of an associated bronchitis. Owing to the proximity of the affected area to the surface of the lung a friction rub is common. When the gangrenous eschar has been removed, signs of a cavity may be heard. Diagnosis. — The characteristic feature of pulmonary gangrene is the indescribable fetor of the sputum. While some claim that the gangren- ous odor is distinctive it often cannot be differentiated from that occurring in bronchiectasis, from that coming from an encysted empyema which ruptures into the lung, or a pulmonary abscess. In bronchiectasis there is an absence of elastic tissue. In the case of an encysted empyema or abscess the clinical distinction is not always easily made. The sputum may be horribly fetid in all three conditions. Elastic tissue occurs in both abscess and gangrene and may also be noted DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 511 in instances in which the pus ruptures into the lung. Even at the au- topsy table the distinction between a pulmonary abscess and a gangrenous process is sometimes fraught with difficulty. PULMONARY INFARCTION (Pulmonary Embolism — Pulmonary Apoplexy) _ Etiology. — ^In the recognition of this accident a knowledge of the etiological factors which predispose to it is of the utmost importance, as without such knowledge the phenomena, which attend the lodging of an embolus in a branch of the pulmonary artery, are apt to be incorrectly interpreted. The source, from which pulmonary emboH come, are to be found either in the right side of the heart, or in the veins of the body. The reason for this is obvious. _ In order to reach the pulmonary circulation the embolus must, of necessity, pass directly from the right ventricle or from smaller to larger vessels in its course toward the heart, otherwise it would lodge at some distal pomt. On the other hand, an embolus finding lodgment in the other viscera such as the kidney, spleen, etc., travels in the opposite direction, and by way of the arterial system, its source being in the left side of the heart (simple or malignant endocarditis) . A pulmonary em- bolism arises then under the following conditions: 1 . Valvular Heart Disease. — Of the valvular lesions mitral disease is the most important, particularly mitral stenosis. Aortic lesions are rarely associated with pulmonary infarction. Pulmonary infarction due to cardiac lesions in the left heart is usually the result of stasis which leads to the formation of clots in the pulmonary artery. When the_ embolus originates in the right heart the process is as fol- lows: Fibrin is deposited on the auricular or ventricular walls and this, in addition to slowing of the circulation, leads to coagula forming in the interstices of the muscular bundles. Eventually fragments are "broken off and escape into the pulmonary circulation. 2. Phlebitis. — The occurrence of a thrombus in some portion of the venous system is the most prohfic source of hemorrhagic infarction of the lung. Venous thrombi occur not infrequently in the acute infections, especially typhoid fever. Of the veins involved those of the lower extremities, especially the femoral, are perhaps most frequently affected. A venous embolus may consist of a large fragment from a thrombus in one of the large veins, such as the iliac or femoral. Owing to its size it produces an infarct of large size and if death does not ensue immediately, the physical signs resemble those obtained in cases of croupous pneu- monia. Large venous emboh are not common. On the other hand, small venous emboli are not of infrequent occurrence. They result from the separation of small fragments during the formation of the thrombus and may manifest themselves by pulmonary symptoms days before the presence of the thrombus is known to exist. Probably the best known form of venous thrombosis is that occurring in the puerperal period, and commonly referred to as phlegmasia alba dolens or milk leg. In addition it must be borne in mind that pulmonary emboli not infrequently come from a thrombus formation in one of the uterine veins following confine- ment. This usually occurs in the first three weeks of the puerperal period; beyond the fifth week its occurrence is exceptional. 512 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM Of recent years it has come to be a well-recognized fact that a pul- monary embolism may follow various operations, particularly those on the abdominal or pelvic organs. It is more than probable that not a few cases of pneumonia, following major operations, are in reality instances of pulmonary infarction. Venous thrombosis may occur in chlorotic girls, in those who are gouty, as a complication of varicose veins and in those who are apparently healthy. Conner^ has reported six cases of pul- monary infarction due to venous thrombosis, occurring in appa^-ently healthy individuals. 3. Infected Emboli. — The most serious form of pulmonary embolism is that in which the thrombus harbors some microorganism. In these cases there is added to the danger of the infarct the certainty that it will develop into an abscess. Multiple abscesses of the lung, having their origin from an infarct, are almost constantly associated with general pyemia or right-sided malignant endocarditis. 4. Fat Emboli. — Although not of venous origin, a pulmonary infarct may be produced by a fat embolus following fracture of one of the bones. As a rule the fat globules lodge in the finer capillaries, and rarely ob- struct a branch of the pulmonary artery, sufficiently large to produce symptoms. Bissel has reported, from the Mayo Clinic, the finding of fat emboli in the lungs following operations. The emboli may be very small. They are associated with broncho-pneumonic areas but it is un- certain whether they cause the pneumonia or not. Cy miosis is the most constant symptom of the condition. A number of reports have pointed out the frequency of pulmonary fat embolism following wounds in- volving fatty tissue, the liver and more particularly, wounds producing compound fractures. In many instances the symptoms resemble those produced by "shock." Associated with pulmonary fat embolism, dis- seminated fat is also found in other tissues of the body. 5. Foreign Material. — -In all forms of hypodermic medication it is usual to emphasize the importance of being sure the needle is not in a vein, otherwise the injected material might be carried directly into the pulmonary artery, and be followed with serious results. An instance of this has come to my notice. Almost immediately following an injec- tion of gray oil into the buttock, the patient presented all the classical phenomena of pulmonary embolism, and although he recovered, his life was despaired of for some hours. 6. Air Emboli. — ^Lastly we have to consider the occurrence of air emboli. For years the possibility of this accident has been repeatedly emphasized in carrying out procedures which involve injecting any sub- stance into the veins. As a matter of fact, however, the occurrence of such an accident has never been proven, and there are those who disbelieve entirely in there being any likelihood of such an accident. Morbid Anatomy.- — ^When an embolus is detached from the parent thrombus it is at once swept along the venous blood current. As it passes through vessels which are constantly increasing in size, no obstruc- tion is offered in its journey toward the right side of the heart. On leaving the right heart, the embolus enters the pulmonary artery, and here the conditions are reversed, as the branches of the pulmonary artery are terminal vessels. Depending on the size of the embolus a vessel is ^ Arch. Int. Med., March, 1914. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 533 sooner or later reached, which is too small to admit of its further passage. The block usually occurs at a point where the artery bifurcates. With the plugging of the vessel the pressure in the area situated peripherally to the blocked point almost disappears. This results in a backward flow of blood, which stagnates in the affected area, and in addition the various elements of the blood leak through the walls of the vessel, thus saturating the tissues in the area supplied by the plugged vessel. The area so' "affected constitutes the so-called hemorrhagic infarct. If there Fig. 317. — Multiple infarction of the lung. has been a preexisting stasis in the pulmonary vessels, such as is met with in chronic cardiac disease, the hemorrhagic character of the infarction becomes more marked. Pulmonary infarcts are more commonly met with in the lower, than the upper lobes of the lung. They are conical or wedge-shaped, the base being formed by the visceral pleura. The affected area generally pro- jects slightly above the surface, the visceral pleura being covered with a fibrinous deposit, which may be limited to the area involved, or extend some distance about it. The extent of the infarct depends on the size 514 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM of the vessel which has been occluded ; it may correspond to the area of one or two lobules (Fig. 317), or may involve nearly an entire lobe. On section, the wedge-shaped infarct is readily distinguished by the black-red color, and the fragile condition of the blood-soaked tissue. Pulmonary infarcts may be entirely absorbed, but as a rule resolution is not complete and a scar results. If the infarct is of septic origin as in cases of right-sided malignant endocarditis or general pyemia, abscess formation results. Symptoms. — The severity of the symptoms, following the lodgment of an embolus in the hmg, depends on the size of the vessel blocked. Fig. 318, — Pulmonary embolism in a patient convalescing from typhoid fever. (Interval of one day before the rise of temperature ) If the embolus is a large one, the patient may be so severely shocked that death occurs immediately or within an hour or two. On the other hand, the embolus may be so small that it produces no symptoms at all. The mechanism by which death is produced by an embolus which blocks only a small part of the pulmonary blood circulation is unknown. Mann^ in an experimental study was unable to produce death until the pul- monary circulation was practically occluded. When a moderately large branch of the pulmonary artery is suddenly occluded, the patient is seized wih sudden dyspnea, cyanosis and intense pain in the side. This is followed a few hours later by the expectoration of hquid or dark ' Jour. Exper. Medicine , Sept., 1917. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 515 red clotted blood, which is not frothy, as in the hemoptysis of phthi- sis. An initial chill is rarely observed. Strlimpel states that fever is apt to be delayed a day or so following the formation of the infarct (Fig. 318), and that this is sometimes of service in distinguishing the condition from lobar pneumonia. In those patients in whom the symptoms are overwhelmingly severe, the source of the embolism is apt to be in the veins, while the less severe instances are met with in cases of chronic cardiac disease. Physical Signs. — The recognition of a pulmonary infarction depends, primarily, on a knowledge of the etiological factor, and secondarily, on the symptoms. Physical signs at best will indicate only the size of the involved area. If, however, the infarction is small or centrally located, chest signs will be entirely wanting. Inspection. — So far as the chest is concerned, inspection will be nega- tive unless a large portion of a lobe is involved. If that occurs, expansion of the affected side will be diminished. Palpation. — Palpation will reveal deficiencies in expansion, if any such exist. Vocal fremitus will be increased providing the infarct is sufficiently large, otherwise no change is apt to be detected. Percussion. — Impairment or absence of pulmonary resonance will also depend on the size of the infarct, and whether it is peripherally located. The area of dulness does not extend as in pneumonia and if small and circumscribed usually disappears in two or three days. If the infarct is large, the percussion note may be flat and suggest the presence of an effusion. Dulness may change later to tympany if the infarct breaks down and an abscess results. Auscultation. — In cardiac cases r^les, both large and moderate-sized, are apt to be present throughout both lungs as the result of stasis. Local- izing signs, such as fine crackling rales, or a friction rub, are not likely to be present for some time after the formation of the infarct and may be the only signs present. The breath sounds, however, are apt to be absent or very distant from the beginning. Later, if the effused blood is absorbed, the breath sounds return, and the rales become coarser over the involved area. In septic cases the infarct may change into an abscess and empty into a bronchus, thus forming a cavity. Under these circum- stances the signs over the affected area differ in no particular from cavity formation due to other causes. Diagnosis. — Cases in which there is an evident cardiac lesion or the presence of a phlebitis offer little difficulty in diagnosis. In those cases in which the phlebitis is latent or is located in veins inaccessible to sight or touch, the source of the respiratory symptoms may be difficult to interpret. The sudden appearance of symptoms and signs due to a pulmonary infarction may be the first intimation we have of a venous thrombus. The condition is to be distinguished from 'pulmonary tuberculosis largely by the absence of tubercle bacilli and the location of the signs at the bases rather than the apices of the lungs. In addition more than one area may be involved in cases of infarction. If the infarct is deeply seated and does not give rise to physical signs, the differentiation may be very difficult. Owing to the sudden onset of the symptoms with dyspnea, pain in the side and bloody sputum, a pulmonary infarct may be mistaken for 516 DISEASES OF THE BROXCHI, LUXGS, PLELRA, AND DIAPHRAGM lobar pneumonia. In the case of an infarct an initial chill is rare; fever may not appear immediately, and when present does not resemble that seen in pneumonia. The sputum consists of liquid blood or dark red clots and is not viscid. In malignant disease of the lungs the sputum sometimes consists of dark clots resembling currant jelly. The presence of a primary tumor elsewhere should make the cause of the blood spitting apparent. In any event the course of the disease will not be that of infarction which tends to recovery. PULMONARY CONGESTION The term pulmonary congestion is loosei}^ applied to a hyperemic con- dition which accompanies or follows other morbid conditions affecting the lungs or heart. Two forms are described — the acute and the passive. ACUTE CONGESTION Etiology. — Hyperemia of the pulmonary tissue may occur in a variety of conditions. It constitutes part of the pathological picture in all acute inflammatory affections of the lungs, especialh' the first stage of lobar pneumonia. It is also noted in varying degrees in the pulmonary tissue surrounding recent tuberculous deposits. Severe overexertion is sometimes attended bj' an intensely hj-peremic condition of the lungs which, in a few instances, has been believed to be the cause of sudden death following athletic competition. Areas of acute pulmonary congestion are sometimes noted in associa- tion with the acute fevers, notabh', typhoid, influenza and malaria. A very frequent cause of acute pulmonary congestion is the inhalation of irritant gases. If the exposure is slight, recovery ensues but if the individual is subjected to a large dose of the gas, death ver}- frequently ensues. Oliver has noted intense congestion of the lungs as the result of the inhalation of carbon monoxide and sulphuretted hydrogen gases and from the fumes of nickel and ferri carbonyl and nitrous and nitric acid. He has also called attention to the fact that a workman who inhales chemical fumes may not exhibit any symptoms immediately, and yet within 24 to 48 hours he dies of acute congestion of the lungs. During the present European war chlorin and other gases have been used exten- sively as offensive weapons. The effects produced b}- the inhalation of irritant gases are described on page 521. Exposure to extreme cold or the inhalation of very hot air may give rise to congestion of the lungs. Woillez has described a primary form of pulmonary congestion which occurs without known cause. While the existence of a primary- form is strongly supported b}^ French writers, most authorities do not recognize it. The onset, the symptoms and the phj-sical signs are similar to those occurring in lobar pneumonia and it is more than likely that it represents a mild or abortive type of the latter disease. It has a duration of but four or five dsixs and almost invariably terminates in recover}'. Morbid Anatomy. — The amount of blood in the pulmonary vessels depends on the physiological activity of the lungs. Hyperemia may occur under normal conditions. If, however, a hj-peremic condition arises as the result of abnormal conditions, it constitutes a congestion. Congestion of the lungs is the initial stage of an inflammatory process and is usually followed by an exudation. It is not alwaj's easy, there- DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 517 fore, to draw a line between what constitutes simple congestion and that which may be considered edema. Acute congestion mai^ be bilateral or it ma}^ be Kmited to one lung or a portion of one lung. The involved portion contains an excess of blood due to the distended capillaries. On section the lung resembles what may be seen after death from pneu- monia, when the disease has involved parts which are crepitant and not yet consolidated. The affected areas are bright red, crepitant, feel dry to the touch and there is very slight if any perceptible increase of specific gravit5^ Symptoms.- — Pulmonary congestion usuallj^ gives rise to some dj^spnea, cough and the expectoration of froth}^, viscid or mucopurulent material. The sputum may be streaked with blood or show the presence of red blood cells microscopically. Unless the congestion is marked and as- sociated with a slight amount of exudate, the sputum may be very scanty or entirely absent. Congestion due to the inhalation of irritant gases produces the most marked symptoms and in addition to the dyspnea and cough, there are marked irritation of the upper respiratory tract and a feeling of soreness and contraction in the chest. PASSIVE CONGESTION Etiology. — The underhdng cause of passive congestion is to be found, almost invariably, in some cardiac affection. Probably the most com- mon form of congestion of the lungs is that known as hypostatic. It is very frequently present at the bases of the lungs in individuals who have been confined to bed for a long time because of some protracted febrile disease, such as typhoid or other long debilitating illness. It may occur also in association with cerebral lesions, notably those which produce paralysis or coma. It is occasionally encountered in cases of morphine poisoning. Two factors enter into the causation of hypostatic conges- tion, namely, a weakened heart muscle and gravity. That a weakened heart muscle is the cliief cause is evident from the fact that a healthy individual may lie in bed for an indefinite period without developing circulatory disturbance in the lungs. Another form of passive congestion is that due to prolonged stasis of the blood in the pulmonarj" circulation. A weak heart muscle, whether it be due to mj^ocarditis or dilatation secondarj^ to valvular disease, leads to interference with the return of the blood from the lungs to the heart. Although any form of cardiac disease may cause passive congestion, the most extreme grades of the condition are seen in cases of mitral stenosis. Passive congestion is sometimes encountered as the result of obstruc- tion to the flow of blood through the pulmonarj^ capillaries. Under those circumstances it is often encountered in cases of chronic emphysema and fibroid affections of the lungs. Thrombosis of the pulmonary veins or compression of the piilmonary veins by an aneurism or tumor may also produce the condition. Morbid Anatomy. — Hj'postatic congestion occurs, as a rule, in the posterior portions of the bases of the lungs or in the dependent portion of one lung if the patient has lain on that side. The affected portion is dark red or purplish red in color, heavier than normal and on section drips blood or bloody serum. Owing to the fact that there are commonly associated with the congestion varying degrees of edema the lung pits on pressure. 518 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM In those cases in which the engorgement of the blood-vessels is marked and there is, in addition, some leakage of the blood into the vesicles, the condition is sometimes referred to as hypostatic pneumonia or spleniza- tion of the lung. A lung which has been the seat of a passive congestion due to stasis, of long standing, is somewhat enlarged, is less elastic and cuts with greater resistance than normal. It is of a dark red or purplish-red color and on section is found to be full of blood of a venous color. The en- gorged condition of the lung is due to stasis of the blood current in the pulmonary circulation. In mitral stenosis, for instance, the pulmonary vessels are, on the one hand, distended with blood which is dammed back owing to the obstruction at the mitral orifice, and on the other hand, by blood wliich is forcibly driven into them by the hypertrophied right ventricle. This gradually leads to a proliferation of the fibrous tissue in the septa of the lung. If the condition persists, the continued tension within the capillaries leads to the escape of red blood cells by diapedesis. The blood cells eventually break down and liberate the blood pigment. This produces a condition known as hrown induration or "heart lung." In such a lung there is a marked increase in the fil^rous tissue and the organ is of a dark, rusty brown color. On section a brownish colored fluid can be squeezed out. Microscopically this fluid is seen to contain large mononuclear cells containing brownish pigment. These cells, sometimes referred to as "heart failure"' cells, may be found in the sputum also. In common with other forms of pulmonary fibrosis there maj' be some dilatation of the bronchi. Symptoms. — ^There are no symptoms which are characteristic of hypostatic congestion. It may give rise to some dyspnea, slight cyano- sis and cough. As a iiile, its presence is detected in the routine examina- tion of patients suffering from typhoid fever or other adynamic disease. Passive congestion due to heart disease does not produce symptoms so long as cardiac compensation is maintained. The sputum, however, may show the presence of the characteristic pigmented "heart cells." The first evidence of failing compensation may be the appearance of dyspnea and cough, especially after the slightest exertion. Sputum may be absent or moderate in amount and when present may be blood- streaked. Small hemoptyses ma}'' occur also. Sudden weakening of the left ventricle may be followed very quickly by marked dyspnea, cyanosis, cough and the expectoration of blood-streaked sputum. The condition is often referred to as "cardiac asthma." Physical Signs.- — In the presence of hypostatic congestion examina- tion of the lower and posterior portion of the lungs will usually show some impairment of the percussion note, more or less suppression of the respirator}' murmur and the presence of medium-sized and crepitant rales. Passive congestion due to heart disease does not give rise to physical signs unless cardiac compensation fails. In the event of this happening mixed rales are heard over both lungs especially at the bases. Pulmonary Edema This condition is, as a rule, a sequel of congestion and differs from the latter only in the exudation which is present. Like congestion, edema occurs in an acute and a chronic form. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 519 The cause of pulmonary edema is not altogether clear. The generallj^ accepted belief is that the exudate arises as the result of a mechanical defect which is cardiac in origin. This conception is based on the classic experiments of Welch who believed that the edema resulted from stasis due to increased capillary tension. The tension is brought about by an excessive amount of blood in the pulmonary capillaries, due, in part, to a weakened left ventricle which dams the blood back, and, in part, to an excess of blood forced out of the right ventricle. As a result of this over- filling of the pulmonary vessels, serum escapes from the distended capil- laries. This explanation is entirely applicable to the so-called terminal edema which, for the most part, is associated with cardiac or cardiorenal disease. Sahli attributes the edema to changes in the capillary vessels. This hypothesis is supported by Krehl who points out that the edema is unevenly distributed and often definitely associated with inflammatory processes. It is well known that it is often difficult and may be im- possible, to distinguish between areas of edema and pneumonic patches. Weakening of the capillary walls may be produced either by a chronic disease such as nephritis or by an acute inflammatory process. Edema may occur also after general anesthesia or in the course of one of the acute infectious diseases. In these cases it is believed, by some, that the edema is toxic in origin especially in those cases in which there is no associated cardiac lesion to account for the condition. In support of this view is the well-known fact that experimentally the injection of adrenalin will produce, in animals, a condition comparable to the acute edema seen in human beings. Kraus^ from experimental observations, states that disturbance of the nervous mechanism governing the pul- monary circulation may produce edema. "On the whole, the most acceptable view as to the etiology of pul- monary edema is that it is due to increased capillary tension accompanied, aided, and probably in many instances preceded, by degenerative changes, toxic in character, of the capillary endothelium" (Hare). CHRONIC PULMONARY EDEMA Etiology. — ^Localized pulmonary edema is met with under a variety of conditions. Occurring in the pulmonary tissue surrounding circumscribed lesions, it forms part of the pathological picture in broncho-pneumonia, abscess, new growths, infarcts and tuberculosis. General edema of the lungs often occurs in chronic conditions, such as cardiac disease, nephritis, anemia, and cerebral disease. As a terminal event it is not uncommon. Cohnheim has said of this type that patients do not die because of the edema, but the edema develops because the patient is dying. In the great majority of cases the terminal edema is due to cardiac failure. Coplin found that cardiac disease was the cause of the terminal edema in 350 of 405 cases in which the condition was found at autopsy. Morbid Anatomy. — ^General pulmonary edema is usually bilateral and most marked at the bases of the lungs. If, however, the patient lies constantly on one side the edema may be hmited to the dependent lung. The condition is sometimes referred to as hypostatic pneumonia. The affected portion is heavier than normal, pits on pressure and except 1 Bed. Klin. Wodi., i, 1035, 1913. 520 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUXGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM in extreme cases, is slighth' crepitant. On section the involved portion is pale unless there has been marked congestion, when the cut surface is reddish in color. The cut surface maj' present a glistening gelatinous appearance if the edema is extensive. The characteristic feature is the outpouring of a serous exudate into the alveoli and interstitial tissues. When the lung is incised there pours out a clear, frothy serum. If, however, congestion has been marked the serum is of a pinkish or reddish color. Symptoms and Physical Signs. — The sj-mptoms are essentially the same as those encountered in chronic congestion. In patients suffering from a prolonged illness, examination of the bases of the lungs posteriorly will often show impairment or even absolute dulness of the percussion note; suppression of or absent breath sounds; diminished voice sounds; and fine rales. If the edema is extensive, the air cells and bronchi ma,y be filled with the exudate. In such cases rales are absent, the percussion note is dull and the breath and voice sounds very distant. The condi- tion may be mistaken for a pleural effusion. The introduction of a needle is often needed to determine the presence or absence of fluid. ACUTE PULMONARY EDEMA This condition is rarely if ever primary in origin. Owing to its re- current character StengeP has suggested the term paroxysmal pulmonary edema. It is most commonly encountered in individuals suffering from some form of cardiovascular disease, particularly angina pectoris and myocarditis, or chronic Bright's disease associated with marked arterial hypertension. Occasionally in cases of pneumonia or pulmonary tuber- culosis a fatal termination may occur suddenly with the development of an acute edema involving a part or all of the lung not involved in the original trouble. Less frequently it is met with in association with some one of the acute infections, pregnancy, epilepsy, anesthesia, or as one of the manifestations of angio-neurotic edema. A few cases have been i-ecorded in which the condition followed the removal of a pleural or ab- dominal effusion. Acute pulmonary edema maj' end fatallj^ in a few hours; on the other hand, there may be a succession of attacks occurring at more or less frequent intervals for years. Two cases which have come to my notice have had repeated attacks, one because of the associated external phenomena was undoubtedly angio-neuroiic in origin; the other while apparently idiopathic, had in all probabilit}', a similar basis. Morbid Anatomy. — In those cases in which a fatal issue has occurred, the lungs are found to be heavy, water-logged and pit on pressure. When cut, an excessive amount of clear or pinkish-colored serum exudes. Symptoms. — The attack comes on very suddenly with little or no pre- monitory indication and rapidly assumes such an alarming character that the patient and those about him feel that a fatal termination can be a matter of but a few minutes. At the moment of the attack the patient grows suddenly deathly pale and has an expression of terror. The hands, feet and whole boch' grow cold and become bathed in a dripping sweat. There is a feeling of oppression in the chest, extreme dyspnea or even orthopnea, and a short, incessant cough. Large quantities of clear or faintly blood-tinged, frothy serum are expectorated. In extreme cases ^Amer. Jour. Med. Scs., Jan., 1911. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 521 the frothy serum may be expelled in a sudden gush through both the mouth and nose. In individuals suffering from chronic cardiac or renal disease the pulse is very weak, and it is in these cases that a fatal issue is to be feared. The sudden onset, labored breathing, the pallor, the cyano- sis, and above all, the character of the expectorated material renders the diagnosis easy almost at a glance. Physical Signs. — There are no signs especially characteristic of this condition. Inspection. — Aside from the labored character of the breathing, there are no noteworthy signs referable to the chest. Palpation may reveal a rhonchal fremitus, although this is not apt to be the case, as the rales are of the fine sibilant and subcrepitant type. Percussion is negative, except in the fatal cases where the outpouring of the serum is so great as to produce impairment of the pulmonary resonance. Auscultation. — The breath sounds are for the most part obscured by the numerous fine sibilant and fine bubbling rales. The heart sounds are obscured for the same reason, and also because of weakness on the part of the heart itself. Effects of Poisonous Gases on the Respiratory Tract The rapidity with which poisonous gases act when inhaled can be readily understood when there is taken into consideration the fact that they are diffused in the same manner as the inspired air and hence come into contact with the enormous absorptive area of the lungs which in- cludes myriads of capillaries. So far as the respiratory tract is concerned our chief interest is with the irrespirable gases. Exposure to these gases has always constituted one of the industrial hazards and the literature contains a number of references to the subject. The extensive employ- ment of irrespirable gases in the recent war was one of the most serious problems the medical officers had to deal with and while it is earnestly to be hoped there will never be a recurrence of this wicked method of conducting war, the effects of these gases should be understood because of the possible after effects they may cause even in men who have ap- parently recovered from the initial exposure. I am indebted to my colleague, George W. Norris, for the following account of the pathological and clinical effects of the various types of gas employed in the recent war. THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF GASES USED IN WARFARE 1. Lacrimators (acetone, xylene or benzene bromid). — These gases act immediately, causing a copious ocular irritation, intense lacrimation and thus a temporary, indirect functional blindness. They are com- monly employed in gas chambers for purposes of instruction, and to test out the "fit" of a mask. 2. Sternutators (diphenylchlorarsin) . — The symptoms produced by this type of gas are immediate sneezing, coughing, headache, salivation, vomiting and substernal pain. They are employed preHminary to or early in a gas attack so as to render gas mask protection difficult or impossible. A man who is seized with the above mentioned sympotms 0'2.1 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS. PLEURA. AND DIAPHRAGM generally finds it impossible to get or keep liis mask on, and hence falls a A-ictim to the lethal gas that accompanies or follows the initial dose. 3. Lung Irritants (suffocating gases — chlorin. phosgen. diphosgen, oxychlorcarbon). — These gases produce death by irritation of the pul- monary alveoh. resulting in edema of the lungs. 4. Vesicanis (dichlorethvlsulphid, dichlormethvlethei'). — The brunt of the attack is borne by the skin, eyes and upper respiratory tract. Bhstering and subsequent sloughing of the tissues affected results in cutaneous bui-ns and intense bronchial, tracheal and lar^Tigeal inflam- mation, and sloughing. Death results from broncho-pneumoma. 5. Gases Destroying Erythrocytic Function. — (a) Carbon monoxid — causing death by asphyxia resulting from methemoglobinemia. (h) Arsin — ^causing hemolysis, jaundice, hemoglobinemia, nepliritis and gastro-intestinal chsturbances. Diphosgen (trimethylchloroforminate, ''surpaUte")- — This gas, which was used instead of phosgen ("'paUte'"), is the most intense lung ir- ritant known. In a dilution of 1 :50 (rare) one inhalation kills by laryngeal spasm. It diffuses quickly, and in a dilution of 1 : 1.000.000 is toxic if breathed for a considerable time. AVhen brought into contact with water it forms hydrochloric acid. It produces but little local or early irritation, and during periods of excitement or when mixed with smoke, may be breathed for some time without discomfort. It does, however, cause shght. early, ocular smarting, nausea, retching and vomiting (phar\Tigeal irritation). Its chief and important action, however, is on the pulmonary alveoh, and its effect is 'pulmonary edema. Morbid Anatomy. — The trachea and bronclii are filled with shghtly blood-tinged froth. The lungs outwardly appear mottled as a result of alternating areas of congestion and emphysema. On section, con- gestion, capillary hemorrhages and extreme widespread edema are found. Small, shghtly bloody plem-al effusions are quite common. The right heart is dilated and often contains thrombi. The venous system is engorged, and thromboses are sometimes encountered. The kidneys are congested, and the glomeruli may contain clots. Fom'-fifths of all the deaths occm* within the fii'st twenty-fom* hours. If the patient can be tided over this interval he usually recovers. The pulmonary edema clears up rapidly after the second or third day. Cardiac dilatation may persist and be troublesome for several weeks. Symptoms. — These are shght cough, nausea, substernal pain, soreness or sense of constriction, headache, epigastric pain, dyspnea, fever from 100" to 106' F., sATicope and weakness. Slightly gassed cases are difficult to diagnosticate. The symptoms maj" be shght and physical signs absent. It is safe to assume that a man who shows no physical signs at the end of from twent\'-four to thirty-six hours either has not been gassed or, if so, only to a neghgible degree. The severe cases fall into one of two categories: (a) cyanotic cases: increasing restlessness, dyspnea, weakness and cough witli shght frothy, sometimes blood-tinged, expectoration; dyspnea, cyanosis, venous distention and a full, strong pulse of about 100; or (6) gray cases: shght cough, no expectoration, ashen paUor, marked tach\'pnea, shallow respii-ation, a leaky skin, very low blood pressure, a rapid tliready pulse (140j and collapse. Needless to say, the prognosis in the latter case is far worse than in the former. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 523 Physical Signs. — In the early stages there may be no auscultatory signs — simply an increase of the respiratory rate and an increased fulness of the pulse. Later the signs of beginning pulmonarj' edema mani- fest themselves — crackhng rales, harsh breath sounds, not infrequently together with pleural frictions. It is noteworthy- and striking that such physical findings are first noted, most marked, and, during convalescence, most persistent, over the upper lobes anteriorl}', and not, as is the case in disease, at the bases. Local hyperresonance maj' be found, resulting from emphysematous areas. As the edema increases, resonance becomes impaired and breath sounds are lost, being totally replaced by crackling rales or completely silent areas. The heart duhiess increases to the right, and as dilatation increases, the pulmonic second sound becomes en- feebled. Death results from deficient oxygenation due to cardiac dilatation, following pulmonai}' engorgement and edema. It is me- chanical, therefore, there being no direct cardiotoxic effect. Occasion- ally symptoms and phj'sical signs may be precipitated by physical exertion or a fuU meal, several hours after the exposm-e to gas, the patient col- lapsing quite suddenly. Dichlorethylsulphid (n^erite, "mustard gas"). — -This gas has a faint odor which has been compared to French mustard, vinegar, etc. Char- acteristically, it produces no immediate or early effects. One may remain or sleep in a dugout charged with it for several hours before becoming conscious of its presence, and then it is often too late. Morhid Anatomy.- — One finds purulent inflammation, destruction and sloughing of the respiratory mucosse. The lungs show alternating areas of congestion, emphysema and broncho-pneumonia. The small bronchi and bronchioles are filled with pus. Sometimes coalescing areas of broncho- pneumonia may produce extensive lobar involvement. Small areas of pulmonary edema may exist. The stomach, chiefiy near the cardia, as well as the duodenum, generally contains submucous hemorrhages, conditions apparently resulting from the swallowing of saiiA^a and responsible for the epigastric pain and gastro-intestinal symptoms. The kidneys are usually congested. Death results from broncho-preumonia and asphyxia due to obstruction of the smaller bronchi and bronchioles by mucosal sloughs and pus. Symptoms. — Occasionally nausea, retching, vomiting, and smarting of the eyes occur as valuable, even life-saving, symptoms at the end of from twenty' to sixty minutes. As a rule, however, symptoms appear from two or five hours after the beginning of exposure. The face and neck become red and the eyehds swollen. There is marked photophobia and blepharospasm, lacrimation, ocular and substernal and epigastric pain, pharyngitis, bronchitis, and an increased pulse and respiratory rate, x^t the end of twenty-four hours, severely gassed patients show in addition to an exaggeration of^ the sj^mptoms just mentioned, cutaneous bhstering of the face, neck, "scrotum, inner surface of thighs, penis, buttocks, etc. Burns in the latter region are especially common after sitting on gas-impregnated earth. Widespread and severe purulent inflammation of all the upper mucosse and the bronchi are present. The expectoration consists of bloody pus and is sometimes accompanied by sloughs of the entire tracheal and bronchial mucous membrane. At the end of forty-eight hours, broncho-pneumonia, often widespread 524 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM and coalescing, has occurred, as a result of tissue destruction and leuko- penia. The patient is delirious, coughs, is cyanotic, exhausted, tortured by pain and suffocation, and finally lapses into unconsciousness. It is to be noted that in contrast to the phosgen cases, dyspnea, cyanosis, fever, tachycardia and prostration occur late. Practically none of the patients die within thirtj'-six hours, and death may occur weeks later. Slight transient albuminuria is quite common. Convalesce7ice.— Photophobia of a functional type and unexplained origin persists for weeks and should be ignored as soon as local inflam- matory changes have subsided. Bronchitis may also last for weeks, together with substernal and epigastric pain. None of these sjaiiptoms should prevent a man's being sent to the convalescent depot if his general physical condition warrants it. Some of the cases develop E. S. (effort syndrome), and require special treatment in ''heart classes." Severely gassed patients — those that have developed a demonstralDle broncho- pneumonia — usually die. The shghtly gassed patients usually recover. There is doubtless a middle class in which bronchiectasis develops in time as a result of cicatricial changes; but so far as is known, true tulier- culosis as a sequel does not occur. It is,, of course, easy to conceive that latent lesions may be activated by gassing. Ethyldichlorarsin. — This gas and others containing arsenic wei-e increasingly used toward the close of the war. Shells containing 50 per cent, dichlormethylether and 50 per cent, ethjddichlorarsin were also employed. Aside from early sneezing, this gas produces a condition practicallj^ identical with yperite except for the fact that its action is much more rapid. It is said that the arsenical gases, in addition to the other sj^mptoms, produce somnolence, nephritis (edema of the hands and face), abdominal cramps, diarrhea and hemolytic jaundice. Carbon Monoxid. — This gas, which results from the combustion of high explosives, produces similar, though less intense, symptoms than the illuminating gas poisoning of civil life. Thus we find headache, asthenia, amnesia, delirium and syncope; symptoms which result from methemoglobinemia. Such cases are sometimes evacuated as "shock." Chlorin. — ^The lesions and symptoms of chlorine poisoning closely resemble those of diphosgen but the immediate irritant effect upon the respiratory passages (larynx, bronchi, etc.) is much greater, although a much higher concentration is necessary to produce severe pulmonary edema. Thus violent and prolonged coughing occurs. Emphysematous changes, both pulmonary and subcutaneous are observed. The ex- pectoration, which is copious, has a bloody, froth}' character. Cyanosis is much more common than pallor. As a rule the onset of symptoms occurs promptly. Nitrous Fumes (nitric oxid, nitrogen, peroxid).- — -These gases are lil:)erated from burning cordite and may be encountered if an ammunition dump burns up. They also occur in mining operations if a blasting charge fails to detonate but burns slowly. In the latter instance the danger is a brief one as the gases are rapidly absorbed by moist earth. Although less toxic than chlorin in the production of pulmonary edema, the danger of nitrous fumes lies in their lack of odor and irritation. De- lay in the onset of acute symptoms is very marked, and low concen- trations of the gas, of which the subject is quite unconscious, may be DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 525 fatal. If sufficient gas is present in tlie air to cause irritation of the respiratory passages the danger is great. Chloropicrin. — This gas causes lachrymation, chest pain, abdominal discomfort and violent vomiting. Prolonged exposure to low concentra- tions causes serious toxic symptoms. It is chemically more stable than phosgen and cumulative in action, but in order to produce pulmo- nary edema, a higher concentration is required than is the case with phosgen. Phenyl-carbylamin-chlorid.^ — The inhalation of this gas which has an offensive, mustard-like odor, produces immediate nausea, lachry- mation, and later bronchitis. It does not rank high as a lung irritant. In recent warfare gases were often mixed and hence it was often dif- ficult to decide in mildly gassed men, with which type of intoxication one had to deal. After Effects of "Gassing." — Information on this aspect of the subject is not complete as yet. The degree of permanent damage, even in those who have apparently completely recovered, will depend largely on the intensity of the initial inflammatory change in the bronchi. The pathological changes which occur in "gassed" cases are almost identical to those which are seen in influenza, both grossly and micro- scopicall5^ In both there is inflammation of the bronchial mucosa, softening of the bronchial wall and a peribronchitis. The changes will vary in accordance with the severity of the infection in the case of influ- enza and the degree of concentration in the case of the irrespirable gases. In both instances the lungs in fatal cases often present the evidence of an intense hemorrhagic pneumonitis with or without definite areas of consolidation. In the few gassed cases I have had the opportunity of studying with the X-rays, there has been a considerable increase in the trunk shadows and the evidence of fibrous changes about the bronchi. The roentgeno- gram is very similar to that seen in many influenza cases sometime after the attack (see Fig. 319). It is quite likely that in not a few in- stances this fibrosis will increase and lead to more or less extensive changes, especially in the lower lobes where the process seems to be more marked. In addition it is highly probable that bronchiectasis will be one of the ultimate effects in those cases in which the fibrosis of the lungs is at all extensive. To what extent "gassed" individuals will become tuberculous is I think a matter of conjecture. Several cases I have seen were discharged from the army because they were believed to have had tuberculosis but in none of them did the condition exist. The cough, expectoration and signs at the bases of the lungs seemed to be due to a chronic bronchitis and peribroncliitis. I should say that the chances of these individuals becoming tuberculous were no greater than others suffering from a similar pathological process but produced by other causes. An interesting sequel to the inhalation of an irritant gas is bronchitis fibrosa obliterans. A few cases of this nature have been reported in civil practice. Gases Encountered in Civil Life. — In civil life nitrous and nitric acid fumes are the ones which most frequently cause trouble. The inhalation of these fumes may occur in laboratories or factories in which considerable quantities of these gases are formed either during the course 526 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM of some reaction or when a carboy of nitric acid is spilled. Wood^ in reporting a personal observation with autopsy findings, has collected 9 similar cases. In addition he found in the literature references to a very considerable number in which respiratory symptoms were severe but in which the autopsy reports were incomplete or wanting. Exposure to the fumes may occur in a variety of ways and one or a number of individuals may be simultaneously affected. Pott^ reports an instance Fig. 319. -Radiogram showing after effects of "Gassing." Variety of Note marked increase in trunk shadows (peribronchitis). 'as unknown. in wliich thirt}' individuals were exposed to nitrogen tetroxid fumes formed by the action of acid phosphate on sodium nitrate in the prepara- tion of a fertilizer. There were two deaths and in addition eight more individuals were confined to bed for a number of days with severe respira- tory symptoms (dyspnea, cough and the expectoration of thick, yellow sputum containing blood) . Hall and Cooper^ report a similar experience 1 Trans. Assoc. Artier. Phys., 1912. 2 Deut. Med. Woch., 1884, x, 451. ' Jour. Amer. Med. Assoc., 1905, xlv, 396. DISEASES OP THE LUNGS 527 in which twenty people were exposed to nitric acid fumes. In this in- stance a carboy of nitric acid was broken and in spreading over the floor attacked some zinc plates and sawdust, starting a fire. All developed marked respiratory symptoms and four died. Exposure to nitrous fumes also occurs among those engaged in the manufacture of explosives and those exposed to the fumes which follow blasting. In mines when dyna- mite, gelignite and nitro-explosive compounds are used the fumes given off from the explosives may travel to other portions of the mine and affect the men working there or the men may return to the scene of blasting too soon after the explosion has occurred. Macaulay and Irvine state that in the year 1904-1905 forty deaths were due to "gas- sing" in the South African mines and of this number seventeen were caused by nitrous fumes. The diagnosis was confirmed by autopsy in one-half the cases. In the case of most of the irrespirable gases the fumes are so noticeable by reason of their odor or their irritating properties that the workmen are duely warned as to their danger. It is the absence of these properties that makes the fumes generated by nitric acid so dangerous in industry .to-day. The oxids of nitrogen are set free in large quantities in the making of sulphuric and nitric acids; in the nitration of cotton, in the making of trinitro-toluol, picric acid, etc., and also whenever metals are treated with nitric acid. As there is nothing to warn the workman he continues to work for a long time in air charged with these fumes. The only effect may be a slight feeling of suffocation, a little coughing and an acid taste in the mouth. Any feeling of discomfort quickly passes off on reaching the fresh air. A few hours later, however, the patient may suddenly develop an attack of acute congestion and edema of the lungs, preceded by an abundant expectoration of thick, yellow material. In some instances these symptoms may be delayed as long as 24 to 48 hours. In case the concentration of the fumes is great the symptoms may develop very quickly. These symptoms consist of a sense of op- pression in the chest, dyspnea, cough, faintness and cyanosis. After reaching the fresh air, tTie patient may vomit and the respiratory symptoms clear up. After an interval of 6 or 8 hours, the patient is suddenly seized with intense dyspnea and a sense of oppression in the chest, the eyes protrude and a cold sweat appears. The attack is not unlike an asth- matic seizure. In addition there are cyanosis and paroxysms of coughing which may last ten or fifteen minutes. Death occurs in consequence of edema of the lungs which is usually preceded by the expectoration of frothy yellow fluid. In acute cases death may occur within 48 hours; occasionally the patient may linger on for one or two weeks. Chlorin gas frequently constitutes an industrial hazard. The gas is very irritant to the respiratory tract and men engaged in the manufacture of bleaching powder, for instance, can bear exposure to the fumes for not more than half an hour. Even then it is necessary to protect the eyes with goggles and to cover the mouth with some material which will prevent the inhalation of the fumes. It is said, however, that; chlorin workers acquire considerable tolerance and can withstand gas in con- centration that would produce glottic spasm in the untrained. Other dangerous gases often met in industry are bromin, hydrofluoric and hydrochloric acids; nickel carbonyl, ferri carbonyl and sulphuretted 528 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM hydrogen gas. Nickel and ferri carbonyl are both very volatile liquids, the fumes of which are extremely poisonous. Oliver states that taking chemical workers as a whole it may be said that the younger men are not an unhealthy class. The continued ex- posure to irritating gases, however, eventualh' renders them subject to bronchitis, asthma, and other respiratory troubles. Hydatid Disease of the Lung and Pleura Hydatid disease of the different viscera is due to the ovum of the Tcenia echinococcus of the dog. In man the ovum develops into the larva — the hydatid — and persists in that state. Etiology. — Hyatid disease has a fairly definite geograpliical distribu- tion. The vast majority of cases have been reported from Iceland, Australia and the Argentine. Wherever man is brought into intimate contact with infected dogs the disease is relativeh' common. Dogs used for herding sheep are a common source of infection and this largely explains the frequency of the disease in Australia and the Argentine. In this countr}' sporadic instances of the disease are occasionally encountered and at times an imported case is seen. The abdominal viscera, particularly the liver, are the most frequent sites of the disease. Among 1863 cases of hydatid disease, the lung or pleura was involved in 153 or 8.3 per cent.^ Thomas- collected 809 cases from the Australian Hospitals and of this number the lung or pleura was involved in 136, or 16.8 per cent. In a series of 952 cases reported from the Argentine by Vagas and Cranwell^ the lung and pleura were involved in but 54 or 5.6 per cent. The sexes are equally affected. As a rule the disease occurs among the lower class. Morbid Anatomy. — The ovum of the taenia is eliminated with the dog's feces. Infection of human beings may be brought about by con- taminated food or drinking water or bj' the hands becoming soiled in petting dogs. Direct infection of the lung through the inhalation of dust containing the ova was believed bj' Bird of Australia to be a possibility, but this theory has received no support. The accepted teaching is that the ovum is taken into the stomach where the envelope is dissolved. The liberated ovum then bores through the wall of the stomach or intestines and in the majority of instances is carried bj' the portal vein to the liver. Thus in 1863 collected cases 953 or 51 per cent, the disease was localized in the liver. How the ovum reaches the lung is not clear. In many instances it apparently passes through the vessels of the diaphragm this assumption being strengthened by reason of the fact that the liver is so frequently involved and that in addition, the right lower lobe is the most common site in the lungs. In- volvement of other portions of the respirator}^ tract probably results from the ovum entering a sj^stemic vein and eventually reaching the lungs through the pulmonary arteries. Echinococcus infection of the lungs may be primary or secondary. When secondar}^ the disease may extend from the liver or the infection may arise through metastasis from ^ Combined statistics of Davaine, Cobbold, Finsen and Xeisser. - "Hydatid Disease," 1894. 3 Reuue de Chir., vol. xxiii, 970. 1901. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 529 the liver or some other organ. Having become locahzed in the pul- monary or pleural tissues the ovum loses its hooks and is gradually transformed into a cyst. The cyst wall is composed of a stratified or laminated wall, the inner layer being granular or parenchymatous in character. From this parenchymatous layer brood capsules, scoleces and finally daughter cysts may develop. In the lungs hydatid disease may occur in the form of a single cyst which varies considerably in size; it may attain the dimensions of a fetal head. In some instances the cyst is multilocular and rarely numerous small cysts may be scattered throughout the lung. When the disease is located in the pleura it usually occurs in the form of a single cyst. The contents of the cyst consist of a clear, transparent fluid contain- ing the characteristic booklets. In some instances the fluid may be sterile or as the result of secondary infection the fluid may contain pus. The effect of the cyst is that of an irritant. The pulmonary tissue about it may become congested and later undergo fibroid changes. In cases of long standing the wall is apt to be very thick and fibrous. The cyst may rupture into one of the bronchi, into the pleural cavity or, rarely, into the pericardium. Rupture into a bronchus is the most usual termination. This may end in complete recovery but if the wall is thick secondary infection and gangrene may result. Rupture into the pleural cavity is usually followed by a fatal result. Localization of the echinococcus in the pleura is not common and when the thoracic organs are involved it is the lungs that are usually affected. All statistics bear out the fact that the right lower lobe is involved far more often than any other portion of the lungs. Symptoms. — The presence of a cyst in the lung or pleura may give rise to symptoms during the early stages when the growth is small or if it is centrally located and does not cause pressure symptoms. As long as the cyst remains intact constitutional symptoms are absent and the patient presents a healthy appearance. As the cyst increases in size, however, a dry, hacking cough usually occurs and this may be accompanied by mucoid expectoration. The most important symptom is hemoptysis. This is the most fre- quent and the most striking symptom of the disease and occurs in the majority of cases. It may appear as an early manifestation; during the course of the disease; or coincidently with rupture of the cyst. In common with tuberculosis the first evidence of the disease may be blood spitting and as Dieulafoy has well expressed it, ''the first cry of revolt on the part of the lung against the invader is perhaps a means of de- fense." In the early stages of the disease the hemorrhage may be slight but if associated with rupture of the cyst the bleeding is apt to be profuse. Pain may or may not be present. If the pleura is not involved either primary or secondary pain is usually absent. There may be, however, a sense of weight or oppression in the chest. Dyspnea is not apt to be a feature of the disease unless the cyst at- tains a large size. Fever is not apt to be present unless there has been a secondary infection of the cyst contents or an associated inflammation of the lungs, such as broncho- or croupous pneumonia. Pressure symptoms will depend on the size and location of the growth. They are not common. The localization of the disease in the right 530 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM lower lobe in a large proportion of the cases, precludes this possibility. When the disease is so situated as to cause pressure symptoms they are identical with those produced by tumors. Rupture of the cyst occurs in about half of the cases and, as a rule, the rupture occurs into a bronchus. Rupture into a bronchus is attended by a violent paroxysmal cough, urgent dyspnea and pain or a sense of oppression in the chest. These symptoms are accompanied by the ex- pectoration of a large quantity of clear transparent fluid. In some instances there may be, in addition, a brisk pulmonary hemorrhage. Examination of the expectorated fluid may show the presence of the hydatid booklets or fragments of the cyst wall, the latter resembling the skins of grapes. Rupture into a bronchus may be followed by an almost immediate fatal result. The evacuation of the cyst may be complete in a few days or it may be intermittent and extend over a period of weeks. If the cyst is old and the wall has become thickened secondary infection may occur. This gives rise to a purulent expectoration which gradually disappears. Gangrene of the cj^st wall and surrounding tissues may occur. Rupture into the pleural cavity is attended by the sudden onset of severe pain, dyspnea and signs of shock similar to those encountered in pneumothorax. Rupture into the pericardial sac produces pain in the chest and serious circulatory disturbances. Physical Signs. — Inspection.— li the cyst is large and located in the pleura or near the periphery of the lung there may be bulging of the chest wall; after evacuation retraction may be noted. Restriction of motion is usually noted in that portion of the chest which overlies the cyst. Pressure signs are rare. Palpation.— This may reveal slight degrees of diminished expansion. If the cyst is in contact with the chest wall, the tactile fremitus will be diminished. Percussion. — If the cyst is in contact with the chest wall the percus- sion note over it is absolutely dull. The dulness may be modified, how- ever, if a thin layer of pulmonary tissue intervenes. If the cyst is situ- ated in the lower part of the chest, the dull percussion note may lead to a diagnosis of effusion. In the case of a cj^st the upper level of dulness may be in front or in the axilla. In the case of an effusion the highest point of dulness is always posterior near the spine. After evacuation the per- cussion note over the site of the cyst may be tympanitic or amphoric in quahty. Auscultation. — Over the site of the cyst the breath and voice sounds are absent. After the cyst has become emptied there may be cavity signs: cavernous breathing, whispering pectoriloquy and metallic rales. The auscultatory signs surrounding the cyst will depend on whether inflammatory changes have taken place in the pulmonary tissue. Noth- ing abnormal may be heard or there may be rales and an alteration in the character of the breath sounds. Diagnosis. — In countries w^here the disease is endemic, mistakes in diagnosis are less likely to occur than in those regions where an occasional sporadic case is seen. Prior to rupture of the cyst it is not possible to make an absolutely positive diagnosis. If in a suspected case the lesion is unilateral, basal and right-sided and in addition the X-ray examination shows a globular shadow, echinococcus disease is probably present. DISEASES OF THE LUXGS 531 After ruptui'e of the cyst the diagnosis is much easier. The location of the lesion and the sudden expectoration of a large quantity of clear fluid is highly suggestive. The finding of the hydatid booklets or fragments of the cyst wall is the only means of being absolutely certain of the diagnosis. Echinococcus disease is most apt to be confused with tuberculosis, a pleural effusion or a thoracic tumor. Tuberculosis is either confined to the summit of the lung or if the disease involves the entire lung the physical signs are always most marked at the apex. Although hydatid disease may involve the upper portion of the lung its usual location is at the right base. Tuberculosis nearly always causes shrinkage of the chest wall while a cj^st produces bulging. A hydatid cyst may give rise to marked dulness anteriorly with a normal note posteriorly or the dulness may extend across the middle line. Active tuberculosis is always attended bj^ constitutional symptoms particular!}^ fever and loss of weight while a hj'datid cj^st rarely affects the general health unless secondary infection with the pus cocci or gangrene develops after rupture. In the case of a large basal cj'st the condition may simulate a pleural effusion. In the latter the line of dulness is always higher posteriorly near the spine, there may be movable dulness and over the upper limits of the effusion egophony is commonly heard. Pain or tenderness on pressure is common in pleurisy and is often absent or verj' slight in hydatid cyst. The contour of the shadow in the X-ray plate may serve to distinguish the two conditions, that of the cj^st being globular in outline. If pressure symptoms are present, the differentiation between a hydatid cyst and a malignant tumor may be difficult. In the former constitutional symptoms are slight or absent while in the case of the latter the evidences of a rapid decline sooner or later manifest themselves. Pulmonary Distomatosis Etiology. — This affection is known also as lung fluke disease, parasitic hemoptysis, endemic hemoptj^sis and paragonimiasis. The disease is deserving of some attention, for, although the United States are not included in its geographical distribution, isolated cases are apt to be encountered at any time, especially among those who have resided in the far East. The disease occurs in Japan, China, and Korea. Among the inhabitants of the Island of Formosa endemic hemoptysis is very prev- alent and in certain districts as high as 15 per cent, of the population is said to be infected. It has also been noted as occurring in the Philippine Islands. A few cases have been observed in this country. The disease also has been encountered in the tiger, dog, cat, and in swine. The exciting cause of pulmonary distomatosis is a trematode worm, the lung fluke, known as Paragonimus Westermannii. The worm is almond-shaped and in the fresh state of a pinkish or reddish-brown color. The eggs are golden yellow in color and larger than the eggs of other parasites common to man. They may be seen with the unaided eye as brownish specks if a small portion of sputum containing them is pressed between a cover slip and slide and held up to the light. The life history of the first and final stages onh- is known. Manson 532 DISEASES OP THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM found that if the sputum containing the eggs is mixed with water and the water changed occasionally, after some weeks, more or fewer according to temperature, a ciliated embryo will develop in each egg. In a short time the embryo emerges from the egg and swims about vigorously for some hours. It thus seems probable that the sputum cast on the ground is washed down by the rain or otherwise and so gets into wells or pools of water. Beyond this we have no positive knowledge but Manson assumes that the embryo gets into a small mollusc, in which it undergoes the evolutionary changes characteristic of other distomes. When these are completed it is carried in the water or by some water plant, back to man again. Nakagawa^ has found encysted larvae in fresh-water crabs. The encysted larvae were fed to puppies. Examination after death revealed a number of cysts in the lungs. Further study showed that the encysted larvae after they have been taken into the alimentary tract of the host escape from the'cysts, penetrate the intestinal wall near the jejunum and escape into the alxlominal cavity. They then pass through the dia- phragm into the thoracic cavity, scatter over the pleura and finally gain entrance into the pulmonary tissues. Having entered the parenchyma of the lung a cyst is formed and the worm becomes full-grown. Although the parasites may become fixed in organs other than the lungs the latter seem to be the most favorable place for their development. Morbid Anatomy. — The lungs of individuals who have become the victims of this parasite contain a varying number of cysts or burrows which harbor the worm. These cysts are commonly about the size of a hazelnut but they may be as large or even larger than a walnut. They may be located at any point within the parenchyma of the lung but are most frequently found toward the periphery of the organ. If located just beneath the pleura they may project as hemispherical nodules of a bluish-gray color. The frequency with which the cysts occur near the periphery of the lungs leads to secondary inflammation of the pleura and as a result adhesions are common. According to Manson these so-called burrows are little tumors or thickenings produced by inflammatory exudate in the parenchyma of the lung and are riddled with small passages or burrows in which the parasites lie. Each cyst or burrow contains one or more worms and in addition a reddish, dirty brown, mucosanguineous material. The cavities com- municate with the bronchi by one or more passages and at times neigh- boring cysts communicate with each other by tortuous channels. Again adjacent cysts may rupture into each other forming large irregular cavities. Although there is a direct passage from the burrow containing the worm to the outside by way of the bronchi, the worms themselves are rarely coughed up. According to the size and number of the cysts, a certain amount of the rusty, ova-bearing sputum is expectorated or swallowed. The extent of the infection has a bearing on the severity of the symptoms. It may be so slight that the patient experiences no difficulty other than the expectoration of a little rusty colored sputum; on the other hand, the patient may be subject to recurring attacks of profuse hemoptysis. While the lung is the normal habitat of the parasite, it may be ' Jour. Inject. Dis., xvii, No. 2, p. 1.31. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 533 found in other parts of the body such as the scrotum, liver, peritoneum, diaphragm, lymph nodes, and especially the brain. In the latter situa- tion it may produce the symptoms of Jacksonian epilepsy or brain tumor. Japanese observers have reported instances of brain infection in which cysts containing both the ova and worms occurred. Symptoms. — The disease is usually insidious in its onset and as ordinarily seen, not attended with marked constitutional symptoms or by emaciation. The distinctive features of pulmonary distomatosis are cough, which is usually worse on arising in the morning, the expectora- tion of rusty, brown or dark red sputum and the occurrence of recurring attacks of hemoptysis. Owing to the close proximity of the "burrows" to the visceral layer of the pleura, inflammatory changes in the latter are common, thus giving rise to varying degrees of chest pain. In com- mon with other chronic pulmonary lesions patients who are subject to this infection are apt to suffer from dyspnea, and mild asthmatic attacks. If the attacks of hemoptj^sis are frequent, the patient may become anemic and in such cases functional murmurs are heard. As a rule there is no fever. The severity of the symptoms depend largely on the amount of the pulmonary damage. The disease may be so limited in extent as to cause no inconvenience other than the slight cough and expectoration. In other instances, the patient is subject to frequent attacks of profuse bleeding and a gradual deterioration in health. In the great majority of instances the lungs alone are involved, but as already pointed out, other portions of the body may be involved either primarily or as a complication of the pulmonary infection. Next to the lungs the brain seems to be the most vulnerable point. Involve- ment of the brain gives rise to a variety of nervous symptoms : epilepsy, hemiplegia, paresis of the extremities, headache, vertigo, etc. Physical Signs. — In common with other pulmonary infections which simulate tuberculosis there is nothing distinctive in the physical signs which will serve to differentiate the two conditions. Physical signs may be entirely wanting if the lesion is small or deep-seated. In cases with extensive involvement of the pleura there may be marked retraction of the chest wall and a very limited respiratory movement. The lesion may be single and circumscribed or there may be a number of such areas over which the percussion note is impaired and the breath sound sup- pressed or broncho-vesicular in character. Rales may be present also. Signs of cavity formation are not commonly encountered. Diagnosis. — Inasmuch as cough, blood-streaked sputum or a frank hemoptysis and chest pain are the principal symptoms of pulmonary distomatosis, the disease must be distinguished from other conditions in which the same symptoms occur. It is evident that the disease which most commonly gives rise to such symptoms is tuberculosis. So far as the symptoms are concerned no distinction between the two is possible and if the lung fluke is located in the pulmonary apices the confusion is increased. A very important point is the question of whether the individ- ual has lived in the endemic zone. The diagnosis must rest on the microscopic examination of the sputum and this is easily made from the presence of the eggs and the absence of tubercle bacilli. Both tuber- culosis and distomatosis may occur in the same individual. In suspected cases in which it is impossible to obtain the sputum the stools should be examined for the ova. It is said that the presence of Charcot-Leyden 534 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM crystals in the sputum is strongly suggestive of distomatosis in those living in infected regions and should lead to a careful search for the eggs. Syphilis of the Respiratory Tract LARYNX Syphihs may attack the larynx both as an early and a late manifesta- tion of the disease but is far more common in the so-called secondary stage. Indeed a very large proportion of individuals suffering from acquired syphihs manifest symptoms of larj^ngeal trouble, usually, how- ever, of a transient nature. Any portion of the larj^nx may be involved — the epiglottis, the vocal cords or the body of the larynx. Examination of the lar^-nx during the active stage of syphilis will often show the presence of catarrhal changes, congestion of the mucous membrane, mucous patches or slight erosions. The catarrhal inflamma- tion or congestion often becomes apparent at the time the cutaneous eruption first makes its appearance. In other instances the laryngeal lesion develops later. Mucous patches are much less common. They may form superficial erosions or in severe cases an ulcer may be formed. Edema of the laryngeal tissues may accompan}^ any of these changes. Unless the individual is cured there is a tendency for the lar;yTigeal lesions to recur. Tertiary lesions of the lar3mx are relativeh' rare and usually appear very late. A gumma varying in size from a pinhead to a hazelnut, is usually the first manifestation. The gumma maj- break down forming a deep ulcer which in the process of healing may produce serious deformi- ties as the result of retraction of the scar tissue. Partial or even com- plete lar\Tigeal stenosis ma}^ be produced. In other instances the ter- tiar}' disease attacks the cartilaginous portion of the larynx. The disease may extend and by invading the tissues about the lar^^nx produce an external fistula. Sj'mmers^ in a study of 4880 autopsy protocols found the anatomic confirmation of the existence of sj^philis in 314 cases, or 6.5 per cent. The larynx was involved in 12. In 5 there were cicatricial lesions; in 5 ulcerative lesions, in 1 a gumma and in 1 a leukoplacia of the epiglottis. In addition there were 17 cases in which the epiglottis was deformed in association with syphihtic changes at the base of the tongue. In the secondary stage the most constant, and often the only symp- tom, is hoarseness. A cough is more often absent than present. Com- plete aphonia sometimes occurs. Rarely marked difficulty in breathing occurs as the result of edema of the larynx. In the tertiary stage the trouble usually first manifests itself by hoarseness which may develop into complete loss of the voice. If cicatricial changes occur, the difficulty in breathing becomes progressively worse. Sudden closure of the laryngeal opening may occur. The difficulty in breathing is both inspiratory and expiratory and is ac- companied by more or less stridor. If the ulcerative process involves the epiglottis or the arytenoids the patient may experience pain on swallowing. 1 Jour. Am. Med. Assoc, May 6, 1916. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 535 TRACHEA AND BRONCHI Morbid Anatomy. — Involvement of the trachea alone is rare. In 1903, Conner^ collected 128 cases of syphilis of the trachea and bronchi. Symmers^ found 4 instances, among 4880 autopsies, in which the lesion was limited to the trachea; and Lord^ states that 2 instances of syphihtic ulceration of the trachea were found among 3000 autopsies at the Massa- chusetts General Hospital. Lesions in the trachea are present, as a rule, in the upper or lower third, especially at the bifurcation. Involvement of the lower portion of the trachea and the main bronchi is not uncommon. One or both of the primary divisions of the bronchi may be involved. The tertiary lesions of the trachea and bronchi are practically always late manifestations and may be due to hereditary as well as the acquired form of the disease. The mucous membranes of the trachea and large bronchi may be the seat of catarrhal change during the secondary stage. This change may be the result of an increased susceptibility to "colds" during the acute stage of syphilis or, as in the case of the larynx, to the presence of mucous patches. As a tertiary manifestation syphilis may occur in the trachea or large bronchi as a gummatous infiltration. At first this causes considerable swelling. The gumma may become absorbed leaving as evidence of its presence a scar or it may break down and produce an ulcer and this in turn may heal and become a scar. A syphilitic ulcer in the lower por- tion of the trachea or in one of the primary bronchi may perforate or extend into the surrounding mediastinal tissues, the esophagus or the pulmonary artery. Occasionally the cartilaginous structures become necrosed and either may be entirely absorbed or small pieces of cartilage may slough off and be expectorated. When healing follows either a gumma or an ulcer, the resulting scar tissue usually contracts and often produces marked deformity or even complete stenosis. At the point of the scar the lumen is narrowed by an annular or membranous stricture or strictures. Dilatation of the trachea or bronchi may occur above and below the constricted point. Symptoms. — During the secondary stage of syphilis involvement of the trachea may manifest itself as a simple trachitis. There is cough, expectoration and some substernal soreness. As a late manifestation the first evidence of trouble is usually a cough, which'' at first is dry and unproductive; later it is accompanied by mucoid or mucopurulent sputum. If the disease occurs in the form of a gumma which becomes absorbed, the symptoms rarely consist of anything more than a cough with or without the presence of sputum. If, however, an ulcer forms the sputum is often blood-streaked and a frank hemoptysis is not unusual. A few instances have been recorded in which a fatal hemorrhage followed perforation of an ulcer into the pulmonary artery. Substernal pain may occur and in some instances there is also dysphagia. With the formation of a stricture the symptoms of stenosis are added to the picture. As soon as the stricture begins to offer obstruction to the ^ Am. Jour. Med. Sc, vol. cxxvi, p. 57. "^ Loc. cit. ^ "Diseases of the Bronchi, Lungs and Pleura," 1915. 536 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM ingress and the egress of the air, the patient begins to suffer from dyspnea which is more or less marked, depending on the degree of the stenosis. The dyspnea may be persistent or it maj^ occur in paroxysms. Suffo- cative attacks may come on very suddenly; sometimes without apparent cause, in other instances as the result of sudden exertion. The diffi- culty in breathing is both inspiratory and expiratory and is usually attended by marked stridor. During the attack the patient becomes cyanosed, the pulse becomes weak and there may be unconsciousness. Physical Signs.- — The respiratory movements of the chest are dimin- ished, the breath sounds are feeble and the tissues at the root of the neck, the lower intercostal spaces and the epigastrium show inspiratory retraction. Rarely one of the main bronchi may be stenosed. This is to be suspected if there is unilateral diminution of the respiratory excur- sion and suppression of the auscultatory phenomena. There may be present also, over the site of the stricture, a whistling quality of the respiratory sounds. In Conner's^ series death occurred in eleven instances during a suffocative attack. Diagnosis. — Prior to the formation of a stricture tuberculosis is most apt to be the diagnosis owing to the cough, mucopurulent sputum and the appearance of blood. The persistent absence of tubercle bacilli and of abnormal physical signs in the lungs renders the correctness of such a diagnosis doubtful. Syphilis is always to be thought of, especially if there is a history of that disease, the presence of sj^philitic stigmata elsewhere and the presence of a positive Wassermann test. If stenosis has taken place the obstruction may be due to a syphilitic stricture, to a foreign body or to the presence of a tumor, aneurism or enlarged lymph node. The X-rays and the use of the bronchoscope should always be employed in such cases. The Lungs Syphilis of the lungs has always been looked upon as a rare condi- tion. The diagnosis is not often made during life. If the lesions have become healed the resulting scar tissue differs in no particular from that produced by a non-specific inflammation, hence, it is difficult to prove, even after death, whether syphilis has been present or not. It is quite likely that pulmonary syphilis will become less of a rarity now that we know the exciting cause. Clinically the most important addition to our knowledge has been the introduction of the Wassermann test. Morbid Anatomy. — The incidence of pulmonary syphilis is based entirely on the finding of the lesions in the lung which are unmistakably luetic in character. As already stated, extensive fibrosis of the lung or the presence of localized areas of scar tissue may or may not be syphilitic; as a rule such lesions are rarely classed as such. Warthin- has reported recently a histological study of the pancreas in individuals who had had syphilis. He was able to demonstrate that the pancreas showed un- matiskable evidences of the presence of areas, of various sizes, which were due to syphilitic changes. In many instances the presence of ^ Loc. cif. 2 Trans. Assoc. Ain. Phys., 1916. DISEASES OF THE LrXGS 537 spirochetes could be demonstrated also. It is quite possible that if the lungs are subjected to a similar study syphilis will be found to be a more frequent invader than, at present, is believed to be the case. Based on present standards, syphilis of the lungs in adults is a rare condition. This is shown by the foUoT^dng figures: Fowler was able to find but 12 examples of the disease. 2 of which were doubtful, in the museums of the London hospitals. Among 2800 autopsies at the Johns Hopkins Hospital there were 12 cases -^ith syphilitic disease of the lungs and 8 of these were due to the congenital form fOsler) ; among 3000 autopsies at the ^Massachusetts General Hospital but 1 case showing indurative pneumonia, with cavity formation, was found (Lord) ; in a study of 4880 autopsy protocols, 314 of which showed lesions due to syphilis, Symmers^ found the lungs involved in 12 cases and the presence of syphilitic pleural scars in 2 more. Congenital Syphilis. — The only type of pulmonary syphilis about which there is a general agreement is that seen in new-born syphilitic children. In this form of the disease gummata may occur, but as a rule are rareh" seen. The typical lesion is that known as white pneumonia. The lung of a sjiDhilitic fetus or infant is much increased in size and may be marked by the ribs. It presents on section a drj', smooth surface, grajish or yellowish-white color, resembling very closely the cut surface of the pancreas. The areas of consolidation may occur in scattered patches throughout both lungs or they involve an entire lobe. The chief changes are cellular infiltration involving the alveolar walls and proliferation of the interlobular connective tissue thus giving rise to an interstitial pnetimonia. Stained sections from the lungs of syphilitic children show an enormous number of the spirochatse of syphilis. For the most part this type of pulmonary syphilis is of pathological interest onl}'. Acquired Syphilis. — In acciuired syphilis three types of the disease are encountered in the lung, namely, gummata, fibroid changes and areas of consohdation and catarrh. 1. Gummata. — AMien the disease occurs in the lungs in this form the gummata are apt to be quite numerous. They vary greath' in size ranging from that of a miUet seed to a hen's egg. In the early stages of their development gummata are grajdsh red or grajdsh white in color, somewhat translucent, and are surrounded by an area of congestion. Later they become opaque and somewhat caseous. In addition they become waUed off by a thick fibrous euA^elope. Occasionally a gumma may caseate and empty into a bronchus, thus producing a pulmonary cavity. This is a very rare manifestation of the disease known as syphi- litic phthisis. Eventually the gummata may become entirely healed, leading behind them nothing but a tough mass of puckered scar tissue which cannot be distinguished from similar scars produced by tubercles or an abscess. The gummata may occur in any portion of lung but are usually to be found about the hilus and in the lower lobes. 2. Fibroid Induration.- — This is a much more frequent manifestation than the formation of gummata although the latter may also occur in association with the fibroid changes. Now that the exciting cause of 1 Loc. cit. 538 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM syphilis is known the presclerotic changes are better understood. Fol- lowing the lodgment of spirochatae in the lung an inflammatorj^ reac- tion sets in. This takes the form of an extensive cellular infiltration together with an overgrowth of the connective tissue in the interlobular septa and proliferation and desquamation of the alveolar epithelium. The alveolar walls become greatly thickened as do also the blood-vessels. Graduall}' the entire area is converted into dense fibrous tissue. When this stage is reached, the clinical picture is that of pulmonary fibrosis or bronchiectasis. How frequently syphilis is the exciting cause of a diffuse pulmonary fibrosis is problematical. The indurative changes ma\' originate at the hilus of the lung and extend outward along the bronchi and blood-vessels or the starting point may be the pleura and interlobar septa. The process is usually unilateral and at most involves only a portion of one lobe; if several lobes are im- plicated, it is the portions which adjoin the root of the lung. 3. Consolidation o.nd Catarrh.— In addition to the types just mentioned a focal form is described in which the lesion consists of an area of consoli- dation and catarrh. It may be situated around the root of the lung or it may occur at one apex. The general opinion has been that the apices are rarely involved, but it would be rather surprising, in view of the wonderfully diverse forms in which the localization of syphihs mani- fests itself, if the upper portions of the lung should escape. Lewis and I^ have reported, from the Phipps Institute, six cases in which the phys- ical signs pointed to a focal lesion in the apex and in which the evidence seemed to be conclusive that a latent syphilitic process was present. During the past two or three years 1 have seen additional cases of this nature. Lisser^ has reported 7 cases and emphasizes the im- portance of keeping syphiUs in mind in cases having many of the symp- toms and signs of pulmonary tuberculosis but no tubercle bacilli in the sputum. In the secondar}' stage of syphilis symptoms and physical signs pointing to a catarrhal condition of one apex are occasionalh' encountered. Dunham'' has referred to several cases of this nature. He believes the changes are analogous to those occurring in the lar3'nx and trachea during the secondarj- stage. Although the presence of spirochetes has been demonstrated in man}' of the organs of the body the lungs have not been studied very thoroughly in this respect. Two specimens have been shown before the Pathological Society of Philadelpliia in which these organisms were found. Symptoms. — The symptoms which have been noted as occurring in individuals suffering from syphilitic invasion of the lungs are not distinc- tive. The}' are such as ma}' occur in any inflammatory process which involves the pulmonary tissues. In addition the symptoms will vary accordingly as the patient is seen in the active stage of the process or during the stage when chronic fibroid changes have developed. The following pulmonary symptoms are usually present: Cough, which may be dry and unproductive or accompanied by a moderate amount of expectoration which is yellowish or greenish in color. Hemop- tysis is not common although in one case which I had under observation 1 Amer. Jour. Med. Sc, August, 1915. = Amer. Jour. Med. Sc, March, 1918. ^ Kelly's Stereo Clinic, Section xxxvii. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 539 there were frequent attacks of blood spitting. Dyspnea is often present and may be very marked in those cases in which there are extensive fibroid changes. In some instances it is asthmatic in character. Hoarse- ness may be a prominent symptom as the result of changes in the larynx. If the case is seen after the fibroid induration has existed for some time the clinical picture is that of cirrhosis of the lung with or without dilatation of the bronchi. Some years ago E. G. Janeway^ emphasized the fact that when the viscera become involved during the tertiary stage of the disease, a moder- ate amount of fever is usually present, emaciation is marked and night sweats are of frequent occurrence. These symptoms are often associated with pain in the right side due to a syphilitic perihepatitis. Further- more, one is apt to find, on careful examination, some other noticeable evidence of syphilis, such as an indurated testicle or enlargement and tenderness of the ribs or clavicles at the sternal attachments. Warthin^ has shown that next to the aorta and heart the testes are the most frequent sites of a syphihtic infection. In a pathological study of 36 cases of syphilis occurring in males, the majority of which were latent and unrecognized during life, an orchitis fibrosa was present in 31. Among 171 male subjects of late acquired syphilis Symmers^ found a chronic interstitial orchitis in 67 or 39 per cent. He believes that the diminished size of the testicle and its increased consistency furnish valuable evidence both in the clinical and anatomical diagnosis of syphilis. In the case of women a history of miscarriages is extremely significant. Physical Signs. — -If the syphilitic manifestation is limited to the larynx, trachea or main bronchi, the diagnosis is a matter of direct inspec- tion by means of the laryngoscope or bronchoscope. Unless the examiner has had special training in this work the case should be referred for an expert opinion. Involvement of the smaller bronchi or parenchyma of the lung does not produce physical signs, which are indicative of syphihs. In the vast majority of cases the primary diagnosis is that of tuberculosis, either incipient or advanced, depending on w^hether there is a focal lesion, or a diffuse fibroid process. The former may occur about the root of the lung, or at the apices. When an apex is affected the signs differ in no particular from those encountered in incipient tuberculosis. In the fibroid form the condition is usually mistaken for fibroid phthisis or bronchiectasis. In very rare instances pulmonary gummata may break down and empty into a bronchus, thus forming a cavity. In such instances the physical signs would be identical with those encoun- tered in tuberculosis. The diagnosis of syphilis of the lung is almost invariably made by a process of exclusion. An individual who has complained of cough, with or without expectoration, for several months, who has slight fever and malaise and has suffered from some loss of weight, is almost certain to be regarded as being tuberculous. Pulmonary signs may be wanting or may be present at one or the other apex. If the physical signs are located at the base or root of the lung one's suspicions should be aroused. As a general rule the true nature of the trouble escapes detection and is recog- nized only when the patient fails to improve or there develops some other ^Trans. Assoc. Am. Phys., 1898. ^Loc. cit., 1914. ^Loc. cit. 540 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM evidence of the disease such as an orchitis or bone lesion. Now that the Wassermann test is available it should always be applied in suspicious cases. The therapeutic test is also of service in determining the true nature of the trouble. Following the use of salvarsan or mixed treatment the physical signs and symptoms show decided improvement. Inas- much as iodide of potassium has a marked tendency to cause a breaking down of tuberculous lesions in the lung, the drug should never be admin- istered until every means has been employed to exclude tuberculosis. The following cases will serve to indicate the various manifestations of pulmonary syphilis: Case I (Phipps Institute No. 9-485). — Female, aged 28, first came to the Phipps Institute June 10, 1911. She gave a history of having had repeated attacks of blood spitting for five years. Her first pregnancy resulted in a miscarriage. During the past year she had had a cough, considerable greenish expectoration, night sweats and had lost during the past two years 30 pounds. She also complained of pain over the base of the right lung (perihepatitis). There was a slight elevation of temperature, 99° to 100°F. Examination of right lung showed some flattening beneath right clavicle, diminished expansion, impairment of the percussion note and broncho- vesicular breathing. She was sent to a sanatorium and remained away several months. Although she gained 16 poimds in weight, the pulmonary symptoms re- mained unchanged. On her return to the Institute her sputum was repeatedly examined for tubercle bacilli as well as other organisms but was always found to be negative. The Wasser- mann test was strongly positive. On April 27, 1912, was given salvarsan and after- wards put on mixed treatment. Three Wassermann tests within the next six months were negative. Guinea pigs inocuhited with her sputum were killed and found to be free from tuberculosis. The pulmonary symptoms steadily improved. During the past year she became pregnant and recently was confined. At the present time, FelDruary 1, 1916, she weighs 188 pounds and is apparently well in every way. C.4.SE II (Phipps Institute, Xo. 13391). — Female, aged 34 years, first visited the Phipps Institute August 20, 191-4. Her family history was negative. She had been married eleven years and had had three miscarriages. Xo living children. There was no history of an initial lesion nor of secondaries. She came to the dispensary because of a cough, greenish-colored expectoration, night sweats and some loss in weight. In addition she complained of precordial pain, which had been present intermittently for six years. For four years she had suffered from attacks of burning and tingling in the legs. Examination. — Some flattening beneath the right clavicle, impairment of the percussion note, and broncho-vesicular breathing. Heart was negative. The reflexes were exaggerated. During the first six months she was under observation the night sweats, morning cough, and expectoration persisted, and the sputum was blood-tinged on one occasion. There was also a slight rise in temperature. The sputum was negative for tubercle bacilli. In February, 1915, she first complained of nocturnal headache. This gradually became worse, and finally was so severe as to interfere with her sleep. The Wassermann test was strongly positive. Under mi.xed treatment the headache was relieved. Later, following the administration of salvarsan, the cough ceased and the amount of expectoration was greatly reduced. C.\SE III. — A male aged 30 was admitted to the White Haven Sanatorium several years ago with a history of having been ill for some months. He had lost about 25 pounds, had a cough, e.xpectoration, slight fever and marked hoarseness. Examina- tion of the lungs showed impairment, feeble breath sounds and a few fine rales at the left apex. The case seemed to be clearly one of pulmonary and laryngeal tuber- culosis. Two weeks after his admission the trouble in his larynx was found to be specific in nature. Under mixed treatment he made a complete recovery, the pul- monary signs entirely disappearing. Several cases have been sent to White Haven because of marked hoarseness which on examination proved to be syphilitic in origin. With the exception of the case just mentioned pulmonary signs were wanting. These cases serve to emphasize the necessity of a competent laryngological DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 541 examination, as delay in instituting antisyphilitic treatment may lead to serious and permanent damage of the larynx. Case IV.— A middle-aged woman began to suffer from ill health about three years prior to coming under observation. She had lost weight, had a persistent cough with expectoration and in addition suffered greatly from dyspnea. At times she had moderately severe asthmatic attacks. Examination of her chest showed restriction of motion at the right base; the percussion note was dull, especially anteriorly at the base, and the breath sounds were broncho-vesicular in type. She had been under treatment during most of this period for tuberculosis but with no improvement. Persistent absence of tubercle bacilli lead to a Wassermann test which was positive. Several injections of salvarsan brought about some improvement in the symptoms but the physical signs remained unchanged. In this case the pulmonary process had probably advanced to permanent fibrosis. Case V (Phipps Institute Case No. 1628). — A female, aged 52. Admitted to the Phipps Institute in 1903. She gave a definite history of having acquired syphilis at the age of 15. There were present interstitial keratitis, perforation of the palate, and numerous deep scars scattered over the body. The present illness began five years prior to admission with cough and pain in the right side. Two years later she had a hemoptysis and during the three following years had had over 30 such attacks. On admission she had cough, greenish expectoration, night sweats, dyspnea and some loss in weight. The sputum has been examined repeatedly for tubercle bacilli, as well as other organisms, but always with negative results. Examination of the chest showed restriction of motion on right side, most marked at the base, dulness up to the angle of the scapula, distant breath sounds and fine cracking rales. At the angle of the scapula there was a small area of tympany on percussion, whispering pectoriloquy and bronchial breathing. This woman has been seen from time to time during the past twelve years. The symptoms, including an occasional hemoptysis, have remained unchanged. It seems probable that in this case the pulmonary process (gumma or diffuse fibroid induration) has ended in a fibrosis of the right lower lobe and that, in addition, the bronchi have become dilated. A similar case has been reported by Osier. ^ Diagnosis. — The most frequent error is that of mistaking pulmonary syphilis for tuberculosis. The symptoms are often identical. If the physical signs are elicited about the hilus or at the base of the lung, tuberculosis, almost invariably, can be ruled out. If, however, the lesion is located in the apex of the lung syphilis may simulate tubercu- losis so closely as to deceive us entirely. To establish a diagnosis of syphilis the sputum must be negative repeatedly for tubercle bacilli, or other organisms which produce lesions of a similar nature; other syphilitic stigmata must be present, such as a bone lesion, keratitis, indurated testicle, etc.; and the Wassermann test must be positive. The results of antisyphilitic treatment also furnish valuable evidence. Tuberculosis, for instance, will not be improved either by the use of salvarsan or of mercury and the iodides. Syphilis on the other hand is markedly improved or cured by the use of these drugs unless permanent fibroid changes have taken place. Syphilis and Tuberculosis. — The prevalence of both these diseases makes it inevitable that many cases are encountered in which the same individual is suffering from both infections. In one who has been the victim of syphilis for many years the oc- currence of active tuberculosis may be brought about by a lowering of resistance as a result of the primary infection. The course of the tuberculosis does not differ, however, from that occurring in non-syphilitic individuals. On the other hand, if both diseases develop simultaneously or within a short time of each other, the patient is apt to be overwhelmed. The ^ Power and Murphy: "System of Syphilis," vol. iii, p. 24. 542 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM tuberculous infection is especially apt to become extreniely active and to pursue a rapid and acute course. There are exceptions, of course, but it is generally recognized that the association of the two diseases in an active form, is a particularly vicious one and that the tuberculosis is rarely arrested in such cases. Distressing examples of this are often seen in young prostitutes who have developed tuberculosis in the early stages of the secondary period of syphilis and in whom the tuberculosis runs a very rapid course. Intrathoracic tumors For clinical purposes it is more convenient to include all tumors arising within the thorax under one general heading. This seems best because of the fact that the symptoms to which they give rise are in the majority of cases similar; although here and there a case is encountered in which the symptoms and physical phenomena point definitely to the growth being limited to a bronchus, the lung, the pleura or some portion of the mediastinum. Furthermore, the morbid anatomy of the tumors and the conditions under which they invade the thoracic viscera have no striking differences. Etiology. — The malignant tumors may be primary or secondary, the latter being by far the most common. Malignant growths may occur at any age. Up to the middle period of life the tumor is almost invariably sarcomatous in nature; the younger the subject the more certainly is this true. Beyond middle life the growth may be a carcinoma or a sarcoma, usually the former. Endotheliomas, tumors which histologically occupy a position midway between carcinoma and sarcoma, may occur at any age. Primary malignant growths affecting the organs of the thorax occur more frequently among males than females. Owing to the greater frequency of cancer among women metastatic growths are more frequently encountered in this sex. In a series of 71 cases of metastatic malignant growth studied by Moore and Carman^ 20 were secondary to cancer of the breast while in but 2 cases was the primary growth in the uterus. Trauma of the chest wall has been cited as an occasional cause of malignant disease arising within the thorax. Ancke^ has reported the interesting fact that the Cobalt miners of the Schneeberg district in the Saxon Voigtland are very liable to primary sarcoma of the lung. Whether it is due to irritation from dust (Adami) or whether the endemic occurrence points to an infectious origin (Striimpell) is uncertain. Primary cancer of the lung is generally looked upon as of relatively rare occurrence. According to Sailer and Torrey^ this belief is not well founded. By combining various statistics they were able to collect 87,451 autopsies among which 130 primary carcinomas of the lung were found; that is, of 100,000 deaths, 156 are caused by cancer primary in the lung. McMahon and Carman* place the number of authentic cases of primary carcinomas at 428. Primary carcinoma of the large bronchi is not common. Weller^ has collected 90 cases. ^Amer. Jour, of Roentgenology, March, 1916. ^Dissert., Miinch., 1884. ^ Penna. Med. Jour., April, 1913. ^ Amer. Jour. Med. Sc, .Jan., 1918. 5 Arch. Int. Med., March, 1913. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 543 Primary involvement of the pleura by a carcinoma is rare, there being not more than 40 or 50 cases on record. It is possible as Lord suggests, that instances of the disease have not infrequently escaped notice because of the readiness with which it may be confused with thickening of the pleura due to a chronic inflammatorj' process. Primary sarcoma of the lung is much less common than carcinoma. Passler'- found among 1000 cases of malignant disease 16 cases of primary carcinoma of the lung and 4 of primary sarcoma; SeydeP in an analysis of 10,829 autopsies found 20 primary carcinomas and 8 sarcomas. Rolleston and Trevor^ in 3983 autopsies found three primarj^ sarcomas and no carcinomas of the lung. Lord^ has collected 42 cases in which the tumor was an undoubted or probable primarj^ sarcoma. Primary sarcoma of the bronchi and pleura is even rarer than primarj^ carcinoma. Bernard' has collected 24 instances of primary sarcoma of the pleura. The lungs may be invaded secondarily by a malignant growth by direct extension from adjacent structures or by metastasis from some distant organ. If the growth is a carcinoma the initial focus may be one of the abdominal viscera such as the stomach, hver or pancreas, or the primary growth may be in the prostate. Metastasis may take place by way of the blood stream or the lymphatics. Direct extension of the disease may occur when the primary' focus is in the mammarj' gland, esophagus or th^Toid gland. According to SeydeP metastatic growths in the lungs due to cancer occur approximate!}^ ten times as frequently as the primarj^ growths. If the primary tumor is a sarcoma, the most common origin of the growth is the marrow of one of the long bones. Two tumors which histologically resemble both carcinoma and sarcoma are the hyperneph7'of7ias and malignant deciduomas; both the hj^perneph- romas and the deciduomas are especiaUy apt to metastasize to the lungs. Of 22 cases of hypernephroma collected from the hterature by Woolley^ metastasis to the lungs occurred in 13. ^Mahgnant deciduoma involves the lungs secondarily'' in about 50 per cent, of the cases and in some instances first manifests itself by coughing, pleuritic pain, hemoptysis, and other sjmiptoms referable to the chest. '^ The Mediastinum.- — Owing to the variety of the mediastinal contents and the close relationship important structures bear to each other in this confined space the occurrence of a tumor whether benign or malignant is a serious matter. Comparatively small benign tumors may produce most serious sj^mptoms. Tumors comprising the benign group are individually quite rare and the aggregate number of all benign tumors is not large. Among the benign tumors encountered in the mediastinum may be mentioned the following: fibroma, lipoma, chondroma, myoma, simple cyst and dermoid cyst and teratoma. Of the benign tumors dermoid cysts are by far the most common. Hertzle^ has reported 6 cases and collected 72 cases from the Hterature. ^ Virchow's Archiv, Band cxiv, S. 191, 1896. - Miinchner Med. Woch., Ivii, Xo. 9, 1910. 3 Brit. Med. Jour., Feb. 14, 1903. * "Diseases of the Bronchi, Lungs and Pleura," 1915. 5 Virchow's Archiv, cxxi, 1.56, 1913. 8 Loc. at. '^ Amer. Jour. Med. Sc, cxxv, 1903. * Stevens, Am. Jour. Med. Sc, cxliv, 1912. ^ Am. Jour. Med. Sc, August, 1916. 544 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM Byi|[far the commonest tumors involving the mediastinum are those comprising the malignant group. Hare in 1889 collected 520 instances of^mediastinal affections and of this number he classed 134 as carcinoma, and 98 as sarcoma. ^lany of the cases included in his analysis were reported at a time when the histological distinction between the two types of mahgnant tumors was not fully understood. Now that the nature of these tumors is better known it is recognized that .sarcoma is much more common than carcinoma. Endothelioma rarely invades the metliastinum primarily; it may extend from a primary pleural growth. Fig. .320. — Colloid carcinoma. Morbid Anatomy. — Benign tumors occurring in the lungs or bronchi are quite rare. They usually involve some one of the mediastinal struc- tures. As has already been stated a tumor involving either the lungs or bronchi is usuall}^ malignant. It is frequently asserted that in primary carcinoma of the lungs and bronchi that the right side is more frequently involved than the left. Adler^ states that the difference in the involve- ment of the two sides is too small to serve as a basis for a theory. Weller^ 1 "Primarj- Malignant Growths of the Lungs and Bronchi," 1911. 2 Loc. cit. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 545 found that in 69 cases the two sides were involved with approximately equal frequency. Primary sarcoma is also quite as apt to occur on one side as the other. Primary malignayit growths may occur as a single large tumor having its origin in the root of the lung and extending into the pulmonary tissue or there may be a number of small nodules varying in size from a hazel- nut to a small orange. Less commonly the lung may be studded with Fig. 321. — -Sarcomatosis. small nodules resembling miliary tubercles. This widespread distribu- tion, sometimes referred to as carcinomatosis or sarcomatosis, as the case may be, is seen more frequently as a result of metastasis (Figs. 320 and 321). Occasionally the growths are almost entirely subpleural. Rarely the tumor may be single and found projecting into the lumen of one of the larger bronchi. Instead of appearing as an isolated tumor formation the growth may occur in an infiltrating form. Wilson Fox describes two types of infiltra- tion. First, it may occur as a general infiltration in w^hich large areas of the lung are involved. This may be uniform or here and there traces of pulmonarj^ tissue may remain intact. The process closely resembles 546 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM a dense tuberculous infiltration (see Fig. 325). Secondly, the infiltra- tion may radiate from the root of the lung by wsty of the lymphatic chan- nels attending the bronchi. Small or large tumor nodules or masses may be seen surrounding the bronchi. In some instances the bronchi are but little involved and the lung tissue is chiefly affected. The carcinomatous growths are of a white, grayish or grayish-yellow color and are of firm consistency. When they occur in the lung tissue they^are apt to be softer, and may break down and empty into a bronchus FiQ. 322. — Large metastatic growth in right lung. left kidney. Primary growth a hypernephroma of thus forming a cavity. The most common form of cancer is that com- posed of cylindrical cells. Metastases to other organs in the body are quite common. Bronchial carcinoma is especially prone to give rise to metastasis to the brain (Weller). Sarcomatous growths usually occur in the form of isolated tumors which may be single or multiple. Large single growths sometimes attain the size of an infant's head (Fig. 322). Infiltrating growths are less common than with carcinoma. The tumors are usuallj^ somewhat soft and of a grayish, whitish or reddish color. Any type of sarcoma may DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 547 be found but the small round-celled variety is the most common. Meta- stasis occurs but is less common than in the case of carcinoma. Other changes in the lungs may consist of congestion or aletectasis in the tissue immediately around the tumor masses. Less frequently broncho- pneumonia, abscess or gangrene of the lung may arise. A pleural effu- sion is not uncommon especially when the pleura is involved. Effusions which arise as the result of malignant disease not only have a marked tendency to reaccumulate after removal but are also often hemorrhagic in character. The last feature is always suggestive of malignancy. WTiile there are some who believe the association of tuberculosis and malignant disease of the lungs is not infrequent the majority of observers hold the view that the two diseases rarely coexist. Among the 662 autopsies at the Phipps Institute there has been no instance in which the two diseases occurred together. K. TVolf^ has reported 31 cases of malignant disease of the lungs in 13 of which tuberculosis also existed. Shaw^ however, accepts but 8 of these as being even possible and regards most of them as doubtful. He furthermore holds that the only true test is the demonstration of tubercle bacilli. Among 60 cases of malignant disease studied by Ross'^ there w^ere 2 cases in which tubercle bacilli were found in the sputum. He states that the frequency of healed tuberculous lesions found at the autopsy is of no significance as they are found with equal frequency in individuals dying of other diseases. Secondary involvement of the lungs may occur as the result of exten- sion from a nearby source or as the result of metastasis from a distant focus and while the lungs may escape it is rare for the metastatic growths to occur in the lungs alone. In the majoritj^ of cases the primary tumor is located in the breast, esophagus, stomach, liver, peritoneum, testes and bones. The secondary growths usually occur in the form of large or small isolated nodules. There may be only one or they may be mul- tiple. Rarely the secondary invasion takes the form of a diffuse infiltra- tion and still more rarely carcinoma may occur in a miliary form (car- cinomatosis). As a rule, the histology of the secondary tumors is that of the parent growth. Malignant disease involving the pleura may be primary or secondary as the result of direct extension from the lung or as part of a general metastasis. When primary the most common form is an endothelioma. When malignant disease affects the pleura primarily it manifests itself in two forms. First, it may consist of an infiltrating process which greatly increases the thickness of the pleura. Not uncommonly the parietal layer is involved exclusively without implication of the chest structures but extending into the mediastinal tissues (Wilson Fox). If limited to the pleura the change may be attributed to simple inflammatory thick- ening. Secondly, the growth may consist of large or small nodules in both layers of the pleura (Fig. 323). The infiltrating and nodular forms may occur together. Direct extension of the disease from the lungs or mediastinum may cause the same changes. Mediastinal tumors of the benign types are of pathological interest only and during life are not to be distinguished one from the other with the exception of dermoid cysts. ^ Fortschritte der Medicin, 1895, xiii. 2 Brit. Med. Jour., 1901, i, 1831. ^ Edinburgh Med. Jour., December, 1916. 548 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM The sarcomatou.s and carcinomatous growths, on the other hand, present characteristics which render it possible to make a correct diag- nosis of the maUgnant nature of the tumor in many instances. A sarcoma may spring from the connective tissue in the mediastinum, the peribron- chial or the mediastinal lymph nodes. Tumors in this situation are usually of the spindle-celled type or lympho-sarcoma, the latter being the more common. The tumor usually consists of a solid mass which by its extension exerts more and more pressure on the mediastinal contents. It may extend beyond the limits of the mediastinum and invade the lungs secondarilv. Tumors situated in the anterior mediastinum very often Fig. .32.3. — Sarcomatosis of pleura. cause a bulging of the chest wall in the median line or to one side or the other of the sternum. The consistency of these tumors is moderately firm and they are of a gray, yellowish-gray or reddish color. Rapidly growing tumors are apt to be quite soft and friable. A primary carcinoma is not common in the mediastinum. If we eliminate cases which should be classed as sarcomas, lympho-sarcomas, secondary carcinomas, pleural endotheliomas, and bronchial carcinomas, few cases remain (Christian). A mediastinal growth occurring in middle aged people and which tends to spread to surrounding structures as indi- cated by the symptoms, physical signs and roentgenograms, is probably a carcinoma. The final proof, however, must rest on the histological examination. DISEASES OF THE LL'NGS 549 Symptoms. — From the clinical standpoint the benign tumors can be dismissed from consideration. With one exception thej^ are of patho- logical interest onl3^ Dermoid cysts will be considered separately. The symptoms of malignant growths may be divided into three classes: (1) Those which occur in all forms; (2) constitutional symptoms; and (3) special symptoms which indicate either the nature or the location of the growth. 1. On'set. — -The onset may be insidious with a gradual failure of health or it may be more or less acute with severe symptoms and all the evidences of a rapid decline. Dyspnea, cough, expectoration and pain are the most common symptoms. Dyspnea is one of the earliest and one of the most common symptoms encountered in intrathoracic growths. It may be due to destruction of the pulmonary tissue by the tumor. On the other hand, it is to be borne in mind that intense dyspnea may occur out of all proportion to the amount of damage demonstrable in the lungs. Cyanosis is commonly present under these circumstances. In a case seen in the Phipps Insti- tute the patient's only symptoms were intense dj'-spnea, cj-anosis and a slight cough. Examination of the lungs revealed a few scattered rales on both sides, but no localizing signs. The heart showed nothing ab- normal and the pulse rate was under 90. At the autopsy not more than a half dozen nodules, the size of an English walnut, were found in each lung. The primarj^ disease consisted of a small scirrhous carcinoma in the left breast. The cause of the dyspnea and cj'anosis in such cases is not understood. Dyspnea maj' occur as the result of pressure on the larger bronchi or trachea in the case of mediastinal tumors. In some instances it is believed to be due to pressure on nerve trunks. It may be caused also as the result of a large complicating pleural effusion. The difficulty in breathing is usually constant but it may be par- oxysmal in character. Occasionally it is severe enough to be termed orthopnea. In addition to the dj'spnea the breath sounds may have a stridulous sound as the result of pressure on the main bronchi or trachea. Hoarse- ness may occur also if the left recurrent laryngeal nerve is involved. Cough. — This is an almost constant symptom; in Walshe's experience it is invariably present when the lungs are involved. It may be due to an associated bronchitis or as the result of pressure. It varies greatly in severity'. Expectoration. — The sputum may be mucoid, mucopurulent, blood- streaked or hemorrhagic. The presence of blood in the sputum or the occurrence of small hemopt3^ses is extremely common when the lungs are involved. Occasionally the expectorated blood is thick, dark in color and closely resembles currant jelly. When present it is highly suggestive of malignant disease. In cases of suspected malignant disease of the lungs and bronchi the sputum, especially when hemorrhagic in character, should be examined both macroscopically and microscopicalh^ As the result of necrosis and ulceration bits of the tumor mass maj^ be discharged in the sputum and are seen as whitish, grayish or pinkish-colored particles or shreds. These shreds may resemble small pieces of washed-out meat (Salter). In the stained specimen there may be present a large number of cells, either 550 DISEASES OF THE BROXCHI, LrXGS, PLEURA, AXD DIAPHRAG:M isolated or in clusters, which are very suggestive of malignant disease. So too is the presence of refractive spherical bodies containing fatty granules (Lenhartz). In a case seen several years ago the presence of numerous clusters of large cells in the sputum gave the first clue as to the nature of the trouble. Pain may be the first symptom. It is usually an indication that the pleura is involved either primarity or secondarilj-. It may arise, how- ever, as the result of pressure. Tumors in the mediastinum may, by extending forward, give rise to pain similar to that occurring in thoracic aneurism. The pain may be constant or paroxysmal. In the pleural cases it may have all the features of an acute pleurisy while in the mediastinal cases it may produce a dull boring pain due to pressure and erosion. Neuralgic pain ma}^ also occur if the intercostal nerves are involved and associated with this there may be herpes zoster. In some instances the pain is objective entirely and can be elicited only by pressure with the palpating finger. 2. Constitutioxal Symptoms. — ]\Ialignant disease of the thoracic organs give rise to the same constitutional symptoms as do malignant growths in any portion of the body. The progress of the disease may be exceedingl}^ rapid or it may be relatively slow. Wilson Fox states that the duration of the disease ranges from four years to three weeks while Walshe found the maximum length of time to be twenty-seven months and the minimum three and a half months. The acuteness of the disease depends to a large extent on the rate of the growth and the amount of pressure it exerts. In the case of mediastinal growths the disease may have been present for some time before pressure symptoms finally direct attention to its presence. In practically all cases there is a more or less rapid loss in weight and strength and the patient becomes cachectic. Night sweats are common and an irregular type of fever is frequently present (Fig. 324). In common wnth other chronic wasting diseases, anemia, malaise, a capricious appetite and digestive disturbances are common. Metastases to other portions of the body may take place and entirely mask the pulmonary lesion. Metastasis to the brain is not an uncommon occurrence in tumors originating in the bronchi. Death finally takes place as the result of asthenia, hemorrhage or an acute infection. 3. Pressure Symptoms.— For the most part the special or localizing symptoms result from the pressure exerted by mediastinal growths. Pressure on one of the pneumogastric nerves may give rise to paroxysmal dyspnea or cough and occasionally to attacks of vomiting. The pulse may be increased in frequencj' or occasionally it may be greatly retarded. If the Tecurrent laryngeal nerves, especially the left, are involved by the growth there may be hoarseness or aphonia. Pressure on the sympathetic may lead to inequalities of the pupils, that on the affected side being contracted or dilated. Symptoms referable to the blood-vessels are not unusual and, as a rule, the veins are more frequentlj^ affected than the arteries. In not a few cases inequality of the radial arteries has been noted. As the result of pressure on the superior vena cava or one of its main tributaries, the veins over the upper part of the chest may become greatly dilated, vari- cose and tortuous. In addition the face, upper part of the thorax and the arms may become cyanosed, swollen, and edematous. At times the COLUMBIA UNiVtrtoliY . 437 W. 59tW Street, NtW YORK CITY. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 551 tissues of the neck and chest wall become brawny and very tense. The evidences of venous stasis may be Hmited to one side or may involve both sides. As the result of the interference with the returning blood ; --- - - ■:---«— ._^^^^j^^ _-_-__-_-_-^ 57 ^^,:;=j^ rm It 9? -,^.-='^ 701 St "• ■< .=::r--''-f m it ■ ■ - :::::::::::::-±::j Hz - ::::::::: J -,„| ::::::::::::J:::- hZ ^ """"""" S - T 9h 2? ::;;;:;:;;;;:::i: 7? ••-••- - - : -^.^^ - 911 911 -Hi ■■,.=::;;' hwi u ;!t ' TO! i-^,^?' t- IMJ) m ■as HZ ■ 1 * cerebral symptoms may occur, such as headache, vertigo and som- nolence. These symptoms are apt to be increased by exertion and, in some instances, are among the first manifestations of an intrathoracic growth. Oo2 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM Pressure on the esophagus may give rise to difficulty in swallowing. Dermoid Cyst. — As previously stated this growth is the only one of the benign tumors which is of clinical interest. The most common situa- tion of tumors of this type is in the upper part of the chest behind the sternum. The cyst or tumor, as the case may be, may exist without gi^'ing rise to any manifestations whatever. When symptoms are present they are the same as those arising from any form of tumor, namely, cough, expectoration, pain and pressure symptoms. When it can be demonstrated that a tumor is the cause of the above symptoms a dermoid cyst or tumor is to be suspected if the progress of the disease is slow and long drawn out. This is in contrast to malignant tumors which are characterized, as a rule, by a rapid rate of growth. The most distinc- tive feature of dermoid cyst is the presence of hair in the sputum. In some instances the cyst ruptures through the chest wall in which case particles of hair may be detected in the discharge from the fistulous opening. Secondary Growths. — The s^'mptoms of secondary malignant growths are essentially the same as in the case of the primary growths. The diagnosis is oftener easier, however, because of the existence of a primary growth or the knowledge that a malignant tumor has been removed. Under these circumstances respiratory symptoms which might otherwise be misinterpreted are recognized as being due, in all probability, to secondary malignant growths. Physical Signs. — Generally speaking the abnormal physical signs produced by intrathoracic tumors are elicited over the lower half of the chest except in the case of mediastinal growths which, although occurring most frequenth' in the upper half of the thorax, are situated behind or just to one side of the sternum. The apices are rarely involved except as part of a general invasion of the entire lung. In the metastatic cases physical signs pointing to pulmonary involvement are commonly absent or very indefinite. Phj'sical signs indicative of a pleural effusion, on the other hand, are relatively frequent. Insvedion. — This may be entirely negative. In the case of medias- tinal involvement pressure signs may be detected. The pupils may be unequal as the result of pressure on the sympathetic. Dilatation of the veins in the chest is common. Usually the veins over the upper part of the thorax are the ones involved but the veins of the arms, lower thorax and upper abdomen may be involved also. Venous stasis may also manifest itself by cyanosis of the lips and ears. Edema of the chest wall also occurs. If the growth is in the anterior mediastinum the upper part of the sternum may present a bulging point and this external tumor may pulsate. The pulsation is due to transmission of the aortic impulse. Localized bulging may be noted also in other portions of the chest, especially in rapidly growing tumors. If the growth is unilateral the affected side will be seen to expand poorly. The apex beat of the heart may be displaced. In some in- stances extreme clubbing of the fingers with or without enlargement of the long bones (hypertrophic pulmonary osteo-arthopathy) may develop ver}' rapidly (see Fig. 3). If the tumor originates in one of the large bronchi direct inspection of the growth is possible through the broncho- scope. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 553 Palpation. — Over the involved area of the lungs the tactile fremitus is usually absent or greatly diminished. Palpation also serves to em- phasize differences in the expansion of the two sides. Firm pressure with the finger tips will often elicit tender spots, especially if the pleura is involved. Pressure with the finger tips also may reveal the presence of edema of the chest wall. In some instances the superficially placed lymph nodes may show enlargement as the result of metastasis. Percussion. — Areas of absolute dulness may occur at any point and are dependent on the nature and extent of the growth. Dulness is most commonly encountered directly over or to one side of the sternum, in the interscapular region and over the base of the lungs. Auscultation. — If the growth is Umited to the mediastinum there may be no noticeable auscultatory change. If pressure is exerted on the trachea or large bronchi the breath sounds may have a harsh and stridu- lous character. Involvement of the pulmonary tissue either primarily or secondarily may give rise to broncho-vesicular, bronchial or suppressed breath sounds. In the pulmonary cases rales are nearly always heard as the result of an associated bronchitis. With involvement of the pleura the breath and voice sounds are usually distant and suppressed. X-ray Examination. — An X-ray examination is always desirable in cases of a suspected malignant growth. It has been shown by Carman and his co-workers at the Mayo Clinic that in the majority of instances the roentgen findings are distinctive and that a positive diagnosis is possi- ble by this means when other methods only suggest malignancy. As has been pointed out by these observers, however, there should be a careful correlation of the roentgen findings with the clinical history and the physical and laboratory findings. Diagnosis. — The recognition of primary malignant growths is not easy. This is due in part to their rarity and in part to the fact that the symptoms to which they give rise are encountered in the more common thoracic affections. Secondary malignant disease of the lungs on the other hand, is, in the majority of instances, easily recognized providing there is present a primary growth or the knowledge that such a growth has been removed. If, however, the primary growth escapes detection and gives rise to no symptoms metastasis to the lungs may occur without the true nature of the trouble being suspected. Pressure symptoms should always suggest an intrathoracic growth especially when aneurism can be excluded. The only distinctive feature of these growths is the presence of numerous large cells, singly or in clusters, in the sputum and this is available in the lung cases only. Tuberculosis. — Instances of malignant disease are not infrequently seen in institutions for the care of tuberculous patients. Washburn^ reports the finding of 5 cases of malignant disease of the lungs out of 198 autopsies at the Boston Consumptives Hospital. The fact that intrathoracic growths almost invariably give rise to symptoms which are associated constantly with tuberculosis is responsible for this. The persistent absence of tubercle bacilli in the sputum, the marked dyspnea and the locaHzation of the physical signs in the anterior mediastinum, about the roots or at the bases of the lungs should serve as warnings. Tubercu- losis is either locahzed at the summit of the lung or if the whole lung is diseased, the most destructive lesions are found where the process first 1 Boston Med. and Surg. Jour., October 28, 1915. 554 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM started, namely, at the apex. Occasionally the malignant growth is confined to the upper lobe of the lung (Fig. 325). In such cases a diag- nosis of tuberculosis can be avoided only by giving heed to the negative sputum examinations. Bronchitis.- — Occasionally cases of malignant disease are encountered in which there are no localizing signs in the lungs and all that can be detected is the presence of scattered rales. If the sputum is blood- streaked and does not contain tubercle bacilli and in addition, the heart Fig. 325. — Malignant disease of upper lobe. Patient from whom this specimen came had been treated in several sanatoria for tuberculosis. (Jefferson Medical College Museum.) shows no evidence of failing compensation, mahgnant disease should be thought of. Extreme dyspnea and cyanosis occurring in a case pre- senting the physical signs of a simple bronchitis are very suggestive of malignant disease. Chronic inflammatory conditions of the lung are to be distinguished from malignant disease by their long duration and the absence of severe constitutional symptoms. Pleural Effusion. — The frequency with which malignant disease is mistaken for a pleural effusion has long been recognized. The causes of DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 555 error lie in the bulging of the affected side, the flat percussion note and the absence of the voice and breath sounds. Pleural effusion rarely gives rise to pressure symptoms although the displacement of the thoracic viscera, especiallj^ the heart, is usually more marked than in cases of malignant disease. The presence or absence of Grocco's triangle is sometimes of service in distinguishing the two conditions. The most certain method is the use of an exploring needle. In addition the X-rays should be utiUzed in all doubtful cases. Fig. 326. — Tumor in anterior mediastinum. Area of percussion dulness resembled that in pericardial effusion. If mahgnant disease and pleural effusion coexist the exciting cause of the fluid may be overlooked. A hemorrhagic effusion while not pathog- nomonic of malignant disease, is suggestive. Ross^ in a studj- of 60 ■cases of mahgnant disease involving the mediastinum stated that there was an effusion in 29 and of this number 15 w^ere hemorrhagic. Encysted effusions may be mistaken for malignant disease and vice 1 Edinburgh Med Jour., December, 1914. 556 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM versa. The differentiation rests for the most part, on the use of the explor- ing needle, the X-ray examination and the course of the disease. Pericardial Effusion.- — A tumor involving the anterior mediastinum at times assumes the pyramidal shape of a pericardial effusion (Fig. 326). In case of an effusion the cardiac symptoms are usually marked while pressure symptoms are absent ; the reverse is true in cases of tumor. As in all mediastinal affections the X-rays are invaluable. Aneurism of the Arch of the Aorta. — Many of the symptoms and signs of aneurism also occur in tumors involving the anterior mediastinum. Thus the tumor may cause a bulging of the chest wall over the site in which aneurisms commonly occur and this bulging tumor may be seen Fig. .327. — Mediastinal adenitis (in myelogenous leukemia). (Dr. D. R. Bowen.) to pulsate as the result of transmission of the normal aortic impulse through the tumor. Furthermore, the tumor may cause, bj pressure on the main arterial branches, an inequality of the pulses. In the case of a tumor the pulsation is not expansile in character, a thrill is rarely present and a diastolic murmur is also very rare. In young individuals aneurism is much less common than tumor. An X-ray examination should always be made in doubtful cases. Leukemia and Hodgkin's Disease. — Involvement of the mediastinal h'mph nodes often masks the picture of these conditions. The physical signs are those of a mediastinal tumor. The presence of en- larged Ij'mph nodes elsewhere and the blood picture serve to differentiate them. The X-raj^s will also show the enlarged lymph nodes (Fig. 327). DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 557 INTRATHORACIC GOITRE A not uncommon som-ce of respiratory symptoms is an intrathoracic or substernal goitre. Since the introduction of the roentgen rays the presence of this type of goitre is easily detected. Formerly it is estimated that not more than 50 per cent, were recognized prior to operation. C. H. Mayo^ states that the majority of instances of ordinary or simple tumors of the thyroid consist of two types — the colloid goitre or diffuse adenoma and the encapsulated adenoma. The greater number of intra- thoracic goitres are one of these two varieties. The condition is always to be suspected in the presence of pressure symptoms, as the size, appearance and densit}' of the thj^-oid in the neck is rarely sufficient to account for those symptoms. There may be a feeling of suffocation on exertion or the patient may be subject to these attacks when lying down or wdien asleep. The feeling of suffocation is due to compression of the trachea. The voice may be husky or metallic in quality due to compression of a recurrent laryngeal nerve. In addition to the dyspnea on exertion there maj^ be swelling of the veins of the neck and cyanosis of the face. On examination it is seen that the gland in the neck is usually that of a moderate-sized tumor which seems to enlarge at its base or to disappear into the chest. As a rule it becomes pear-shaped with the larger end down. This is due to the fact that once the goitre gets into the chest, the funnel shape of the chest permits the lower end to expand, while the upper portion is contracted by the narrow thoracic aperature. As the intrathoracic portion enlarges, it tends to draw down the extrathoracic part so that the latter may appear in the neck as a small nodule. The veins of the neck and upper chest may be dilated and the breath- ing is that of an obstructive dyspnea. The upper lobe of the intrathoracic portion may be felt above the clavicle. On percussion there is dulness over the upper portion of the sternum and this may extend to either side upward and toward the clavicle. It is to be borne in mind that an intrathoracic goitre may be the cause of pressure symptoms and give the signs of a tumor in the upper portion of the chest without there being any enlargement of the gland in the neck. ENLARGEMENT OF THE THYMUS A number of terms have been employed to indicate an increase in the size of the thymus: Persistence of the thymus, hyperplasia, hyper- trophy, status lymphaticus, status thymico-lymphaticus, lymphatism, thymic tracheostenosis. General Considerations. — ^Little is known concerning the thymus and there is considerable chfference of opinion as to its histological status. By some it is classed among the ductless glands, although structurally it has little resemblance to these organs ; others look upon it as an epithehal structure; the majority of observers, however, consider the thymus as belonging to the lymphoid organs. At hirth the thymus is seen to con- sist of a pinkish mass lying in the upper part of the anterior mediastinum and extending from just below the thyroid to the pericardium. It is composed of two long, flat lobes more or less fused together, although 1 Collected Papers of the Mayo Clinic 1910, p. 469. 5o8 DISEASES OF THE BROXCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM often separated by a fissure. It is enclosed in a connective tissue capsule that sends in trabeculse di\dding it into lobes and lobules. The sac is loosely attached to the sternum in front, laterally to the pleurae, and posteriorly is firmlj' united to the pericardium. Prolongations also connect it with the trachea, bronchi and pulmonary veins. At birth the thymus weighs from 7 to 10 grams. According to Warthin glands weighing 20 or 30 grams are to be looked upon as being abnormally enlarged. The thymus gradually increases in size up to the second 3'ear. It may then remain stationary or gradually undergo atrophy. With the advent of puberty it undergoes rapid involution and bj' the twentieth year is represented by a mass of fibrous and fatty tissue (see Figs. 65^ 111, 113, 114). The function of the organ is equally obscure. Ki'ehl is of the opinion that its entire anatomical development, its persistence through adoles- cence, its regression as growth nears completion — all speak for its role in the building of the bod}'. But although there has been considerable experimental work done in the endeavor to throw light upon the subject, nothing definite is known. It has been shown experimentally that there is, apparently, some relationship between the thymus and the testes, castration delaj'ing the involution of the thymus while removal of the latter causes a more rapid development of the testes. It is also believed that the organ is concerned in the development of the osseous and central nervous sy.stems and is in some way related to the blood-making organs. Although the thymus may be the seat of disease such an occurrence is extremely rare. Clinically the thymus is of interest chiefly' because of enlargement of the organ. Etiology. — The condition is encountered for the most part in infants and young children but it may occur in adults. In some cases there is apparently a relationship between the hypertrophy of the gland and other disease processes, indicating possibh" a compensatory action. In a few instances the enlargement may be associated with an acute infection. In many cases there is no adequate explanation. Infants who die sud- denly after an attack of dyspnea or who are found dead in bed are often the subjects of enlarged thymus. Clinicalh' it is important to bear in mind that adenoids and thymus hyperplasia are sometimes associated. It has long been known that enlargement of the thymus often compli- cates any kind of goitre. Grotti^ has reported 6 cases (5 adults, 1 infant) in which this combination occurred. He urges that all goitre cases and especially those suffering from hyperthyroidism, should be examined for the presence of an enlarged thymus, as the sudden death which occa- sionally takes place in Graves' disease may be due to this cause. ^latti^ collected from the literature 133 cases of hyperthjToidism in which an autops}' had been held, and in 98 cases (74 per cent.) a hyperplastic thymus was found. Hector ^MacKenzie is of the opinion that the associ- ation of Graves' disease and enlargement of the thymus is too frequent to be accidental. Occasionally enlargement of the thymus occurs in leukemia. Morbid Anatomy. — In addition to enlargement of the thymus there may be alterations in adjacent structures due to pressure and develop- mental changes. In the majority of cases of enlargement of the thymus ^Jour. Am. Med. Assoc, Jan. 11, 1913; Ibid., Feb. 22, 1913. 2 Deut. Zeit. f. Chir., 1912, cxii. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 559 the pathological picture is that of "status lymphaticus." The children are large for their age and often have large heads. The body fat is usually increased. Anemia is more or less well marked and the facies present a pasty appearance. The lymphoid structures throughout the body are usually increased. The external and internal lymph nodes, tonsils and solitary follicles in the intestines are hyperplastic and ade- noids are commonly present. The pressure of an enlarged thymus is exerted, for the most part, on the trachea which in extreme cases may be almost completely stenosed. Pressure may also be exerted on the heart and to this may be ascribed some of the cases of sudden death. When respiratory symptoms are present they are always due to pressure on the trachea which is often severe enough to cause death by suffocation. In those cases in which there is no pressure on the trachea death probably is due to toxemia resulting from an overproduction of the internal secretion of the thymus and lymph glands (Osier). Symptoms. — In not a few cases there are no premonitory symptoms, or if they have been present they have been overlooked. Sudden death from enlargement of the thymus is not an uncommon event in young children who have given no previous evidence of ill health. In children who are believed to have been "overlaid" by the mother the true cause of death is to be found, in some instances, in enlargement of the thymus. Occasionally a new-born child is extremely cyanotic and the respira- tions labored and noisy. It may be revived but dies in a few hours. In such cases a greatly enlarged thymus is found to be present. Sudden death, the underlying cause of which is an enlarged thymus, may also follow a severe fright, great emotion, a surgical operation or anesthetization. Warthin believes that a large proportion of deaths occurring in surgical anesthesia are due to enlargement of the thymus. Suspected cases should be carefully examined before submitting them to an operation. The most striking and important symptom of hyperplasia of the thymus is dyspnea due, in part, to diminution of space in the upper thorax and, in part, to varying degrees of stenosis of the trachea. The severity of the dyspnea varies tremendously. It may be nothing more than a mild form of stridor or it may be fulminating in character and cause death in a few minutes. Between these extremes all possible grades may occur. The difficulty in breathing often manifests itself in the first weeks or months of life and diminishes after the second year at which time the gland begins to undergo involution. The dyspnea may consist of a stridorous type of breathing which may be audible at a distance. It is most marked during inspiration but may occur during expiration also. This type of breathing may remain stationary or it may become progressively worse as the pressure on the trachea becomes greater. In more severe cases the disturbance in breathing is often paroxysmal or asthmatic in character. The pseudoasthmatic attacks may occur in cases with persistent stridor or they may develop when there have been no previous symptoms. This type of breathing was first described by Kopp and is often referred to as Kopp's asthma. A fatal issue may follow the first of these attacks but as many as twenty or thirty may occur. "In paroxysmal dyspnea, the child suddenly suffocates and 560 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM becomes cyanotic. The stridor is extremely marked, respiration becomes accelerated and there is a sucking in of the suprasternal and infrasternal fossae. The choking spell may occur without cause, or when the child cries from pain or anger. Hyperextension of the head or dorsal decubitus exaggerates the dyspnea. This would explain why dyspnea is more marked during sleep than during waking hours " (Crotti). Finally, there is the fulminant type in which death occurs suddenly without a history of previous respiratory trouble. In the absence of respiratory symptoms hyperplasia of the thymus should be suspected in children in whom the body fat is in excess, who are anemic, thick-skinned and who have facies of the adenoid type. The superficial lymph nodes will often be found to be unduly enlarged, the spleen is palpable and the tonsillar tissue abundant. A blood count will frequently show an excess of lymphocytes. Physical Signs.- — Inspection. — The general appearance has been referred to. In many, if not the majority, of children suffering from an" enlarged thymus there are evidences of rickets. Occasionally there may be some bulging of the upper part of the sternum and in extreme cases a tumor may be seen in the suprasternal notch during forced expiration. Direct inspection of the upper air tract will reveal, in many cases, hypertrophy of the tonsils and the presence of adenoids; occasionally the stenosis of the trachea can be seen. Palpatioti.- — The gland may be felt in the suprasternal notch. En- largement of the superficial lymph nodes and the spleen may be present. Percussion.- — This gives the most important information. The area of dulness is triangular in shape and can easily be determined by median percussion over the manubrium. The dulness extends beyond the edges of the sternum and is nearly always more marked to the left than the right. On the left side the dulness can be elicited in the first and second interspaces and occasionally in the third; on the right in the first inter- space and less frequently in the second. The dulness mav merge into the heart dulness below (Fig. 328; see also Figs. Ill, 112, il3 and 114). Jacobi^ and Boggs^ claim that the thymus is movable and that the mobility of the organ is a valuable diagnostic sign. Jacobi believes that in the dorsal decubitus the organ falls away from the chest wall. He, therefore, percusses the area over the thymus when the patient is lying on the back. On reversing the decubitus and percussing from under- neath, the area of dulness will be increased if the thymus is enlarged as the gland has fallen back against the anterior chest wall. Boggs, from clinical observations, has determined that the gland moves up and down. It can be made to shift upward by hyperextension of the head in the middle line. He examines the patient in the sitting posture and de- termines the lower limit of dulness, then by extending the head the dul- ness will be fountl to have shifted upward, often as much as an inter- space or more. Park and Maguire^ criticize both these hypotheses on the ground that the capsule is so firmly attached to surrounding struc- ture as to preclude movement. They suggest, however, that the thymus may be displaced inside its own capsule. 1 "Therapeutics of Infancy and Childhood," 1908. - Trans. Assoc. Am. Phys., 1911. 'Arch. Int. Med., September, 1912. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 561 While some assert that the X-rays fail to confirm the percussion area of dulness, others have found that the two methods agreed. Hoch- singer found enlargement of the thymus by both percussion and radio- graphic methods in 26 out of 58 children examined. Crotti insists that the percussion findings should always be checked up by the X-rays. If enlargement of the thymus is present, a more or less triangular shadow Fig. 328. — Enlarged thymus. {Roentgenogram by Dr. H. K. Pancoast.) with sharply defined edges is seen in the superior mediastinal space. It overlaps the normal mediastinal shadow and extends upward from the base of the heart. In some cases, it is superimposed on the base of the heart like a cap. Auscultation. — If respiratory disturbances are present they can usually be detected without the aid of the stethoscope as the stridor may 36 562 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM be audible at some distance from the body. While heard all over the chest the stridor is more intense over the upper part. Diagnosis.- — In children the most important symptom is alteration in the character of the breathing. This consists of a persistent stridor both inspiratory and expiratory but most marked on inspiration. Children who are subject to this type of breathing may suffer from paroxysmal suffocative attacks resembling asthma. In some instances these so- called asthmatic attacks occur at intervals, the breathing being normal at other times. Congenital stridor may be due also to malformation of the vestibule of the larynx. In this condition the difficulty in breathing is entirely inspiratory. The condition may be recognized by direct inspection with the laryngoscope or by digital examination. Enlarged tuberculous lymph nodes about the root of the lung may give rise to stridor. This type of breathing when due to enlarged lymph nodes rarely appears before the fourth month. In tuberculous adenitis the radiograph gives an entirely different picture. The trouble is seen to be at the roots of the lungs, the enlarged lymph nodes show- ing as distinct isolated shadows. In adults suffering with goitre, especially the exophthalmic type, it is important to have in mind that a persistent thymus may be present. The differentiation between an enlarged thymus and an intrathoracic goitre may present some difficulty. In goitre there is an up and down movement synchronous with swallowing which may be detected by the fluoroscope. This up and down movement is characteristic of goitre and occurs in no other condition. Hernia of the Lungs (Pneumonoceie) This is a rare condition : not more than one hundred cases have been recorded in the literature. Three types of cases are recognized: congeni- tal, traumatic and spontaneous. Congenital hernia is the result of some developmental defect in the chest wall. As the lungs are in a state of collapse during uterine Hfe there is no evidence of the trouble until some weeks or months after birth. Occasionally the condition does not manifest itself until adult life. A congenital hernia is most apt to appear in the lower intercostal spaces near the junction of the cartilage with the rib. Traumatic pneumonoceie is exceedingly rare, compared to the great number of penetrating wounds of the chest. When an open wound of the chest occurs it is followed, almost invariably, by collapse of the lung and the formation of a pneumothorax. Occasionally, however, and under circumstances which are difficult to explain, a portion of the lung pro- trudes through the opening. Makins^ in an extensive experience with chest wounds, observed but one case in which this accident had occurred ; and during the Russian-Japanese War only five cases were reported among 20,000 wounds of the chest (Adams). The condition is recogniz- able at a glance. In addition to open wounds the chest wall may be weakened by a severe strain, a blow, or a crushing accident. Although operations on the chest wall, at times, leave a point of weakened resistance through which the lung tissue may bulge, it is noteworthy how seldom 1 "Surgical Experiences in South Africa, 1899-1900." DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 563 this accident occurs. The hernia may develop very quicklj" or consider- able interval may intervene (consecutive hernia). Spontaneous or non-traumatic pneumocele results when a weakened portion of the chest wall gives away under the strain of increased intra- thoracic pressure. This may be produced in a variety of ways, such as long-continued coughing, which is the most common cause, lifting, blowing a wind instrument, crying, etc. It usually occurs in the anterior or lateral aspect of the chest and only rarely posteriorly. The hernia varies greatly in size ranging from one the size of an almond to a clinched fist and with few exceptions is unilateral. The hernia may be enclosed in a sac formed by the pleura. It can often be replaced and when this is the case the opening in the chest wall may be made out readily. As a rule there are no symptoms, but in some instances, during the initial period of development, there may be pain. This may be aggravated by deep breathing or coughing. The tumor consists of a rounded mass which is soft, elastic and crepi- tant. It may be covered with smooth, normal skin or, as in the case of a post-operative hernia, by scar tissue. Coughing, deep breathing or change of posture may cause the tumor to increase in size. Over the tumor the percussion note is resonant or tympanitic, the breath sounds vesicular and the vocal and tactile fremitus are increased. In some instances the hernia may appear only intermittently. Strangulation, although rare, has been reported. The following conditions may be confounded with a pneumonocele: subcutaneous emphysema, empyema necessitatis, aneurism or tumor. Supraclavicular bulgings, which are not infrequently seen in patients with emphysema and in emaciated tuberculous patients with distressing coughs of long duration, are not, as a rule, instances of true hernia of the lung, although a true hernia may occur in this situation. Subcutaneous emphysema may cause a localized swelling on the chest wall, which on palpation crepitates and on percussion gives a tympanitic note. The crepitation, which is caused by the movement of bubbles of air in the tissues, may not only be felt but may be audible as well. The condition may be due to some gas-producing organism, such as the gas bacillus of Welch. More frequently it follows a punctured wound, traumatic or operative. It is not uncommon, for instance, after paracen- tesis. Subcutaneous emphysema is often seen in the lower part of the neck and over the manubrium as the result of trauma or a violent cough- ing paroxysm. A number of instances of this condition has been re- . ported in association with influenza pneumonia. It appears first in the neck and may spread downward over the chest and abdomen. In empyema necessitatis the external tumor may increase or diminish in size during coughing or forced breathing. The differentiation, as in the case of other tumors of the chest wall, depends on the presence or absence of crepitation and the other signs commonly found in hernia, I have seen one case of tuberculosis in which ulceration had destroyed a portion of the intercostal muscles, leaving nothing but the skin and subcutaneous tissues. At this point there was a distinct bulging on inspiration and especially after coughing. It had every appearance of a hernia but lacked the characteristic crepitation. 564 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LL'NGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM Alterations in the Extremities Due to Chronic Pulmonary Disease A curious feature of chronic pulmonary affections is the frequency with which deformity of the fingers, toes and nails occurs. These changes are seen also in congenital heart disease; occasionally there is no demon- strable factor. THE NAILS In pulmonary tuberculosis abnormalities involving the nails are ex- tremely common. The abnormality to be noted may consist of a change in the color, in the contour or in the texture of the nail. In cases of advanced phthisis, the nails are often livid and may be slightly cyanotic in appearance. In the earh^ stages of tuberculosis the nails ma}^ be of an exaggerated pinkish color, closely resembling those which have been stained with a manicuring paste, or they maj' have a slight violet tinge. In either case these changes are to be looked upon as an evidence of serious infection. I have repeatedh^ seen these changes in the nails of individuals in whom the disease steadily progressed from bad to worse, although when first seen the amount of pulmonary involve- ment spoke for a favorable prognosis. An extremely common change, especially in cases of tuberculosis, is curving of the nails. This is usually an exaggeration of the normal curve from side to side so that the nail appears narrower than normal. Not infrequenth' the lateral curving is associated with a turning downward of the distal portion of the nail, over the end of the finger. When club- bing of the fingers also is present the curving downward of the nail over the end of the finger is usually verj^ marked. Among 3551 patients observed at the Phipps Institute curving of the nails was noted in 1382 or 38.9 per cent. Longitudinal and transverse striations are quite common. The trans- verse striations often correspond with exacerbations of the disease and are similar to those occasionally seen after an acute illness of anj- kind. An unusual change, occasionalh^ noted in those suffering from some chronic pulmonary affection is the so-called "oyster-shell" nail. Hirshberg^ first called attention to this change. Five cases have been seen at the Phipps Institute. The nail becomes loosened from its bed laterally and distally, becomes very brittle and is easil}^ broken. It is, also, deformed by ridges and crater-like depressions, giving it the appear- ance of an oyster shell. Both the fingers and toes are involved. CLUBBING OF THE FINGERS AND TOES This curious deformity of the fingers was known to the ancients and was in later times referred to as the "Hippocratic deformity of the fingers." The toes are often involved but never to the same extent as the fingers. Occasionally the nose a.ssumes a bulbous or clubbed appearance. Clubbing of the fingers is very common in cases of pulmonary tuber- culosis. It is seen in its most exaggerated form, however, in bronchiec- tasis, empyema and congenital heart disease. In the ordinary chronic ^ Avi. Jour. Dermatology, August, 1911. DISEASES OP THE LUNGS 565 type of pulmonary tuberculosis, the clubbing is never extreme; when it is one can be reasonably certain that the tuberculosis is associated with marked fibrosis of the lung and dilatation of the bronchi. In a group of potters seen at the White Haven Sanatorium extreme clubbing of the fingers was noted in 10 of the 21 reported.^ In these cases the primary trouble was a pulmonary fibrosis associated with dilatation of the bronchi, resulting from the inhalation of inorganic dust. Later a tuberculous infection was superadded. Among 3551 cases of tuberculosis seen at the Phipps Institute varying degrees of clubbing of the fingers was noted in 772 or 21.7 per cent. In extreme examples of the condition the associa- tion with bronchiectasis is so frequent as to be of considerable diagnostic value and the same is true of the association of marked clubbing and cyanosis with congenital heart disease (see Fig. 1) . Fig. 329.— Simple clubbing. In the vast majority of cases the development of the clubbing is insidious and slow and usually passes unnoticed by the patient. Rarely it develops quickly. West^ records two cases in which the clubbing developed in two and four weeks respectively and Godlee^ mentions a case in which well-marked clubbing appeared in two months. Aside from the deformity there are no symptoms although occasionally pain is com- plained of in rapidly developing cases. Once established the deformity is permanent although some improvement has been noted after -the drainage of an empyema. In simple clubbing the enlargement is, for the most part, due to a hyperplasia of the soft parts, principally fat. Two clubbed fingers (shown in Fig. 329) which I had removed at autopsy and placed in Kaiserling's fluid both lost the deformity; Fowler had a similar experience with a clubbed finger preserved in alcohol. Since the introduction of the ^ Am. Jour. Public Health, 1914, vol. iv. No. 9. 2 Trans. Clin. Soc, vol. xxx, 1897. ^ Fowler and Godlee: "Diseases of the Lungs," 1898. 566 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM Fig. 330. — Radiograph of clubbed finger.s in hypertrophic pulmonary osteo-arthropathy. "Burring" of terminal phalanges. Fig. 331. — Clubbing in hypertrophic pulmonary osteo-arthropathy, DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 567 X-rays it has been shown that in many cases there is also some increase in the bony parts. Usually the change is limited to the terminal phalanx but there may be present also some periosteal proliferation of the long bones. Locke ^ states that the Roentgen-ray examination of 39 cases of simple clubbing showed alterations of varying degree in the ungual phalanges in 5 cases and periosteal proliferation of the long bones in 12. The change noted in the terminal phalanges consists of a proliferation of the distal half, usually giving a distinct chestnut-burr appearance (Fig. 330), and occasionally immense burr-like processes are seen. The affection is almost always bilateral and sj^mmetrical and is said to take place first in the thumb and forefinger; later the other fingers also become clubbed. A few cases have been reported in which the deformity' was unilateral and associated with an aneurism of the subclavian artery. Such cases are not instances of true clubbing but are to be regarded as a form of edema due to interference with the circulation. The deformity consists of enlargement and thickening of the digital pulp of the ungual phalanx associated with curving downward of the end of the nail. This type of nail is sometimes referred to as the "parrot-beak" nail. Owing to the bulbous appearance of the terminal phalanges, fingers so deformed have been likened to the end of a club or a drumstick; Trousseau com- pared the enlargement to the head of a serpent (Fig. 331). The skin over the bulbous portion of the finger is usually shiny and stretched in appearance. In the rapidly developing type the swelling of the soft parts is extreme, the nail bed is deeply injected and swollen and the nails are red. This is especially apt to occur in cases of empj^ema; the most marked example which has come to my notice was in a case of recurrent sarcoma with extensive metastasis to the lungs (see Fig. 3). In the slowly developing tj'pe the color of the skin and nail may be of a deeper pink than normal or it may be dusky and hvid. When the clubbing is associated with congenital heart disease, both the nails and fingers are markedly cyanotic (see Fig. 1). ''When true clubbing of the fingers is present, if the observer places one of his fingers upon the upper edge of the nail at its free margin, i.e., the distal end, and his thumb upon the under surface of the clubbed finger, and presses downward, the hard margin of the root of the nail can be distinctly felt if another finger is applied over it" (Fowler). HYPERTROPHIC PULMONARY OSTEO -ARTHROPATHY Attention was first called to this remarkable deformitj' by Bamberger- and Marie." The name of the latter has been especiallj^ associated with the condition. Since the appearance of these original papers numerous studies of collected cases have been made. Among these may be mentioned the papers by Walters,^ Thaj^er,^ Janeway,® Wjmn,''' Ebstein,* and Alexander.^ The most recent and the most complete study is that by Locke. ^° ^ Arch. Int. Med. Mav 1915 Part I = Wien. Klin. Woch., 1889, ii,'225; Zeit.j. Klin. Med., 1891, viii, 19-3. . ' Revue de vied. 1890, x, 1. * St. Thomas Hospital Report, 1895. ^ Phila. Med. Jour., 1898. ® Am. Jour. Med. So., January, 1903. " Birmingham Med. Review, 1904. « Deut. Arch. f. Klin. Med. [Festschrift], 1906, Ixxxix, 68."' : ^ St. Bartholomew Hospital Report, xlii, 1906.' 1'^ Arch. Int. Med., May, 1915, Part I. 568 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUXGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM The original name has been subject to various changes and modifica- tions. The following terms have been suggested: Secondary h^^per- trophic osteo-arthropathy, hyperplastic osteo-arthropathy, secondary hyperplastic ostitis, toxigenic ossifying osteo-periostitis, tuberculous polyarthritis. Next to the original name, secondary hypertrophic osteo-arthropathy has been most used. The only advantage it possesses is, that it gets over the difficulty that, in some cases, no pulmonary lesion has been found; on the other hand, it fails to cover those cases in which the disease is apparently primary. It seems to me that Marie's original name had best be retained as the others are just as cumbersome, and do not express any more clearly the conditions present. Etiology. — Males are affected more frequently than females, the proportion being nearly 8 to 1. With two or three exceptions all the cases reported have occurred in the white race. No age period is exempt but the vast majority of cases occur in the third and fourth decades. The greater liability to pulmonary affections during the third and fourth decades doubtless influences the osteo-arthropathic change rather than the condition of the bones. The condition is almost invariabh' secondary to some obvious primary disease, usually of the lungs or bronchi. Locke has been able to find but 5 cases which offer any definite positive evidences of the existence of primary origin. From a study of the reported cases Locke found 139 which meet all the requirements; to this number he adds 5 personal observations; making 144 in all. I believe that this does not by any means represent the true proportion. Doubtless many cases have been recognized and not reported, and probably a still larger number have gone unrecognized or have been looked upon as cases of ordinary clubbing of the fingers. Within the past three years, I have seen three t^'pical cases. The role played by chronic respiratory affections is well recognized. Of the 144 cases reported by Locke 113 were associated with disease of the respiratory tract; 6 with disease of the circulatory tract; 13 with dis- ease of the alimentary tract, of which 6 occurred with hypertrophic biliary cirrhosis; 7 were associated with miscellaneous conditions and 5 were apparently primary. Of the individual diseases pulmonary tuberculosis heads the list with 30 or 20 per cent.; bronchiectasis 28 or 19 per cent.; malignant disease 10 or 7 per cent, and empyema 8 or 5 per cent. Al- though bronchiectasis stands second I am inclined to believe it is by far the most important disease as many of the cases of chronic tuberculosis are associated with marked fibrosis and dilatation of the bronchi. Why these various conditions should be associated with osteo-arthropathic changes is not at all clear. Various hypotheses have been advanced, the most probable of which seems to be that the changes are in some way dependent on toxic absorption; this was Marie's idea and also Bamberger's. That it is the most i-easonable explanation is to be in- ferred from the fact that extreme clubbing of the fingers is almost ex- clusiveh' associated with bronchiectatic cavities in the lower lobes. In this situation the drainage is poor and the secretions stagnate. When the dilated bronchi are confined to the apex of the lung clubbing of the fingers is rarely present as the drainage is good. Morbid Anatomy.^ — ^The changes consist primarih^ in a slowly pro- gressive, ossif^dng periostitis beginning usually in the distal ends of the DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 569 diaphyses of the bones of the forearm and lower legs, later involving also the other bones of the limbs and even in some cases nearly all the re- maining bones of the skeleton. The periosteum is thickened, more vascular than normal, and shows subperiosteal deposit of new bone. At first the new bone is sharply differentiated from the old shaft but at a later period the two become indistinguishable. The cortex of the,.bones shows sclerosis and thickening with diminution of the medullary cavity. Fig. 332. — Radiograph of elbow-joint showing spicula of bone at upper end of ulna. Shafts of radius and ulna also show a roughened and uneven appearance similar to chronic periostitis. The medulla is embrj-onic in character, with a tendencj^ to fatty degenera- tion in its central part. Locke states that in the most extreme cases there remains scarcelj^ any of the appearances of the original bone but instead the osseous tissue appears verj thin, and of a coarse, irregular structure. In general such cases resemble osteitis deformans but without the curving or deformity, except in outline, which is characteristic of the latter dis- ease. In addition to the subperiosteal new bone osteophytic growths 570 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM are often present (Fig. 332). HalP has reported a case in which the affected bones were characterized ])y softness of texture, the post- mortem knife dividing them easily. The evolution of the bony changes can easily be followed by means of frequent examinations with the Roent- gen rays. In addition to the changes in the bones the joints show erosions of the articular cartilages, periarticular thickening, and thickening of the synovial membrane with an excessive amount of fluid. The soft parts are also increased in size principally as the result of a hyperplasia of the fatty tissue. Associated pathological changes have been described in individual cases but none of them are constant and must be looked upon either as coincidences, or in some way related to the primary disease. Fig. 3.33. — Enlargement of both legs in a case of hypertrophic pulmonary osteo-arthropathy with large effusion in left knee-joint. Symptoms. — The symptoms of hypertrophic pulmonary osteo- arthropath}" are almost entirely objective. In rapidly developing cases pain in the hands is sometimes complained of and there may be present also pain and stiffness in the affected joints. These symptoms may occur during an acute exacerbation of a chronic case. In the great majority of cases the disease develops slowlj^ and the patient is often unconscious of the changes until attention has been drawn to them. Briefly stated the changes consist in a symmetrical enlargement of the hands, most marked in the finger tips, which are enlarged and bulbous, the so-called drumstick fingers. The nails are sharply curved downward, and resemble a parrot's beak. Enlargement of the lower part of the forearm accompanies this change in the hands. The enlargement is due partly to the formation of ^ Edinburgh Med. Jour., New Series, vol. xviii, 190.5. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS 571 new bone and partly to hypertrophy of the soft tissues. Analogous changes take place in the feet and legs. Locke has emphasized the fact that X-ray studies have shown that while the bones of the forearms and legs are most frequently involved the bones in any part of the body may be enlarged. Effusions into the joints are common, the joints most frequently affected being those nearest the bony changes, as the ankle, knee, wrist or elbow. Rarely the hip and shoulder joints are involved. The symmetrical distribution of the lesion is characteristic but occasion- ally one side is more involved than the other. This occurred in a case I^ reported some years ago in which the changes in the hands and fore- arms were symmetrical but in the lower extremities one side was much larger than the other (Fig. 333) . Pain is rarely complained of but the greatly increased size of the hands may interfere with the finer movements, such as needle work or writing. Sweating of the palms of the hands and soles of the feet is common. Involvement of the joints may produce stiffness, pain or disturbance of function. Spinal curvature (kyphosis or scoliosis) is not infrequently present and there may also be clubbing and redness of the end of the nose. Aside from the changes in the extremities there are no other symptoms. In speaking of simple clubbing it was pointed out that the deformity occasionallj^ disappeared, as for instance, following the draining of an empyema. In such cases the enlargement is confined to the soft tissues. In hypertrophic pulmonary osteo-arthropathy the bony changes are per- manent. These changes may occur very rapidly, or they may develop slowly or, as is probably true of most of the cases, the changes pursue an irregular clinical course which is subject to exacerbations and remissions depending on an increased activity or improvement of the primary condition. Relation of Sirnple Clubbing to Hypertrophic Pulmonary Osteo-arthro- pathy. — Some years ago I expressed the opinion that simple clubbing was to be looked upon as an incipient or arrested stage of hypertrophic pulmonary osteo-arthropathy, a view which Locke supports. There are several reasons for this: (1) Both simple clubbing and hypertrophic osteo-arthropathy are associated with the same general group of diseases ; (2) clubbing of the fingers is one of the characteristic features of hyper- trophic osteo-arthropathy; (3) the clubbing which occurs in the hippo - cratic fingers is identical with that occurring in osteo-arthropathy, except perhaps in the degree of development; (4) osseous changes sometimes occur in simple clubbing which are precisely the same as those seen in hypertrophic osteo-arthropathy; 12 out of 39 cases of simple clubbing studied by Locke showed bony changes. Diagnosis.- — The diagnosis is, as a rule, easy and rests on the char- acteristic changes in the extremities associated most frequently with disease of the lungs. The extent of the change is easily determined by Roentgen-ray studies. The condition has a superficial resemblance to acromegaly. The latter is a primary disease due to alterations in the pituitar}^ body, and is ultimately fatal. While it causes enlargement of the feet and hands, the nails are not changed, and it involves the whole part symmetrically; joint effusions are rare. Furthermore, in acromeg- aly, the face, lower jaw, tongue and genitals are enlarged as are also the cartilages of the ear, nose, eyelids and epiglottis. 1 Penna. Med. Jour., August, 1907. CHAPTER XXIIl DISEASES OF THE PLEURA PLEURISY Etiology. — Inflammation of the pleura is a very common affection, which may manifest itself either as a primary or a secondary process. In the great majority of instances pleuritis is secondary to some pre- existing condition. Until within recent years primary pleurisy was looked upon as of frequent occurrence. This was due to the fact that a large number of instances were observed in individuals who were apparently healthy, and in whom the attack followed exposure to cold, the so-called pleurisy a frigore. While a primary pleurisy can be produced by exposure to cold, it is now known, as I shall show later, that the majority of these so-called idiopathic cases are in reality tuberculous in nature. Traumatic injury of the chest wall is the only other condition which is apt to produce a primary inflammation of the pleura. Secondary pleurisy as a rule, originates in one of two ways: (1) By extension of an inflammatory process, involving the lungs, pericardium or mediastinum, and occasionally the liver; (2) the pleura may be infected by way of the blood stream in cases of general septicemia. Pleurisy also occurs in certain of the chronic diseases such as nephritis and gout. By far the commonest source of pleural inflammation is pulmonary disease. There are very few instances of disease of the lung, either acute or chronic, in which the pleura is not secondarily involved. Thus we see pleurisy associated with croupous pneumonia, broncho-pneumonia, pulmonary abscess and gangrene, hemorrhagic infarction and emboli, the mycotic infections, tj'phoid fever and most important of all pulmo- nary tuberculosis. Inasmuch as tuberculosis is by far the most frequent pulmonary infection encountered this disease overshadows all others as an exciting cause of pleurisy. I have already alluded to the fact that at one time idiopathic pleurisy was considered to be of frequent occurrence. But the intensive studies which have been made of tuberculosis in all its manifestations, during the past decade, have shown conclusively that the great majority of all cases of apparently primary pleurisy are tuberculous. It must never be lost sight of that primary pleurisy is relatively infre- quent, and that in the absence of a demonstrable lesion which might cause it, a tuberculous origin is to be thought of whether exposure to cold has occurred or not. Hemoptysis or an attack of pleurisy are two of the ways in which a pulmonary tuberculosis may suddenly manifest itself in an individual who is apparently healthy. In most cases a readily demonstrable pulmonary lesion is present; in others the lungs seem to be normal. In every instance, however, the patient should be given the benefit of the doubt, and warned as to the possible significance of the pleurisy. In the case of a serofibrinous effusion, especially one which has developed insidiously and with no symptoms, the probability of its being tuberculous in origin is almost a certainty. 572 DISEASES OF THE PLEURA 573 The argument is frequently used that many individuals who have had pleurisy with or without effusion, have never developed clinical tubercu- losis. Of this there is no doubt. On the other hand, many more such patients actually do have tuberculosis or subsequently develop it. The records of the Phipps Institute show that of 5895 patients in whom a diagnosis of tuberculosis was made, 23.8 per cent, gave an antecedent history of pleuris3^ In an analysis of two series of cases of pulmonary tuberculosis Pierce^ found that in the first group of 1767 cases 35 per cent, gave a historj^ of pleurisy and in the second group of 518 cases 52 per cent, gave such a histor3^ So long as there is doubt as to which are really primary and which are secondary to a latent tuberculosis it is unwise to assure the patient that the trouble is trivial in nature. Morbid Anatomy.- — Inflammatory changes involving the pleura may be unilateral or bilateral and may be limited to a small cu'cumscribed area, or involve all of one side. x\ny part of the pleural surface may be the seat of the inflammatory" process. Post-mortem experience shows that the pleural covering of the apices of the lungs, especially posteriorly, is most frequently involved, although there is little evidence of this during life (see Fig. 237). Probably the next most common site is the lower part of the chest anteriorly and laterally. It is a matter of clinical ob- servation that pain and friction rubs are more frequently encountered in these areas than elsewhere. I have already pointed out the probable tuberculous origin of many of these cases. White ^ in an analysis of 197 autopsied cases of tuberculosis found that a favorite site for old pleuritic adhesions was along the course of the thu'd, fourth and fifth ribs an- teriorly, from the parasternal or mid-clavicular line to the mid-axillary line. In tuberculosis cases it happens not infrequently, that with disease at one apex a dry or fibrinous pleurisy will develop over the base of the opposite lung. In rare instances the pain is manifest on the side not affected. Finally, it should be mentioned that the inflammation may be limited in part or entirely to the diaphragmatic surface. The exciting cause of the inflammation, in the great majority of cases, is either the tubercle bacillus, the pneumococcus or the streptococcus. The intensity of the inflammation depends, to some extent, on the char- acter of the infection. In the very severe and acute attacks any one of the above-mentioned organisms may be the cause, but if the attack is insidious and attended with little or no pain the tubercle bacillus is in all probability the exciting cause. ■In fib)'i7ious or plastic pleurisy the surfaces, first of the visceral and then of the parietal layer, lose their luster and polished appearance, be- come congested and dull and finally show a fibrinous exudate which in pneumonic pleurisies is usually very w^idespread. The fibrinous form may terminate as such leaving no evidence of having existed. More commonly the fibrinous deposit undergoes pro- liferative changes which produce adhesions between the visceral and parietal layers. The adhesions may be extensive on both sides and may be dense in some places and fragile and easily broken up in others. Complete obliteration of the pleural sac is relatively common. In such cases the pleural surfaces are firmly united, attaching the lung to the chest wall and diaphragm throughout. Often the lung is firmly bound ^ Northwest Medicine, vol. xvi, No. 3. 2 Phipps Institute Report, 1907. 574 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM down and cannot be removed from the chest except by cutting it free. Chronic obliterative pleurisy may originate from an acute pneumonic pleurisy or pleurisy of other bacterial origin. In tuberculosis the pleural thickening is rarely uniform throughout. Usually it is dense at the apices while in the inferior parts the adhesions are lace-like in char- acter. Complete obliteration of both pleural sacs is sometimes noted. In a certain proportion of cases the fibrinous exudate becomes ex- cessive in amount and in addition there is an exudate from the capillaries Fig. 334. — Section through the right sterno-clavicular articulation, showing pneu- monia (gray hepatization) with a moderate amount of serous exudate in the upper and lower margins of the pleura. (Pirogoff.) of the pleura, constituting what is known as serous or serofibrinous pleurisy. The quantity of fluid varies from that which barely can be recognized by physical signs to an amount that nearly fills the pleural sac. If the primary inflammation is severe in character the serofibrinous exudate may be poured out rapidly and evidences of an effusion be mani- fest within a few days from the onset of the pain. In other instances the fluid accumulates gradually and is unsuspected until it has reached a large amount. Although not a common occurrence a serous effusion is occasionally encysted (see Figs. 334 and 335). DISEASES OF THE PLEURA .575 The fluid in the serofibrinous form is yellowish or of a faintly green tint containing flakes or coagulated masses of fibrin. In some instances the fibrin may be so abundant that the effusion presents a gelatinous appearance. Microscopically leukocytes and a few blood cells are noted. An excess of lymphocytes points to a tuberculous origin of the disease. Fig. 335. — Pleural effusion (probably localized posteriorly). Fluoroscopic examination of chest: The right diaphragm was almost fixed, scarcely any movement being perceptible. Almost the entire right side of the chest was very much obscured by what appeared to be a localized effusion. This extended from the outer corner of the diaphragm upward to the apex, but did not extend to the heart and aortic shadows, over one-quarter to three- quarters of an inch of clear space being seen between the opaque region and the aortic and heart shadows. The shading was not so dense as to hide the ribs and diaphragm. On lateral inspection a clear space could be seen in front of the chest, which would indicate that the possible effusion was posterior. {Dr. D. R. Bowen.) In long-standing cases of serous effusions which have been largely ab- sorbed the occurrence of cholesterol in the fluid has been noted. Two such cases have been reported by Schulman^ and Arnell.^ For details as to the bacteriology of pleural exudates the reader is referred to any of the standard text-lDOoks on laboratory diagnosis. Artificial pneumothorax in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis is very frequently followed by an effusion which may require frequent 1 Jour. Amer. Med. Assoc, April 28, 1917. 2 Hygiea, Aug. 16, Ixxix, No. 5. 576 DISEASES OF THE BRON'CHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AN'D DIAPHRAGM tappings. Occasionally the effusion becomes purulent; two such acci- dents occurred among the cases treated at the Phipps Institute. Purulent effusions may be such from the onset and this is especially true when the offending organism is the streptococcus. It should be borne in mind that in pneumococcus pleurisies the exudate is usually purulent. More frequently, however, the effusion is primarily serous in character, or possibly turbid in appearance. The subject of empj-ema will be dealt with under a separate heading. At times the effusion is hemorrhagic in character. Hemorrhagic effusions and hemothorax are also considered under separate headings. Pressure Effects. — The degree of pressure which will be exerted on the lung of the affected side and adjacent viscera will depend on the size of the effusion. Even wdth verj- small collections of fluid the base of the lung in immediate contact with the fluid becomes atelectatic. As the fluid accumulates the lung is more and more compressed until, in extreme cases, it has been reduced to a small, elongated and flattened mass occupying the upper and posterior part of the chest along the spine (see Fig. 344). The lung is generalh' airless and tough and leathery to the touch. If the effusion occupies the right side of the chest the heart is displaced to the left beyond its normal position, and the liver is forced downward by the flattening of the diaphragm (see Fig. 346). If the effusion is left-sided the heart is displaced to the right; in extreme cases pulsation may be seen in the fourth or fifth interspace to the right of the sternum. The diaphragm is also flattened on this side forcing downward the spleen, stomach and left lobe of the liver (see Fig. 103). If the effusion develops rapidly dyspnea may occur, because the opposite lung has not had time to adjust itself to the increased work thrust upon it. In slowly developing effusions considerable compensa- tory emphysema will be noted in the unaffected lung. Leon, LePlay and ]\Iantoux^ have shown experimentally that after establishing a complete unilateral thorax in dogs a partiall}' progressive increase in the thorax is established on the opposite side. In order to determine how small a portion of functionating lung was compatible with life they found that one-sixth of the total lung capacity was sufficient to maintain life under ordinary conditions. This shows the extent to which the lungs may be functionalh' incapacitated either as the result of pleural effusion or extensive tuberculous disease, without producing death. From the foregoing description it will be seen that the various stages have a fixed sequence, a fact of the greatest importance, because they correspond in a striking manner to the physical signs and even the sj'mp- toms of the disease. To recapitulate: (1) The dr}^ stage in which the inflamed pleural surface becomes vascular and loses its moist and polished appearance. (2) The fibrinous stage in which the affected area becomes coated with flakes of lymph. It is, of course, understood that the process in the majority of instances does not progress beyond the first or second stages. Chronic obliterative pleurisj' is probably a sequel of a widespread fibrinous deposit which undergoes connective tissue changes, and firmly unites the two layers of the pleura. (3) The stage of effusion which may be serous, serofibrinous, purulent or hemorrhagic, and w'hich appears first at the base of the chest. As the accumulation of fluid increases pressure effects manifest themselves by compression of the 1 Jour, de physiol. et de pathol. gen., 15, S. 16-22, 1913. DISEASES OF THE PLEURA 577 lung and displacement of the viscera. (4) The stage of absorption and reexpansion of the lung. Whether the lung will return to its normal taste will depend largely on the length of time it has been subjected to com- pression. If the lung has been compressed for a long time or becomes adherent to the chest wall in its collapsed condition, extensive pulmonary fibrosis is a probable sequence. Another factor which often prevents the lung from being restored to its normal condition is fixation of the dia- phragm (see section on Diaphragmatis) . Symptoms. — Acute pleurisy may be ushered in with a chill or mere chilliness, followed by fever. In the majority of the cases, however, the first intimation of trouble is pain in the side. The character of the pain is extremely variable. Involvement of the apical pleura rarely causes a sharp pain but as a rule manifests itself by a sense of soreness or pain in the shoulder. The latter is often regarded as rheumatic. On the other hand, it may be agonizing in character and every movement or inspiratory effort intensifies the stabbing, lancinating quality of the pain. The pain is usually referred to the nipple or axillary regions, but may be noted beneath the scapula. If the diaphragmatic area is involved the pain may be felt low down in the back, in the abdomen, thus simu- lating acute appendicitis, etc., or in the neck (see p. 580). The pain is, as a rule, more intense during inspiration than expiration, but in rare instances is felt solely with the latter act. The pain is nearly always aggravated by cough. The respirations are shallow and rapid in dry pleurisy if the pain is severe, but breathing of this type is to be dis- tinguished from true dyspnea. The patient by breathing in this rapid manner unconsciously seeks to prevent the inflamed pleural surfaces from rubbing together any more than possible; it is probable also that the increased frequency of the respirations is compensatory. If cough is present it is usually short and hacking in character, for the same reason that the respiratory act is hurried, namely, the effort to keep the in- flamed surfaces apart. The cough is usually unattended by expectora- tion, but if the latter is present it is scanty, and consists simply of mucus. If the pleurisy is at all severe it is usually attended by fever up to 102 or 103°F. It may be continuous from the start, or slightly remittent in character (Fig. 336). As the acute inflammatory condition subsides, the fever falls gradually by lysis. In the protracted cases the temperature tends to become more markedly remittent and assumes the form of hectic fever. The pulse rate is nearly always increased to 100 and over and irregu- larity of the pulse is not infrequent. The general symptoms are those of an acute illness, namely, general malaise, mental dulness and headache, especially if the fever is high, pallor, a distaste for food and constipation. With the development of an effusion the pain disappears entirely or at most there is a sensation of soreness which may be elicited only by pressure of the fingers over the site of the inflamed area. If the respirations are hurried in this stage of the disease, they are due to a true dyspnea owing to compression of the lung. If, however, the effusion has not been preceded by pain and has developed insidiously, dyspnea may be absent or noticed only on unusual exertion. Effusions of this type often fill the pleural sac without attracting attention. This is due to the fact 578 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM that the lung on the unaffected side has had time to accommodate itself to the increased work put upon it. Under such circumstances the patient seeks relief because he feels that he is gradually losing health, but is unable to localize his trouble. His symptoms are as a rule general, such as malaise, weakness and some perversion of the gastro-intestinal func- tions. If the effusion has persisted for some time, loss of weight is usually a prominent sjmiptom. It has been noted also that with the development of an effusion the urinary secretion is commonly reduced in amount and that the urine is concentrated and of a high specific gravity. With absorption of the fluid the urine becomes increased in amount. Purulent effusions will be considered under a separate heading. Fig. 336. — Acute tuberculous pleurisy. Physical Signs. — In the great majority of cases our attention is directed to the pleura, because of the location of the pain. Examination will show that the pleural inflammation is either the result of some ob- vious pulmonary affection, or that the pleurisy is either primary or sec- ondary to pulmonary disease which is masked, as for instance, tuber- culosis. On the other hand, definite signs of pleural inflammation may be present in some cases without the presence of pain or other symptoms, the finding being purely accidental. In still other instances well-marked pain indicative of pleural inflammation may not be associated with any physical signs whatsoever. Dry Pleurisy. — Inspection. — If the pain is at all severe objective signs are usuall}^ present. The breathing is shallow and hurried. The DISEASES OF THE PLEURA 579 patient may lie on the sound side, or sit up and be inclined toward the affected side with the elbow pressed against the chest wall. Change of posture intensifies the pain. Examination of the chest shows restriction of the expansion on the affected side. Palpation. — A friction fremitus may be felt, but this is rarely so. If the patient is examined from behind and a hand is placed on each side of the chest wall, it will be noted that the inspiratory excursion is much diminished on the affected side. If firm pressure is made with the hands, some relief is experienced by the patient as the inspiratory excursion is thus restricted. It is because of this that adhesive strips are applied to the affected side in order to diminish the pain. In the comparatively rare instances in which inflammation of the pleura exists without one being able to hear a friction rub, its presence may be established by firm pressure with the finger tips over the site of the pain. This procedure will often reveal distinct tenderness. It is also to be noted that in those cases in which a friction rub is accident- ally discovered that some tenderness on pressure can usually be elicited. Percussion. — There are no alterations in the percussion note during this stage. Auscultation. — The presence of an audible friction rub is the charac- teristic feature of an inflamed pleura. The friction rub may be heard over a wide area, or it may be localized in a spot no larger than that cov- ered by the bell of the stethoscope. The friction rub becomes audible as the inflamed surfaces of the visceral and parietal layers pass over each other during the respirator}^ act. In the majority of cases it is heard only during the inspiratory phase and is usually most pronounced just as inspiration ceases. It may be heard, however, during both inspiration and expiration and rarely the rub occurs during expiration only. The friction rub suggests a rubbing or grazing sound ; it may be rough and grating in character, or it may resemble the sound produced by creaking leather. The friction rub is usually a very local sound and is always best heard in those parts where the respiratory excursion is greatest, namely, the lower part of the chest below the nipple, axilla or about the angle of the scapula. I have already pointed out that the area beneath the nipple and axilla is frequently the site of pleural adhesions. The most com- mon site of pleural adhesions is over the apex posteriorly. Severe pleuritic pain is rarely experienced in this region, however, owing to the very limited movement of the apices of the lungs. Pain due to apical pleurisy usually simulates rheumatic pain in the shoulder, or muscular soreness, and is a common symptom of apical tuberculosis. Soreness or tenderness beneath the clavicle is a frequent occurrence in pulmonary tuberculosis, especially if cavity formation has taken place. Fibrinous Pleurisy. — The physical signs during the second stage of the inflammatory process differ but little from those just described. The only points of difference lie in the fact that diy pleurisj^, in which the membrane is simply roughened, is chiefly tuberculous in origin and is not apt to involve a large area of the pleural surface. Fibrinous pleu- risy, on the other hand, while it maj^ be tuberculous in origin is seen in its most typical form when associated with an acute inflammatory condition of the lung, particularly croupous pneumonia. When associated with 580 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM pneumonia the exudate may spread over the visceral layer of an entire lobe of the lung. This explains why one can occasionally detect some impairment of resonance over a lung which a day or so later shows signs of a croupous pneumonia. Furthermore, a widespread fibrinous deposit will manifest itself by the presence of a friction rub heard over a wider area than is usually encountered in simple dry pleurisy. The condition is usually limited to one side but it may be bilateral. Diaphragmatic Pleurisy. — This form of pleurisy is deserving of special mention because it may simulate an acute abdominal condition. The diaphragmatic pleura may become inflamed as any other portion of the pleural surface or it may be secondarily involved from the abdomen. The right side is involved about twice as often as the left. In inflammation of the diaphragmatic pleura, the subjective symp- toms, as a rule, are out of all proportion to the objective signs. Both because the lungs have the widest respiratory excursion at the base and because of the part taken by the diaphragm in the respiratory act, pleural inflammation in this situation gives rise to the most intense pain (see Fig. 41). The characteristic feature of the pain is that it is referred to parts distant from the seat of the inflammation. The referred pain of dia- phragmatic pleurisy is due to involvement of the spinal nerves supplying the abdominal wall. The pain is, therefore, superficial and not deep- seated as in visceral pain. In cases of diaphragmatic pleurisy or sub- phrenic abscess, steady, deep pressure over the gall-bladder or appendix is well borne. If, however, these organs are the seat of inflammatory changes the deep pressure gives rise to severe pain. Capps^ in a study of 61 cases of diaphragmatic pleurisy found the pain referred to the gall-bladder 10 times; lateral to and slightly above the navel 15 times; and other points, including the lumbar region, in the remainder. If diaphragmatic pleurisy is suspected, search should be made for tender points in the neck and shoulder region as referred pain to these points is commonly present. In addition to the pain there is usually some cough, expectoration, rapid respirations and a leukocytosis. Herpes may be present. Pleural Effusion. — Inspection. — Unless the fluid has accumulated rapidly dyspnea will not be noted, otherwise the breathing may be hurried. Cyanosis is rarely seen even when the exudation fills the pleural sac in a brief space of time. In common with many other inflammatory conditions within the thorax inequahty of the pupils is not infrequent, the larger pupil being on the same side as the thoracic trouble. Turning our attention to the chest itself the first thing to be noted is the respiratory movements. If one side is seen to expand less than its fellow the lack of expansion may be due to one of two things, an acute or chronic inflammatory process (usually the latter), of the lung, or fluid in the pleural sac. If the lung itself is the cause, there is usually some retraction of the affected side, especially if the process is chronic in nature. In the case of effusion the affected side appears larger and the intercostal spaces are filled out, or even present a bulging appearance. The difference in the two sides of the chest can be shown also by means of a cyrtometer. Litten's sign is absent in pleural effusions. Next we have to consider the position of the apex beat of the heart. 1 Am. Jour. Med. Sci., March, 1916. DISEASES OF THE PLEURA 581 It is to be borne in mind that displacement of the viscera constitutes one of the most important pieces of evidence as to whether a pleural effusion is present or not. If the apex beat is displaced to the left it may be caused by one of three things: (1) It may be due to hypertrophy or dila- tation of the heart itself. It is hardly likely that this would cause any confusion, because of other associated cardiac signs. (2) The heart may be pulled to the left as the result of a fibrosis involving the left lung. In such a case, however, it will be noted that the left chest is retracted. (3) It may be due to a pleural effusion on the right side which has dis- placed the heart to the left. If the heart is displaced to the right it is the result of one of two things: (1) A chronic fibroid condition of the- right lung which has drawn the heart to the right; or (2) a pleural effusion on the left side. The apex beat may not be visible either be- cause it has beeni displaced to the right and lies behind the sternum, or- because the chest wall is so thick the impulse cannot be seen. Under these circumstances it may be located by palpation or auscultation. Fig. 337. — The first effect of a small effusion is to push the lung forward. Physical signs are confined to the posterior aspect of chest and there is no displacement of the viscera. Palpation.- — -If there is any doubt as to whether the two lungs expand equally or not, one can almost invariably arrive at a correct conclusion by placing the hands on corresponding parts of the two sides of the chest. In this way inequalities of expansion can be felt when they are not readilj' detected by the eye. Tactile fremitus is absent over the affected side unless the underlying lung be solidified (see Fig. 57). If the apex beat of the heart is not visible on inspection it may be located by palpation. Percussion. — In case the effusion is small in amount it is important to determine the lower limit of pulmonary resonance. This is on a level with the tenth dorsal vertebra. If it is found to be an inch or tw^o higher on one side it points to a small effusion if there has been a recent history of pain on that side. An effusion is not apt to be suspected, however, unless it has reached a line corresponding with the angle of the scapula. 582 DISEASES OF THE liRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM The percussion note over an effusion is flat and being one of the varieties of dulness is high-pitched. Furthermore, there is a sensation of resistance imparted to the finger acting as the plexor. In determining the extent of the effusion the percussion should be performed lightly so as to distinguish between the absolute dulness or flatness over the fluid and the relative dulness over the lower part of the lung which is collapsed. The percussion should be performed at right angles to the spinal column and at different levels, as it has long been recognized that the fluid extends higher in one portion of the chest than in others. As the fluid accumulates in the pleural sac the lung is pushed forward as seen in Figs. 337 and 338. In these small effusions the dulness is highest at the spine and confined to the back, rarely extending anterior to the posterior axillary line. In small effusions displacement of the viscera is not apt to occur. It should be borne in mind that small effa- FiG. 338. — -Transverse section through the nipple line. Diffuse pulmonary tuberculosis in a man aged 25 years, with a bilateral serofibrinous effusion which has accumulated posteriorly. The anterior pulmonary margins show vicarious emphysema and completely overlap the heart, which is distended with blood clots. (Pirogoff.) sions may exist without their being physically demonstrable. Experi- mentally (post-mortem), 400 c.c. (5 xiii) of fluid in the pleural cavity of the adult, and 120 c.c. in a child of twelve can be demonstrated by phys- ical signs. Clinically, even smaller amounts may be detected, but small effusions may exist and may be visible fluoroscopically as a flattening of the diaphragm which cannot be demonstrated by physical signs. In moderate effusions the lowest level of dulness is at the spine; it then rises toward the middle of the scapula and slopes downward, assum- ing the shape of the letter S as it passes toward the front. As the effusion increases in size the lung is floated and pushed upward and backward toward the spine and while the lower part of the lung is relaxed. As a 583 DISEASES OF THE PLErRA .esult of this the note^^ ^^^^^^ S fo ^'^l^^^ rsS'I^Xrc: '"t^ kr^^^nch this note is ehcited is shown .n Fig 339 ThS'pace is known as Garlanrrs tnanjle. Fig. 339.-Showin, area .kodaic tympany (Garland's triangle). r,^. 340.-Upper and lower Umits of dulness in a massive effusion. In massive effusions the highest point of cMness^^^^^^^ spine (see Fig. 340) and ^^^^f' Z'^^'J'^^^^^^ character but lapsed portion of the lung the ^^^^^"^^^J"^^^^^^^ devoid of air the if"?the king has been so completely compiesseci as lo je 584 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAG.M note will be dull. In massive effusions the flat or dull percussion note anteriorly may be elicited some distance to the left or right (as the case may be) of the affected side (see Figs. 341 and 342). By the time the effusion has reached any considerable amount dis- placement of the viscera will be noted. On the right side the weight of the fluid flattens the diaphragm and as a result the liver is forced down- ward. This may be noted by palpation or percussion; usually the latter. On the left side the filling of the complementary pleural space and the flattening of the diaphragm sometimes causes a disappearance of the tympanitic area in the anterior and lower part of the chest. This tym- panitic area is known as Traube's space (see Fig. 89). Dulness over this space is met with, as a rule, in massive effusions only and even then may not occur as the complementary pleural space is often obliterated by firm adhesions. Massive effusion on the left side, particularly empyemas, may force the diaphragm downward to such an extent that the fluid bulges below the costal margin. This may be mistaken for an abdomi- nal tumor. FiQ. 341. — Area of percussion dulness in a massive pleural effusion. The dulness extends beyond the middle line and merges into cardiac dulness. Movable dulness, when present, is a valuable sign. As a rule, it is obtained in moderate-sized effusions only. If the effusion extends in front as high as the fourth interspace when the patient is sitting up, it will be found that when he lies down the upper limit of dulness is in the interspace below. This is due to the fluid gravitating to the most dependent portion of the chest, namely, the back. Movable dulness cannot be demonstrated in massive effusions extending to or above the second rib in front nor in small effusions when the signs are confined entirely to the back. Neither can it be demonstrated in moderate- sized effusions if the lung has become adherent. Movable dulness on change of posture, when it can be demonstrated, is the most pathogno- monic physical sign. As a general rule, however, except in cases of hydro- pneumothorax, mobility of dulness is not readily demonstrable and con- DISEASES OF THE PLEURA 585 siderable time is often required before the fluid gravitates to the lower portion of the pleural cavity. A sign of some value is the paravertebral triangle of dulness, some- times referred to as Grocco's triangle. This triangle consists of an area of relative percussion dulness on the side opposite the effusion. The vertical line of the triangle extends along the middle of the spinal column from a point slightly above the upper level of the effusion to the tenth dorsal vertebra, the latter representing the lower limit of pulmonary res- onance; the base of the triangle extends outward along the lower limit of normal pulmonary resonance for a distance varying from 1 to 3 inches ; the hypothenuse joins these two lines (see Fig. 343). The dulness is Fig. 342. — Left-sided hydrothorax and hydropericardium. 1, Esophagus. 2, Aorta. 3, Inferior vena cava. 4, Liver. 5, Heart. The cardiac apex is displaced backward and to the right. The left pleural sac extends anteriorly to the mid-sternal line, and posteriorly even beyond it. (After Pirogoff.) more marked over the spine. There is some doubt as to how this triangular area of dulness is produced. The generally accepted view, however, is that the contents of the posterior mediastinum are displaced (see Fig. 342). The chief value of this sign is in differentiating between pleural effusions and tumors involving the lung or pleura; if present, it is not likely that a tumor exists. Auscultation. — The characteristic friction rub heard at the base of the chest in the dry and fibrinous stage disappears as the two pleural surfaces are separated by the effusion. A friction rub may be heard, however, just above the fluid in the axilla or anterior and superior por- tion of the chest where the inflamed pleural surfaces are still in contact. Over the area occupied by the effusion the breath sounds may be weakly vesicular or bronchial in character. As the fluid increases in amount the breath sounds tend to become more and more distant and in massive 586 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM effusions may be entirely absent. In a certain proportion of cases, especially when the effusion is large, loud bronchial breathing may be heard. For the explanation of this phenomenon see page 61. In addition to the friction rub heard above the level of the effusion, rales produced within the lung may be heard in the same areas. The pulmonary rales may be due to congestion in the collapsed portion of the lung or they may be due to the separation of the walls of the finer bronchioles and alveoli in the atelectatic portion of the lung. The breath sounds above the effusion are usually of a harsh broncho-vesicular character. ■flight tympany with exaggerated breath sounds Dulness, distant bron- chial breathing and egophony Flatness, with absent vocal resonance and fremitus, as well as breath sounds Fig. 343. — Grocco's triangle. On auscultation of the voice sounds, the same phenomena are en- countered as in auscultation of the breath sounds. The spoken voice may have a distant sound or it may be distinctly bronchophonic. Just as in the case of the breath sounds a very large accumulation of fluid may cause complete disappearance of the voice sounds. The presence of egophony, while not a constant finding, occurs with great frequency in association with pleural effusion. In some instances auscultation of the whispered voice is of service in distinguishing between serous and purulent effusions. If the effusion is serous, one will be able to hear, at times, the whispered voice trans- mitted through the fluid but if the effusion is purulent no such transmis- sion occurs. This sign, known as Baccelli's, is, however, of relatively little value. In not a few instances the question of whether the heart is displaced or not will depend on the use of the stethoscope. In spite of the great DISEASES OF THE PLEURA. 587 displacement of the heart which sometimes occurs, the cardiac sounds are usually normal. Exploratory Puncture. — -No matter how positive the evidence is as to the presence of fluid in the pleural cavity the use of an exploratory needle should never be omitted. There are two reasons for this. In the first place the actual demonstration of fluid by means of the needle clinches the diagnosis. In the second place our duty to the patient does not end with the discovery of the presence of fluid nor is our work com- pleted until the character of fluid has been demonstrated. Inasmuch as we can never tell, with any degree of certainty, whether the fluid is serous or purulent, the needle must be resorted to. If purulent fluid is withdrawn, immediate drainage of the pleural cavity is mandatory, if the patient is to escape the horrors of a chronic empyema. In making an exploratory puncture of the pleura or lung the areas in which the viscera are located should be kept in mind. In the great majority of instances when fluid is suspected the exploring needle is inserted in an interspace just below or slightly anteriorly to the angle of -the scapula. If too fine a needle is used a dry tap may result if the fluid consists of thick pus. For this reason the needle should have a caliber of at least 2 mm. Sterilization of the skin with tincture of iodine and the use of a sterile needle renders the procedure entirely harmless. Even if fluid is not present and the needle punctures the lung, no harm will result providing the rules for cleanliness have been observed. The X-rays are helpful as a diagnostic measure, especially in case the effusion is loculated. Physical Signs Following Absorptioii of the Exudate.- — Even in those cases in which the effusion exists but a relatively short time the lung does not expand immediately to its former state following removal of the fluid. If the effusion has existed for several weeks before it is dis- covered and removed, or if it is allowed purposely to remain and undergo spontaneous absorption, it may take several months for the lung to be- come completely reexpanded. Another and perhaps a more important factor in reducing the functional capacity of the lung, is fixation of the diaphragm on the affected side. If, therefore, the case is seen after ab- sorption of the fluid and before the lung has reexpanded confusion may arise unless the morbid anatomy and the physical signs associated with this phase of the process are kept in mind (see p. 642). If the effusion has followed an attack of dry pleurisy the lung will usually reexpand without the formation of pleuritic adhesions or at the most the adhesions will be slight. If a fibrinous exudate has been the starting point of the effusion and especially if the fibrinous deposit has been extensive the two pleural surfaces may become firmly adherent following absorption of the fluid and then prevent complete reexpansion. Chronic oblitei'ative pleurisy probably originates in this way in the majority of cases. Following spontaneous absorption of the pleural exudate or its re- moval by paracentesis the following physical signs will be noted: Inspection. — Expansion on the affected side will be restricted but if the patient has been seen from the onset the respiratory excursion will be greater than when the effusion was present. Flattening and bulging of the interspace will have disappeared and the apex beat of the heart will be seen in its normal position. 588 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM Palpation. — Tactile fremitus may or may not be present, depending on how much the lung has expanded. Percussion.- — ^The percussion note will still be dull over the base of the lung posteriorly. It will be found, however, that the dull area does not conform to the shape noted when fluid was present. As the dia- phragm is relieved of the weight of the fluid, the liver is no longer de- pressed and the tympanitic note over Traube's space returns. Tympany may replace dulness elsewhere. Auscultation. — At the base of the affected side the breath sounds are still absent or distant but not over such a wide area, and the same is true of the voice sounds. With the removal of the fluid a friction rub again becomes audible especially in the area about the angle of the scapula. Deep breathing may bring out fine crepitant rales as the result of forcible distention of the atelectatic portion of the lung. This picture may remain unchanged for weeks or months. Gradu- ally, however, unless the lung has been bound down by adhesions, the complementary pleural space obliterated or the diaphragm rendered immobile, these signs disappear and leave little or no evidence of damage. It is desirable to examine such cases with the fluoroscope as the persistence of the abnormal physical signs may be due to changes in the diaphragm. Diagnosis.- — In the dry and fibrinous stages pleurisy may be confused with intercostal neuralgia, pleurodynia and herpes zoster. In intercostal neuralgia there is absence of fever and a friction rub. The pain while localized is darting and neuralgic in character and tender- ness is present at the points of exit of the intercostal nerves. Occasion- ally these phenomena precede an attack of herpes zoster. In pleurodynia the pain is confined to one side but is not so sharply localized as pleurisy and it may leave one side and affect the other. Muscular movement as well as breathing aggravates the pain. Tender- ness on pressure is usually present. There is neither fever nor a fric- tion rub. When the pleural effusion develops rapidly and the attack is abrupt in onset with pain in the side, fever, hurried respirations, and bronchial breathing over one lung, it must be distinguished from croupous pneu- monia. It is remarkable how many cases of acute pleurisy with effusion escape notice. A very large proportion of cases of croupous pneumo- nia with delayed resolution are probably of this nature. The acuteness of the attack and the bronchial breathing can very easily cause the un- wary to make a mistake. Later as the effusion absorbs and abnormal physical signs persist in the base of the lung it is assumed that resolution of the pneumonia has been delayed. In this connection it might be stated that as a sequel of pneumonia, delayed resolution is a very rare occurrence. In doubtful cases the differentiation between pleurisy with effu- sion and croupous pneumonia rests upon two facts. (1) Displacement of the viscera, and (2) the use of an exploring needle. In pleurisy the vis- cera are displaced while in croupous pneumonia they are not. If an effu- sion is present serous or purulent fluid is obtained with the exploring needle while if pneumonia is present a few drops of dark red blood may appear in the syringe. Malignant disease of the lung or pleura is relatively uncommon but when it involves a lower lobe is more frequently mistaken for a pleural DISEASES OF THE PLEURA 589 effusion than any other condition. This is due to the fact that the tumor mass gives an absolutely flat note devoid of any semblance of resonance and both the voice and breath sounds are vevy distant or absent. In such a case one's suspicion might be aroused by the absence of the para- vertebral area of dulness on the opposite side. As this sign is sometimes absent in the presence of an effusion it cannot be relied on absolutely. Here again the displacement of the viscera and the exploring needle are our main reliance in escaping an error in diagnosis. Chron'ic Pleurisy. — Two forms of chronic pleuritis are recognized: (1) Persistent reaccumulation of serofibrinous or purulent fluid after re- peated tappings or operation Reaccumulation of a serofibrinous effusion is not uncommon in tuberculosis and mahgnant disease. In addition an effusion which has been allowed to remain in the chest too long shows a marked tendency to reaccumulate. In a case which came under my care a massive effusion had gone unrecognized for four months. Although tapped frecjuently the fluid rapidly reaccumulated after each operation. (2) Chrom'c dry i3leurisy is a common sec^uel of the acute fibrinous type and effusions either serofibrinous or purulent. It is also verj^ fre- quently seen in association with chronic pulmonarj^ tuberculosis. Partial obliteration of the pleural sac is seen most often at the apices of the lung and is almost constantly present in tuberculosis. Over the lower lobes an obliterating pleurisy is also common but the adhesions are less dense. In the majority of such instances the adhesions are delicate, lace-like and easily broken up. Among 197 autopsies at the Phipps Institute obliterating pleuritis was noted 49 times over the left lower lobe and 71 times over the right lower lobe. Dense thickening of the pleura over the lower lobes is usuall}^ associated with massive fibrosis of the lung and is often a sec[uel of an effusion, especially the purulent type. Chronic pleurisy usually has reference to that portion of the pleura which over- lies the lower lobes of the lungs. Chronic thickening of the pleura is a diagnosis which is freciuently made to explain restriction of motion, impairment of the percussion note and more or less suppressed breath sounds at the base of the lung poste- riorly. Personally, I have rarely seen at the autopsy table thickening of the pleura sufficient to account for these signs. Even in those cases in which there has been any marked degree of thickening the lung was also involved in the chronic inflammatory process. Probably the most important factor in gi%"ing rise to these physical signs, especiaU}^ after effusions, is immobility of the diaphragm. The diaphragm may have been implicated in the inflammatory process or, what is not uncommon, adhesions may have formed between the chest wall and the diaphragm thus obliterating the phreno-costal sulcus. As a result the movement of the diaphragm is interfered with. The effect of inflammatory conditions on the diaphragm has been considered in detail in the section on " Diseases of the Diaphragm." EMPYEMA (Purulent pleurisy, pyothorax) This is one of the varieties of pleuritis; but in view of certain patholog- ical peculiarities it seems best to consider it as a distinct disease. Furthermore, it is usually secondary to conditions in which from the very onset, there is a decided tendency toward the formation of pus. 590 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM Etiology. — The organism which most frequently causes the condition is the pneumococcus. In children the percentage is very high. Strep- tococci rank next in importance. A number of studies that have been made of the bacteriology of empyemata show that from one-half to two- thirds of the cases are due to the pneumococcus and about one-quarter to the streptococcus. Whether the tubercle bacillus alone can cause an empyema is not clear. In a certain proportion of cases tubercle bacilli can be demonstrated in the fluid but usually in association with other organisms. The so-called sterile purulent effusions are nearly always associated with a tuberculous process. Occasionally the influenza bacillus is found in pure culture and more rarely other bacteria. Fig. 344. — Empyema — shows the right lung which has become completely atelectatic {Courtesy of Dr. W. J. Calvert.) As an exciting cause of empyema, croupous pneumonia easily ranks first. Empyema is also a relatively common comphcation of tuberculosis. In certain of the infectious diseases, notably scarlet fever, the condition is not infrequently met with. Empyema may arise also as the result of penetrating wounds of the chest wall or as the result of disease involving the mediastinum. Morbid Anatomy.— In pneumococcic empyemata the effusion consists of a thick creamy pus having a sweetish odor. When allowed to stand the fluid separates into a clear, greenish j^ellow, upper layer, the cellular DISEASES OF THE PLEURA 591 elements sinking to the bottom. When due to the streptococcus the fluid may be only turbid in appearance. An empyema is most apt to develop as the result of an extensive fibrinous exudate such as occurs in pneumonia where the membrane is thick and presents a shaggy appearance. In tuberculous cases the effusion may be changed from a serous to a purulent one as the result of infection from the lung. The effusion maj^ be massive, filHng the entire pleural sac (see Figs. 344 and 345) , or it may occupy but a portion thereof. Encapsulated effusions are considered separately. Fig. 345. — ^lassive left-sided empj'ema occupying practically the whole pleural cavity. The lung is represented by two small fibrous masses adherent to the pericardium which contains a small serous effusion. The heart, which is enlarged, is filled with blood clot. The diaphragm is pushed downward and the right lung greatly iCompressed. (Pirogoff.) Unless the purulent material is removed within a short time from its onset the lower portion of the lung in contact with the fluid becomes firmly adherent to the chest wall and mediastinum. The adhesions be- come organized very quickly and the lung is thus firmly anchored and prevented from reexpanding even when the fluid is removed. The longer the purulent material is allowed to remain the more certain it becomes that the lung cannot be reexpanded. If the empyema has existed for several months the parietal pleura forming the sac becomes greatlj^ thick- ened and in places may become eroded. In moderate-sized effusions after the lung has become adherent the fluid is then completely walled off and really constitutes an abscess (see Figs. 346 and 347). The effusion may 592 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM remain indefinitely the patient eventually succumbing as the result of septic absorption. In not a few cases the purulent material is gradually absorbed. Following absorption of the pus calcium salts m the form of plates are frequently deposited at the base of the cavity. In rarer m- stances the pus ruptures into the lung and is discharged externally through Expansion ] — . Vocal fremitus + . Vocal resonance + . Percus- sion: high } pitched tympany, Breath 'sounds :, .broncho- vesicular Expansion 1 — • Inter- spaces full. Vocal fremitus O. Vocal reso- nance O- percussion dulness + + +. Breath sounds O- Phrenic shadow O Fig. 346. -Empyema encysted in lower part of chest. Note the flattening and low posi- tion of the diaphragm and the downward displacement of the liver. a bronchus or it may rupture externally through the chest wall — em- pyema necessitatis (see Fig. 348). Infection of both pleural sacs simultaneoush^ is very rare. I have met with one such instance in which a bilateral croupous pneumonia was followed by a bilateral purulent effusion. In considering the morbid anatomy of pleurisy it was pointed out that DISEASES OF THE PLEURA 593 -^^^ Fig. 347. — Pyothorax (right-sided). 1, Esophagus. 2, Descending aorta. 3, Right auricle. 4, Right ventricle. 5, Left auricle. 6, Left ventricle. The heart is displaced to the left and rotated on its long axis. The left lung is pushed backward and no longer overlaps the heart. The esophagus is also displaced to the left. Fig. 348. — Empyema necessitatis. 59-1 DISEASES OF THE BRONCHI, LUNGS, PLEURA, AND DIAPHRAGM the lung, as the result of pressure, became partially or completely col- lapsed. If the pressure is maintained for too long a period, the atelec- tatic part undergoes fibroid changes. Prolonged compression of the lung by a purulent effusion is probably one of the commonest causes of uni- lateral fibrosis of the lung. Pryor^ has recently called attention to a phase of empj-ema to which Uttle notice has been paid, namely, the crippling effect the disease often has on the dia'phragin. When empyema develops diaphragmatis is apt to ensue. The diaphragm becomes swollen, thickened and stiff. As the result of inflammatory changes it loses its elasticity and becomes rigid ; later it becomes atropliied, the tissues undergoing fibroid changes and becoming hardened (see p. 642). If the effusion is large the weight of the fluid may flatten the diaphragm or cause it to become concave in shape and, at times, produce a tumor below the costal margin. Symptoms. — The onset of a purulent effusion may be abrupt as in the case of serous fluid. When empyema occurs as a complication of one of the acute infections, notablj^ pneumonia, the exudation of the purulent fluid may be very rapid, and a very considerable amount may accumulate as early as the fourth or fifth day of the disease. Not frequently, how- ever, it has an insidious onset and is unsuspected, either because it devel- ops during the course of other diseases or supervenes upon a preexisting serous effusion. In the acute cases the symptoms are practically identical with acute pleurisy. If the onset of the emp^'ema is gradual, respiratory symptoms may be wanting entirely. Cough may or may not be present and unless the effusion is very large there will be no dyspnea. Some loss of weight, malaise and anemia are usually present. Sweating and irregular fever are common, especially in children. In the great majoritj^ of cases of empyema there is a well-marked polj'nuclear leukocytosis. This fact will often serve to distinguish be- tween serous and purulent effusions, although it is to be borne in mind that there may be a low white count even in the presence of pus. Physical Signs. — For the most part the phj-sical signs which occur in cases of empyema are identical with those encountered in cases of serous effusion. There are in addition, however, several additional features which are worthy of note. Inspection. — Except in the acute cases, an individual suffering from an empyema is apt to reveal the evidences of a chronic suppurative process, namely, fever, sweating, loss of vigor, alwaj^s some emaciation, and anemia. In chronic empyema clubbing of the fingers is often a marked feature of the disease and, in common with bronchiectasis and congenital heart disease, furnishes the most extreme grades of the condition encountered. In cases of empyema the clubbing of the fingers may develop very rap- idly and instances have been recorded in which the condition was apparent within two or three weeks. It has been noted also that the clubbing dis- appears with the removal of the pus from the pleural cavity. Bulging of the affected side and of the interspaces is more frequently encountered in cases of purulent than in the case of serous effusions, due, in all probability, to the greater weight of the fluid. In children bulging of the affected side may be very distinct. Tenderness on pressure is commonly present. For some reason displacement of the heart is apt to be more marked. If the empyema has existed for some time, the small ^ International Clinics, June, 1916. DISEASES OF THE PLEURA 595 subcutaneous veins on the affected side may be veiy noticeable. Edema of the chest wall is frequently met with. In a certain proportion of cases of pulsation of the chest wall is noted over the area overlying the empyema (see Figs. 105 and 107). Pulsating empy&niata, while not invariably so, are in the vast majority of cases left-sided. Levi^ found that the left side was the seat of a pulsat- ing effusion in 93.6 per cent, of 110 cases. In a few instances pulsation is seen in cases of serous effusion. Honeij^ has reported a case in which the pulsation was noted over a left-sided hydropneumothorax. The condition occurs more frequently in men than in women. In about one-half of the cases the effusion occurs as a complication of pulmonary tuberculosis ; next to tuberculosis pneumonia is the most frequent exciting cause. Although the pulsation is synchronous with the cardiac systole no satisfactory explanation has been forthcoming as to how the heart impulse is transmitted through the effusion. n f>h ., ^^_. / w W *mJS ~— ■ ,( ' - -- ^■^s )i ■ - + Tx « i* 1 ^ "" ■■"'^^? """ ' 71 hh . . - - - L, - - - ± ± i ^»vlyC '": '"'".z'.w. :::::::::' rf I'/, ' .f 1 <^ i m TI ^^Hs " ' ■ "" >i - -' " " ^\. Sir W 'vwYp _u _. " " " 61 1 i ■ - - ill' Wft^ - .. _ >-i s there has l)een heard over the piecordium a rhythmic, churning and sphishing sound distinctly metallic in cjuality. In some instances metallic tinkling or "mill wheel" sounds (the bruit de la roue hydraulique of the older French writers) are heard. The sound has been likened also to that made by an old-fashioned churn (Meigs). Stokes'* description has been quoted frequently: "A series of sounds was observa- ble which I had never before met with. It is difficult or impossible to convey in words any idea of the extraordinary phenomena then presented. They were not the rasping sound of indurated lymph or the leather creak of Collin, nor those proceeding from pericarditis with valvular nuirmur, but a mixture of the various attrition murmurs with a large crepitating and a gurgling soiuid, while to all these .phenomena was added a distinct metallic character." These metallic sounds may be louder on inspiration than on expiration and may vary in intensity from time to time without apparent reason. They may also be heard at some distance from the chest. About one-third of the cases have recovered. In four of the recently reported cases radiographic or fluoroscopic examination has aided in the diagnosis. Diagnosis.^ — Experience has shown, even from the limited number of cases on record, that there is a little likelihood of pneumopericardium being mistaken for something else or vice versa. Three remote possibilities present themselves: (1) Metallic succussion sounds may be produced by the heart in a hydro- or pyopneumothorax and in these conditions the cardiac area of dulness may be replaced by tympany. In pneumo- pericardium the sounds are louder and more locahzed and the apex beat disappears and reappears with change of posture. (2) An area of tym- pany to the left and beneath the heart, is sometimes present in cases of diaphragmatic abscess containing gas. The tympanitic area does not obscure the area of normal cardiac dulness in the recumbent posture nor is it above the dull area in the erect or sitting posture. (3) A large area of gastric tympany associated with metallic, rumbling sounds in the stomach. The sounds are not rhj'thmic nor does the tympany replace the area of cardiac dulness. ADHESIVE PERICARDITIS Etiology. — Chronic adhesive pericarditis ma}' be the final stage of the acute fibrinous form, although it rarely falls to the lot of any one observer to follow this change. The adherent type is most frequently encountered years after the initial mischief, and almost invariably presents itself in some form of cardiac embarrassment. Acute rheumatic fever is the most frequent predisposing cause. In the absence of a history of this infection, tuberculosis seems to be the next most important factor, A tuberculous origin of the trouble is to be suspected, especially if the patient presents any evidence of tuberculosis, either latent or active. Brooks and Lippencott- in a study of 1000 protocols found 150 instances of pericarditis, 61 of which were of the chronic adhesive type. Of these 1 Diseases of Heart and Aorta, 1854, p. 22. " Am. Jour. Med. Sc, December, 1909. DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM 665 61 cases tuberculosis was the apparent etiological factor in 17. Holst^ found evidences of adhesive pericarditis in 61 cases among 1586 autopsies. Tuberculosis was present in 10 of the 61 cases (see "Tuberculous Peri- carditis," p. 656). Sicard among 2000 autopsies found adhesive peri- carditis in 77 instances. The condition may be expected, therefore, in about 4 per cent, of all cases coming to autopsy. Morbid Anatomy. — Several varieties of adhesive pericarditis are en- countered. (1) The adhesions may obliterate only a portion of the peri- cardial sac (see Fig. 218). (2) Obliteration of the sac may be complete Fig. 380. — Chronic adhesive pericarditis. (Fig. 380). (3) The sac may be obliterated and in addition is adherent to surrounding structures (mediastino-pericarditis) (Fig. 381). (4) As a part of a multiple serositis. When old the fibrous tissue is dense and tough and cannot be separated from the heart without tearing the latter. When adherent to the surrounding structures the heart, lungs and mediastinal contents cannot be separated and must be removed en masse. The heart muscle itself is apt to present degenerative changes and there is very commonly an associated endocarditis. In common with aortic insufficiency and general arterio-sclerosis, adhesive pericarditis often produces the most extreme degree of cardiac hypertrophy met with. When symptoms do arise they are usually due to mj^ocardial changes which may have developed concomitantly with the pericardial damage or independently. Pathological Physiology. — The mechanical effects upon the circula- tion due to the adhesions are described by Hirschf elder as follows: (1) ^ N'orsk Magazin for Laegevidenskoben, October, 1914, Ixxv. 666 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA The work of the ventricle is increased bj' the tug upon the adhesions. (2) The fining of the heart may be hindered by strangulation of the vena cava. At each contraction the heart must not only drive out the blood, but must pull on its harness of adhesions. The additional work will depend on the tightness of the adhesions and the weight and rigidity of the structures pulled. Adhesions between the ribs and diaphragm cause the greatest effort. (3) The emptying of the heart and the flow through the aorta may be hindered by the tugging of adhesions upon the arch of the aorta. As the result of the increased work the heart hypertrophies just as it does in the presence of chronic endocarditis. As degenerative changes Fig. 381. — Mediastino-pericarditis. are relatively common in the heart muscle, either as the result of the fibrosis extending in from the pericardium or as an independent affection, compensation is apt to fail if the heart is subjected to an undue strain. When compensation fails, it may present the clinical picture of failure of the left ventricle with marked dyspnea or pulmonary edema; or it may manifest itself chieflj^ by the signs of venous stasis such as occur in failure of the right ventricle. Hirschfelder states that the type of broken com- pensation will depend on whether the adhesions are greatest over the left or over the right ventricle. Death is seldom due to the pericarditis itself. It occurs either as the result of degenerative changes in the heart muscle or to exhaustion of the heart as the result of some intercurrent affection. DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM 667 The relative frequency of the condition and the fact that it is encoun- tered far more often at the autopsy table than during life indicate that, except under unusual circumstances, the lesion is not of great importance. Symptoms. — There are no symptoms which suggest the presence of adherent pericarditis. In what has been designated as the silent group, the existence of adhesive pericarditis escapes notice entirely as there are neither symptoms nor signs referable to the heart. In the group in which the ill health is obviously cardiac in origin the recognition of adhesive pericarditis will depend largely on the thorough- ness of the physical examination. If it is assumed that the hypertrophy or dilatation of the heart is purely cardiac in origin, or that it is secondary to vascular or renal disease, the true cause will not be suspected. Fur- thermore, it only too frequently happens that in addition to the adherent pericardium there is also an endocarditis. Under these circumstances it is usually taken for granted that the endocarditis is the only condition present. Whether cardiac murmurs are present or not, adhesive peri- carditis is to be thought of in a young adult if there is a history of acute rheumatic fever followed by endocarditis, and especially so if the cardiac failure is more marked or the cardiac enlargement more extensive than the endocardial damage seems to warrant. An additional point of some importance is the fact that in young individuals apparently suffering from endocarditis, an adherent pericardium is to be suspected when the heart does not respond to digitalis. The recognition of adhesive pericarditis seems to be as uncertain to- day as it was a century ago. Corvisart^ expressed the diagnostic diffi- culties as follows: "From its insensible attack, from its secret progress, arises in most cases a difficulty often insurmountable in the diagnosis of this inflammation. If we attend to the few observations transmitted to us on this point of practice, we know not by what signs to distinguish its attack, what symptoms accompany its progress ; hence we are obliged to grant that all the phenomena that belong to this disease are so vague, that it is even uncertain whether a combination of a great number of observations of this kind can throw much light on its history." Gee has expressed the opinion that in the discovery of adherent pericardium we seldom get farther than a guess. Physical Signs. — Inspection. — It is doubtful whether a diagnosis of adherent pericarditis can be made unless systolic retraction of the inter- spaces is present. The retraction is systolic in time and occurs in the region of the apex. Systolic retraction also should be looked for poste- riorly on the left side between the eleventh and twelfth ribs (Broadbent's sign). In extreme cases the costal cartilages or xyphoid cartilage may be pulled in with each systole. Epigastric systolic retraction is a normal phenomenon and must not be confused with the aforementioned forms. The character of the cardiac impulse is not of much value as it re- sembles that encountered either in hypertrophy or dilatation of the heart. Diastolic collapse of the cervical veins is cited as an evidence of adherent pericarditis, but it is a sign of relatively little value. Palpation. — The most notable finding on palpation is the presence of diastolic shock. This sign ranks with systolic retraction as being the most important evidence of the existence of obliterative pericarditis. 1" Essay on Organic Diseases of the Heart and Great Vessels," Eng. Trans, by Gates, 1812. 668 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDILM, HEART, AND AORTA The pulsus paradoxus is commonly present, but its diagnostic value is relatively unimportant. Percussion. — If the pericarditis is also associated with a medias- tinitis, percussion may show that the anterior margin of the left lung is immovable and does not change with inspiration and expiration. The normal lateral mobility of the heart upon change of posture, does not occur. Fig. 382. — Chronic adhesive pericarditis. This specimen illustrates the " Zuckerguss- herz," so called owing to the resemblance of the exudate to the sugar icing on a cake. It is generally met with in association with " pericardial pseudocirrhosis of the liver." (Speci- men from the Lankenau Hospital, Philadelphia .) Auscultation. — There are no auscultatory signs distinctive of adiiesive pericarditis. As has been already pointed out endocardial murmurs may be present. If the}" are, it is to be borne in mind that they do not vitiate a diagnosis of adherent pericardium inasmuch as the association is a frequent one. Among 46 cases in which a presystolic apical murmur occurred without mitral stenosis, Phear' found that 20 were associated 1 Lancet, 1895, ii, 716. DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM 669 ■with adhesive pericarditis. The explanation which has been offered to explain this murmur is that vibrations may be set up by the current pro- pelled from a dilated and hypertrophied auricle into a ventricle whose muscular walls are deficient in tone. Auscultation of the lungs may reveal bronchovesicular breathing at the left scapular angle due to compression of the lung. Pick's Disease or Pericardial Pseudo-cirrhosis of the Liver. — When in addition to the pericardium, the mediastinum, pleura, liver and omen- tum are also involved, we have what has been described as pericardial pseudo-cirrhosis of the liver, or Pick's disease. The heart and liver are covered with a thick white layer of inflammatoiy product, giving them the appearance of being coated with an "icing," hence the German name ^'Zuckerguss Leber and Herz" (Fig. 382). The condition is often tuberculous in origin. Head has collected 55 cases from the literature and added 4. This symptom-complex, sometimes called multiple serositis, pi-esents the clinical picture of cirrhosis of the liver. Ascites and dropsy of the lower extremities are the most prominent signs while the upper part of the body remains free from edema. Jaundice is absent or very tran- sient in character, and aside from the ascites there is no other evidence of portal obstruction. Dj^spnea and engorgement of the veins of the neck are usually present in Pick's disease, but the frequency of asso- ciated cardiorenal disease in true cirrhosis is apt to produce the same phenomena. The recognition of this condition will depend, almost entirely on the detection of the signs indicative of adhesive pericarditis. If such signs are present the diagnosis is possible, otherwise the assumption is certain to be that of cirrhosis of the liver as the cause of the trouble. CHAPTER XXVI DISEASES OF THE MYOCARDIUM Introduction. — Valvular disease of the heart is, with few exceptions, easily determined. Changes in the heart muscle, on the other hand, are often extremely difficult to recognize. Although the term "heart dis- ease" is, in the minds of many, associated with a valvular defect it can- not be too strongly emphasized that the ability of the heart to carry on its functions is dependent, almost entirely, on the condition of the cardiac muscle. The majority of valvular defects are for a long time, and, in some instances always, of secondary importance. So long as the cardiac muscle remains healthy, the heart, subject to chronic valvular disease is capable of performing its work as effectively as a normal heart. It is, of course, understood that such a heart is functionally normal under ordinary conditions; it cannot often withstand unusual demands. When, however, the heart muscle becomes exhausted as the result of compensa- tion having reached its limit or when the muscle becomes impaired through degenerative changes, with or without a valvular defect, the most serious circulatory disturbances take place. The diagnosis of structural changes in the heart muscle is often beset with difficulty. Hypertrophy of the heart is, as a rule, easily recognized; so too is the dilatation which succeeds hypertrophy. Degenerative changes, on the other hand, are often entirely overlooked although the etiological factor should, in many instances, put us on our guard. This is particularly true in cases of diphtheria where it is well recognized that acute degenera- tive changes in the muscle are relatively common and may end fatally unless the possibilities of such a lesion are recognized. Broadbent has stated the case very clearly. "Too commonly no attempt is made to recognize the existence and extent of degeneration or dilatation. The symptoms due to derangement of the circulation force themselves upon the atten- tion of the medical man, but no murmur being detected, the only diag- nosis ventured upon is that of 'weak heart,' a vague term which covers the entire ground, from temporary functional debility to disease inevi- tably and imminently fatal." The structural changes which may take place in the heart are: (1) hypertroph}^, which may be physiological or pathological; (2) dilatation of one or more of the chambers; (3) degenerative changes, which may be acute or chronic; (4) unusual conditions such as syphilitic gummata, abscess and aneurism. HYPERTROPHY OF THE HEART The size of the heart is proportionate to the body weight, and to a lesser extent to stature. In an adult man the normal heart averages 300 grams in weight; in an adult woman, 250 grams. As the result of disease the weight of the heart may be enormously increased beyond these limits. 670 DISEASES OF THE MYOCARDIUM 671 Fig. 383. — Simple hypertrophy. {Jefferson Medical College Museum.) Fig. 384. — Hypertrophy and dilatation. {Jefferson Medical College Museum.) Fig. 385. — Dilatation. {Jefferson Medical College Museum.) 072 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA Right pulmoii ary artery Left superi'i! pulm. vein Left auriculai appendix Left inf. pulm. vein Left auricle Mitral valve (anterior leaflet) Fig. 386. — Sagittal section of the thorax. Illustrates how little room for expansion there is for the heart between the vertebral column, and the anterior thoracic wall. DISEASES OF THE MYOCARDIUM 673 Instances have been recorded in which the heart weighed 1700 and 2500 grams respectively. In men the weight of the heart to the whole body is about 1 to 170; in women it is 1 to 183. Hypertrophy may affect one chamber only, but this is unusual. The chamber to be first affected is that one which first is subjected to an un- usual amount of work. Generally speaking the left ventricle is the cham- ber in which the hypertrophy is most marked even when other portions of the heart are involved also (see Fig. 193) . Two forms of hypertrophy are recognized: (1) simple enlargement, without change in the size of the cavities ; and (2) hypertrophy plus dila- tation of the cavities, sometimes spoken of as eccentric enlargement. Figs. 383, 384, and 385 show very well the change from simple hyper- trophy to dilatation. Fig. 387. — A large hypertrophied heart contrasted with one of normal size. From a case of cardiorenal disease. {Jefferson Medical College Museum.) Formerly another form of hypertrophy was described, namely, the so-called concentric enlargement of the heart. In this state the muscle is tremendously thickened and the cavity diminished in size. This condition is now recognized as a post-mortem change. It is not infre- quently seen when the autopsy has been held within six hours of death and is due to rigor mortis. Hypertrophy of the heart consists of an increase in either the number or the size of the muscle cells, or both. In addition there is also an increase in the amount of connective tissue and fat. The hypertrophied muscle is 674 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA of a brownish-red color and the consistency is markedly increased. Slight degrees of hypertrophy are not apt to cause anj' disturbance but when the enlargement becomes excessive the mere size of the organ may produce cardiac symptoms. That lack of space may mechanically inter- fere with the action of the heart is shown in Fig. 386. The most extreme degrees of hypertrophy are those which occur as the result of aortic re- gurgitation, chronic adherent pericarditis and arterio-sclerosis and chronic nephritis (Fig. 387). Physiological Hypertrophy At birth the thickness of the walls of the two ventricles is the same but as the left ventricle thereafter assumes the chief burden of carrying on the circulation it becomes physiologically hypertrophied to meet the demand. Throughout adult life the heart possesses the ability to in- crease its muscular power in exactly the same way that the skeletal muscles respond to increased work or exercise. The hypertrophy under these circumstances is, however, rarely of the extreme degree that occurs as the result of pathological conditions. The normal heart may, therefore, become hypertrophied as the result of laborious occupations or as the result of athletics. The effect of com- petitive athletics upon the heart has received a great deal of attention during the past decade. So far as one can judge from the literature on the subject opinions as to the hurtfulness or harmlessness of competitive athletics are extremely contradictor3^ That some hypertroph}^ does occur is unquestioned but as to whether the heart also becomes dilated or whether it later in life becomes more susceptible to endocardial and myocardial changes is still open to question. In a recent study of the effect of rowing upon the young adult heart Lee, Dodd and Young^ found that there is very Uttle difference in the size of the heart of men who have been rowing for two to four years, and men who have been rowing over ten years. The hearts of these two groups are very slightly larger than the hearts of a younger group who have not as yet participated in serious competitive rowing. These differences seem to be explained by the differences in age and development. One is probably safe in assuming that if the heart is organically sound excessive work, aside from causing slight ph3^siological hypertrophy will cause no permanent damage. It has always seemed to me that the apparent deleterious effect of athletics in later life is to be ascribed to changed habits. The man who participates in athletic competition, only too frequently, upon leaving college ceases exercising and leads a sed- entary life. As a result the cardiac as well as the skeletal muscles, be- come flabby and weak. Pregnancy has been cited as one of the causes of physiological hyper- trophy but enlargement of the heart in pregnant women is probably more apparent than real. Owing to the high position of the diaphragm in pregnancy the heart is displaced upward and the area of cardiac dulness is increased because the heart is brought closer to the chest wall, and also because it lies more horizontally. Symptoms and Signs of Physiological Hypertrophy. — Symptoms are usually wanting in physiological hypertrophy except immediately after 1 Boston Med. and Surg. Jour., Sept. 30, 1915, DISEASES OF THE MYOCARDIUM 675 severe exertion. At this time there may be a sense of throbbing in the vessels of the neck and of the heart itself. Under ordinary conditions there are no untoward symptoms. Physical signs are also trivial as the hypertrophy is rarely as marked as that occurring in pathological conditions. Visible displacement of the apex beat is not conspicuous. Percussion usually shows some increase in the cardiac dimensions. On auscultation the first sound is loud and sUghtly more prolonged than normal and the second sound is not accentuated. When the hypertrophy is slight, such as occurs in ath- letes, the blood-pressure is normal. Slight degrees of hypertrophy can best be determined by means of the X-rays. The examination is made with the patient standing. The X-ray tube is placed on a level with the mid-portion of the thorax at a distance of 7 feet (teleoroentgenography) . Physiological hypertrophy may be looked upon as dangerous, if the heart is overacting when the individual is at rest. Under the circum- stances the cardiac impulse is seen to be heaving or diffuse, the second sound accentuated and the blood-pressure is raised. Hypertrophy as the Result of Disease Hypertrophy may occur as the result of disease of the heart itself or as the result of abnormal conditions in other portions of the circulatory apparatus. Hypertrophy under such circumstances is to be looked upon as a defensive action. In order to overcome a valvular defect or the in- creased arterial resistance the heart hypertrophies in proportion to the increased amount of work demanded of it. Adami and Nicholls classify the causes of hypertrophy as follows : I. Obstruction to egress of blood. (a) Endocardial, from stenosis of one of the valves. (6) Arterial, from diminution of the arterial lumen, sclerosis, con- traction of the smaller arteries, etc. (c) Pericardial, from complete synechia. 11. Increase in the volume of blood to be propelled. (a) Actual increase in the amount of circulating blood, plethora, Munich beer heart, etc. (6) From regurgitation, as in mitral and aortic incompetence. III. Increase in rate of blood flow. (a) From tachycardia, as in exophthalmic goitre. (6) As a response to systemic needs, as in the athlete. (This has been considered under physiological hypertrophy.) In practically all of these conditions the hypertrophy first manifests itself in the left ventricle but as time goes on, whether because of exces- sive work, or because the exciting cause constantly increases the demand for additional effort, the hypertrophy becomes general. The hyper- trophy manifests itself first in the right ventricle as the result of fetal or congenital heart disease and as the result of certain pulmonary affec- tions (fibrosis of the lungs, emphysema, etc.). Valvular Disease of the Heart. — This is by far the commonest cause of hypertrophy and has been considered under "Chronic Valvular Dis- ease" (p. 710). 676 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA Chronic Adhesive Pericarditis.— \s the result of adhesions between the two layers of the pericardium and, often, with the mediastinal tis- sues, the action of the heart is seriously embarrassed. The additional work then thrown upon the heart often leads to an enormous degree of hypertrophy. Arteriosclerosis and Chronic Xephritis. — Xext to chronic valvular disease arterio-sclerosis when associated with chronic glomerulo-nephritis is the most frequent cause of hypertrophy. Hypertrophy arising under these conditions has been considered under chronic aortitis or arterio- sclerosis of the aorta (see Fig. 181). ''Munich Beer Heart." — Excessive eating and drinking is a common cau.?e of hypertrophy of the heart and occurs with great frequency in those who consume large quantities of beer. A heart which becomes enlarged as the result of excessive beer drinking has been called the ''^Munich beer heart, " although the condition is not peculiar to that city, nor is it confined exclusively to beer. Excessive eating and drinking are apt to be followed by a temporary increase in the activity of the heart, the frequency of the pulse and the tension in the arteries. This is due to the temporary increase in the specific gravity of the blood, stimulation of the heart and blood-ves.sels by the products of metabolism and also because the exces.sive ingestion of liquids temporarily increases the total amount of blood (Striimpell). This so-called plethoric condition is usually seen in middle-aged individuals who indulge freely in the pleasures of the table and lead a sedentary life. Many of the cases of idiopathic hypertrophy properly belong under this category'. Tachycardia. — -Enlargement of the heart often occurs as the result of increa.sed cardiac action. The most typical example of this form of hypertrophy is seen in Graves' disease. In some instances the rapid heart action and the goitre may constitute the only sj'mptoms of the disease. Neurotic individuals often suffer from tachycardia and slight cardiac hypertrophy. Symptoms. — Even extreme degrees of hypertrophy may exist for a long time without producing symptoms. This is natural as the hyper- trophy develops as a defensive measure and for varying periods of time the circulatory mechanism suffers no inconvenience. Eventuallj-, how- ever, the increased amount of work tends to exhaust the muscle or the demands on it become so great that compensation can no longer be maintained. Premonitory symptoms are usually present before the heart becomes definitely insufficient. Thus there may be transient attacks of faintness or dizziness, palpitation, or an annoying sense of fluttering of the heart. Shortness of breath or a sense of precordial oppression is common, espe- cially after exertion. In some instances the violent action of the heart may give rise to pain in the region of the heart, throbbing sensations in the head and neck and to pulsatile noises in the ears. Finalh', dilata- tion supervenes and the symptoms and physical signs of failing com- pensation appear. These differ in no particular from those occurring in chronic valvular disease. Physical Signs. — Inspection. — The apex beat is displaced downward and outward. It may be but sHghtly removed from its normal position, or, as in the case of marked hypertroph}-, it may be in the sixth or seventh interspace and as far to the left as the mid-axillarv line. The cardiac DISEASES OF THE MYOCARDIUM 677 impulse is seen as a gentle heave. In very thick-chested individuals neither the apex beat nor the heaving impulse may be visible, even when a considerable degree of hypertrophy is present. Palpation. — This serves to confirm the location of the apex beat and also the rather diffuse and heaving character of the impulse. By pal- pation the amount of hypertrophy can be roughly estimated by the strength of the impulse. The cardiac impulse is not only felt to be forcible and diffuse but in addition the overlying ribs may be distinctly lifted. The forcibleness of the impulse is sometimes better appreciated by pressing the fingers into the intercostal spaces. In those cases in which the hypertrophy is due in large part to high arterial tension (chronic nephritis, lead poisoning, gout, etc.) the pulse will feel full and tense. It usually takes considerable pressure to com- pletely obliterate the pulse. In such cases the blood-pressure is always high. Percussion.- — Unless the hypertrophy is very slight the area of cardiac dulness will be found to be increased downward and to the left. Dulness to the right of the sternum is also increased due to the dilatation and hypertrophy of the right ventricle. Auscultation. — Unless the hypertrophy is due to chronic valvular disease or slight dilatation is also present, no murmurs are heard. The first sound is loud, low-pitched and more prolonged than normal and gives the impression of a powerfully contracting muscle. The second sound is usually very distinct at the apex. At the aortic area the second sound may be accentuated and ringing in character. In such cases there is usually present a chronic aortitis. Reduplication of the first sound at the apex may be the first intimation of oncoming dilatation of the left ventricle. DILATATION OF THE HEART Just as in the case of hypertrophy one or all of the chambers of the heart may be involved. In mitral stenosis, for instance, distention of the left auricle may, for a time, be the only evidence of dilatation. As the back pressure becomes greater and greater the right ventricle also be- comes dilated as does also finally the right auricle. Generally speaking, the use of the term "dilatation of the heart" has reference to dilatation of the left ventricle, although, as a rule, the right ventricle is also dilated. An increase in the capacity of one or more of the chambers of the heart may be due to temporary distention or to permanent dilatation. By the term distention we have in mind a condition in which the chamber enlarges temporarily as the result of some unusual physiological demand, and when this requirement has ceased the normal condition returns. Thus in cases of relative tricuspid insufficiency the right ventricle may become distended temporarily as the result of exertion necessitating great muscular and intrathoracic straining. In such cases the valvular orifice is stretched as the result of the distention of the ventricle and a leakage occurs. In like manner the enlargement of the left ventricle in compensated valvular disease is to be regarded as a physiological disten- tion and not a dilatation, even if the condition is permanent and not temporary. The distention is caused by the increased volume of blood the left ventricle is forced to handle. In the great majority of cases hypertrophy quickly takes place in order to meet the increased work. 678 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AXD AORTA When, however, the heart muscle no longer responds to this demand for increased work, the ventricle then becomes pathologically distended or dilated (Fig. 385). Dilatation is seen in the most characteristic aspects when the heart muscle is the seat of degenerative changes. Thus as the result of fatty or fibroid degeneration the muscle becomes weak, inefficient and unable to meet the normal demands. Inability of the ventricle to properly empty itself quickly leads to dilatation. That an anatomical defect is not the sole cause of dilatation is evident from the fact that hearts are seen at the autopsy table in which marked degenerative changes have taken place and 3'et these hearts during life have performed their work fairly satisfactorily and without becoming dilated. JMackenzie believes that the loss of muscular tonicity is the essential feature of dilatation. So long as the tonicity remains unim- paired, or is only slightly diminished, dilatation does not occur even when there is present a serious anatomical lesion. AVhen, however, the tonicity is lost either as the result of the exhaustion of a hypertrophied muscle or because of disease, the heart dilates. This has been demonstrated experimentally. Thus if extra work is suddenl}" demanded of the left ventricle as the result of clamping the aorta, the chamber dilates (phj'siologically distends) and the systolic output is diminished. In healthy hearts there occurs, as the result of increased tonicity, an increase in the systolic output and the ventricle empties itself properly. If, however, the obstruction is too great or the muscle is in- capable of responding, the ventricle becomes pathologicallj^ dilated (Frank, Hirschf elder). Dilatation, therefore, may be defined as a condition in which as the result of loss of muscle tone, a diseased heart muscle or one which finally exhausts its reserve power is no longer able to carry on the extra work demanded of it. Dilatation of the heart may be acute or chronic. Acute dilatation may occur as the result of excessive muscular exertion, especially in in- dividuals out of training or as the result of toxic processes, such as diph- theria, typhoid fever or pneumonia. Sudden mental shock also may lead to an acute dilatation of the heart. Chronic dilatation is often associated with or is the sequel of hyper- trophy. It usually occurs as the result of inadequate nutrition and in- creased endocardial pressure and to an increased demand for hypertrophy. Degenerative changes in the heart muscle are very commonly associated with dilatation. At the autopsy table the dilated heart is found to be much enlarged and distended with blood. The walls are thin, flabby, softer than normal and often pale in color from fatty changes. Because of thinness of the wall of the right ventricle this chamber usualh' shows the most marked evidence of dilatation. The auriculo-ventricular orifices are widely dilated and the septa may bulge toward the less affected side. Symptoms and Physical Signs of Dilatation. — The symptoms of car- diac dilatation vaiy greath'. They may consist of nothing more than slight dyspnea and a sense of precordial oppression after exertion. If, however, the ventricle habitually fails to expel all of its contents, the symptoms become more and more marked and the failure of the circula- tion manifests itself in distant organs and tissues. The subcutaneous tissues become edematous, the lungs congested, effusions take place in the DISEASES OF THE MYOCARDIUM 679 serous cavities and the liver becomes engorged. The urine is scanty in amount, of a high specific gravity and contains much albumen. Often there will be present reflex sensory symptoms as shown by areas of hyperalgesia of the skin and muscles of the left chest, axillary fold and the sternomastoid and trapezius muscles (Mackenzie) (see p. 44). The physical signs of dilatation are as follows: Displacement of the apex beat downward and outward; diffuse pulsation; the evidences of general venous engorgement; marked increase of cardiac dulness in the transverse diameter ; the presence of murmurs of relative insufficiency at the mitral and tricuspid areas; and loss of the muscular quality of the first sound. The subject of failing compensation is considered more in detail under the heading chronic valvular disease. MYOCARDITIS The term myocarditis is not altogether a satisfactory one. It is retained because, by common usage, it implies disease of the myocardium. Strictly speaking myocarditis is a misnomer inasmuch as many of the conditions embraced under the term, are of a degenerative rather than of an inflammatory nature. These changes impair the structure and functional activity of the cardiac muscle, and may affect all or only a portion of the myocardium. In many instances the ganglia and nerves of the heart are also involved. The severity of the lesion will depend in some cases, on its extent and in others, on its location. The location is an extremely important factor for if the muscle fibers composing the car- diac conduction path (auriculo-ventricular bundle) are diseased, the results are much more serious than if an equal amount of non-specialized tissue is implicated. It is important to bear this fact in mind as there are many cases which during life present marked symptoms of cardiac in- sufficiency and yet at the autopsy no evidence of myocarditis is found. The true explanation of this discrepancy probably lies in the fact that a routine autopsy is apt to overlook these small specialized areas which may be the only portion of the myocardium involved. Disease of the auriculo- ventricular bundle (bundle of His) possesses a pathology of its own and will be considered separately (pp. 171 and 196). Myocarditis may occur in an acute and in a chronic form. Acute Myocarditis Etiology. — With few exceptions acute myocarditis occurs as the result of some acute infectious process. Involvement of the myocardium is so frequent in certain of the acute infections that the possibility of its presence should always be borne in mind. Acute rheumatic fever is one of the most important of the acute infections in this regard. It is not sufficiently appreciated that in most cases of rheumatic endocarditis the myocardium is also involved, and it is to the latter that many cases of cardiac hypertrophy and chronic myocarditis owe their origin. Coombs^ has pointed out that death in the rheumatic carditis of childhood is generally directly due to the myocardial lesions. Diphtheria. — It is well known that in diphtheria serious myocardial 1 Quarterly Jour. Med., October. 1908. 680 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA changes are often present and that sudden death is not an infrequent occurrence. The sHghtest evidence of cardiac weakness or irregularity, other than sinus arrhythmia, during or immediately after an attack of diphtheria is to be looked upon as serious. In such cases every precaution should be taken to avoid even the most trifling exertion. Influenza is often associated with marked myocardial changes. It is important to remember that the evidences of cardiac mischief usually appear some time after the disappearance of the primaiy disease. In the aged or in the debilitated, sudden death from cardiac failure, several weeks after apparent recover}^ from influenza, is not an unusual accident. Syphilis. — It is now recognized that myocardial changes may occur in the early stages of syphilis (see "Mj^ocardial Changes Due to Syphilis"). Typhoid fever is quite constantly associated with m3'ocardial changes. Although sudden death, due to cardiac failure, is rare in typhoid fever, the heart is often permanently damaged to a greater or lesser extent. Acute myocarditis may occur also in scarlatina, smallpox and gonorrhea. Sudden blocking of one of the coronary vessels by an embolism or thrombus is a not infrequent cause of localized acute myocarditis. The sudden shutting off of the blood supply leads to a verj'- rapid degenera- tion or acute necrosis in the affected area. If the embolus is septic in origin an abscess results. Acute abscess formation in the myocardium may be part of a general pyemic process such as occurs in puerperal fever or malignant endocarditis. Among 9940 autopsy records analyzed by Norris there were 6 cases of aaite suppurative myocarditis. Morbid Anatomy. — -The pathological picture of acute myocarditis will depend on the exciting cause. The most frequent of the myocardial changes is an acute parenchymatous degeneration which results from the action of toxins in the course of the acute infections. It is a diffuse process and varies greath' in severity. It may consist of nothing more than a slight cloud}' swelling. In well-marked cases there is in addi- tion a granular degeneration of the muscle fibers. The myocardium then presents a pale turbid or opaque appearance which has been likened, by Adami, to parboiled meat or raw fish. The muscle is soft, flabby and readily torn. The ventricles, especialh^ the left, are usually dilated. Microscopically the muscle fibers are seen to be swollen, fragmented and the striations more or less obscured by minute granules which are prob- abl}^ albuminoid in nature. Less frequently an acute interstitial myocarditis occurs as the result of one of the acute infections or acute pericarditis. In this form there are collections of inflammator}^ leukocj^tes between the muscle fibers and connective-tissue proliferation. Minute hemorrhagic areas are often present also. When the change has been slight in degree, recovery of the muscle is usually complete. In other instances the damage is so great that death ensues as the result of cardiac failure; in still other instances the muscle remains permanently impaired and a chronic myocarditis eventuallj^ develops. AVhen the nutrition of the heart is interfered with as the result of the sudden blocking of one of the branches of the coronary artery a localized myocarditis occurs. This may be septic or benign in character. The former is encountered in cases of general sepsis in which the finer branches of the coronary artery are blocked with septic emboli. As a result small DISEASES OF THE MYOCAEDIUM 681 abscesses develop in the myocardium. These vary in size from a pin- head to a split pea. The benign form may occur as the result of an embolism or thrombosis in a coronary artery, the seat of atheromatous changes. In such cases the blood supply to a given area of the mj'ocardium is suddenly shut off. It is variously designated anemic necrosis, acute softening and myomalacia cordis. Cardiac infarcts are most commonly seen in the left ventricle and septum which are supplied by the anterior coronary artery. The appearance of the infarct depends on its age. The changes which follow blocking of one of the branches of the coi'onary artery are usually rapid. At first the affected area is yellow or grayish-red in color. It is of an irregular or wedge shape and projects slightly above the sur- face. The initial change is a coagulative necrosis and softening. The weakened point in the heart wall may rupture and cause sudden death. This is rare. The usual termination is the transformation of the infarct into scar tissue. Symptoms. — It too often happens that the physician in his anxiety over the symptoms due to the primary disease loses sight of the secondary changes which may occur. At the best, the initial symptoms indica- tive of mj^ocardial weakness in the acute infections are slight, easity overlooked and may be entirely absent. The sudden death of the patient may be the first intimation that cardiac weakness has been present. In some instances the myocardial weakness m.anifests itself during the febrile stage; in others, notably influenza and diphtheria, circulatory disturbances may not appear until much later. The syrnptoms of myocardial weakness are restlessness or apathy, breathlessness on exertion, a sense of constriction in the chest and, at times, pain which is anginoid in character. In the more serious cases there will be evidences of dilatation of the heart, namely, cyanosis, dyspnea, precordial and hepatic pain, vomiting and edema. Physical Signs. — Inspection.- — In the severe cases the patient often presents a pallid appearance and is either apathetic or very restless. If dilatation has occurred there may be cyanosis and more or less edema of the lower extremities. Inspection of the precordium may be negative but if considerable dilatation has taken place the apex beat is displaced to the left and the impulse may be diffuse. Palpation. — This serves to locate the apex beat and to determine the force of the impulse. Of more importance is the character of the pulse. The most common change in the pulse is feebleness with or without an increase in the rate. Much less frequently there is a bradycardia. Un- due slowness of the pulse is most often encountered some weeks after recovery from an attack of influenza. The bradycardia may be vagal in origin or it may be caused by changes in the auriculo-ventricular bundle. The most serious change to be noted in the pulse is lability and arrhyth- mia. The latter may be due to changes in the force of the respective beats or to alterations in the rhythm. The blood-pressure in acute mj^ocarditis is usually low. Percussion. — Unless considerable dilatation is present there will be no change noted. An increase in the transverse diameter of the heart speaks for dilatation. Auscultation. — If the myocardial weakness is at all marked the heart sounds are accentuated and short and the first sound lacks the normal 682 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA muscular quality. The second pulmonic sound is usually sharply accen- tuated. Either the first or second sound may be reduplicated; if redupli- cation of the former occurs it may be the first intimation of dilatation. A functional murmur at the mitral area is common and in some instances a similar murmur may be heard also at the tricuspid area. Diagnosis. — As has been pointed out, the diagnosis of acute myo- carditis is not eas3^ and in many instances is a matter of conjecture. Armed with the knowledge that the condition is a frequent accompani- ment of the acute infections, the physician should always be alert to detect the slightest alterations in the circulatory mechanism. No matter how trivial these may appear, they should be given serious consideration and measures taken to guard the patient against undue exertion. It is im- portant to bear in mind that the evidences of myocardial weakness may not appear until several weeks after the patient has recovered from the acute infection. For this reason patients who have recovered from in- fluenza and diphtheria, especially the latter, should be kept under supervision. Chronic Myocarditis Etiology.^ — The causes of chronic myocarditis are extremely varied. In every instance the chronic lesion is probably the sequel of an acute process but in the great majority of instances the latter passes unrecog- nized. As a rule the progress of the myocardial change from an acute inflammatory or degenerative process to one of a chronic nature is insidious and gives no evidence of its presence until more or less serious muscular insufficiency develops. Not infrequently urgent cardiac symptoms develop suddenh^ and in the midst of apparent health. If this occurs in relatively young or middle-aged individuals syphilis is to be suspected. One of the most important causes of chronic myocardial changes is disturbance of the coronary circulation which results in poor cardiac nutrition. This may be abrupt as the result of an embolus or thrombus in which case a coagulative necrosis takes place and later scar tissue is formed. More commonly the nutrition of the heart muscle is lowered by reason of sclerosis of the coronary vessels. The extent of the myo- cardial changes will depend on the amount of vascular damage. The causes of the coronary sclerosis are the same as those producing arterio- sclerosis elsewhere. The blood supply to the heart may be seriously inter- fered with by closure of the mouths of the coronar}^ vessels as the result of disease of the first part of the aorta, the coronary vessels themselves being healthy. This is especially apt to occur as the result of syphilitic aortitis. It is well known that the final stage in chronic valvular disease is, in the great majority of instances, muscular insufficiency due to myocardial degeneration. This is brought about partly by increased work and partly by perversions in cardiac metabolism. Similarly the hypertrophy and dilatation which result from persistent cardiac strain whether due to phj'sical exertion, to hypertension in the arteries or to adherent pericardi- tis, lead to myocardial degeneration because of the increased work de- manded of the heart. There ma}^ be included in this group also those instances in which the heart for long periods of time beats at a greatly increased rate, the most notable example of which is seen in exophthalmic goitre. DISEASES OF THE MYOCARDIUM 683 Myocarditis has also been attributed to high-pressure methods of living, severe physical labor and hardship and the chronic infections, espe- cially syphihs. Inasmuch as these factors are very frequentl}' the under- lying causes of general arterio-sclerosis it is probable that sclerosis of the coronary vessels is the actual cause of the myocardial changes. Finall}^ degenerative changes may be brought about by chronic in- toxications, such as perversions of metabohsm, alcoholism, nicotine poisoning, phosphorus poisoning, the prolonged use of arsenic, etc. Christian^ in a study of 407 cases of chronic myocarditis found that none of the commonly given etiological factors was entirely satisfactory and that in some instances there was no adequate explanation as to why the muscle failed. The muscular insufficiency usually manifests itself first in that portion of the heart in which the strain has been greatest. Thus in general arterio- sclerosis, aortic insufficiency, and the hypertrophy due to excessive exer- tion, it is the left ventricle which is subjected to the greatest strain. On the other hand, chronic pulmonary lesions, such as emphysema, asthma or fibrosis of the lungs and mitral lesions, throw the greatest amount of work on the right ventricle and in such cases it is this chamber which is the first to become embarrassed. Morbid Anatomy. — The demonstrable anatomical lesions are either of a fibroid or fatty nature. In not a few instances, however, neither the gross nor the microscopic examination reveals the cause of the failure of the muscle although the chnical picture in these cases is iden- tical with those showing definite changes. Fibrous myocarditis or fibroid degeneration may be limited to a small localized area or there may be numerous small patches of fibrosis or the change may be diffuse in character. The localized patch following an infarct from blocking of one of the coronary vessels has been referred under acute myocarditis. The patchy and diffuse forms are most fre- quently due to sclerosis of the coronary arteries. In some cases numerous small areas of anemic necrosis undergo fibroid changes; in others, the inter- ference with the blood supply causes a slow and gradual fibroid degenera- tion. Fibroid areas may result also from areas of acute inflammation or as the result of the action of a toxin. The fibrosis is found most often in the apex of the left ventricle and in the septum (Fig. 388). It msiy be limited, however, to the papillary muscles, the right ventricle, or the auricles. Aneurism of the heart wall always has its origin at the site of a fibroid area. Eupture of the heart is an occasional accident resulting from chronic fibrous myocarditis. Fatty Heart. — This is a relative!}' common condition. Two forms are recognized, namely fatty degeneration and fatty infiltration or fatty overgrowth. Fatty degeneration is met with in cachectic conditions, in prolonged infections, and as an accompaniment of or sequel of acute parenchymatous degeneration. The condition often occurs in an extreme form in perni- cious anemia and phosphorus poisoning. Disease of the coronaries may cause fatty degeneration although fibroid changes more frequently result. The heart muscle is pale in color, and soft in consistency, so that the finger readily penetrates it. The heart may be so softened and so flabbj- that it entirely loses its normal contour when removed from the bod}*. ^ Jour. Amer. Med. Assoc, June 22. 191S. 684 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA Very commonl}^ the muscle will show streaks or patches of yellowish- brown, the so-called "tabby cat" striation. The striations are usually well marked in the papillaiy muscles. Fatty degeneration is usually most apparent in the left ventricle, near the apex. The right ventricle, the septum and auricles are involved in the order mentioned. Microscopically tiny globules of fat are seen deposited in the muscle fibers and not between them. Fatty infiltration or fatty overgrowth is a condition in which the heart is encased in a thick layer of fat. In extreme cases the muscle may be completely hidden. In addition fat is deposited between but not in the muscle fibers. Usually fatty infiltration is a part of general obesity but it occasionall}' is met with in the absence of undue stoutness. Brown atrophy is a common condition and is usually found in associa- tion with valvular lesions and in senile hearts. The color of the heart muscle is reddish-brown and the consistencj^ is much increased. Of the more unusual anatomical lesions may be mentioned fragmenta- tion and segmentation of the muscle fibers, calcareous degeneration, amyloid degeneration and hyaline transformation. Inasmuch as the physical signs of mitral regurgitation are usually present the autopsy records of the Peter Bent Brigham Hospital are of interest, in that they show that the mitral valve was normal in 32 out of 41 cases (Christian). Symptoms. — The clinical picture of chronic myocarditis is a varied one. Not infrequently symptoms are absent or very trivial in character and 3'et well-marked lesions are found at the autopsy. Sudden death may be the first intimation that a serious cardiac lesion is present. On the other hand, the clinical picture may point clearly to insufficiency of the heart muscle and yet at the autopsy no lesion is found. Cabot in a com- parison of the clinical and pathological diagnoses of myocarditis found that the condition was correctlj^ recognized in 22 per cent., overlooked in 26 per cent., and diagnosticated when not present in 52 per cent. Of the last-mentioned group it ma}^ be said that small localized areas of dis- ease, particularly in the specialized tissue of the conduction path, may have escaped notice. Careful microscopic studies are much needed in that group of cases which give symptoms of cardiac insufficiency but which at death show no gross anatomical lesion. Unless symptoms are entirely wanting the one outstanding feature of chronic mj-ocardial degeneration is cardiac insufficiency. To a greater or lesser extent the symptoms which characterize this condition will always be present. Very often, however, the symptoms of cardiac weak- ness are overshadowed by some special symptom complex, as for instance, angina pectoris, Stokes- Adams disease, or hypertension with or without chronic nephritis. The first intimation of myocardial weakness may be transient attacks of dizziness or faintness and this is especially apt to occur in robust, middle-aged men with arterio-sclerosis. Breathlessness and a sense of oppression in the chest after some slight but unusual exertion are early symptoms. Pain is especially apt to occur if the exertion follows a meal. The pain passes off with the eructation of gas. In such cases the trouble may be attributed, erroneoush% to dj^spepsia. Slight swelling of the feet and ankles may be an early manifestation. Associated with the Fig. 388. — Old scars in the heart-wall (chronic fibrous myocarditis). (MacCallum, "Text-Book of Pathology.") DISEASES OF THE MYOCARDirM 685 dyspnea there may be anginoid attacks of pain and as has been stated, true angina may dominate the picture. In other instances, the patient suffers from collapse in which he sweats and has a feeble but slow pulse. The symptoms just given may be transient but, as a rule, thej' tend to become increasingly severe until the characteristic picture of dilatation or incompetence appears. The dyspnea persists, even at rest, and Cheyne-Stokes breathing maj^ occur. Cough is often annojdng and the sputum hemorrhagic as the result of pulmonary' infarcts. The patient is pale, usually cyanosed and there is often edema of the lower extremities. Owing to the back pressure in the veins the liver becomes engorged and painful and in addition there is nausea and vomiting. In the terminal stages mental symptoms are common. In obese individuals with fatty overgrowth of the heart, dyspneic attacks, resembling asthma, are common. The puffing respiration of such individuals is usually ascribed to their obesity but more often it is an evidence of cardiac weakness. In some individuals, dj'spnea without cyanosis results from acidosis, due either to insufficient renal elimination or to failing compensation which causes carbon dioxid retention in the blood. AMien acidosis as indicated by the alveolar carbon dioxid tension, occurs in cardiac and cardio-renal disease, it is associated with an in- creased stimulability to carbon dioxid in the inspired air. In addition, these patients are subject to attacks of bronchitis, and to attacks of dizziness and faintness. In some corpulent individuals the face has a duskA', congested appearance which is commonh' ascribed to ruddy health but which in realit}^ is an evidence of venous stasis. Physical Signs. — In taking up the physical signs of myocarditis no mention will be made of the secondary* changes which take place in the heart as the result of hypertrophy whether due to valvular lesions or to hypertension. These have been considered under their appropriate headings. The signs described here are those which occur in association with fibrosis of the heart muscle and in the so-called fatty heart. Inspection. — The apex beat may be seen in its normal position, but as a rule, it is displaced to a greater or lesser distance beyond the nipple line and the impulse is feeble and diffuse. Pulsation of the vessels in the neck ma}' be marked. Palpatio?!. — The pulse shows the greatest variations. It may be irregular, either as to force or rhythm, and rapid or slow. In many cases it is simply weak. Irregularity is perhaps the most common abnormality but is often not present until the late stages of the disease. The arrhyth- mia may be due to extrasystoles or to auricular fibrillation. A very slow pulse is not infrequent and often there are associated with it other symptoms characteristic of the Stokes-Adams syndrome. Shght physical exertion markedly accelerates the pulse rate which remains high for some time afterward. The blood-pressure varies according to the underlying cause of the mj'ocarditis. In fatty degeneration it is often low but in spite of well- marked cardiac lesions the normal pressure may be maintained or even increased. In the mj'ocarditis of old age the exciting cause is, as a rule, sclerosis of the coronary vessels. Being a part of general arterio-sclerosis, the blood-pressure is high. In obese individuals with fattj' overgrowth of the heart, the blood-pressure is usualty high. 686 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA Percussion.- — -The cardiac outline is usually enlarged to the left and if dilatation is present, cardiac dulness will be increased. Auscultation. — The heart sounds are not characteristic: they may be distant and feeble, gallop rhythm may be present, the first sound may be short and sharp and the second pulmonic or second aortic may be accentuated. A systolic murmur is usually present at the apex due to relative insufficiency of the mitral valve. It may be soft and blowing or harsh or have a musical quality and may be transmitted toward the axilla. It tends to disappear with rest and appropriate treatment. On the other hand, it is often possible to bring out such a murmur by having the patient ascend a flight of stairs or walk up and down the room for a few minutes. A murmur developing under these circumstances is practically always an evidence of muscular insufficiency. Because of this murmur and the signs of failing compensation the condition is often erroneously considered to be mitral regurgitation. There may be a tricuspid murmur and a positive venous pulse due to relative insuf- ficiency and, in not a few cases, there is a systolic murmur at the aortic area due to sclerosis or dilatation of the first part of the aorta. Diagnosis.^ — Patients in whom a diagnosis of chronic myocarditis seems to be justified are, as a rule, individuals past the middle period of life who develop symptoms characteristic of cardiac insufficiency. On examination the transverse diameter of cardiac dulness is increased, the first sound is feeble and valvular in character and associated with it there is usually a systolic murmur. The second aortic or pulmonic sound may be accentuated and ringing. The type of case which too commonly escapes recognition is that in which symptoms are absent or too trivial to demand attention. This is the type in which sudden death is often the first intimation that serious cardiac disease is present. Babcock states that myocardial damage may be strongly suspected in individuals of or beyond middle age who have dissipated, overindulged themselves at the table, or lived at high pressure. They will often be found to have a high blood-pressure, arteries which are visibly and palpably thickened and albumen and casts in the urine. Examination of the heart will show some increase in dulness to the left^ an intensely accentuated second aortic sound, and accentuation of and a valvular quality of the first sound at the apex. A harsh systolic murmur at the aortic area is a frequent finding (see p. 742) . It is well to bear in mind that the etiology and symptomatology of chronic degeneration of the myocardium and the blood-vessels are often essentially the same and that the presence of one almost invariably im- plies the other. ANEURISM OF THE HEART Aneurism of the heart wall may occur in an acute and a chronic form. The acute type is a sequel to ulcerative endocarditis and usually termi- nates by perforating into the pericardial sac. It is of pathological in- terest only. Etiology. — The condition is rare. In a study of 9940 autopsy records at the Pennsylvania and Philadelphia General Hospitals, Norris found 8 cases. In 1908 M'Elroy^ found there had been recorded in medical ' Jour. Am. Med. Assoc, Aug. 1, 1908. DISEASES OF THE MYOCARDIUM 687 literature 300 cases. Cardiac aneurism is practically always a sequel of chronic fibroid myocarditis. Morbid Anatomy. — The condition is usually single although occasion- ally more than one has been noted. The aneurism is nearly always located in the anterior part of the left ventricle near the apex and usually consists of a globular distention in this region (Fig. 389). At the point of bulging the heart wall is greatly thinned and fibrous in character. Fig. 389. — Aneurism of the left ventricle. The left ventricular wall, which is elsewhere hypertrophied, is markedly attenuated on its left side at and above the apex. In this region a marked bulging, about the size and shape of a large duck egg, is seen. _ The endo- cardium in this region is covered with calcareous plaques. The aortic and mitral valves show moderate sclerosis. {Specimen from the Philadelphia Hospital.) The ventricle elsewhere is usually hypertrophied. The endocardium lining the aneurism is often thickened, opaque and may show calcareous plaques. The aneurismal sac may be filled with a thrombus. If the opening into the ventricle is narrow a thrombus usually forms and this tends to relieve the strain on the thin and weakened wall. In the ma- 688 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA jority of cases, however, the strain proves too great and rupture takes place. The size of the aneurism varies greatly; it ma}' be the size of a fist or even larger. Symptoms and Signs. ^ — There are no symptoms which can be at- tributed to this lesion. Inasmuch as it is one of the phases of chronic fibrous myocarditis the svmptoms presented will be those occurring in the latter condition. If it is to be recognized at all it will be by the presence of a pulsatile tumor situated at a point beyond the limits of the aorta. At first sight the condition with which a pulsatile tumor, due to a cardiac aneurism, is most apt to be confused is a pulsating empyema. The absence of signs pointing to fluid in the pleural sac and failure to Fig. .390. — Aneurism of left ventricle. (Patient of Dr. J. N. Henry.) obtain pus with an exploring needle serves to rule out emp^'ema. Owing to the enlargement of the heart and the change in its contour a cardiac aneurism may simulate a pericardial effusion and aspiration be performed. The following case was seen at the Pennsylvania Hospital on the serv- ice of Dr. J. Norman Henry. The patient, a colored woman, aged forty-two j-ears, was admitted to the hospital complaining of extreme shortness of breath, weakness, cough and swelling of the legs. Her husband and several brothers and sisters had died of tuberculosis. For the past DISEASES OF THE MYOCARDIUM 689 three years she had had a cough and expectoration and occasional night sweats. She had been married eight years but had had no children or miscarriages. Her present illness began suddenly with dyspnea, palpitation and edema of the legs, a month prior to her admission to the hospital. Her cough had become worse and for two months she had been hoarse. Physical Examination. — On inspection there was seen in the left axillary region, at the level of the eighth rib, a pulsating tumor which was definitely expansile (see Fig. 14). The heart was displaced to the right. No murmurs were heard. Over the lower half of the left chest the percussion note was flat, the breath sounds were barely audible and vocal fremitus was diminished. The Wassermann reaction was strongly positive. Fluoroscopic examination showed the presence of fluid in the left chest and distinct pulsation. The heart and trachea were much displaced to the right. Later a slight effusion was present on the right side also. The left side was tapped and 900 c.c. of serous fluid withdrawn. The diagnosis seemed at first to lie between a pulsating empyema and an aneurism. The former was ruled out after the paracentesis as the pulsation persisted. A diagno- sis of aneurism of the thoracic aorta was untenable because of the location of the pul- sating tumor. The patient died six months after admission as the result of a cerebral hemorrhage. The heart (Fig. 390) showed the presence of a large aneurism in the left ventricle just posterior to the apex of the heart. The wall of the aneurism was composed of fibrous tissue. MYOCARDIAL CHANGES DUE TO SYPHILIS , Until comparatively recently the only lesion of the heart that could unmistakably be attributed to syphilis was the gumma, although it has always been recognized that syphilitic subjects were prone to suffer from degenerative changes of the heart muscle. These changes, however, were looked upon as part of a general or coronary arterio-sclerosis. Since the discovery of the spirocheta pallida, histological studies have demon- strated that this organism shows an especial predilection for the aorta and heart. It is now clearly proved that the root of the aorta is especi- ally vulnerable and that in many instances the aortic valves are also implicated. Furthermore, the studies of Warthin^ and others have shown that the heart muscle itself may be invaded by the spirochetse and that the infection may occur in the early stages of syphilis. In 41 cases of syphilis studied by Warthin, active syphilitic lesions were found in the heart muscle in 36. Heretofore it has been taught that syphilitic changes in the heart occurred only as late manifestations of the disease. Morbid Anatomy.- — There seems to be a selective tendency on the part of the spirochetae to attack the coronary vessels. In a series of 50 cases studied by Brooks^ the coronary arteries in 35 showed a relatively severer degree of change than the remainder of the arterial system. The early syphilitic changes in the heart have been studied by Brooks,^ Adler^ and Warthin.^ The change occurs early in the course of the in- fection and involves the terminals of the coronary system. The first alteration consists of an infiltration of mononuclear cells in the muscle about the vessels and in addition there are numerous spirochetse. This is followed by cellular fibrosis and finally necrosis. Brooks urges the importance of bearing in mind the character of the lesion and the fact that it may manifest itself during the so-called secondary period. Vigor- ously treated, such lesions may be recovered from without permanent ^ Trans. Assoc. Am. Phys., 1914. 2 International Clinics, Twenty-fifth Series, vol. i, 1915. ^ Loc. cit. * Trans. Assoc. Am. Phys., 1898. 44 . ■ • 690 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA damage being done to the heart. Neglected, there may eventually result areas of fibrosis or the formation of gummata. The late cardiac changes due to syphilis are fairly common. In an analysis of the cardiac lesions found in 50 consecutive cases of syphilis Brooks found that the changes in the heart muscle were by far the most common. Fatty degeneration was found in 44; fibroid changes occurred in 4 and in 5 there were fibroid changes and fatty degeneration. Gum- mata were present in 5 of the 50 cases. Mracek,i among 60 cases, found Fig. 391. — The nodular gummatous mass obliterates the undefended space ol tlie inter- ventricular septum, and entirely fills that part of the septum through which the auriculo- ventricular bundle runs. (Specimen from the Pennsylvania Hospital.) gummata in 10. In common with degenerative changes due to other causes syphilitic involvement may include or be limited to the speciaUzed fibers, known as the auriculo-ventricular bundle. There are now on record a number of cases of the Adams-Stokes syndrome in which the bundle of His was the site of a gummatous infiltration. An excellent example of this is shown in Fig. 391. The lesions are chiefly encountered 1 Arch. f. Dermatol, und Syph., 1893, xxv, p. 279. DISEASES OF THE MYOCARDIUM 691 in the ventricles, are generally multiple and, as a rule, are sharply defined and encapsulated (see Fig. 392 j. Absorption of the gumma may be followed bv cardiac fibrosis or aneurism. Symptoms. — The symptoms of the late cardiac manifestations of syphilis differ in no particular from degenerative changes due to other It is not generally appreciated, however, that the heart may be causes Yjq, 392. — Gumma of the left ventricle. {Specimen from the Pennsylvania Hospital.) affected early in the infection and that at this time the evidences of severe cardiac weakness may be present. Brooks found that dyspnea was the most common symptom in the early cases. Precordial pain and tender- ness are also common and in some instances anginal attacks are frequent. Grassmann^ also has directed attention to the cardiac sj^mptoms arising in early syphihs. He found that dilatation of the right heart was com- mon and that a functional or accidental murmur at the apex was present 1 Munch, med. Woch., 1897, xliv; Deid. Arch.f. Klin. Med., 1900, Ixix, 58, 264. 692 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA in 40 per cent, of his cases. The murmur is soft and blowing in character, becomes more evident on exercise and is occasionally transmitted toward the axilla. In addition, alterations in the cardiac rhythm are almost uni- versally present in the form of arrhj'thmia, brad\^cardia or tachycardia. The cardiac involvement may be severe enough to cause death at this time; on the other hand, vigorous antiluetic treatment usually causes a disappearance of the symptoms. As a rule, the symptoms of the late cardiac manifestations of syphilis differ in no particular from degenerative changes due to other causes. Sears ^ believes that s\'philis should be suspected, however, in apparently healthy patients who as the result of overwork or some sudden exertion, suddenly develop urgent cardiac symptoms. These symptoms may con- sist of tachycardia accompanied by great anxiety and mental distress or by the usual signs of myocardial insufficienc3\ Severe headache and vomiting may be earl}' symptoms. A striking feature of these cases is their faihire to respond to the ordinary cardiac tonics. Breitmann- believes that many supposedly rheumatic heart affections are in reality syphilitic in origin. This should be suggested by the rapid onset of cardiac s3'mptoms, with or without fever, in the midst of apparent health. Death may occur suddenly or the cardiac weakness may persist for a long time without signs of valvular mischief and without being influenced by the ordinary heart tonics. Diagnosis. — It is to be borne in mind that syphilis ma}- attack the heart earh' in the course of the infection and for this reason the heart should be carefulh' examined. The occurrence of cardiac symptoms or signs at this time demand active antiluetic treatment. The recognition of cardiac syphilis as a late manifestation is dependent on establishing the presence of an acquired or congenital infection. In some instances it is frankly acknowledged that such an infection has occurred; in others it is denied. In the absence of syphilitic stigmata the Wassermann test is our main reliance. Syphilis is to be suspected if cardiac symptoms suddenh' develop in 3'oung or middle-aged individuals who have been health}' previoush'. GOITRE HEART Enlargement of the heart, independent of an\' valvular, pericardial, arterial, pulmonary, or renal changes, is not infrequently caused by the presence of a goitre. The hypertrophy may be caused in one of two ways: (1) By mechanical interference as the result of extension of the enlarged thyroid through the upper aperture of the thorax. An intra- thoracic goitre may cause pressure on the blood-vessels of the thorax or it may interfere with the respiratory act and thus throw additional work on the heart. Einthoven noted considerable pressure on the trachea in 15 per cent, of 100 cases. It is to be borne in mind, however, that goitre stenosis does not necessarily produce a goitre heart as one heart may resist the pathological effects while others do not. (2) The most common form of cardiopathy resulting from goitre is that known as the thyrotoxic heart. This may be caused by any kind of a goitre but is seen in its most marked form in goitres associated 1 Boston Med. and Surg. Jour.. June 16, 1910. - Berl. Klin. Woch., September 25, 1912. DISEASES OF THE MYOCARDIUM 693 with thyroid intoxication, particularly in the exophthalmic type of the disease. Morbid Anatomy. — The essential feature of goitre heart is enlarge- ment. The hypertrophy may, for a time, be limited to the left ventricle, but later all of the chambers become hypertrophied and dilated. As already stated the hypertrophy and dilatation occur independently of any of the usual causes. In addition to the enlargement of the chambers, the endocardium may be thickened, either diffusely or in patches and this thickening may extend, in places, some distance into the underlying heart muscle. In common with the dilatation and evidences of failing compensation due to other causes, goitre hearts often contain mural thrombi and also give rise to hemorrhagic infarctions into the viscera, particularly the lungs and kidneys. Symptoms. — When the heart enlarges as the result of mechanical interference the cardiac changes occur insidiously. The first noticeable symptom is, as a rule, shortness of breath and as time goes on this is increased by exertion. In some cases the first symptom is a change in the voice. Later the patient may complain of vertigo, headache, flushing of the face and annoying attacks of palpitation. With the onset of dilatation the symptoms and signs of broken compensation appear; the lungs become congested; the heart's action is constantly rapid and there may be, in addition, arrhythmia; finally edema makes its appearance. In the thyrotoxic cases the first and the most constant cardiac mani- festation is an increased heart action. Not only is the heart action increased in frequency but in intensity as well. The rapidity of the heart's action may come on gradually or it may occur in paroxysms. A very distinctive feature is the fact that the tachycardia is oftentimes caused by the slightest exertion, the pulse-rate quickly running up to 120, 150 or even higher. Although tachycardia has long been recognized as one of the cardinal symptoms of Graves' disease it is only recently that the profession has come to realize that tachycardia arising as the result of exertion or emotional stress, is often a manifestation of unsuspected hyperthyroidism. During the past two or three years the examination of soldiers brought to light many of these cases of hyperthyroidism. The striking feature in nearly every instance is the tachycardia which occurs alike in recruits presenting themselves for initial examination and those who later have had their nervous and circulatory equilibrium upset. In these cases the heart rate is nearly always increased by exercise. Arrhythmia is rarely present. In addition to the tachycardia there is usually a marked throbbing of the superficial arteries and a capillary pulse may be simulated. The patient may complain also of alternate flushing and paling and may have attacks of faintness or dizziness. In addition to the cardiac manifestations there may be marked nervous symptoms in the form of epileptoicl attacks, outbursts of rage, crying, etc. These emotional outbursts are apt to be followed by considerable physical and mental prostration. Brooks states that in about one-third of the cases he encountered there was evidence of hypertrophy of the thyroid. In many others there was a history of goitre in the family, particularly on the maternal side. In others the family history revealed the presence of hysteria, insanity or perversions. A condition presenting much the same picture as hj^perthyroidism 694 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AXD AORTA is that known as the "effort syndrome.'' The latter is characterized by tachycartUa, breathlessness, precordial pain, faintness and exhaustion following exercise. No difficulty is encountered in distinguishing between the two conditions if the tachycardia and symptoms are as- sociated with tumor, enlargement of the thyroid or one or more of the eye signs associated with Graves' disease. In many cases, however, it is almost impossible to determine which of the two conditions is responsible for the cardiac symptoms. Warfield^ states that a past history of precordial pain, exhaustion, and faintness is almost positive proof that the "effort syndrome" is present. Latent tuberculosis may produce much the same phenomena. It is to be distinguished from hyperthyroidism and the "effort syndrome" by reason of the rise in temperature which follows the exercise, no such elevation occurring in the other conditions. The adrenalin test is also of service in doubtful cases. The injection of 7}i minims of adrenalin (1-1000) brings to hght the evidence of hyper- thyroidism or accentuates doubtful s^-mptoms, if this condition is the underlying cause of the trouble. In patients in whom the thyroid gland is enlarged a rapid pulse should always arouse the suspicion that the tachycardia is thyrotoxic rather than cardiac in origin. In additon to the tachycardia, of wliich the patient may or may not be conscious, there is often a complaint of palpitation on exertion, precordial distress and throbbing of the vessels in the neck. The evolution of the hypertrophy of the heart diffeis in no way from that due to well-recognized causes. Sooner or later dilatation occurs and the patient then presents the usual phenomena of faihng compensation. Many of the cases when first seen complain of shoitness of breath, palpi- tation, precordial distress and edema of the lower extremities. Physical Signs. — Infection. — The apex beat of the heart is usually dis- placed to the left and the cardiac impulse is forcible and heaving. The superficial vessels, especially in the neck, pulsate strongly and a capillary pulse may be present. The cardiac impulse may be so forcible as to shake the head or even the whole body of the patient. A pulse tracing readily distinguishes the condition from aortic regurgitation. Palpation. — -The cardiac action is felt to be both rapid and forcible. In the early stages the pulse is regular, readily compressible and often dicrotic. In the later stages when myocardial changes cause dilatation Krumbhaar- found that the electrocardiograph showed various forms of arrhythmia. Blackford and Willus^ in a study of auricular flutter found that condition most frequently associated with exophthalmic goitre. If the arrhythmia is caused by thyroid intoxication it may disappear with the removal of the intoxication. Palpation of the thyroid gland may .show expansile pulsation. Percussion. — The first change is noted on percussion in an extension of dulness to the left due to hypertrophy of the left ventricle. In the later stages when the right ventricle becomes dilated the area of cardiac dulness will extend from 1 to 4 centimeters beyond the right pleural border. If the heart outhne is determined before and after exercise it will often be noted that even slight exertion increases the area of dulness very considerably. Crotti^ considers that a heart that shows an increase 1 Trans. Assoc. Amer. Physicians, 1919. - A7uer. Jour. Med. Sc, Feb., 1918. ^ Archives of Internal Medicine, Jan., 1918. * Ohio Stale Med. Jour., Feb. 15, 1912. DISEASES OF THE MYOCARDIUM 695 in the area of dulness after exertion indicates the presence of myocarditis. Operation should be attempted with great care in such cases. Auscultation. — In the early stages nothing abnormal may be noted. Very frequently, however, an apical systolic murmur is present. This is a common finding in cases of hyperthyroidism after the exercise test. In the later stages of thyrotoxic heart the auscultatory findings are those of chronic myocarditis. The sounds may be sharp and accentuated, lack- ing muscular tone, or feeble and irregular. A systolic murmur, due to relative insufficiency, is often present. A systolic murmur may be heard also in the vessels of the neck and over the thyroid gland. A continuous hum is often to be heard above the clavicles. Diagnosis. — In patients having a goitre, with or without the Graves syndrome, the pressure of cardiac disturbance points to a thyrotoxic origin. And even when a goitre is not demonstrable hyperthyroidism is to be suspected if marked cardio- vascular disturbances are produced by exercise and these persist after rest. THE HEART AND UTERINE MYOMATA Much has been written concerning a causal relationship between myoma of the uterus, and cardiac lesions. The association of functional or even organic heart disease, and the unexplained occurrence of sudden death before or after operations for "fibroids " has led to much speculation on the subject. Brown atrophy, fatty degeneration, cloudy swelling of the myocardium have been described together with arrhythmia and val- vular disease. The subject was carefully studied and reviewed by McGlinn' who came to the conclusion that "a definite entity of fibroid heart cannot be sustained." The cardiac sclerosis occurring in myoma cases during middle, and advanced life are simply a part of a general arteriosclerotic process. Cardiac hypertrophy and dilatation may result from pressure upon the pelvic circulation. Myocardial changes may result from ane- mia, due to hemorrhages, from infections or perhaps from secondary degenerations of the tumor. The association of lesions between myomata and the heart are simply coincidences. As a specific entity the "fibroid heart" does not exist. 1 Surgery, Gynecology and Obstetrics, 1914, Feb., 180. CHAPTER XXVII ENDOCARDITIS ACUTE ENDOCARDITIS While any portion of the endocardium may become the seat of inflam- mator}^ changes the term "endocarditis" is usually understood to refer to the valves. It is to be borne in mind, however, that the inflammatory process may involve the mural endocardium independently or as the result of extension from the valves. In like manner an acute aortitis may arise as the result of a concomitant infection of the semilunar valves. Two tj'pes of acute endocarditis are commonly considered, namely, simple and malignant. It is generally recognized, however, that the classification is an arbitrary one and that no sharp dividing line can be drawn. Simple acute endocarditis has been, and is still sometimes re- ferred to as benign. The designation is a bad one and should not be employed, as it conve3^s the impression that a large group of cases of endo- carditis may suffer from no serious after-effects. It cannot be too strongly impressed upon the mind that simple endocarditis is always fraught with danger and that more people ultimately die as the result of such an occurrence than is the case with the more serious malignant or infective type of the disease. Although we clearly recognize the fact that the dis- tinction between the simple and the malignant types of the disease is largely one of severity, there are, at the same time, certain etiological and clinical differences which makes a separate description of the two processes advisable. Acute Simple Endocarditis Etiology. — This type of the disease occurs more often in childhood and adolescence than in any other period of life, largely because of the frequency of attacks of acute rheumatic fever in early life. So commonly does acute endocarditis develop as the result of rheumatic fever that it is sometimes termed rheumatic endocarditis. Prior to the age of puberty, rheumatic attacks are almost constantly associated with the endocar- dial lesions. The following table compiled by Cowan^ indicates the extraordinary frequency with which the two conditions co-exist: Cases of acute rheumatism Cases of endocarditis Gibson . Macrae . Church. Moore . . Latham . 325 161 300 105 889 494 100 90 136 74 1750 933 These figures, which show that 53.3 per cent, of the cases developed an acute endocarditis, serve to emphasize the important relationship that 1 "Diseases of the Heart." 1914. 696 ENDOCARDITIS 697 acute rheumatic fever bears to cardiac disease. As a rule, the endocarditis develops during the first attack of rheumatism and the valvular damage is apt to be increased if subsequent attacks occur. The endocarditis may manifest itself as early as the second day of the rheumatic attack or it may be delayed until the inflammatory symptoms have entirely subsided. The frequency of the endocarditis bears no relation to the severity of the arthritis. An extremely severe attack of rheumatism may not involve the endocardium; on the other hand, a trifling and mild attack may cause serious endocardial mischief. Closely allied to the rheumatic type of endocarditis is that which follows attacks of tonsillitis. The importance of tonsillitis as a cause of endocarditis is now fully recognized. Very often the tonsillar attacks are very mild and pass for nothing more than a slight sore throat. It is quite possible that many cases of endocarditis, in which there is no ap- parent etiological factor, have had their origin in attacks of mild and un- recognized tonsilhtis or acute rheumatic fever. In children suffering froni a chronic valvular lesion, careful questioning will sometimes reveal a his- tory of vague and fugitive joint pains which at the time of their occur- rence caused little or no concern. Next to rheumatic fever the most frequent cause of endocarditis is cho- rea. "Valvular lesions are extremely common in choreic patients, and were present in 262 out of 829 patients who were examined during or after illness" (Cowan). Any of the acute infectious diseases may give rise to an endocarditis, but with the exception of croupous pneumonia such an occurrence is not common. Not infrequently acute endocarditis is noted in phthisis, cancer, gout, diabetes and Bright's disease. The condition is practically always a secondary one and even in those instances in which a primary infecting focus cannot be discovered it is now held that this undoubtedly is present. Recent bacteriological studies indicate that in the majority of cases of active endocarditis a streptococcus bacteremia is present. Morbid Anatomy. — Except when the endocarditis arises during intra- uterine life the valves of the left heart are the ones which are almost in- variably affected. When a valvulitis arises as the result of some infectious or toxic agent, the inflammatory process occurs in certain definite areas. The mitral leaflets are more frequently involved than the aortic. Sibson has offered the explanation that the increased liability of the mitral valve is due to the fact that the edges of the leaflets of this valve are closed with much greater tension than is the case with the aortic valve. The mitral leaflets are subject also to a wider range of play — wider excursions, there- fore, produce more wear and tear. The endocardial changes as they occur in the valves take place on the auricular surface of the mitral and the ventricular surface of the aortic due to the fact that these surfaces are bathed by the blood stream. The lesions are located just behind the free edges of the valves. The first evidence of the inflammatory change is a slightly swollen appearance of the affected area and a faint hyperemia due to the increased vascularity of the part. This is followed by a shedding of the endothelial and subendothelial cells, which gives rise to a grayish, opaque appearance. Over the site of these degenerated areas fibrin is deposited in the form of small bead-hke excrescences or granulations (endocarditis verrucosa). The size of the growths vary greatly; they may become sufficiently large 698 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA to prevent closure of the valve or obstruct the blood stream. Tangled in the meshes of the fibrinous deposits bacteria are found, although this is more commonly the case in the malignant than the simple form of the disease. In the majority of instances of simple endocarditis no bacteria are found; this is especially true of the affection as encountered in the chronic wasting diseases. In addition to the involvement of the valves the chordae tendineae may be implicated and later become shortened as the result of contracting scar tissue. It is now recognized that an acute endocarditis is almost always accompanied by myocardial change. The myocardial change may be general or it may be limited to, or most marked in, the muscle tissue at the base of the affected valve. The myocardial change may be very mild and trivial and give rise to no evidence of its existence. On the other hand, disturbances of rhythm may occur as the result of implication of Tawara's node or the bundle of His. In a very fair proportion of cases of acute endocarditis there is also an associated pericarditis. Simple acute endocarditis is of itself not serious. The acute inflam- matory stage is rarelj^ intense enough to destroy tissue and emboli rarely arise from the vegetations. Its great danger lies in the after-results. With the subsidence of the acute stage granulation tissue is formed and this organizes into scar tissue. With the retraction of the scar tissue the edge of the valve may be curled back giving rise to incompetency or the leaflets may become ankylosed producing a stenosis. Another very serious danger is the fact that these fibrous patches on the valves are very prone to become reinfected with either the simple or malignant form of the disease. Malignant endocarditis is very commonly engrafted on an old chronic valvular defect. Symptoms. — There are no distinctive symptoms of acute simple en- docarditis ; indeed, thej' may be wanting entirely. In a very large pro- portion of cases the cardiac lesion is masked by the primary infection. Fever is probably the most important symptom referable to the endocar- ditis. It is not always easy, however, to determine its significance as fever is already present as a result of the rheumatic attack, pneumonia or other acute infection. One should be suspicious of endocardial involve- ment if the temperature changes in character or if, after a period of nor- mal temperature, fever again develops. In some cases there may be a sense of precordial oppression or actual pain and in others there may be palpitation of the heart. Physical Signs. — I have already alluded to the great frequency with which acute endocarditis is associated with rheumatic fever. As an etiological factor it overshadows all others, especially in 3'oung children. It is essential to keep this in mind and to take the precaution of examining the heart daily as in the absence of symptoms a cardiac lesion may very easily escape notice. Owing to the very serious after-effects which may arise, even from a trivial lesion, it is incumbent upon us to detect the trouble as early as possible so as to prevent anj^ undue strain being put upon the heart until the acute stage of the disease has passed. Inspection. — In the presence of acute rheumatic fever inspection of the precordium should be carefully made each day as by this one procedure most valuable information may be obtained. While no abnormality may be noted throughout the course of the disease there will often be seen ENDOCARDITIS 699 a gradual displacement of the apex beat beyond the nipple line; or the cardiac impulse may be forcible; or instead of a forcible Jieaving impulse it may be diffuse and wavy in character. Palpation. — This will confirm the character of the impulse noted on inspection. In addition, the shock of both the first and second sounds may be felt. The character of the pulse should be carefully noted as, in not a few cases, it furnishes the only clue pointing to a cardiac lesion. The pulse may be unduly accelerated in proportion to the degree of fever or it may remain high after the primary infection has subsided. Cowan has pointed out that the administration of the salicylates will often slow the pulse rate and that after these drugs are discontinued the pulse rate will increase in frequency if an endocarditis is present. In some cases the pulse is unduly slow. Irregularity of the pulse is also of great importance. The irregularity may be due to a temporary heart block, to extrasystoles or auricular fibrillation. Percussion.- — ^The information obtained by percussion of the precor- dium, in cases of acute endocarditis, is not great. There may be some increase in the area of cardiac dulness upward and to the left and occa- sionally to the right. Auscultation. — The most constant sign and, at the same time, the most reliable evidence of acute endocarditis is a systolic murmur at the apex. The greater frequency of apical as compared to aortic murmurs is due to the fact that in the great majority of cases of simple endocarditis the rheumatic infection affects by preference the mitral valve. The mur- mur may occur within a few days of the onset of the rheumatic attack or it may not be heard until convalescence is estabhshed. Then again, it may be heard first some weeks or months after complete recovery. In other instances a murmur may be heard during the height of the febrile attack, then disappear, and again recur as the result of a chronic endo- carditis. In such cases it is possible that the vegetations interfere with proper closure of the valve and as these are absorbed the murmur dis- appears, or, what is more probable, the murmur is caused by the associ- ated myocarditis. The recurrence of a permanent murmur is caused by contraction of the scar tissue which distorts the leaflets or causes their adherence, with the result that a leakage or obstruction is caused. The time of the murmur in acute endocarditis is always systolic; it is only when a chronic endocarditis is established that a murmur indicative of obstruction is heard. While the first indication of trouble may be a soft blowing murmur it will be noted, if the heart is examined from day to day, that the initial change is usually a blurring of the first sound; later the first sound becomes roughened in character or sharply accentuated and finally a murmur is heard. Associated with the murmur is an accen- tuation of the pulmonic second sound. If the murmur is truly organic, it will be heard best at the apex and is transmitted towards the left axilla. In determining whether the murmur is organic or functional in character it must be borne in mind that in acute rheumatic fever a marked secondary anemia is sometimes rapidly established and this may cause a functional systohc murmur at the apex or base of the heart. Very often it is not possible at once to decide the question and it is only later when other signs appear that one can be certain that the murmur is organic in nature. While an organic murmur may vary in intensity from day to day, one of its characteristic features is to gradually become more and more evident. 700 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AXD AORTA In the presence of fever it is not uncommon to hear a systoHc murmur at the puhnonic area which is without significance. Finally there may be a cardio-respiratory murmur (see p. 254). Less commonly the changes described above are heard over the aortic area or both valves may be involved simultaneously. In some instances there may be a pericardial friction rub. ACUTE INFECTIOUS ENDOCARDITIS (Septic, Malignant, Ulcerative or Pernicious Endocarditis) Etiology.^ — This form of the disease rarely develops in the course of acute rheumatic fever or chorea. In the great majority of instances it arises as the result of a septic wound, puerperal sepsis, erysipelas, a gonor- rheal infection or some inflammatory disease of the lungs, notably pneu- monia. Some one of the various types of the streptococcus is by far the commonest organism recovered from the lesions. Among the rarer bac- teria may be mentioned the bacillus of diphtheria and influenza, the meningococcus and staphylococcus. ^Malignant endocarditis is rare in young children; the great majority of cases occur in young adults or those in middle life. This is probably accounted for by the fact that the septic form of the disease very fre- quently occurs in valves previoush' damaged by an attack of acute rheumatic fever. Acute infectious endocarditis is most commonly due to hemolytic streptococci, pneumococci, staphylococci, the influenza bacillus and the gonococcus. Occasionally other organisms are the exciting causes. Morbid Anatomy. — The initial changes in the infective type of endo- carditis may present the same appearance as is seen in the simple form of the disease. Usually, however, the lesions become more marked; the excrescences are much larger and in extreme cases may be the size of a cherry (vegetative endocarditis) (see Figs. 393 and 394). The largest vegetations are apt to occur when the infecting organism is either the pneumococcus or the gonococcus. If the vegetations are broken ofif, an ulcerated surface is left which may perforate the valve or produce a valvular aneurism. In another type of the disease, known as endocarditis ulcerosa, the first stage shows a small, somewhat opaque, yellow patch, with a slighth^ uneven surface. In parts of such patches there may be a loss of substance. Over these ulcei's thei-e may be deposited reddish-gray thrombotic masses, which, when removed, will show the underlying tissue to be swollen, ulcerated and yellowish in color (Adami and Nicholls). In some instances the infection may spread to the wall of the heart where similar changes occur in the mural endocardium (see Fig. 395). Cultures taken from the ulcers or vegetations will show large numbers of microorganisms which are often extremely virulent. A histological examination of the affected area will also show countless bacteria. According to Horder' a culture of a pathogenic organism can be ob- tained in 90 per cent, of cases of infective endocarditis. In addition in a veiy high percentage of cases, the infecting organism can be obtained from the circulating blood. In by far the largest proportion of cases the cause of the trouble is a streptococcus. 1 Quarterly Jour. Med., vol. ii, p. 289. ENDOCARDITIS "01 The frequency with which the different valves are affected is as fol- lows: the mitral, aortic, mitral and aortic together, the tricuspid and the pulmonaiy. Involvement of the mural endocardium is also frequently noted. Fig. 393.^Acute infective mitral and mural endocarditis. The mitral valve is covered with large vegetations. Several of the chordae tendineas have been destroyed by ulcera- tion, only short unattached stumps rem.aining. Vegetations are alio seen on the mural endocardium. {Specimen from the Pennsylvania Hospital.) One of the most striking features of malignant endocarditis is the occurrence of an embolism. This is not surprising when we recall the soft, friable nature of the valvular vegetations. As the lesion progresses and necrosis sets in small pieces are whipped off bj* the blood current and carried to some distant point. The viscera most commonly involved are the spleen, kidneys and brain, but no portion of the body is exempt. 702 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA Occasionally mycotic aneurisms involving the larger vessels have their origin in this wav. If the valves in the right heart are involved there Fig. 394. — Acute infective endocarditis. Showing extensive ulceration of the aortic valves. About the center of the aortic orifice a match-stick projecting frona a thrombotic mass indicates the course of the perforation in the aortic leaflet. {Specimen from the Phila- delphia Hospital.) may be infarcts in the lungs. Owing to the infective nature of the emboli the resulting infarcts commonly terminate in abscess formation. In some instances the embolic phenomena are absent. ENDOCARDITIS 703 Symptoms. — The clinical features of septic endocarditis do not lend themselves readily to description. In some instances the true nature of the trouble can be surmised without much difficulty, but in a very con- siderable proportion of cases the endocardial lesion is masked by the primary disease, such as puerperal sepsis, pneumonia, etc. "It may be questioned whether it is worth while to consider the pro- tean aspects of this infection under diseases of the heart, since the mani- FiG. 395. — Acute mural endocarditis. festations are those of septicopyemia; and in a great majority of all cases the features of the general infection dominate the picture" (Osier). Although the onset is varied and often ill-defined, the process when once established presents, in the majority of cases, certain general features. These are, an irregular type of fever, sweating, delirium, progressive anemia, loss of weight, a change in the character of the cardiac murmurs and the occurrence of emboli. 704 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA The character of the fever is variable. It may be remittent, inter- mittent or continued in type (Fig. 396). In some cases it is paroxysmal, recurring every two or three days with chills and drenching sweats thus resembling malarial fever. The fever may be moderate or very high but no matter what type it assumes is apt to be irregular. A moderate amount of fever of the continued type is commonly associated with endo- carditis superimposed on a chronic valvular lesion. Rarely a case of septic endocarditis is encountered which is afebrile. The embolic phenomena , although sometimes absent, are the most certain indication of septic endocarditis. The spleen is the organ most frequenth' involved antl the emboli maj' be confined to this viscus alone. Temp. 109 106 107 106 105 104 t03 102 101 lOO 99 98 87 86 ..i....4.._4....{..„.i.....i.....^.. Fig. 396. — Malignant endocarditis. An embolus in the spleen manifests itself b}' sudden pain in the left side, tenderness on pressure and enlargement of the organ. When the kidneys are affected there are renal pain and bloody urine. Convulsions, hemi- plegia, or aphasia may follow an embolus in the brain and visual defects may occur if one of the retinal vessels is involved. Small petechial spots may appear in the skin as the result of minute emboli. Occasionally the embolus blocks one of the larger vessels in an extremity and gangrene ensues. If the lesion is right-sided, emboli may be carried to the lungs. In all cases of suspected septic endocarditis, providing the facilities are available, a blood culture should be obtained. A lumbar puncture should also be made. A leukocj'tosis is usually present. Generally speaking, septic endocarditis presents itself in one of three ways; (1) The phenomena may be almost entirely cardiac in character; ENDOCARDITIS 705 (2) a pyemic form in which there is a demonstrable focus of infection ; and (3) a typhoid form in which the infecting focus is not apparent. 1. The cardiac form is the one which is most easily recognized. In this type of the affection, the patient, already suffering from a chronic valvulitis, develops fever of a continued or slightly irregular- type, an increase in the cardiac symptoms, and in addition there may be an em- bolism. The attack may be very acute or may be relatively mild and persist for many weeks. Recurrences are common and recovery often occurs. 2. In the yyemic form the endocarditis is but an incident in the general infection. Its recognition is always attended with considerable difficulty and it often escapes notice entirely owing to the absence of a murmur or other cardiac signs. Chills, sweating, irregular fever, anemia and wasting are characteristic of a general sepsis and while involvement of the endo- cardium may aggravate these symptoms, one cannot make a diagnosis of endocarditis in the absence of a murmur, carchac dilatation or embolic phenomena. If, in the course of general sepsis following an external wound or the puerperium, there develops a loud murmur or a murmur previouslj' present increases in intensity or changes in quality, the assump- tion that the heart valves have been included in the infection is nearly always warranted. Dilatation of the heart in the course of septicemia also points to cardiac involvement. In the absence of cardiac signs the occurrence of an embolism furnishes ample evidence as to the existence of an endocarditis. 3. The typhoid form is by far the most common type of malignant en- docarditis and the one attended with the greatest difficulty in its recogni- tion. In this form we lack, as a rule, the presence of an old valvulitis or a demonstrable focus of infection to arouse our suspicions. The following symptoms are common to both typhoid fever and septic endo- carditis: a continuous type of fever, progressive exhaustion, anemia, a low muttering type of delirium, enlargement of the spleen, diarrhea, a dry tongue and sordes. In addition, petechial and other skin rashes are not infrequent. While a patient with septic endocarditis may not have all these symptoms, the occurrence of several of them may point so strongly to typhoid fever that the true nature of the trouble is not thought of . In other cases cerebral symptoms may predominate and lead to a diagnosis of cerebro-spinal or basilar meningitis. Cardiac signs and symptoms may be wanting entirely or they may be very indefinite in character. Embolic phenomena are less common in this type than in the others; their occur- rence often clears up an obscure case at once. The disease lasts for from two or three weeks to three months. This type of endocarditis is very frequently due to a pneumococcus, or gonococcus infection. Physical Signs. — -Physical signs referable to the heart may be absent or very indefinite. The patient is lethargic, the face is pale and sunken and the general appearance is indicative of some severe infection. Unless there has been present a chronic valvuhtis the physical signs are almost entirely auscultatory although in the terminal stages evidences of cardiac dilatation may be made out. Mackenzie lays great emphasis on the pulse in doubtful cases associated with pyemia and puerperal septicemia. In these cases the heart may show but little change except that the heart sounds are feeble. The pulse is small, soft, easily compressed and not 706 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA necessarily rapid, although the rate is apt to be higher than the degree of fever warrants. The presence of a murmur is the determining factor in most cases. The murmur may be very faint and repeated examinations ma\^ be nec- essary to determine its presence. One of the characteristics of a murmur occurring in malignant endocarditis is its variable character. It is apt to change both in quality and intensity from day to day. The sudden appearance of a musical murmur is strongly indicative of septic endocardi- tis. A murmur of this character is caused by a large and projecting vege- tation. If in the course of an obscure infection a murmur due to chronic valvuHtis undergoes changes or, in addition to the mitral murmur, a diastolic murmur at the aortic area develops during the course of the disease, one should be alert as to the possibility of an infectious endocar- ditis. Diagnosis. — In that group in which the symptoms are largely cardiac in character the diagnosis is fairly easy, especiallj- if there is known to be a chronic valvulitis already present. In such cases the occurrence of fever, the presence of a murmur which is subject to changes from day to day and the appearance of embolic phenomena point unmistakably to septic en- docarditis. In the pyemic form of endocarditis the diagnosis will depend largely on the detection of valvular mischief. The endocarditis is simph' an in- cident in the general septic process and unless a murmur develops or embolic phenomena occur the cardiac element will pass unnoticed. As previously stated a small, soft and easily compressed pulse is significant in these cases of general sepsis. When the septicemia is characterized by paroxysmal attacks of chills, sweating and fever the condition may be mistaken for malaria. An examination of the blood and the presence or absence of the malaria Plasmodium or a leukocj'tosis would readily decide the question. The presence of a positive blood culture is of no value in determining the presence of endocardial involvement, although such a finding demands that the heart be carefully examined. The typhoid form gives rise to the greatest confusion and in any given case it is often most difficult to distinguish between malignant endocardi- tis, typhoid fever and acute miliary tuberculosis. Marked prostration, anemia, wasting and the so-called typhoid state ma}' occur in all three. The temperature seen in true typhoid may be atypical; on the other hand, that in endocarditis and mihary tuberculosis, while subject to many variations, may closely resemble that seen in t3'phoid. Even with the presence of a mitral murmur one cannot be certain that it is not functional in character, owing to the exhaustion and anemia common to all these conditions. In the absence of definite cardiac signs the diagnosis may be cleared up by a blood culture or lumbar puncture. If malignant endo- carditis is present, a blood culture will show, in a fairh^ large percentage of cases, the infecting organism, usually a streptococcus, pneumococcus or gonococcus. In t3'phoid fever, blood cultures if taken early in the disease will frequently show Eberth's bacillus. A positive Widal reaction speaks for typhoid but not infrequenth' it also occurs in miliary tuberculosis. The latter condition is notoriously difficult to recognize in adults although relatively easy in children. The lungs may be studded with minute tubercles and yet produce no physical signs until the terminal stages. ENDOCARDITIS 707 Choroidal tubercles are frequently cited as an aid in the diagnosis but I have never seen a case in which they were recognized. In malignant endocarditis there is usually a leukocytosis, while in typhoid fever and miliary tuberculosis there is a leukopenia or a normal white count. Although an attack of the typhoid form of endocarditis is often prolonged for several months the diagnosis, in many cases, may never be cleared up satisfactorily; in others, the appearance of embolic phenomena renders the nature of an obscure infection clear (see also p. 385). Subacute Infectious Endocarditis This condition, j5rst described by Osier, is also known as subacute bacterial endocarditis, subacute streptococcus endocarditis, chronic ma- lignant endocarditis, chronic ulcerative endocarditis and endocarditis lenta. In this form of the disease the patients are the subjects of a chronic valvuHtis which is often well compensated and causes Uttle or no trouble. A fresh infection is superimposed on this old lesion, thus forming the focus of a subacute or chronic septicemia. The condition is due to anhemolytic streptococci in over 95 per cent. of the cases. The majority of the remaining cases is due to the influenza bacillus. Other organisms, particularly the gonococcus, may rarely cause a subacute clinical picture (Libman). Blood cultures made during the bacterial stage almost always show the presence of anhemolytic strep- tococci or influenza bacilli. The duration of the disease is from a few months to a year and a hg-lf or two years. Occasionally recovery takes place, but in the great major- ity of cases a fatal issue ensues. Morbid Anatomy. — ^Libman, who has had a large experience, describes the pathological changes as follows : The mitral valve is the seat of the lesion in about two-thirds of the cases and the aortic in one-third. In- volvement of the right side of the heart is rare. A striking feature is the involvement of the wall of the auricle and the chordae tendinse. The vegetations are yellowish, greenish, pinkish or reddish in color and vary greatly in size. When the aortic valve is involved, the vegetations are usually few and of small size, although occasionally there may be an enormous green mass which almost blocks the orifice (see Fig. 397) . As they grow older the vegetations become firmer and grayish in color. When the mitral valve is involved, the vegetations spread up on left posterior wall of the auricle (see Fig. 397). The chordae tendinese also may be covered with vegetations and may become torn so that the ends may lie loose near the papillary muscles. When the aortic valve is the seat of the disease the vegetations have a tendency to extend down over the endocardium and over the ventricular aspect of the aortic flap of the mitral valve. Occasionally an aneurism of the valve leaflets may develop. Cerebral embolism, uremia, pneumonia and progressive anemia are the common terminations. Symptoms. — -The onset is often insidious and without definite symp- toms. Very often, however, the initial symptoms are definitely referred to the heart, as for instance, shortness of breath on exertion, palpitation, and cough which is sometimes attended with blood-streaked sputum. Fever is present in all cases (Fig. 398). It is often slight but in the majority of cases is high and intermittent in the late stages of the disease. 708 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA If splenic infarcts occur, the fever is apt to be high and intermittent. Chills and sweating may occur in association with the fever. Loss of weight and extreme weakness take place in most cases. Fig. 397. — Subacute infective endocarditis. Showing large thrombotic masses almost completely occluding the aortic orifice. There is marked left ventricular hypertrophy, and sclerotic patches are seen on the aorta above the sinus of Valsalva. Precordial pain or a sense of oppression in the chest is often noted. Pain in the joints is not uncommon and may be associated with slight transitory swellings. A purpuric eruption may be present also. Libman has called attention to an important diagnostic sign, namely, tenderness ENDOCARDITIS 709 over the lower part of the sternum. The hghtest tap with the percussing finger may cause marked pain. An important diagnostic feature is the presence of small, painful erythematous nodules in the skin of the hands and feet. These cutaneous nodes rarely occur except in this form of endocarditis and are considered by Osier as being pathognomonic. Petechiae in the skin and conjunc- tival mucous membrane are frequently noted. Hematuria occurs in a few cases and albumen and casts are found from time to time. The leukocytes are not often increased in number, A characteristic feature is the presence of a more or less marked anemia which, in many cases, is progressive. Libman has emphasized the peculiar sallow or waxy color of the face in these cases. Later the face may assume a coffee-colored tint. In cases which become bacteria-free, the face and other portions of the body often assume a diffuse brown color. The Fig. 398. — Temperature chart from a case of subacute infectious endocarditis. spleen is enlarged in nearly all cases and is easily felt on palpation. In some instances the organ is enormously enlarged. Physical Signs.- — ^Examination of the heart shows in every instance the presence of an organic murmur either at the aortic or mitral orifice, usually the latter. Aside from the murmur the heart may show no change throughout the course of the disease. This is especially true when the mitral valve is involved. If the aortic valve is primarily implicated, the cardiac changes are apt to be more noticeable. In some cases there are progressive cardiac changes, the heart gradually dilates, the character of the mitral murmur changes or there develops under observation a diastolic aortic murmur. In addition to the bacterial stage Libman describes a bacteria-free healing and a bacteria-free healed stage. The latter is often character- ized by tenderness over the sternum and a brownish discoloration of the face and other portions of the body. In some, slight symptoms occur 710 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA mtermittently ; in others, nephritis develops and the patient dies of uremia; while in still others, the anemia persists and signs of failing com- pensation develop. Diagnosis. — Subacute infectious endocarditis is to be thought of if a patient, the subject of chronic valvulitis, develops a prolonged fever, becomes anemic, gradually fails in strength and if during the course of the disease, develops small, painful erj^thematous nodules in the skin of the hands or feet. Osier emphasizes the fact that these changes may occur without any additional alteration in the heart. Individuals suffer- ing from vague symptoms of the neurasthenic type are not infrequently the victims of a subacute bacterial endocarditis. Blood cultures should be made in all suspected cases. In the bacteria-free cases the marked tenderness over the lower por- tion of the sternum and the diffuse brownish discoloration of the face and other portions of the body are important diagnostic points. Chronic Valvular Disease of the Heart Etiology. — Of the various manifestations of cardiac disease chronic valvulitis comprises, by far, the largest group. Statistical studies indi- cate that valvular disease represents about 80 per cent, of the lesions which may involve the heart. In considering valvular lesions it must be borne in mind constantly that it is the cardiac muscle that determines the functional capacity of the heart. Chronic valvulitis, or, as it is more commonly termed, chronic heart disease, is slightly more frequent among females than males. This is to be ascribed to the greater frequency of acute rheumatic fever and chorea among females. Oille, Graham and Detweiler^ emphasize the impor- tance of tonsillitis as an etiological factor, especially in children and young adult females. Prior to the fifth year chronic endocarditis is uncommon but beyond this age period the incidence gradually increases. The major- ity of instances of cardiac failure resulting from a chronic endocarditis are encountered between the eighteenth and fortieth years. After middle life the incidence of cardiac failure due to valvular defects gradually diminishes. The Negro is apparently moie susceptible to organic heart disease than the white man. Of 292 deaths from organic heart disease in the Charity Hospital, of New Orleans,' 181 were negroes and 111 whites. The deformity of the valves is brought about in several ways: (1) Not less than half of the cases are the direct result of an acute endocarditis. In discussing the etiology of acute endocarditis it was shown that acute rheumatic fever was by far the most important factor leading to acute inflammatory changes in the valves and that a very large proportion of these acute cases terminated in chronic valvular defects. Closely allied to the rheumatic cases are those which follow chorea and tonsillitis. Of the other acute infectious diseases, any one of them may cause acute endocardial changes which terminate in a chronic lesion, although the number of cases having their origin in this way is not great. In a not inconsiderable number of cases, particularly when the mitral valve is involved, no etiological factor can be determined. 2. In quite a large number of cases of chronic valvular disease, es- ^ Jour. Am. Med. Assoc, October 2, 1915. 2 Report of Charity Hospital, 1917. EXDOCARDITIS 711 pecially in those past the middle period of hfe, we are unable to obtain a history of acute endocarditis. In these cases we have to deal with a form of endocarditis which is chronic from the beginning. Primary chronic endocarditis is caused bj^ the same conditions that lead to general arterio-sclerosis. Inasmuch as the intimal lining of the arteries and the tissue covering the valves is exactly similar, every etiological factor favorable to the production of general arterio-sclerosis is of impor- tance in the etiology of chronic valvular disease. Among these causes are to be mentioned the general wear and tear incident to advan- cing years, excessive physical labor, overindulgence in food, alcohol and tobacco, and gout. Chronic interstitial nephritis is also frequently associated wdth primary chronic valvular disease. Whether the chronic valvulitis, the arterio-sclerosis and the nephritis are due to the same cause or one arises in consequence of the others, is not clear. It is certain, how- ever, that two or all three of these conditions frequently occur together. 3. Syphilis. — "Within the past decade our knowledge regarding the role played by syphilis in the causation of cardio-vascular disease has been greatly extended. We now know that a definite group of cardiac cases are unmistakably syphilitic in origin. With few exceptions the lesion thus far proved to be due to syphilis is aortic insufficiency. A few instances have been recorded in which the mitral valve was the site of a luetic infection. Doubtless in the near future it will be shown that all parts of the heart are more frequently invaded by the spirochseta pallida than is at present believed (see p. 689). 4. Occasionally a chronic valvular lesion is detected at birth. This may be due to congenital malformation or a fetal endocarditis. If a congenital anomaly is present the pulmonic valve is the one commonly at fault, the lesion being usualty a stenosis associated w^ith some other malformation of the heart. If an attack of fetal endocarditis has occurred, the valves on the right side of the heart are most commonly involved. In rare instances the chronic endocarditis is due to a rupture of one of the valve segments. The aortic leaflets are those usually torn as the result of some severe muscular exertion. Cabot has analyzed 600 cases of cardiac disease from an etiological standpoint. Ninety-three per cent, of these were classified in definite groups as follows : Forty-five per cent, were rheumatic in origin. Of these 60 per cent, occurred in women, and 60 per cent, were in individuals under twenty-two years of age. Twenty per cent, had a nephritic origin, with an average age of thirty-six years. Fifteen per cent, were arteriosclerotic in nature, with an average age of fifty-nine years. Twelve per cent, ivere due to syphilis, with an average age of forty-seven years, 70 per cent occurring in men. These cases were comprised of aortic insufficiency, aneurism, myocardi- tis; ^lye per cent, were due to goitre. Morbid Anatomy.— In acute endocarditis the physiological defect produced by the valvular lesion is a leakage due to the inability of the valves to properly close and also to an associated myocarditis. Obstruc- tion to the blood current does not occur except in those instances of malig- nant endocarditis in which the size of the vegetations partially block the mitral or aortic rings. In the chronic form of endocarditis the lesion may cause obstruction or leakage or both. When the lesion is secondary to simple acute endocarditis the ultimate 712 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA result is a local fibrosis with some contraction of the involved area of the valve segment and a resulting deformity. In the primary form of chronic endocarditis the valvular changes, particularly in the aortic cusps, are identical with those met with in arterio-sclerosis. The condition is non-inflammatory and is dependent on the same factors which lead to the arterial changes. These have been alluded to already in discussing the etiology. The end result in both instances is essentially the same. The con- nective tissue, in common with all new connective tissue, tends to undergo contraction. This may curl the edges of the valve segments or produce shortening; in either case a leakage results. Or the edges of the cusps may undergo fusion along their opposed edges; later as they become stiff er and more rigid a stenosis is produced. As time goes on degenerative changes, calcification and atheromatous ulceration may develop or the chordae tendinese ma^- undergo thickening and constriction and thus seriously interfere with the proper working of the valve. In many cases of chronic endocarditis the cardiac damage is not lim- ited to the valves. The lesions not infrequently extend to the adjacent areas. Thus in aortic lesions the first part of the aorta may be affected with sclerotic changes which also involve the orifices of the coronary arteries. In this way myocardial changes may be brought about through interference with the nutrition of the heart. When the mitral orifice is involved the inflammatory process may be spread into the heart muscle surrounding the ring. Owing to the close proximity of both the aortic and mitral valves to the auriculo-ventricular node and bundle, serious disturbances in the cardiac rhythm may occur if the inflammatory process invades the muscular tissue. Combined Valvular Lesions.- — The valvular defect may be single or multiple. Stenosis is often accompanied by some degree of leakage and conversely incompetence may be associated with some degree of narrowing. Furthermore, two or more valvular orifices are frequently affected. In children involvement of both the mitral and aortic orifices is not uncommon as the result of acute rheumatic fever. Aortic lesions are more commonly uncombined than mitral lesions. This is to be explained by the fact that syphilis is so frequently the etiological factor in aortic insufficiency. Secondary involvement of the tricuspid orifice is a common event in mitral disease. Generally speaking two or more valvular defects are more serious than a single lesion but at times the ill effects of regurgitation may be offset by a certain degree of stenosis. The morbid anatomy will be considered in greater detail when we take up the individual lesions. Pathological Physiology of Chronic Valvular Lesions. — The normal heart performs its work with a regularity and precision whicii amply justifies Krehl's statement that it is the best motor known to man. " Sixt}' times a minute at least ; 3600 times an hour; 86,400 times per day, for us heedful and heedless, does this shuttle of life flit to and fro; for us in tireless periods this pendulum of man's gravitation tells the seconds which will never return" (Allbutt). Not only does it proceed smoothly and rh}-thmically in the perform- ance of its work when the bodj^ is at complete rest but it also possesses the power of adapting itself to the vaiying demands made upon it. ENDOCARDITIS 713 Within reasonable limits the healthy heart rarely fails in any effort. This does not necessarily mean that every healthy heart is capable of per- forming the same amount of work or possesses the same power of meeting sudden emergencies. It is to be borne in mind that the heart muscle is subject to the same general laws as the skeletal muscles. The stronger and the better-nourished the general musculature, the more apt is the heart to be correspondingly strong, and the more capable of meeting any sudden demand that may be made upon it. This relationship which exists between the cardiac muscle and the skeletal muscles explains why the individual who has undergone a course of physical training or has become used to hard physical labor can take part in athletic contests or swing a heavy sledge hammer without producing exhaustion. On the other hand, the man who leads a sedentary life and whose muscles, as a consequence, become soft and flabby will certainly have a heart muscle correspondingly reduced in its capacity for meeting any unusual strain. Before such an individual can hope to do anything requiring exertion to which he is unaccustomed, the muscles must be exercised and hardened and this applies quite as much to the cardiac as to the voluntary muscles. As a result of exercise the heart may become more or less hyper- trophied without any injurious results; providing, of course, this is brought about gradually. That the strength of the heart has a great deal to do with feats of strength or endurance is borne out by the fact that the most successful athletes possess hearts of good size and a functional capacity above the ordinary It has long been known that race horses possess relatively large hearts. The adaptability of the heart to cope with the various emergencies it is required to meet is also seen in the manner in which it overcomes these demands. ''For example, when a ventricle in diastole becomes unusually filled (even up to six times its customary capacity) , then with the next systole, it drives out not all the blood, perhaps, but at least several times the ordinary quantity. On the other hand, if the arterial resist- ance be suddenly increased, it is as promptly overcome by the succeeding ventricular contractions. There is no time lost in experimentation. The demand and the accomplishment occur together" (Krehl). Were it not for this ability of the heart to adjust itself to changed conditions which may either gradually or suddenly thrust themselves upon it the individual who becomes the subject of a chronic valvular lesion would quickly succumb. The heart valves perform two functions: (1) They direct the blood current in the proper direction. (2) They prevent leakage by tightly closing the openings. This is accomplished by the apposition of the valve segments which are controlled by the papillary muscles and chor- dae tendinese and also by the contraction of the ring of muscle surround- ing the opening. During systole the orifices become smaller while during diastole they are relatively too large for the valves. Now, when it comes to pass that the valves become deformed as the result of a chronic endocarditis, the heart is confronted with addi- tional work. Either it must overcome the resistance caused by stenosis of one of the orifices or it must properly empty an abnormally distended cavity caused by leakage. Under normal conditions in a given interval, as much blood is driven out of the heart as flows into it. If, therefore, in the presence of a valvular defect, the heart were to work with the same 714 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA energ}- as under normal conditions, an impairment of circulation would soon arise which would quickly lead to a fatal termination. Fortunately the heart is possessed of a reserve force which enables it to compensate for these defects and to so carry on its work that no circulatory ill effects are felt. When a heart is damaged by a valvular defect and at the same time does its work as efficiently as a normal heart, we speak of the lesion as a compensated one. The period of compensation is variable; it may last throughout life. In the majority of instances, however, the compensation is only relative and the patient will remain free horn subjective symptoms only as long as care is taken to spare the heart in every way. Thus in some individuals varying amounts of exercise may be permissible while in others the circulatory equilibrium is main- tained only when the patient is kept at complete rest. Compensation depends on three factors, namely: the extent of the valvular damage; the demands which may be made upon the heart either through exertion or through some acute intercurrent illness; and, lastly, the degree of hypertrophy which takes place. Hypertrophy of the heart, arising as the result of valvular disease, is variable in degree. It may be enor- mous as in cases of aortic insufficiency, or it may be very sHght as in many cases of mitral insufficiency. This hypertrophy does not affect all the chambers of the heart uniformly but is more noticeable in those portions in which the valvular defect has led to increased functional acti\aty. In the majority of cases with a well-marked vahoilar lesion there comes a time when the heart begins to falter and is no longer able to accomplish the additional work demanded of it. The failure of the heart to carry on the burden may be due to the fact that the valvular defect gradually increases or it may be that the continued strain eventually leads to exhaustion of the cardiac muscle. In still other instances the heart is thrown out of its stride by some acute intercurrent illness which in- directly affects it. So long as the compensation is adequate, symptoms indicative of heart disease are absent. At first the symptoms may be trifling but they are apt to become worse either gradually or suddenly. When this condition of affairs arises it is spoken of as Jailing or broken compensation or decompensation. Valvular defects of the heart are recognized clinically mainly by the presence of murmurs but it must not be assumed that the absence of a murmur is positive evidence that a valvular lesion is not present. Great widening of an orifice may be present and permit of the regurgitation of large quantities of blood without producing a murmur. In cases of stenosis of the mitral orifice it not infrequently happens that the murmur will disappear and yet a diagnosis of mitral stenosis can be made, with a fair degree of certainty, from the presence of other physical signs. Regurgitant murmurs, as a rule, lack the rasping quality common to those associated with an obstructive lesion. A soft blowing murmur may indicate that the valvular damage is shght or it maj^ be significant of an enfeebled muscle. The distinction is usually readily made from a consideration of the associated signs and symptoms. Thus, if there are no symptoms or signs of beginning cardiac failure, one is safe in assuming that the valvular damage is slight; con- versely, a feeble murmur associated with such symptoms indicates serious valvular damage or an associated myocardial degeneration. ENDOCARDITIS 715 A loud murmur is usually indicative of good compensation and points to a strong, healthy heart muscle. A change in the intensity of the murmur is very significant. If it is noted that a murmur is gradually becoming less intense it is a fair assumption that the heart muscle is be- ginning to weaken and this is often the forerunner of failing compensa- tion. In such cases the murmur or murmurs maj^ disappear entirely. If, as a result of rest and cardiac medication, the circulatory equilibrium is reestablished the murmur begins to return, at first feebly, and as the heart tends to recovery the murmur becomes louder and louder. In exceptional instances the murmur is so loud that it may be heard at some distance from the chest wall; musical murmurs are not infrequently of this character. The duration of the murmur is also of importance. If it occupies but a portion of the sj^stole or diastole the presumption is that the damage is slight while the entire replacement of the first or second sound by a murmur is indicative of an extensive lesion and one in which com- pensation will be maintained with some difficulty. It is of the utmost importance to bear in mind that the murmur is, for the most part, of relatively little consequence. This has been em- phasized by Osier, who states that for those who are not adept in aus- cultation the best judgment of the condition of the heart may be gathered from inspection and palpation. With an apex beat in the normal situation and a regular rhy^thm the auscultation phenomena may be practically disregarded. The most important consideration in valvular disease is the condition of the heart muscle. So long as the lesion is well compensated and the heart performs its work with practically the same efficiency as a normal heart there is nothing to be done except guard the patient against overexertion, or anything that will unduly increase the cardiac work. If, on the other hand, cardiac symptoms gradually develop it is highly probable that the heart muscle is beginning to fail. The compensation may be broken in several waj^s. First, there may arise an exhaustion of the heart muscle which is brought about by continued overwork in the attempt to overcome the valvular defect or some extra strain may be imposed upon the heart which it is unable to meet. Second, the mechanism which governs the cardiac rhythm may be disturbed and any of the abnormal rhythms may occur. Heart block, auricular fibrillation and flutter are all apt to add to the strain of a heart already taxed to its limit. The character of the various types of arrhythmia and the means employed for their recognition are dis- cussed in full in Chap. XV. Finally, compensation may fail, as Stengel has pointed out, from extracardiac causes. This may be brought about by lack of regulated exercise, overeating, obesitj', disturbances of the ab- dominal circulation, improper breathing, thoracic diseases or advancing arteriosclerosis with its attendant hypertension. Another manifestation of decompensation is acidosis which results from failure to eliminate carbon dioxicl from the blood. In many in- stances this can be recognized by the character of the breathing. The only symptom that may be considered positively pathognomonic of acidosis is hyperpnea or deep breathing, the so-called ''air hunger" of Kussmaul. This type of breathing is characterized by the amplitude of the respirations and the distinct effort with which they are ac- complished. They are heaving, the chest rises and falls with each 716 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA respiration and often the accessory muscles of respiration are brought into play. The respiratory rate is not usually increased, and differs markedly from the shallow, rapid respiration of pneumonia or the labored breathing of obstruction. It is pauseless and though the sev- eral respirations may vary in depth so that a modified Cheyne-Stokes respiration may be present, in general the excursions of the aijdomen and thorax are nearly the same with succeeding respirations. There is no cyanosis except that due to the cardiac disease. There may be some drowsiness. Whenever possible the diagnosis of acidosis should be confirmed by one of the simple laboratory tests (Howland and ^Marriott). Fig. 399. — General edema occurring in broken compensation. Mitral and tricuspid insufficiency complicated by serofibrinous pericarditis. The cardiac dulness is enormously enlarged, especially to the left, the apex beat is displaced downward and outward. The scrotum and lower extremities are edematous, the hands and face cyanotic, the liver en- larged, tender and pulsating. The cross-hatched area indicates the location of the to-and- fro pericardial friction. The dotted regions indicate the areas and direction of transmission of the mitral and tricuspid systolic murmurs. The case is of rheumatic origin and the phys- ical signs are shown as they occurred during the second attack of broken compensation. Symptoms.- — ^Irrespective of the valve involved or whether the lesion has produced obstruction, or leakage, or both, the symptoms which arise as the result of valvular disease are with a few minor exceptions essentially the same. In mitral lesions pulmonary congestion is a more marked feature than in the aortic cases and cyanosis is common. Chil- dren who are the subjects of chronic valvular disease are commonly anemic and undersized. In aortic insufficiency true angina or anginoid attacks of pain occur more frequently than in other forms of valvular disease, pallor of the face is common, and vertigo and mental symptoms are often verj- pronounced. ENDOCARDITIS 717 Shortness of breath is common to all forms of valvular disease and is present, at some stage of the trouble, in the great majority of cases. Prior to the stage of broken compensation it occurs only after some un- usual exertion; the degree, of exertion necessary to cause shortness of breath varies greatly in the individual case. When the heart fails, true dyspnea or orthopnea is common. In some instances patients are suddenly seized with paroxysmal attacks of dyspnea. These attacks are often not associated with exertion and not uncommonly occur at night. Cheyne-Stokes breathing often occurs in cardiac cases. Aside from attacks of true angina or seizures resembling it, and which occur, for the most part, in aortic insufficiency, actual pain is not com- mon as a result of valvular lesions. Precordial distress and a sense of substernal oppression are, however, quite common. Not infrequently the sense of oppression is referred to the epigastric region. Very often the precordial distress is associated with an annoying palpitation and throbbing. Chest pain in cardiac cases may be due also to a pulmonary infarct. Edema is another very common manifestation of cardiac disease. It differs from the edema occurring in Bright 's disease, in that it first manifests itself in the lower extremities and is much more noticeable in the evening after the patient has been up and about all day. After a night's rest the edema may disappear by morning. As the heart muscle becomes weaker, the edema not only persists but is apt to increase. The lower extremities become water-logged and in males the scrotum and penis may become tremendously edematous (Fig. 399). In extreme cases some one or all of the serous cavities may contain fluid. Hydro- thorax is relatively common (see section on "Hydrothorax"). G astro-intestinal symptoms are often marked. A not inconsiderable number of cases of failing compensation come to the hospital complain- ing of nausea and vomiting and it not infrequently happens that they have been treated outside for some stomach disorder. This can occur only as a result of carelessness as the most superficial examination will reveal the fact that the heart is at fault. This condition of affairs is brought about by tricuspid insufficiency which results in the damming back of the blood in the venous system, thus producing congestion of the liver and the gastro-intestinal mucosa. In extreme cases the liver becomes greatly engorged, very painful and may pulsate. Another condition sometimes produced by the hepatic congestion and gastro- intestinal catarrh is jaundice. Cardiac cases quite commonly suffer from transient attacks of faint- ness and dizziness. Sleeplessness or sleep that is frequently broken is often a very annoying condition. In some patients, particularly those suffering from aortic insufficiency, hallucinations, delusions or a suicidal tendency are not infrequently encountered. Hemiplegia, or some other gross cerebral lesion, may occur as a result of an embolus. Having reviewed the general aspects of valvular diseases we will now consider the individual lesions more in detail. MITRAL INSUFFICIENCY Etiology. — This is one of the most common, if not the commonest, of cardiac lesions. A leakage at the mitral orifice may arise under the following conditions : (1) The mitral insufficiency may be caused by an at- 718 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA tack of acute endocarditis occunins ii^ young; people. In the majority of instances the endocarditis has resuhed from an attack of acute rheumatic fever, chorea or tonsilhtis. Although these conditions are the chief offenders, any one of the acute infectious diseases may produce the condi- tion. I have already emphasized the fact that in the so-called rheu- matic endocarditis it is the mitral valve which is principally- invo ved. (2) In a second group composed, for the most part, of individuals who have passed the fifth or sixth decade of life, the leakage is caused Fig. 400. — Chronic mitral endocarditis. The mitral valve is thickened along its free edges, the leaflets are slightly retracted, and the chordce tendinece are distinctly shortened. by a chronic sclerosis of the valve. This is a part of a general arterio- sclerosis and occurs without an antecedent history of acute endocarditis. Varying degrees of sclerosis of the mitral valve are encountered in nearly all people of advanced years and just as in the case of the arteries, it is indicative of the general wear and tear of work. (3) Occurring with even greater frequency is the leakage which occurs as the result of relative insufficiency. In this group the trouble is muscular and not EXDOCARDITIS 719 valvular. The valve itself is healthy but owing to lack of tonicity or as the result of acute or chronic myocarditis the left ventricle dilates and in so doing stretches the mitral ring. Thus while the valve under normal conditions is capable of closing the auriculo-ventricular opening, coaptation of its edges is prevented by the distended ring. Relative Fig. 401. — Mitral insufficiency. Showing very extensive tissue destruction, ihe chordae tendinete at the central part of the valvular margin have been destroyed by ulcera- tion, leaving only short shriveled stumps. A few verrucosa vegetations are seen. The ventricular wall is much thickened. [Specimen from the Pennsylvania Hospital.) or muscular insufficiency may occur in a variety of conditions. It is a frequent finding in the anem-as, in the acute fevers, notabh' typhoid, and in conditions characterized by exhaustion such as Graves' chsease, neurasthenia, etc. Christian is of the opinion that stretching of the 720 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA mitral ring as the result of chronic myocarditis, is the most frequent cause of the phenomena usually ascribed to an organic valvular lesion. In thirty-two out of forty-one cases of this type he found the mitral valve normal, llelative insufficiencj^ of the mitral valve is also of common occurrence in other forms of valvuUtis when compensation begins to fail. (4) Regurgitation maj^ result from rupture of the valve or one of the chordae tendineae. This accident is very rare. Morbid Anatomy.- — In considering lesions involving the mitral valve it is to be borne in mind that neither the mitral nor tricuspid valve pos- sesses distinct cusps as in the case of the aortic and pulmonic valves. Both the mitral and tricuspid valves consist of a veil or curtain which hangs in the ventricular cavit}^ and is continuous around its whole cir- cumference. Although these valves are commonly spoken of as having an anterior and a posterior leaflet, no such division actually exists. When chronic endocarditis of the mitral valve succeeds the acute form of the disease, it is usually slow in forming. The newly formed connect- ive tissue within the substance of the valve gradually shrinks, causing both a shortening of the valve and a curling up of its free edges (see Fig. 400). In other instances the free edges of the valve are drawn together, thus producing some narrowing of the orifice as well as in- sufficiency. Along the free edges of the valve the tissue may be car- tilaginous in character and in addition the chordae tendineae are short- ened, sclerotic and often fused together. While in most instances chronic rheumatic endocarditis is gradual in its evolution, there are instances in which the process is very rapid in its progress. In still other instances the acute stage is very destructive, causing widespread erosion in both the valve and the chordae tendineae and causing within a few days an extensive leak (see Fig. 401). In the primary sclerotic type the process is identical with what we encounter in arterio-sclerosis. It is non-inflammatory in character and as time goes on the fibrous changes become more and more marked. Later, salts are deposited in the valve and in extreme cases both the valve and ring may form a rigid membrane. The chordae tendineae maj^ be involved, also becoming both thickened and contracted. In some in- stances the contraction is so marked that the valves seem to be inserted upon the apices of the papillary muscles. Some degree of stenosis is commonly associated with the insufficiency. Emboli sometimes occur in mitral insufficiency. They may arise from a thrombus in the left auricle or from fresh vegetations on the valve. Occasionally venous thromboses are met with. Pathological Physiology. — ^When leakage occurs at the left auriculo- ventricular opening, a part of the contents of the left ventricle is thrown back into the auricle during sj'stole. This increases the amount of blood the left auricle is forced to accommodate. As a result the auricle becomes dilated and hj^pertrophied ; damming back of the blood takes place in the pulmonary circulation, which results in raising the blood- pressure and this in turn increases the work of the right ventricle. The increased work thrust upon the right ventricle causes it to hypertrophy and just as in the case of mitral stenosis, the circulatory equilibrium will be maintained just so long as the right ventricle can, without undue effort, overcome the resistance in the pulmonaiy circulation. If, how- ever, the leakage at the left auriculo-ventricular orifice increases to a ENDOCARDITIS 721 point where the right ventricle is no longer able to maintain the pressure in the pulmonary circulation, compensation fails. Some degree of hypertrophy and dilatation of the left ventricle always exist in cases of mitral insufficiency. During ventricular diastole the blood flows from the auricle into the ventricle with greater force than normal owing to the increased pressure in the pulmonary veins. In addition the amount that flows into the ventricle must be greater than nor- mal if the body is to receive the proper amount of blood. The increased pressure with which the blood flows plus the increased amount both lead to dilatation or an increase in the capacity of the left ventricle. Hypertrophy is brought about by reason of the fact that the left ventricle during each systole is forced to expel a greater amount of blood than normal. The greater amount is driven into the aorta and a very much smaller amount escapes back into the auricle. The amount that regurgitates will of course depend on the size of the leak and determine the amount of h3^pertrophy necessary to compensate for the damage. As we have already pointed out, however, it is the right ventricle which really controls the situation. Failure of compensation is brought about either by an increase of the mitral leak or from changes in the muscle of the right ventricle. When the right ventricle is no longer able to carry on the burden relative insufficiency of the tricuspid orifice occurs, the right auricle becomes dilated, and the blood is dammed back into the large venous trunks. This results in an engorgement of the entire venous system which produces cyanosis, edema and passive congestion of the viscera, notably the liver (see "Tricuspid Insufficiency," p. 743). In addition some forms of arrhythmia are very common. Symptoms. — If the leak is small and the compensation is adequate, no symptoms will be present even with moderate exertion. In other cases the compensation may be good unless some unusual strain is put upon the heart. In such cases undue exertion may produce shortness of breath and precordial pain or oppression. In long-standing cases in which the compensation falls just short of being complete, shortness of breath occurs on the slightest exertion, there is a bluish tint of the lips, the fingers may be clubbed and recurring hydrothorax, usually on the right side, may occur. Patients suffering from chronic mitral disease are es- pecially liable to attacks of bronchitis during the winter. As time goes on and compensation gradually fails, the dyspnea and cyanosis become more and more marked, slight edema of the legs may be noted at night and there are evidences of congestion of the lungs. The pulmonary changes are never as marked as in cases of mitral stenosis. The tendency is rather to congestions and edema of the bases of the lungs rather than the chronic fibrous changes sometimes noted in association with obstruction of the mitral orifice. Hemoptysis, although not as frequent as in cases of mitral stenosis, often occurs. Compensation may fail gradually or it may be precipitated abruptly as the result of some unusual exertion, mental shock or an intercurrent acute illness. Broken compensation is characterized by distressing palpitation of the heart, attacks of precordial oppression, extreme cyanosis and attacks of dyspnea or orthopnea which may occur in paroxysms and result from pulmonary congestion or edema. The patient is restless and sleep is often broken accompanied by nightmare, or by attacks of cardiac 46 722 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA oppression. For a more detailed description the reader is referred to the section on "Tricuspid Insufficiency." Even a very severe attack of broken compensation may be recovered from and the patient may remain well for years, but as a rule, once the circulatory equilibrium is broken there is apt to be a recurrence of the attacks. Physical Signs.- — Inspection. — If compensation is well maintained, the patient presents the appearance of good health. Depending on the degree of failure of compensation there will be noted some cyanosis of the face, edema of the lower extremities and difficult}^ in breathing. In children if the heart is much hypertrophied the cardiac region may be slightly bulged forward. The apex beat is displaced to the left and sometimes downward into the sixth interspace. In long-stand- ing cases the apex beat may be as far to the left as the mid-axillary line. Extension of the cardiac impulse to the left is brought about partly by the enlarged left ventricle and partly by the hj^pertrophied right ventricle. The former tends to csLYvy the apex downward while the latter pushes the apex outward to the left. In compensated cases the impulse is not diffuse and is much stronger than normally. If compensation fails, the cardiac impulse is very diffuse and undulatory in appearance. Hypertrophj' of the heart as the result of the mitral regurgitation is usually associated with the rheumatic group of cases. In elderly people suffering from the arterio-sclerotic type of the disease the apex beat may be in its normal position and hj^pertrophy of the left ventricle is very slight. Marked pulsation in the epigastric region, due to hypertrophy of the right ventricle, is often marked. Unless the leak is very slight, some enlargement of the veins at the root of the neck is usually present. When compensation fails, these veins may become enormously enlarged and pulsate with each systole. Palpation. — This serves to indicate the strength and character of the impulse. In not a few cases there is felt a systolic thrill which ex- tends as far to the left as the ajdlla. The shock of the second sound may also be felt. The impulse in mitral insufl5ciency is normal in well compensated cases and the blood-pressure is about normal. If there is an associated kidney lesion the pulse often feels hard and the blood-pressure may be distinctly higher than normal. According to Broadbent it is a safe working hypothesis to assume that a mitral murmur is not attended with serious regurgitation while the pulse remains normal. While marked irregularity of the pulse is often the precursor of a fatal termination, irregularity of the heart's action may occur early and is not inconsistent with good compensation and fair health for a period of years. The irregularity of the pulse in mitral disease is generally due to auricular fihrillation, and is very characteristic (see p. 730). The varying size of the pulse waves is extremely striking. The ventricular contrac- tions remain coordinate, but their rhythm is disturbed and the beats are very irregular, being now large and now small, although the pulse periods are nearly equal (see Figs. 143 and 153). ENDOCARDITIS 723 Percussion. — The area of cardiac dulness is increased and this in- crease may in extreme cases be tremendous. Not only is the left border of cardiac dulness extended far beyond the normal limits, but it also may extend to or beyond the right parasternal line. The upper limit may be at the second rib (see Fig. 172). Auscultation. — The recognition of mitral insufficiency depends largely on the presence of a systolic murmur heard at or above the apex and trans- mitted toward the axilla. The sound produced by the backward escape of the blood is subject to many variations. There may be nothing more than a roughening of the first sound. If an actual murmur is present, it may be rasping and loud with, at times, a musical quality. In other instances it is soft and low-pitched. The murmur may be of short dura- tion or it may occupy the entire systolic period. A noticeable feature of the murmur is that it diminishes in intensity in contrast to the cres- cendo murmur of mitral stenosis. The murmur may be transmitted but a short distance to the left, but in well-marked cases the sound is nearly always propagated to the axilla and is often heard in the left inter- scapular region (see Figs. 199 and 200). When loud, it may be heard over the entire chest, and in such cases the question often arises as to whether the murmur is single and has its origin at the mitral or aortic orifice or whether there is a double murmur present. If the murmur at the apex diminishes in intensity as the base of the heart is approached but has the same duration and tone, it is caused by mitral insufficiency alone. If, however, the murmur diminishes and then increases in in- tensity as the aortic area is reached and in addition is of shorter or longer duration and differs in tone, there is a strong probability that two distinct murmurs are present. In cases of mitral insufficiency the sec-, ond pulmonic sound is sharply accentuated and often reduplicated. _ Generally speaking, a loud murmur implies strength of contraction and indicates good compensation. On the other hand, a short, faint murmur which varies in intensity and duration in successive beats indicates a weak muscle. If in a case under constant observation it is noted that the murmur is gradually becoming less intense, one should be suspicious of failing compensation. And conversely the first evidence pointing to restored compensation may be the return of the murmur or the gradual increase in intensity of a previously feeble murmur. With an actual leak at the mitral orifice it is not always easy to deter- mine whether the insufficiency is due to an organic lesion of the valves or to relative insufficiency due to myocarditis, the anemias or some toxe- mia. As a rule the murmur of relative insufficiency is less intense and is apt to disappear or become more marked with change of posture. Thus it may be heard in the recumbent and not in the erect position. Furthermore, if the murmur is associated with anemia or some acute infection, the- murmur disappears as the general condition improves. Oille, Graham and Detweiller^ have expressed the belief that pul- monary systolic murmurs so frequently heard in ''run down" and anemic individuals are not functional but are indicative, in many in- stances, of mitral regurgitation. A not infrequent source of error is the presence of a cardio-respirafory murmur. This murmur is relatively common and, while heard more often and more distinctly about the apex and to the left of the heart, should 1 Joiir. Am. Med. Assoc, October 2, 1915. 724 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA cause no confusion if attention is paid to the time of its occurrence (see also p. 254). A cardio-respiratory murmur consists of several short whiffs occurring during ventricular systole. Diagnosis.- — Since the day that physical examination of the heart became a general procedure the accepted teaching has been that mitral I'egurgitation is, by far, the commonest of cardiac lesions. This is largely to be ascril)ed to the fact that the presence of a systolic murmur at the apex has been taken as evidence that the mitral valve was incompetent. Most insurance companies, for instance, have made it a rule to reject all applicants having a systolic murmur at the apex. Opinion regarding the significance of systolic murnun'S has undergone a radical change during the past few years. This has been brought about as the result of the ex- amination of thousands of fecruits for military service. It has been the experiejice of all who did this work that apical systolic murmurs, apparently without serious significance, were astonishingly frequent. A systolic murmur heard at the apex, in some instances localized, in others transmitted toward the axilla, occurs under a variety of cir- cumstances. The murmur may be accidental or functional in character and occur independently of disease of the heart itself, (a) It may be entirely accidental and occur without obvious cause. (6) With a rapidly acting heart a systolic murmur may be heard but thisdisappears when the heart rate slows down, (c) In anemic conditions the occurrence of a hemic or functional murmur is very common. The murmur may be due to stretching of the mitral orifice, the valve leaflets being normal. A murnuu- of relative insufficiency occurs under the following conditions: (a) It is often heard after recovery from an acute infection when, as the result of muscular weakness, the mitral ring becomes dilated. As the muscle regains its tone the murmur dis- appears. (6) A murmur of relative insufficiency is almost always present in cases of chronic myocarditis. In the later stages of the disease it may disappear owing to extreme cardiac weakness. Many cases of failing compensation with a mitral systolic murmur are wrongly con- sidered to be examples of organic disease of the mitral valve when in reality the trouble is due to chronic myocarditis (see section on "Chronic Myocarditis"). The murmur may be produced by organic disease of the valve with or without changes in the chordae tendineae. Ho\V is the significance of these murmurs to be determined? Two groups may be dismissed at once. (1) If the heart is enlarged the second pulmonic sound accentuated, and a systolic murmur transmitted toward the axilla is present, it is obvious that the heart is seriously diseased although it may be difficult to determine whether the trouble is due to organic valvular or myocardial disease. (2) Purely functional murmurs associated with anemia or a temporarily overacting heart should cause no confusion. Probably the most difficulty is encountered in those cases in which the only evidence of trouble is a systolic murmur, transmitted to the left, occurring in an apparently healthy individual. Even these murmurs may be disregarded if there is no history of repeated or recent attacks of acute rheumatic fever, chorea or tonsillitis; no cardiac enlargement; and good tolerance to the exercise test. In regard to the latter the pulse rate should return to the preexercise rate within two minutes ENDOCARDITIS 725 aftei' the patient climbs a flight of steps rapidly or hops on one foot fifty or sixty times. There can be no doubt that murmurs indicative of mitral valve disease are less frequent than was formerly believed to be the case. Balfour, Christian and others are of the opinion that if the valve is sufficiently diseased to produce incompetence there is also some stenosis present. If this be true the only sure proof of disease of the mitral valve is the presence of some one of the signs of mitral stenosis. MITRAL STENOSIS In estimating the relative frequency of the different valvular defects mitral regurgitation is usually given first place. Most observers place mitral stenosis and aortic regurgitation second. MacKenzie, on the other hand, has expressed the belief that mitral stenosis is the most common of valvular defects with which heart failure is associated. Etiology. — This lesion is encountered more frequently among females than males. This may be ascribed to the fact that acute rheumatic fever, chorea and tonsillitis prevail more in girls than in boys and also because in both these diseases the endocarditis more often affects the mitral valve. Acute rheumatic fever is credited with being the etiological factor in from one-half to two-thirds of the cases. In not a few cases of mitral stenosis it is not possible to obtain a definite history of any etiolog- ical factor. In the great majority of cases, however, the stenosis is the direct consequence of one or more attacks of acute rheumatic endocarditis. Very often the stenosis develops in chronic endocarditis as a sequel to a previous insufficiency. In such cases the valve becomes more and more sclerotic until finally the signs of obstruction overshadow those of regurgi- tation. Chronic interstitial nephritis is not uncommonly associated with this type of the disease, the valvular lesion having apparently an arterio-sclerotic basis. A few cases have been reported in which the stenosis apparently followed a severe blow on the chest. Experimentally hemorrhagic extravasation into the pericardium and endocardium can be produced by blows inflicted upon the precordium. Morbid Anatomy. — As the result of an attack of acute endocarditis, changes are produced in the valve itself, in the chordae tendinese, or in both. This lesion is never recognized during the course of the acute process which produces it. It is only later when cicatrization is es- tablished and narrowing of the mitral orifice is produced that the charac- teristic features of the condition appear. While in many cases the initial damage does not spread, the tendency of the scar tissue is to extend, thus making the valve defect progressively worse. The initial stage is similar to that seen in mitral insufficiency. When the free edges of the valvular curtain are chiefly concerned, the deformity usually assumes the well-known funnel-shaped orifice (see Fig. 402). This is the type of defect which is generally seen in early life as the result of a rheumatic infection. On the other hand, the ''button-hole" form of stenosis is ob- served with far greater frequency in adults (see Fig. 202) . In this type the whole valve becomes thickened as the result of an overgrowth of fibrous tissue. This scar tissue eventually leads to puckering and thickening so that the valve is converted into a transverse septum or diaphragm with a narrow slit between the auricle and ventricle. The opening may be still 726 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AXD AORTA further narrowed by verrucose vegetations (see Fig. 408). In addition the chordse tendineae are often thickened and matted together and the papillary muscles markedly fibroid in character. One of the most serious effects produced by mitral lesions is disturbance of the cardiac rh>i;hm. Fig. 402. — Mitral stenosis. Mitral orifice was not incised; its leaflets are enormously thickened and contracted, showing at the right junction slight calcification; the whole pre- senting the appearance of the funnel-shaped buttonhole mitral. The chordae tendineae are enormously thickened, retracted and adherent, and are attached to papillary muscles which are much elongated and have sclerotic tips. The fibrosis of the anterior mitral leaflet extends forward along the septum, below the bases of the aortic valves, producing a thickening which extends transversely through the bundle of His. The ventricular ca\nty is enlarged. Owing to the close proximity of the mitral valve to the auriculo-ventricu- lar bundle this specialized muscle often becomes the site of degenerative changes. As a result, heart block, auricular fibrillation or flutter may develop. ENDOCARDITIS 727 There is some difference of opinion as to whether pure stenosis without insufficiency ever occui's. In view of the character of the lesion it can easily be understood, however, that some leakage is inevitable in many Fig. 403. — Ball thrombus in the left auricle. A large, dark, ball-shaped thrombus lies free in the left auricular cavity. Numerous smaller mural thrombi are seen enmeshed in the columnse carneae and chordae tendinese. The left ventricular waU, which is elsewhere hypertrophied, is noticeably thinned near the apex. (Photograph by Dr. Alfred R. Allen.) of the cases, although the clinical evidence of this may be masked by the more pronounced signs of the stenosis. Although there is usually some evidence of hj^pertrophy of the left ventricle it is not apt to be marked unless a considerable degree of in- 728 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA sufficiency is present also. The chamber which bears the brunt of the attack is the left auricle which may become enormously distended. Backward pressure in the pulmonary circulation leads to pulmonary congestion and finally to hypertrophy and dilatation of the right ventricle. Thrombi, free or attached to the auricular wall, may form as the result of stasis, and from these emboli may be swept off, thus adding to the gravity of the situation (see Fig. 403). Pathological Physiology. — -Although the ultimate results are similar when compensation fails, the problem of maintaining the circulatory equilibrium in mitral stenosis is somewhat different from that in cases of insufficiency. In the former the difficulty lies in filling the left ven- tricle and, from the very beginning, in overcoming the stasis in the pul- monary circulation; in the latter the important factor is the emptying of the left ventricle and it is not until the leakage assumes serious propor- tions that disturbance in the pulmonary circulation becomes a menace. The effect of obstruction at the mitral orifice first manifests itself in the left auricle, the wall of which becomes slightly hypertrophied. In- asmuch as the capability of the left auricle to hypertroph}- is limited, this chamber sooner or later dilates. (See Fig. 198). Even prior to this it is unable to entirely empty itself and as a result the blood is dammed back into the pulmonary circulation. This in turn increases the work of the right ventricle which hj^pertrophies in order to over- come the increased resistance in the pulmonary vessels. Just as in mitral insufficiency the key to the situation is the ability of the right ventricle to overcome the resistance in the pulmonary circulation. Forced to maintain the pressure in the pulmonary vessels, the right ventricle dilates and this in turn eventually leads to dilatation of the right auricle with damming back of the blood in the systemic veins as the result of tricuspid insufficiency. In mitral stenosis leakage from the veins into the peritoneal cavity is often a marked feature. This results from secondary, relative, tricuspid insufficiency. The failure of the right ventricle also leads to stasis in the pulmonary circulation which manifests itself by the symptoms and signs of hydrothorax or passive congestion. In long-standing cases the stasis of the blood in the pulmo- nary vessels may lead to the deposition of blood pigment. As a result, the lung becomes of a reddish-brown color. In addition, there is an overgrowth of fibrous tissue imparting to the lung a tough, inelastic feel. The condition is known as broirn induration of the lung. An occasional effect of distention of the left auricle is pressure on the left recurrent laryngeal nerve. Fetterolf and Norris^ have collected 37 instances. Their explanation is, that such distention by dilatation of, and upward pressure on, the left pulmonary artery may cause left re- current laryngeal paral.ysis by compression of this nerve between the last-named vessel and the aortic arch. Symptoms.- — The fact that mitral stenosis is so frequently the fore- runner of serious cardiac failure has given the impression that it is always followed by evil results. Quite the contrary is the case, however. There are many individuals in whom mitral stenosis exists in a latent form and in whom the discovery of its presence is made accidentally. On the other hand, a well-marked mitral stenosis is often the cause of cardiac symptoms which are ascribed to other lesions. In a study of 200 autop- 1 Am. Jour.' Med. Sc, May, 1911. EXDOCARDITIS 729 sied cases of mitral stenosis Cabot^ states that the condition was over- looked in 53 per cent. A patient with well-marked phj^sical signs m.a.y be entirely free from symptoms or at the most suffer from slight dj'spnea on exertion. Breath- lessness is perhaps the earliest manifestation and with it there is often a slight cj^anotic tinge of the lips. An appearance of ruddy health is often present, due to the congestion of the fine capillaries over the cheek bones. When the lesion develops in adults it is often well borne for an indefinite period. In the type which arises as the result of an attack of acute rheumatic fever in children the symptoms are usually marked and become progressively worse. Children subject to this lesion are often delicate looking, undersized, and are especiallj" liable to secondary attacks of endocarditis (see Fig. 15). Pulmonary attacks may develop before compensation is seriously interfered with. Thus as the result of fibroid changes in the lungs (brown induration) the patient may have cough and expectoration. The sputum at this stage of the trouble may be blood-streaked from time to time. Under the circumstances the blood is the result of the high pressure in the pulmonic vessels which causes the rupture of the capillaries. Individuals suffering from mitral stenosis are extremeh^ liable to attacks of bronchitis at which time blood-streaked sputum is especially apt to occur. What has been described as a pseudo-tuberculous type of mitral stenosis is not infrequently seen in young women. Such indi\'i duals are pale, underweight, and are subject to frequent attacks of bronchitis which is often attended with blood-streaked sputum, especially at the menstrual periods. When compensation fails, bloody sputum or even small hemoptyses very commonly occur as the result of pulmonary in- farcts. In a few cases the voice is husky or the cough is brassy in char- acter as the result of paralysis of the left recurrent lar^mgeal nerve. Precordial pain and tenderness are often complained of. Riesman states that in young girls complaining of precordial pain, the possibility of mitral stenosis should always be borne in mind. It is a common lesion, especially among the Russian Jewish population, and is often overlooked. Pain may be present also in the epigastrium as the result of engorgement of the liver. A sense of oppression in the precordium and attacks of tachj^cardia or palpitation are often annoying symptoms. Embolic phenomena are encountered more often in this form of valvular disease than any other. The emboli may arise from a secondary vegetative endocarditis but are more often due to thrombi in the left auricle or pul- monary vessels. Pulmonary infarcts are common. A not infrequent accident is the occurrence of hemiplegia due to an embolism ; and this may be the first indication of the presence of the cardiac lesion. When compensation finalh^ fails, the evidences of venous stasis be- come marked. There is no essential difference between the phenomena which arise as the result of failing compensation in mitral stenosis and those occurring in mitral insufficiency, save in one particular. In the latter the venous stasis results in marked subcutaneous edema while in mitral stenosis an excessive amount of peritoneal fluid may appear before edema of the legs and maj^ persist after the latter disappears. In addition engorgement of the liver is more evident in cases of obstruc- 1 Trans. Assoc. Am. Phys., 1914. 730 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA tion. In many of the fatal cases fever and other evidences of an acute infection are frequently present. Physical Signs.^ — Inspection may show nothing abnormal. In children the precordium may bulge forward and marked pulsation may be seen in the interspaces to the left of the sternum. In adults the apex beat may occupy its normal position or be displaced slightly to the left. This may be due to hypertrophy of the left ventricle, or to dilatation and hy- pertrophy of the right ventricle. In the later stages of the disease, when dilatation of the heart has taken place, the cardiac impulse may be wavy and diffuse. Pulsation may be seen to the right of the sternum and also in the epigastrium. In cases in which hoarseness is present, direct inspec- tion of the larynx will usually show paralysis of the left vocal cord. Palpation. — In many cases of mitral stenosis during the stage of compensation, the diagnosis may be made by palpation alone. This is possible through the detection of a presystolic thrill felt slightly above and to the right of the apex beat. If the hand is placed over this portion of the precordium, there is imparted to it a fine vibration which occurs during all or a portion of the diastole and terminates in the abrupt, sharp shock of the first sound. The thrill may not be present constantly in the same case. In some instances it is best felt during expiration; in others, it is brought out by slight exertion; while in still other cases it may be detected by altering the posture of the patient. The presys- tolic thrill may precede the appearance of the presystolic murmur by several years (Mackenzie). In addition to feeling the shock of the first sound at the apex there may be present also a distinct shock accompany- ing the second sound at the pulmonic area. In the later stages of the disease when the compensation becomes broken, the thrill usually disappears. A presystolic thrill may occur also in association with Flint's murmur. The differentiation of Flint's mur- mur from that of the mitral stenosis will be considered under " Diagnosis. " Palpation confirms inspection as regards the character of the cardiac impulse. The pulse at the wrist is usually small. The blood- pressure as a rule varies but slightly from the normal, but the pulse pressure is often diminished. The most interesting feature connected with the pulse is the irregularity which develops during the later stages of the disease and, in some instances, when compensation is well maintained. Auricular fibrillation, of all the types of arrhythmia, is by far the most common. While it may occur in any form of heart disease, it is en- countered most frequently in mitral disease and especially in cases of mitral stenosis. It is estimated that about seventy per cent, of patients exhibiting symptoms of myocardial degeneration and circulatory failure in hospital practice, are the subjects of this derangement. At one time auricular fibrillation was often referred to as pulsus irregularis per- petuus. It is now recognized that the condition is not always permanent; it may occur transiently during convalescence from one of the acute fevers or it may appear in a chronically damaged heart and disappear either temporarily or permanently. In the majority of cases, however, the irregularity once it appears, persists. The condition is readily detected, in all but a few insances, by the ordinary chnical methods and it is rarely necessary to resort to instrumental methods to determine its presence. Auricular fibrillation is characterized by a pulse which is wholly ENDOCARDITIS 731 irregular in character with beats varying both as to sequence and force (see Figs. 143 and 153). It will be noted also in many cases that there is a marked discrepancy between the number of beats counted at the wrist and those heard at the apex of the heart. Thus on auscultation the heart rate may be 150 beats per minute while the rate as felt at the wrist may be only 100. This finding is referred to as pulse deficit, and is occasioned by the failure of many weak ventricular contractions to pro- duce a palpable pulse wave at the wrist. This form of cardiac arrhyth- mia is to be distinguished from all other arrhythmias in that, with an increase in rate, the disordered action becomes more evident. As the condition is dependent on degenerative changes in the auricle a further result of failure of the auricle is the disappearance of presystohc murmurs with the onset of the fibrillation. In not a few cases auricular fibrillation is combined with partial heart block. This is apt to be the case if the degeneration of the heart muscle is general and involves the bundle of His. When this is the case the irregularity will be less evident in rates of from sixty to seventy per minute than in those cases reaching twice these numbers. In extreme cases complete heart block may occur. A less frequent manifestation of auricular failure is auricular flutter. This condition is characterized by extreme rapidity of the auricular con- tractions, the rate ranging from 200 to 400. The ventricular rate is generally one-half the auricular rate but any degree of block may be present. Percussion. — In the region of the apex, cardiac dulness may extend farther to the left than normal in case there is much hypertrophy of the left ventricle. At the base, dulness is apt to extend higher and farther to the left than is ordinarily the case owing to dilatation of the conus arteri- osus; dilatation of the pulmonary artery may be a factor also. Usually cardiac dulness extends slightly beyond the right border of the sternum, as the right auricle is hypertrophied or dilated. When compensation fails, dulness to the right of the sternum may be marked. Enlargement of the cardiac dulness upward and to the left is due to dilatation of the left auricular appendage. This rarely if ever occurs in simple mitral insuf- ficiency (see Fig. 183). Auscultation.- — The auscultatory signs in mitral stenosis are often extremely perplexing, especially to the beginner. In many cases we have three sounds to deal with instead of two, as in other valvular lesions. In addition the character of the murmur varies according to the stage of the disease. It is important to bear in mind that the lesion which leads to stenosis is a progressive one and for this reason both the signs and the symptoms will vary in different cases and in the same case from time to time. There are several murmurs occurring in cases of mitral stenosis. With one exception they are heard over a small, circumscribed area a little to the right of the apex beat and have a very limited range of transmission. The most characteristic sign of mitral stenosis, and the first of the mur- murs to appear, is the presystolic murmur. This murmur is sharply localized, the punctum maximum being at or a little to the right of the apex beat (see Fig. 201). It occurs late in the diastohc period and is rumbling, rough or vibratory in character. It is usuahy of brief duration and precedes or runs up to the first sound. In some instances the dura- 732 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA tion is relatively long and may occupy a greater portion of the diastolic period. Another distinctive feature of the presystolic murmur is that it is crescendo in character. The pitch and intensity of the sound rises rapidly and abruptly terminates with the loud snap of the first sound, although occasionally there is a brief interval between the cessation of the murmur and the first sound. The murmur is often accompanied by a pres^-stolic thrill. The presystolic murmur is usualh' present in well- compensated cases of mitral stenosis. Its genesis has already been dis- cussed. In the later stages of the disease, when the auricle becomes paralyzed and auricular fibrillation sets in, the murmur disappears. Of almost equal importance is the character of the first sourid. This occurs immediately after the presystolic murmur. It is very loud, of short duration, sharply accentuated and closely resembles an accentuated second sound. It is, indeed, often mistaken for the later, especially by the beginner. The third factor is the second sound at the apex. Thus we have occurring in close succession the presystolic murmur, the accentu- ated first sound and the normal second sound. It is to be remembered, however, that the second sound at the pulmonic area is usually accentu- ated as the result of the increased pressure in the pulmonarj' vessels and in addition it may be reduplicated. As the stenosis increases another murmur, diastolic in time, appears. According to ^lackenzie this murmur is limited to the area about the apex. It begins immediately after the second sound and while at first faint and inconstant it gradually becomes more pronounced. This murmur at first occupies the first portion of the diastolic period and is diminuendo in character. It may, however, merge into the presystolic, thus producing a continuous murmur throughout diastole. It is loud in the beginning, then diminishes in intensity and finalh' ends in the crescendo presystolic portion. With failure of the left auricle the presystolic portion disap- pears and the diastolic portion may remain, occupying a portion or all of diastole. This diastolic murmur is produced by the accumulation of blood in the auricle during the ventricular systole. It begins with the opening of the mitral valves at a time when the ventricular pressure is below that of the auricle. Another diastolic murmur commonly heard in cases of mitral stenosis is one which is heard along the left border of the sternum. This murmur, sometimes known as the Graham Steell murmur, is ascribed to incom- petence of the jmlmonarij valves as the result of the high pressure in the pulmonary artery. It closely resembles the soft blowing murmur asso- ciated with aortic regurgitation. Goodman^ heard tliis murmur 12 times in 24 cases of pure mitral stenosis and o times in 12 cases of combined mitral steno.sis and regurgitation. Hemoptysis seemed to be more fre- quent in cases associated with this murmur than otherwise. In 22 out of 50 autopsied cases in which this murmur was present Cabot- was unable to demonstrate disease of the pulmonary valves, dilatation of the pul- monary artery or any evidence of aortic incompetence. Finalh' there may be associated with these presystolic and diastolic murmurs a short, soft, systolic murmur at the apex. This murmur is probabh' due, in most instances, to the presence of slight incompetence. Mackenzie, however, states that it differs from the murmur of true regur- ^ Am. Jour. Med. Sci., Feb., 1919. - Trans. Assoc. Am. Phys., 1914. ENDOCARDITIS 733 gitation in that it begins a short interval after the first sound, rises in intensity and terminates in the second sound. The untanghng of the numerous sounds heard in the region of the apex in cases of mitral stenosis is usually a perplexing task for the begin- ner. Inasmuch as the auscultatory phenomena are confined to the region of the apex, it is usually possible to find a point at the base of the heart where the two cardiac sounds are unmistakable. By gradually approach- ing the apex, it can usually be determined in what respect they change or whether additional sounds develop. It has already been pointed out that the lesion of mitral stenosis is a progressive one and that for this reason the signs and symptoms show corresponding changes. Broadbent has made a useful clinical division to indicate these changes. He recognizes three stages: (1) That of good compensation in which the presystolic murmur, the snapping first sound and the second sound are plainly audible at the apex. A diastolic mur- mur may appear in this period. (2) The presystolic murmur persists, but is associated with a diastolic murmur, the first sound is even more accentu- ated, and, of extreme diagnostic importance, the second sound at the apex disappears. It is in this stage that errors are most apt to occur, as the long continuous diastolic and presystolic murmur and the accen- tuated first sound may be mistaken for a systolic murmur and accentu- ated second sound. Dyspnea, hemoptysis and other evidences of stasis in the pulmonary circulation are often present in this stage. (3) The presystoKc murmur and thrill have disappeared but a short diastohc murmur may persist. The second sound is inaudible and all that may remain of the auscultatory signs is the sharply accentuated first sound. Auricular fibrillation, as manifested by marked irregularity of the pulse and more or less disappearance of the murmurs, is common dur- ing this stage. The evidences of stasis in the pulmonary circulation be- come increasingly evident. To these three stages Hirschfelder has added a fourth in which there are present all the manifestations of broken compensation. Diagnosis. — The diagnosis of mitral stenosis in the stage of compensa- tion offers no serious difficulties, as the presence of the presystolic thrill and murmur and the snapping first sound are quite distinctive. The real ■difficulty occurs in the second and especially the third stage, when the characteristic auscultatory features have disappeared. In such cases the snapping first sound, and the presence of auricular fibrillation, even in the absence of cardiac murmurs, should arouse one's suspicions that the cause •of the cardiac failure is mitral stenosis. Patients admitted to hospitals in the last stages of broken compensation offer the greatest diagnostic •difficulty. Flint's Murmur. — The association of this murmur with aortic incom- petence and the mechanism of its production have been considered (see pp. 250 and 738). Like the murmur of mitral obstruction it is presystolic in time and heard at or near the apex of the heart. Thayer^ found Flint's murmur present in 33 of 58 cases of aortic insufficiency and Phear^ has re- ported 46 cases in which there was a presystolic apical murmur without mitral stenosis; in 17 instances there was aortic incompetence; in 20 adher- ent pericardium ; in the remainder there was no valve lesion but in some of 1 Trans. Assoc. Am. Phys., 1901. 2 Lancet, 1895, ii, 716. 734 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA these there was dilatation of the left ventricle. The Flint murmur is dis- tinguished from the presystolic murmur due to mitral stenosis by the following points: It is never as loud and rasping in character and is not associated with the accentuated first sound. In mitral stenosis the sys- tolic shock of the first sound can be felt while in the case of Flint's mur- mur the cardiac impulse is diffuse and heaving. In addition Flint's mur- mur is associated with the arterial phenomena seen in aortic regurgitation. Tuberculosis. — Strange as it may seem a diagnosis of tuberculosis instead of mitral obstruction is not uncommon. As a rule it is to be ascribed to carelessness. Although there are cough, expectoration, at times blood-streaked sputum, sometimes fever, a rapid pulse and the presence of rales in the lungs in both conditions, careful examination of the heart will usually give the correct clue as to the origin of the symp- toms. Among 2113 cases seen at the Phipps Institute there occurred 13 instances of mitral stenosis and 9 more in which there was a double mitral lesion. Stenosis of the mitral orifice and pulmonary tuberculosis may occur in the same individual. Aneurism.- — Reference has been made to the fact that in some in- stances distention of the left auricle may cause paralysis of the left recur- rent laryngeal nerve. In such cases there is hoarseness, a brassy cough, and paralysis of the left vocal cord. Under these circumstances a diag- nosis of aneurism of the arch of the aorta may be made. The ausculta- tory phenomena at the apex should serve to distinguish them. In case there is an}^ doubt, the X-rays will easily differentiate the two conditions. AORTIC INSUFFICIENCY Clinical^ this is the most interesting of the valvular lesions. It causes very distinct alterations in the physics of the circulation and, even when combined with other valvular lesions, dominates the picture. Etiology. — This lesion is encountered most frequently in males of middle age or those approaching this period. There may be an antece- dent history of acute rheumatic fever, syphilis, pneumonia, severe exertion or alcoholism. Although rheumatic fever is a frequent cause it does not attack the aortic leaflets with anything like the frequency that it does the mitral valve. Rheumatic endocarditis affecting the aortic valve is usually seen in children (see Fig. 194). The importance of syphilis is becoming more and more apparent and a very large number of the cases seen among those in young adult life are due to this cause (see Fig. 190). A considerable number of infants dying soon after birth also have been found to have spii'ochetae in the aorta. The part played by syphilis in the production of changes involving the first part of the aorta and the aortic ring has been fully discussed elsewhere (see p. 776). Muscular strain is a well-recognized factor. In not a few cases there is no obvious cause, the lesion being a part of a general sclerotic process such as occurs in those of advancing years. In rare instances aortic in- sufficiency is due to a rupture of one of the valve segments as the result of severe muscular exertion or it may be due to a congenital deformity. Morbid Anatomy.- — The scar tissue which develops in the valve seg- ments, whether it is produced by an acute inflammatory process, syphilis or a chronic sclerotic change, tends to shrink and produce deformity. The free edges of the segments may be curled back or as a result of re- ENDOCARDITIS 735 traction the free edges fail to come into complete apposition and thus fail to close the orifice. Sometimes one of the segments becomes perforated during the acute stage or a rupture occurs later as the result of strain. As a consequence of the leak thus produced, a part of the blood regurgi- tates from the aorta back into the left ventricle during diastole. The amount of blood which escapes backward will depend on the size of the opening left by the improper closure of the valves and by the tonus of the heart muscle. If the opening is instantly made as the result of rupture of one of the segments a fatal result may be produced as the heart cannot accommodate itself to the sudden strain. In the usual type of case the opening is gradu- ally formed and the heart is able to adapt itself to the increased work demanded of it. The chief burden falls upon the left ventricle which often becomes enormously hypertrophied. The heart of aortic insuffi- ciency is one of the largest met with and is often referred to as the cor hovinum (see Figs. 181 and 193). Great hypertrophy of the heart, how- ever, is not a constant accompaniment of aortic insufficiency as the opening may be very slight and the amount of blood which regurgitates small. Relative insufficiency of the aortic valve rarely occurs as the result of cardiac dilatation but a permanent stretching of the aortic ring is not infrequent secondarily to syphilitic aortitis. In this case the valve segments themselves are intact but the leakage is produced by the in- ability of the valve to close the enlarged opening. Disease of the first part of the aorta is also apt to involve the ori- fices of the coronary arteries and thus cause attacks of true angina. Even without involvement of the coronary openings the circulation in the coronary arteries may be embarrassed as a result of the lowering of the pressure in the aorta due to the backward leak. In most cases of aortic insufficiency there is an associated arterio- sclerosis and the systolic blood-pressure is high. Pathological Physiology. — Failure of the aortic valves to properly close the aortic opening results in the back flow or regurgitation of a portion of the blood which has been thrown into the systemic arteries. The problem which the left ventricle faces is to expel during each systole the normal amount of blood which it receives from the left auricle plus the amount which regurgitates from the aorta. This naturally increases its work and results in hypertrophy. The latter is proportional to the amount of regurgitated blood. In cases which are recognizable clinically the hypertrophy is usually of an extreme grade. Another change produced in the left ventricle, as the result of the regurgitation from the aorta, is dilatation. This is brought about by the increased amount of blood it is forced to accommodate during diastole. Just as in the case of hypertrophy the degree of dilatation is dependent on the amount of the regurgitant flow from the aorta. In spite of the excessive amount of blood the left ventricle must expel at each systole, it empties itself in about the same length of time as the normal ventricle, although it does not always do so as completely. Whereas in aortic stenosis the left ventricle requires an increased amount of time to empty itself, a shortening of the systole is an advantage in aortic insufficiency, as it then has less blood to handle by reason of the curtailment of the diastolic period. 736 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA As the result of the great hypertrophy of the left ventricle the blood is driven into the aorta with tremendous force. This produces a high systolic pressure in the systemic arteries. On the other hand, the sudden regurgitation of a portion of the blood from the aorta into the left ventricle leads to a sudden recoil of the blood column and consequentl}^ to a low diastolic pressure. The filling of the systemic arteries under great pressure and the sudden drop in this pressure due to the regurgita- tion can be seen in the "short, abrupt pulsation of the visible arteries and can also be felt by palpating the radial artery. The incessant pound- ing of the hypertrophied left ventricle, the high systolic pressure and the low diastolic pressure tend to produce a very intermittent blood supply in the whole arterial system and especially in the coronary vessels. The latter result is particularly serious as it interferes with the nutrition of the heart muscle and this eventually leads to exhaustion through degen- erative changes. When the left ventricle reaches the limit of hyper- trophy or becomes exhausted, dilatation ensues and with it relative insufficiency of the mitral valve. This in turn is followed by the usual phenomena of broken compensation. Symptoms.^ — Aortic regurgitation may exist in a latent form for years without giving rise to any symptoms whatsoever. Among the earliest symptoms noted are those clue to alternations in the circulation, espe- cially cerebral anemia. There may be headaches, attacks of vertigo or flashes of light before the eyes. Anemia is often a marked feature in these cases, the face especially presenting a pale grayish color. Pallor, with a yellow tinge, is suggestive of a syphilitic origin of the lesion. Cyanosis is unusual unless there is an associated mitral lesion. Even prior to any evidence of failing compensation, pain may be a prominent symptom. It may be in the nature of true angina, or a sense of sub- sternal oppression and pain, or it may be an anno3dng palpitation or throbbing sensation in the precordium. Shortness of breath, especially after exertion, is often the first symptom noticed by the patient. Later, there may be cough and occasionally blood-streaked sputum. In patients subject to this lesion, distressing dreams and sleep which is broken at frequent intervals, are more common than in any other form of heart disease. Mental symptoms, such as delirium, halluci- nations and even suicidal tendencies, are also occasionally encountered. In cases of aortic insufficiency, sudden death is not infrequent and may occur with but slight premonitory symptoms™ The foregoing symptoms are, for the most part, somewhat distinctive of aortic valvular trouble. Failure to maintain compensation may be brought about by a gradual weakening of the left ventricle and the establishing of mitral incompetency. The symptoms then assume the character of those due to broken compensation from any cause, although the symptoms peculiar to the lesion itself may become accentuated. Physical Signs. — Inspection. — A diagnosis of aortic insufficiency can be made in a large number of cases from inspection alone. This is due to the arterial phenomena which constitute the most distinctive feature of the disease. All of the peripheral arteries are seen to strongly pulsate. Not only is this true of the large superficial vessels but even the small arteries in the hand and face may be seen to throb, and on ophthalmoscopic examination the retinal arteries may be seen pulsating. The arterial ENDOCARDITIS 737 pulsation may be so strong that the foot is jerked when the knee is crossed or the head may be moved sHghtly with each systole. In addition the so-called capillary pulse is usually present. This is caused bj" the rapid filling and emptying of the capillaries. The pulsatile movement m'a}^ even reach the veins. This may be noted in the veins in the back of the hands. The phenomenon may be brought out by holding the hand so as to drop the wrist. This aids in filling the veins and if pulsation is present it will not be sharp and abrupt as in the arteries, but slow and deliberate. Capillary pulsation is some- times seen in asthenic conditions accompanied with a low blood-pressure. In well-marked cases the apex beat is displaced downward and to the left. It is commonly in the sixth interspace but may be as low as the seventh in the anterior axillar}" line. If the hypertrophy is well- marked, the cardiac impulse is heaving and forcible and may move the entire precordium. In children and young adults the precordium may bulge. If dilatation has occurred the impulse is diffuse and often wavy. Palpation. — This enables one to appreciate more fullj^ the forcible, heaving character of the impulse. Thrills are not constant but may be felt occasional^. They are either presystoHc or systolic at the apex or diastolic and systolic over the base of the heart. The arteries feel large and are usually thickened. When one of the radial arteries is palpated, the pulse beat is felt to impinge against the finger with an abrupt, forcible stroke and immediately recede, hence the terms water-hammer or collaps- ing pulse. It is also frequently referred to as the Corrigan pulse. The features of this type of pulse are sometimes best appreciated by grasping the wrist and holding it up above the level of the heart, thus accentuating the effect of gravitj^ The distention of the large vessels at the root of the neck may be so marked as to simulate aneurism. The sphygmographic tracing is characteristic. The upstroke is high and almost perpendicular and forms a very acute angle with the sharply descending downstroke (see Fig. 131). It is in marked contrast to the sphygmographic record of aortic stenosis which is exactly the reverse, namely a slow and low up- stroke and a very gradual descent of the downstroke. Auricular fibrilla- tion wliich is so commonly encountered in mitral disease is not common in aortic lesions unless dilatation of the left ventricle and auricle supervenes. Percussion. — The area of cardiac dulness is usualh^ increased to the left and in extreme cases may reach the anterior axillarj^ line. The upper border may reach the third rib. There is usually some dulness to the right of the sternum. This may be due to extreme hypertrophy of the left ventricle which causes an extension of the whole heart to the right or it may be brought about by dilatation of the right ventricle when compensa- tion is no longer complete (see Fig. 172). In some cases a slight area of dulness may be made out, over the ster- nal end of the second right intercostal space due to dynamic dilatation of the aorta. Auscultation.- — The murmur of aortic insufficiency is caused by the backward rush of blood from the aorta into the left ventricle during the ventricular diastole. While the seat of the production of the murmur is over a point close to the left border of the sternum opposite the third costal cartilage it is, as a rule, not best heard in this situation. The punctum maximum for the murmur of aortic incompetency is placed, by most authorities, at the second costal cartilage on the right, although 47 738 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA there are some who beheve that the murmur, in many instances, is best heard in the fourth interspace on the left side close to the sternum. Our experience is in accordance with the latter view. The murmur is in most instances soft and low-pitched. It may be very loud, but it rarely has the coarse rasping quality so commonh' heard in other valvular murmurs although at times it has a distinct musical tone. The murmur of aortic insufficiency is transmitted downward along the right border of the sternum or towards the cardiac apex. It also may be heard upwards along the sternal margin as far as the sterno-clavicular articulation or in the carotids. In such instances there is usually a dilatation of the aorta asso- ciated with stretching of the aortic ring. In well-marked cases, with a loud murmur, it may be heard all over the chest (see Figs. 194 and 196). In some cases the murmur of Duroziez may be heard over one of the large arteries, such as the femoral This murmur is said never to occur except in the presence of aortic leakage. Traube's double sound is some- times heard in cases complicated by tricuspid insufficiency. The murmur may be long drawn out and occupy' the whole of diastole or it may be short and take up but part of the second sound. Generally speaking, a long loud diastolic murmur shows a considerable degree of pressure kept up in the aorta, which is desirable and a proof that the heart is acting with vigor; also that the valve leakage is not excessive. This is a favorable augur3\ A weak short murmur indicates the opposite and may be a note of impending danger although there are manj^ exceptions to this (Broadbent) . The pulse pressure may also be utilized to determine the degree of damage. In order to maintain the mean aortic pressure the systolic pressure must be abnormally high in order to compensate for the rapid fall of pressure during diastole. The pulse pressure, however, serves as a useful gauge of the degree of the leak only when compensation is effective. In 'some instances the murmur of aortic incompetency is heard by the unaided ear much better than with a stethoscope (Flint). Associated with the diastolic murmur there is very often heard a systolic nmr7nur. This is usualty due to some degree of obstruction but it not infrequentlj' happens that a systolic murmur maj' occur without stenosis. This is explained by Rosenbach as follows: At the beginning of the left ventricular S3\stole the regurgitating flow has not entirely ceased and when this encounters the opposing current a murmur, systolic in time, is produced. If compensation is complete the first sound at the apex is usually clear. If dilatation of the left ventricle occurs, the first sound at the apex is replaced by a systolic murmur due to relative insufficiencj-. If com- pensation is again i-estored, this murmur disappears and the first sound becomes normal. In a very considerable percentage of cases of aortic incompetency there is heard at the apex a murmur presj^stolic in time and which is usually referred to as Flint's murmur. Since Flint's time several hypotheses have been advanced to explain the mechanism of this murmur. (1) That the regurgitant stream tends to lift the great anterior mitral curtain and so to obstruct the mitral orifice at the end of diastole as to impede the current from the auricle. (2) That the mitral valve is thrown into vibration by the two currents, the regurgitant from the aorta and the direct from the auricle. (3) That in ENDOCARDITIS 739 the absence of aortic valve disease, but in the presence of adherent peri- cardium, vibrations may be set up by the cm-rent propelled from a dilated and hypertrophied auricle into a ventricle whose muscular walls are deficient in tone. (4) That shortening of the chordae tendinese, or dilatation of the left ventricle, may bring about a vertical narrowing of the apertm-e through which the blood passes from auricle to ventricle, the auricular muscle continuing to be sufficiently powerful to generate a fluid vein.^ The differentiation of this mm^mur from that due to mitral stenosis has been considered under the latter condition (see Fig. 136). Diagnosis. — If due consideration is given to the arterial phenomena asso- ciated with the diastolic murmur heard at the base of the heart httle or no confusion should arise. If, however, the diagnosis is made on the presence of a murmur alone mistakes may occur as a diastolic murmur is sometimes heard in other conditions. In addition to aortic regurgitation a diastohc murmur may be heard at the base of the heart as the result of insuffi- ciency of the pulmonary valves. This murmur, sometimes called the Graham Steell murmur, is associated with chronic mitral disease and is caused by stretching of the conus arteriosus and the orifice of the pul- monary artery. The time and location of the murmur are all that it has in common with aortic regurgitation. In Graves' disease a diastohc bruit is sometimes heard over the sternum and rarely a cardio-respiratory murmur is diastolic in time. The chief point of distinction between the murmur of aortic insufficiency and other occasional murmurs occurring during the diastolic phase is the presence or absence of the arterial phenomena. It is not easy to distinguish between aortic regurgitation due to disease of the semilunar valves and relative insufficiencj^ associated with dilatation of the aorta. In the latter condition the murmm- is often transmitted high over the sternum or even into the carotids; in addition there is dulness to the right in the second interspace due to the dilated aorta. The presence of a single or double aortic murmur in a syphihtic should always call to mind the possibihty of a thoracic aneurism. In such cases an aneurism of the intrapericardial portion of the aorta is not uncommon. The physical signs are not marked and may be entirely absent. Doubtful cases should be examined with the fluoroscope. The following peripheral arterio-venous signs may be met with in cases of aortic insufficiency, and while thej^ are more commonly and strik- inglj'- met with in this condition than in anj^ other, they are none of them pathognomonic of this lesion. (1) Collapsing pulse, (2) %'isible arterial pulsation, (3) capillary pulse, (4) venous pulse, (5) hepatic pulse, (6) femoral snap, (7) double femoral murmur (Duroziez's sign), (8) Double femoral tones (Traube's sign).- AORTIC STENOSIS Etiology.- — This is the rarest of the left-sided valvular lesions. True aortic stenosis unassociated with another vah^lar lesion is not often encountered. In the autopsy records of the Pennsylvania and Philadel- phia General Hospitals, Norris found 48 instances of aortic stenosis out 1 Sansom and Gibson, Allbtjtt and Rolleston: "System of ^Medicine," vol. vi, p. 362. 2 TiCE, F. : "The Clinical Determination and Significance of Some Peripheral Signs of Aortic Insufficiencj'," Illinois Med. Jour., September, 1911. 740 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUxM, HEART, AND AORTA of a total of 9940 cases having cardiac lesions. It is important to bear this in mind as a systolic murmur at the aortic cartilage is relatively common and on this evidence alone a diagnosis of aortic stenosis is made far too frequenth'. The interpretation of systolic murmurs heard at the aortic area has been considered on page 788. The great majority of cases of aortic stenosis are encountered in those past the middle period of life Fig. 404. — Aortic obstruction from above. The luaigins of the leaflets are fused to- gether, thickened and calcified, reducing the orifice to about one-third of its normal caliber. The mitral and tricuspid orifices are also sclerosed and contracted. and in those who are the subjects of atheromatous changes in the arteries, especially the aorta. It is rare among women. Occurring as a single lesion it is not often caused by acute rheumatic fever. Morbid Anatomy.^ — The anatomical changes which take place in the semilunar valves are precisely similar to those which occur in the intima of the blood-vessels and ending in atheromatous degeneration. As a result, the leaflets become fused, stiff, and rigid and obstruct the free ENDOCARDITIS 741 escape of the blood from the left ventricle into the aorta (see Fig. 404). In some instances the obstruction is made worse by vegetations which develop during an attack of secondary endocarditis (see Fig. 405) . The resistance offered adds to the work of the left ventricle which, as a consequence, becomes hypertrophied. It is in this variety of val- vular lesion that the so-called "concentric hypertrophy" is most nearly approximated. Practically, however, some degree of dilatation is always Fig. 405. — Aortic obstruction, seen from above. The leaflets are fused together, thick- ened, and indurated. They are covered with small vegetations. present. When the heart can no longer overcome the obstruction, dila- tation and the phenomena of broken compensation ensue. Pathological Physiology. — The mechanism of aortic stenosis is quite simple. Owing to the obstruction to the ventricular outflow, the blood-pressure in the left ventricle is increased, sometimes to twice the normal. Another effect caused by the obstruction is to prolong the time of emptying the ventricle and as a result the ventricular systole 742 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA may consume from 5 to 50 per cent, more than the normal time. If the obstruction becomes too great or the muscle becomes exhausted, an insufficient amount of blood reaches the systemic circulation and as a result the pulse pressure becomes small and symptoms of cerebral anemia may develop. In cases of aortic stenosis the left ventricle occupies the same position in maintaining compensation that the right ventricle does in mitral disease. As long as the hypertrophy keeps in advance of the obstruction, the circulatory equilibrium is maintained. If, however, the obstruction becomes too great or, what is more apt to occur, the muscle becomes exhausted, the ventricle dilates and then there develops relative mitral insufficiency with the usual sequence of events which characterize broken compensation. Some observers have ex- pressed the opinion that stretching of the mitral ring and a certain amount of leakage through the auriculo-ventricular opening is to be looked upon as being in the nature of a safety valve action. There is little to sup- port, this view, however. Symptoms. — Of all the valvular lesions aortic stenosis is the most apt to occur in a latent form. It may be present for years without causing serious symptoms. Failure of the left venti'icle manifests itself by the occurrence of symptoms which may be brought on by slight exertion, or excitement. They consist of shortness of breath, palpitation, a sense of oppression in the precordium, and substernal pain or anginal attacks. In addition a curtailment of the amount of blood thrown into the sys- temic arteries may manifest itself by evidences of cerebral anemia, such as vertigo or dizziness. If the left ventricle become dilated from exhaus- tion, the usual phenomena attending broken compensation are present. Sudden death is not uncommon and may occur as the result of sudden cardiac failure or an attack of angina. Physical Signs. — hispection does not reveal much of importance; extreme hypertrophy is not often marked as a result of this lesion. Furthermore, occurring as it does in elderly people, the size of the heart is often obscured by a rigid chest wall and emphysematous lungs. Palpation. — A very common feature of aortic stenosis, although not peculiar to it, is a systolic thrill felt over the base of the heart on the right side. One of the most distinctive features of this lesion is the slow retarded pulse felt at the wrist and graphically shown by a sphygmo- graphic tracing. The pulse is often slow, between 50 and 60 beats per minute and the pulse wave is much prolonged. This is well shown in a pulse tracing but may also be appreciated by the palpating finger as the artery is gradually filled with blood. In addition to the slow slanting up- stroke the tracing ma}^ show an anacrotic pulse or the pulsus bisferiens. Percussion. — This is relativel}'' unimportant and is often valueless owing to pulmonary emphysema. Auscultation. — As we have repeatedly emphasized, a systolic murmur at the aortic area, even when transmitted to the vessels in the neck, is not pathognomonic of true stenosis but is more often associated with changes in the aorta itself, usually a roughening of the intima or a dilata- tion of the artery. The murmur of true aortic stenosis is transmitted not only upward to the carotids but is frequently audible along the right border of the sternum as low as the fourth or fifth ribs. In some in- stances it is very loud and may be heard all over the precordium and in such instances the question always arises as to whether the murmur ENDOCARDITIS 743 heard at the apex is the same as that heard at the aortic cartilage or is a second murmur due to mitral insufficiency. Even more distinctive of stenosis than the slow retarded pulse is the character of the second aortic sound. This is either A^ery feeble or inaudible due to the fact that the stiff and rigid valve segments are incapable of snapping together. If, therefore, the second aortic sound is normal and especially if it is loud and ringing in character, the murmur originates in the aorta and is not due to rigid and diseased valves. Some leakage is probably always present but this is often so slight that no murmur can be heard. Diagnosis.- — The diagnosis of true aortic stenosis rests upon the fol- lowing facts: (1) A systolic thrill felt over the base of the heart to the right of the sternum; (2) a slow retarded pulse; (3) a systolic murmur heard at the aortic cartilage and transmitted to the vessels of the neck; and last, but most important, a feeble or inaudible second aortic sound. TRICUSPID INSUFFICIENCY Etiology. — ^Lesions involving the tricuspid A^alve maj^ be (1) organic and (2) functional. 1. Organic disease of the tricuspid leaflets is rare although not so un- usual as was once believed to be the case. Formerly it was taught that organic lesions of the valves in the right heart were almost invariably congenital in origin. Recent investigations, however, have shown that these lesions are more frequently the result of acquired disease than of a congenital defect. (a) The tricuspid leaflets may be the seat of an acute inflammatory process which develops during the course of one of the acute infections such as puerperal fever and other forms of general sepsis, gonorrhea, pneumonia, diphtheria, scarlet fever and acute rheumatic fever. The last-named infection is by far the most important etiological factor. Statistical studies indicate that acute rheumatic fever is the apparent cause of organic tricuspid disease in from 35 to 62 per cent, of cases. ^ Occasionally the acute endocarditis is limited to the tricuspid leaflets but in the majority of cases it is associated with similar lesions of the aortic or mitral valves, especially the latter; with few exceptions the valves in the left heart are the sites of old lesions. (6) Thickening of the tricuspid leaflets as the result of fibrosis occurs under practically the same circumstances as similar lesions affecting the mitral valve. (c) The organic lesion may be the result of rupture of one of the leaf- lets or chordse tendinese following a blow on the chest or unusual muscu- lar effort. This is extremely rare. 2. Functional or Relative Tricuspid Insufficiency . — This is extremely common and may arise in a large number of conditions. The functional efficiency of the tricuspid valve depends very largely upon the tone of the sphincter-like muscular fibers surrounding the orifice. It has long been recognized that from a mechanical standpoint the tricuspid valve is much inferior to the mitral. Even a shght degree of dilatation of the right ventricle induces incompetency. This is due not onlj^ to relaxation 1 Griffith: Edinburgh Med. Jour., 1903, Iv, 105. Herrick: Boston Med. and Surg. Jour., 1897, cxxxvi, 245. Leudet: Paris Thesis, 1881. Xorris: "Studies in Cardiac Pathology," 1911. Pitt: "Allbutt's System of Medicine," 2d ed. 744 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA of the tricuspid sphincter, but more especialh^ to the fact that in cHlated hearts the origin of the chordae tendine® and the papillary' muscles are too far from the center of the ventricular cavity to permit perfect valvu- lar closure (Krehl). Indeed Mackenzie inclines to the opinion that the tricuspid valve is barely able to close the orifice perfectl}^ and that the slightest disturbance will cause some leakage. Thus the transient tachy- cardia which sometimes results from the excitement incident to a phj-sical examination may be accompanied by a tricuspid systolic murmur which is usually very fugitive and disappears when the heart becomes quieter. The ease with which regurgitation occurs through the right auriculo- ventricular orifice is considered by some to be in the nature of a safetj^ valve, whereb}^ the thin wall of the right ventricle is relieved of undue tension. Experimentall}^ it is not possible to raise the tension in the right ventricle on account of the ease with which leakage occurs through the tricuspid orifice (see Figs. 205 and 206). The essential factor in the production of functional tricuspid insuffi- ciency, therefore, is an increase in tension which in turn tencls to dilate the right heart. This may be brought about by work which necessitates great muscular and intrathoracic straining, asphyxia, obstruction in the pulmonary circulation, such as may occur in chronic inflammator}' affec- tions of the lungs and, lasth', and most important, by disease of the heart itself. Dilatation of the right ventricle and functional tricuspid insuffi- ciency inevitably occur whenever failing compensation arises as the result of chronic valvular or mj'ocardial disease. Disease of the mitral valve is especially apt to bring about these conditions. Shght degrees of tri- cuspid insufficiency are also of frequent occurrence in all diseases in which the nutrition of the cardiac muscle suffers. Among such diseases may be mentioned the acute specific fevers, diabetes, the cachexia accom- panying malignant disease, and severe anemia. It is probable that some degree of tricuspid insufficiency occurs in ever}' dying or failing heart. Morbid Anatomy, — When the insufficienc}' is due to organic disease of the valves, the lesions are essentially the same as occur in the mitral valve. The leaflets may be deformed or may be the seat of fibroid changes, vegetations or ulcerations. The changes occur oftenest on the free mar- gin of the middle portion, with the anterior portion next in frequency. The chordae tendineae are often attenuated and elongated and the tip of the papillary muscle not infrequenth' is indurated. The tricuspid opening is enlarged. Whether the incompetency is due to organic disease or functional incapacity of long standing the right auricle is much dilated and globular in appearance and the right ventricle is also much dilated. The ventricle maj^ show also a certain amount of muscular hj^pertrophy. Inasmuch as the lesion produces a damming back of blood in the venous system the viscera (liver, spleen and kidneys) show evidences of chronic congestion. If the congestion of the liver is constant, degeneration and atroph}- of the liver cells as the result of pressure often occurs, producing a condition known as the "nutmeg" liver. Pathological Physiology. — The first effect of tricuspid regurgitation is to distend the right auricle. As the wall of this chamber is very thin and contains but little muscular structure, dilatation quickly ensues if the back flow is prolonged. As the right auricle is unable to withstand the ENDOCARDITIS 745 pressure the blood is dammed back into the venae cavse giving rise to the characteristic features of tricuspid insufficiency. The venous stasis which results may give rise of edema of the extremities and effusions into the serous cavities (see " Hydro thorax, " p. 614 also Figs. 109,206); to congestion of the kidneys causing diminished excretion of urine which contains large quantities of albumen and casts ; to congestion of the liver which becomes enlarged, painful and often pulsatile; and to congestion of the face and pulsation of the jugulars. In addition an asphyxial condi- tion may be produced by stasis in the medulla oblongata. Stadler^ has shown experimentally in rabbits that tricuspid insuffi- ciency, if marked, leads to dilatation and hypertrophy of both the right auricle and ventricle and to atrophy of the left ventricle, due apparently to the smaller amount of blood handled. In the less severe lesions the tricuspid insufficiency is apparently compensated for by increased vascu- lar tone and hypertrophy of the right auricle, which not only contracts more forcibly but aspirates blood from the veins more powerfully. Symptoms. — When the tricuspid insufficiency is transient, such as occurs as the result of slight excitement, there are no symptoms. In well- defined cases the most constant symptom is dyspnea. This may become manifest only after exertion but in extreme cases it is apparent even when the patient is at rest. In severe cases the patient may be orthopneic and often is drowsy. The slightest exertion causes fatigue. Precordial pain is not often complained of but there may be a sense of oppression in the chest. Pain over the liver is a common and important symptom. It is caused by engorgement of the liver and stretching of the capsule. If the engorgement is of long standing, the patient may be slightly jaundiced. Associated with the hepatic pain there is often anorexia, nausea and vomit- ing and eructations. It not infrequently happens that the prominence of the gastric symptoms deceives a careless observer into the belief that the stomach is the real seat of the patient's symptoms. Edema of the lower extremities is common. The condition is less evident after a night's rest in bed. Ascites and effusions into the serous cavities of the thorax may occur alone or in association with the edema. The urine is scanty and contains both albumen and casts. The chest should always be carefully examined in patients suffering from tricuspid regurgitation as effusions into the pleural sacs, especiallj^ the right, are common and may be responsible for much of the dyspnea. Physical Signs. — Inspection.- — In a patient with well-marked tricuspid insufficiency cyanosis is a marked feature. The face has a livid hue while the hps, tips of the ears and finger ends are bluish in color. If the ven- ous stasis is of long standing the conjunctiva may have an icteroid tinge or the skin may be slightly jaundiced. The latter symptom is always of ominous import. The veins of the neck, arms and chest are often dilated. In some cases a distinct systolic pulsation of the liver is visible. Edema of the extremities and genitalia is commonly present (see Figs. 208, 399). The cardiac imyulse is often diffuse and the apex beat is seen or felt beyond the mid-clavicular fine. Marked cardiac pulsation due to the hypertrophied right ventricle may be seen on the right side between the sternal and parasternal line. Pulsation in the jugular veins is an important diagnostic sign. Even without tracings three pulsations may be seen in the supraclavicular 1 Deut. Arch. /. Klin. Med., 1905, Ixxxiii, 1 and 2. 746 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA triangle. (1) A wave appearing slightly before the impulse at the apex beat, due to pulsation of the right auricle; (2) a wave which is synchron- ous with the beat in the carotid artery, as felt higher up in the neck ; (3) a wave occurring immediately after sj^stole of the ventricle, the ventricu- lar wave (Osier and Gibson). The ventricular wave is produced as fol- lows: When the tricuspid insufficiency has become marked the regurgita- tion of blood becomes too great for the auricle to contain. The latter dilates to such an extent that the orifices of the veins emptying into it cannot be closed. As a result there is during each systole of the right ventricle an unobstructed path from the ventricle to the veins. Such being the case, with each contraction of the right ventricle the impulse of the blood regurgitating through the tricuspid opening is imparted to the blood in the jugulars. In like manner the systolic pulsation of the liver Fig. 406. — Diagram to show the transition from the normal venous pulse to the ventric- ular form, i. e., in tricuspid insufBciency. / is the normal venous pulse from which the c wave, occurring between a and v, probably due to the carotid artery, has been omitted; a, auricular wave; v. ventricular wave, whose significance in the normal venous pulse is doubtful. E, period of outflow into the pulmonary artery. {After Mackenzie.) is also produced. When the leakage becomes very marked, the auricle becomes paralyzed and the auricular fibrillation is present. The transi- tion of the normal venous pulse to that characterized by the ventricular pulse is shown diagram matically in Fig. 406. Palpation. — Marked pulsation may be felt over the epigastrium and to the right of the sternum in the fourth and fifth interspaces. A systohc thrill is often felt and occasionally a slight systolic shock may be per- ceived. Pulsation may be felt over the fiver. When the liver is enlarged the surface is smooth and the edge firm and sharp. The radial pulse is usually small, weak and often irregular. The blood-pressure is normal or slightly below normal. EXDOCAEDITIS 747 Percussion. — The area of cardiac dulness is increased in the transverse diameter, especially to the right of the sternum. In extreme cases the dulness may extend three fingers' breadth or more, to the right of the sternum. Relative tricuspid insufficiency is beheved bj- some to produce a wider area of dulness than is the case if an organic lesion is present. Auscultation. — The punctum maximum of a tricuspid murmur due to insufficiency is over the middle of the lower part of the sternum. It is systolic in time and may be best heard a little to the left or a httle to the right of the sternum; and if hypertrophy of the right ventricle is marked it may be audible all over the precordium. In those cases of relative in- sufficiency of brief duration the murmur is the only evidence of tricuspid leakage we possess. On the other hand, it is to be borne in mind that an extreme degree of regurgitation may be present without a murmur being heard. A weak muscle and a widely dilated orifice may not produce a bruit. If due to organic disease, the murmur may be rough in character. When due to relative insufficiency, the murmm^ is usually soft and blowing in character. The tricuspid murmur is not often transmitted far from the area of maximum intensity. Occasionally it is heard as far as the pul- monary area. It may be transmitted to the right and at times is audible posteriorly near the angle of the right scapula. The murmur may replace aU or part of the first sound. The character of the sounds at the base of heart vary considerably. They may be feeble or accentuated. Diagnosis. — The cUagnosis of tricuspid insufficiency depends on the presence of increased cardiac dulness to the right of the sternum; a systolic murmur best heard at the xiphoid cartilage; a venous pulse of the ventricular tj^pe; pulmonary congestion and enlargement of the liver with systoHc pulsation. If the regm^gitation is functional in type and due to tri^aal causes there may be nothing to indicate the condition except a soft, bloT^ing mm'mur, transient in character. If, on the other hand, the functional derangement is severe, there may be no murmur as the widely dilated orifice and weak muscle do not permit of sufficient driving force to cause a murmur. In such cases the diagnosis depends on the presence of the ventricular type of pulse, enlarged right heart and engorged fiver. If the murmur is organic in origin, it will be rough in character and as compensation is restored will persist instead of disappearing as is the case T\'ith murmurs due to relative insufficiency. If the tricuspid murmur exists alone, which is rarely the case, there is little difficulty in determining its origin. As a rule, however, it is com- bined with other murmurs and in such cases the punctum maximum of each murmur must be determined. TRICUSPID STENOSIS Etiology. — Stenosis of the tricuspid orifice is relativel}- rare and for the most part is first recognized at the autopsy table. The lesion rarely exists alone. W. W. Herrick^ has collected 187 cases and of this number the tricuspid valve was involved alone in 14. In 102 there was disease of the mitral valve as weU and in 64 the aortic valve was also involved. 1 Arch. Int. Med., 1908, ii, 295. 748 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA At the Philadelphia General Hospital among 8640 autopsies Nonis found 8 cases of tricuspid stenosis recorded. The most important etiological factors are acute rheumatic fever and chorea. In Herrick's series 61 cases gave a definite history of acute rheumatic fever and in 11 more there was a doubtful history of this in- fection or chorea. Pitt found the incidence of acute rheumatic fever to be as high as 62.06 per cent. Syphilis has been believed to be the exciting cause in a few cases. Rarely a tumor or a fibrinous ball may obstruct the tricuspid orifice. Hirschf elder ^ believes that when the tricuspid stenosis is associated with mitral stenosis the same etiological factors are concerned. "In view of the work of Goodhart, Roy and Adami, and Weber and Degny, it is not unlikely that the overstrain of the right ventricle, brought al30ut by the latter conditions, leads to edema and hemorrhage into the tricus- pid valve, and that these processes usher in fibrosis. In other words, the mitral stenosis itself becomes an etiological factor in the tricuspid lesion; and the pathological process completed in the mitral is now trans- ferred back one step in the circulation and repeats itself in the tricuspid." Pitt^ gives the following age distribution in 109 cases: Under 10 years 1 case Between 11 and 20 vears 19 cases Between 21 and 30 vears 41 cases Between 31 and 40 years 29 cases Between 41 and 50 years 12 cases Between 51 and 60 years 4 cases Between 61 and 70 years 3 cases 109 cases As but one of the 109 cases was under ten years of age, the belief once currently held that such lesions are commonly congenital, does not receive much support. Tricuspid stenosis is much more frequent in women than men. In Herrick's series there were 133 women and 38 men. Morbid Anatomy .^ — As to the valves themselves the structural changes are analogous to those found in the mitral valve when stenosis is present. There may be vegetations or sclerosis, and changes in the chordse tendi- nese or papillary muscles. Obstruction of the tricuspid orifice is similar to that occurring in the mitral except that such high degrees of contrac- tion are rarely found; nearly always the opening will admit two fingers (seeFigs. 407 and408). The condition of the heart will depend on the duration of the obstruc- tion. During the first stage there will be some hypertrophy of the auricu- lar wall and of the superior vena cava. At a later stage the caval open- ing is found to be greatly enlarged, so that the auricle and the veins form a continuous sac. The auricular wall then atrophies and may become a mere fibrous sac formed by the endocardium and epicardium. Peri- carditis, sometimes acute, but more frequently of the chronic adhesive type, is a very common finding. x Owing to the fact that mitral stenosis is almost constantly associated with tricuspid stenosis (85 out of 87 cases analyzed by Pitt) it is often 1 " Diseases of the Heart and Aorta," 2d ed. 2 Allbutt and Rolleston: "System of Medicine," vol. vi, p. 331. ENDOCARDITIS 749 difficult to determine how much or how Httle effect the mitral lesion has had in bringing about the secondary changes in the heart. The liver usually presents the appearance of chronic stasis but is not always enlarged. The liver may in fact be smaller than normal as the result of cirrhosis and perihepatitis due to the prolonged stasis. Fig. 407. — Stenosis of the aortic, mitral, and tricuspid valves. The aortic leaflets are fused together and the orifice is greatly reduced in caliber. The mitral orifice consists of a mere slit, of crescentic outline — buttonhole type. The tricuspid orifice is also con- tracted. {Specimen from the Philadelphia Hospital.) Pathological Physiology. — With the onset of the stenosis the wall of the right auricle hypertrophies as the result of the increased amount of work it has to perform. Owing to the increased strength of the right auricle the auricular or presystolic wave is large and well marked. Mac- kenzie refers to a case in which the auricle had become so greatly hj^per- trophied that it sent back a large wave into the jugular vein, and with 750 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA such force that he was able to hear the valves in the jugular and sub- clavian veins close with a snap. Hypertrophy of the right auricle also sends a wave back into the veins with such force that distention of the liver and pulsation of that organ is brought about. Later when the auricle becomes overdistended and paralyzed, the veins remain per- FiG. 408. — Acute and chronic endocarditis of the aortic, mitral, and tricuspid valves. The upper portion of the auricles has been cut away. The three valvular orifices thus exposed show induration and contraction of their component tissues. The mitral valve in addition shows a large dark mass of vegetations of recent origin which almost com- pletely occlude its orifice. The endocardium and myocardium of both auricles are thick- ened. (Photograph by Dr. Alfred R. Allen.) ENDOCARDITIS 751 manently full and cease to pulsate. Damming back of the blood in the veins increases the pressure in these vessels; interferes with the circula- tion of the blood through the heart and lungs; produces cyanosis; and finally may cause polycythemia. The slightest overstrain may aggravate the venous stasis and bring about extreme dyspnea, cyanosis, edema and effusions into the serous cavities. These symptoms may pass off quickly when the patient is put at rest. Symptoms. — Pitt gives the symptoms of tricuspid stenosis in the order of their relative frequency as follows : dyspnea, edema, albuminu- ria, enlarged and tender liver, and cyanosis. Dyspnea is almost in- variably present ; edema and allDuminuria in two-thirds of the cases ; and enlarged liver and extreme cyanosis in one-half of the cases. Pain radi- ating down the arms or over the hepatic region is quite common. Hem- optysis is not infrequent but is to be looked upon as being due to the associated mitral lesion. The lesion may exist for years without causing symptoms or at the most, slight shortness of breath on exertion. Physical Signs. — Inspection.— More or less cyanosis is present; in some cases it is very marked. In addition to the cyanosis the patient often has a congested appearance due to polycythemia. The red count may be as high as 8,000,000 or 9,000,000 per cubic millimeter. Clubbing of the fingers is often a marked feature. The veins in the lower part of the neck are usually dilated and the jugular bulb may stand out promi- nently. It will be recalled that the venous pulse in tricuspid regurgita- tion is ventricular in origin and systolic in time; that in tricuspid steno- sis is auricular in origin and presystolic in time. Mackenzie considers pulsation of the liver with a marked wave due to the auricle as an evi- dence of possible tricuspid stenosis. When the auricle becomes overdis- tended and paralyzed the pulsation disappears. As tricuspid stenosis is almost invariably associated with stenosis of the mitral valve, it is difficult to determine which lesion is most respon- sible for the diffuse area of pulsation and displacement of the apex beat to the left. Palpation.- — In some instances a thrill, presystolic or systolic is felt over the lower part of the sternum. Percussion. — The transverse diameter of cardiac dulness is always increased, especially to the right of the sternum. Auscultation. — It is only rarely that a presystolic tricuspid murmur is heard and for this reason the diagnosis is not often made during life. In Leudet's^ series of 114 cases the diagnosis was made before death in but 6 instances. The murmur when present is best heard at or to the left of the xiphoid cartilage; is presystolic in time; and is not transmitted. Although rough in character, it is less harsh than the mitral presystolic murmur. Pitt states that a presystolic murmur has been noted in less than 10 per cent, of the cases and that a localized systolic murmur has been much more frequently noted. In half the cases there is no murmur at the tricuspid area. Diagnosis. — This cannot be made with any certainty. The condition is to be suspected if there be marked cyanosis, clubbing of the fingers, dyspnea, edema of the extremities, auricular pulsation of the jugulars 1 Paris Thesis, 1881. 752 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA and liver and the presence of a presystolic murmur over the lower part of the sternum. PULMONARY INSUFFICIENCY Etiology. — This is a rare lesion. Norris found but one case among 8640 autopsies at the Philadelphia General Hospital and Hirschfelder records 3 cases among 24,000 medical admissions to the Johns Hopkins Hospital. Pitt, in 1910, placed the total number of cases on record as 109. The lesion affects both sexes equally, may occur at any age, but in the great majority of cases it occurs in adult life. Pulmonaiy insufficiency may occur: (1) As the result of an acute endocarditis. The infecting organism is usually the streptococcus, pneumococcus or the gonococcus. Pitt has called attention to the relative frequency of gonorrheal endocarditis affecting the pulmonary valve. (2) In association with aneurism of the aorta in which the inflammatory change in the neighborhood of the pulmonary artery causes an adhesion of one or more cusps of the pulmonary valve to it (Pitt). (3) As the result of fibroid changes in the valve leaflets. The fibrosis may produce insufficiency alone or it may be associated with stenosis. (4) As the result of congenital malformation or rupture of a leaflet. (5) Relative insufficiency may occur if pressure in the pulmonary artery is much in- creased. This may arise in association with any condition which pro- duces long-continued pulmonary hj^pertension, such as emphysema, chronic pulmonary disease and especially mitral stenosis. Graham Steell has emphasized the frequency with which dilatation occurs in association with mitral stenosis. Pathological Physiology.^ — Incompetence of the pulmonary valve leads to the regurgitation of blood into the right ventricle under the cir- cumstances that insufficiency of the aortic valve allows blood to flow back into the left ventricle. As a result of this leakage the right ven- tricle becomes hypertrophied. If, however, the leakage becomes too great, dilatation occurs and there is added to the clinical picture, tricuspid insufficiency. Morbid Anatomy. — When the pulmonary valve is incompetent, the structural changes are usually less well marked than those encountered in the left heart. The leaflets are less thickened and the sclerosis of the endocardium is less markedly evident. Congenital abnormalities, prin- cipally in the form of an increase or diminution of the leaflets, may be the cause of the insufficiency. As a rule, these abnormalities are unpro- ductive of leakage. The right ventricle is generally dilated as is also the conus arteriosus. The viscera show changes similar to those occurring from failing com- pensation in other cardiac lesions. Functional insufficiency due to dilatation of the pulmonary artery and valve orifice ma}' be transient or permanent. For this reason pul- monary insufficiency due to stretching of the pulmonary orifice may not be demonstrable until post-mortem unless the condition is permanent. Permanent stretching of the pulmonary artery is encountered most frequently in association with mitral stenosis. Testing the efficiency of the pulmonary valve by pouring water into the artery in the excised heart and measuring the diameter of the pulmonary orifice are of doubt- ful value. ENDOCARDITIS 753 Symptoms. — As long as the right ventricle compensates for the leakage there are not apt to be any symptoms. If other valvular lesions are present, the symptoms may be attributed to them and the pulmonary trouble overlooked entirely. Dyspnea, especially on exertion, is perhaps the most common symptom and this may be paroxysmal in character. Owing to the disturbance of the pulmonary circulation, there is often cough. If the lesion is due to acute endocarditis, emboli frequenth^ are lodged in the lungs. In such cases hemoptj^sis is common. In cases of general sepsis the pulmonary valve may be involved alone or in association with valvular lesions elsewhere. All of the vahiilar areas should be carefully examined in the presence of pyemic symptoms. Physical Signs. — I ?2spection.— -Cyanosis may be present. The apex beat of the heart is displaced downward and to the left. Pulsation is marked in the epigastrium due to the hj^pertrophied right ventricle and in the second and third interspaces due to dilatation of the conus arte- riosus. Jugular pulsation may be noted also. Palpation. — I\Iarked pulsation is felt in the second and third inter- spaces to the left of the sternum, due to the beating of the conus arterio- sus. Rarely a diastolic thrill may be felt. Percussion. — -The transverse diameter of cardiac dulness is notice- ablj' increased. Auscultation. — The murmur of pulmonary insufficiency is diastolic in time and usually best heard at the second costal cartilage on the left. The punctum maximum, however, may be midway between the nipple and the sternum (Bryant). The murmur may be soft and of brief duration or it ma^' be loud, rough and replace the second sound. It sounds more superficial than the diastolic murmur due to aortic incom- petence. The murmur of pulmonary insufficiencj^ is localized or slightly transmitted down the left border of the sternum. It is not transmitted into the vessels of the neck; is intensified by the erect posture; and, accord- ing to Gerhardt, is intensified by expiration. In some cases the vesicular murmur may be jerky in character. Diagnosis. — Although there are a number of physical signs which are said to be more or less distinctive of pulmonar}' insufficiency, the recognition of the condition is fraught with difficulty. It is to be dis- tinguished from aortic insufficiency by the following points: A diffuse rather than heaving, forcible cardiac impulse; absence of the capillary and water-hammer pulses and large arterial pulse pressure; location of murmur to the left of the sternum; absence of transmission into the vessels of the neck; and an increase in the intensity of the murmur during expiration. In cases of mitral stenosis with a diastolic murmur to the left of the sternum it should be borne in mind that the murmur may be due to •dilatation of the pulmonary artery rather than aortic regurgitation. Cabot ^ has emphasized the frequency with which a diastolic murmur to the left of the sternum occurs in association with mitral stenosis. He was unable, however, to demonstrate at autopsy that it was due to dilatation of the pulmonary artery. Its differentiation from the murmur of aortic regurgitation will depend on the presence or absence of the arterial phenomena characteristic of the latter condition (p. 732), 1 Trans. Assoc. Am. Phys., 1914. 754 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA PULMONARY STENOSIS As an acquired lesion pulmonary stenosis is exceedingly rare, but as the result of a congenital defect is relatively common. The latter will be considered under congenital lesions of the heart. Etiology. — Acquired disease of the pulmonary valves may be the result of acute rheumatic fever or some other of the acute infectious diseases or sclerotic changes which lead to thickening of the valve leaflets and later to atheromatous degeneration. Pulmonary stenosis, whether acquired or congenital, seems to predispose to 'pulmonary tubercu- losis. Among 449 cases of pulmonary stenosis anal3^zed by Norris, tuber- culosis of the lungs was noted in 160. Morbid Anatomy. — The changes are analogous to those seen in the aortic valve. If the disease is acute, vegetations may be present and in some instances are so large as to nearly block the orifice. In other in- stances the inflammatoiy process is evidently chronic in nature and structural defects result from induration, thickening, fusion, or cal- cification of the valve leaflets. The conus of the right ventricle is involved in a large proportion of cases. In addition to the valvular defect, hypertrophy and dilatation of the right auricle and ventricle are usually present. With the onset of failing compensation tricuspid insufficiencj' occurs and with it the usual phenomena which attend failing compensation in other cardiac lesions. Pathological Physiology. — The partially obstructed pulmonary orifice increases the work of the right ventricle which becomes hypertrophied. If the stenosis is marked, the volume of blood forced into the pulmonary circulation is diminished. This leads to venous stasis and the marked cyanosis which is characteristic of the condition. When the right ven- tricle fails to compensate for the defect, dilatation takes place and with it tricuspid insufficiency. S3nnptoms. — The acquired form does not give rise to very marked symptoms so long as the compensation is maintained. Varying degrees of shortness of breath may be present on exertion. Slight cyanosis and edema may be present but are usually not noted until tricuspid insuffi- ciency occurs and compensation fails. Physical Signs.- — Inspection. — Unless failure of compensation has occurred, nothing is to be noted on inspection. With the onset of failing compensation the evidences of venous engorgement which follow tricuspid insufficiency will be seen. Clubbing of the fingers is not often present in the acquired form. Palpation. — A systolic thrill may be felt in the second and third inter- spaces to the left of the sternum. Percussion. — Cardiac dulness is increased to the right of the sternum as the result of hypertrophy or dilatation or both, of the right ventricle. Auscultation. — The characteristic feature is the presence of a murmur systolic in time and best heard at the pulmonary area. It is usualh^ trans- mitted upward and to the left toward the clavicle. The murmur is usually harsh in character and gives the impression of being superficially placed. The second pulmonic sound is either very feeble or entirely absent. If pulmonary insufficiency is also present, the second pulmonic sound may be replaced by a diastolic murmur. ENDOCARDITIS 755 Diagnosis. — Acquired pulmonary stenosis is so exceedingly rare that a diagnosis of the condition is permissible only when every means has been taken to determine the source of the murmur. It is to be borne in mind that systolic murmurs heard at the pulmonary area are extremely common. In the great majority of instances they are functional in char- acter but occasionally are due to organic lesions situated elsewhere. Not infrequently the murmur of aortic stenosis is best heard to the left of the sternum. In such cases the pulmonic second sound is either normal or accentuated instead of being absent or very faint. The mur- mur of aortic stenosis is transmitted to the vessels of the neck while that of pulmonary stenosis is not. Oille, Graham and Detweiler^ have called attention to the fact that systolic murmurs at the pulmonary area are not infrequently due to mitral insufl&ciency. In such cases there is no murmur at the apex. Even when a systolic murmur due to mitral insufficiency is heard at the apex it is often loudest at the pulmonary area over the left auricular appendage (see Fig. 163). Rarely a loud systolic murmur due to a patent ductus arteriosus is heard to the left of the sternum. This will be referred to under congenital heart lesions. Functional murmurs, systolic in time and best heard at the pulmonary area may be present in any condition associated with anemia. Often a transient systolic murmur is heard when the heart is overacting as the result of nervousness or exertion. Just as in the case of aortic stenosis, the character of the second sound is the important feature. If true stenosis is present the second sound is feeble or absent; in all other instances, it is normal or accentuated. ^ Jour. Am. Med. Assoc, Oct. 2, 1915. CHAPTER XXVIII CONGENITAL HEART DISEASE "Congenital cardiac disease may be defined as that condition in which, through arrest of development or disease occurring in intrauterine life, anomalies in the anatomical structure of the heart or great vessels exist, leading to irregularities in the circulation. It is frequently associ- ated with congenital cyanosis and clubbing of the fingers, and constitutes in extreme cases the morbus ccerideus of the older writers" (Maude E. Abbott). For the most part congenital lesions of the heart are of pathological interest only. In some instances the defect is so great as to be incom- patible with life; in others, the individual may reach adult life without there being any evidence of cardiac trouble, or there may be distinctive symptoms; in still others, the defect may consist of some abnormality from which there is no disturbance of function whatever, as for instance the presence of four or of two leaflets in the aortic or puhnonary valves. Supernumerary leaflets occur more frequently in the pulmonary valve than the aortic while the presence of two instead of three leaflets occurs more often in the latter (19 out of 21 cases observed by Osier). The chief clinical interest in congenital defects, which are not incom- patible with life, is that they seem extremely prone to become the seat of an acute endocarditis or, as in the case of anomalous valves, to become the seat of sclerotic changes. The best presentations of the subject are those of INIaude E. Abbott^ and Lawrence Humphry. ^ Only the more common defects will be con- sidered here. Symptoms of Congenital Heart Disease. — Symptoms may be present from birth or the}' may not appear until the child is a year or more old. The first symptom to be noted is cj-anosis which is present in about 90 per cent, of the cases. This symptom is so characteristic of congenital disease of the heart that the terms "blue disease" and "morbus cseruleus" are synonymous. The cyanosis is most noticeable in the face, hands and feet which are of a livid or bluish tint. Usually the cyanosis is most marked in the nose, ears, lips and the tips of the fingers and toes. The mucous membranes maj' present a cyanotic tinge also. The cause of the cyanosis is not altogether clear and various hypotheses have been advanced. It has been suggested that the condition is caused by: (1) The mixture of venous and arterial blood; (2) to deficient aeration of the blood; and (3) general venous congestion. The latter view is the one most generally held, although it cannot be said to cover all cases. There are not a few instances in which no satisfactory explanation is forth- coming. Associated with the cyanosis there is often a marked poly- cythemia. The red cells may be as high as 11,000,000 per cubic mil- ^ Osler's '"Modern Medicine," vol. iv, 1st ed. - Allbutt and Rolleston: "System of Medicine," vol. vi. 756 CONGENITAL HEART DISEASE 757 limeter. In addition to the high red cell count the percentage of hemoglobin is increased and the specific gravity of the blood is ab- normally high. Hemorrhages sometimes occur. Clubbing of the fingers, usually of an extreme degree, is a very fre- quent manifestation. Clubbing of the fingers and cyanosis in a small child are of themselves sufficient evidence upon which to base a diagnosis of congenital heart disease (see Fig. 1). Dyspnea may be a marked fea- ture; it may occur only as the result of overexertion or it may be paroxysmal in character. Cough may be present and is apt to be brought on or increased by exertion. The surface temperature is usually low and this is especially noticeable in the hands and feet. In the majority of cases of congenital disease the child is weakly and succumbs early in life. In those who reach adult life, stenosis of the pulmonary orifice is the lesion most frequently present. In many cases the physical signs are marked, especially the presence of a murmur. The existence of the latter in association with one or more of the characteristic symptoms renders the diagnosis of congenital disease easy, although it may be difficult and often impossible to deter- mine the exact nature of the defect. Congenital Pulmonary Stenosis and Atresia of the Pulmonary Artery. — Stenosis of the pulmonary orifice acquired in adult life is exceedingly rare. Congenital stenosis, on the other hand, is relatively common. It may be the result of fetal endocarditis or of anomalies in the development of the heart. Of 366 cases of congenital lesions reported by Peacock and Keith 254, or 69 per cent., were due to pulmonary stenosis. The obstruction may be due: (1) To constriction of the orifice, with or without atresia or obliteration of the artery; (2) to obliteration or narrow- ing of the pulmonary artery: and (3) to stenosis of the conus arteriosus. In the majority of cases the stenosis is associated with other developmen- tal anomalies the most frequent of which are patency of the foramen ovale and ductus arteriosus, an opening in the ventricular septum and transposition or malposition of the aorta and pulmonary artery. Symptoms and Physical Signs. — The two distinctive features are cyanosis and clubbing of the fingers and toes. In addition there are dyspnea, especially on exertion, inertia and a tendency to chilliness. If the child passes the period of infancy, its growth is usually retarded. On examination, the precordium is usually seen to be rather prominent and the cardiac impulse heaving and diffuse in character. In those cases in which the cyanosis is marked, the retinal vessels may be tortuous and their lumen irregular, being in some places very wide and in other places very narrow. A systolic thrill may be felt over the base of the heart to the left of the sternum. Percussion shows the transverse area of cardiac dulness to be increased, especially to the right of the sternum. On aus- cultation a loud, harsh systolic murmur may be perceptible over the whole heart but with its maximum intensity at the pulmonary area. The mur- mur may be localized or heard only at the pulmonary area. The second pulmonic sound is feeble or absent. The differentiation of this murmur from other systolic murmurs heard at the pulmonary area has been considered under acquired pulmonary stenosis. Patent Foramen Ovale. — During fetal life there is normally an open- ing in the interauricular septum, known as the foramen ovale. Shortly 758 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA after birth this opening closes. In some instances, however, the opening persists and allows of the passage of blood from one auricle to the other (see Fig. 409) ; not infrequently the opening persists but does not allow of leakage (see Fig. 410). In the great majority of cases, in which after death a small probe can be passed through the foramen, the condition is not to be looked upon as abnormal. Fig. 409. — Patulous but incompetent foramen ovale. (Pennsylvania Hospital.) If, however, the opening is widely dilated it may be considered as being anomalous and in such cases serious disturbances in the circulation are apt to occur. The fact that the channel runs obliquely through the auricular septum, and that, therefore, the openings on the two sides are not directly opposite to each other, favors competency. A demonstrable opening was recorded in only 86 cases among 8640 autopsies (0.9 per cent.) at the Phila- delphia General Hospital (Norris). Patency of the foramen ovale may occur alone but it is frequently associated with other defects and particularly with pulmonary stenosis. CONGENITAL HEART DISEASE 759 Symptoms and Physical Signs. — Small openings are not apt to give rise to either signs or symptoms and even a wide opening (see Fig. 416) may exist without manifesting itself during life. In a well-marked ease Fig. 410. — Patulous foramen ovale. Heart of a woman aged seventy years, who died of croupous pneumonia, having advanced general arteriosclerosis. The illustration shows a chronic, more or less diffuse, mitral thickening, with contraction of the chordese tendinese, and marked hypertrophy of the left ventricle. The foramen ovale is quite large and patu- lous, but owing to its oblique course it was probably functionally competent. the symptoms may be those of congenital disease, namely, cyanosis, dyspnea, often paroxysmal in character, cold extremities, inertia, etc. The murmur may be systohc, diastohc or presystolic in time and is 760 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA best heard in the third interspace to the left and close to the sternum. If cyanosis is present constantly or only intermittently, a patent foramen ovale may be suspected as the cause of the murmur. Tortuosity and in- equalities of the retinal vessels may be present. Fig. 411. — Patulous interventricular septum with acute endocarditis. In the septum ventriculorum, just to the left of the beginning of the conus arteriosus, there is an oval opening, 3.5 X 2.5 cm. in diameter, which appears as a funnel-shaped excavation in the ventricular septum. The opening into the left ventricle is nearly closed by large wart-like vegetations. These vegetations extend from the opening upward into the conus arteriosus and are continuous with those in the right anterior leaflet of the pulmonary valve. Imperforate Ventricular Septum. — A very common congenital defect is an abnormal communication between the two ventricles. The perfora- tion usually occurs just beneath the aortic orifice, in the membranous CONGENITAL HEART DISEASE 761 or undefended space, so-called because normally the septum here consists of two layers of endocardium. In the majority of instances this defect occurs in association with other anomalies. In 78 per cent, of Abbott's cases it appeared in combination with other defects; most commonly with pulmonary stenosis. In addition to causing serious alterations in the cir- culation, these perforations often become the site of an acute endocarditis (see Fig. 411). The effect of an imperforate septum upon the circulation and upon the heart depends on whether it exists alone or in association with other defects. When it occurs alone, it produces hypertrophy of both ventricles. Symptoms and Physical Signs.- — The symptoms will depend on whether the condition occurs as an isolated lesion or whether it is associated with other defects. In the latter case the predominant symptoms may be due to the associated lesion of which pulmonary stenosis is the commonest. When the lesion exists alone the symptoms are rarely marked and may consist of dyspnea and in some cases transient attacks of cyanosis on exertion. This is one of the congenital defects in which the character of the mur- mur may enable one to arrive at a correct diagnosis. The murmur was first described b}^ Roger in 1879 and is often referred to as the bruit de Roger. It is usually loud and harsh and best heard in the third interspace to the left of the sternum or to the left of the xiphoid cartilage. It is fixed and is not transmitted as is the case with organic valvular murmurs. The characteristic feature of the murmur is its length. It commences early in systole and is prolonged into diastole so that it obscures the second sound entirely. Roger in his original description states that "the mur- mur corresponds with a verj^ extensive thrill which exactly coincides with it." At the base of the heart the second pulmonic sound is accentuated. The diagnosis rests on the hearing of a loud, continuous murmur with no interval between the systolic and diastolic portions to the left of the sternum. Patent Ductus Arteriosus (Botalli). — The ductus arteriosus is an essential component of the fetal circulatory apparatus. It is a short thick trunk connecting the left branch of the pulmonarj- artery with the aorta and serves to carry the unaerated blood from the head and upper extremities to the descending aorta, and thence to the placenta. At birth it quickly ceases to be used and becomes impermeable about the third week. It is finally transformed into the ligamentum arteriosum. Just as in the case of the foramen ovale the duct may remain patent and as a result may or may not lead to circulatory disturbances. Patency of the duct may be the only anomaly present but more commonlj^ it is associated with other defects, namely, pulmonary stenosis, transposition of the great vessels (see Fig. 412) or stenosis of the aorta (see Fig. 413). Among 106 instances of patency of the duct Abbott found but 19 in which the lesion occurred alone. Goodman^ collected 71 cases, 34 of which were autopsied and the remainder were clinical observations. Recenth' Stoddard^ has added 22 additional cases. A case of aneurismal dilatation of the ductus . Botalli has been I'eported by Dry.-^ Hypertrophy with or without dilatation of the right ventricle is a constant finding in adult cases. 1 Univ. Pa. Med. Bull., December, 1910. 2 ji^rch. Int. Med., July, 1915. ^Proc. Path. Soc. Phila.. xix, 1917. 762 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA Symptoms and Physical Signs. — In uncomplicated cases the symptoms are, as a rule, not striking, and may be wanting entirely. Cyanosis and clubbing of the fingers, so commonly seen in other congenital affec- tions, are unusual. Dyspnea and palpitation on exertion may occur. The diagnosis depends, almost entirely, on the physical signs, of which the murmur is the most important. The murmur is produced by the rush of blood through the duct from the aorta to the pulmonary artery. Its point of maximum intensity is in the second left interspace. Fig. 412. — Patent ductus arteriosus. Transposition of the aorta and the pulmonary artery; patent ductus arteriosus; hypertrophy of the right ventricle. Patent foramen ovale; artial atelectasis of the right lung; general visceral congestion. (.A. G. Ellis.) The murmur is usually' loud, harsh, and of a churning or rasping quality. As in the case of imperforate ventricular septum the murmur is very long beginning in systole and continuing into diastole. It may be loudest at its commencement and gradually diminish or it may gradually become intense at the middle period and then wane. In other instances the mur- mur may be double or while continuous may have a systolic and a dias- tolic accentuation. The second pulmonic sound is usually much accen- CONGENITAL HEART DISEASE 763 Descend- ing aorta Fig. 413. — Congenital aortic stenosis witb patency of the ductus arteriosus. Patho- logic Notes: The aorta is very small, measuring at the arch only 4.5 cm. in diameter, while the pulmonary artery is twice this size. The innominate, left vertebral, and sub- clavian arteries are normal in position and size. Immediately at the junction of the lower edge of the left subclavin artery and the aorta, the latter vessel shows a sudden and marked constriction, the external diameter of which measures 12 mm., while 3 cm. above and below the constriction the aorta measures 2 and 2.5 cm. in diameter. On opening the aorta and looking down toward the constriction the vessel appears to end in a smooth, rounded, blind pouch, but on closer inspection a pinhead-sized opening can be seen, through which a small probe can be passed. {Pennsylvania Hospital.) 764 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA tuated, a point which serves to distinguish the murmur from that caused by puhnonarj' stenosis. The murmur is transmitted upward along the left margin of the sternum into the left carotid. It is also well heard pos- teriorly in the left interscapular region, being loudest during expiration. A systolic thrill is often felt at the base of the heart to the left; the thrill may be felt throughout the cardiac cycle. Gerhardt, in 1867, called attention to the presence of dilatation of the pulmonar}' artery in these cases. This is recognized by the presence of systolic pulsation in the second left interspace, due to forcible closure of the pulmonary valves, and an extension of dulness in the first second interspaces to the left of the sternum. Dilatation of the pulmonary artery may be determined also by the use of the fluoroscope or X-ray plate. In a case now under my observation the occurrence of a loud rasping murmur, best heard in the second left interspace, and the presence of a shadow in the X-ray plate indicating dilatation of the pulmonary artery', point toward a patent ductus arteriosus. The value of the X-rays in these cases, however, is not yet established. Stoddard^ states that only two cases showing a dilated puhnonary artery with roentgenoscopy have been confirmed by autopsy. Dextrocardia." — This term is applied to the condition in which the heart is on the right side instead of the left. Two varieties of dextrocardia are to be recognized: (1) True dextrocardia which is a congenital anomaly and is the result of transposition of the viscera. Complete transposition of the viscera, a condition in which the heart, stomach and spleen are on the right side and the liver on the left, is not excessiveh^ rare. Com- plete transposition of the viscera interferes in no way with the normal functions and is usuallj^ discovered accidentally during a routine ex- amination. It has no clinical signifiance. Transposition of the heart alone may occur but is veiy rare (2 out of 412 congenital affections collected by Abbott). In such cases there may be a disarrangement of the great vessels with symptoms of congenital disease. 2. Pseudo-dextrocardia may be used to designate those cases in which the heart is displaced to the right but not transposed. It occurs when- ever there is a large left-sided pleural effusion which pushes the heart and mediastinal contents to the right. Displacement of the heart to right is often very marked when there is present extensive fibroid disease of the right lung. In such cases the retraction of the fibroid tissue draws the heart and mediastinal contents to the right. The retraction and diminution in size of the right chest which ensues tends to emphasize the displacement of the heart (see Fig. 28). Fishberg- has called attention to the frequency of acquired or pseudo- dextrocardia in cases of tuberculosis, especially in the advanced stage. He finds that the heart is not onl\' displaced but slighth^ rotated on its vertical axis. This tends to bring the base of the heart closer to the chest wall and push or pull the apex away from it. It is to be borne in mind that displacement of the heart is entirely different from transposition. In the latter the heart occupies the same position in the right chest that it normally does in the left. In cases of displacement the heart maintains its normal relationship but is pushed or pulled to the right although in cases of effusion the apex beat may be 1 Loc. cit. - Arch. Int. Med., April, 1914. CONGENITAL HEART DISEASE 765 displaced upward. To speak of the apex beat being seen or felt in one of the interspaces to the right of the sternum in cases of displacement, is an error. What is mistaken for the apex beat is the pulsation of the right ventricle which has been pushed over by an effusion or pulled over, and at the same time exposed, by the retraction of the fibroid lung. CHAPTER XXIX ANGINA PECTORIS There is considerable uncertainty as to the proper classification of the various painful sensations centering about the precordium. There are two types concerning which most observers are in agreement: (1) True angina pectoris which is usually associated with disease of the coronary arteries and which, in the great majority of cases, is fatal. (2) Precordial pain which is due to disturbed function; is lacking either the intensity or the distribution of true anginal pain; is not associated with disease of the coronary arteries or the heart; and is never fatal. In this group may be placed those instances of heart pain occurring in neurotic, emotional women and in those addicted to the excessive use of tea, coffee or tobacco. Pain due to the excessive use of tobacco is not common. It may be very severe. Attacks of pain due to this cause are prolonged, as compared to true angina. Painful sensations arising under these circumstances are often referred to as pseudo-angina or angina pectoris vasomotoria. In addition to these two groups, which are, as a rule, readily differ- entiated, there is a third group which may be termed incipient angina pectoris major. In this form of the disease there may be nothing more than a sense of oppression about the heart or if pain does occur it is not severe nor does it radiate. Many deny to these lighter attacks the name angina pectoris. There can be no question, however, that they are often the forerunners of true angina and that as time goes on the attacks tend to become more and more severe until they finally manifest all the characteristics of the major form of the disease. Symptoms of incipient angina pectoris are especially apt to occur in patients suffering from one of two conditions, namely, arterial hyper- tension or aortitis, especially the syphilitic form of the disease. The importance of this group cannot be overestimated because a correct interpretation of the pain enables us to institute treatment which will either cure the trouble or at least mitigate the symptoms and prolong the patient's life. ANGINA PECTORIS MAJOR Etiology. — In the great majority of cases true angina pectoris is one of the manifestations of a general arterio-sclerosis, an organic heart lesion, or both; the etiological factors are, therefore, essentially the same. The disease is encountered most frequently between the ages of forty and seventy, the highest incidence being in the fifth and sixth dec- ades. When true angina occurs in an individual under forty years of age, syphilis is the most probable cause. Although degenerative changes in the arteries occur in all walks of life and are often encountered in their most severe form among the work- ing classes, angina pectoris is rarely encountered among these people. 766 ANGINA PECTORIS 767 It would seem that in addition to the arterial changes other factors are necessary, namely, worry and the strain and stress of high-pressure living. Certain it is that the vast majority of cases of angina pectoris major are met with among those engaged in pursuits entailing much responsibility and in whom the mental strain is great. Furthermore, in not a few instances such individuals increase their liability to the disease by reason of overindulgence in eating, in drinking and in the excessive use of tobacco. It has been frequently commented that members of the medical pro- fession seem to be especially liable to this affection. In a series of 268 cases Osier states that no less than 33 were physicians. While angina pectoris does occur in women, it is relatively infrequent. Occasionally famihes are encountered in which there is apparently a predisposition to arterio-sclerosis which terminates in a fatal attack of angina pectoris. In a family under the care of one of us (Norris) no less than five brothers and sisters have died in this way. The disease has been noted as occurring in the members of three successive generations. Morbid Anatomy.- — Hoover classifies the anatomical lesions in true angina as follows: 1. Isolated disease of the coronary arteries unassociated with any affection of the aorta, aortic valves, or systemic arteries. 2. Disease of the coronary arteries associated with systemic arterial disease. 3. Partial or complete occlusion of the lumen of the coronary arteries at their origin on account of disease of the aortic valves or disease of the root of the aorta. (Allbutt believes all cases of angina to be associated with disease of the aorta.) 4. Absence of disease of the vessels and heart, the vascular crises being due to arterial spasm, the result of vasomotor disturbances. Finally, it should be mentioned that in some cases one of the coronaries may be blocked by a thrombus or embolus. Arterio-sclerosis of the coronary arteries is by common consent ac- cepted as the pathologic basis of anginal seizures. The radiation of pain to the chest, neck and arms is apparently a segmental phenomenon due to radiation and transference of pain to the periphery from those segments of the cord which receive impulses from the heart (third cervical to third dorsal) (see ''Zones of Cutaneous Hyperesthesia," Figs. 42 and 43). In seeking for an explanation as to the mechanism of the phenomena which characterizes angina pectoris the intermittent claudication hypothesis is most in favor. We know, for instance, that a restricted blood supply is a recognized cause of cramp in the muscles and that if the muscles are not properly irrigated and waste products removed, exhaustion with or with- out pain is likely to ensue. The most familiar clinical example of this is the condition known as intermittent claudication, in which, as a result of narrowing of the arteries of the legs, pain develops if the patient overexerts himself either by walking too fast or too far. In old people whose arteries have undergone degenerative changes, severe cramps in the legs or thighs are sometimes induced by walking; in other instances, the con- dition manifests itself by extreme fatigue of the leg muscles. So long as the patient keeps relatively quiet, the diseased vessels are capable of fur- nishing an adequate supply of blood, but if extra demands are made on the muscles more blood is needed and this the damaged arteries cannot supply. 768 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDILIM, HEART, AND AORTA The result is a local anemia with impairnuMit or loss of function and often severe pain. The constricting effect of diseased vessels as a cause of failure of power, with or without pain, in muscles during action was first suggested by Allan Burns in 1809. In support of this contention Burns showed that if a ligature be applied to a limb with moderate tightness enough blood is admitted to the muscles for the performance of quiet work, but if vigorous action is attempted the muscles quickly become fatigued and severe pain is apt to occur. It is thus apparent that the vascular crisis which characterizes angina pectoris has much in common with that occurring in intermittent clau- dication. If the function of the coronary arteries has become impaired either as the result of partial occlusion of their openings or as the result of an endarteritis the blood supply to the heart is limited although it may be sufficient providing undue demands are not made upon the organ. Furthermore, it is known that angina attacks are usually precipitated by walking too fast, by walking against the wind or by some other form of overexertion. In addition sudden emotion, particularly anger, is apt to cause a seizure. Whether because of exertion or anger the heart is over- taxed by the suddenly increased blood-pressure, the arteries are unable to supply the extra amount of blood demanded and as a result pain, syncope or even sudden death are produced. In those instances in which the coronary arteries are free from disease the only plausible explanation is that the anginal seizure is caused by a spasm of the arteries. This hypothesis is supported by the fact that pain or disturbance of function are produced by arterial spasm in other parts of the body. Intermittent clavidication, for instance, may be due either to an endarteritis or to spasm of a healthy artery. In the same category are to be placed transient attacks of aphasia and transient amaurosis. In the latter instance it is possible to see the spasm of the retinal arteries by means of the ophthalmoscope. There are few who support the hypothesis that the phenomena of angina pectoris maj^ be caused by neuralgia either central or originating in the gray matter of the cord or cardiac ganglia or that they arise as the result of a neuritis of the cardiac nerves. Symptoms. — While an attack of angina pectoris is always a menace to the patient's life, it is a mistake to assume that a fatal termination is the rule after a single or even two or three seizures. It is to be borne in mind that the attacks manifest themselves in varying degrees of severity and that seizures of true angina pectoris may occur at irregular intervals over a long period of years. Although angina pectoris major sooner or later ends fatally, in the vast majority of cases, complete recovery has been noted even after a number of severe attacks. In considering the morbid anatomy of angina it was emphasized that in the majority of cases the condition was associated with arterio-sclerosis (aortic, coronary or general) and some form of organic heart disease, usually chronic myocarditis. An individual suffering from cardio- vascular disease may either be free from symptoms or the symptoms may be so slight as to pass unnoticed, and yet he may be seized with an attack of angina which terminates in sudden death. Such cases are usually due to throml)osis or an embolus of one of the coronarv arteries. ANGINA PECTORIS 769 In another and larger group, the initial attack may occur also without premonitory symptoms but the patient survives only to succumb in a subsequent seizure. Such individuals may suffer from a number of attacks which occur at irregular intervals and may extend over a period of years. In rare instances the primary paroxysm is followed by rapidly' recurring attacks which soon prove fatal. By far the largest number of victims of the disease manifest some evidence of their cardio-vascular disease prior to the appearance of angina and in addition they are apt to suffer from symptoms which, although not typical of true angina, are at least "anginoid" in character. In such cases there may be persistent arrhythmia and an ever-increasing suscepti- bility to attacks of dyspnea, especially after exertion. Still more sig- nificant is a feeling of tightness across the upper part of the chest or a sense of pressure beneath the sternum after exercise or a full meal. These lesser feelings of tightness and distress in the chest may become increas- ingly painful, finally developing into the pain characteristic of true or major angina. In most instances the anginal attack can be traced to a definite exciting cause. The most frequent source is muscular exertion such as walking briskly or running upstairs. Sudden emotion, especially anger, is not infrequently the cause of a seizure. In not a few instances distention of the stomach following a full meal precipitates an attack and accounts for some of the cases of sudden death ascribed to acute indigestion. Ingals and Meeker ^ have emphasized the fact that the pain of angina is often centered in the epigastrium, or even over the lower part of the abdomen, and that this should always be borne in mind before committing oneself to a gastric origin of the trouble. As the result of exertion or intense mental emotion, there develops suddenly in the upper chest a feeling of intense pressure, as though it were held in a vise, or there is pain sometimes agonizing in character, which centers in the substernal region and radiates to the left shoulder and down the left arm to the elbow or wrist. The pain may extend down both arms; or it may be reflected to the neck and jaw; or it may be abdomi- nal. Rarely it is felt in one testicle. Coincidently with the pain there is great mental apprehension and a fear of impending death. The patient, if he has been walking, stands still or sits down at once and remains breathless and immovable until the attack has passed off. As a rule, the seizure lasts from a few seconds to a minute or two. During the attack there is usually marked pallor or an ashy gray appear- ance of the face and there may be also profuse sweating. Dyspnea, while not an essential feature of angina pectoris, sometimes occurs during the attack. It may resemble asthma, the breathing being of a wheezy character; in other cases acute pulmonary edema and the expectoration of thin blood-tinged fluid may occur. When respiratory phenomena do occur, they are usually coincidents. The attack may terminate in several ways: (1) It may be cut short by sudden death; (2) the patient may pass away in sj^ncope; (3) he may faint ; (4) the attack passes off leaving the patient with a feeling of exhaustion lasting for a day or so; and (5) recovery from the seizure maj^ be complete in an hour or less time. With the subsidence of the attack there may be eructations, or the voiding of a considerable quantity of clear urine. 1 Jour. Amer. Med. Assoc, April 6, 1918. 49 770 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM. HEART. AND AORTA Occasionally patients with cardio-va.scular disease suffer from a vas- cular crisis in which there are pallor, great weakness, and a fear of im- pending death, but no pain. Such attacks are referred to as angina sine dolore. Physical Signs. — There is nothing distinctive in the physical findings during the height of the seizure; furthermore, the attack is usually so ephemeral and the symptoms so urgent there is little time for a detailed examination. There is very frequently arrhythmia but it is noteworthy that in many instances the heart action is slow and regular. Not infre- quently the radial pulse on one side is smaller than the other. Examination of the patient during the intervals usualh* shows that there are evidences of arterio-sclerosis and organic disease of the heart either in the form of a chronic vahnilar lesion or a chronic myocarditis or both. Janewa}' attached great importance to the presence of arterial hyper- tension in the diagnosis of true angina. He believed that in the absence of anj' demonstrable anatomical change in the heart the occurrence of a blood-pressure of over 180 mm. may be held accountable for the .seizure. The negative evidence, however, is not so convincing. Especially is this true in very severe attacks when the pressure may be low. During the attack the blood-pressure may rise or it may fall. With intense pain regularly following slight exertion, and pallor of the face during the attack, a low blood-pressure seems to augur a bad outlook (Janewayj. Diagnosis. — The recognition of true angina pectoris is not difficult if due consideration is given to the symptoms and the associated cardio- vascular lesions. Additional aids are furnished by the age, the sex and the occupation of the indi^-idual. INCIPIENT ANGINA PECTORIS In this form of the disease a sensation of substernal soreness or oppression or sHght pain may be the only manifestation. These minor seizures may occur for a time and then cease entirely; or they may become increasingh' severe and finalh' have all the features of angina major. Etiology. — The etiological factors of incipient angina are essentially the same as in the major type of the disease. There are two conditions, however, which deserve special mention in considering these anginoid or milder attacks of pain, namely, syphilitic aortitis and arterial hyperten- sion. And while we have already referred to this relationship, the importance of this group of cases cannot be overemphasized. When the aorta becomes the seat of syphilitic disease, it is the first part of the vessel just beyond the aortic ring that, as a rule, is affected. The aortic valves are also very frequently involved. This lesion is quite apt to produce a feeling of soreness or oppression beneath the sternum or there may be distinct pain. Sometimes these sj-mptoms are the preciU"sors of true angina or aneurism. Another very important group is comprised of those in whom a feel- ing of substernal distress or tension are associated with slight muscular exertion, such as walking briskly, climbing a stair or the indulging in any form of exertion following a meal. On the other hand, the s>Tnptoms may be due to emotion or excitement. Hypertension should always ANGINA PECTORIS 771 be thought of under these circumstances as patients with an abnormally- high blood-pressure (200 to 250 mm.) very commonly suffer from some substernal distress after slight exertion or as the result of excitement. The hypertension may occur without there being any demonstrable lesion of either the vessels or heart. It is of itself, however, sufficient evidence that organic disease will sooner or later manifest itself. Under these circumstances the importance of the anginoid symptoms cannot be over- estimated. Morbid Anatomy. — The pathology of incipient angina is identical with that of the major form. Symptoms.- — The lighter attacks of angina, in the beginning, consist of nothing more than a transient sense of oppression or distress beneath the sternum which is neither sharply localized nor does it radiate. In some cases there may be slight pallor and faintness, but there is lacking the shock and fear of impending death which characterizes the major seizures. These mild attacks may cease entirely or they may recur for years. In not a few instances, however, the feeling of tightness is replaced by pain which gradually becomes worse, and more and more assumes the character of the pain encountered in true angina. Physical Signs.^ — Physical examination of the heart and peripheral arteries may be entirely negative. But in many cases a careful exami- nation of the cardio-vascular system will detect some change which will suggest the cause of the heart pain. There may be slight cardiac hypertrophy; or the presence of an aortic murmur, either systolic or diastolic, less frequently a mitral murmur; or there may be some thick- ening of the peripheral arteries. In every case presenting anginoid symptoms a Wassermann test and blood-pressure estimation should be made. In addition, the retinal vessels should be inspected as they not infrequently will show sclerotic changes prior to their detection in the peripheral arteries. Diagnosis. — While it is probably true that anginoid symptoms in some instances may be functional in origin, it is equally true that they are often indicative of serious organic trouble. It is not easy always to differentiate between the two types. The only safe rule to follow is to exclude carefully every possible organic lesion. Only when the blood- pressure is normal, the Wassermann test negative, and there is no discoverable cardiac or vascular lesion, is one justified in ascribing to the symptoms a functional origin. ANGINA PECTORIS VASOMOTORIA (Pseudo-angina, Mock, Spurious or False Angina) These terms are applied to those instances of precordial pain due to vasomotor disturbances. Aside from the occurrence of pain, which, as a rule, has but a superficial resemblance to true angina, attacks of this nature have nothing in common with true angina of either the major or incipient type. Etiology. — Vasomotor angina may occur at any age although rare before the twentieth year. It is encountered more frequently in females than males and is of relatively frequent occurrence in women who are emotional or neurotic. In common with other manifestations of an unstable nervous system, false angina may show itself in several succes- 772 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA sive generations. During the menopause vasomotor disturbances are common and not a few women during this period suffer from false angina. A very common complaint is a feeling of pain or oppression just beneath the heart, usually associated with dyspeptic symptoms, espe- cially flatulency. In the majority of cases the pain is due to false and not true angina. But it is to be borne in mind that gastric distention fol- lowing a meal sometimes provokes an attack of true angina. The loca- tion and character of the pain will serve to distinguish the two conditions in most cases. Precordial pain is not uncommon in those addicted to the excessive use of tea, coffee or tobacco. There are some who believe that nicotine poisoning is of itself a cause of true angina. The evidence on this point, however, is not convincing. Many of those who are subject to attacks of true angina are at the same time heavy smokers. It seems more likely that the excessive use of tobacco merely provokes an attack in an individual with a latent organic lesion rather than being the cause of the lesion. Attacks of precordial pain, functional in origin, may follow one of the acute infectious diseases, notably influenza. Morbid Anatomy. — In the great majority of the cases of false angina there is no morbid anatomy. The pain may be ascribed to "a disordered innervation of the vessels, peripheral or visceral, resulting in their con- traction, causing an increased pressure of blood in the cavities of the heart, and a consequent embarrassed action with pain and dyspnea" (Powell). Furthermore, the disturbance of the vasomotor mechanism may manifest itself with cold, numb and blue extremities, or attacks of headache, neuralgia, etc. Symptoms. — Subjects of this form of angina may have pain which is indistinguishable from that occurring in the organic form of the disease although it is rarely as severe nor does it, as a rule, radiate to the left arm. As a rule the pain in false angina is diffuse but it may have its point of greatest intensity beneath the heart as in cases of indigestion. In other instances the pain is sharp and shooting in character. This type of pain is not infrequent in those addicted to the use of tea, coffee, or tobacco. Instead of pain there may be a sense of oppression about the heart. Palpitation of the heart is commonly associated with the pain and ma>' be the most annoying feature of the attack. One of the striking features of true angina is the immobility of the patient during a seizure, whereas in this form there may be great restless- ness, the patient moving or tossing about during the attack. In addition to the pain and palpitation there may be more or less dyspnea and a sense of air hunger in mock angina, in marked contrast to true angina in which the breath is held. Precordial pain, functional in type, is usually sudden in onset and lasts but a brief time ; a sense of oppression or dull pain may persist, however, for a half hour or longer. In very severe cases the patient may faint. Usually the attacks occur at irregular intervals and are apt to follow overexcitement, excessive smoking or an attack of indigestion; in hysteri- cal individuals there may be a number in one day. The occurrence of precordial pain is very apt to make the patient apprehensive that serious cardiac disease is present and this of itself tends to induce an attack. This form of angina is never fatal. In considering the etiology of the affection it was pointed out that ANGINA PECTORIS 773 emotional or neurotic women were most subject to false angina; and that other evidences of vasomotor disturbance were common. Among the latter may be mentioned coldness and numbness of the extremities, at- tacks of migraine, neuralgia and flushes of heat. The patient is usually of spare build although plethoric women at the menopause are very sus- ceptible to attacks of precordial pain. Physical Signs. — Examination of patients subject to angina vaso- motoria may elicit nothing abnormal in the heart; neither is there disease of the arteries. On the other hand the heart action may be very rapid and irregular. During an attack the pulse is often small and irregular or intermittent. Diagnosis. — The distinction between this type of precordial pain and true angina rests largely on the presence or absence of organic disease of the heart and blood-vessels. Furthermore, false angina is more common in neurotic women; it is encountered at an earlier age period; and the attack lacks, as a rule, most of the characteristic features of true angina. Allbutf^ has given a very clear description of mock or spurious angina. It is notable, he states, how obviously the heart is upset^ — palpitation, arrhythmias, sudden stoppages and accelerations, which are not charac- ters of true angina. The so-called "heart pain" present in many, if not all, of these cases, the sense of distention of the whole upper chest, often with submammary pain and local hyperesthesia, are neither in seat nor in kind like the pain of angina. In addition the breathing, far from being held as in angina, is panting; the bodily state is not awe-stricken but restless and agitated. 1 "Diseases of the Arteries, Including Angina Pectoris," vol. ii, 1915. CHAPTER. XXX DISEASES OF THE AORTA ACUTE AORTITIS Etiology.^ — Acute inflammatory changes involving a portion or all of the aorta are undoubtedly of more frequent occurrence than is usually believed to be the case. Very often the lesion first reveals itself at the autopsy but in not an inconsiderable number the condition, during life, is either entirely overlooked or its presence is masked by preexisting symptoms and physical signs. The most complete description of acute aortitis is given by Allbutt.^ Acute aortitis may occur as a complication or sequel of one of the acute infectious diseases, such as scarlet fever, smallpox, erysipelas, septicemia, influenza or typhoid fever. The importance of typhoid fever as an exciting cause of acute endarteritis has been emphasized by French observers and in this country by Thayer. In 52 cases of typhoid fever the aorta showed evidences of a recent endarteritis in 21 instances (Thayer). Broadbent states that in young children who have died of pneumonia, septicemia or some acute bacterial infection, he has frequently seen at the autopsy small, yellow and elevated patches in the aorta which he regarded as instances of acute degeneration resulting from the action of microorganisms or their toxins. According to Allbutt acute aortitis is not of infrequent occurrence in children suffering from acute rheumatic fever. When it develops during the course of one of the acute infections, acute aortitis seems to be less severe and less apt to cause serious symptoms than when superimposed on a chronic aortitis. Some observers believe, at least in so far as clinical evidence is concerned, that in the great major- ity of cases the acute lesion develops only when the vessel has become the site of a chronic lesion. This is particularly true in gouty individuals whose vessels have become atheromatous. It may occur also in cases of chronic lead poisoning. Since the discovery of the spirocheta pallida and the Wassermann reaction it has become clear that many cases which would formerly have been considered as simple acute aortitis are in reality instances of syphilitic aortitis. Morbid Anatomy. — Acute aortitis is apt to arise during the course of any of the acute infections and pass away unnoticed. With the ex- ception of syphilis the acutely inflamed aorta may show no changes to the naked eye or the changes may be so slight as to pass unnoticed unless carefully looked for. Appropriate staining methods will usually bring out very clearly the acute degenerative areas (Fig. 414). Occasionally the intima may be reddened or it may have lost its glistening, polished appearance as the result of a thin fibrinous exudate over the surface. The ^"Diseases of the Arteries, Including Angina Pectoris," vol. ii, 1915. 774 J.fW Fig. 414.-Acute aortitis. From a woman aged twenty-eight. Septieeniia f oUow- ing abortion. Specimen stained concurrently with Sudan III and Seharlaeh R- Acute fattv degenerative areas deeply stained. Normal aorta^should exhibit no more .tarn than shown in palest areas. (Jefferson Medical College Museum.) DISEASES OF THE AORTA 775 first part of the aorta may be dilated and in most instances a recession. to the normal usually takes place. As usually seen, the degenerative changes are characterized by the presence of plaques ranging in size from that of a pinhead to a circle an inch in diameter. Not infrequently the plaques have coalesced. Their appearance varies with the stage of the process. At first they are sHghtly elevated, soft, pinkish-white or gray in color and opalescent; later thej' become firmer and yellowish in color. Microscopically the patches are seen to consist of an infiltration of the subendotheHal tissue with round cells, spindle cells and stellate cells arranged in layers. As the first part of the aorta bears the brunt of the infection, the orifices of the coronary arteries are sometimes partially, or entirely, occluded as the result of swelling of the adjacent tissues. It is this closure of the coronary vessels that gives rise to the anginoid pain. Occasionally ulcerative endocarditis may extend and involve the root of the aorta. Rarely in cases of septicemia, abscesses may form be- tween the external and middle coats of the artery and rupture inward. Inasmuch as the vessel is often chronically diseased there may be noted also all grades of atheromatous degeneration. Symptoms.^ — An individual suffering with an acute inflammation of the root of the aorta may be subject to attacks of difficulty in breathing and a sense of oppression in the chest. Pain is an important diagnostic symptom. Allbutt^ describes the pain as having its "origin under the sternum, often at the junction of the first and second thirds of the bone, and a sense of constriction or compression, as if the chest were in a vise or the breast bone crushed inward by an iron bar. And this pain may come in any degree, from a transient sense of tightness or oppression about the upper sternum to utter torture." Sansom describes it as being "of a burning or tearing character, with a sensation of constriction or tension referred to the sternum." In most cases there is a tendency for the pain to radiate from the midsternal region into the left arm; occasionally into both arms, but rarely into the right alone. Among the symptoms of lesser importance are: fatigue, insomnia, vertigo, flatulence, nausea and sometimes vomiting. Fever is often present. The ■ paroxysmal dyspnea and the substernal pain are the important features of acute aortitis. Physical Signs.^ — ^Allbutt lays great stress on the physical signs, especially the percussion findings and the character of the aortic second sound. Inspection. — There may be undue throbbing of the carotid arteries and in some cases Potain's sign may be noted. This sign consists of an abnormal upward displacement of the subclavian arteries so that they are seen or felt to beat in the hollow above the clavicles. This is •due to dilatation of the aorta, causing its branches to be lifted to a higher plane. In the normal state the subclavian artery does not rise above the clavicle. McCrae^ has emphasized the importance of inspection in these cases. Pulsation in the episternal notch is very common and if the aorta can be seen above the top of the sternum the diagnosis is almost definite. Pulsation should also be looked for in the first and second right and left interspaces, especially in the second right interspace. 1 "Diseases of the Arteries, Including Angina Pectoris," vol. ii, 1915. - Medical Clinics of North America, Sept., 1917. 776 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AXD AORTA Percussion. — The area of dulness will be found to occupy the manu- l)rium, or at first the middle third of it, with an adjacent area of the second rib and third interspace one or two finger's-breadth to the right. The dulness about inid-manubrium is generall}^ quite decisive. It may cross over a little to the left but is never so marked as on the right. Dulness may be elicited also posteriorly over the third and fourth dorsal vertebrse. Auscullation. — Allbutt places great reliance on the quality of the aortic second sound but finds it difficult to describe. The term "clanging" he objects to. The quahty of the sound is more tympanitic. Potain has termed it the hruit de tabourka from its resemblance to the sound produced by an Algerian drum, which is made of an earthen pot with a skin stretched over it. McCrae describes it as a musical bell-like sound which is distinctive and not heard in any other condition. In some cases there may be heard at the base of the heart a pericardial friction rul). The aortic ring may become dilated or the valves may become inflamed as the result of extension from the aorta. If this occurs, a systolic or a diastolic murmur or both may be heard. Diagnosis. — Acute aortitis may be confused with any of the conditions in which precordial pain is the dominant symptom. Angina pectoris is apt to cause the most difficulty. In true angina the patient is usually a male, in good circumstances and beyond the middle period of life. There is also an associated cardiac lesion and evidences of arterio-sclerosis. Acute aortitis, on the other hand, may occur at any age period; the sexes are equallj^ liable; and it also may occur in those of any walk of life. The pain in acute aortitis is usually localized behind the upper part of the sternum. Syphilitic aortitis is characterized by symptoms similar to the acute inflammatory form of aortitis. The presence or absence of the Wasser- mann reaction would be the deciding factor. SYPHILITIC AORTITIS Etiology. — The discoveiy of the spirocheta pallida and the Wasser- mann reaction have made it clear that mesaortitis is often of syphilitic ori- gin. Not only do a very high percentage of cases having lesions involving the aortic valves and root of the aorta show a positive Wassermann reac- tion, but in addition the spirochetae can be demonstrated in the wall of the aorta. The susceptibilit}^ of the first part of the aorta to syphilitic in- fection has long been known although the definite proof is of comparatively recent origin. Larkin and Levy^ found histological evidence of syphil- itic aortitis in 17 of 19 cases giving a positive Wassermann reaction. In a series of 47 cases of aortic insufficiency Longcope- obtained a positive Wassermann reaction in 35, or 74.4 per cent. These results were further confirmed by finding in 7 cases at autopsy lesions typical of syphilitic mesaortitis and by the discovery in 3 cases of spirochetae in the wall of the aorta. In a more recent article Longcope-^ expresses the belief that not less than three-fourths of all cases of aortic insufficiency are syphilitic in origin. Sj'philitic aortitis also furnishes the explanation of the frequency of aneurisms of the arch of the aorta. 1 New York Stale Jour. Med., December, 1915. - Report of Ayer Clinical Laboratory, Pennsylvania Hospital, 1910, No. 6. ' Arch. Int. Med., January, 1913. DISEASES OF THE AORTA / / / The result of these comparatively recent additions to our knowledge of disease of the aortic valves and root of the aorta has been to establish a distinct group in which the etiology and pathology are essentialh' different from other lesions which present much the same sj^mptoms and phj'sical signs. Syphilitic aortitis is encountered most frequently among those of early middle life. As in the case of other syphilitic manifestations, the con- dition occurs more often in males than in females. Among Negroes aortic insufficiency is ver}- frequently syphilitic in origin. The condition may be encountered also in congenital syphilis. Rebaudi^ in a study of the aortas of new-born children with spirochetae in the principal organs found 13 of them abnormal. The lesions were similar to those of the aortitis of ac- quired syphihs in adults. Morbid Anatomy.^ — The initial change consists of a small-celled in- filtration of the media accompanied by an atrophy of both the muscular and elastic layers. The intima is not primarily involved but later under- goes proliferative thickening (Adami and Xichols). Eventually the fibrosis gives place to atheromatous changes. Syphilitic aortitis is always confined to and often sharply localized in the arch of the aorta. In some instances it involves only the first part of the root of the aorta. The gross appearance is described by Longcope as follows: The margin of the sclerotic area is very abrupt, while the aorta beyond the lesion is quite smooth. In the most extensive areas are patches of thickening from 2 to 3 cm. in diameter. The central portion of these patches is elevated, gray and somewhat succulent in appearance, while the margins are yellowish and crinkled. The sclerosis, when marked, is characterized by an irregular, corrugated or crinkled thickening of the aortic wall, showing small pits and sometimes minute aneurismal dilata- tions. Often the bases of these small aneurisms are so thin that they transmit light. While calcification does occur the usual appearance is rather a rubbery, pliable thickening (Fig. 415). The aortic valves also show the same rubbery thickening when extensively involved and occasion- ally there are crescentic lines of whitish-yellow thickening. The foregoing picture is essentially different from that encountered in rheumatic endocarditis in which the aorta is smooth and delicate in appearance. It also differs from the lesions encountered in general arterio-sclerosis. In the latter condition the atheromatous changes are not confined to the root of the aorta but involve the entire vessel and are often more marked in the thoracic and especially the abdominal aorta. Symptoms. — In the majority of cases of syphilitic aortitis both the symptoms and physical signs are those of aortitic insufficiency. The importance of this fact cannot be overestimated. If the lesion is syphi- litic in origin specific treatment will arrest its progress and if, as not infre- quently happens, the disease is confined to the supra-aortic area the valves may be saved from damage. "There will be fewer oversights in particular cases during life if the suspicion that an aortic lesion may be syphilitic is always with us. Even if we can ehcit no evidence of an infection, the references from the story of the case, or from associated changes and relics elsewhere on the body, wiU generally bring us to a moral certainty. We know that a compara- tively young man of otherwise health}^ habits does not suffer from local ^ Moiiatsch. f. Geburtsh. u. Gyn., .June, 1912. 778 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA disease of the aortic region of the heart unless it be in consequence of some extraordinary muscular stress, or of rheumatic fever, or of syphilis; if then such muscular stress and rheumatism be dismissed, we fall back upon syphilis, as we do with a like assurance in the case of aortic aneurism in such a person" (Allbutt). Fig. 415. — Syphilitic aortitis. In this specimen the syphilitic process has extended downward along the aortic wall and involved the coronary orifices and the aortic leaflets. The smooth, more or less sharply circumscribed rubbery appearance of the lesions is shown. Also the absence of calcification. In a smaller percentage of cases syphilitic aortitis occurs in an acute form with substernal pain, a sense of constriction in the chest, dyspnea and at times angina like attacks of pain. According to Blumer^ the facies in the syphilitic patients is often quite different from that seen in the other forms of aortic insufficiency. Instead of the vivid coloring of rheumatic aortic disease, there is often pallor, with a yellow tinge ap- ^ Albany Med. Annals, August, 1914. DISEASES OF THE AORTA 7.79 preaching the subicteric. Psychic manifestations are also more frequent in the syphiHtic type. In cases of this type a murmur is usually absent but a gradual weakening of the first sound, indicative of slight valvular involvement, may be noted. Grau^ states that in the syphilitic cases the arterial phenomena are less marked than in the rheumatic cases. This is due to the fact that the entire aorta is often dilated and has lost its elastic- ity — hence the violent recoil of the blood current is modified. In 23 cases studied by Grau the interval between the infection and the manifestation or aortitis was from six to forty-one years. Blumer believes that the period which elapses between the primary infection and the appearance of symptoms of aortitis averages eighteen years. Whether the aortic insufficiency or the acute type of aortitis is syphi- Htic in origin will rest on the presence of a positive Wassermann reaction. In cases in which the aortic lesion occurs in combination with damage to the mitral and tricuspid valves, a rheumatic origin of the trouble is more than probable, but in isolated aortic lesions it is becoming more and more apparent that syphilis is the chief offender. Physical Signs. — The physical findings are, in most cases, those encountered in aortic insufficiency. When the disease is confined to the supra-aortic area the physical signs are those of acute or chronic aortitis. Diagnosis. — The early symptoms and signs of syphilitic aortitis are as follows: Dyspnea, which is often paroxysmal in character; pain, or a feeling of oppression in the precordium, in some instances the pain is felt under the short ribs, in others the pain is due to angina pectoris. More or less cardiac hypertrophy is present and the vessels of the neck show increased pulsation. Of the greatest importance is the presence of a positive Wassermann reaction and the signs of or the demonstration by the X-rays of dilatation of the aorta. CHRONIC AORTITIS (Arterio-sclerosis or Atheroma of the Aorta) Etiology.^ — Arterio-sclerosis may be defined as a local or general thickening of the walls of the arterial tree together with a loss of elasticity due to an overgrowth of fibrous tissue and ultimately to the develop- ment of areas of degeneration (atheroma). I. A general thickening and hardening of the arteries is an almost constant finding in people of advanced years. In the absence of any predisposing cause, the change begins to show itself, as a rule, at about the middle period of life and as time passes the sclerotic process tends to increase. While the entire arterial tree shows some evidence of fibrosis the change is not usually uniform. In one individual it is the arch of the aorta that shows the most advanced lesions ; in another the abdominal aorta is most diseased; while in still another it is the cerebral arteries that have suffered most. The frequency with which different parts of the arterial tree are most affected are: ascending aorta, the arch, descending aorta, abdominal aorta, ihacs, crurals, coronary arteries and cerebral arteries (Rokitansky) . II. In some individuals there is apparently an inherited predisposition 1 Zeit. f. Klin. Med., 1911, Ixxii. 780 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA to early arterial degeneration. The process occurs relatively early in life and frequently brings about a fatal termination at an age when the process should be in its incipiency. I recall one family in which both parents died as the result of arterio-sclerosis and three of the children succumbed to the same disease before attaining their fiftieth year. III. The male sex shows a higher percentage of cases than the female in the earlier years but subsequent to the menopause females are equally liable. IV. The habits of the individual exercise a very potent influence on aggravating the condition. Among those in comfortable circumstances serious arterial changes are frequently encountered, especially if they have "lived high." The combination of overindulgence at the table, the immoderate use of alcohol and lack of healthful exercise are frequent causes of hastening the process. There are many cases in which over- eating is the only factor (Osier). V. Occupation plays a very important role in bringing about arterio- sclerosis. In one class of patients the work is entirely mental and at- tended with a constant strain on the nervous system. Thus the banker or business man in the fifth decade who is constantly engaged in ventures entailing great responsibility and long hours of work is suddenly stricken in his prime with a fatal apoplexy or his health is permanently impaired as the result of a degenerated heart muscle. An even more frequent result is a gradual failure of health as the result of associated changes in the kidney. The occurrence of advanced arterial changes in men of this class must be ascribed to their high-pressure methods of living as they are frequently abstemious in their habits and have suffered from neither syphilis nor gout. The other extreme is the common laboring man who for years has followed a laborious occupation; has lived in insanitary places; has had a poor dietarj-; and has overindulged in alcohol. The most extreme cases of arterio-sclerosis I have encountered have been in individuals of this class. Many of them after the age of 60, possess arteries which certainly deserve the name "pipe-stem." VL Sooner or later in every case of arterio-sclerosis a constant accom- paniment is a diseased kidney. It is not at all clear which is the ante- cedent trouble. Some observers consider that the cardio- vascular changes result from defective elimination: others, that the kidney becomes affected as a result of the arterial changes. In some cases, evidences of nephritis are first to appear; in others the kidney changes manifest themselves secondarily. VII. Among the toxic causes lead and alcohol are the most important. Although Cabot discredits the influence of alcohol as a predisposing cause of arterio-sclerosis the prevailing opinion is, that either alone or in asso- ciation with other factors, it cannot be disregarded. VIII. Among the diseases which seem especially to predispose to arterial changes may be mentioned syphilis, gout, rheumatism, chronic arthritis and certain of the acute infections, notably typhoid fever. Of more importance, probably, than any of the single etiological factors mentioned is syphilis. In so far as the aorta is concerned it is the most important factor as syphilitic arterio-sclerosis frequently takes the form of a mesaortitis. As a race, the Xegro is especially' prone to de- velop marked degenerative changes in the arteries as the result of a DISEASES OF THE AORTA 781 luetic infection. Syphilitic arteritis has been found to be a very common finding among the West Indian Negroes emploj^ed in the construction of the Panama Canal, while in this country the occurrence of aortic aneurism and aortic insufficiency among Negroes is frequently noted. Morbid Anatomy. — In considering the etiology of arterio-sclerosis it was shown that alterations in the arteries might be brought about by a number of factors, and that by far the most frequent cause was a physio- logical deterioration incident to old age. One of the penalities of advancing years is a gradual loss of elasticity of the arteries. This occurs in all walks of life irrespective of whether the individual has or has not been subject to some known exciting cause. In some, the change occurs earlier and becomes more marked than in others, possibly as the result of a hereditary predisposition; in others, the arterial changes are hastened as the result of disease, such as syphilis, gout, or typhoid fever; in still others, the degenerative change is delayed and never assumes serious proportions. In a histological study of the aorta Klotz has shown that beginning with about the thirty-fifth year, there are evidences of early changes in the vessel. The earliest mani- festations consist of degenerative changes in the media; with advancing years these changes become more and more marked and as a result the vessel gradually loses its elasticity. That such a result should occur is not surprising when we recall the physiology of the circulation. With each systole of the left ventricle the aorta, already filled with blood, has forced into it a fresh supply. To accommodate this the vessel becomes slightly distended and then immediately contracts. In addition as the blood meets with resistance in the peripheral capillaries there is a recoil and as the blood is prevented from escaping backward by the closure of the semilunar valves, the aorta is again subjected to a strain. Still another factor to be considered is that the pressure is always increased by curvature or tortuosity of the blood-vessel. If then we consider that from 70 to 80 times each minute, every hour and every day the aorta is subjected to repeated dilatations and contractions it becomes apparent that there will come a time when the elasticity of the vessel loses its tone. The type of arterio-sclerosis occurring in relatively j^oung men, and which is brought about by an abnormally high blood-pressure resulting from working and living at high pressure, is analogous to the senile form in the method of its causation. One is a natural result; the other is, so to speak, artificially produced. The gross appearance of the aorta when it has undergone senile atheromatous change is as follows : In the earlier stage the ascending por- tion and the arch are studded with round or oval, slightly elevated patches of a j^ellowish or yellowish-white color. These patches vary in size and number and in the thoracic aorta are especially marked at the orifices of the branches (see Fig. 181). In the advanced stage of the disease the formation intima may be al- most entirely obliterated by the formation of rough, calcareous plaques (see Fig. 417) ; in extreme cases the aorta may be reduced to a rigid, brittle tube (see Fig. 416). Occasionally a chip is whipped off one of the rough edges of a calcareous plaque and a small branch of one of the distal arter- ies is occluded. Gangrene of the foot and leg sometimes is produced in 782 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA this wa}'. In spite of the rough surface, thrombi are formed very rarely. Another unusual sequel is ulceration of one of the atheromatous patches. Dilatation of the vessel may be present varying from that which is very slight to that which constitutes a true aneurism. Although the gross appearance of the aorta indicates that the intima is markedly diseased this is, in reality, a secondary manifestation. The primary change occurs in the media. Klotz has shown that the earliest change is to be noted in the muscle cells of the media which first undergo a Fig. 416. — Calcification of the aorta. The entire aorta is one hard, brittle, rough, thickened, calcareous mass, which fractures with an audible snap when the vessel is flexed. The aortic valves share in this process of calcification. The wall of the left ventricle is greatly thickened. The pericardium is thickened and the subpericardial fat increased in amount. {Specimen from the Lankenau Hospital, Philadelphia.) fatty degeneration and later a powdering with fine calcareous granules. Eventually, these muscle cells become shrunken and indistinguishable as such. Finally, the elastic fibers show degenerative change. Following the changes in the media the subendothelial layer of the intima becomes affected and the slightly elevated patches noted in the early stages of the disease then appear. The evolution of the atheromatous process when produced by the toxins of disease or specific poisons, such as lead, are essentially the same, DISEASES OF THE AORTA 783 Fig 417.— Calcification of the aorta. Specimen showing the left ventricular cavity ThP aortic valves are thickened, slightly retracted, and contain calcareous depos ts. The aorta Is greatly thickened and its entire surface is covered with white and dark, yellow. ately thickened. (Specimen from the Philadelphia Hospital.) 784 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA namely, a primary change in the media followed sooner or later by degen- erative changes in the intima. The entire subject of aortic sclerosis is briefly described by Adami and Nicholls as follows: (1) In the vast majority of cases, if not in all, a weak- ness and giving away of the media is the primary anatomical lesion. (2) There is a possibility that, as the result of a subacute proliferative intimitis, due to bacteria and their toxins, the thickening of the intima, by cutting off the nutrition of the inner layers of the media, may weaken that coat, and so cause a local dilatation of the aortic lumen, followed by a secondary and further thickening of the intima; but it is also possible that the infective endoaortitis which undoubtedly exists has no direct associa- tion with the general process here described, and that when, after typhoid and other infections, there develops a premature arterio-sclerosis, here, again, we deal with a primary sporadic degeneration of the media, set up by bacterial toxins. 3. The affection of the media may be either a primary degeneration without signs of preceding inflammation, or may be of inflammatory ori- gin (as in syphilis). 4. The intimal change secondary to the medial degeneration has none of the features of an extension of the morbid process from the media, but is of a wholly different nature. It is primarily of hyperplastic type — a simple connective-tissue hyperplasia unaccompanied by the phenomena which we associate with inflammation. Arterio-sclerotic changes in the aorta due to syphilis have been described under the heading, ''Syphilitic Aortitis." In this type of the disease the puckered, rubbery appearance of the lesions is characteristic. When the arterio-sclerosis is purely senile in origin the heart may show no hypertrophy or at best but slight enlargement. In the other forms of arterio-sclerosis extreme hypertrophy of the heart is a very common con- dition, especially in relatively young individuals with associated renal changes and an abnormally high blood-pressure. Symptoms. — Atheroma of the thoracic aorta alone rarely manifests it- self in the early stages either by symptoms or physical signs, unless the exciting cause is the spirocheta pallida. Occasionally, however, non- specific sclerosis of the thoracic aorta, especially when the process is diffuse, is attended with a vascular crises. In cases of this type there may be substernal pain, which at times assumes the character of angina, pal- pitation of the heart and marked dyspnea. These symptoms are apt to be precipitated or increased by physical exertion. Attacks of this kind are analogous to those sometimes occurring in the abdomen as the result of diffuse atheroma of the abdominal aorta or its branches and in the arteries of the lower extremities, the latter attacks being known as inter- mittent claudication. In the majority of cases of atheroma of the ascending portion and arch of the aorta the process is part of a general arterio-sclerosis and the symptoms are indicative of a general rather than a local process. The early manifestations of arterio-sclerosis are as a rule indefinite and gradual in their development. Among the premonitory symptoms are attacks of indigestion, transient attacks of faintness, headaches, irritabil- ity of temper, defects of memory, exhaustion after mental or physical exertion and cramps in the muscles of leg. While in no way pathogno- monic the occurrence of such symptoms in an individual approaching or DISEASES OF THE AORTA 785 just past early middle life, should lead to a thorough investigation of the cardio-vascular system. The constitutional symptoms of arterio-sclerosis vary greatly with the general make-up of the individual. In some patients there is pallor, loss of weight and a loose flabby skin; in others the individual is stout and if of a gouty diathesis there may be a florid complexion. The manifestations of arterio-sclerosis are not uniform. In some cases there is a gradual deterioration of health; in others the cardiac phenomena predominate; in another group the clinical picture is that of chronic nephritis ; in still others the symptoms may be entirely cerebral in origin; finally, a chronic bronchitis and emphysema may stand out most prominently. While cardiac hypertrophy is not always present, the increased work put upon the heart in overcoming the resistance in the stiffened arteries or abnormally high blood-pressure without marked arterial changes frequently lead to that condition. As in hypertrophy due to other causes dilatation of the heart may occur. If the patient is seen first at this stage the presence of dyspnea and cyanosis, together with the signs of broken compensation and a mitral murmur of relative insufficiency, will likely lead to a diagnosis of cardiac failure due to myocarditis or chronic valvular disease. The association of sclerosis of the coronary arteries and angina pectoris is well known. Occasionally an obliterative endarteritis involving the coronary vessels, and without symptoms of angina, is the only lesion which will explain cases of sudden death. When the kidneys are extensively involved, the predominapt symptoms are those of a chronic contracted kidney. In such cases the daily out- put of urine is increased and nocturnal micturition is common. Pallor is marked and while there is puffiness about the eyes edema is not marked in other parts of the body. Examination of the urine will show varying traces of albumin and the presence of hyaline and finely granular casts. It is to be borne in mind that the albumin and casts may be intermittently present and that for varying periods the urine may show nothing more than an abnormally low specific gravity. When the cerebral syinptoms predominate, there may be attacks of vertigo or a transient hemiplegia or aphasia. The latter are usually of brief duration and while recovery is complete recurrences are apt to occur. It is thus evident that the clinical picture of chronic aortitis varies according to whether the process is confined to the aorta alone or is associated with a lesion of the aortic valves, aneurism, nephritis or a general arterio-sclerosis. As an isolated lesion it often gives no evi- dence of its existence, attention being directed to the aorta through an attack of acute aortitis or what Dieulafoy terms borrowed symptoms, namely, those produced by hypertrophy of the heart, aortic insufficiency, aneurism or nephritis. Physical Signs. — While it is the exceptional case of chronic aortitis that manifests itself by symptoms, a considerable proportion of cases can be recognized through the physical findings. Inspection.- — Although the sclerotic process may be confined to the thoracic aorta it is more commonly a part of a general process involving the entire arterial tree. In a well-marked case the temporal arteries 786 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA are seen to stand out prominently and are often tortuous. The brachials are also prominent, often kinked and pulsate strongly. If the aorta is dilated, a valuable diagnostic sign is pulsation in the suprasternal notch. In addition the right subclavian artery may be seen to pulsate above the clavicle, being lifted up as a result of the dilatation of the aorta. Arcus senilis is often noted in those of advanced years and at one time was con- sidered as being an indication of sclerosis. The condition is due to colloidal degeneration of the superficial layers of the cornea. It is not infrequently seen in those relatively young and is quite common in Negroes. Inasmuch as hypertrophy of the heart is so frequently associated with arterio-sclerosis, the cardiac impulse may be forcible and heaving in char- acter with the apex beat displaced downward and to the left. Hyper- trophy of the heart furnishes valuable evidence as to which portion of the arterial system is diseased or at least most involved. Thus arterio- sclerosis leads to a hj^pertrophy of the left ventricle only when the splanch- nic arteries or the aorta above the diaphragm are highly diseased. The hypertonicity or arterio-sclerosis of the remaining vascular districts does not appear to exert this influence (T. C. Janeway). If the renal symptoms predominate, pallor is apt to be a marked feature and there may be evidences of edema. The latter is usually slight; it may manifest itself by puffiness beneath the eyes and by slight swelling of the feet and tissues over the front of the tibia (pretibial edema). There are two invaluable aids in determining the existence and degree of severity of arterio-sclerosis, namely, direct inspection of the eye grounds with the ophthalmoscope and the use of the sphygmomanovieter. Prior to the introduction and perfection of these methods of diagnosis the early stages of arterio-sclerosis usually passed unnoticed and the condi- tion was not recognized as such until the symptoms were well marked and the arteries had become both visibly and palpably thickened. Once the disease has become well advanced, there is little that can be done; on the other hand, if it is detected in its incipiency, the process frequently can be arrested. It is for this reason that the slightest of untoward symptoms occurring in individuals approaching early middle life should excite suspicion. Some observers advise that periodic examinations of the urine and blood-pressure be made in individuals of or approaching middle life in order to detect the degenerative changes in their incipiency. It is to be deplored that the ophthalmoscope is not employed more generally by the internist who, if he cannot expect to become an expert with the instrument, can at least acquire sufficient skill to distinguish an abnormal from a normal eye ground. The relation of the retinal vessels to arterio-sclerosis and nephritis is so important that even a suspicion of either should lead to an ophthal- moscopic examination. Largely as a result of the studies of Marcus Gunn it has been shown that the retinal vessels present a characteristic appearance in arterio-sclerosis and that alterations in these vessels often can be detected prior to changes elsewhere in the arterial system. Retinal arteries which have undergone sclerotic changes show undue tortuosity, alterations in their size and caliber and also present a beaded appearance. In addition whitish stripes are seen in the arterial wall and there is a loss of translucency so that it is impossible to see, as is DISEASES OF THE AORTA 787 possible in the normal state, through the artery an underlying vein at the point of crossing. The retinal veins are also tortuous and show alternate contractions and dilatations; and of even more importance is the indentation of the vein and impeding of the venous circulation where a diseased artery crosses it. The retina itself may be shghtly edematous, grajdsh opaque or show the presence of linear extravasations of blood along the course of the vessels or scattered roundish infiltrations over the fundus. De Schweinitz states that the above-described changes may be the forerunner of sclerosis of the cerebral arteries and the only indication that such a condition is present. Prior to the introduction of the sphygmomanometer the question of whether arterial tension was increased or not was determined largely by the sense of touch. We have all learned to appreciate how fallacious such observations are and how frequently a supposedly high tension is in reality normal or vice versa. The determination of what constitutes a normal tension standard for the different age periods is somewhat arbitrary. Woley^ gives the following results: Systolic blood pressure Age High Low Average 15-30 years 141 103 122 30-40 years I 143 107 127 40-50 years 146 113 130 50-60 years ' 149 115 132 60-65 years 153 120 j 138 The diastolic pressure is from 20 to 40 mm. lower than the systolic. In women the systolic pressure is from 8 to 10 mm. lower than in men at corresponding age periods. It is to be borne in mind that the pressure may be raised abnormally as the result of physical exertion, mental activity and, especially, excitement. The fact that the blood-pressure tends to rise with advancing years must not be lost sight of. A systohc pressure of 150 mm. may be entirely consistent with good health in an individual of sixty years of age; the same pressure at thirty would be of the most serious import. A constant systolic pressure of, or above, 160 mm., or a diastolic pres- sure of or above 100 mm. Hg. is pathologic at any age. The diastolic pressure is a more active criterion of the actual average 'pressure than is the systolic, since it is much less subject to functional or emotional lahility. While thickening of the superficial arteries, high blood-pressure, en- largement of the left ventricle and a ringing second aortic sound form a frequent combination in arterio-sclerosis, it not infrequently happens that the pressure is not abnormally raised. This may be due to poor nutrition, cardiac weakness, or degenerative changes in the arterioles. Whenever the systolic pressure is markedly high, 200 mm. or over, there is always a strong probabihty that the kidnej^s are diseased, al- 1 Jour. Am.' Med. Assoc, 1910, iv, 121. 788 DISEASES OF THE PERICARDIUM, HEART, AND AORTA though among the well-to-do exceedingly high pressures are not infrequent and may occur without evident arterial thickening or nephritis. Cases of this type are referred to as instances of essential hypertension and are discussed more in detail in another place. It is in this t3'pe of individual that the sphygmomanometer is most serviceable. P